THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITII LOUDON AND

CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ )

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., V.P.LS., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L.S.

PARR

VOL. VII.—SIXTH SERIES.

. ———

eee oo

—Vonal Museu™\

oe = a

LONDON: ————

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD. ;

WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLIERE, PARIS:

MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH :

HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CQO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN.

1891.

“ Omnes res create sunt diving sapientis et potentix testes, divitie felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu Jonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;

ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper astimata ;

A veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.”—Linna&vs.

“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.’”—Bruckyer, Théorie du Systeme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

Avpososaieat oko o coo MUDD Cing hoz.

Obey our summons ; front their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth faee

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.,

J. Taytor, Norwich, t8t8,

CONTENTS OF VOL, VIL.

[SIXTH SERIES.]

NUMBER XXXVIL

Page

I. Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey

Steamer ‘Investigator, Commander R. F. Hoskyn, R.N., com-

manding.—No. 21. Note on the Results of the last Season’s Deep-

sea Dredging. By J. Woop-Mason, Superintendent of the Indian

Museum, and Professor of Comparative Anatomy in the Medical

College of Bengal, and A. Aucocx, M.B., Surgeon I.M.S., Surgeon-

iNatureliai po the Survey oo). Ss as oe Mk cicctee wie dea eee rene 1

II. Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera of the Group Cerambycine,

with Descriptions of new Genera and Species. By Coan es J. GAHAN,

M.A., Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum .... 19

III. British Fossil Crinoids.—IV. Thenarocrinus gractlis, sp. nov.,

Wenlock Limestone, and Note on 7. callipygus. By F. A. BaTHER,

MA KGS. (Plate I). on.’ Seawind aeaen moanonbeneet eS 35

IV. List of Lepidoptera in a Collection made by Emin Pasha in

Central Africa. By Arruur G. BuTueEr, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &. .... 40

V. Notes on the Synonymy of some Species of Scolopendride, with

Descriptions of new Genera and Species of the Group. By R. I.

Pocock, of the British Museum (Natural History) ............6- 51

VI. Description of Two new Species of Parrots of the Genus

Cyanorhamphus in the British Museum. By T.Satvaport,C.M.Z.8. 68

VII. Descriptive Notes on some obscure British Spiders, with

Description of anew Species. By the Rey. FRepERIcK O. PicHaRD-

CammemGn, « (Plate: ID) cis Se livre Por. CQ ae ae anbentd teey vlelals 69

VIII. Abstract of some Investigations into the Structure of the

Oligocheta. By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A, &¢. .........0ceee 88

IX. Notes on Slugs, chiefly in the Collection at the British

Mucous ey, Se DAY COCKBRELL, ~, Wane gy aslser t'sd.ue os'40 14s 6 97

X. Notes on the Marine Crustacea Ostracoda of Norway. By the

Rey. Canon A, M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S., &e. oo... eee 108

lv CONTENTS.

Page

XI. Descriptions of Ten new Species of Butterflies from the North-

west Coast of Madagascar, captured by Mr. J. T. Last, in the Collec-

tion of Mr. H. Grose Smith. By H. Grose SmirH........0+00 122

XII. Descriptions of Two new Scarabeide of the Genus Phaneus.

By CHARLES O. WATRRHOUSE......0scccccsesssssccresesonecs 128

XITI. Descriptions of some new Species of Lepidoptera collected

by Mr. Herbert Ward at Bangala, on the Congo. By Emity Mary

PELE ER A 2. Fiche etx oats wie’ aS sla loin, u7u,0 vlan bUinin ane Ron cae iat elle, gate ean 130

XIV. Notes on some Shells recently received by the British

LU CTECY The gal o2egel Daye dG Wiel S10 9 iene ee IER Ee SCP 135

XV. Descriptions of Eight new Species of Chalcoside. By

PRB E ET ORTON, Eo Liic. Ocber a dissiaa's wtateicle kines «\duie omnia sient 140

XVI. Further Note on Francolinus Hildebrandti, Cabanis, and

Obsérvations on Pternistes Humboldti, Peters. By W. R. OGILvIE-

Brae OE ea EA Rares NTIS Nb ia tetcr ate soy okt wedi’ ainiiel we W a9. 0 a's inate 144

XVII. A few Remarks on Prof. Packard’s Papers entitled “ Life-

History of Drepana arcuata” and “ Hints on the Evolution of the

Bristles, Spines, and Tubercles of certain Caterpillars.” By A. G,

PUTER Pp, 5 0B Zila, OlEse Gas altos eres aieiers ja Fos aieielelets ee 147

XVIIL. Description of a new Genus and Species of Rhyncho-

phorous Coleoptera, By D. SHarp, M.B., F.L.S., &............. 150

Phosphorescent,Cenfipedes 4... sj0's sisie sieve da btnais so rV's « Oeice's wale 152

NUMBER XXXVIII.

XIX. On the Adaptation of Mammals to Aquatic Life. By Dr.

Witty KiKenrtuat, Ritter-Professor of Phylogeny in the Univer-

SICH Ob AB Sy Soy o's.5 xv evens ain 0M AE Moe Ee OR See Ee Berg ty MRR NE Riel 153

XX. Lepidoptera from the Sabaki River, East Africa, with

Descriptions of new Species. By G. F. Hampson, B.A., Coll. Exon.,

CPZOD Siok salvo vee 8 ik se etelan SRW Ws oa ZOE Oe tt ee Uae 179

XXI1. Critical Notes on the Genus Tebennophorus and the recent

Literature relating to it. By Hrnry A. Pruspry, Conservator of

the Conchological Section, Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-

Mab io. ad SEG aie bs iain SRS Uy = Seoine Ee cape RA ee 184

XXII. Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey

Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander R. F. Hoskyn, R.N., com-

manding.—No, 21. Note on the Results of the last Season’s Deep-

sea Dredging. By J. Woop-Mason, Superintendent of the Indian

Museum, and Professor of Comparative Anatomy in the Medical

College of Bengal, and A. Aucock, M.B., Surgeon I.M.S., Surgeon-

Naturaliaéte the Survey: i). dt Mawkee ed Ae olds 1 een 186

XXII. On some Disputed Points in Teleostean Embryology. By

J.T, Cunntnauam, M.A., Naturalist to the Marine Biological Asso-

RARAAOEN os iv cocisareinne 1 ae aoe oa CRN Vole EM Tae eee pale eee Oe

CONTENTS. vi

Page

XXIV. Notes on the Synonymy of some Species of Scolopendride,

with Descriptions of new Genera and Species of the Group. By R.I.

Pocock, of the British Museum (Natural-History). (PlatesIV.&V.) 221

New Book:—The Birds of Norfolk. By Henry Stevenson, F.LS. ;

continued by THoMAS SOUTHWELL, F.Z.8.....2:.cc00ee0snes 231

Stray Notes on the Nomenclature &c. of some British Starfishes, by

F. Jeffrey Bell; Dates of the Parts of P. S. Pallas’s ‘Icones

Insect. p. Ross. Sibir.’ and ‘Novy. spec. Quadr. Glirium,’ by C.

TR VERS OMOE GOES "ss uaie tir Sa mito: ate balctn sx oh salons 5 aie ga ee 233—236

NUMBER XXXIX,

XXY. The Ornithosanrian Pelvis. By H. G. Srrtey, F.RS.,

Professor of Geography in King’s College, London .............. 237

XXVI. Note on a Couple of Abnormalities. By W. BLaxLtanp

BenuaM, D.Sc., University College, London. (Plate IIL.)........ 256

XXVII. Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey

Steamer ‘Investigator,’ Commander R. F. Hoskyn, R.N., com-

manding.—No. 21. Note on the Results of the last Season’s Deep-

sea Dredging. By J. Woop-Mason, Superintendent of the Indian

Museum, and Professor of Comparative Anatomy in the Medical

College of Bengal, and A. Atcock, M.B., Surgeon I.M.S., Surgeon-

Naturalast?to) the Survey) iicGciesisaies hah satel 69 CAGE ase dase wees 258

XXVIII. Bathynectes, Stimpson, a British Genus of Crustacea

Brachyura, By the Rev. Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L.,

MES ee Ct eye cea as on tac) rahe, i a2 oa. cc Saas ino, 9) a iw x SPsberayale icine mlerauale 272

XXIX. Lepton squamosum (Montagu), a Commensal. By the

Rey. Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., F.RS., &e.. 02-0068 ae 276

XXX. Descriptions of new Oriental Reptiles and Batrachians. By

GA POMUEENGM Bars se leanne ceioe ssc oe eee he ata wt eM ae 279

XXXI. On the Occurrence of Pelochelys in China. By G. A.

TS OUR NG ERR fea ak scoop cafe cisgeitye a SA SE VA also oR aie ed 6, hades slaras 283

XXXII. Contributions towards a General History of the Marine

Polyzoa, By the Rev. Tuomas Hincxs, B.A., F.R.S. (Plates VI.

Bem VIL) riers ot. fears che discs, e.oken a Sey yercnlctene lan sakes, ss orteiein oetatetay erect 285

Proceedings of the Geological Society. ........ececeencecees 299, 300

Henry Bowman Brapy, LL.D., F.R.S., &c. ; The Genus Limacella,

by T. D. A. Cockerell; Preliminary Diagnoses of Four new

Mammals from East Africa, by Oldfield Thomas; New Re-

searches on the Spores of Myxosporidia (Structure and Deve-

lopment), by M. P. Thélohan ; On the Sense of Smell in Star-

fish, by M. Prouho, Prépavateur au laboratoire Arago.... 301—306

vi CONTENTS.

NUMBER XL.

Page

XXXIIT. On some new or imperfectly-known Species of Stroma-

toporoids. By H. ALLEYNE Nicuorson, M.D., D.Sc., Rezius Pro-

fessor of Natural History in the University of Aberdeen.—Part IV.

3 EES. ©) ee ee sn Ae en I 309

XXXIV. Notes on Slugs, chiefly in the Collection at the British

Mossian...By'T. D. A CockERELA, » ...\iaivi (sete did anes 328

XXXV. Remarks on the Herpetological Fauna of Mount Kina

Baloo, North Borneo. By G. A. BOULENGER ............0000. 341

XXXVI. On the Necessity for the Abandonment of the Generic

Name Cyclostoma, with Suggestions regarding others involved in this

Genus. By R. BuLLEN Newron, F.G.S., British Museum (Natural

MORIN ert asia ds oon pin bs Rein il oie ridl di Fa.m = > "eles vik 5 22" Gy OR 345

XXXVII. New Scarabeide in the British Museum: a Fourth

Contribution. By Coarites O. WarrruHousK. (Plate XIL.)...... 348

XXXVIII. Descriptions of some new Genera and Species of West-

African Lycenide. By Hamicton H. Druce, F.E.S. .......... 364

XXXIX. The History of a Long-fergotten British Lithobius. By

Ne POCIOR. oie css cape asin 52 oem ten aa Re Rees ae eee 567

XL. Descriptions of new Species of Upupe and Trochili in the

Collection of the British Museum. By Osperr Satvin, M.A.,

Ras Ri aie oes Cie ata a sca Go pion w 42.0 Fintan sesh 3 8 ep a eee B74

New Books :—Aids in Practical Geology. By Grenvitie A. Corr,

F.G.8., Professor of Geology in the Royal College of Science

for Ireland.—The Honey-Bee: its Natural History, Anatomy,

and Physiology. By T. W. Cowan, F.L.S., .G.S., &e. 378—380

Proceedings of the Geological Society..............ecceeeee 381, 382

On Professor Jeffrey Bell’s “ Notes on Nomenclature of British Star-

fishes,” with remarks on some Recent Crinoidea, by the Rey.

Canon A, M. Norman; Additional Notes on the Mollusk

Lepton as a Commensal, and on the Crustacean Genus Bathy-

nectes, by the Rev. Canon A. M. Norman; Zrochammina Bradyi,

n. 0., by David Robertson, ...5...0s0000000. ited aia S 382—388

NUMBER XLI.

XLI. British Fossil Crinoids.—V. Botriocrinus, Wenlock Lime-

stone. By F. A. Barurr, M.A., F.G.S, (Plate XIII.).......... 389

XLII. On the Occurrence of Halistemma in British Waters. By

the Rev. A. D. Stoan, M.A., B.Se. (Edinb.), St. Andrews,

(Pisté AIL) Ss... WYRTEETOREEE Fi rere ee ere 413

XLUI. Description of a new Lizard of the Genus Zonurus from

the Transvaal. By G. A. BOULENGER cies so ssvians ove ¥eleeen 417

CONTENTS. Vil

Page

XLIV. On Pherusa fucicola (Leach). By ALFRED O. WaLKER.. 418

XLV. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Pyralide con-

tained in the British-Museum Collection. By W. Warren, M.A.,

eaten ct i ale ies umn eae saeshay a ovasetate cist acl euninlsle coe alec Sis aha p oat as 423

XLVI. On the Shoulder-girdle in Cretaceous Ornithosauria. By

Professor H. G. Sreiey, F.R.S. &c., King’s College, London .... 488

XLVII. Notes on the Trionychian Genus Pelochelys. By G. Baur. 445

XLVIII. The Genera Cyclostoma and Pomatias, and on a misap-

plied rule of Zoological Nomenclature. By the Rev. Caron A. M.

NoRMAN ...... Bra ee ais es lela IE NMG ee sare chads GAhale Micky» SUMES tener Steoe 447

XLIX. Descriptions of Three new Species of Helix from New

Gunes. By Encan A. Smite’ - 0.02 cece tenn care hee ames 451

L. Descriptions of new Species of the Coleopterous Genus Oides

(Galerucade). By C.J. Gauan, M.A., British Museum (Natural

DERISGOE VT o> cincsiscinle sik clatnd tudrard hte leweals Sisralelalellong gailela dua # o-aeeie ss weld 453

LI. Descriptions of Two new Species of Sandwich-Island Birds.

iy, SCOMmAE WILSON, (BOZ.Ss0 6 Si oe So een eee seen cult ne od 460

LIL. Description of a new Genus for the reception of the North-

American Moths hitherto referred to Telestl/la of Herrich-Schiffer.

ey A erm egties ILS. B25) SoC sisi 10 a o earenehatavner oles roca rel ata 461

LIII. Note on Lycodon atropurpureus, Cantor, and Bufo stomati-

cus, utken:,. -By GoA, BouimNGER: Ji is)eusce esd oeleas bec ees 462

“Goldfussia,” “Comaster,” and “Comatulide,” by F. A. Bather; A

Note on Canon Norman’s Remarks, by F. Jeffrey Bell; On the

Heart of Dentalium, by Dr. L. Plate, Marburg; The Function

of the Gemmiform Pedicellariz of Sea-Urchins, by M. Henri

EOUO! cme edie ota gc oR OSE Mee 6 Se eater eee neem 464—467

NUMBER XLII.

LIV. Asterias rubens and the British Species allied thereto. By

Prof. F, JEFFREY BELL, M.A., Sec. R.M.S. (Plates XIV. & XV.) 469

LY. Some Alleged Cases of Misrepresentation. By F. A. Barer. 480

LVI. Insect-Larva (Cecidomyia, sp.) eating Rust on Wheat and

Hex. By WN. A. Copp and) Smpnny OLLIFE’ 4. %.4. sieges coe cen 489

LVII. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Pyralide con-

tained in the British-Museum Collection. By W. Warren, M.A.,

SBOE Sen sieiets @ieiere led Sacra, 4 alee S-sus, 018 Wal Aga Meat RA oh Siac, Osh « 494

LVUI. On the Galapagos Lizards of the Genus Tropidurus. By

Gee eo EMOUMURING Bey laieh niovard ors via'e"h crepe ebaetemte tikes. sca & sidan eats 501

LIX. On Anabiosis. By Prof. W. Preyer, of Berlin.......... 503

LX. New Scarabeide in the British Museum: a Fifth Contvibu-

tion, Py CnApEMs Os WATHRHOUSE. Ws. gs curs cccsens cl veees 507

Vill CONTENTS.

Page

LXI. Reply to the Rey. Canon Norman’s Views respecting the

proposed rejection of Cyclostoma, with Remarks on No. 10 Rule of

the “Stricklandian Code.” By R. Butten Newron, F.G.S.,

ere mugen (Natural EURLOTY) Vases ca soc cesnbeccsccen Vat 522

LXII. Descriptions of Three new Bats in the British-Museum

Collection. By OtprreLp THOMAS ............. sea. § Gyetaae matte ciate 527

LXIUII. On Pherusa fucicola, Leach, and the Law of Priority. By

Loo PA eles Cie oi Og SM aie A Pilly ahaa apa Pariepiar tee iss tee rue 530

Description of a new Species of Tristomum from Histiophorus brevi-

rostris, by F. Jeffrey Bell; Note on the Authors of the Specific

Names in John White’s ‘ Journal of a Voyage to New South

Wales,’ 1790, by C. Davies Sherborn ...........00es00s 534, 535

Index SW ee 8 heels @ eeorreeoreeereerereeeeere ee eoecrereeeee 536

PLATES IN VOL. VII.

Prate [, Thenarocrinus.

II. New and obscure British Spiders.

III, Astacus fluviatilis —Lumbricus herculeus.

Ly,

‘ Marine Polyzoa.

New Scolopendride.

Ix New Stromatoporoids.

XI. New Scarabeide.

XIU. Structure of Halistemma,

XII. Botriocrinus.

XIV. Asterias rubens.

XV. Asterias Murrayi,

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTIL SERIES. ]}

CO ence soc onnccase per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dex pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo."’

N. Parthenii Giannettasié Kol, lL.

No. 37. JANUARY 1891.

1.— Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine

Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator, Commander kh. F. Hoskyn,

R.N., commanding.—No. 21. Note on the Results of the last

Season's Deep-sea Dredging. By J. Woop-Mason,

Superintendent of the Indian Museum, and Professor of

Comparative Anatomy in the Medical College of Bengal,

and A. Ancock, M.B., Surgeon I. M. 8., Surgeon-Natu-

ralist to the Survey.

DuRING eight seasons’ surveying-operations along the Indian

coasts the ‘ Investigator,’ in her passages from surveying-

ground to surveying-ground, has availed herself of numerous

opportunities of collecting information about the life of the

depths of the Indian seas. In the present paper we propose

to give a general sketch of the results of the last season’s

labours in this direction, as summed up in twelve hauls of

the trawl, in depths ranging from 90 to 1439 fathoms, in the

Bay of Bengal and in that part of the Arabian Sea intervening

between the Laccadive Islands and the Malabar coast, which

we have called the Laccadive Sea.

We could not, in the time available, include the deep-sea

collections of previous seasons ; but we hope that in course of

time these too may be noticed—at least in the same general

way.

xcept in the classes of Fishes and Crustaceans we have

made no attempt at systematic detail, our object being to

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. vii. 1

Station

No.

100

101

102

103

104

105

2 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

enlist the interest of European naturalists in an almost

unworked field of Indian zoology, and not single-handed to

engage in an impossible research.

The apparatus generally used was a reversible trawl with

steel-wire rope.

List of the ‘Investigator’ Deep-sea Dredging-Stations

during the Season 1889-90.

Position.

mans, between N. & S.

Sentinel Islands.

Bay of Bengal, lat. 16° 45’

N., long. 88° 32’ 50” E.

Bay of Bengal, off Ganjam

coast, 25 miles S.E. 3 E.

Barwa Beacon.

, Bay of Bengal, off Ganjam

coast, 24 miles S.E. Go-

palpur.

Bay of Bengal, lat. 18° 30’

N., long. 84° 46’ E.

Bay of Bengal, lat. 18° 26’

N., long. 85° 24' E,

Bay of Bengal, lat, 16° 55’

41” N., long. 83° 21' 18"

Bay of Bengal, lat. 16° 11’

15" N., long, 82° 30’ 30”

KE.

Bay of Bengal, lat. 15° 38’

N., long. 82° 30’ EK.

Bay of Bengal, lat. 15° 14’

N., long. 81° 09’ KE,

peni Shoal, lat. 11° 12’

47" N,, long. 74°25'30" EF.

Laceadive Sea, off Goa

long. 72° 34’ EF.

Off west coast of Anda-|;

Laccadive Sea, off Elica-|

coast, lat. 15° 02' N.,

Depth in

Fathoms.

93-89

920-690 |

1260

1000

| 740

Nature of

Bottom.

Coral sand, with

Foraminifera.

Brown mud,

Brown mud.

Sand.

Olive mud.

Brown mud.

Blue mud.

Olivemud, with coral

detritus and 2°15 per

cent. Foraminifera.

Grey ooze,

mud, and 125 per

cent. Foraminifera.

coral!

Temperature Fabr.

At surface.

At bottom.

| 86:2

39:75

(at 920 fath.)

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 3

Grade A.) PLASTIDOZ OA.

Class RETICULARIA.

The Foraminifera of the Bay of Bengal have been largely

determined by Dr. John Murray from small quantities of

deep deposit sent home by Commander A. Carpenter, R.N.,

D. 8. O., lately in charge of the Marine Survey of India.

The results of one of Dr. Murray’s analyses of mud brought

up by the ‘Investigator’ from the Bay of Bengal (lat. 17°

34 N., long. 87° 59! E., 1300 fathoms) will be found in the

‘Magazine of the Scottish Geographical Society,’ vol. v.

p- 420 (August 1889), to which it is sufficient for our purpose

to refer.

Off the west coast of the Andamans, in 240 to 220 fathoms,

a few specimens of Jasonella planulata, H. B. Brady, were

found adhering to the tangles. /asonella, it may be recalled,

is a new Astrorhizid genus instituted by Dr. Brady (Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) 1. (1889), p. 293) for the reception of

two species of Andaman ‘ Investigator’ Foraminifera with

large discoid, arenaceous, reticulated tests, in the radiating

tubules of which the living sarcode is contained. In sorting

the collection specimens were discovered (Promasonella,

Wood-Mason) which establish a connecting-link between

Astrorhiza and Masonella; and of this genus there are two

species, Promasonella Carpenter’?, Wood-Mason, and P.

alterntramis, Wood-Mason,

Grade B. ENTHEROZOA.

Subgrade A. CHLENTERATA.,

Phylum NEMATOPHORA.

Clas SCYPHOMEDUSZ.

Order DISCOMEDUS &.

Family Ephyride (CoLLASPID.®),

ATOLLA, Heckel.

Two slightly differing specimens of a species of this § Chal-

-lenger’ deep-sea form were taken—and they were the only

deep-sea Medusee taken—during the season. Both were

trawled in the Bay of Bengal, off the Madras coast, one in 840,

the other in 920 to 690 fathoms.

Both have the central disk of the exumbrella, inside the

4 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

exumbral coronal furrow, with an entire (7. e. not indented)

margin—in this respect differing from Atolla Wyvillir,

Heckel, and from Atolla Bairdii, Fewkes.

In both the edges of the marginal lobes and the entire

surface of the gastro-vascular cavity are covered with a deli-

cate, deciduous, violet-black membrane. In one specimen

the thick external coronal muscle forms a very broad, in the

other a comparatively narrow, band.

The bathybial habitat of Atolla has been argued by Pro-

fessor Heckel on the ground of the retrogression of some of

the organs of sense, It might be added that the violet-

black of the pigmented parts is such as in our experience is

only to-be found in undoubted bathybial forms, as in certain

deep-sea Zoantharia and Fishes.

Class ANTHOZOA.

Subclass ALCYONIOMORPHA.

Order PENNATULIDA.

In 240 to 220 fathoms, off the west coast of the Andamans,

some fine specimens of an Umbellula were taken; and in

1000 fathoms, in the Laccadive Sea, several specimens of a

Funiculid were obtained with the polyparium coloured a

uniform delicate pink.

Subclass ACTINIOMORPHA.

Order ACTINIARIA.

Family Actinide.

Specimens of three gigantic species of bathybial Actiniaria

were met with during the season—one species in 1310

fathoms in the Bay of Bengal (Station 97), the others in the

Laccadive Sea in 1000 and 740 fathoms (Stations 104 and

105).

An Epizoanthus symbiotic with Hyalonema must also be

mentioned,

Lastly, at 740 fathoms in the Laccadive Sea there was

obtained a colonial Zoantharian closely resembling Professor

S. I. Smith’s figure (Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. iii., 1883) of

Epizoanthus paguriphilus, Verrill, which, like Professor

Verrill’s species, forms a “ carcincecium”’ for a hermit-crab

of the genus Parapagurus. In our specimen, however, no

adventitious particles have been incorporated either in the

ceenenchyma or in the tests of the polyps; but the whole

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 5

expanded colony forms a smooth mass of a cartilaginous con-

istence. No trace is to be detected of any spiral shell which

might have formed a basis of investment for the polyps.

Order MADREPORARIA.

Only four species of deep-sea corals were taken during the

season, but all on different occasions. ‘Two of them appear

to be new to science, and are here described. We take this

opportunity of describing also a remarkable specimen of a

(deep-sea) Rhizotrochus from the neighbourhood of Gaspar

Straits, lately presented to the Indian Museum by Captain

Worsley.

Maprerorarta APorosa.

Family Turbinolida.

[Ruizorrocuus, Edw. & H.

1, Rhizotrochus Worsley?, sp. n., Alcock.

Corallum translucent, extremely thin and fragile, low,

moderately compressed, cornute, terminating abruptly in a

small, curved, laterally-situated pedicle, the longitudinal axis

of which meets the same axis of the calicle at an angle of

about 125°. From the thecal wall, which is almost smooth

with but faint and incomplete costal striations, branch out

ten coarse, rudely cylindrical, hollow rootlets of unequal

length, which communicate directly with the calicular cavity ;

they are arranged in two irregularly concentric series. The

calicle is deep, but largely filled up by the prominent primary

and secondary septa; its orifice is irregularly elliptical, and

its margin is everted, in places impendent, and crenulate and

irregularly plicated. There are six systems of septa and five

complete cycles; the septa are not exsert, except where they

coincide with the indentations of the marginal plications ;

and in all the systems, except in the half-system coincident

with and in the half-system opposite to the laterally-situate

pedicle, they have a strong lateral twist towards the pedicle ;

their surfaces are finely and distantly granular. The primary

and secondary septa of the same system are coequal, but the

different systems are unequal with one another ; they descend

almost vertically, but with the lateral twist referred to, to be

loosely fused in the bottom of the calicle by their edges, which

there become sinuous, and thus to form arudimentary parietal

columella; their surfaces are transversely striated. The

6 | Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

septa of the third cycle are in general barely one fifth the

breadth of the septa of the first two cycles; they descend to

the bottom of the calicle. The septa of the fourth cycle,

which reach just over halfway down the calice wall, are still

narrower, and those of the fifth evcle, which end quite in the

upper part of the calice, are mere ridges.

Height of corallum from base to calicular margin *75 inch ;

longitudinal diameter of calicular orifice *95 inch ; transverse

diameter of calicular orifice *70 inch ; depth of calicular fossa

55 inch ; length of longest rootlet ‘55 inch.

From the Eastern Telegraph Co.’s cable, in the neigh-

bourhood of Gaspar Straits. One specimen.

Rhizotrochus Worsleyi differs from the other known species

of the genus most conspicuously in its irregularity, which is

shown in the shape of the corallum and in the size and

arrangement of the principal cycles of septa. Further, the

rudimentary parietal columella appears to be characteristic. |

CARYOPHYLLIA, Stokes.

2. Caryophyllia communis, Moseley.

Caryophyllia communis, Moseley, ‘Challenger’ Reports, vol. ii. pt. vii.

pp. 135-188, pl. i. figs. 4 and 5; Pourtalés, Bull. Mus, Comp. Zool.

vol, vi. p. 100, pl. i, figs. 12 and 15.

This species, which the ‘Challenger’ and the ‘ Blake’

have found to have an extended range over the Atlantic

Oceans, was taken by the ‘ Investigator’ in 1000 fathoms off

the Elicapeni Bank in the Laccadive Sea. Over two hundred

large specimens, more than half of them living, came up in

a single haul of the trawl.

Many of the dead coralla were incrusted with siliceous

sponge,

3. Caryophyllia ephyala, sp. n., Alcock.

Attached by a broadish base to some loose spicules from

the anchor-rope of a Hyalonema.

The corallum, which is thin and entirely invested with a

vitreous epitheca, is goblet-shaped, the short cylindrical

peduncle being constricted immediately above the base of

attachment and thenrather suddenly expanding into a slightly-

curved turbinate calice with a broadly elliptical mouth.

Coste extending from calicular margin to base, faint, sub-

equal, slightly wrinkled.

Septa in four complete cycles, exsert, especially those of

the coequal first and second cycles, beautifully crimped, A

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 7

crown of very large twisted pali opposite the tertiary septa,

and these, to make room for the pali, are cramped and pressed

back, presenting very sinuous, thickened, bilaterally doubled-

up margins.

Columella conspicuous, consisting of several large twisted

lamelle.

Extreme height of corallum *40 inch ; diameters of elliptical

ealicular orifice *30 by :20 inch.

A single specimen from off the west coast of the Anda-

mans, 240 to 220 fathoms (Station 56).

The specimen is small and may possibly be immature, but

its characters are so well marked that we propose a distinctive

name for it.

STEPHANOTROCHUS, Moseley.

4, Stephanotrochus nitens, sp. n., Alcock.

Corallum bowl-shaped, dense and stony throughout, ivory-

white. The epithecate base is gently convex, culminating in

a central obtuse point; the side-wall rises with an outward

slope of about 35 degrees from the vertical. The primary

and secondary cost, which radiate from the central basal

point, are salient throughout, coarse and crenulate on the

base, sursumversely spinate or serrate on the side-wall of the

theca ; the tertiary and quaternary coste show as faint finely

granular radial striations, most conspicuous at the junction of

base and side-wall, and obsolescent about halfway up the

latter. ‘The calicle has a circular margin and a very capacious

fossa. ‘There are six systems of septa, with four complete

cycles and an incomplete fifth. All the septa are exsert,

those of the first two cycles projecting about *17 of an inch

and those of all the higher cycles about 05 of an inch above

the calicular margin; and all are of an unpolished smooth-

ness, with thin trenchant edges. Within the calicle the

coequal primary and secondary septa are conspicuously pre-

eminent. They repeat the simple curve of the thecal wall,

and near the middle of the fundus of the calicular fossa their

ends become depressed, thickened, and tortuous, and enter

into loose interrupted fusion, in which the tertiaries of the

systems in which a fifth cycle is developed also join, to form

an inconspicuous radiculate columella, from which arise small,

erect, subconical, finely granular pinnacles to the number of

about ten, excluding the paliform papilla to be next described.

Just external to this the edge of each primary septum rises

into a low, dentate, paliform process, while the edges of the

8 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

secondary septa show linear series of two or three small

uncinate paliform papilla. The tertiary septa have their

edges widely notched just below the middle of their curve,

the lower angle of the notch projecting as a small uncinate

paliform lobe; below this they approach and are occasionally

fused with the secondaries. ‘The septa of the fourth cycle are

thin lamelle which end about halfway down the calicular

wall, except in the systems in which a fifth cycle is developed,

where they resemble but do not equal the tertiaries.

Height of corallum from base to limit of epitheca °35 inch,

from base to edge of calice ‘75 inch, from base to summit of

primary and secondary septa ‘90 to ‘92 inch; diameter of

calicular orifice 1-4 inch ; depth of calicular fossa °60 inch.

The soft tissues of the polyp are very thick and fleshy ; the

oral disk and tentacles are a very dark purple.

The charaeteristic feature in the corallum of this species is

the comparatively slight exsertion of those quaternary or

quinary septa which lie next the primaries; usually they are

equally exsert with the tertiaries, and in only two systems do

they distinctly surpass these last in height.

Of the paliform processes those only of the third cyele are

truly paliform; these, though not very prominent, project

enough to form a support for the retracted oral disk.

The form of the corallum is intermediate between the cup-

shaped and platter-shaped extremes figured by Professor

Moseley from the ‘ Challenger ’ collection.

From the Laccadive Sea, at 740 fathoms (Station 105).

One fine perfect specimen.

Maprevroraria Huneipa.

Family Fungiide.

Batuyactis, Moseley.

5. Bathyactis symmetrica (Pourtales).

Fungia symmetrica, Pourtales, Ill, Cat. Mus, Comp. Zool. (1871), no. iv.

p. 46, pl. vii. figs. 5 and 6.

Fungia symmetrica, Dunean, Trans. Zool. Soe. viii. p. 884, pl. xlix.

figs. 16-19.

Bathyactis syn.metrica, Moseley, ‘Challenger ’ Reports, vol. ii. pt. vii.

pp. 186-190, pl. x. figs. 1-18.

Three specimens of this very widely ranging deep-sea

Fungiid were obtained in the Bay of Bengal, 920 to 690

fathoms (Station 102).

The diameter of the corallum of the largest specimen is

*80 inch.

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 9

Phylum PORIFERA.

Class SILICOSPONGIGZ.

Numerous specimens of sponges, belonging to seven genera

and eight species, were obtained during the season in deep

sea. Seven species are Hexactinellid, and one is a siliceous

sponge with thickly felted monaxial spicules.

On muddy bottoms between 100 and 1500 fathoms in the

northern part of the Bay of Bengal not one sponge was found.

But off the west coast of the Andamans, from a clean bottom

of coral-sand in 240 to 220 fathoms, the tangles came up

incrusted with Farrea (two species) and with a few specimens

of Huplectella (one species), Hyalonema (one species), and

two other species of Hexactinellid sponges.

Again, in 1000 fathoms in the Laccadive Sea numerous

sponges were taken in the trawl, including Euplectella, Hya-

lonema, and over twenty specimens of a firm, compact, globu-

lar species, of which the skeleton is formed by a thick felt of

monaxial siliceous spicules. ‘These last either were adherent

to dead coralla of Caryophyllia communis or had grown round

the anchor-stalks of dead Hyalonema.

The anchor-stalks of all our living specimens of Hyalonema

were thickly incrusted with colonies of an Hpizoanthus.

Subgrade B. CHHLOMATA.

Phylum VERTEBRATA.

Class PISCES.

The bathybial fishes collected during the season number

thirty-five species, of which all but ten are new to science.

As the whole of these species have been already described

or noticed in this Magazine (‘ Annals,’ Sept. & Oct. 1890),

it will be sufficient now to give merely a list of them.

We divide them into (1) true bathybial forms, and (2)

forms which are locally bathybial in the surface-heated seas

of India.

(1) The true bathybial fishes are twenty-five species ; among

them are the following apparently new types :—

G1.) Bathyseriola (‘ Annals,’ Sept. 1890, p. 202)—A

Carangid with the general aspect of Cubiceps.

(u.) Ponerodon (l. ¢. p. 203).—A Trachinid which might

be taken for the Gadoid Chiasmodus, but that, besides having

Jarge pseudobranchiz and an armed preopercle and wanting

an air-bladder, it has the first ray of the ventral, the first and

second (small) rays of the anal, and all the rays of the first

dorsal fin in the form of well-characterized non-articulated

10 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

spines. Our specimen, which is over 6 inches long and in good

preservation, was examined in the fresh state, and if it should

prove to be identical with Chiasmodus, we consider that

Chiasmodus must be removed from the Malacopterygians,

while Ponerodon must become a synonym.

(ii.) Paronetrodes (1. c. p. 206) —A Pediculate with the

spinous dorsal fin reduced to two

(luminiferous) cephalic tentacles, and

hardly differing from the Aretic

Onetrodes.

(iv.) Tauredophidium (1. e. p. 212).

—A Brotuline Ophidiid allied to the

‘Challenger’ Indo-Pacific genus

Acanthonus, but having the eyes re-

duced to hidden rudiments.

(v.) Dermatorus (ibid. Oct. 1890,

p. 298).—A Brotuline Ophidiid with

close affinities to the wide-ranging

deep-sea form Porogadus.

(vi.) Scopelengys (. c. p. 302).—

A Scopelid apparently related to both

Scopelus and Nanobrachium.

(vil.) Zhaumastomias (ibid. Sept.

1890, p. 220).—A Stomiatid differing

from the remarkable genus Ma/acosteus

only in some details of dentition, in

the forward position of the ventral *

fins, and in the complete absence

of pectoral fins. ‘The curious hyo-

mental muscular band, which allows

the lower jaw to be turned completely

backwards over the hyper-extended

head, is as well developed as it is in

Malacosteus.

(viii.) Narcetes (tbid. Oct. 1890,

p- 3805).—An Alepocephalid very

nearly allied to Bathytroctes, from

which it differs most conspicuously in

the pluriserialarrangemeut of the teeth

in the jaws.

(x.) Aulastomatomorpha (1c. p.3807).

—A most remarkable Aiepocephalid,

differing from all other genera of

its own family in having the pseudo-

branchiz quite rudimentary and the

bones of the head prolonged into a

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. ig

long snout. The head of this unique fish is covered throughout

with a thick spongy glandular skin of a dazzling white reflexion

and probably luminous in function. In correlation with this

the eyes are very large. Fig. 1 represents Aulastomato-

morpha phospherops, one half the natural size.

(x.) Promyllantor (1. c. p.310).—A Murenid of the Conger

alliance, characterized by the almost inferior position of the

mouth, and by the broad bands of villiform teeth in the jaws

and palate.

The complete list is as follows :—

Fathoms.

1. Melamphaés mizolepis, Gthr. .... Bay of Bengal. 1310

2. Bathyseriola cyanea, g. et sp.n. (A.) as 90-102

3. Ponerodon vastator, g. et sp. n.(A.) Ps 920-690

4, Paroneirodes glomerosus, g. et sp. n.

TIRE Ai cots de Ai Be ea ht - 1260

5 - 1310

* | Laceadive Sea. 1000

6. Bathyonus glutinosus, sp.n.(A.).. Bay of Bengal. 1310

. Monomitopus niyripinnis, g. et sp.

. Neobythites pterotus, sp. n. (A.)

Whee, (Ophidida y's, 625.2. Laccadive Sea. 740

8. Paradicrolene Vaillanti ........ A 7

9. Dermatorus trichiurus, g. et sp. n.

CADP a stile hs hn SOE Me bee. 7 is

10. Tauredophidium Hextii, g. et sp. n.

CAG) sentient. Me eas hs 1. eae Bay of Bengal. 1310

11. Macrurus Hoskyniv, sp. n. (A.)

12. Wood-Masoni, sp.n.(A.) .. Laccadive Sea. 1000

13. —— Hewtu, sp.n.(A.) ........ Be a

14. Buthygadus langifilis, Goode and

BAM. oa Bras aja Shaky aists aim « - ae

15. Scopelus pyrsobolus, sp. n.(A.) .. Bay of Bengal. 920-690

16. Scopelengys tristis, g. et sp. n.(A.) Laccadive Sea. 1000

17. Chauliodus Sonnen eiaWiye Ie Bay of Bengal. 922&1260

18. Thaumastomias atrox, g.etsp.n.(A.) 4 1310

19. Bathytroctes squamosus, sp.n.(A.) Laccadive Sea. 740

20. Narcetes erimelas, g. et sp. n. (A.)

39 >

21. Platytroctes apus, Gthr. ........ i ef

22, Aulastomatomorpha —phospherops,

POL SPs TNs ra. aes, eth eie ee wet -: 1000

23. Halosaurus affinis, Gthr. ........ ss PP

24. Hosicynis, sp. Ns (A.) tig. 2. = -

25. Promyllantor purpureus, g. et sp. n.

(a) tee a3 ES ee eR r =

(2) The Jocal bathybial or hemibathy bial forms taken were :—

12 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

Fathoms.

26. Parascombrops pellucidus, Alcock.. Bay of Bengal. 98-102

27. Centropristis investigatoris, sp. Nn.

6.) Pa Se flies sie saat ee teak a

28. Uranoscopus crassiceps, sp. n. (A.)

29. Trigla hemisticta, Schlegel ......

30. Gobius cometes, sp.n.(A.) ......

31. Callionymus carebares, sp. n. (A.)

32. Scianectes macrophthalmus, Alcock

33. Cynoglossus Carpenteri, Alcock

34. Scopelus pterotus, sp. n. (A.)

SBD, Sees. V 9 Seareteidia Menara teak 2 - ay

Phylum ECHINODERMA.

Class ASTEROIDEA.

Asteroidea were trawled on three occasions, and thirty-eight

individuals of nine species and as many genera were collected.

Of these thirty-two specimens, of five species and genera, were

obtained on a clean and comparatively hard bottom of coarse

coral-sand off the west coast of the Andaman Islands, in 240

to 220 fathoms, while the six remaining specimens, of four

species and genera, came from 740 to 1000 fathoms in the

Laccadive Sea, where the bottom consists principally of coral-

mud. Of nine fairly successful hauls in water of 100 to 1500

fathoms in the northern part of the Bay of Bengal, where the

bottom consists of soft mud (terrigenous deposit), not one

produced a starfish.

There is little doubt that the investigation by a specialist

of this collection, which is but a small part of the accumu-

lations of several years’ trawling in file waters, would

bring to light some new forms.

We have here attempted nothing more than to roughly

indicate the affinities of the forms most recently acquired.

Order PHANEROZONIA.

Family Archasteride.

1. PonTaster, Sladen.

Three fairly perfect specimens of a species very near to P.

venustus, Sladen, were taken in the Laccadive Sea, off the

Elicapeni shoal, in 1000 fathoms. In our specimens the

supero-marginal plates are more numerous and the inner series

of spinelets on the infero-marginal plates is comparatively

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 13

stronger ; but in all other respects they correspond with the

description of the ‘ Challenger’ species. Colours in the fresh

state light pink.

2. PLUTONASTER, Sladen.

We refer with some hesitation to this genus a single speci-

men of a proctuchous form from 740 fathoms, off the coast of

Goa. It has supero-marginal plates, with a prominent,

centrally-placed dorsal spine ; but the Madreporiform body is

exposed and the adambulacral plates are covered with small

spinelets, as in the subgenus Zethyaster. Colour in the fresh

state light pink. The stomach of this specimen contained an

intact Natica and an empty Dentalium tube.

Family Porcellanasteride.

3. PORCELLANASTER, Wyville Thomson.

One small specimen of a form resembling in all important

particulars P. ceruleus, Sladen, was obtained from 740 fathoms

on the same occasion as the last preceding. Some of the

actinal intermediate plates carry a delicate centrally-placed

spicule. Colour in the fresh state bluish white. The stomach

was distended with mud.

4. Family Astropectinide.

A small mutilated Astropectinid, of whose exact position

we cannot be assured, was taken in 240 to 220 fathoms, off

the west coast of the Andaman Islands.

Family Pentagonasteride.

5. NYMPHASTER, Sladen.

From 240 to 220 fathoms, in the same situation as the last,

a single specimen closely related to N. protentus, Sladen.

Colour yellowish white.

6. MEpIASTER, Stimpson.

With considerable hesitation we refer to this genus a single

specimen from 740 fathoms, off the coast of Goa. It has all

the essential characters of the genus, except that it does not

bear pedicellariz, Colour light pink.

14 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

Order CRYPTOZONIA.

lamily Zoroasteride.

7. Zoroaster, Wyville Thomson.

Twenty-three specimens of a species nearly resembling Z.

Ackley?, Perrier, from off the West-Indian Islands. Off the

west coast of the Andamans, 240 to 220 fathoms. Colours

brick-red.

Family Echinasterida.

8. PLECTASTER, Sladen.

We venture to include in this genus a remarkable crypto-

zone, reticulate form, characterized by the exceedingly wide-

meshed reticulation of the abactinal plates (which leave large

interspaces each of which is perforated by innumerable

papule), by the groups of stout spinelets imbedded in mem-

brane borne by the abactinal plates, and by the parallel,

biserial, palisade-like armature of the adambulacral plates.

In only one specimen, however, are the actinal intermediate

alam in that one only a few of the plates—spinate.

‘ive specimens, from 240 to 220 fathoms, off the west coast

of the Andamans. Colours dark reddish brown.

Family Pedicellasteride.

9, PEDICELLASTER, Sars.

Two large specimens of a species characterized by very

numerous and very large forcipiform pedicellariw, from 240

to 220 fathoms, in the same situation as the last.

Class OPHIUROIDEA.

Hight or nine species of Ophiuroidea were obtained during

‘the season. Of these six or seven species, numbering several

scores of individuals, were caught in the tangles on a clean

bottom of coarse coral-sand off the west coast ot the Anda-

mans (240 to 220 fathoms). A single specimen was taken

in the Laccadive Sea in 740 fathoms, bottom coral-mud ; and

off the Madras coast, from a muddy bottom in 1310 fathoms,

six small specimens of a form which is probably Ophiomastus

“were obtained,

In a group presenting so many technical difficulties we

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 15

have not in the time available made any attempts at deter-

mination.

Class ECHINOIDEA.

From the station off the west coast of the Andamans which

yielded such a rich result in Sponges, Umbellulids, Asteroids,

and Ophiuroids were also obtained numerous specimens of

Cidarids of the genera or subgenera Dorocidaris and Poro-

cidaris. :

The first of these had previously been noted by the ‘ Inves-

tigator’ as exceedingly abundant off the reefy Andaman coasts

in 100 to 250 fathoms. Off the Madras coast, in 1310

fathoms (Station 97), two specimens of a large irregular

Kchinoid with hard, thin, and very brittle test were met with.

And finally, in the Laccadive Sea, at 740 and 1000 fathoms,

several fine specimens of Phormosoma of three different species

were taken.

Class HOLOTHUROIDEA.

In the mud of the north-western part of the Bay ot Bengal

(Stations 76, 81, 97, 1@1, 102) Holothurians were fairly

abundant. Those near the 100-fathom limit, as far as super-

ficial examination goes, are indistinguishable from the

shallow-water forms to be found in this vicinity. Those

from 690 to 1310 fathoms were characteristic forms with the

body-wall of the mucoid or gelatinous consistence of the

tissues of a Medusa, defying preservation, and of a uniform

coloration ranging from pinkish purple to dark violet.

In the Laccadive Sea, at 740 and 1000 fathoms, similar

large Holothurians were numerous; and at the latter depth

two specimens of the deep-sea genus Dedma, with rigid cal-

careous exo- skeleton, were taken.

Phylum MOLLUSCA.

Branch A. GLOSSOPHORA.

Clas GASTROPODA.

Family Sycotypide.

1. Sycotypus, sp. (Fig. 2.)

A large species; the shell characterized by a compara-

tively exsert spire, by a relatively short and broad siphonal

16 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

canal, by the umbilicus open to the very apex, and by a

supra-sutural band of white glaze

left throughout the spire by a por- Fi

tion of the callus remaining uncovered

during growth. The longitudinal ribs

of the shell are obtundate, alter-

nately broad and narrow, with finely

wrinkled edges, the crenulations

being produced at regular intervals

to form by their approximation very

narrow, decussating, transverse lines.

Colour of shell warm cinnamon, with

transverse streaks of darker brown

corresponding to lines of growth,

Colour of the animal delicate pink,

the edges of the mantle shading into

a lemon-yellow. ‘Three large speci-

mens from a sandy bottom in 98 to

102 fathoms off the Ganjam coast.

Family Pleurotomide.

2. A single small Pleurotomid was taken from the mud at

Station 97, 1310 fathoms.

Family Strombide.

3. Rostellaria delicatula, Nevill. (Fig. 3.)

Rostellaria delicatula, Nevill, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. 1. (1881),

pt. ii. p. 262. ,

This species has now become recognized as a quite charac-

teristic inhabitant of the infra-littoral of the Bay of Bengal

at and near the 100-fathom contour, as far as this has yet

been explored by the ‘ Investigator,’ from Arrakan to the

God4vari. The living animal is a bright pink, and it has

imparted to the spirit in which it was preserved a beautiful

magenta colour, which has stained permanently the packing-

material, the legs and the branchiz of some Penei, and the

soft tissues of a Chetopod and of some other mollusks, con-

tained in the tin in which it was first placed. ‘The eyes are

very large. ‘The animal is possessed of great vitality, and,

though coming from a considerable depth, lives happily for

days in a bucket of sea-water, and appears to be unaffected by

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 17

prolonged deprivation of water in the

moist atmosphere of ship-board.

The type appears to have been

described from an abnormally thin

and varicose shell, which also, judg-

ing from the slight development of

the digitate processes of the outer

margin of the aperture, was probably

young. ‘The thinness of the type

specimen is perhaps to be explained

by its having come from a greater

depth, our present series showing

that the thickness of the shell varies

inversely as the depth.

Family Phoridz.

4, Xenophora pallidula (Reeve).

A tolerably perfect dead shell was taken off the west coast

of the Andamans in 240 to 220 fathoms (Station 56). It

may be mentioned that Prof. Wood-Mason dredged a dead

and weathered specimen of this shell in the Andaman Sea at

228 fathoms, at the same time with the type of the Homarid

genus Nephropsis; and that in 1887 Commander Carpenter

dredged a fine series of living specimens in 290 to 240 fathoms

very near the position of Station 56.

Family Capulide.

5. Amalthea, sp.

Some small specimens, symbiotic with Lostellaria deli-

catula, were taken in 98-102 fathoms (Station 96).

Family Calyptreide.

6. Crepidula, sp.

At Station 105 in the Laccadive Sea, at 740 fathoms, a

single specimen was obtained of a curious form which we

doubtfully refer to this genus.

The shell is broadly and not quite regularly oval, depressed,

thin, translucent, and covered with a delicate olive-green

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. vii. 2

18 On Indian Deep-sea Dredging.

epidermis ; the apex is posterior, produced, pointed, with a

slight spiral inclination to the left; the posterior filth of the

aperture is closed by a horizontal shelly lamina. The animal

has the tentacles subulate and the eyes apparently absent ;

but the rostrum is produced, in continuation of the buccal

cavity, into a long proboscis, which is grooved dorsally and

expanded at the apex.

Class SCAPHOPODA.

7. Anempty shell of a Dentalium was found in the stomach

of a starfish of the genus Plutonaster at Station 105, 740

fathoms. In its proportions and polished whiteness it much

resembles the shell of Dentalium perlongum.

Class CEPHALOPODA.

8. Only two cuttle-fishes were obtained, both of the order

Decapoda, One was taken at Station 101, 922 fathoms, and

from the transparency of its tissues, as well as from the fact

of its being alive when brought on board, we infer that it is

a pelagic form. The other was removed from the stomach of

a fish (Uranoscopus crassiceps) taken in 98 to 102 fathoms

(Station 96).

Branch B. LIPOUEPHALA.

Clas LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.

Family Pectinida.

9. Amussium, sp.

At 740 fathoms in the Laccadive Sea, on a bottom of

coral-mud, numerous specimens of an Amuss¢wm were found.

It is aspecies with a large, compressed, subequivalve, slightly

inequilateral, thin, white, semitransparent shell, with small

subequal ears. The interior of the shell is highly polished

and each valve is strengthened by eleven conspicuous radiating

costule, the middle and longest of which reaches from the

dorsal margin only three quarters of the distance to the ventral

margin of the shell. The costula of the right valve are of

nearly the same width throughout; but those of the left

increase in breadth from dorsum to venter, and are club- or

fan-shaped. ‘The animal is white and has no vestiges of

pallial eyes, as has been previously observed in other species

of the genus,

Mr. C. J. Gahan on Longicorn Coleoptera. i

Attached to the exterior of several shells were some curious

dull green objects resembling fronds of Fucus. These con-

sisted of a thallus-like expansion firmly adherent to the

shell, ending in a free vesicle, the contents of which resemble

yolk of egg; they are perhaps eggs of some fish.

Family Mytilide.

10. Modiola, sp.

An almost characteristic inhabitant of the mud of the Bay

of Bengal, as at present explored, in and near 10) fathoms,

is a species of Modvola with a very thin, transparent, polished

shell of an olive or dull yellow colour. The byssus is a large

bunch of fine silky threads saturated with fine mul usually.

Met with in beds in thick mud in 89 to.93 fathoms, and on

sand in 98 to 102 fathoms.

[To be continued. ]

IT.—Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera of the Group Cerambycine,

with Descriptions of new Genera and Species. By CHARLES

J. GAuan, M.A., Assistant in the Zoological Department,

British Museum.

{Continued from vol. vi. p. 261.]

SINCE the first part of these notes was written Professor Chr.

Aurivillius, of Stockholm, has called my attention to two

species belonging to the group, which were described by

Dalman in Schoénherr’s ‘Synonymia,’ and which have

apparently been omitted from the Catalogue of Gemminger

and Harold. The first species—Lamia serricornis—is con-

sidered by Prof. Aurivillius to be identical with Prosphilus

ptlosicollis, Thoms. ; and with this conclusion | quite agree.

The synonymy of the species will accordingly read :—

Prosphilus serricornis, Dalm.

= Lamia serricornis, Dalm. Schonh. Synon. i. 3, Appendix, p. 160.

= Prosphilus pilosicollis, Thoms.

Prof. Aurivillius was good enough to send me for examina-

tion some specimens of the second species mentioned aboye—

Lamia umbrina, Dalm, ‘These were found to agree quite well

20 Mr. C. J. Gahan on Longicorn Coleoptera

with typical specimens of Plocederus nitidus, a species which

TI regard as synonymous with Plocederus ferrugineus, Linn.

(see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. v. p. 51). The

species with its synonyms and varieties may therefore be

written as follows :—

Plocederus ferrugineus, Linn.

= Cerambyx ferrugineus, Linn., Oliv., et Fabr.

= Cerambyx gigas, Fabr.

= Lamia umbrina, Dalm, in Schonh. Synonym, i. 3, Appendix, p. 161.

= Hammaticherus nitidus, White.

Var. P. versutus, Pasc. (Cerambyx).

Var. P. niger (Chevr. MS.’, Gahan, 7. ¢. p. 51.

I have to thank Prof. Aurivillius for also pointing out that

Celodon rusticum, Fihr., is a species of Yaurotagus, very

closely allied to T. Klugii, Lac.

To Dr. Fr. Meinert, of Copenhagen, I am indebted for

information concerning the type specimens of Ceramby.c holo-

sericeus, Fabr. Two specimens from 'Tranquebar are ticketed

as types; in one the ¢ntergenal groove is straight, in the other

it is distinctly bowed backwards. I do not believe that these

two conditions occur in the same species; and I take there-

fore as representing holosericeus, Fabr., that specimen in

which the intergenal groove is straight. The amended

synonymy of the species may thus be written :—

Holesthes holosericeus, Fabr.

= Cerambyx holoserrceus, Fabr. (nec Oliy.).

= Pachydissus velutinus, Thoms.

= Pachydissus similis, Gahan.

= Neocerambyx holosericeus, Cotes, Ind. Mus. Notes, vol. i. no. 2, pl. v.

fig. 3.

To the synonymy of Plocederus fulvicornis, Guér. (=rufi-

cornis, Newm.), may, I think, be added P. pruinosus, Pasc.

(Cerambyz).

In Lacordaire’s subdivision of the genus Plocederus

(Genera 8, p. 255) there is a misleading error with regard to

the type species, P. cyanipennis, Thoms. ‘This species is

placed in the first division of Section A, whereas it should

come in the second division of the same section. P. nitidi-

pennis, Chevr., was in all probability the species mistaken

by Lacordaire tor cyantpennis, Thoms.

Neocerambyx grandis, sp. n.

Magnus, sericeo-aurato dense pubescens; capite supra inter oculos

leviter angustimque sulcato, suleo inter antennas descendente ;

of the Group Cerambycine. 21

prothorace lateraliter in medio obtuse angulato, dorso omnino

fortiter irregulariterque rugoso ; elytris pube scriceo-aurata non-

nihil mutabile obtectis, apicibus rotundatis, inermibus ; processu

prosterni postice verticali, acetabulis anticis extus angulatis ;

antennis ( ¢ ) corpore multo longioribus, articulis tertio quartoque

valde incrassatis, tertio quam primo paullo longiore et crassiore,

primo et quarto subzequalibus, quinto minus fortiter incrassato,

tertio subzequali.

Long. 56, lat. 17 mm.

flab. N. India, Allahabad (J. C. Bowring, Esq.).

The single specimen (in the Museum collection) of this

distinct and magnificent species is in a rather damaged con-

dition. There are but ten complete joints to the antenne,

and these together surpass the body by about a third part.

The fine silky golden-yellow pubescence gives rather feeble

motré reflexions on the elytra. Owing to the shortness and

great thickness of the third and fourth jomts of the antenna

I-was at first inclined to place the species in Pachydissus ;

but the size and remaining characters seem to fit it better for

Neocerambyz. As in the true Pachydissus, we see that even

amongst evidently nearly related species of the same genus

the third joint may vary considerably in length and thickness.

It must be admitted that Neocerambya—taking N. paris,

Wied., as the type—cannot by any hard-and-fast characters

be differentiated from Pachydissus. ‘The eyes otter no dis-

tinguishing character, and the anterior cotyloid cavities may

im some species of Puchydissus, and even in some specimens

of the same species, e. g. P. picipennis, be angulate externally,

while in others they are completely closed. It was unfortu-

nate that Lacordaire should have taken the characters of the

eyes and of the anterior coxal cavities as the basis of his sub-

division of this group.

Inbrius? mandibularis, sp. un.

Fuseus, griseo-cinereo-pubescens ; mandibulis longis, valde curyatis ;

oculis supra approximatis, subtus late distantibus ; capite pone

oculos gradatim angustato; prothorace latitudine paulle longiore,

utringue leviter rotundato, supra transversim irregulariterque

plicato ; elytris minute confertimque punctulatis, cinereo-pubes-

centibus, singulis lineis tribus vel quatuor glabris, obsolete

elevatis, apicibus conjunctim et subacuminate rotundatis; an-

tennis ( ¢ ) corpore duplo lengioribus, articulis a tertio ad decimum

(quarto multo breviore excepto) subsequalibus, articulo undecimo

longissimo ; antennis ( 2 ) corpore pile longioribus.

Long. (3)! 24, lat. 52; long. mandib. 33 mm.

Hab. Penang.

Mr. C. J. Gahan on Longicorn Coleoptera

By the long, strongly curved, and acutely pointed man-

dibles this species may be distinguished from any other in

the whole group. Whether this character and one or

{wo others of minor importance are in themselves sufficient

to raise the species to the rank of a genus J am at present

unable to decide. ‘Though the mandibles are much longer

than in the typical species of Jmbrius, they seem to be of

much the same form. The head is more elongate and more

gradually narrowed behind the eyes than in Zmbyrius lineatus ;

but this difference is not so evident in the female, in which

also the mandibles are much less developed. The prosternal

process is feebly tubercled behind. The first joint of the

posterior tarsus is almost equal in length to the two following

joints combined.

The genus Jmbrivs ought, I think, to be retained, though

it would be hard to give characters of importance separating

it from Dymastus. ‘The most essential difference lies in the

truncate and spinose apices of the elytra in the latter. The

antenne of the male in both genera are much longer than

those of the female. In J. ephebus, Pasc. (g), the antenne

are half as long again as the body ; and in #. (éneatus, Pase.

(3), they are almost twice as long as the body.

Dymasius, Thoms.

Lacordaire’s characterization of this genus is inaccurate.

Though he has described the male as well as the female, he

probably had only specimens of the latter sex before him.

In the male the antenns are about twice as long as the

body, with the eleventh joint much longer than the tenth,

with the third and fifth joints subequal, each longer than the

fourth. (Lacordaire says “3 égal & 4-5 réunis;” but this is

not true even of the female, in which the third joint is dis-

tinctly longer than the fifth, but is certainly not equal to the

fourth and fifth united.) ‘The first jomt of the posterior tarsus

is not quite as long as the two succeeding joints combined.

In referring to the elytra Lacordaire says these organs

present no trace of punctuation. In the five or six specimens

that I have seen the longitudinal subglabrous lines of the

elytra exhibit a fine punctuation made up of close unequal-

sized punctures.

Cerambyx macilentus, Pase. ( Pachydissus in Cat. Gem. et

Har.), must be referred to this genus. ‘The male type of this

species differs from males of J. strigosus, Thoms., only in

that the third and fifth joints of the antenne are relatively

shorter and the external apical spines of the elytra are directed

of the Group Cerambycine. 23

more obliquely outwards. These differences may perhaps be

little more than individual.

Eypnus, Pase.

This genus is even more nearly allied to Dymasius than is

Imbrius. It will be best perhaps to consider it as a distinct

section of Dymasius, characterized by the unspined apices of

the elytra and the prothorax almost equally contracted at the

base and apex. I can find nothing in the characters of the

aptenne and sternal processes by which it can be distinguished

generically from Lymasius. In addition to the species

placed in it by Mr. Pascoe, the section will include 2. stri-

gosus, Pasc. I propose to alter the name of this species to

Dymasius (Elydnus) Puscoet, n. 1.

= Dymasius strigosus, Pasc. (nee Thoms.).

J ,

Dialeges undulatus, sp. 0.

D. pauperi subsimilis, sed differt inter alia capite pone oculos minus

elongato ; oculis valde emarginatis, haud divisis ; articulo anten-

narum quinto guam tertio longiore, articulo undecimo ( ¢)

longissimo ; elytris apice conjuuctim rotundatis, inermibus.

Long. (¢ @) 16-21, lat. 3f-5 mm.

Hab. Siam, Burmah, and Ceylon.

Head but slightly elongated behind the eyes; the latter

deeply enough emarginate in front. Prothorax somewhat

longer than broad, constricted at the base and apex, slightly

rounded at the sides; transversely and not very strongly

wrinkled above ; covered, with the exception of a line along

the middle of the disk, with a silky greyish pubescence.

Elytra clothed with a dense silky pubescence, giving movré

reflexions ; where rubbed the reddish-brown derm is seen to

be closely and very finely punctulate; apices conjointly

rounded and unarmed. Head transversely wrinkled below

between the eyes. Antenne in the male more than twice as

long as the body, with the third and succeeding joints villose

underneath, with the third joint shorter than the fifth, the

fifth, sixth, and seventh subequal, the fifth to tenth gradually

decreasing and, taken together, scarcely longer than the

eleventh: antenne in the female a little longer than the

body, with the eleventh joint scarcely longer than the tenth.

This species has at first sight a rather strong resemblance

to D. pauper, Pasc., and allied species, but is to be distin-

guished by characters that may almost be considered generic

im their importance.

24 Mr. C. J. Gahan on Longicorn Coleoptera

Lachnopterus socius, sp. 0

Ater; prothorace supra nitido, fere omnino transversim plicato,

sulcis duobus longitudinalibus antice conjunctis impresso ; elytris

rufescentibus, confertissime punctulatis, pube breve fulvo-auran-

tiaca sparsim obtectis; antennis (¢) subgracilibus, corpore

paullo longioribus.

Long. 16, lat. 5 mm.

Hab. Philippine Islands. In the collection of Mr. Alex-

ander I’ry.

Deep bee Prothorax broadest just behind the middle,

somewhat glossy and almost wholiy transversely wrinkled

above; the disk without smooth tubercles and with two longitu-

dinal i impressions which anteriorly become more oblique and

unite at some distance before the apex. Elytra reddish, with a

short tawny-orange pubescence not thick enough to conceal

the very close and fine punctuation beneath it. Antenne in

the male rather slender, a little longer than the body.

In L. auripennis, Newm., the only hitherto described

species of the genus, the prothorax is broadest at or a little

before the middle, is covered above by a dull black tomentum,

and, on the disk, bears three usually smooth tubercles. The

ely tra are more thickly pubescent than in sociws, and the

antenne are in both sexes shorter than the body.

Pacuypissus, Newm.

Some of the species previously included in this genus I

have placed in Aolesthes, some | have removed to Plocederus.

Those that remain form a heterogeneous collection, which

may for the sake of convenience be arranged in sections.

These sections are so distinct as to be almost equivalent to

genera, and names will therefore be proposed for them. The

antenne of the male are in no case longer than twice the

length of the body, and are usually much shorter than this ;

the ; joints are never spined at their outer apex; the third and

fourth joints are usually, though sometimes very feebly,

thickened at the apex. ‘The pubes scence is usually somewhat

silky, sometimes with feeble mocré reflexions on the elytra.

The head is nearly always grooved between the upper Icbes

of the eyes, though the groove is in many cases very shallow.

The eyes vary in the extent to which they are produced in

front. The head generally carries underneath one or more

transverse grooves, in addition to’a postocular suleate con-

striction,

In the following synopsis the references to the antenne are

of the Group Cerambycine. 25

to those of the male. The antenna in the female are in nearly

every case shorter than the body.

§ A. Antenne variable. Femora without ca-

rine. Prosternum subtruncate behind.

Elytra usually spinose at the apex.

(Pachydissus verus. )

Antenn shorter than the body, with the

third to fifth joints strongly thickened, sub-

equal. Apices of the elytra transversely

truncate, each briefly bispinose. Head with

a single transverse groove underneath...... ]. P. brevicornis, sp. n.

Antennee slightly surpassing the elytra,

with the third and fourth joints stronzly

thickened, the third but Jittle longer than the

fourth. Apices of elytra obliquely truncate,

each bispinose. Head underneath with two

distinct transverse grooves separated by a

BLOMUMCUE MOLES S))s ice a ic:ss <1eyeis 5% Ba eee 2. P. sericus, Newm.

Antenne (¢)? Prothorax wholly irregu-

larly wrinkled above. Avpices of elytra trans-

versely truncate, each moderately bispinose.

Head with a single transverse groove under-

ueath. Prosternal process slightly bifid

behind . RG een A uatetnergs ha Meap aie se ts « 3. P. rugosicollis, sp. n.

ae See ) almost half as long again as

the body, with the third and fourth joints

slightly ‘nodose at the apex, the third balf as

long again as the fourth. Apices of elytra

obliquely truncate, each bispinose. Head

with two distinct transverse grooves under-

BEML URS ee reser ae is fs cet ee ee 4, P, intermedius, sp. n.

Antenne half as long again as the body,

with the third and fourth joints very slightly

thickened at the apex, the third twice

as long as the fourth. Ayices of elytra trans-

versely truncate, each bispinose. Head with

a single transverse groove underneath ......

. P. nulntus, Pase.

Antenne a little longer than the body, with

the third and fourth joints strongly thickened,

subequal. Apices of the elytra Younded or

subtruncate, each briefly mucronate at the

suture. Head with a single transverse groove

MMGETHERGM, <.. 5. s2s la sae @) aialentieo| Slia/s sels « el MORE CE pCangi es.) exert.

Antenne nearly twice as long as the body,

with the third and fourth joints and some of

the following shghtly nodose at the apex, the’

third much “longer ‘than the fourth. Pro-

thorax narrowed anteriorly and posteriorly,

somewhat angulately dilated in the middle.

Apices of the elytra truncate, each bri efly

Sfimed atthe satures.. c..4<2. 0. chu es 7. B. parvicollis, sp. n.

25 Mr. C. J. Gahan on Longicorn Coleoptera

Antenne nearly twice as long as the body,

with the third and fourth joints scarcely

thickened at the apex, the third much longer

than the fourth. Prothorax very slightly

rounded at the sides, Elytra with slight

moiré reflexions. Apices somewhat obliquely

truncate, each briefly spinose at the suture.

Intermediate eee cavities narrowly open

externally . Be ceaeerewsls ns ete Mateo ... 8. P. natalensis, White.

ee elongatus, Warold, may perhaps come into this section.

According to Harold it is very near P. natalensis, and differs chiefly by

its slightly curved posterior tibie. The third joint of the antennz is

scarcely longer than the first, while in P, xatalensis the third joint is

nearly twice as long as the first.

§ B. Antenne (¢) longer than the body, with

the third and fourth joints more or less

thickened, the third scarcely longer than

the fourth. Hlytra rounded or subtrun-

cate, and unarmed at the apex. Femora

without carine. Prosternum simple, not

very strongly arched. Head without a

distinct transverse groove underneath,

(Margites, Pasc., MS.)

Antenne with the third and fourth joints

strongly thickened, obconical. Prothorax

slightly uneven at the sides, Elytra with a

grey pubescence ...... ae, Bet dees tdiotet aos 9. P. egenus, Pase.

Antenne (¢)? Prothorax somewhat un-

even at the sides. Elytra with a fulvous

MOD ESERUOD balay ad Acad enol ree ae ois vs. « LO. 2. faludus, Pasc.

Antenne a little longer than the body, with

the first to fifth joints subequal, the third and

fourth thickened, subcylindrical. Prothorax

evenly and not very strongly rounded at the

sides. Elytra with a greyish tawny or fawn

PMESCPIICD 2455 oisve erste Gus ain hs, Sst ive es Ack), PRA, BD. Tl

§ C, Eyes large, not very widely separated

below. Antenne in the male longer than

the body, with the third and fourth

joints slightly thickened at the apex,

the third distinctly longer than the

fourth, Apices of the elytra truncate

or subtruncate, dentate or unarmed,

Femora feebly carinate on each side

below. Prosternal process not strongly

raised, subtruncate or tuberculate near

its posterior extremity. Metasternum

usually provided with a small antero-

lateral process, which partly cuts off

the epimeron from the intermediate

cotyloid cavity. (Derolus.)

Antenne about half as long again as the

of the Group Cerambycine. rai!

body, with the third joint much longer than

the fourth. Prothorax with a broad,

smooth, excised space on each side. Hlytra

truncate at the apex, dentate at the suture.

Antero-lateral process of metasternum very

ROBB leet nets arenas 1ae halon te Peer A ack wee. 12. P. maur.tanicus, Buy.

Antenne a little longer than the body,

with the third joint not much longer than the

fourth. Eyes in the male almost contiguous

above. Prothorax with a narrower excised

smooth space on each side. Apices of elytra

subtruncate or almost rounded, and unarmed.

(TCE ia ol cy ae a ea tae ea veo Ld. EL. demisus, Paxc.

Antenne (¢)? Prothorax with a narrow

canaliculate excised space on each side, the

disk with two oblique impressions, anteriorly

widely diverging. Apices of elytra subtrun-

cate, and unarmed. Pubescence with faint

mowé reflexions. Antero-lateral process of

metastermum Gistineth sa. ...+ ss... cerns. 14) Pl areiyerus, sp: Te

Antennz nearly half as long again as the

body, with the third and fourth joints

scarcely thickened at the apex, the third

almost twice as long as the fourth. Pro-

thorax obtusely bituberculate on each side,

without excised smooth space. Apices of the

elytra truncate, dentate externally, briefly

spied at tbe suture. Prosternal process

somewhat strongly and obtusely tiibercled

behind. Antero-lateral process of metaster-

UM Gistinets | ez ose Se aeatt os ox wae Peo tc 15, P. femorelius, Chevr.

Pachydissus incultus, Gerst., probably belongs to this section.

§ D. Of relatively shorter and steuter form

than the species of the preceding sec-

tions. Antenne in the male nearly

twice as long as the body, with a short

delicate fringe of hairs underneath ; with

the scape cicatrized, the cicatrice limited

hy an inccmplete carina. Elytra trun-

cate atthe apex. Femora feebly carinate

on each side below. Prosternal process

cubtruncate behind. (Dvorthus.)

Pubescence less dense. Antennge with the

third joint much longer than the fourth .... 16. P. simplea, White,

Pubescence denser, Antenne with the

third joint but little longer than the fourth., 17, P. vagus, sp. n.

Pachydissus brevicornis, sp. n.

Grisco dense pubescens ; antennis corpore brevioribus, articulis a

28 Mr. C. J. Gahan on Longicorn Coleoptera

tertio ad quintum ( ¢ ) fortiter incrassatis ; elytris apice truncatis,

breviter quadrispinosis.

Long. 26, lat. 8 mm.

Hab. West Australia. Male in British Museum, male and

female in Mr. Fry’s collection.

Clothed with a dense ashy-grey pubescence, giving on the

elytra slight silky reflexions. Antennz in both sexes shorter

than the body, i in the male a little longer than in the female,

and with the third to fifth joints very much thickened; the

third joint, conical in form, about equal in length to the

scape, the fourth scarcely shorter than the third or fifth. Pro-

thorax slightly angulate at the middle of each side, with the

rugosity of its upper surface almost concealed by the pubes-

cence ; the disk with an apparently smooth space just in front

of the basal transverse groove. Hlytra transversely truncate

and briefly quadrispinose at the apex. Head underneath with

a single transverse groove in addition to the postocular con-

striction.

Pachydissus sericus, Newm.

Antenne in the male barely surpassing the elytra, with

the third and fourth joints much thickened and the third but

little longer than the fourth. Elytra obliquely truncate and

quadrispinose at the apex, prolonged more at the outer than

at tlie inner angles, and with the outer spines a little longer

and stronger than the inner ones. Prothorax feebly tubercled

on each side, somewhat regularly transversely wrinkled above,

with two longitudinal impressions uniting anteriorly and

limiting a subcentral smooth space. Head underneath with

two distinct transverse grooves, separated by a median ridge,

in addition to the sulcate constriction immediately behind the

eyes.

Pachydissus rugosicollis, sp. n.

Piceo-fuscus, griseo subtiliter pubescens ; prothorace lateraliter in

medio obtuse angulato, supra intricato-rugoso sine impressionibus

longitudinalibus ; elytris fuscis, pube grisea subsericea subtiliter

obtectis ; apicibus recte truncatis, quadrispinosis ; processu pro-

sterni postice leviter bifido. 2.

Long. 33, lat. 94 mm.

Hab, Australia.

Prothorax intricately wrinkled above, without longitudinal

impressions. Apices of the elytra transversely truncate, with

all the angles distinctly spined. lead underneath with a

of the Group Cerambycine. 29

single transverse groove in addition to the postocular con-

striction.

The species somewhat resembles P. servcus, but may be

easily distinguished by the characters given.

Pachydissus intermedius, sp. n.

P. serico verisimilis, sed differt prothorace lateraliter in medio obtu-

sius tuberculato, et antennis corpore sesqui-longioribus, articulis

tertio quartoque apice minus fortiter nodosis, articulis tertio

quintoque plus elongatis. ¢.

Long. 27, lat. 74 mm.

Hab. South Australia (Bakewell).

Without the distinct difference in the antenne this species

might well be placed with sericus. ‘The antenne are, how-

ever, much longer (surpassing the elytra by about the last

three joints) ; the third joint is about half as long again as

the fourth, and both these joints are only slightly nodose at

the apex. ‘The prothorax is more obtusely tubercled at the

sides.

Pachydissus parvicollis, sp. n.

Badius, pube aureo-flava sericea leviter obtectus ; prothorace antice

posticeque gradatim angustato, medio utrinque obtuse angulato,

supra irregulariter et minus fortiter plicato; elytris elongatis,

leviter sericeo-pubescentibus ; apicibus truncatis, sutura spinosis ;

antennis ( ¢) corpore duplo fere longioribus, articulo tertio quam

primo multo longiore, ( ? ) corpore brevioribus.

Long. (¢ ) 32, lat. 83 mm,

Hab. N. India.

Prothorax somewhat obtusely dilated or angulated at the

middle of each side, and from thence gradually narrowed to

the base and apex, irregularly and not very strongly wrinkled

above. LElytra rather long, gradually and slightly narrowed

posteriorly for about four fifths of their length, and then more

quickly narrowed towards the apex, where they are truncate,

with a short spine at the suture on each side; with a not

very dense yellowish-tawny silky pubescence, which veils a

reddish-brown derm, the pubescence giving faint wavy

reflexions in certain lights. Antenne in the male not quite

twice as long as the body, with the third and fifth joints sub-

equal, each much longer than the first or fourth, and with the

third and fourth and some of the succeeding joints slightly

nodose at the apex. Antenne in the female a little shorter

than the body.

30 Mr, C. J. Gahan on Longicorn Coleoptera

Pachydissus (Margites) hunilis (Chevr., MS.), sp. 0.

Fuscus ; prothorace supra et lateraliter punctato-rugoso, pube grisea

plagiatim disposita ; lateribus leviter et subsqualiter rotundatis ;

elytris piceo-rufis, ruguloso-punctatis, pube cervina vel griseo-

fulva dense obtectis; apicibus subtruncato-rotundatis, inermibus ;

pedibus antennisque piceo-rufis, illis ruguloso-punctatis, leviter

pubescentibus, his ( ¢ ) corpore paullo longioribus, articulis a primo

ad quintum subaequalibus, ceteris gradatim crescentibus, articulis

tertio et quarto crassatis, subcylindricis.

Long. 14-15, lat. 33 mm.

Hab. Senegal.

This species may be easily distinguished from P. egenus or

P. fulvidus by the more evenly rounded sides of the pro-

thorax, the greatest width of the latter being just behind the

middle, and by the relatively narrower elytra. ‘The anteuna

in the male are shorter than in P. egenus, with the third and

fourth joints much less strongly thickened.

In one (female) specimen the pubescence of the elytra is

fawn-coloured and somewhat glossy; in the other two (in

Mr. Fry’s collection) it is dull and grey or fulvous ; but in

these I believe that it is faded.

Pachydissus (Derolus) demissus, Pasc.

2 Cerambyx volvulus, Fabr. Syst. Eleuth. ii. p. 271.

Hamaticherus volvulus, De}. Cat.

Piceus, griseo tenuiter pubescens; oculis magnis, supra (d) fere

contiguis ; prothorace lateribus in medio rotundatis singulisque

spatio angusto exciso, glabro; dorso transversim plicato, in medio

raro levi; elytris tenuiter sat denseque punctulatis, subtiliter

pubescentibus ; apicibus subtruncatis, inermibus; processu antero-

laterali metasterni distincto ; antennis( ¢ ) corpore paullo longio-

ribus, subserratis, articulis tertio et quarto apice leviter nodosis,

quarto quam tertio paullo breviore.

Long. 15-17, lat. 4-43 mm.

Hab. India (Tranquebar, Nilghiris, Silhet), Philippines,

and China.

This species was included by Mr. Pascoe in his proposed

genus Margites, but it seems better placed in Section C of the

preceding arrangement. The species is quoted by Dejean in

his Catalogue as the Cerambyx volvulus of Fabr., and it cer-

tainly agrees very well with Fabricius’s description.

Pachydissus (Derolus) arciferus (Chevr., MS.), sp. n.

Niger, griseo-pubescens; capite supra inter oculos sat distincte

of the Group Cerambycine. 31

angustimque sulcato; prothorace supra transversim leviterque

plicato, disco impressionibus duabus obliquis postice transversim

connexis, antice late divergentibus ; elytris pube grisea sericea,

nonnihil mutabile, obtectis, dimidio basali sparsim punctulato,

apicibus subtruncatis, muticis; processa prosterni postice sub-

verticali ; parte laterali metasterni antice in processu parvo pro-

ducta ; antennis ( 2 ) corpore breyioribus.

@. Long. 17-19, lat. 44-5 mm.

Ilab, Senegal, Port Natal.

Head with a distinct but narrow groove between the eyes

above, with the eyes rather large, not very widely separated

below, with the underside not distinctly grooved. Prothorax

somewhat irregularly, transversely, and not strongly wrinkled

above; the disk with two oblique slightly arcuate impressions,

joined by means of the bisinuate basal transverse groove

behind, and anteriorly widely diverging, with the space

between less distinctly wrinkled than the parts external to

them. Elytra with a silky grey pubescence giving rather

feeble motré reflexions. ‘lhe antero-lateral process of the

metasternum is distinct enough, without completely cutting

off the epimeron from the intermediate cotyloid cavity.

This species, of which I have only seen female specimens,

seems somewhat nearly allied to a South-African species

which I believe to be very near, if not the, Tupinolachnus

Gyllenhali of Fahreeus. .

Pachydissus (Diorthus) simplex, White.

Cerambyx holosericeus, Oliv. (nec Fabr.).

Hammaticherus simplex, White.

Cerambyx vernicosus, Pasc.

Pachydissus inclemens, Thoms.

Hammaticherus heterocerus, Dup. De}. Cat,

Hammaticherus sericeus, De}. Cat.

Head feebly grooved above between the eyes. Antenne

in the male more than half as long again as the body, with

the third and most of the following joints fringed with short

and delicate grey hairs underneath ; with the third joint much.

longer than the fourth, both these joints nodose at the apex ;

with the cicatrice of the scape limited by an incomplete

carina. Prothorax rounded at the sides, irregularly and not

very strongly rugose above; the disk with some not very

distinct longitudinal and oblique grooves, together forming a

somewhat crown-shaped impression. Hlytra with a unicolo-

rous, greyish, slightly glossy pubescence, somewhat thinner

on each side before the middle, and there revealing a reddish-

brown or dark brown derm ; apices truncate, shortly spined

at the suture. femora feebly carinate on each side.

32 Mr. C. J. Gahan on Longicorn Coleoptera

The types of all the species quoted above (with the excep-

tion of P. inclemens, Thoms., which [ have had an oppor-

tunity of examining) are contained in the British Museum

collection, and, after careful comparison, I have come to the

conclusion that they represent but a single species. The

types of simplex (White) and sericeus (Dej.) differ from the

others in having the elytral derm reddish brown rather than

dark brown. The distribution of the species, so far as it at

present is known, is somewhat strange, and has caused me to

. . =) .

hesitate before arriving at the conclusion stated above. The

specimens named simplex and heterocerus are from West

Africa, the types of holosericeus (Oliv.), vernicosus, and

inclemens are from India, and sericeus is from Java. There

are also in the Museum collection dark-coloured specimens

from Siam.

To avoid the confusion which might arise by adopting

Olivier’s name I have taken as the name of the species the

one which comes next in order of priority.

Pachydissus (Diorthus) vagus, sp. n.

P. simplici affinis et similis, sed differt pube grisea densiore, articulo

antennarum tertio quam quarto paullo longiore.

Long. 25, lat. 73 mm.

Hab. “ Senegal ?”

Clothed with a dense ashy-grey pubescence, somewhat

thinner on each side of the elytra before the middle. An-

tennz (in the single male before me) about half as long again

as the body, with the third joint not much longer than the

fourth, with the scape cicatrized as in P. simplex. Femora

feebly carinate on each side. The sculpturing of the pro-

thorax is apparently almost exactly the same as in P. simplex,

but, owing to the denser covering ot pubescence, is not so

easily seen.

This species has a strong resemblance and an evident

affinity to P. stmplex (White), and its habitat might have

thrown some light upon the distribution of the latter, Un-

fortunately, however, of the two specimens one (the male

type) is ticketed “ Senegal ?,” the other (a female, in Mr.

Fry’s collection) is ticketed “ Nov. Holland.” The latter

locality can scarcely be correct.

Noanodera laticornis, sp. n.

Nigro-fusca ; prothorace supra irregulariter corrugato, dorso utrinque

fulvescente bivittato; elytris maculis lineisque fulvescentibus,

of the Group Cerambycine. 33

postice crebre punctatis, lateraliter ab humeris usque ad medium

reticulato-corrugatis, disco versus basin irregulariter rugoso,

apicibus oblique truncatis, singulisque breviter bispinosis ; an-

tennis articulis a quarto unilateraliter compressis et valde dila-

tatis; femoribus haud carinatis.

Long. 25, lat. 84 mm.

Hab. Sarawak.

Blackish brown. Head witha sparse fulvous-white pubes-

cence in front, and with two indistinct fulvous-white vittee on

each side above. Prothorax coarsely and irregularly rugose

above, with two fulvous-white vittee towards each side.

Elytra each with a sutural line, a series of spots external to

it, a short line from the base along the middle of the disk,

and lines and spots on the posterior half fulvous-white ; with

the sides from the shoulders to a little beyond the middle

coarsely and reticulately corrugate, with the disk also some-

what irregularly rugose, with the posterior half and the

sutural region just in front of the middle closely punctured

where not covered by pubescence. The apices obliquely

truncate and each furnished with two short spines directed

somewhat obliquely outwards. Body underneath with a

sparse tawny pubescence. Legs very thinly pubescent ;

femora without carine. Prosternal process strongly arched in

the middle, gradually declivous posteriorly. Antenne greyish

pubescent, equal in length to the body, with the joints from

the fourth compressed and dilated on the inner side, with

the sixth, seventh, and eighth joints most strongly dilated,

the antenne thus being broadest about the middle.

A single specimen in the British Museum collection.

In the greater width of the antenne and the absence of

carine from the legs this species differs from all the others

included in the genus.

Xoanodera? vitticollis, sp. n.

Nigro-fuscus; capite fulvo-albo-pubescente, oculis magnis, supra

approximatis ; prothorace latitudine vix longiore, supra irregu-

lariter rugoso, vittis quinque longitudinaliLus, albo-pubescentibus

—una media, duabus versus singulum latus; elytris fortiter

confertissimeque punctatis, maculis albo-pubescentibus prop2

suturam et apicem nonnihil spissis et ad marginem lineam forman

tibus, apicibus rotundatis; autennis corpore paullo longioribus,

articulis a quinto ad decimum intus compressis et ad apicem

angulato-productis. ¢.

Long. 20, lat. 6 mm.

Hab. Borneo.

Aun. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. vii. ; 3

34 Mr. C. J. Gahan on Longicorn Coleoptera.

Dark brown, nearly black. Head with a fulvous-white

pubescence. Prothorax about as long as it is broad in the

middle, feebly rounded at the sides, irregularly rugose above,

with five pubescent whitish lines, one median and two towards

each side. Elytra very strongly and very closely punctured,

with whitish pubescent spots somewhat irregularly and thickly

spread on the sutural region, arranged in a row at the lateral

margin, and forming a few short lines towards the apex.

Body underneath with a slight greyish pubescence. Pro-

sternal process strongly arched, posteriorly declivous. Meso-

sternal process almost horizontal, feebly declivous anteriorly.

Antenne surpassing the elytra by about the last joint, with

the third and fifth joints subequal, each barely longer than

the scape, the fourth shorter, the sixth to tenth gradually

increasing, the eleventh about half as long again as the tenth,

with the joints from the fifth to the tenth compressed on the

inner side and each angulately produced at the apex.

I have placed this species in Xoanodera, rather to indicate

its affinities than because I believe it to strictly belong to that

genus. With but a single specimen before me I should not

feel justified in creating a new genus in such a group as the

present.

Rhytidodera robusta, sp. n.

Pube grisea fulvaque sat dense obtecta; prothorace supra valde

irregulariterque rugoso, disco tuberculis duobus aculeatis ; elytris

pube subplagiatim disposita, apicibus subrotundatis, sutura

spinosis ; antennis ( 2 ) dimidium corporis vix excedentibus.

Long. ( 2 ) 34, lat. 9 mm,

Hab. Bombay.

Prothorax strongly and irregularly rugose above, with two

of the short ridges, just in front of the middle of the disk, so

much raised as to appear like two wedge-shaped tubercles,

very slightly constricted at the apex, with an obtuse tubercle

on each side close to the anterior border. Elytra with a

pubescence partly fulvous, partly grey, somewhat denser in

places, with the apices rounded or subtruneate and each with

a moderately strong spine at the suture.

This species most nearly resembles &. integra, Kolbe, but

is much larger, and is distinguished by the structure of the

prothorax and the more prominent spine at the sutural apex

of the elytra.

[To be continued. }

Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinodds. 35

III.—British Fossil Crinoids.—1V. Thenarocrinus gracilis,

sp. nov., Wenlock Limestone, and Note on T. callipygus.

By F. A. Batuer, M.A., F.G.S.

[Plate L.]

A. Note on Thenarocrinus callipygus.

SomE seven weeks after the publication of Paper IIL, “ Oa

Thenarocrinus callipygus”*, my friend Mr. W. Madeley of

Dudley sent me an excellent specimen of that species which

he had found in the cabinets of Mr. C. B. Ketley of Smeth-

wick, The collection of the late Mr. Charles Ketley is for

the most part in the museum of Mason’s Science College at

Birmingham, and it may be remembered that three of the

finest specimens of 7. callipygus are there to be found.

Some of the collection is, however, still in the possession of

Mr. C. B. Ketley, and it is remarkable that it should contain

this other even more instructive specimen of so rare a species.

My best thanks are due to its owner for the ready loan of

this interesting fossil.

The specimen appears to come from the same horizon and

locality as all the others, viz. the Upper Wenlock Limestone

of Dudley.

The specimen is a complete crown broken away from the

stem at the second or third joint. Its interest lies in the

fact that it is seen from the posterior, and that the anal plates

and lower portion of the ventral sac are very clearly displayed

in their natural positions. In no other specimen known to

me is the anal area shown so clearly or completely ; hence in

the preceding paper it couid only be represented by a recon-

structed and composite diagram (Diag. 1, p. 227). The

figure of the present specimen (Pl. I. fig. 3) proves the

essential truth of this diagram.

It was stated on p. 228 that slight variations existed, hence

we are not surprised to find the present individual departing

in one or two minor particulars from the more usual type.

Thus, the first plate of both the distichous series is axillary,

and not the second as was stated on p. 228 to be generally

the case. In the tetrastichous series the first plate on the

inner right hand is seen to bear two small plates, but these

again support only one. Such variations have no systematic

value, but it would be unwise, while we are yet in the dark as

* ‘Amnals,’ 1890, vi. p. 222.

Bed

“5

36 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinotds :

to the true meaning of the ventral sac, to assert that they are

of no morphological importance.

The large size of the posterior infra-basal, caused by its

rising up to meet the radianal, is noteworthy, especially in

connexion with the possible Carabocrinid affinities of this

genus.

In this species the angle which the side of the cup makes

with the long axis is not 92°, as erroneously stated on p. 225,

but is 15° 15’.

I take this opportunity of publishing better representations

of the British Museum specimens 57478 a (Pl. I. fig. 2) and

574786 (PI. 1. fig. 1) ; these correspond to figures 3 and 5

of plate x. (‘Annals,’ 1890, vol. vi.).

B. Thenarocrinus gracilis, sp. nov.

This species is founded on a specimen in the general collec-

tion of the Museum of the Yorkshire Literary and Philoso-

phical Society at York. Although I saw this specimen when

examining the Crinoids of that museum in September 1889,

yet, as the genus Thenarocrinus was not then formulated, the

relationship of this species to 7’. callipygus escaped my notice.

Unfortunately the existence of this specimen only recurred to

me after Paper III. had gone to press. It is with little doubt

a Thenarocrinus, and, being entrusted to me through the

kindness of my friend Mr. H. M. Platnauer, Secretary to the

Yorkshire Literary and Philosophical Society, I hasten to

describe it. It would have been better to have procured yet

other specimens, but none are known to me, and it seems

advantageous to publish a description while on the subject of

Thenarocrinus, instead of laying it aside to be again forgotten.

The specimen (PI. I. fig. 4) is a crown with 6 millim. of

stem attached; it lies in the matrix, but is fortunately seen

from the posterior. Formerly in the possession of Mr. Edward

Wood, of Richmond, Yorkshire, it was in 1880 bought along

with the rest of that gentleman’s specimens by John Reed,

Esq., M.R.C.S., of York, and by him presented with the

whole of his collection to the Literary and Philosophical

Society.

The specimen retains Mr. Wood’s original label, which

runs as follows :—“ Cyathocrinus (showing Proboscis), Silu-

rian, Dudley.” It obviously comes from the Upper Wen-

lock Limestone.

DIAGNOSIS.

Cup conical, rather elongate; plates mostly higher than

IV. Thenarocrinns gracilis. 37

wide. Arms about six times length of cup, slender, dicho-

tomize about five times ; arm-ossicles, when seen from back,

about as high as wide; lateral compression very slight.

Anal plates situated low in the cup. Stem (so far as known)

smooth,

The graceful and slender appearance suggests gracilis as a

natural nomen triviale.

DESCRIPTION OF SPECIMEN.

Dorsal cup forms a cone the sides of which are almost in a

line with the gradually tapering proximal part of the stem

below and with the arms above; thus its elongate character

is exaggerated. The measurements are:—Breadth at base

3°2 millim.; breadth at summit 6°5 millim.; height of cup

5°5 millim. The specimen, however, is obviously flattened

in the plane of bedding ; the stem, for instance, is so crushed

that its section, instead of forming a circle, is an ellipse with

axes in the proportion of nearly 3:2; the cup, as one

would expect, is crushed more than the stem, and the

proportions may be taken as quite 3:2. ‘The true measure-

ments would thus be:—Breadth at base 2°7 millim.; at

summit 5:4 millim. Consequently the angle which the side

of the cup makes with the long axis 1s about 13° 47’.

IB. presumably 5, of which 4 should be pentagonal. Only

the two posterior are seen: r. post. IB. pentagonal, with

height about equal to breadth; 1. post. IB. abnormally wide,

of somewhat uncertain relations, but probably with truncate

top supporting post. B,

B. presumably 5 and hexagonal. Only post. B. is com-

pletely seen; portions of r. and |. post. BB. are visible.

They would appear to have been about as high as wide.

The post. B., however, is higher than wide, and its distal

angle is truncated by a small plate which seems to belong to

the tegmen: this is probably an individual abnormality.

R. presumably 5, though only 2 are seen: higher in pro-

portion than in type species, with articular facet apparently

more excavated. ‘I'he |. post. R.is cut short on the side next

the anal area by the tegminal plate that was mentioned as

resting on the post. B.: this feature also is probably an

individual abnormality.

Arms have, by reason of their slenderness, a longer appear-

ance than those of 7. callipygus; but, owing to the greater

height of the cup, their length relatively to it is less, namely

six instead of seven times its height. ‘The extent of their

dichotomy cannot be exactly ascertained, but their free

38 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinotds :

brachials are probably only the third postpalmars, instead of

the sixth as in 7’. callipygus, a fact that further enhances the

graceful slimness of the arms. ‘The arm-ossicles are smooth

with a very slight constriction in the middle, and a very slight

swelling, hardly to be called a ridge, anteriorly. The height

of the ossicles is about equal to their breadth all the way up

thearms. Lateral compression is more obvious in the proximal

than in the distal region of the arms, and may in this case be

due to simple mechanical pressure by the rock. More dis-

tally the arms have almost a flat shallow appearance. ‘The

ventral surface of the arms is nowhere exposed.

Costals, in r. post. arm apparently 9. The edges of the

proximal costals in each ray are bent upwards parallel to the

curved edges of the radial facet. There is no bevelling of

the outer edge as in the type species.

The remainder of the arms 1s too fragmentary to allow the

number of distichals, palmars, &c. to be more than guessed

at: the average number in each series was probably about 10.

Anal structures :—Radianal, since it rests on both r. and 1.

post. IB., is hexagonal, not pentagonal ; in correlation with

this it is higher than wide: in other respects as in type

species.

Brachianal not shield-shaped, but an irregular hexagon,

very slightly higher than wide. Normally it was probably

situated as in 7’. ca/lipygus, but in the present specimen it is

separated from 1. post. R. by the tegminal plate before

alluded to.

The connexion of the ventral sac with the anal plates is as

follows (see Pl. I. fig. 5). The Brachianal does not support

a second brachianal, but is itself axillary. The first plate of

the left-hand distichous series is axillary, and the same appears

to be the case with the corresponding plate on the right.

Then follow series of folded plates so like those of 7. calli-

pygus that further description is unnecessary ; the anticlinal

folds, however, are a little broader proportionally than in that

species.

In the present specimen the ventral sac attained a length

of at least 24 millim.

The Tegmen, beyond a few small plates on either side the

origin of the ventral sac, is not seen in this specimen.

The Stem (Pl. I. tig. 5) is smooth in the proximal

portion, and this smootlness does not appear to be due to

rubbing. There are 23 ossicles preserved, of alternating

height but regularly decreasing diameter. The smaller ones

are about half the height of the larger, so that approximate

measurements are :— height *34 and ‘17 millim.; diameter 2°7

IV. Thenarocrinus gracilis. 39

to 1°66 millim. There is a very slight trace of a radial suture

in what would normally be the |. post. radius, but, owing to

the abnormalities of the infrabasal circlet, this suture appears

to lie in the posterior interradius. The axial canal appears

to have been large, but its exact size cannot be determined.

GENERAL REMARKS.

To our knowledge of the morphology of Thenarocrinus the

present species adds but little; the following points may,

however, be noticed. Jirst, it entails a slight modification of

the diagnosis (/. c. p. 224), which must now read “ R’ in Basal

circlet, resting on one or more post. IB.” Secondly, from

the evidence of this specimen, combined with that of speci-

mens of 7’. callipyqus, it is certain that at least four out of the

eight ridges of the ventral sac arise by dichotomy from the

brachianal. Lastly, we must mark the absence of a second

brachianal, for in nearly all genera of Fistulata that plate is

present: in the few cases where it cannot be distinguished,

in other words where the first brachianal is itself axillary, the

two plates may possibly have fused; certain facts render

this explanation probable, but there is nothing in the present

specimen that makes either for or against it.

The small size of this specimen, as compared with the

specimens of 7’. callipygus, may suggest that it died young.

But the fully developed plication of the plates in the ventral

sac is more powerful evidence of its maturity.

Certain features in the present specimen, since they appear

to be abnormalities rather than specific characters, find no

place in the diagnosis. ‘hey are, however, of some interest

from a morphological point of view, especially as it is not

easy to see how they arose. The sinking of a tegminal

plate, on the left of the posterior interradius, so low that it

rests on the posterior basal, is no doubt in accordance with

the general development of this genus, and tends to counteract

the greater narrowness of the cup in the present species; at

the same time it would be rash to regard so unusual a struc-

ture as more than an individual variation.

The relations of the left posterior infrabasal to the posterior

basal, though probably obtaining throughout the species, are

very remarkable, and more material is required for their com-

plete elucidation. It is even possible that, if all future speci-

mens were found to possess the many curious characters of

the present one, the establishment of a new genus would be

warrantable. But under any circumstances the species would

remain close to J. callipygus. Systematically considered

40 Mr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera

T. gracilis is indeed less differentiated in most points than

1’. callipygus ; the essential features of the genus are present,

but in the structure of the arms and general shape of the cup

the form before us is closely connected with the ordinary

Dendrocrinite type.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

A. Thenarocrinus callipygus, Bather,

Fig. 1. 574786, B. M. Previously figured Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. vi. pl. x. fig.5. This shows the tegminal plates, which were

not rendered by the lithographer, and the broad ventral sac.

(Nat. size.)

Fig. 2. 57478, B. M. Previously figured Joc. cit. fig. 83, Shows fine

branching of arms, a few teeminal plates, and, on the left, the

base of the ventral sac; in the stem is seen the trace of a radial

suture. (Nat. size.)

Fig. 8. My. C. B. Ketley’s specimen. Shows anal area and base of ven-

tral sac. Distally the arms are somewhat broken, disordered,

and rubbed. The lower part of the cup is damaged by fracture,

(Nat. size.)

B. Thenarocrinus gracilis, sp. nov.

Fig. 4. Specimen in York Museum. (Nat. size.)

Tig. 5. The lower part of the same outlined to show arrangement of plates

and stem-cssicles, (x 4.)

IV.—List of Lepidoptera in a Collection made by Emin

Pasha in Central Africa. By Artuur G. But er, F.L.S.,

F.Z.8., &e.

THE present collection consists of eighty species, chiefly of

Rhopalocera ; only two of the species appear to be actually

new to science, although several others have only been

described comparatively recently.

By far the greater number of the recognized species are

identical with forms found in South Africa, and in all cases

where closely allied representative forms occur in the south

and west, the southern form is the one represented in the

present collection; the eastern element is very slightly

indicated.

RHOPALOCERA.

Nymphalide.

1. Ltrumala petiverana.

Danais limniace, var, petiverana, Voubleday, Gen, Diurn, Lep. pl. xii.

fig. 1 (1847).

from Central Africa. 41

Three male examples: Njangabo, 29th April, 4200 feet ;

Kiriamo, 16th May, 2900 feet.

2. Amauris dominicanus.

Amauris dominicanus, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1879, p. 323.

fi v ay = “7

Ga toa Njangabo, Kandera, and Netiru, in April,

October, and November.

3. Limnas chrysippus.

Papilio chrysippus, Linneeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 268 (1764).

?, Kiriamo, 16th May; ¢g, Kissakka, 16th June; Un-

yamweézi, 14th October; Kandera.

Var. aleippotdes.

Limnas alcippoides, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1833, pl. xxxi. fig. 1,

9, Njangabo, 4th May, 4200 feet.

Var. dorippus.

Euplea dorippus, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. xlviii. figs, 1-4 (1845),

2, Ngtiru, in November.

Var. Klugit.

Limnas Klugii, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1885, p. 758. n, 2.

4 6,2 9, Mpwapwa, 12th, 18th, and 20th November ;

2 $,4 9, Kandera and Netiru, October and November.

From the examples above recorded it would seem that the

races of the L. chrysippus-group are not specifically separable

in Central Africa.

4, Melanitis solandra.

Papilio solandra, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 500, n. 244 (1775).

Kassari, 13th July; Viaruha, 23rd July ; Kandera and

Netiru, October and November 1889.

3. Gnophodes parmeno,

Grophodes parmeno, Doubleday, Gen. Diurn, Lep. pl. 1xi. fig. 2 1851),

9, Ngtiru, November.

6. Mycalesis eustrus.

Mycalesis eusirus, Hopfter, Ber. Verh, Ak, Berl. 1855, p. €41,

Kandera and Netiru, October and November.

42 Mr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera

7. Ypthima ttonia.

¥phthima (sic) itonia, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soe. ser. iii. vol. ii. p. 257,

n. 11, pl. xviii. fig. 13 (1865).

Buguéra, 5400 feet, 17th March, 1889.

8. Ypthima albida.

Ypthima albida, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1838, p. 59. n. 14.

Buguéra, 5400 feet, 17th March, 1889.

9. Charaxes Hansalit.

Charaxes Hansalii, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. iii. pl. lix. figs. 3, 4.

Kandera and Netiru, October and November.

10. Charaxes Bohemant.

Charaxes Buhemant, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. iii. pl. vi. fig. 3 (1859).

Kandera, October.

11. Charaxes jocaste.

Charaxes jocaste, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 628.

Kandera, October.

12. Charaxes Kirkit.

©. Charavres Kirkit, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xviii. p. 105 (1881).

d- Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1888, p. 60.

Kandera, October.

13. Palla varanes.

Papilio varanes, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. clx. D, E (1779),

Waramba village, 2 hours from Semliki River; Njangabo,

4200 feet, 29th April; Kandera and Ngtiru, October and

November.

14. Hypolimnas misippus.

Papilio misippus, L.inneus, Mus, Lud. Ulr. p. 264 (1764).

2 g¢, Nguru, November.

15. Euralia marginalis.

Euralia anthedon, var. marginalis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol. xvi, p. 895 (1876).

&, Kandera, in October,

from Central Africa. 43

16. Huryphene neophron.

Romaleosoma neophron, Hopfter, Ber. Verh, Ak. Berl. 1855, p. 640.

¢, Kandera.

17. Euryphene achlys.

Harma achlys, Hopfter, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855, p. 641.

9, Kandera.

18. Hamanumida deedalus.

Papilio dedalus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 482, n. 174 (1775).

Viaruha, 23rd July ; Ussambiro, 8th September ; Unyam-

wézi, 13th to 22nd October ; Ussagara, 18th November, 1889.

19. Huxanthe Crossleyt.

Godartia Crossleyi, Ward, Ent. Month. Mag. vill. p. 86 (1871).

Kandera.

20. Junonia clelia.

Papilio clelia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xxi. E, F (1775).

Kandera and Ngtiru, October and November,

21. Junonia bodpis.

Junonia bodpis, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1879, p. 331.

Ussagara, 18th November, 1889.

22. Junonia natalica.

Precis natalica, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 106. n. 65 (1860).

Kandera.

23. Junonia orthosia.

Vanessa orthosia, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. xlviii. figs. 8, 9 (1845).

Njangaba, 29th April, 1889, 4200 feet.

A shattered example of Pyramids cardui was obtained at

Kandera.

24. Salamis cacta.

Papilo cacta, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. i. p. 116. n. 856 (1793).

Kandera,

44 Mr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera

25. Protogontomorpha definita.

Salamis definita, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. iv. p. 280

(1879).

Waramba village, 2 hours from Semliki River; Kandera

and Netiru.

26. Protogoniomorpha anacardi7.

Papilio anacardit, Linnzeus, Mus. Lud. Ul. p. 256 (1764).

Njangabo, 4200 feet, 24th April; Bukéko, 3rd June;

Waramba village, 2 hours from Semliki River.

27. Crenis madagascariensis ?

Crenis madagascariensis, Boisduval, Faun. Mad. p. 48 (1833).

Buguéra, on the slope of the hills, 5400 feet, 17th March,

1889.

It is possible that the single example obtained may repre-

sent a distinct species, but on such slight evidence it would

be unwise to separate it.

28. Atella columbina.

Papilio columbina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. cexxxvili. A, B (1782),

¢, Buguéra, 4800 feet, 22nd March, 1889.

29. Hypanis polinice.

Papilio polinice, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. eeclxxyv. G, H.

& ?, Ussagara, 12th and 20th November; g 2, Ngtiru.

Six specimens were obtained.

30. LHypanis goetzius.

Papilio goetzius, Herbst, Natursyst. Schmett. ix. pl. celviii. figs, 1-4

(1798).

&, Ussagara, 20th November; ¢ ?, Ngtru.

Seven specimens were obtained.

31, Neptis agatha.

Papilio agatha, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iy. pl. ecexxvii. A, B (1782),

2 g, Buguéra, 17th March, 4800 feet ; Njangabo, ¢, 4th,

?, 29th May, 4200 feet; ?, Kandera, October.

The last-mentioned female is unusually large and has the

white band of the primaries divided by a black third median

branch; in all other particulars it corresponds with ordinary

examples.

from Central Africa. 45

32. Telchinia Buzxtont.

Acrea Buxtoni, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvi. p. 395

(1875).

3 ¢, Kandera.

33. Telchinia oncea.

Acrea oncea, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Akad. Berl. 1855, p. 649.

Htikua brook, Unyamwézi, 21st October; Msaka brook,

22nd October; Masvéa, Ugdgo, 8th November, 1889.

34. Telchinia cecilia.

Papilio cecilia, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. ii. p. 84. n. 142 (1781).

Kandera and Netiru, October and November.

One of the females is a melanistic aberration.

35. Telchinia natalica.

Acrea natalica, Boisduval, Voy. Deleg. ii. p. 590 (1847).

Kandera and Ngtru, October and November.

Lycenide.

36. Teriomima? hildegarda.

Teriomima? hildegarda, Kirby, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix.

p- 367 (1887).

3, Kandera.

I fail to see how this differs from D’ Urbania aslauga,

Trimen ; in any case it is the male of the insect figured by

Kirby.

37. Polyommatus beticus.

Papilio beticus, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 789. n, 226 (1767).

3, Ngtiru.

38. Catochrysops osiris.

Lycena osiris, Hopffer, Ber. Verh, Ak, Berl. 1855, p. 642.

on Neuru.

39. Azanus amarah.

Polyommatus amarah, Guérin, Lef. Vov. Abyss. vi. p. 384, pl. xi.

figs. 5, 6 (1847).

Kandera.

46 Mr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera

40. Tarucus pulcher.

Lycena pulchra, Murray, Trans. Ent. Soe. 1874, p. 524, pl. x. figs. 7, 8.

Njangabo, 29th April; Htikua brook, Unyamweézi, 21st

October; Msaka, 22nd October ; Kandera, October.

41. Zizera knysna.

Lycena knysna, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soe, ser. iii. vol. i. p. 282 (1862).

Ngtiru, in November.

42. Myrina ficedula.

Myrina ficedula, Trimen, South Afr, Butt. ii. p. 141 (1887).

Kandera, October.

Papilionide.

43, Terias zoé.

Terias zoé, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855, p. 640.

2 $, Ngtru, November; 2 2, Mpwapwa, Ussagara, 12th

November.

44, Terias senegalensis.

Terias senegalensis, Boisduval, Faun. Madag. p. 672. n. 31 (18386).

Kiriamo, 16th May, 2900 feet.

45. Terias chalcomieta.

Terias chaleomieta, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. ser. 5, vol. iii.

p- 190. n. 10 (1879).

Buguéra, 4800 feet, 22nd March; Njangabo, 4200 feet,

16th April and 4th May, 1889.

46. Terias regularis.

Terias regularis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii. p. 486

(1876).

Buguéra, 4800 feet, 22nd March, 1889.

47. Teracolus maimuna.

Idmais maimouna, Kirby, Proc. Roy. Dubl. Soc. ii, p. 887 (1880); Aid,

iii. pl. exliii. (1884),

Kandera,

jJrom Central Africa. 47

48, Teracolus aurigincus.

Teracolus aurigineus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii.

p- 103 (1883).

9, Kandera.

49. Teracolus bacchus.

Teracolus bacchus, Butler, Proc. Zool, Soc. 1888, p. 73, n. 94.

3, Kandera.

50. Teracolus imperator.

Teracolus imperator, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 132. n. 20.

3, Kandera.

51. Teracolus ana.

Callosune anax, H. G. Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. iii.

p. 125 (1889).

6 g andl 2, Kandera and Ngtiru, October and November.

52. Teracolus hyperides.

Teracolus hyperides, Butler Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 149. n. 76.

6, Kandera.

53. Teracolus laura.

Teracolus laura, E. Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. v. p. 441

(1890).

3, Kandera.

54. Teracolus Trimenii.

Teracolus Trimenit, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p, 150. n. 79.

9 , Kandera.

55. Teracolus omphale.

Pieris omphale, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 122. n, 12 (1819).

3, Kandera.

56. Teracolus Emint, sp. n.

3d. Nearest to JT. evone; rather larger; the costal and

external borders of the primaries more broadly blackish, the

veins towards outer margin more distinctly black; the apical

patch of a paler orange; the bifid blackish spot on the lower

radial interspace larger: secondaries with the blackish costal

48 Mr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera

border Jess distinct, diffused; the external border broader,

only showing two white spots towards costa on the subcostal

interspaces, all the other spots being obliterated. Under

surface much whiter, without the yellow tint on the secondaries.

Expanse of wings 43 millim.

3, Kandera.

57. Catopsilia florella.

2. Papilio florella, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 479. n. 159 (1775).

3, Kasari (Nkole), 13th July; 9, Hapiringa, Unyam-

wézi, 14th October; ¢, Mpwapwa, Ussagara, 12th Novem-

ber; Mikesse, Ussagara, 29th November; ¢ ¢, Kandera

and Netiru, October and November 1889.

58. Catopsilia pyrene.

Colias pyrene, Swainson, Zool. Il. 1st ser. pl. li. (1820-21).

gd, Gombe ja Ikungu, Unyamwézi, 17th October ; Usaka,

22nd October; Kapaldta, Ugégo, 25th October; ¢ 9,

Mpwapwa, Ussagara, 12th November; ?, Muini, Ussagara,

18th November; ¢, Udéva, 20th November; Mikesse, 29th

November, 1889; g ¢, Kandera and Netiru, October and

November.

59. Glutophrissa contracta.

Glutophrissa contracta, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1888, p. 75. n. 102,

2 g, Kandera in October.

60. Belenots thysa.

Pieris thysa, Hopfier, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855, p. 689.

9, Kiriamo, 15th May; ¢ 2, Waramba village, 2 hours

from Semliki River.

61. Belenots severina.

Papilio severina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ceexxxviii. G, H (1782).

3, Njangabo, 26th April, 4200 feet; g 2, Kandera and

Netiru, October and November,

62. Belenois infida.

Belenois infida, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1888, p. 78. n. 111.

6, Kiriamo, 16th May, 1889; Mikesse, Ussagara, 29th

November.

Six males were obtained, five of them at Kiriamo; the

variation noted in the females extends to a less extent to the

males.

from Central Africa. - 49

63. Belenois lordaca.

Pieris lordaca, Walker, Entom. v. p. 48.

3 ¢, Kandera and Negtiru, October and November.

64. Belenois gidica.

Pieris gidica, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 131. n. 37 (1819).

Mikesse, Ussagara, 29th November.

65. Nepheronia Buquetit.

Callidryas Buquetit, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. i. p. 607, n. 1 (18386),

do 2, Kandera and Ngtiru.

66. Papilio corinneus.

Papilio corinneus, Bertoloni, Mem, Bolog. 1849, p. 9, pl. i. figs. 1-3,

Kandera and Negtiru.

67. Papilio similis.

Papilio similis, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. ix. B, C (1775).

Kandera.

68. Papilio porthaon.

Papilio porthaon, Hewitson, Ex. Butt. iii, Pap. pl. vii. figs. 21, 22

(1865).

Mikesse, Ussagara, 29th October, 1889.

69. Papilio nyasse.

Papilio nyasse, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. p. 459

(1877).

3 2, Mikesse, Ussagara, 29th October; Kandera, in

October 1889.

70. Papilio demoleus.

Papilio demoleus, Linnzeus, Mus. Lud, Ulr. p. 214 (1764).

Waramba village; Njangabo, 4200 feet, 29th April and

4th May; Kissakha, 16th June; Kasari, 13th July ; Gombe

ja Ikungu, 19th October; Msaka, 22nd October; Masvéa,

Ugégo, 8th November; Muini, Ussagara, 18th November ;

Kandera and Negtiru, October and November. |

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, vii. 4

50 On Lepidoptera from Central Africa.

Hesperiida.

71. Hesperia forestan.

Papilio forestan, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iy. pl. cecxci. E, F (1782).

Kandera in October.

72. Ceratrichia?, sp.

A single much-worn and damaged example of a species

apparently belonging to this genus.

Kandera.

HETEROCERA.

Agaristide.

73. Husemia indecisa, sp. n.

Allied to £. africana; differing above in the subapical

oblique band being broader, ovate, and not notched inter~

nally ; the external border of secondaries less sharply angu-

lated; the first black band at basal third of primaries on

under surface divided into two quadrate spots; the central

yellow band immediately beyond it consequently broader ;

the apical fringe of secondaries ochreous instead of snow-

white.

Expanse of wings 67 millim.

Kandera in October.

Two male examples were obtained.

Lithosiida.

Hypsrin 2.

74, Egybolia Vaillantina.

Phalena Vaillantina, Stoll, Suppl. Cram. Pap, Exot. v. p, 142, pl. xxxi.

fig. 3.

One example from Kandera.

Polydesmidez.

75. Polydesma, sp.

A worn and broken specimen from Masvéa, Ugégo, 8th

November, 1889.

On the Synonymy of some Species of Scolopendride. 51

Ommatophoride.

76. Cyligramma fluctuosa.

Phalena- Noctua fluctuosa, Drury, Ins. Exot. ii. p. 24, pl, xiv. fig. 1.

Two worn specimens from Kandera.

77. Hypopyra capensis.

Hypopyra capensis, Herrich-Schiiffer, Lep. Exot. figs, 121, 122.

Two worn specimens from Kandera.

Pyralide.

78. Zebronia podalirialis.

Spilomela podalirialis, Guénée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 281. n. 274.

3 2, Njangabo, 4200 feet, 24th April, 1889.

79. Cadarena stnuata,

Phalena sinuata, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ili, p. 208. n. 295.

Second camp in Usamba, 24th May, 1889.

Macariide.

80. Macaria incessaria ?

Tephrina incessaria, Walker, Lep. Het. xxiii. p. 962. n. 31 (1861).

One imperfect example from Mpwapwa, Ussagara, 12th

November.

It is impossible to be certain of the identification of this

moth, as the markings are partly obliterated; but if not

identical with M. incessaria, it must be very closely related

to it.

V.—WNotes on the Synonymy of some Species of Scolo-

pendride, with Descriptions of new Genera and Species of

the Group. By R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum

(Natural History).

Plate IV.]

On Scolopendra Gervaisiana and Scopoliana, Koch.

Upon looking into the synonymy of the North-African

species of Scolopendra I find that much confusion has existed

as to the identity of the two mentioned under the above

heading. In 1841, in vol. ii. of Wagner’s ‘ Reisen in Algier,’

52 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Synonymy of

Dr. Koch described these two species. A perusal of the

descriptions and a glance at plate xi. of the Atlas at once

reveals two things—firstly that the species are quite distinct,

and secondly that the engraver in lettering the plate applied

the name Gervaisiana to the figure of the species described as

Scopoliana, and vice versd. In 1845, in vol. xix. of the Trans.

Linn. Soc., Newport described a third species from Algeria,

to which he gave the name algerina. In 1849, in the Expl.

Sci. de l’Alg., Lucas redescribed and figured the two species

characterized by Koch, and pointed out the engraver’s error

connected with the plate. So far all was well; but unfortu-

nately, for some unknown reason, this author came to the

conclusion that Newport’s algerina was synonymous with

Koch’s Gervaistana—an error which becomes apparent as

soon as the descriptions are compared. As a matter of fact

algerina is synonymous with Scopoliana. This was mistake

number two. But by far the greatest error was committed by

Koch himself, who in 1863, in vol. i. of his work ‘ Die Myrio-

poden,’ absolutely transposed the names of the species that he

had previously made known, and described and figured Se. Ger-

vaisiana as Scopoliana and Scopolianaas Gervaisiana. ‘This

was probably on accountof the mistake originally committed by

the engraver of the plates in Wagner’s ‘ Reisen in Algier.’

However that may be, in 1881, when Dr. Kohlrausch mono-

graphed the Scolopendride in the Arch. fiir Nat., instead of

clearing away the obstacles he, apparently misled by Lucas’s

mistake, added three more difficulties to those that already

beset the question—7. e. he concluded, in a characteristically

sweeping manner, firstly that the three species under

discussion, namely Scopoliana, Gervaisiana, and algerina,

were identical, and secondly that they were synonymous with

Sc. morsitans (Linn.) ; and finally, having thus happily dis-

posed of and forgotten Koch’s Gervaisiana, he redescribed it

under his genus Cupipes as a new species named grecus.

The full synonymy then of the two species will be as

follows :—

Scolopendra Scopoliana, Koch.

Scolopendra Scopoliana, Koch, in Wagner's Reisen in Algier, ili. p. 222,

pl. xi. (1841).

Scolopendra algerina, Newport, Trans. Linn. Soc. xix. p. 887 (1845).

Scolopendra Scopoliana, Lucas, Expl. Sci. Alg. i. p. 341, pl. ii, tig. 6

(1849).

Scolopendra Gervaisiana, Koch, Die Myr. i. p. 53, pl. xxiii. fig, 46

(1863). Not Gervaiscana in Wagner's Reisen Xe. ili. p. 223.

Scolopendra morsitans (Linn.), Kohlrausch, Arch, f. Nat. 1881, p, 104,

some Species of Scolopendride. 53

Cupipes Gervaisianus (Koch).

Scolopendra Gervaisiana, Koch, in Wagner's Reisen in Algier, iii.

p. 223, pl. xi. (1841).

Scolopendra Gervaisiana, Lucas, Expl. Sci. Alg. i. p. 848, pl. ii. fig. 6

(1849), excluding synonymy.

Scolopendra Scopoliana, Koch, Die Myr. i. p. 39, pl. xviii. fig. 34 (1863).

Not Se. Scopoliana, Koch, in Wagner's Reisen in Algier, ili. p. 222,

pl. xi.

Cupipes grecus, Kohlrausch, Arch. f. Nat. 1881, p. 81.

Cupipes grecus, Meinert, Vid. Medd. Foren. 1884-86, p. 123.

On the Genus Rhombocephalus.

Rhombocephalus, Newport, Trans. Linn. Soc, xix. p. 425 (1845).

Since this genus was characterized by Newport it has not

been recognized by any author who has worked systematically

at the group. ‘This circumstance is easily explained by the

fact that the genus was based upon a character which results

mainly from the drying of immature examples of Scolopendra.

In the British Museum there are three types of this genus ;

these are Lh. viridifrons from France, which proves to be

the young of Scolopendra cingulata; Rh. parvus, Newport,

from Malta, is also a young example of Scolopendra cingu-

lata; Rh. smaragdinus, Butler, from Rodriguez, is the young

of Scolopendra subspinipes, Leach. ‘Thus, since the type of

the genus Rh. viridifrons is a specimen of Sc. cingulata,

Rhombocephalus must be a synonym of Scolopendra.

The other typical examples, which I have not seen, will

probably prove upon examination to be the young of the

species of Scolopendra or Cormocephalus common in the

locality from which the types were obtained.

On Eurylithobius Slateri, Butler.

Eurylithobius Slatert, Butler, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. clxviii. p. 499

(1879).

This genus and species were based upon the exuviated

cuticle of a specimen of Scolopendra morsitans. The names

must consequently be added to the long list of synonyms

already appertaining to this widespread form.

On Cupipes Guildingii (Newport).

Cormocephalus Guildingit, Newport, Trans, Linn. Soc. xix. p. 425,

Otostigma cormocephalinum, Pocock, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) ii.

p. 478, pl. xvi. fig. a.

In May of 1889 I was enabled, through the kindness of

54 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

Prof. Westwood, to examine the type of Cormocephalus

Guildingi?, which is preserved in the Hope Museum at

Oxford. I at once recognized that the species is referable to

the genus Cupzpes, and moreover that, misled by the absence

of the anal legs, I had redescribed a specimen of it as a new

species, Otostigma cormocephalinum.

On Otostigma spinicauda (Newport).

Branchiostoma spinicauda, Newport, Trans, Linn, Soc. xix. p. 412,

pl. xl. fig. 7 (1845).

Otostigma deserti, Meinert, Vid. Medd. Nat. Forening, 1884-86, p. 121.

An examination of Newport’s type of this species shows

that it is not referable to the genus Branchiostoma, or Rhysida

as it should be called, inasmuch as there are no spiracles in

the seventh somite. It is in fact a veritable Otostigma,

having the ear-shaped stigmata, spurred tarsi, produced

pleure,and simple, not suleate, head-plate which are so charac-

teristic of the genus.

Ot. deserti of Meinert, from Biskra, is, I feel confident, the

same species, the only difference that I can detect being the

presence of two spines on the under surface of the femur of

the anal leg in O¢. desert’, whereas in specimens of Ot. spini-

cauda from Tripoli there are either three or four spines in this

position. Analogy, however, justifies the conclusion that this

character cannot be regarded as of specific importance.

On Monops nigra (Newport).

Cryptops nigra, Newport, Trans. Linn. Soc. xix. p. 408.

Monops nigra, Gervais, Ins, Apt. iv. p. 294.

Newport described this species from a figure on pl. xc. of

the unpublished drawings by Major-General Hardwicke of the

Spiders (and Myriopods) of India. Consequently Gervais’s

assertion that the typical specimen is preserved in the British

Museu n is erroneous. ‘There is no type, unless the figure be

regarded as such.

It is difficult to conceive why Newport should have regarded

that figure as representing a Oryptops. There is little or

nothing of a Oryptops about it. It is quite true that in the

rough drawing that is given of the under surface of the head

no prosternal plates are represented; but the form of the

maxillary feet is so totally unlike anything known in the

Chilopoda—the appendage being figured as a single stout

internally serrate tooth—that no reliance is to be placed upon

this drawing. Again, with regard to the eyes : Newport quite

Genera and Species of Scolopendride. 55

correctly described the figure as being furnished with a single

eye on each side, and on the strength of this statement Gervais

established the genus Monops for the reception of the species.

But there is not a particle of evidence that the specimen from

which the figure was taken was provided with only one eye.

The drawing which justifted Newport in making mention of

the eyes at all is the one above referred to of the underside of

the head. But, when viewed from this aspect, a// the four

eyes of a Scolopendrid cannot be seen. Only two are visible,

and these, when examined carelessly with the naked eye or

even with a lens of low power, appear as a single black patch ;

and that General Hardwicke, when painting this figure, did

make only the most superficial examination of his specimen,

is shown by the manner in which he drew parts so conspicu-

ous as the maxillary feet.

Furthermore, that the specimen did not belong to the

Cryptops group is clearly manifested by an enlarged drawing

that is given of one of the legs. This shows that the tarso-

metatarsus was composed of two distinct segments, of which

the distal is much shorter than the proximal. In Crypiops

and its allies the tarso-metatarsus is undivided, except in the

case of the posterior two pairs of legs. But when they are

divided the segments are subequal in length and not mani-

festly unequal, as in this Monops niger.

In conclusion, I may add that, after carefully examining

the figure, I have no doubt that it was taken from some speci-

men either of Otostigma or Rhysida; but since this is a point

which will probably never be definitely settled, and considering,

too, the circumstances under which the genus was established,

I have thought it superfluous to introduce Monops into the

accompanying key of genera.

Descriptions of new Spectes.

Heterostoma longicauda, sp.n. (Pl. 1V. figs. 1-10.)

Heterostoma longicauda, Newport, MS.

Body robust; widest at the fourteenth tergite, from the

fourteenth narrowed posteriorly to the twenty-first and ante-

riorly to the fourth, the first very wide.

Colour deep reddish brown, the posterior margin of the

tergites with a greenish or ochraceous tinge; legs and an-

tennee ochraceous; shining.

Head-plate cordate, smooth, very finely punctured.

Antenne moderately long, composed of twenty segments,

whereof the basal four are bare, the rest pubescent.

56 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

Mazillary sternite smooth, sparsely and finely punctured ;

prosternal plates large, quadrate, each furnished with three

conical teeth, of which the internal may be bifid.

Tergites feebly punctured, from the third bisulcate, from the

seventh marginate, lightly wrinkled.

Sternites scarcely bisulcate, the sulci being very faint,

anteriorly and posteriorly abbreviated, and deserving rather

to be called impressions than sulci; marked posteriorly with

a median and two fainter lateral circular impressions.

Anal somite.—Tergite much wider than long, not sulcate,

in one specimen with a low median anterior ridge, in the

others quite normal ; plewre very long, reaching to the middle

or nearly to the end of the femur, more or less rounded,

densely porous, with a widely bifid extremity, a single lateral

spine, no superior spines ; sterndte with posteriorly converging

margins and deeply excised posterior margin ; legs of normal

form ; femur usually armed with seven strong spines—2, 2

on the upper inner edge, 1 on the under inner edge, and 2 on

the under outer edge, the process very long, sharp, and simple ;

claw armed basally with two very minute spurs.

Legs with the first tarsal segment (sometimes including the

twentieth pair) armed with a spur.

Measurements in millimetres of largest specimen :—Total

length 134; width of fourteenth tergite 16, of fourth 11, of

first 15, of twenty-first 10°5, of head 11; length of anal leg

34, of femur 12, of pleura 15.

Three specimens from India (Mr. Barnes) and two from

Ceylon (&. Templeton).

This species is related to H. platycephalum of Newport, but

may be recognized by the very long sharp process and the

small number of spines on the anal femur, by the wide space

separating the apical spines of the pleurz, by the absence of

a superior spine on these organs, &c.

In one specimen the number of spines on the anal femur

falls as low as five, two being wanting on the upper inner

edge.

Heterostoma viridipes, sp.n. (Pl. IV. fig. 2.)

Body robust posteriorly, slender anteriorly,

Colour olivaceo- or ochraceo-castaneous, antenne and distal

segments of the legs with olivaceous tint.

Head-plate small, a little wider than long, punctured.

Antenne of moderate length, attenuate, composed of twenty

segments, whereof the basal four are naked, the rest pubes-

cent.

Genera and Species of Scolopendride. 57

Mawillary sternite punctured, with a short anterior sulcus ;

prosternal plates normally developed, each bearing three

distinct teeth.

Tergites.—The first narrower, equal in width to the seventh;

from the third very faintly bisulcate, from the fifth or sixth

marginate.

Sternites marked with a posterior median impression, which

is more pronounced at the anterior end of the body, and with

two sulci, which are more distinct at the posterior end of the

body.

Anal somite—Tergite normal, wider than long; pleure

moderately elongate, projecting beyond the middle of the

femur, tolerably stout, armed with two small contiguous apical

spines, two small lateral spines, and one small superior spine ;

sternite medianly impressed, narrowed behind, with emargi-

nate posterior border ; legs of average length, stout, the femur

armed with eleven spines (including the short spiniform pro-

cess) —three on the upper inner edge, two on the inner surface,

two and one on the under inner edge, and three on the under

outer edge; patella and tibia much rounded andswollen beneath

and on the inner surface, the swollen part being of an oliva-

ceous hue, contrasting strongly with the castaneous tint of

the rest of the appendage; claws armed with minute basal

spurs.

sig (including the twentieth pair) with proximal tarsal

segment spurred.

Measurements in millimetres of largest specimen :—Total

length 113; width of head 8:5, of first tergite 10°3, of fourth

(narrowest) 9, of fourteenth (widest) 13, of last 9; length of

anal pleura 11, of entire leg 25:5, of femur 8°7, of patella 7-3,

width 3°3 ; length of tibia 5, width 2°3.

Two specimens from T'ernate (HIS. ‘Challenger ’).

This species is very closely allied to H. platycephalum of

Newport (=Lrowni, Butler), but differs from all the speci-

mens of this last-named that I have examined in being deci-

dedly less flat- and wide-headed, in having a spur on the

tarsus of the preanal legs, in having shorter and stouter anal

pleurz, and distinctly stouter anal legs. Of these characters,

however, the only one upon which I place much reliance is

the form of the anal legs. In H. platycephalum the patella

and tibia of these appendages are evenly cylindrical, and not

internally and inferiorly swollen, so that their greatest width

amounts to about one third of their length; whereas in H.

viridipes the width is almost equal to half the length. This

difference may prove to be a sexual character.

58 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

Heterostoma rubripes (Brandt), var. grossipes, var. nov.

(Pl. IV. figs. 3, 3 a.)

Heterostoma grossipes, Newport, MS.

Body slender anteriorly, stout posteriorly.

Colour castaneous, legs paler.

Head-plate cordate, a little wider than long, punctured.

Antenne (broken) with the four basal segments bare.

Maxillary sternite punctured, anteriorly depressed ; pro-

sternal plates long, each furnished with three strong teeth,

whereof the internal is subdivided.

Tergites smooth, from the third bisulcate, from the fifth

marginate,

Sternites smooth, the anterior ones medianly impressed

posteriorly, ? bisulcated (the plates being much wrinkled by

drying).

Anal somite-—Tergite wide, of normal form; pleure of

moderate length, closely porous, with two close-set apical

spines, about five minute superior spines, and two lateral

spines 3 sternite narrowed behind, with emarginate hinder

border ; /egs very stout, the width of the segments being equal

to half their length; femur armed with eight or nine spines

(including the short spiniform process), five or four on the

upper inner edge and inner surface, two on the under inner

edge, and two on the under outer edge; claw with basal

spurs.

Legs with claws and first tarsal segment spurred.

Length 80 millim.; width of head 7 millim., length 6:3 ;

width of anal tergite 8°53; length of anal leg 19; length of

femur 7, width 3°63; length of patella 5°5, width 3.

A single specimen from Sunday Island.

I consider this form to be merely a variety of H. rubripes,

Brandt. It differs from the typical H. rubripes in having

thicker anal legs with fewer spines on the femur.

ETHMOPHORUS, gen. nov.

(jOpu0s, a sieve, and dépa, so called from the form of the stigmata.)

It is needless to characterize this new genus at length, since

it only differs from /eterostoma in the form of its maxillary

feet.

In LHeterostoma the prosternal plates are enormously large

and strongly dentate and the femoral segment of the appen-

dage has no internal tooth.

In Ethmophorus, on the other hand, the prosternal plates

Genera and Species of Scolopendride. 59

are small and weakly dentate and the femoral segment of the

appendage is furnished with a distinct internal tooth.

In tact, this new genus appears in a way to connect the

genus Heterostoma with Rhysida and Trematoptychus.

Ethmophorus monticola, sp.n. (PI. IV. figs. 4, 4a.)

Body flat, stout, widest at the twelfth somite, much nar-

rowed anteriorly, slightly so posteriorly, the first tergite only

moderately wider than the second.

Colour of tergites piceous, with a tinge of violet; head,

first tergite, maxillary feet, and anal pleura obscurely casta-

neous; antennee ochraceous; sternites and legs olivaceous,

the latter with the distal segments ochraceous.

_ Head-plate small, about as wide as it is long, feebly punc-

tured.

Antenne (fractured), with the four basal segments naked.

Maxillary sternite and feet feebly punctured, the prosternal

plates very small, like those of, e. g., a Scolopendra, each

furnished with four obscurely defined obtuse teeth; femoral

segment of the jaws furnished with a well-developed sub-

dentate basal tooth, as in, e. g., Scolopendra.

Tergites lightly wrinkled mesially and laterally, from the

third bisulcate, from the seventh marginate.

Sternites not bisuleate, marked with three faint impressions,

two lateral, representing the sulci, and one posterior and

median.

Anal somite.-—Tergite wider than long, wider behind than

in front ; pleure long, slender, rounded, tinely porous, reaching

almost to the end of the femur, terminated by two spines,

whereof the inferior is much the larger, either with or without

a small superior spine and with one or two minute lateral

spines ; sternite with a median impression and very strongly

emarginate hinder border ; legs of moderate length, normally

slender, with cylindrical segments, the femur armed with a

simple, short, spiniform process, and with three spines beneath,

one minute and internal, and two in the middle and at the

posterior end, one large, the other very minute and behind it ;

patella and tibia normal (tarsal segments absent).

Legs.—Claws armed with two spurs ; tarsi of the preanal

legs unarmed, tarsi of the rest with a single spur.

Measurements in millimetres :—Total length 123; width

of twelfth tergite 12, of first 10, cf twenty-first 8°3, of head

8:5; length of pleura from the apex to point of attachment

with tergite 8°5; length of anal femur 9°5.

60 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

A single specimen obtained by Mr. J. Whitehead on Mount

Kina Balu in North Borneo.

In its long anal pleure this new species resembles those

species of Heterostoma of which platycephalum may be regarded

as the type. The spine-armature of the anal leg, as it has

been described, may be abnormal, for one leg is entirely

missing and the other is damaged.

Rhysida longicornis, sp.n. (Pl. IV. fig. 5.)

Body slender and nearly parallel-sided.

Colour (in alcohol) wholly ochraceous, shining.

Head-plate sparsely punctured, not sulcate.

Antenne very long, reaching when stretched laterally to

the end of the eighth tergite, composed of twenty-one long

cylindrical segments, whereof the basal three are bare and

the rest pubescent; in the distal half the segments are at

least twice as long as wide.

Mawillary sternite entire, feebly punctured ;_prosternal

plates, in contact, wider than long, the anterior edge convex

and bearing four blunt conical teeth; basal tooth prominent

and subdentate.

Tergites smooth, from the fifth bisulcate, from the tenth or

eleventh marginate.

Sternites smooth, sparsely punctured, not completely bisul-

cate, there being only two very short sulci quite on the ante-

rior portion.

Anal somite—Tergite not sulcate, with raised lateral

margins ; pleurce densely porous, furnished with a long stout

process which is armed with one strong lateral spine, one or

two small superior spines, and three strong apical or subapical

spines; sternite narrowed posteriorly, with emarginate border ;

legs long and slender, femur armed with from ten to thirteen

strong spines, that is six or four in an irregular series on the

upper inner edge, four or three on the under inner edge, and

three on the under outer edge ; there is no spinous process and

no spine in the position of the process; tarsal segment un-

spined ; claws with basal spurs.

Legs.—F rom the seventeenth to the twentieth pairs each

with a single tarsal spur, the sixteenth to the first with two

tarsal spurs, the third with a tibial spur (second pair absent),

the first with a tibial and a patellar spur; claws of all bical-

carate.

Stigmata of normal form,

Length about 43 millim., of antenne 12 millim.

A single specimen from Socotia, collected by Prof. I. B.

Balfour.

Genera and Species of Scolopendride. 61

Allied to the widespread Rh. longipes of Newport, but

differing in its much longer antennz and in the irregular

arrangement of the spines on its anal femora (there being no

apical spine).

Rhysida calcarata, sp. n. (Pl. LV. figs. 6, 6 a.)

Body slender, almost parallel-sided.

Colour olivaceo-ochraceous, legs testaceous ; shining with

submetallic lustre.

Head-plate sparsely punctured.

Antenne long, composed of seventeen to twenty-one seg-

ments, whereof the basal three are bare, the rest pubescent,

the segments much shorter than in RA. longicornis.

Maxillary sternite entire, sparsely punctured; prosternal

plates wider than long, almost in contact, each bearing four

teeth ; basal tooth well developed and subdentate.

Tergites smooth, from the fourth bisulcate, from the eleventh

or twelfth with raised margins.

Sternites smooth, bisulcate, the sulci extending considerably

past the middle of the plate, but becoming indistinct poste-

riorly.

Anal somite—Tergite not sulcate and not impressed

behind; plewre densely porous, with well-developed some-

what slender process, which is armed with one lateral and

four apical or subapical spines; sternite narrowed posteriorly,

with almost straight or lightly concave hinder border ; legs

somewhat short ; femur armed with about fifteen spines—six

or seven in two rows on the upper inner edge, two to four on

the under inner edge, and from three to five on the under

outer edge; the posterior process is well developed, in one

specimen (? 2) it is short, very wide, and armed with eight

or ten spines, in two others (?¢) it is long, slender, cylin-

drical, blunted, and armed with five or six spines; tarsus not

spined ; claw with two basal spurs.

Legs.—Twentieth pair either with or without a tarsal spur,

nineteenth to seventeenth with one tarsal spur each, sixteenth

to first with two tarsal spurs; first pair with a spine upon the

femur, patella, and tibia; claws of all the legs spined.

Three specimens from Cambodia; one of these, measuring

57 millim., is larger than the others, has the antenne com-

posed of seventeen segments, the anal legs more slender and

the femoral process short and wide; in the others measuring

about 36 millim., the antenne are composed of twenty-one

segments, the anal legs are stouter, and the femoral process

much longer. I suspect that the last two are the males and

62 | Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

the first a female of one and the same species. It is a well-

marked form resembling Lh. longipes in some respects, such

as in possessing marginate tergites and spined anal legs. It

differs, however, from this species in having bisulcate sternites

and a well-developed spinous process on the anal femur.

Scolopendra (?) cutvis, sp. n. (Pl. IV. fig. 7.)

Colour (dry specimen) ochraceous, posteriorly more casta-

neous, anteriorly olivaceous.

Body robust, narrowed anteriorly, but with very wide

maxillary feet and sternite.

Head-plate small, flat, ovate, slightly longer than wide,

distinctly punctured, with a posterior median fine stria or

ridge.

Antenne (imperfect, with fourteen segments) attenuate,

seements cylindrical, the basal five or six bare.

Maxillary sternite very wide, punctured, with a slight median

longitudinal depression and an anterior depressed area; pro-

sternal plates moderately long, not wide, in contact, each

bearing four teeth, of which the three internal are more or

less fused; basal tooth on a level with the prosternal plates,

well-developed and subdentate; claw very stout, powerful

and curved.

First tergite meeting but not covering the head-plate,

marked in front with a conspicuous but fine transverse sulcus ;

rest of the tergites smooth and (except the last) strongly

bisulcate, from the eleventh strongly marginate.

Sternites smooth and strongly bisulcate.

Anal somite not so wide as the twentieth somite; tergzte

strongly margined laterally, with a fine median longitudinal

sulcus, posteriorly depressed in the middle ; pleure very finely

porous, with one posterior superior spine, the process short

but distinct, and armed with four strong spines; sternite

much narrowed behind, mesially depressed, with straight

hinder border; fegs punctured, short, thick, and more or less

in contact, with a notch in the middle of the superior poste-

rior margin of the first three segments ; the femur armed on

its inner and under surface with from fifteen to eighteen

spines; the process stout at the base, pointed at the apex,

which is tipped with either four or two spines; claw short,

basally spurred.

Legs with claws basally spined and the proximal tarsal

segment bearing one inferior spur.

Length about 90 millim.; width of head-plate 6, of maxil-

lary sternite 8°6, of anal tergite 8°2.

Genera and Species of Scolopendride. 63

Locality doubtful. The specimen was taken from a bottle

labelled ‘ India and 8. America.’

It is not easy to point out the affinities of this species,

because I am unable to determine its exact generic position.

In the sum of its characters, however, it seems to come

nearest to Scolopendra, although the head-plate does not

overlap the anterior portion of the first tergite. One of its

most marked features is the great stoutness of the anal legs.

Cormocephalus Willsi, sp. n.

Body robust and parallel-sided.

Colour olivaceous or ochraceous, head and anal tergite

ferrugineous ; shining.

Head-plate convex, wider than long, coarsely punctured,

with two posterior diverging sulci.

Antenne of moderate length, composed of seventeen seg-

ments, whereof the basal eight are bare, the rest pubescent.

Maxillary sternite coarsely punctured, slightly depressed

and striated in the middle line, marked in front with trans-

verse, more or less branching striz and a short median longi-

tudinal stria; prosternal plates well developed, parallel, almost

in contact, each armed with four or five conspicuous teeth ;

maxillary feet also coarsely punctured, with a well-developed

basal subdentate tooth.

Tergites.—F irst coarsely punctured, not sulcate ; the second

with two very faint abbreviated sulci; the third with the sulci

still incomplete ; the fourth to the twentieth completely bisul-

cate; the seventh to the twentieth marginate and lightly

wrinkled laterally, all of them punctured,

Sternites smooth, punctured, bisulcate.

Anal somite.-—Tergite not marked by a median sulcus;

pleure coarsely porous, the process well-developed and termi-

nated by two spines, one spine in the middle of the hinder

border; sternite much narrowed posteriorly, with straight

hinder border; legs somewhat short, moderately slender ;

femur armed with about eleven strong spines (not including

the process, which is well developed and bifid), three or four

on the inner surface, two on the under inner edge, and four or

five in two longitudinal series on the under outer edge; claws

not basally spurred.

Legs with first tarsal. segment unarmed ; claws furnished

basally with two spurs,

Length up to 65 millim.

Locality Madagascar. ‘Two specimens collected by the

Rev. R. Baron and one by the Rev. J. Wills.

64 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

This species differs from all the South-African forms

described by Porath in not having the anal tergite marked by

a longitudinal sulcus. This I believe is the first record of

the genus from Madagascar.

Cormocephalus cupipes, sp.n. (Pl. IV. fig. 8.)

Body slender, widest at its posterior end.

Colour (dry specimens) olivaceo-ochraceous above ; under

surface and maxillary sternite much paler; antenne and

distal segments of the legs olivaceous.

Head-plate elongate, ovate, slightly longer than wide,

sparsely but somewhat coarsely punctured, marked in its

posterior half by two anteriorly diverging sulci.

Antenne \ong and slender, composed of seventeen seg-

ments, whereof the basal six are naked and the rest pubescent.

Maxillary sternite sparsely but coarsely punctured ; pro-

sternal plates elongate, in contact, each bearing four well-

defined sharp teeth; basal tooth long, sharp, and subdentate.

Tergites, except the first and last, conspicuously bisulcate,

from the fifth or sixth marginate.

Sternites strongly bisulcate and furnished in addition in

the anterior portion of the middle with a median longitudinal

impression.

Anal somite.—Tergite with a conspicuous median sulcus,

wider than long, its posterior border evenly convex and not

produced in the middle ; plewre very narrow, coarsely punc-

tured, the process very short, conical, and bearing two apical

spines ; there are no lateral or superior spines; sternite long

and narrow, nearly twice as long as the basal width, with a

conspicuous median longitudinal impression ; legs very short

and very stout, not very much longer than those of the

twentieth somite, stout at the base and evenly attenuated

towards the apex, very coarsely punctured, the three basal

segments more or less flattened above, with feebly developed

posterior marginal notches, the two femora together nearly as

wide as the tergite, in contact throughout in the middle line,

each armed with three spines in an irregular series on

the upper inner edge, two on the inner surface, two on

the under inner edge, and four in two series on the under

outer edge; the process short, conical, and tipped with two

spines; the median part of the under surface without spines

and markedly excavated in front; patella rounded laterally

and beneath ; tibia with its upper surface bearing two longi-

tudinal depressions separated by a median ridge ; in cne speci-

men there is a depression on the inner surface of this same

Genera and Species of Scolopendride. 65

segment ; tarsal segments short and cylindrical ; claw small,

short, not inferiorly serrate, without spurs.

Legs with tarsi unspined; claws with two basal spurs.

Length 43 millim.

T'wo specimens from Natal, collected by Gueinzius.

In the thickness of its anal legs this species resembles

Cupipes. I refer it, however, to Cormocephalus for the fol-

lowing reasons :—There are no sulci on the first tergite, the

anal pleuras are provided with a short process, the spine-

armature of the anal femora is like that of a typical Cormo-

cephalus, and the claw of the anal leg is not serrate beneath

and small, being shorter than the first tarsal segment of this

appendage.

Of the South-African species already described it perhaps

comes nearest to C. rugulosus, Porath. But this forin, as its

name implies, is rugulose. Moreover, judging from Dr.

Porath’s description, which makes no mention of any pecu-

liarity in the structure of the anal legs, these appendages are

normally formed in his species.

Cormocephalus inermipes, sp.n. (PI. IV. figs. 9, 9 a.)

Body moderately robust, parallel-sided.

Colour (dry specimen) olivaceous, with metallic lustre.

Head-plate cordate, slightly wider than leng, somewhat

coarsely punctured, with two posterior anteriorly diverging

sulci,

Antenne short, slender, attenuate, composed of seventeen

segments, whereof the basal six are naked, the rest pubescent.

Maxillary sternite wide, entire, and coarsely punctured ;

prosternal plates widely separated, each furnished with four

teeth, one external, separate, and posterior, three internal,

fused and projecting—the distance between the plates is almost

equal to the width of one of them ; basal tooth prominent and

-subdentate.

Tergites punctured, smooth, from the second strongly bisul-

cate, from the fifth or sixth marginate.

Sternites smooth, strongly bisulcate.

Anal somite.-—Tergite much wider than long, marked in

its posterior half with a faint longitudinal sulcus; pleure

closely porous, the process long, slender, and tipped with

two strong spines; no lateral or superior spines present ;

sternite much narrowed posteriorly, with straight hinder

border ; legs moderately long and very stout, almost in con-

tact; femur not twice as long as it is wide, armed with nine

or ten spines (not including the process)—one on the upper

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6, Vol. vii. a

66 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

inner edge, two or three on the inner surface, two on the

under inner edge, and four in two rows on the under outer

edge; the process very short and tipped with two or three

spines ; patella about as wide as it is long ; tibia a little longer

than wide ; the claw long, as long as the last tarsal segment,

not spurred.

Legs with tarsi not spurred ; claws of all the legs unspined.

Length 45 millim.

A single specimen from Ceylon (&. Templeton).

This species is evidently allied to C. sarasinorum, Haase,

of which the Museum possesses two specimens from Ceylon.

It differs, however, as it does from all the other species of the

genus, in that the claws of all the legs are unspined. More-

over the prosternal plates are very widely separated; but I

do not care to lay too much stress upon this character, seeing

that it may be the result of accident and not normal.

Cormocephalus dentipes, sp. n. (PI. IV. fig. 10.)

Colour (of dried and faded specimen) testaceous; head and

pleuree ochraceous; when fresh the specimen was probably

ochraceous, with castaneous head and pleure.

Head subcircular, with conspicuous posterior sulci; basal

lamina visible.

Antenne short, attenuate, composed of seventeen cylindrical

segments, whereof the basal four or five are bare, the rest

pubescent.

Masillary sternite and feet more or less rugulose, the sternite

irregularly grooved longitudinally and of a deeper colour

centrally and posteriorly than anteriorly and laterally ; pro-

sternal plates well-developed, wide and long, each bearing

four distinct teeth, whereof the external one is sharper and

separated and the three internal blunter and more or less

fused.

Tergites smooth, with the exception of the last, but including

the first, strongly bisulcate; from the thirteenth distinctly

marginate.

Sternites conspicuously bisuleated.

Anal somite.—Tergite wider behind than in front, the mar-

gins rounded anteriorly and converging, without a median

sulcus ; pleure closely and somewhat coarsely porous, the

process smooth and short, terminated by two strong spines

and bearing one lateral superior spine; sternite much nar-

rowed posteriorly, with straight hinder border and rounded

osterior angles ; /egs of moderate thickness and length, not

including the posterior internal process, which is short and

tipped with two strong spines, armed with about seventeen

Genera and Species of Scolopendride. 67

conspicuous spines—three on the anterior half of the upper

inner edge, five in a posteriorly ascending series on the under

inner edge, three defining the internal boundary of a smooth

very lightly depressed ‘area which occupies the middle of the

under surface of the segment, three bounding this area exter-

nally, and three or four on the under outer edge; posteriorly

beneath the segment is obsoletely tubercular; patella flat

above, distinctly tubercular internally and beneath, tibia

similarly but more thickly and more strongly tubercular,

distinctly sulecate above; proximal tarsal segment lowly

tubercular throughout; distal tarsal segment obsoletely tuber-

cular anteriorly ; claws with spines at the base.

Legs with spined claws but unarmed tarsi.

Length about 42 millim.

A single specimen from Bengal.

This species is so remarkable for the peculiar tubercular

armature of its anal legs that no further feature need be men-

tioned as characteristic of it.

Cormocephalus levipes, sp. n.

Body tolerably robust, slender anteriorly.

Colour chocolate-brown; anal legs ferrugineous, rest of the

legs and antenne with greenish tint; shining.

Head-plate punctured, with two posterior sulci.

Antenne broken, slender, the basal five segments bare.

Maxillary sternite coarsely punctured, anteriorly sulcate ;

prosternal plates well developed, converging, about as long as

wide, each bearing four blunt teeth, whereof the external one

is separated ; basal tooth well developed, subdentate.

Tergites.—The first punctured with anteriorly and poste-

riorly abbreviated vestiges of two sulci; from the second

bisulcate, from the sixth marginate, lightly wrinkled mesially

and laterally.

Sternites strongly bisulcate.

Anal somite-—Tergite wider than long, with a complete

median sulcus and raised margins; pleure densely porous,

the process short, stout, blunt, and tipped with two minute

close-set spines, no lateral or superior spines; sterndée nar-

rowed posteriorly, with converging sides, rounded lateral

angles, and straight posterior margin; /egs short, somewhat

stout, coarsely and closely punctured, the segments rounded,

smooth ; the femur furnished with two minute spinules on

the upper inner edge, two or one on the iter surface, two

on the under inner edge, and two in the position of the process,

which is absent; claw furnished with two spines.

Legs with tarsi not spurred ; all the claws armed basally

with two spurs.

68 Prof. T. Salvadori on two new Species of Parrot.

Length about 80 millim.

A single specimen from Lord Howe’s Island (/7/.11.S.

‘Herald’).

In possessing spurred claws to its anal legs and a median

sulcus on its anal tergite this species resembles C. awranttipes

and CO. subminiatus (=miniatus) of Newport; but it may be

at once recognized by the punctures and small spinules on its

anal legs, by the short, stout, pleural process, &c.

[To be continued. |

VI1.— Description of Two new Species of Parrots of the Genus

Cyanorhamphus én the British Museum. By 'T. SALva-

port, C.M.Z.S.

Cyanorhamphus cyanurus.

Similar to C. nove zealandic, but larger and with the tail

blue ; the two central tail-feathers are tinged with green on

both webs, the remainder only on the outer webs, towards

the base; under wing-coverts and also the longest under

tail-coverts tinged with blue; tail underneath dusky olive,

darker than in C. nove zealandie; bill black, with the base

of the maxilla silvery grey ; feet dusky. Total length 12°7

inches, wing 6°6, tail 6°5, bill 0°8, tarsus 0°82.

Hab. Raoul Island, Kermadec group (Voy. H.M.S. ‘Herald’).

Cyanorhamphus subflavescens.

Intermediate between C. Cookd and C. Saisset?; about thesize

of C. Cooki *, and very much like it in colour, but of a more

yellowish tinge, especially on the underparts, and with the

red on the head much reduced and nearly confined to the

forehead ; the red spot on the ear-coverts not very conspi-

cuous, those on the sides of the rump much extended; the

lower part of the cheek-feathers yellowish as in C. Saisset?,

from which the present species differs in being stronger and

Jarger, notwithstanding its shorter tail; the upper parts have

a slightly more yellowish tinge, while the underparts have

the yellow tinge greener; the primaries are less blue and

more green, especially towards the apical half of the outer

webs; tail below golden-olive with no greyish tinge, the

tips of the tail-feathers not contrasting with the rest; bill

bluish black, with the base of the maxilla silvery grey ; feet

dusky brown. ‘Total length 12°7 to 11°3 inches, wing 5:8

to 5°7, tail 6 to 5°5, bill 0°86 to 0°73, tarsus 0°88 to 0°83.

Hab. Lord Howe Island (Voy. H.M.S. 6 Herald’),

* Having compared the types, 1 have been able to identify C, Cooke

with C, Rayner? trom Norfolk Island.

On some obscure British Spiders. 69

VII.—Descriptive Notes on some obscure British Spiders,

with Description of anew Species. By the Rev. FREDERICK

O. PIcKARD-CAMBRIDGE.

[Plate II.]

OF the spiders described in the following pages one is new to

science and another new to the British list. These species,

belonging to two different genera, were both found in the

Lake districts of Cumberland upon Mount Helvellyn, during

a hasty ascent made by no means with a view to hard work

amongst the spiders. ‘There can be little doubt that the Lake

districts, both vale and hill regions, will, when worked, pro-

duce a number of good things. The warm moist glens or

chines, so noticeable a feature in the country round Carlisle

and the hilly north-west of England, seem to be particularly

suitable to the encouragement of spider-life ; and, although

other more important occupations have hitherto prevented any

extended or diligent search in these localities, yet I feel con-

vinced, judging from casual captures caught up at odd times

and in odd places, that there is a considerable wealth of species

to be ‘turned up ” by a zealous arachnologist.

So far I am unable to make any comprehensive note upon

the spider fauna of Cumberland with a view to a knowledge

of the distribution of species ; but the few data which have

come to hand would indicate that many species rare in the

extreme south are abundant in the north, noticeably Amau-

robius fenestralis, Stroem, Lycosa agricola, Th., Cryphaca

silvicola, Blackw., Colotes atropos, Walck., T'meticus scopiger,

Grube; but beyond this fact and the conjecture that we have

up here a number of species which are peculiar to Alpine

regions, it is impossible, with the very small amount of

material yet gathered together, to draw any general conclu-

sions as to climatic influences which may be of any service to

the question of geographical distribution. One would be

inclined to expect that many of the species apparently peculiar

to the north would be found in the southern counties in

localities whose physical characteristics are somewhat similar,

e. g. in the hilly districts of the three extreme south-western

counties and in Wales.

The opportunity has been taken in the following paper of

including in asynoptic table diagnoses of those genera adopted

by M. Simon in his classification of those species of the

family Therididee which fall under one of his subgroups

Linyphini. It is not yet possible to say that the subdivision

70 Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on

of this difficult family is by any means quite satisfactory ; but

the generic characters given may be of assistance to fellow

students who may wish for a few good landmarks to guide

them in the task of threading the intricacies of a distressingly

involved group of spiders.

Fam. Theridide.

Group LINYPHINI.

This large group comprises all those numerous spiders

described under the generic name Linyphia, Bl. & Cambr., as

well as many under the names Neriene, Bl. & Cambr., Micry-

phantes, Menge, and other generic titles.

The spiders have as a rule long slender legs, clothed with

more or less long stout spines. ‘They construct a horizontal

sheet-like web, in many cases having a maze of crossing

and recrossing labyrinthine threads above it, upon bushes,

amongst grass, in the foliage of trees, amongst rocks, in the

corners of outhouses, &e., while many of the smaller members

of the group merely weave a slight horizontal web beneath

stones and over hoof-marks or slight depressions in the ground.

One species, Drapetisca socials (Linyphia, Bl. & Cambr.), is

always found with its legs outstretched and its body lying

flat on fir-tree trunks or smooth rocks.

Below will be found the most tangible characters by which

the members of this group, as characterized by M. Simon in

‘Les Arachnides de France,’ may be recognized, and added to

these will be found a brief summary of the characters which

appear to be most easily observable, and therefore, it is hoped,

the most practically useful, of those genera into which M.

Simon has divided his group Linyphini.

LINYPHINI.

Labium having a fold in the integuinent at the apex (having

the margin reflexed or turned back upon itself). Tibice of the

fourth pair of legs (usually of all the other legs as well) fur-

nished uith two erect spines or bristles on the upperside, one

near the base, the other towards the apex.

The following genera are all represented by one or more

species to be found in Great Britain, and most of them seem

to form good distinctive groups. Zaranucnus, Sim., repre-

sented in our fauna by Linyphia setosa, Cambr., however,

seems scarcely separable from Leptyphantes, while Porhomma,

some obscure British Spiders. 71

Sim., Hilaira, Sim., and Tmeticus, Menge, Sim., run very

close together.

The whole family Theridide is still, as it were, a super-

saturated solution of species, into which M. Simon, Mr. Emer-

ton, and other arachnologists have flung their crystals, and

around these are gradually gathering, like to his like, the

better disposed species who will condescend to recognize a

brother amid the motley heterogeneous assemblage. As to

the others, we must be content for the present to leave them still

in solution until a further boiling down shall concentrate the

residue and render it possible to gather together its wayward

atoms into something like decent scientific order.

Genera.

A. Anterior row of eyes very strongly curved,

its convexity directed forwards.

i, Legs not furnished with spines. Clypeus

very low, slightly wider than the cen-

tral anterior eyes. Central anteriors

larger than the laterals ............ Tapinopa, Westr.

ii. Legs very spinose. Clypeus very high,

equalling the width of the ocular area.

Central anteriors smaller than the late-

MOS tats, <a ear sh Seay aac oka aus, cakes eeceiele}* Frontina, Sim.

B. Anterior row of eyes straight or almost so.

i. Basal joint of falces with two stout

spines on the inner frontal margin of

SESH asc eles sor ereieras Oa car eres oes sient OTs Drapetisca, Menge.

ii. Basal joint of falces without spines in

front.

1*. Anterior metatarsi as long as tibiee.

A. Eyes of posterior row widely sepa-

rated, their intervals always

greater than their diameter.

a. Anterior tarsi very long, at least

two thirds the length of the

TICCHbAESIS oc. niieldcieetnele« « .... Bolyphantes, Menge, Sim.

b. Anterior tarsi only half the

length of the metatarsi (except

MIU) Weiner SCOe Per oe ieee Linyphia, Latr.

B. Eyes of posterior row nearer to-

gether, their intervals smaller than

their diameters.

i, Eyes of anterior row equal in size. Me-

tatarsi armed with several spines .... Zabulla, Sim.

ii, Eyes of anterior row unequal; centrals

much smaller than laterals.

72 Rey. F. O. Pickard-Can

A. Posterior row of eyes strongly

curved, its convexity directed for-

wards. Femora of all four pair of

legs armed with at least one spine

on the upperside .........008-

B. Posterior row of eyes straight or

almost. Femora of first pair of

legs only armed with spines.

(Leptyphantes.)

i. Femora of first pair alone armed with

aspine. Metatarsi of at least the first

two pairs bearing a single erect spine

on the upperside near the base of the

joint (rebulosus, leprosus, alacris, and

munutus have several lateral spines as

well). Falces in both sexes similarly

though very slightly attenuated and

divergent at the apex ..............

ii. Femora of at least the first two pairs

armed with spines. Metatarsi without

any spines at all, Falces of males

alone slightly attenuated and divergent

9*, Anterior metatarsi shorter than the

tibiee.

A. Eyes small and widely separated.

i. Sternum produced behind into a long,

slender, pointed prominence, extending

beyond the coxal joints of the fourth

pair of legs, not suddenly curving

downwards .......000. 260. Secs

uu. Sternum ferméinateng behind and sud-

denly curving down between the coxal

joints of the fourth pair of legs.

a. Legs long and slender; tibial

spines long and stiff. Sternum

terminating in a stout, short,

SOMGAl Point; oo. cis ts.: PRAT

b, Legs short and very stout; tibial

spines short and fine. Sternuin

terminating in a truncate point.

B. Eyes larger and much nearer to-

gether.

i. Legs short and stout. Eyes of posterior

row rarely less than one diameter apart,

usually more. Prominences on which

are situated the lateral eyes scarcely

noticeable ..........

ii. Legs long and more slender. Eyes of

posterior row seldom more than one

diameter apart, usually less. Lateral

eyes situated upon very distinct oblique

prominences,

ibridge on

Taranuenus, Sim.

Leptyphantes, Menge, Sim.

. Bathyphantes, Menge Sim.

Opistoxys, Sim.

Porhomma, Sim.

Milaira, Sim.

Tmeticus, Menge, Sim.

some obscure British Spiders. 73

a. Eyes of posterior row almost

equal in size, centrals slightly

larger.

1. Falces ofmalesmuch attenuated

towards the apex and very

much divergent .......... Microneta, Menge, Sim.

2. Falces of males not attenuated

or divergent; similar in both

BOROM aaa deca ay sina nial nal a Sintula, Sim.

b. Eyes of posterior row unequal ;

centrals very much larger .... Syedra, Sim.

Genus LepryPHANTES, Menge, Simon.

This genus, originally instituted by Herr Menge, has been

adopted by M. Simon for the reception of a certain number of

spiders which, in company with many other species more or

less closely allied, have hitherto been described temporarily

for convenience’ sake by our English arachnologists under the

generic title Linyphia.

The species which the learned French arachnologist has

thus gathered together seem to form a fairly distinct little

group. The close grouping of the eyes, those of the posterior

row not being more than one diameter apart, the sternum never

longer than broad, and the absence of any spines upon the

femora of the second, third, and fourth pairs of legs render

them distinct from a certain number of forms otherwise closely

allied and very much alike in general appearance, while the

presence of at least one erect spine upon the metatarsi will

distinguish them readily from another group of very closely

allied spiders which M. Simon separates under the generic

name Bathyphantes.

The different species which are thus conveniently assembled

under a distinctive name may be again broadly divided inter

se by the following character :—minutus, Bl., nebulosus, Sund.,

alacris, Bl., leprosus, Ohl., exhibit several (four or five) spines

upon the metatarsi of the first two pairs of legs at least, while

the rest, e. g. cristatus, Menge, pallidus, Cambr., zebrinus,

Men., tenebricola, Wid., &c., have only one spine upon the

upperside of the metatarsi near the base.

For further characters we must turn to the general colour

of the spider, as a rule similar in both sexes, and to the abdo-

minal pattern ; but it is often, indeed almost always, necessary

to examine very carefully under a strong simple lens or the

1-inch objective of a compound instrument the palpus and

organs of the male and the epigynal process of the female, in

order to distinguish each sex individually of the various

species.

74 Rey. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on

The palpus, in addition to great divergence in the form of

the base of the digital joint, presents also great differences in

the shape and development of two processes attached to the

palpal organs on the outer side. These are in the following

descriptions termed respectively the “ falciform process” and

the “lateral stylum.” These processes are usually very

distinct in the majority of the Linyphini, but especially so in

species of the genera Leptyphantes, Bathyphantes, Tmeticus,

and Microneta.

The epigynal process of the female is usually an infallible

specific character ; but in some cases the females of two diffe-

rent species present, if any difference, one that is almost

inappreciable, and therefore for practical purposes useless.

A view of the process in profile with a strong simple lens

will usually suffice ; but often under a good light and a 1-inch

objective the form of the apex of the process viewed from

above furnishes a very distinctive character.

It is not of course absolutely necessary that the identifica-

tion of all the species of this or any other obscure genus should

depend entirely upon the variation in form of these minute

portions of structure; but when all other characters have

failed to give a satisfactory and reliable test of specific diffe-

rence, then this must be the last resort of the determined-to-

see-somie-difference scientist, and, failing satisfaction here or

failing to define a difference which, though somehow or other

apparent, can yet neither be described with pen nor delineated

with pencil, then the obstinate irreconcilables must surely

be regarded as in a transition-stage, and must be left until

such time that under the influence of a wholesome self-respect,

aided by other kindly external influences, they get rather more

advanced, when perhaps some gimlet-eyed seer may be

enabled to detect some difference which he can not only feel

himself but can also see and describe in such a way that his

disciples may be able to feel and perceive as well.

In the italicized portions of the following descriptions will

be found as a rule characters which are peculiar to the parti-

cular species under consideration. ‘Those defined in the non-

italicized letterpress are almost all equally shared by one or

more species (sometimes by all) of the genus.

It is necessary, however, to give these also if a thorough

and accurate description of a single species be needed.

Leptyphantes zebrinus, Menge.

(Pl. IL. fig. I. 1, 2, 3, 4.)

Linyphia terricola, Buk.

Linyphia zebrina, Cambr. Spid. of Dorset. p. 182.

Leptyphantes zebrinus, Sim. Les Arach, de France, p. 319,

some obscure British Spiders. 75

Length of male 13 line.

Cephalothoraz, legs, and palpi clear orange-yellow.

Abdomen bearing a dorsal longitudinal series of black V-

shaped bars (the anterior ones broad, the posterior ones fine and

more distinct), standing out conspicuously upon a dull white

ground, the latter speckled with cretaceous spots.

A white, wavy, longitudinal line runs along the lateral area.

Often the whole dorsal area ts dull white, the bars being

barely indicated. Occasionally the prevailing tint ts black,

when the white V-shaped intervals become more conspicuous.

Sternum dark brown, convex, its surface covered with scattered

granulations, each bearing an erect black hair.

Caput rather prominent, owing to the concavity of the

clypeus (wide Pl. II. fig. I. 4).

Hyes conspicuously situated upon black spots. Those of

the posterior row equal and equidistant (though they do not

at first sight appearso). Anterior centrals much smaller than

the laterals, separated by less than half the diameter of one of

them.

Clypeus viewed in profile very concave, higher than the

width of the ocular area, bearing a single upcurved bristle

immediately beneath the central anterior eyes.

Falces attenuated at the apex and very slightly divergent

in the male sex. ‘The outer surface is transversely furrowed

with a row of deep striations in both sexes,

The inner margin has three small teeth.

Legs slender; femora of the first pair bearing a single stout

spine on the upperside, the others bearing no spines. Genual

joints each with one spine. ‘Tibie of all four pairs with two

erect spines on the upperside, those of the first two pairs

having in addition two lateral spines near the apex. Meta-

tarsi of all four pairs bearing one fine bristle near the base on

the upperside.

Palpus of Male.—Humeral joint having on the inner side

near the base a small spine-bearing tubercle, probably working

upon the transverse striz on the outside of the falces.

Cubital joint as broad as long, convex above, bearing a

single curving bristle near its apex. adial joint broader in

Jront, bearing a group of fine hairs, having amongst them a

single, long, curving bristle. Digital joint with the palpal

organs large, orange-red, and rather elongate, exhibiting on

the outer side near the base a faleiform process curving up from

beneath ; its apex is bifid, the anterior branch long, strongly

kneed, and aculeate at the apex (P\. II. fig. I. 1, A, B).

The lateral stylum curves up from beneath, alongside of the

Jalevyorm process, taking a somewhat S-shaped form, termina-

76 Rev. F, O. Pickard-Cambridge on

ting in two black sharp potnts, the lower one being the longest,

ats apex extending beyond the organs (PI. IL. fig. I. 1, A).

The epigyne of the female ts short and conical, bearing at its

apex in front a small tongue-like upcurving process. Itts more

prominent viewed tn profile than that of tenebricola, but when

viewed from above it so much resembles the same structure in

the next species that the difference cannot be described, except

that at all points that of zedrinus is rather more exaggerated

(ig. W.2),

This species, which is very likely to be confounded with

the next, although it will be seen on a close examination to

be very different from it, is of a bright orange-red colour, the

clypeus ts higher than the ocular area, the anterior central

eyes are smaller and nearer together, the palpal organs form a

larger, more elongate mass, the lateral stylum vs much more

conspicuous and longer, while the falciform process is larger

and terminates in a sharp spiniform point.

The spiders are much more brightly coloured than tenebri-

cola. The females can be distinguished by the high clypeus

and the very small central anterior eyes, which are within half

a diameter from each other. The epigyne is more prominent

when viewed in profile.

Very abundant in the autumn amongst grass and other

herbage in woods, running actively in the warm sunshine.

They are recorded from Dorset, Cumberland, Essex, Hert-

fordshire, Cambridgeshire, Kc.

Leptyphantes tenebricola, Wider.

(Pl. IL. fig. IL. 1, 2, 24, 3, 4.)

Linyphia tenebricola, Cambr. Spid. of Dorset. p. 185.

Leptyphantes tenebricola, Sim, Les Arach. de France, p. 317,

Linyphia tenuis, Bl.

Length of male 1} line.

Cephalothorax dull brown, tinged with olive-green, the mar-

ginal line and strie tinged with darker brown.

Legs pale straw-yellow, sometimes with an orange-red tinge.

Abdomen very variable; markings consist of a central

dorsal sertes of transverse, dark black, V-shaped bars, their

free ends being dilated into a small blotch. The anterior

shoulders of the abdomen exhibit a short white slash of creta-

ceous spots, often in the male sex being the only pale markings

on the abdomen, the rest black. Often the pale dull-white

ground-colour is predominant, and the apices of the V-shaped

bars becoming obsolete, the dorsal pattern resolves itself into two

longitudinal series of dark spots, these often obsolete except just

some obscure British Spiders. rae

above the spinners, the space immediately above the latter organs

being black. The lateral area exhibits a more or less well-

defined, longitudinal, sinuous white line, often entirely obsolete

in the middle. The ventral surface is uniformly black or lighter

brown.

Sternum dark brown-black, very convex, covered with

scattered granulations, each of these bearing an erect black

hair.

Caput prominent in front ; clypeus scarcely as wide as the

ocular area, very concave, bearing in front immediately below

the eyes a single, strong, upcurved bristle (fig. I. 4).

Eyes situated upon dark spots ; those of posterior row equal

in size and equidistant.

Central anteriors smaller than the laterals and separated by

almost a full diameter from each other (fig. LI. 3).

Falces three times as long as the clypeus, slightly attenu-

ated and slightly divergent at the apex in the male sex,

parallel in the female sex.

The outer surface of the basal joint is in both sexes trans-

versely furrowed with a row of strie. ‘The upper margin of

the fang-groove is furnished with three sharp teeth, the two

at the angle being longest.

Legs long, not stout, the femora of the first pair bearing

one long spine on the upperside, the others bearing none.

Genual joints bearing each one spine. Tibiz of all four

pairs bearing two erect spines on the upperside, those of the

first two pairs bearing in addition two lateral spines on either

side near the apex.

Palpus of Male.—Humeral joint bearing on inner side at

the base a small spine-bearing tubercle. Cudbdtal yoint rather

longer than broad, convex above, bearing a short sinuous

bristle near the apex above. udial joint longer than the

cubital, wide in front, bearing a long curved bristle near apex

above.

Digital joint with the palpal organs forming a small, com-

pact, rounded mass, having on the outer side near the base a

falciform process, small, rather abruptly curved upwards, bifid

at its termination, one branch being produced into a slender,

sinuous, blunt process, not aculeate.

The lateral stylum curves upwards and forwards, terminating

in two black points, the lower one being longest, but its apex

scarcely reaches the anterior margin of the palpal organs.

This process ts much smaller and less prominent than in

“ zebrinus,”’ as indeed is the whole digital joint (fig. I. 1,

A; B).

The epigyne of the female is less prominent when viewed in

78 Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on

profile than that of “zebrinus,” appearing as a somewhat

conical protuberance, bearing at its apex a rounded tongue-like

projection (fig. II. 2, 2 A).

Very similar to the last species, but can readily be distin-

guished if the following points be noted :—

The whole spider in both sexes is of a dull yellow-brown

colour where the last species is orange-red, the legs pale

yellow. The clypeus is scarcely as high as the ocular area.

The anterior central eyes are not much smaller than the

laterals and are nearly one diameter apart. The palpus of

the male forms a much smaller, black, compact, rounded mass ;

the falciform process is smaller and its apex is not aculeate ;

the lateral stylum is not nearly so prominent, nor does its apex

extend beyond the palpal organs. Otherwise the spiders look

very much alike.

It is a very common species amongst grass and herbage. I

have taken it most abundantly in stables, where it spins its

slight horizontal web in the angles of the walls.

Leptyphantes pinicola, Simon.

(Pl, Ui die SET 2 oa)

Length of male 1 line, female 1} line.

Cephalothorax sepia-brown, darker along the lines of seg-

mentation and round the margin.

Abdomen dull black, iridescent in a strong light, having an

olive tinge, without any visible pattern or pale markings.

Legs reddish straw-yellow, the metatarsal and tarsal joints

tinged with brown.

Sternum black.

Caput, viewed in profile, a little prominent, owing to the

concavity of the clypeus.

Eyes \arge, central anteriors much smaller. Those of the

posterior row in a slightly curving line, its convexity directed

forwards, close together, scarcely one diameter apart. Lateral

anteriors larger than central anteriors, the latter almost con-

tiguous and scarcely one diameter from the laterals.

Legs slender, not long. Femora of first pair with one or

two spines above, the others unarmed. Anterior metatarsi as

long as tibie. Tibial joints of all four pairs of legs bearing

five or six long spines, each at least three times as long as

the width of the joint. Genual joint with one long spine at

the apex. Metatarsi of all four pairs with one erect spine on

the basal third of the upperside of the joint.

Clypeus as high as the width of the ocular area, very much

concave, bearing in front a single upcurved bristle. (AJmost

identical in form with that of L, tenebricola, Wider.)

some obscure British Spiders. 79

Falces three times as long as the height of the clypeus,

slightly convex and slightly divergent at the apex in the male,

parallel in the female ; bearing on the upper margin of the

fang-groove two short, sharp, conspicuous teeth and a third

smaller one.

Labium with its margin reflexed (as in all the Linyphini).

Sternum not very convex, black, granulose, and set with

stiff black hairs.

Lalpus of Male (fig. III. 2, 3, 4).— Cubctal joint of the male

palpus a little longer than broad, convex above, bearing at its

apex a single fine bristle.

Radial joint as broad at the apex as it is long (in a lateral

view), bearing a few short hairs and a single bristle at its

apex.

Digital joint forming with the semi-inclosed palpal organs

a small globular mass.

Palpal organs exhibiting on the outer side near the base the

usual chitinous falciform process (not abnormally developed

in this species), also a long, slender, flattened, spine-like

process, originating from below the base of the faleiform process,

curving upwards, and directed in a straight line forwards,

terminating far beyond the apex of the main palpal organs in

a sharp strongly curved point, exhibiting on the lower side,

rather more than halfway from the base to the apex, a small,

sharp, barb-like spine.

The curved apex of this process seems to be aculeate, but

under a strong lens it appears ensiform.

This curious and very distinctive process is merely a highly-

developed form of the same process (which has been termed

in this paper the lateral stylum) exhibited on the palpal

organs of several allied species of British spiders, notably

LL. zebrina and L. tenebricola. In these two species the two

black points of the process, however, scarcely pass beyond the

main palpal organs.

The epigyne consists of a long, dark, ovipositor-like promi-

nence, projecting downwards at an angle from the ventral

surface, bent suddenly (like the spout of a water-pot) near its

termination, and squarely truncate at the apex, its outer side

being clothed with stiff dark hairs (fig. III. 1).

This exceedingly distinct and satisfactory little spider has

no really close ally amongst known British species, tenebricola

alone approaching it in general form and structure. From

that species it may be distinguished at once by the absence of

all markings on the abdomen and of course by the form of the

palpal organs and of the epigyne.

On the continent are found, however, several very closely

80 Rey. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on

allied species which exhibit the same process on the male

palpal organs highly developed, though of a different form.

Four males and one female of this curious little species

(which is new to the British list) were taken by myself on

Sept. 18, 1890, beneath stones upon the steep sides of the ridge

known as the Swirrel edge, close to the summit of Helvellyn.

They were apparently plentiful, and forty or fifty could no

doubt easily have been secured had I glanced at my captures

and perceived their value.

Doubtless careful search will bring to light in these districts

some more of the continental species peculiar to the mountain

regions.

Genus T'Mericus, Menge, Simon.

This genus comprises a number of spiders very distinct in

general appearance from those of the last genus, or indeed

from those of the greater part of the Linyphini.

They may be recognized by their rather short stout form,

by the round, somewhat hirsute abdomen, by their stout legs

and the blufly rounded caput with eyes large and closely

grouped.

They approach in general appearance the spiders comprised

under M. Simon’s group Enoplognathini, but the margin of

the labium of these latter is not reflexed as it is in the Liny-

hini.

. The following species are found in Great Britain :—T7.

bicolor, Bl. (sub Linyphia, Blk., and Nertene, Cambr.),

T. concinnus, Thor., 7’. sylvaticus, Bl. (sub Neriene), T. rufus,

Wid., TV. afiinis, Bl. (sub Nertene), T. Huthwaitii, Cambr.

(sub Nerene), 7’. scopiger, Grube (Linyphia rufa, Cambr.),

T. Warburtonit, Cambr., 7’. arcanus, Cambr. (sub Neriene,

Cambr.), 7. prudens, Cambr. (sub Neriene, Cambr.), 7. ab-

normis, Bl. (sub Linyphia, Bl.), T. niger, F. Cambr.

Of these 7. bicolor, Bl., is by tar the commonest, while

the others are all more or less rare, found beneath stones or

low down amongst herbage in damp situations. The species

described below appears to be quite new and forms a fine

addition to our spider-fauna.

Tmeticus niger, sp.n. (Pl. II. fig. IV. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.)

Length of male 14 line, of female 2 lines.

Cephalothorax pale sepia-brown, depth of tint varying in

different specimens, the thoracic and cephalic lines of segmen-

tation being picked out with darker brown.

Abdomen dull black, clothed with short dark hairs, usually

some obscure British Spiders. 81

without pale markings, in some specimens, however, much

paler ; sometimes exhibiting, as four very small pale dots upon

the dorsal area, the normal depressions in the integument

which indicate the points of attachment of the dorsal ventral

muscles ; following these on either side to the spinners are a series

of slender, oblique, pale lines.

Legs stout, short, dull yellow-brown, tinged in some specimens

with orange.

Sternum pale sepia-brown.

Caput broad and bluffly rounded, considerably raised behind

the eyes (fig. IV. 5).

Clypeus higher than the width of the ocular area, quite

smooth, devoid of hairs and bristles.

Eyes large, forming a closely situated group, the centrals

of both rows being slightly smaller than the laterals. Poste-

rior row slightly curved, its convexity directed backwards.

Central posteriors one diameter apart; lateral posteriors each

one and a half diameter from its adjacent central.

Anterior row straight; centrals smaller than laterals, very

close together, separate one quarter of a diameter. The lateral

anteriors each a little more than one diameter from its adja-

cent central.

The four centrals form a trapezium whose anterior side is

much narrower than the posterior.

Lateral eyes of both rows situated upon slightly raised

oblique tubercles (fig. LV. 5).

Falces.—Basal joint much longer than the height of the

clypeus, very stout, convex and slightly divergent at the

apex ; its outer surface finely striated ; without granulations,

denticulations, or inner-frontal teeth. The upper margin of

the fang-groove is armed with five stout sharp teeth, the

three centrals being the longest.

Labium much hollowed out, so that the upper margin is

strongly reflexed.

Mawxille as broad at the base as long, but longer than the

average breadth ; the outer margins obliquely rounded,

Sternum as broad as long, terminating behind between the

coxal joints of the fourth pair of legs in a broad truncate

prolongation.

Legs.—No spines upon the femora.

Metatarst shorter than the tibie and without spines.

Tibice with two erect fine spines on the upperside; genual

joint with ove at its apex on the upperside.

Palpus of Male.—Humeral joint of palpus long, cubital joint

without bristles, radial joint much enlarged on the upperside

and produced forwards over the base of the digital joint, form-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. vii. 6

82 Rey. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on

ing a large, concave, cup-like cavity. Its apex is depressed and

its outer margin ts clothed with long black hairs.

The palpal organs exhibit the normal faledform process on

the outside at the base, while at the apex are two spur-like

apophyses, one stout, black, and sinuous, the other paler and

more slender, their points curving across each other. A long

circular spine, stout at the base, lies within the concavity of the

apex of the digital joint, not easy to see nor of much specific

importance (fig. IV. 1, 2).

The epigyne of the female is not prominent nor produced into

a tongue-like or ovtpositor-like process. Viewed in profile it

forms a short, stout, sparsely truncate, conical prominence

(fig. IV. 3, 4).

The italicized portion of the above description contains

specific characters only.

This species can be distinguished in both sexes from e#-

pertus, Cambr., arcanus, Cambr., bicolor, Bl., concinnus, 'Th.,

sylvaticus, Bl., and prudens, Cambr., by the absence of femoral

spines.

In the male sex, from rufus, Wid., and affinis, Bl., by the

absence of a tooth in front of the basal joint of the falces upon

the inner side.

From scopiger, Grube, and Warburtonit, Cambr., by the ab-

sence of the series of stiff spines upon a prominence on the

inner side of the radial joint. From Huthwaitit by the very

much larger digital joint and quite short inconspicuous radial

joint of this latter species.

From abnormis, Bl., by its much smaller size and by the

large concave radial joint above described ; niger, F. Cambr.,

is also black in colour, while abnormis, Bl., is orange-yellow.

In the female sex, niger, F. Cambr., may be distinguished

from scopiger, Grube, Warburtonti, Cambr., rufus, Wid., and

abnormis, Bl., by the much more prominent epigyne in these

species. Huthwaitii, Cambr., and affinis, Bl., are much larger

spiders.

This fine spider does not seem to have been described before.

Ten specimens were taken by myself on Sept. 18, 1890,

beneath loose pieces of stone scattered in abundance upon the

summit of Helvellyn. The females were usually found

beneath a thin horizontal sheet of webbing stretched across

depressions in the soil beneath the stones.

Genus Microneta, Menge, Simon.

This genus contains several small, slender, elegant, fine-

legged, active spiders hitherto placed by English arachnolo-

gists in the genus Nervene. They exhibit, in common with

some obscure British Spiders. 83

several more genera (vide Table of Genera), the metatarsi of

the first and second pairs of legs shorter than the tibia.

The eyes are large and near together (closely grouped to-

ether).

J The genus may be best recognized by the fact that the

lateral eyes are placed upon a conspicuous oblique prominence.

The caput is not so rounded and bluff as in the genus

Tmeticus.

The falces of the males are much attenuated and divergent

towards the apex and hollowed out on the inner margin,

unlike those of Leptyphantes and Bathyphantes, whose falces

are only very slightly divergent and narrowed at the apex.

This genus exhibits no metatarsal spines.

Microneta sublimis, Cambr., 1875.

(PIPER fie. VEE 1) 20354" 5.)

Neriene sublimis, Camby. List of Aran. and Phalan. Berwickshire and

Northumberland, 1875; Spid. of Dorset. p. 491.

Length of male 1 line, female 1 line.

Cephalothorax pale sepia-brown, margined and tinged along

the segmentary strice with darker brown, exhibiting a darker

spot at the point of convergence of the cephalic stric.

Abdomen short, convex, black, glossy, clothed with fine short

pubescence.

Legs pale orange-yellow, femora brighter orange.

Sternum black, not very convex, bearing some short erect

hairs.

Caput not prominent (except where the anterior central

eyes project over the clypeus), bearing a few curving hairs.

Eyes of the posterior row situated in a slightly curving

line, its convexity directed backwards ; equidistant, separated

by one diameter, the centrals slightly larger than the laterals.

Eyes of the anterior row situated in a straight line, the cen-

trals smaller than the laterals, separated from them by one

diameter, from each other by half of one of their diameters.

Clypeus barely as high as the width of the ocular area, very

slightly concave, bearing a single, short, upcurving bristle

just below the eyes.

Falces at least four times as long as the height of the

clypeus. Basal joint stout, convex, almost parallel, and not

attenuated in the female, bearing on the inner angle two sharp

teeth and some smaller ones below; in the male sex much

more convex, very divergent and attenuated, very concave on

the inner side towards the apex, bearing at the most promi-

nent point of the angle three small teeth, also a row of fine

hairs between these and the apex ; furnished also with a single

84 Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on

tooth on either side (above and below) the point of articulation

of the fang.

The basal joint is also grooved on its external lateral sur-

face with deep transverse striations, its frontal surface bearing

towards the outer margin a few minute setigerous tubercles

(fo: VIL. 1, 2);

Legs short and slender. Femoral dorsal spines absent (one

beneath near apex) ; one genual and two tibial spines; no

metatarsal spines. Metatarsi of first two pairs of legs shorter

than the tibie.

Palpus of Male—Humeral joint curved and slightly ineras-

sated towards the apex (exhibiting on the inner side close to

the base a small spine-bearing tubercle, apparently connected

with and perhaps working upon the transverse striations on

the falces).

Oubital joint as broad as long, convex above, bearing near

its apex, besides a few short hairs, a single stout sinuous bristle.

Radial joint about as broad as long, wider in front, and

somewhat angular and prominent on the upper anterior mar-

gin, bearing only a few short hairs.

Digital joint (viewed in profile) very slightly prominent near

the base above. Palpal organs bearing at the base below on

the inner side a short, stout, obtusely conical, squarely truncate

prominence, curving inwards (viewed from above). This

prominence (viewed in profile) s directed backwards as a stout

blunt spur (fig. VII. 3, 4).

Epigyne of female appears as a conical obtusely truncate

prominence, very broad (broader almost than long), slightly

bilobed at the apex, which is furnished with a small, bifid,

chitinous tongue, having on either side two concavities.

The form of the epigyne is almost exactly similar to that

of rurestris, C. K.,and | cannot give any character other than

the deeper coloration of the cephalothorax and abdomen and

the darker red-tinged legs to help to distinguish the two

(fig. VII. 5).

The species was first described by the Rev. O. Pickard-

Cambridge, in a list of northern spiders published in 1875 *,

from a specimen found upon the Cheviot Hills. No speci-

mens have been captured since that time until Sept. 1890,

when I myself had the good fortune to discover seven or eight

of both sexes beneath stones upon the steep sides of one of the

“ pnasses ” usually traversed in ascending Mount Helvellyn, in

Cumberland. Many more specimens could doubtless have

been obtained.

* “List of Araneidea and Phalangidea,” Proc. Berwickshire N. H.

Club vol. vii. p. 814.

some obscure British Spiders. 85

The above description is taken from these specimens.

Very rarely taken, but probably common in the moun-

tainous districts. It is recorded from the Cheviot Hills and

Mount Helvellyn.

This species is remarkably similar to others of the genus

found in Britain, namely rurestris, C. K., subtilis, Cambr.,

tnnotabilis, Cambr., while it is closely allied to two continental

species, Grouvellec, Cambr., and nigripes, Sim.

The greater part of the species composing this genus are

very similar in general appearance, and require very careful

examination with a strong glass to determine the identity of

members of the male sex, while the females seem to defy

differentiation ; at least M. Simon has declared that he can in

many cases find no reliable characters, and I feel sure that

where he has failed I am not likely to succeed. It may be

that several of those now regarded as distinct species will

have to be lumped together as one, while the variations may be

regarded as those of localized races whose characters, though

perhaps in process of development, are not yet sufficiently

defined to merit the qualification specific.

Subjoined is a table which gives some idea of the specific

characters of the males of the less obscure species.

A. Cubital joint of palpus bearing on the upperside

at the apex a tuft of long fine hairs. Humeral

joint of palpus incrassated towards the apex ., M. viaria, Bl.

B. Cubital joint of palpus bearing only a short sinu-

ous bristle at itsapex. Humeral joint not much

incrassated towards the apex.

I. Clypeus higher than the width of the ocular

area.

a, Prominence of digital joint at the base on the

upperside very large and conical. Base of

digital joint truncate on the inner side, not

Wearing a tubercle 5 -/er ts) s.'icls iets vies M. conigera, Cambr,

b. Prominence of digital joint at the base on the

upperside not very large. Digital joint

furnished at the base on the inner side with

a small, conical, tubercular prominence .. M, subtilis, Cambr.

II. Clypeus as high or lower than the width of

the ocular area.

A. Eyes of posterior row equidistant, separated

by a distance equal to one of their diameters.

1. Digital joint conical and very prominent

on the upperside near the base. Palpal

organs exhibiting no conical prominence

ainGhe pase Peneath , ..0.05 «<eteiserea ns « M. rurestris, C. K.

86 Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on

2. Digital joint scarcely at all prominent on

the upperside near the base. Palpal

organs exhibiting at the base on the inner

side and beneath a_ stout, conical,

squarely truncate prominence, directed

backwards and recurved inwards and

UP WAT OS pee ep tne cir aeier aia tenid oveia aia.e M. sublimis, Cambr.

B. Eyes of posterior row not equidistant ; the

centrals of the row separated from each

other by a distance greater than that sepa- [Cambr.

rating each from the adjacent lateral eye.. M. innotabilis,

Neriene decora, Cambr., which I have been unable to

examine, must be closely allied to subtilis, Cambr., while

Neriene mollis, Cambr., is closely allied to rurestris, C. K.

Good opportunities having lately offered themselves of

examining a great number of recently captured specimens of

the two very closely allied species Zmeticus bicolor, Bl., and

Lmeticus concinnus, Th., I venture to give figures and a

short description of those characters which seem to be most

serviceable for distinguishing the two.

At first sight the two species appear to be merely extreme

varieties in point of size of one species, and it will scarcely be

finally settled as to whether the species be physiologically

distinct and thus fulfil all the criteria of true species, until it

be shown that those described under concinnus, Th., either

do not pair with, or, if they do, are unfertile with those

described under the name bicolor, Bl.

There is every variation in the size of the spiders and the

position of the eyes, the height of the clypeus, and the spines

beneath the tibize of the first two pair of legs, peculiarities of

structure which form very good distinctive characters if com-

pared in two specimens standing at the extreme opposing

ends of the line, yet so variable themselves in intermediate

_ forms as to render it almost impossible to say of many speci-

mens whether we have before us examples of concinnus, ‘Th., °

or bicolor, Bl.

One would be inclined to suppose that in cases like these

we have before us excellent examples of that stopping-out

process of linking characters which is carried on by the

various selective influences, whether physiological or environ-

mental, amongst a series of individuals originally of one stock

now in process of being broken up into the groups which form

what science knows as distinct species.

The characters given below are very variable. The most

some obscure British Spiders. 87

constant and reliable seems to be that afforded by the relative

position of the eyes and the height of the clypeus.

The two specimens from which the characters are sketched

are from the extreme opposite ends of a long series.

Tmeticus bicolor, Bl. (Pl. II. fig. V. 1, 2.)

Neriene bicolor, Blackw.

Linyphia bicolor, Th.

Linyphia bicolor, Cambr. Spid. of Dorset. p. 206.

Size much larger.

Eyes of posterior row separated by a full diameter from each

other.

Clypeus higher than the width of the ocular area.

Tibi of first two pair of legs bearing beneath two rows of

from four to seven spines.

Metatarsi of third and fourth pair of legs bearing one dorsal

aud two lateral spines.

Tmeticus concinnus, Th. (Pl. II. fig. VI.)

Linyphia concinnus, Th.

Size much smaller.

Eyes of posterior row separated by only one half the

diameter of one of them.

Clypeus scarcely as high as the width of the ocular area.

Tibie of first two pair of legs bearing a double row of from

two to four spines.

Metatarsi of third and fourth pairs of legs bearing only one

spine on the upperside.

List of Spiders described.

Leptyphantes zebrinus, Menge, p. 74.

Leptyphantes tenebricola, Wider., p. 76.

Leptyphantes pinicola, Simon, p. 78.

Tmeticus niger, F. Cambr., p. 80.

Tmeticus bicolor, Bl., p. 87.

Tmeticus concinnus, Th., p. 87.

Microneta sublimis, Cambr. p, 83.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

Fig. 1. Leptyphantes zebrinus, Menge.

1. Profile view of right palpus of the male. a, falciform process; B,

lateral stylum.

2. Profile view of epigyne of female.

3. View of the caput, eyes, and clypeus from in front.

4, Profile view of cephalothorax ; legs and palpi truncated.

88 Mr. F. E. Beddard on the

Fig. UL. Leptyphantes tenebricola, Wider.

1. Profile view of right palpus of the male. a, falciform process; B,

lateral stylum.

2. Profile view of epigyne of female. 2a. View of the apex of the

epigyne from above. The letters a, B, C, D indicate the corre-

sponding portions of structure in each view.

3. View of the caput, eyes, and clypeus from in front. .

4, Profile view of the cephalothorax ; legs and palpi truncated.

Fig. U1. Leptyphantes pinicola, Simon.

1. Profile view of epigyne of female, exhibiting the basal joints of

the third and fourth pair of legs. a, lateral stylum.

2. Profile view of right palpus of male.

3, 4, Other views of the lateral stylum.

Fig. IV. Tmeticus niger, sp. n.

1. Profile view of right palpus of male, showing characteristic radial

joint.

: Apatite profile view of radial joint, showing its concave structure.

. Profile view of epigyne of female.

. View of the apex of epigyne from above.

. Caput and eyes from in front.

. Profile outline of spider, palpi and legs truncated.

Fig. V. Tmeticus bicolor, Bl.

1, Caput, eyes, and clypeus from in front.

2. Palpus of male, showing characteristic tuft of bristles upon radial

joint.

Fig. Vi. Tmeticus concinnus, Thor. Caput, eyes, and clypeus from in

front.

Fig. VIL. Microneta sublimis, Cambr.

. Basal joint and fang of male from in front.

. Basal joint and base of fang ; lateral view.

. Digital, radial, and cubital joints and palpus of male from beneath,

showing at A the spur-like apophysis.

4, Profile view of right palpus of male, showing at a the spur-like

apophysis.

5. View of epigyne of female from above.

o> OU CO bo

One

VIII.— Abstract of some Investigations into the Structure of the

Oligocheta. By Frank EK. Bepparp, M.A., &e.

Oligocheeta intermediate between the Limicole and Terricole

of Claparede.

CLAPAREDE’S division of the Oligocheta into Oligocheta

Limicole and Oligocheta Terricole (‘ Recherches Anato-

miques sur les Oligochétes,” Mém. Soc. Phys. Geneve, t. XV1.,

1862), though certainly expressing the knowledge of his

time when Lumbricus was the only terrestrial Annelid whose

anatomy was known, has been shown to be no longer tenable.

Many of the characters believed to be restricted to the

Limicole have been discovered in Earthworms. The only

Structure of the Oligocheta. 89

one of the points enumerated by Claparéde which has hitherto

held good is the absence of a vascular plexus upon the

nephridia of the Limicolz, and the presence of such a plexus

in the Terricole.

Mr. Benham in 1886 (‘ Studies in Earthworms,’’ Quart.

Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xxvi. pp. 215, 216) still retained the

division, though with some other structural distinctions.

The Terricolz are thus distinguished :—

(1) Nephridia present in genital segments.

(2) Abundant vascular network on nephridia.

(3) Almost universal presence of a gizzard (exc. Ponto-

drilus).

(4) The much smaller size of ova and the compactness of

the ovary.

The first character could not now be made use of, since Vej-

dovsky (Syst. u. Morph. d. Oligochaeten, p. 150, footnote)

had discovered nephridia in the genital segments of the

sexually mature Lumbriculus.

The last-mentioned author (loc. cit. p. 14) dropped this

scheme of classification and divided the Oligocheta into a

series of families corresponding to the prominent generic types.

The last three characters, however, still remained good, until

in 1887 Giard found (“Sur un Nouveau Genre de Lom-

briciens phosphorescents et sur l’Espéce ‘Type de ce Genre

Photodrilus phosphoreus, Dugés,”’ Comptes Rendus, Nov. 7,

1887) that Photodrilus was without a gizzard; this was ex-

tended by Rosa (“Sui Generi Pontodrilus, Microscoler e

Photodrilus,” Boll. Mus. Zool, Torino, vol. ii. No. 39, 1888)

to Microscolex. Criodrilus also possesses no gizzard, and

apparently Pymeodrilus. Photodrilus and Pontodrilus also

render it necessary to dispense with the first of Mr. Benham’s

characters, for in them the nephridia do not commence until

the 14th or 15th segment.

Notwithstanding these facts Rosa (‘ Nuova Classificazione

dei Terricoli,” Boll. Mus. Zool. Torino, vol. iii, 1888,

No. 41) adhered so far to the Classification of Claparéde as

to retain his group Terricole ; he admitted, however, the un-

tenability of the group Limicole.

The latest contribution to the question is by Mr. Benham

( An Attempt to classify Karthworms,” Quart. Journ. Micr.

Sci. vol. xxxi. pp. 201 et seg.). He distinguishes two sub-

classes, viz. Naidomorpha and Lumbricomorpha. These are

distinguished mainly on account of the occurrence of asexual

reproduction in the former, and its absence in the latter. The

statement that the blood in the Naidomorpha is uncoloured is

only partially true, for in Naids it is yellowish red. If it be

90 Mr. F. E. Beddard on the

definitely shown that in Ilyodrilus, which presents many

intermediate characters between Naids and Tubificide, there

is no asexual reproduction, this division seems reasonable *.

The Lumbricomorpha are “divided roughly” into two

Orders, Microdrili or ‘ Waterworms,” and Megadrili_ or

“Harthworms.” One constant difference alone is allowed to

distinguish the two Orders, ¢. e. the presence or absence of a

capillary network upon the nephridia.

As a matter of fact these groups might be further dis-

tinguished as follows :—

Microdrili. Megadril.

(1) Sexual maturity at a fixed (1) Sexual maturity more or less

eriod, continuous.

(2) Clitellum consisting of a single (2) Clitellum consisting of two

layer of modified cells only. distinct layers of cells.

(8) Ova of large size and few. (5) Ova small and numerous.

This separation between Microdrili and Megadrili is, how-

ever, rendered almost impossible by the structural characters

of Ocnerodrilus, which I have recently had the opportunity

of examining. Kisen’s account of the anatomy of this form

(On the Anatomy of Ocnerodrilus,” Nova Acta Reg. Soc.

Upsala, 1878), at present the only one, does not agree in

every particular with my own observations. I find that the

testes are in the LOth and 11th segments, and the ovary in

the 13th ; the sperm-sacs, which do not enclose the testes or

vasa deferentia funnels, are in segments 10-13 ; the oviducts

open into the 14th segment; the vasa deferentia open into

the 17th segment in company with a glandular atrium. The

clitellum extends from the 13th to the 19th segment and has

the same structure as that of Lumbricus.

So far the characters of Ocnerodrilus are those of the

Megadrili, but it agrees with the Microdrili in two important

points, one of which has been shown by Hisen in a figure,

though not commented upon. This character is the total

absence of any vascular plexus round the nephridia; I may

further remark that the nephridia of the posterior segments

(from the 20th) differ from those of the anterior segments in

being surrounded by a mass of large clear cells as in

many Microdrili and in Pontodrilus (Perrier, “ Organisation

des Pontodrilus,” Arch. Zool. Exp. t. ix. 1881). In the

genital segments of a specimen with fully-developed clitellum,

testes, sperm-sacs, &c., the nephridia were present with the

exception of the 11th and 12th segments (and here they were

* It is practically that of d’Udekem (“ Mémoire sur les Lombriciens,”

Premiére Partie. Mém. Acad. Roy. Belg. t. xxxvi.).

Structure of the Oligocheta. ot

recognizable though very rudimentary) ; they commence in

segment 3.

The second character in which Ocnerodrilus resembles the

Microdrili is the large size of the ova; they are not, how-

ever, so large as in Phreoryctes, Enchytreus, &c., but con-

siderably larger than in any earthworm known to me.

Ocnerodrilus has no gizzard; it has septal glands; the

atrium is lined by a single layer of cells as in the Microdrili

and Moniligaster. It is clear, therefore, that the only

characters distinguishing the Microdrili from the Megadrili are

Nos. 1 and 2 of the list given above.

It is a question whether they are sufficient, in view of

important points of agreement, to distinguish two such groups.

T am inclined, for the present at least, to think not, and to

revert to Vejdovsky’s arrangement into families.

In discussing the affinities of any particular type of

Oligocheet it is therefore necessary to compare it with a par-

ticular family and not to be content with indicating resem-

blances to the aquatic Oligocheta or to the terrestrial

Oligochzeta as a whole.

I have lately received from New Zealand, through the

kindness of Mr. W. Smith of Ashburton, a number of

examples of an Annelid which were collected in wet soil not

far from the margin of a swamp.

I am uncertain whether to refer it to the Lumbriculide or

Phreoryctide ; it forms in any case a new generic type for

which I propose the name of Pelodrilus.

I have referred above to Vejdovsky’s discovery that in the

sexually mature Lumbriculus the genital segments contain

nephridia ; although this one exception is sufficient to prove

that the absence or presence of nephridia in the genital region

is not a character of first-rate classificatory significance, the

fact that Pelodrilus agrees with Lumbriculus is a further

proof that the Lumbriculide and Phreoryctide stand nearest

to some of the simpler forms of Earthworms. Iam not certain

as to Lumbriculus, but in Pelodrilus there is no vascular plexus

upon the nephridia. I have shown elsewhere (“On the

Anatomy, Histology, and Affinities of Phreoryctes,” Trans.

Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. xxxv. (1889), pt. ii. No. 16) that

the gonads and their ducts in Phreoryctes are extremely simple

in structure, and that the male gonads and ducts correspond

more closely than is the rule with the female gonads and

ducts. In these particulars they resemble the gonads and

ducts of the young Acanthodrilus just escaped from the

cocoon. In Pelodrilus the gonads lie in segments 10, 11, and

92 Mr. F. E. Beddard on the

12, the testes in the two former, and the ovaries in the latter

segment. As compared with Phreoryctes, therefore, one pair

of ovaries (belonging to the 13th segment) have been lost.

The sperm-ducts open by funnels into the segments con-

taining the testes: their external apertures are upon segment

xii. ; there is not a common aperture for the two vasa deferentia

of each side, but each opens independently, one a little in

front of the other. The conditions are therefore intermediate

between those of Phreoryctes and Hisenia*. There are two

pairs of vasa deferentia, as in both forms, but these open on

to the same segment as in Misenia, though separately as in

Phreoryctes. It must be remembered, however, that at present

we have no knowledge of the internal structure of Hisenia.

In any case there is no known Limicolous Oligochet in which

the vasa deferentia open on to the exterior more than one

segment behind that which contains the coelomic funnel.

Another point in which Pelodrilus presents an affinity to

the higher types is the specially thickened intersegmental septa

of certain of the anterior segments. ‘This fact is of some

interest, because it tends to show that the medium in which

the worm lives has some relation to the presence of these thick

septa. Pelodrilus inhabits soil like Harthworms, and unlike

its more immediate allies which swim in the water or burrow

in the naturally soft mud at the bottom of pools and rivers.

A new Genus allied to Kiclipidrilus of Eisen.

One of the most singular types of Oligocheta that has been

described is Hisen’s genus Lelipidrilus (‘‘ Kclipidrilide and

their Anatomy,” Nova Act. Soc. R. Upsala, 1881). Its

main peculiarity consists in the inclusion of a vesicula

seminalis within the sperm-duct; the sperm-duct apparently

is not provided with a funnel of the usual pattern, but opens

by three apertures placed close together into the ccelom, while

the vesicula in its interior has a ciliated mouth.

I have lately received from New Zealand an Annelid

which presents certain resemblances to Lelipidrilus. It

was found by Mr. Smith, of Ashburton, in water from a well

pumped up from a considerable depth, and I propose for it

the name of Phreodrilus. 'The accompanying diagram shows

the general arrangement of the sperm-duct, which is quite

unique in its structure, unless it proves to resemble that of

Eclipidrilus. The atrial pores are paired structures on seg-

* Tetragonurus, the name originally proposed by Eisen for this genus,

being pre-occupied, Vaillant (“ Annélides,” Suites & Buffon) has suggested

its replacement by the name “ Eisenia.”

Structure of the Oligocheta. 93

ment 12. The atrium commences as a sinuous tube, which

widens out to form a large thin-walled sac with muscular

walls. This sac when cut open (see fig. 1) is seen to be nearly

Fig. 1.

Sperm-duct of Phreodrilus.

A, atrium ; /,its junction with vas deferens ; 7, junction of the latter with

cecal appendage (Sp); v.d, vas deferens; p, external pore of atrium.

The segments are numbered.

filled with a much coiled continuation of the atrium and the

vas deferens. The vas deferens makes its exit from the

atrium at a point nearly opposite to its entrance ; just before

this point it gives off (7 in the figure) a diverticulum which,

after being bent several times upon itself, ends blindly in the

neighbourhood of the funnel in which the vas deferens ter-

minates. The periatrial sac is filled with ripe spermatozoa

not indicated in the woodcut. It is not, however, as far as I

can ascertain, a ccelomic sac ; its cavity is simply produced by

a splitting off of the greater part of its muscular tissue from

the atrium.

How the spermatozoa find their way in, unless it be through

the gaps between the individual fibres, I cannot imagine;

neither have I succeeded in finding any communication be-

tween the sac and the interior of the vas deferens. The

diverticulum of the vas deferens is lined with a non-ciliated

glandular epithelium and has a muscular covering ; its struc-

ture is indeed precisely that of the unusually elongated

94 Mr. F. E. Beddard on the

spermathece which open on to the exterior in the following

segment (the 13th). I am inclined to regard the diver-

ticulum in question as the equivalent of the second vas

deferens of the Lumbriculide ; and it may also furnish a clue

to the origin of spermathece. It seems a reasonable hypo-

thesis to derive these organs from diverticula of the genital

ducts. At present, however, both these suggestions are put

forward only tentatively.

This genus can be recognized as a perfectly distinct form

by an examination of its external characters only, which

is by no means always the case with the Oligocheeta.

The sete are highly characteristic, and their shape can be

best appreciated by an inspec-

tion of the accompanying Fig. 2.

woodcut (fig. 2). The dorsal

rows consist each of a single

capilliform seta, not unlike

those of the Tubificide (cf. a

e.g. Antonin Stole “ Mono-

eraphie Ceskych Tubificidu,

Morfologické a Systematika

Studie,” Abhandl. béhm. Ges.

Bd. vii. 1888, Taf. iv. fig.

13a1); in some of the an-

terior segments only was there

occasionally a second seta, but

of the same form. The ven-

tral rows are made up of a

series of paired setae — one

pair in each row. The two

setee of each pair are not quite

alike in form, and one is

markedly larger than the

other. This can hardly be

due to a difference in age, as

every segment corresponded.

These sete are not quite

similar to those of any other

genus of Oligocheta. Their

extremities are not bifid. I[

am disposed to regard this

genus as the type of a new

family lying between the Sikes GE Phrcoane.

Lumbriculide and the Naido- a, dorsal seta; 6, c, ventral sete.

morpha, though its affinities to

both are only very general; but our knowledge of the aquatic

Structure of the Oligocheta. 95

Oligocheta has by no means kept pace with that of the

exotic forms of Harthworms, and a great many more facts

will have to be accumulated before any profitable speculations

can be indulged in as to the relations of different families

and genera.

The Zone of Growth in Urocheta.

More than thirty years ago a note by Fritz Miller upon

“ Tumbricus corethrurus’”’ (= Urocheta hystrix, Perrier,

“¢ Mémoires pour servir & Vhistoire des Lombriciens terrestres,”

Nouv. Arch. Muséum, 1872; and Urocheta corethrura, id.,

‘‘ Organisation des Lombriciens terrestres,’’ Arch. Zool. Exp.

t. il, 1874) was translated into these Annals (‘‘ Descrip-

tion of a new species of Harthworm,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

2nd ser. vol. xx. 1857, pp. 13-15) from Wiegmann’s

‘Archiv,’ many of the facts in which seem never to have been

either confirmed or refuted. I have lately received through

the kindness of the authorities at Kew living examples

of Urocheta from both Singapore and Mauritius, thus ex-

tending its known range. All the examples showed a spot

at some distance from the tail end, distinguishable, as Fritz

Miller correctly pointed out, by its tumid appearance, and

also by the fact that the intestine here was empty of débris;

this gave a whitish appearance to the part in question. In

preserved specimens this region was not so obvious, but could

be detected on a careful examination. [Fritz Miiller states

that the skin here is devoid of bristles, and suggests that it

is the spot where the formation of new segments takes place.

I have found, by means of longitudinal sections, that the

bristles are not always absent, but that they are, when present,

extremely small and easily overlooked; this suggests that

they are embryonic sete*. Furthermore the epidermis in this

region of the body is without the large oval glandular cells

which are so characteristic a feature of the integument in all

Oligocheta. All the cells are more or less alike. This,

again, I take to be an embryonic feature. In the third place,

the intestine in some individuals was very much contracted in

diameter, and, as already mentioned, was empty of earth.

This is not so distinctly an indication that rapid growth is

going on. ‘The nephridia, however, and the septa showed no

* In the embryo of Lumbricid within the cocoon, fully-developed

sets, but of small size, are found. These drop out and are replaced by

setee of the normal size. A seta does not appear to grow in thickness,

but only in length ; young sete of an adult worm consist of only the tip,

which is as large as it ever will be.

96 On a new Species of Pontodrilus.

signs of growth, but I may, perhaps, after examining a larger

series of individuals than I have yet done, discover some in-

dication of growth in these organs. It appears, therefore, to

be likely that new segments in Urocheta are formed at this

point, and if so, the fact is of some interest in relation to the

budding of the lower forms of Oligocheta; but I do not yet

feel able to express an opinion as to the exact connexion be-

tween the two phenomena.

A new Species of Pontodrilus.

Surgeon-Major Windle, to whom I have been indebted on

former occasions for Karthworms from Bermuda, has recently

forwarded a large number of specimens of Pontodrilus. These

were collected along the sea-shore among dried seaweed and

coral débris. The want of a gizzard in the aquatic Oligocheta

has been generally put down to the soft nature of their food.

Pontodrilus Marionis, of which I received some years ago a

number of living examples from Nice through the kindness of

Dr. George Hoggan, has been stated by Perrier (‘ Organi-

sation des Pontodrilus,” Arch. Zool. Exp. et Gén. t.ix. 1881,

to possess no gizzard; I have, however, found that the ceso-

phagus is locally thickened, particularly the circular muscular

layer. This is certainly the equivalent of the gizzard, though

the organ is not recognizable without recourse to section

eutting. The newspecies, Pontodrilus bermudensis, has appa-

rently nothing better in the way of a gizzard; as the whole

alimentary tract of this Annelid was crammed with fragments

of coral, sometimesof quite a large size, it seems hardly reason-

able to put down the feeble development of the gizzard to the

nature of the food. It would be difficult to find any substance

that appears more to need a gizzard for its trituration. I take

this opportunity of observing that the bodies in segments

10 and 11 doubtfully regarded by Perrier as excretory organs

are testes. I should not be surprised if it were ultimately

proved that Schmarda’s genus Pontoscolew (Reise um die

Erde, Bd. i.) were this Pontodrilus. The irregular shape

of the body caused by the masses of coral sand in the

alimentary tract give the sete the appearance of being

irregularly arranged; both worms come from the West Indies

and have a littoral habit.

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell’s Notes on Slugs. 97

IX.—WNotes on Slugs, chiefly in the Collection at the British

Museum. By T. D. A. CocKERELL.

[Continued from vol. vi. p. 390.]

V. Hewrcarroninz.

THE Limacide include a number of groups which may well

be regarded as subfamilies, differing in the shell, the presence

or absence of a caudal mucus-pore, and in various other

ways. The subfamily Helicarionine may be made to include

all those forms which have a mucus-pore, but do not possess

a typically Zonitoid or Helicoid shell; but this definition is

rather a matter of convenience than an expression of naturally

defined limits, for it is actually impossible to draw any hard-

and-fast line between certain HHyalina-like forms and their

Vitrinoid allies. Similarly, were it desirable to divide the

group into Vetréna-like and slug-like forms, the genera

Girasia and Austenta would offer so many puzzling interme-

diates that no satisfactory limits could be found. It thus

happens that, although my purpose is to treat of slugs, I am

obliged to include a variety of genera which possess spiral

shells.

It is necessary, however, to exclude from the Helicarionine

certain forms which are superficially very similar to them.

Otoconcha, Hutton, resembles a Helicarion, but has a ribbed

jaw and no caudal mucus-pore.

Hemphillia, Bld. & W. G. Binn., from Oregon, is very

much like a Girasta in appearance and has a mucus-pore;

but its jaw is ribbed. Brnneya, J. G. Cooper, resembling a

Helicarion, has, like Otoconcha, a ribbed jaw and no mucus-

pore. The true Vitrinine, consisting of Vetrina and allied

genera, lack a mucus-pore, but otherwise stand closest to

Helicarionine.

The teeth of Helicarionine are of the normal Limacid type,

that is to say the centrals have a large central and two smaller

lateral cusps, and the laterals are bicuspid, although on both

centrals and laterals there may be obscure additional cusps.

The centrals and laterals are of the quadrate type, the mar-

ginals aculeate.

Durgella, W. T. Blanford, is a Vitrina-like genus from the

Indian region, with six species, according to Godwin- Austen.

It has a mucus-pore, but the dentition is very different from

Helicarionine, and is suggestive of Selenitide. It may

perhaps form a subfamily—Durgellinee—under Selenitide.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. vii. 7

98 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell’s Notes on Slugs.

It now remains to classify the genera of Helicarionine, a

matter of very considerable difficulty. After examining such

specimens as I could and comparing the published descrip-

tions and figures, especially those of Godwin-Austen, I drew

up in MS. a table of the species, dividing them into what

seemed the most naturally defined generic units. ‘T’o do this

I was obliged to make as many as five new genera among

the Indian forms; but from the paucity of actual material

available to me I hesitate to publish these as such, and will

treat them here as sections only, leaving it to students who

have better opportunities to increase the number of genera as

may seem desirable.

Under each genus or section indicated below I have given

only the type species, as several of the named species are so

imperfectly known that it is not yet possible to say definitely

where they belong.

Helicarionine, sensu lat.

{ Macrochlamys, Bens.,= Nanina, Gray (type M. indicus, Bens.), has a

Heliciform shell and does not properly belong here ; but Godwin-Austen

Bere certain Vitrina-like shells, here called section Pseudovyitrine, in

acrochlamys. |

A. Shell whorled, truly Vitrinoid.

1. Mantle little or not extending over shell.

a. No dart-sac. Species American.

i. Vitrinozonites, W.G. Binn. (V. latissi-

mus, Lewis.)

b. With a dart-sac or “ amatorial organ.” Species Asiatic *.

ii. Cryptosoma,Theob. (C. prestans,Gld.)

ili. Macrochlamys, sect. Pseudovitrines. (JL,

Flemingii, Pfr.)

2, Mantle more developed, but shell free behind and above.

a. With an “amatorial organ.” Asiatic.

2 S R

iv. Austenia, sect. Euaustenie. (A. scu-

tella, Bs.)

6. With no ‘‘ amatorial organ.”

PCA frien: sa thio. v. Africarion, G.-A. (A. pallens, G.-A.)

b?, Australian ...... vi. Helicarion (Fér.), G-A. (HL. Cuviert,

Fér., H. helene, G.-A.)

[I do not pretend to understand the relationships of the very numerous

species referred to Helicarion by authors. From the shells alone little

can be judged, and it will probably be long before the animals of all are

well enough known to enable us to give an approximately final arrange-

ment. |

* For further details concerning these see Godwin-Austen, ‘ Land and

Freshwater Mollusca of India,’

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell’s Notes on Slugs. oa)

3. Mantle still more developed and more or less covering shell behind.

CaS it 2) (1 a vii. Velifera, W.G. Binn. (V. Gabhi, W.

G. Binn.)

Oe ASigties sess ee ees viii. Austenia, sect. Cryptausteniz. (A.

planospira, Bs.)

B. Shell more or less whorled, but not truly Vitrinoid ; whorls subrudi-

mentary.

sy Spiral whorl complete below or not presenting the appearance of

a smaller shell within a larger. Asiatic.

a, Shell mostly exposed.

a’, Shell well formed. ix. Austenia, Nev. (A. gigas, Bs.)

a, Shell horny...... x. Ibyeus (Heyn.), G.-A. (1. _fissidens,

Heyn., I. stkimensis, G.-A.)

b. Shell exposed only by an aperture in mantle, resembling that of

AUSEEMEA v6. 0.05+ xi. Ibycus, sect. Cryptibyci. (1. magnificus,

G.-A., sp.)

2. Spire presenting the appearance of a small shell within a larger.

a. Shell exposed only by an aperture in mantle. Australian.

xii. Parmacochlea, EK, A. Smith. (P. Fis-

chert, Smith.)

b. Shell mostly exposed. Asiatic.

xiii. Africarion, sect. Pseudaustenia. (A.

ater, G.-A.)

3. Shell external, mytiliform. African.

xilia. Estria, Poirier. (£. Alluaudi, Poir.)

C. Shell slug-like, hardly or not at all whorled.

1. Shell external, mytiliform. African.

xiv. Aspidelus, Morelet. (A. Chaperi,Morel.)

2. Shell exposed by a hole in the mantle only or entirely covered.

a. Shell horny, exposed by a rather large aperture. Asiatic.

xv. Girasia, Gray. (G. Hookeri, Gray.)

b. Shell oval, rudimentary, covered, animal like Girasta. Asiatic.

Xvi. Girasia, sect. Cryptogirasie. (G. ru-

brum, G.-A.)

c. Shell entirely concealed or exposed only by a very minute hole ;

mantle with pale ridges; dentition differing from Girasia,

ATIC « fines p aes xvil. Mariaella, Gray. (M. Dussumieri,

Val. MS., Gray.)

d. Shell exposed by a small aperture or none; body more or less

keeled. African. (Urocyclide, Simroth.)

d', Mantle reticulate, perforate ; body without lateral ridges.

xvill. Urocyclus, Gray. (U. Kirkit, Gray.)

d’, Mantle not reticulate, hardly or not perforate ; body without

lateral ridges ; penis-retractor muscles several.

xix. Elisa, Heyn. (£. bella, Heyn.,= longi-

cauda, Fisch.)

100 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell’s Notes on Slugs.

a3, Keel strongly flexuose ; no dart-sac.

xx. Dendrolimax, Dohrn. (D. Heynemann,

Dohrn.)

a‘. Body with lateral ridges; “a dart-gland united with penis.”

xxi. Buettneria, Simroth. (B. Leuckarti,

Simr.)

d>. Dart-sacs two or more, each with two darts.

xxii. Trichotovon, Simr. (T. Heynemanni,

Simr.)

d®’. Like Urocyclus and Elisa externally; anatomy resembling

Trichotoxon, but no darts.

xxiii. Atovon,Simr. (A. Hildebrandti,Simr.)

d’, Similar externally ; vas deferens with no kalk-sac.

xxiv. Phaneroporus, Simr. (P. Reinhardti,

Simroth.)

D. “ No internal shell.” Borneo.

xxv. Daymantia, Issel. (D. dilecta, Issel.)

Urocyclus and tts Allies.

For a very elaborate account of these slugs see Dr. H.

Simroth, “ Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Nachtschnecken,” in

Nova Acta Ac. Cees. Leop.-Car. Germanice Nat. Cur. 1890.

In this paper several new genera are described and figured.

Some of them (i. e. Atowon and Phaneroporus*) are like Uro-

cyclus externally, but differ in the genitalia. I follow Dr.

Simroth in keeping these as genera, although my own impulse

in the matter would be to regard them merely as subgenera of

Urocyclus. ©

Buettneriat, with the lateral ridges on the body, seems a

conveniently-established genus, especially if it can be made

to include the other ridged species, fasctatus, v. Mart., acumt-

natus, Poirier, and madagascariensis, Poirier.

Trichotoxon is very peculiar as to its dart-sacs, and appa-

rently deserves to stand as a genus. Dendrolimaz is sufli-

ciently peculiar in the form of its body and very flexuose

keel.

Nevertheless one suspects that when the African slugs

become thoroughly well known the present established generic

divisions will not be found so absolute or so trustworthy as

* I write Phaneroporus, asit is written so in Simroth’s recent paper ;

but elsewhere it appears as Phaneropus, and Dr. Simroth has used this

latter spelling in writing to me under date 28th October, 1890,

+ There is a well-known genus of plants called Buttneria, Linn., 1767,

while another genus of slugs, Apera, Heyn.,-is preoccupied by Apera,

Adans., 1763, a subgenus of Agrostis with no very strong characters.

The feeling seems to be that preoccupation in botany should not interfere

with a zoological generic name.

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell’s Notes on Slugs. 101

they at present appear. It may be even that the whole of

the present group will have to form a series of subgenera only

under Urocyclus, in which case 7. Heynemanni, Simr., would

require anew name. ‘The question, what constitutes a generic

unit, is an extremely difficult one to answer ; and in the face

of the fact that genera are not by any means so naturally

defined even as species one is driven to treat the whole

matter as essentially one of convenience only.

For my own part I should prefer not to multiply genera

more than appears absolutely necessary, and to call the minor

groups simply subgenera, groups, or sections. This, how-

ever, is no better than an individual opinion, not at all shared

by a numerous body of naturalists whose judgment commands

respect.

Buetineria is said to have a dart-gland united with the

penis, and the structure is figured by Simroth. It is worth

noting that Cryptosoma prestans, according to Godwin-

Austen’s figure, has a precisely similar structure, called by

Godwin-Austen a ‘ cxcum or kalc-sac.”

Urocyclus Kirkit, Gray.

There is, in the British Museum, a specimen marked (in

Dr. Gray’s handwriting, as Mr. Atkinson informs me)

“Urocyclus Kirkit, Cent. Africa, Dr. Kirk, 11 May, 1864.”

This 1s evidently Gray’s type, although it is not very much

like his figure in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864. It agrees with the

figure of it given by Heynemann, Jahrb. 1884, Taf. i. fig. L.

_ From it I made the following notes :—

Mantle finely reticulate, 174 muillim. long, with a round

posterior opening about 2 millim. diam., whence run two slight

grooves as figured by Heynemann. Respiratory orifice 103

millim. from anterior border of mantle. Mucus-pore as figured

by Heynemann. Colour ochreous, bands blackish, and body

with a sort of blackish interstitial marbling. Mantle greyer.

Neck dark above. Sole unicolorous, central zone slightly

narrower than either lateral.

Urocyclus pallescens, sp. n.

Length (in aleohol) 313 millim.; uniform pale greyish

ochre, spotless. Mantle reticulated, the opening only a narrow

slit or small, rather oblong hole, very much smaller than in

Kirkii, and inconspicuous. Mucus-pore smaller than in

Kirkii. Respiratory orifice as in Heynemann’s figure of

fasciatus. RReticulation on body in longitudinal squarish

102 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell’s Notes on Slugs.

series, about twelve on each side. Mantle bluntly angulate

behind. Keel indistinct, no lateral ridges.

The mantle is 12 millim. long, with the slit or opening

very near its hind edge.

Central area of sole about as wide as either lateral area.

Shell, long. 6, lat. 4 millim., strong, well formed.

Described from two specimens in the British Museum from

Durban, Natal (A. #. Craven, 1875).

This species is most nearly allied to U7. flavescens, Keferst.,

of which it may prove a subspecies. Keferstein’s figure

(Mal. Blatt. 1866, Taf. ii.) shows a slug differing from ours

in the shape of the body, and especially of the mantle, and

the opening in the mantle is different. The slug described

by Gibbons (Quart. Journ. of Conch. 1879, p. 139) as flaves-

cens appears to be fasciatus, Martens, belonging to a different

section of the genus.

U. Kraussianus, Heyn., from the Cape region, differs from

pallescens in its colour and in the shape of the mantle; but I

have been unable to find any more exact definition of it than

that given by Krauss in 1848.

Elisa longicauda (Fischer).

The British Museum contains two specimens (in alcohol)

labelled “Elisa bella, Heyn., Madagascar, from Dr. Heyne-

mann,” from which I made notes :—

Length 35 millim.; mantle smoothish, not reticulate, and

I detect no perforation. Median area of sole broader than

either lateral area. Tail with a well-developed mucus-pore.

Body strongly carinate.

The species is a variable one, presenting three forms :—

a. longicauda (Fischer). Yellowish, unicolorous.

b. maculata (Fischer) = bella (Heyn.). One of the British-

Museum specimens is of this form, being pale ochreous,

with scattered grey-brown spots on body and mantle ;

sole pale ochre.

c. permaculata, nov. Pale ochreous; body and mantle

thickly marbled with dark brown, reducing the ground-

colour in places to pale spots; sole brownish. Mada-

gascar (British Museum, as above).

The reduced mantle-aperture and the non-reticulate mantle

seem to give Elisa as good a right to be considered a genus as

the other segregates from Urocyclus tabulated above. Fora

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell’s Notes on Slugs. 103

very excellent account of the anatomy of Elisa see Simroth,

Jahrb. 1883, Taf. ix. and pp, 289-312.

MARIAELLA, Gray.

Gray’s type of Mariaella is in the British Museum labelled

“Clypeicella Dussumierti, Val., Mahé.”

It is 253 millim. long; ochreous, mantle and body slightly

spotted with blackish; sole unicolorous, margins striate ;

mucus-pore strongly marked.

The shell is white, with a membranous or horny margin.

Several names have been given to Marvaella. Clypeicella,

written sometimes Clypidiella, is the original MS. name of

Valenciennes, passed over by Gray because there was a

Clypidella, Swains.

Tennentia, applied to the Ceylon form, appears sometimes

as a subgenus; but it has no standing, being Mariaella pure

and simple. It is possible though that the Philippine MZ.

(Tennentia) philippinensis, Semper, may be separable sub-

generically or otherwise.

“ Mariaella” planulata, Pfr., and “ WM.” papillata, Pfr.,

contained in the British Museum, are Vitrinoid shells widely

separated from Mariaella. Viqueneselia was applied to

Mariaella in 1859 by Fischer; but the true Viqueneselia,

Desh., is a fossil and not even a mollusk.

Vega, Westerlund, founded on V. Nordenskioldi, West.,

from Ceylon, was described and figured in 1885. It appears

to be a Mariaella.

Finally, Dekhania, Godwin-Austen, described as a sub-

genus of Girasia, is also simply Mariaella.

Mariaella Thwattest, Humbert.

Length (in alcohol) 214 millim.; mantle, long 11 millim. ;

respiratory orifice 5 millim. from anterior border; sole 4

millim. broad. Mantle elongate-ovate, subtruncate before

and behind; apertures very minute or none. Colour of

mantle grey-ochre, yellowish at edges; pale ridges run from

the posterior part, one to the respiratory orifice and one sub-

dorsally on the left side, fading anteriorly. Body greyish

ochre, slightly streaked in lateral grooves with blackish pos-

terior to mantle. Keel strong. Caudal pore well marked.

Edge of foot with concolorous transverse grooves. Sole

brownish ochre, unicolorous, striate at sides.

The above-described example appears to have no opening

104 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell’s Notes on Slugs.

in the mantle; but a second specimen, only 12} millim. long,

shows the pale apex of the shell.

Described from two specimens in the British Museum

marked ‘ Ceylon, 25 May, 1857.”

I do not at all doubt that Mariaella is a good genus; but

the forms from the Seychelles (Dussumiert, Val.), from

Ceylon (Thwaitesi, Humb.), and from South India (Beddomez,

G.-A.) are so exceedingly allied that they can scarcely be

regarded as distinct species. Very possibly the Seychelles

form may have been imported from India or Ceylon. We

thus arrive at this arrangement :—

MaRIAELLA, Gray.

Mariaella Dussumiert, Val. MS., Gray. Seychelles Islands.

Subsp. M. Thwaitesii (Humb.). Ceylon.

Subsp. M. Beddomei (G.-Aust.). Travancore Hills, India.

Var. nigra (G.-Aust.). 8. India.

Var. maculosa (G.-Aust.). §. India.

For the best account of the genus see Dekhania in Godwin-

Austen’s ‘Land and Freshwater Mollusca of India,’ part vi.

Sept. 1887, and pl. Iviu.

Limax infumatus, Fér., is apparently also to be included

in Mariaella. It resembles M. Beddomet, var. nigra.

GIRASIA, Gray.

Girasia, Gray, Cat. Pulm, 1855, p. 61.

Parmarion, Fischer, Act. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, 1856.

There can be no doubt that Girasta ought to stand in

preference to Fischer’s name Parmarion. (rirasia is described

in a British Museum Catalogue dated 29th March, 1855, and

Mr. Saunders of the British Museum library informs me that

this is really the date of publication. Parmarion is described

in a paper dated June 1855, which appears in a part dated

March 1856.

Girasia was practically founded on G. Hookert, a well-

known species of which the type still exists. Parmarion

included four species, ¢nfumatus, extraneus, rangianus, and

problematicus, all of Férussac. P. ¢nfumatus seems to be a

Mariaella, P. extraneus is a Girasia, P. problematicus may be

an Lbycus, while rangianus does not seem to belong here at all.

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell’s Notes on Slugs. 105

Girasia extranea (Fér.).

Limax extraneus, Fér. Hist. Nat. Moll. pl. viii. F. figs. 4, 5, 6, 7.

This is evidently a true Girasia, and surely it must be

identical with G. Hooker’, Gray. The aperture in the mantle,

the posterior ridge or line directed towards the respiratory

orifice, the characteristic shape, all are those of Hookeri, and

the colour also agrees. Of course, assuming the identity of

the two, extranea has priority.

Girasia extranea, var. Hookert (Gray).

I will treat Hooker? as a variety of extranea in deference to

the opinion of those who seem to see noteworthy differences

between them; but I believe that they are practically iden-

tical.

The type specimen of Girasia Hookert is in the British

Museum marked “ Khassya, Sir W. Hooker.” It is 40

millim. long (in alcohol), colour uniform dark brown. It

agrees with Hooker? as described and figured by Godwin-

Austen.

Girasia extranea, var. brunnea (G.-A.).

Girasia extranea, var. shillongensis (G.-A.).

Girasia extranea, var. maculosa (G.-A.).

The present species is a very variable one, and these three

varieties are described by Godwin-Austen under Hookerv.

Tryon’s description of var. brunneus (under shdllongensis) is

not correct.

Girasia depressa, subsp. nov.

G. extranea subsp., 274 millim. long, mantle 134 millim.

long, respiratory orifice 84 millim. from anterior border of

mantle. Colour ochreous, pale greyish below mantle ante-

riorly at sides. Sole unicolorous, orangy-ochre. Mucus-

pore well developed. Shell brown, semitransparent, horny.

Described from an alcoholic specimen in the British

Museum marked “Girasia Hookert, Rve., Teria Ghat.”

This subspecies (possibly species) differs from Hookeri or

extranea in several ways. The mantle of Hooker? is strongly

convex antero-posteriorly, that of G. depressa, viewed from

the side, is practically flat. The respiratory orifice is less

anterior and the orifice in the mantle above the shell is much

larger in depressa than in Hookert. The shell of depressa, in

the specimen I examined, projects out of the opening.

106 Mr. 'T, D, A. Cockerell’s Notes on Slugs.

The characters of the mantle in depressa are peculiar, for

there are ridges exactly in the position of those in Mariaella.

One of these pale ridges passes from the respiratory orifice

backwards and the other from the front to the end of the

mantle on the left side. There is also a sulcus, suggesting

that of Amalia, visible as a curved line on the right side, its

convexity towards the respiratory orifice.

Girasta affinis, sp. n.

Length 42 millim. (in alcohol); middle portion of mantle

swollen ; body high, truncate posteriorly in contraction. Aper-

ture in mantle circular, only 34 millim. in diameter. Colour

ochre, with grey mottling on mantle and body, Mantle

without ridges. Shell brown, shiny.

Described from a specimen in the British Museum labelled

“Austenia peguensis, Theob., Pegu (Theobald).” Certainly,

from the label, this ought to be the genuine peguensis, and it

agrees in general appearance very well with Godwin-Austen’s

figure of that species. But Godwin-Austen’s figure is of a

slug in which the shell is mainly exposed, as in Austenia,

whereas G’. affinis is a Giraséa in the strictest sense. ‘Theo-

bald’s original description says peguensis is like Austenia

gigas in miniature, thus confirming Godwin-Austen’s account,

besides which the latter also had his specimens from Theo-

bald.

The typical form of peguensis is yellowish, without spots.

It is thus plain that two very different species have been

labelled peguensis, namely the true species of that name, well

treated of by Godwin-Austen, and a species closely allied to

G. extranea, for which I propose the name of affinis.

Ibycus sikkimensis (G.-Aust.) = fissidens, Heyn.

274 millim. long (in alcohol), mantle 17 millim. long;

hind of mantle to end of tail 64 millim., hind 64 millim. of

mantle free, making the back altogether about 123 millim.,

long. Mantle notched in front, anterior part of mantle

slightly granulose. Shell-aperture very large. Tail-gland

conspicuous. ‘Tail slightly dark-reticulate on each side of

keel. General colour dull ochre, sides of neck dark grey,

anterior part of mantle slightly marbled with grey. Sole

unicolorous. Shell thin, chestnut-brown above, white (calca-

reous) below.

Known by its marbled anterior part of mantle and the short

tail projecting beyond the mantle.

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell’s Notes on Slugs. 107

Described from a specimen, “ purchased at Stevens,” in the

British Museum without locality.

Ibycus fissidens, Heyn., 1862, was very insufficiently

described ; but as it agrees with skkimenszs in all known

points and was from the same neighbourhood, though at a

higher altitude, there seems no reason for regarding it as

distinct. _Heynemann’s name has priority. Jbycus, as a

generic title, may perhaps be used for a large series of forms

allied to fissidens, including I. pupillaris (Humb.) from Java.

Limaex problematicus, Fér., pl. viii. F. figs. 13-17, belongs

to Ibycus, and seems allied to stkkimensis.

Lbycus siamensis, sp. n.

Length about 30 millim., mantle 174 millim. long. Mantle

prolonged anteriorly, as usual in Jbycus. Shell that of

Girasia, but exposed like Austenta, apparently not whorled,

thin, convex. There is a black band on each side of the

keel, as in Africarion ater, vars. aterrimus and cinereus,

though higher up, 2. e. next to keel, not a little way from it.

Colour dark grey above, more or less mottled with darker,

sides below mantle pale. Foot-fringe alternating whitish and

grey. Sole pale ochry, unicolorous.

Described from two alcoholic specimens from Siam in the

British Museum. It is a rather puzzling form, in some ways

resembling both Africarion ater and Ibycus pupillaris in some

of their varieties. Perhaps it will prove to bea subspecies or

race of Africarion ater.

LAconIA, Gray.

Laconia Férussaci, Gray, is founded on Férussac’s figure of

“Vitrina, sp.,’ on pl. vill. F. figs. 10, 11, 12. Gray gives

the shell as covered by the mantle, but the figure looks as if

a Helicarion-like shell had been removed. ‘There is a well-

formed mucus-pore. A little slug in the British Museum

from Ceylon is evidently similar; the shell is gone. There

is an anterior extension of the mantle.

Laconia is probably identical with Austenta; but as some

uncertainty remains, [ do not adopt the earlier name of Gray

for that genus.

[To be continued. }

8 Fairfax Road, Bedford Park, Chiswick, W.,

November 3, 1890.

108 Rev. Canon Norman on the Marine

X.—WNotes on the Marine Crustacea Ostracoda of Norway.

By the Rev. Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L.,

F.R.S., &e.

DuRING a dredging-expedition undertaken this last summer in

East Finmark I explored the Varanger Fiord, and especially

the fiords which run inland on its southern side close to the

Russian frontier. Several arctic Ostracoda were here added

to the Norwegian fauna, and the range of many species ex-

tended northwards. In noticing the species of this district I

have thought it well to bring together the results of my former

expeditions in 1878, 1879, and 1882 to the Norwegian coast,

though most of the localities of the species belonging to the

section Podocopa have been previously published in Pro-

fessor Brady’s and my recent monograph*. Since the

publication of that work Prof. G. O. Sars has published fT

a revised list of the Norwegian species of this order, with

descriptions of new species ; but these latter do not embrace

any marine forms. At the end of this paper I have added a

list of twenty-three species which have been found by him

and not by myself, and these, added to the ninety-five which

I here record, give us one hundred and eighteen marine

Ostracoda at present known in the Norwegian seas.

As it appears to me that we have now sufficient knowledge

respecting the distribution of most of the species to enable us

to approximately divide them into arctic, boreal, and abyssal

forms, I have attempted to do this at the close of the paper.

At the same time it cannot be doubted that more extended

investigation in the future will lead to much modification of

the assigned origin here given of species, though upon the

whole it will, I] think, as far as it goes, prove to be fairly

correct.

The synonyms I have added are not the names now

employed by Prof. G. O. Sars, but those under which he

described the species in his monograph ‘ Oversigt af Norges

marine Ostracoder,’ published in 1865.

* Brady and Norman, “ Monograph of the Marine and Freshwater

Ostracoda of the North Atlantic and of North-western Europe” (Trans.

Royal Dublin Soc. 1889). ,

f G.O. Sars, “ Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer, II. Branchiopoda, Ostra-

coda, Cirripedia,’’ 1890.

Crustacea Ostracoda of Norway. 109

CRUSTACEA.

Order OSTRACODA.

Section I. PODOCOPA.

Fam. I. Cypridide.

Genus 1. Paracypris, G. O. Sars.

Paracypris polita, G. O. Sars.

Off Sartoro, Bergen Fiord, 15-40 fath.; Hardanger Fiord, off

Lervig, 20-100 fath., and Lervig Bay, 5-25 fath.; off Batalden,

200 fath.

Genus 2. Pontocypris, G. O. Sars.

Pontocypris mytiloides (Norman).

Off Boerneestangen, in Oster Fiord, 100-200 fath.; south of

Bukken, Bergen Fiord, 15-40 fath.; Haakelsund, Kors Fiord, 3-10

fath.; Lervig Bay, 3-25 fath.; Floro Bay.

Pontocypris hispida, G. O. Sars.

Hardanger Fiord, off Lervig, 210 fath., and in Lervig Bay.

Pontocypris acupunctata, G. S. Brady.

Batalden, near Floro.

Pontocypris trigonella, G. O. Sars.

Off Sartoro, Bergen Fiord, 15—40 fath.; Haakelsund, Kors Fiord,

3-10 fath.; Lervig Bay, 3-25 fath.

Genus 3. Arertta@cta, G. O. Sars.

Argillecia cylindrica, G. O. Sars.

Oster Fiord, 375 fath. ; off Sartoro, Bergen Fiord, 15-40 fath. ;

Lervig Bay, 10-25 fath.; Stoksund, 80-100 fath.; off Drébak,

Christiania Fiord, 30-100 fath.; Hardanger Fiord, 210 fath. ;

Vadso, 10 fath.; Klosterelv Fiord, Sydvaranger, tide-marks.

Fam. II. Bairdiide.

Genus 1. Barrpra, M‘Coy.

Bairdia inflata, Norman,=B, obliquata, G. O. Sars.

Kors Fiord, 180 fath.; off Sartoro, Bergen Fiord, 15-40 fath. ;

Hardanger Fiord, off Midso Lighthouse, 50-100 fath.

Bairdia (Bythocypris ?) complanata, G. 8. Brady.

Off Sartoro, Bergen Fiord, 15-40 fath.; very abundant off Midso

110 Rev. Canon Norman on the Marine

Lighthouse, Hardanger Fiord, 50-100 fath.; south side of Kors

Fiord, 180 fath.

Buirdia (Bythocypris?) obtusata, G. O. Sars.

Off Midso Lighthouse, in Hardanger Fiord, 50-210 fath.; Stok-

sund, 126 fath.; Solems Fiord, Floro, 30-60 fath.

Genus 2. Macrocyrris, G. S. Brady.

Macrocypris minna (Baird).

Drobak, Christiania Fiord, 30-100 fath.; Oster Fiord, 50-375

fath.; Hardanger Fiord, 25-210 fath.; Bergen Fiord, south of

Bukken, 150-200 fath.

Macrocypris angusta (G. O. Sars).

Droébak, Christiania Fiord, 100 fath. ; Hardanger Fiord, off Midso

Lighthouse, 50-100 fath.; Bergen Fiord to the south of Bukken,

100-150 fath.

Fam. III. Cytheride.

Genus 1. CyrHere, Miiller.

Cythere lutea, Miller.

T have found this commonly between tide-marks and very shallow

water throughout the entire length of Norway from Christiania

Fiord to Tromso, Varanger Fiord, and Klosterelv Fiord; and with it

Cythere viridis, G. O. Sars, which appears to be its young.

Cythere pellucida, Baird,=C. castanea, G. O. Sars.

Hollingspollen, near Christiania; Lungegaards-vandet, Bergen,

and off Sartoro; Vadso and Lang and Klosterelv Fiords, Finmark.

Cythere confusa, Brady and Norm.=C. pellucida, auct. (non Baird).

Hollingspollen, near Christiania; Lungegaards-vandet, Bergen ;

Haakelsund, in Kors Fiord; Lervig Bay; Floro; Vads6, Finmark.

| Cythere porcellanea, G. 8S, Brady, =C. propinqua, G. O. Sars.

With the last two species in the first two localities given; and in

Lervig Bay.

Cythere tenera, G. S. Brady.

Oster Fiord, 50-100 fath.; Lervig Bay, 25 fath. ; Drébak, 3-120

fath. ; off Batalden, 200 fath.

Cythere semipunctata, G, 8, Brady.

Lervig Bay, Stordéer, 3-25 fath.

Crustacea Ostracoda of Norway. 111

Cythere corpulenta, Brady and Norm.

This is only known as yet from Oster Fiord, near Bergen, where

it occurred to me in four different dredgings, ranging from 100 to

375 fathoms; but only a single specimen was taken in each case.

Cythere gibbosa, Brady & Rob.

Klosterelv Fiord, Finmark, tide-marks. This minute species, only

previously known in Britain and Greenland, I have this summer met

with in the above fiord, which is close to the Russian frontier.

Cythere oblonga, G. 8S. Brady.

Only two specimens found off Drébak, in 30-120 fath.

Cythere lecoderma, Norman,

A single specimen found in 50-60 fath. in Solems Fiord, Floro.

Cythere Robertsont, G. S. Brady.

Drébak, in 30-120 fath.; and Stoksund, in Hardanger Fiord,

126 fath.

Cythere conveva, Baird.

A single specimen taken in Lervig Bay, Stordéer, in 1882.

This is not Cytheropteron converum, G. O. Sars, which is C. latis-

stmum, Norman.

Cythere marginaia, Norman.

Lervig Bay, Hardanger Fiord.

Cythere limicola, Norman,=C. nodosa, G. O. Sars.

This species I had not succeeded in finding on former dredging-

expeditions in the south and west of Norway; but in the past

summer I have met with it in several localities in East Finmark,

namely Vadsd, in 15-25 fath., Lang Fiord, 5-25 fath., and Bog

Fiord, 20-30 fath.

Oythere cuneiformis, Brady, = C. ventricosa, G. O. Sars.

Lervig Bay, Stordder, 3-25 fath,

Cythere navicula (Norman).

A singlo specimen in 15 fathoms off Sartoro, in Bergen Fiord.

Cythere globulifera, Brady.

Stoksund, in the Hardanger Fiord, in 126 fath.

Cyihere complexa, G. S. Brady.

In the same dredging as the last, two specimens.

112 Rev. Canon Norman on the Marine

Cythere cluthe, B., C., & R.

Dredged living in 125-150 fath. in the Varanger Fiord, and in

20-30 fath. on the east side of Bog Fiord, East Finmark. It is rare

in the British seas, and was taken in the Greenland seas by the

Nares Arctic Expedition. It is fossil in Scotch deposits. New to the

Norwegian fauna.

Cythere albomaculata, Baird.

Lervig Bay, Stordéer, 5 fath.; only very few specimens.

The following species belong to the genus Cythereis as defined by

Prof. G. O. Sars :—

Cythere villosa (G. O. Sars).

In 0-180 fath. at Bergen, and off Sartoro, in Bergen Fiord ; Ler-

vig Bay; Stoksund; and this year I have found it living between

tide-marks in East Finmark at Vadso and in Klosterelv Fiord. It

is essentially a shore and shallow-water species ; the specimens in

deep water were dead and had no doubt been washed into the

localities where they occurred.

Cythere echinata (G. O. Sars).

Drébak, 30-100 fath.; Hardanger Fiord, off Midso Lighthouse,

210 fath. ; Bergen Fiord, south of Bukken, 150-200 fath.; Oster

Fiord, 375 fath.

Cythere latimarginata, Speyer, = C. abyssicola, G. O. Sars.

Oster Fiord, 100-200 fath. ; Bergen Fiord to the south of Bukken,

150-200 fath.; Lervig Bay, 20 fath.; Stoksund, Hardanger Fiord,

125 fath.; Christiania Fiord, 30-100 fath.

Cythere crenulata (G. O. Sars).

Oster Fiord, 100-200 fath.; off Sartoro, in Bergen Fiord, 15-40

fath.; south side of Kors Fiord, 180 fath.; Lervig Bay, 10-25

fath.; Stoksund, 80-126 fath.

Cythere quadridentata, Baird.

Lervig Bay, Stordder, 10-25 fath.

Cythere tuberculata (G. O. Sars).

Found throughout the whole length of Norway from Drobak to

East Finmark, where I have this year taken it at Vadso in shallow

water, and between tide-marks in Klosterelv Fiord.

Cythere concinna, Rupert Jones, = Cythereis clavata, G. O. Sars.

With similar extensive range in Norway to the last. In former

years I have found it in South and West Norway, and now in Kast

Finmark, tide-marks, living, and shallow water at Vadso, Bog

Fiord, and Klosterely Fiord.

Crustacea Ostracoda of Norway. 113

Cythere emarginata (G. O. Sars).

Lervig Bay, 3-24 fath.; and off Lervig, 50-100 fath., Stoksund,

80-100 fath., Haakelsund, Kors Fiord, 3-10 fath. ; off Batalden,

and in East Finmark, living, between tide-marks, and in shallow

water, Vadso and Klosterelv Fiord.

Cythere finmarchica (G. O. Sars).

Haakelsund, in Kors Fiord, 3-10 fath.; and in East Finmark,

living, tide-marks, and shallow water at Vadso, and in Lang Fiord,

Sydvaranger.

Cythere angulata (G. O. Sars).

Hollingspollen, Drobak, 3-10 fath.; Lervig Bay, 3-25 fath. ;

Haakelsund, Kors Fiord, 3-10 fath.; Lungegaards-vandet, Bergen,

0-3 fath.; off Batalden: and in East Finmark, living between tide-

marks and in shallow water, Vadsd, and in the Klosterelv Fiord.

Cythere mucronata (G. O. Sars).

Stoksund, which is near the mouth of the Hardanger Fiord, in

126 fath.

Cythere mirabilis, G. 8. Brady.

A fine living series from very young to adult of this beautifully

sculptured species was dredged in the Varanger Fiord in 125-150

fath., and in Bog Fiord, East Finmark, in 20-30 fath. Only a single

dead valve has been procured in British seas from Admiralty

soundings off Lumpan Head, Lewis. Prof. Brady found it in Mr.

Lamont’s Spitzbergen dredgings, and it is not rare as a fossil in the

glacial deposits of Scotland. New to the Norwegian fauna.

Cythere dunelmensis (Norman),=€. horrida, G. O. Sars.

Floro; Stoksund, 126 fath., and in East Finmark, from tide-

marks, living, to 100 fath., Vads6, and Bog and Klosterelv Fiords.

Cythere Jonesii (Baird),=Cythereis spectabilis, G. O. Sars.

Apparently rare on the Norwegian coast: dredged in Solems

Fiord, Floro, in 50-60 fath.; off Sartoro, in Bergen Fiord, in 15

fath. ; and Floro Bay.

Genus 2. CrrHEeriDEA, Jones.

Cytheridea papillosa, Rupert Jones, = Cypridets Baird, G. O. Sars,

Always on soft muddy ground, Drobak, Lervig, Stoksund, Bergen,

Floro, &c.; and in East Finmark at Vadso, and in Lang, Bog, and

Klosterelv Fiords.

Ann. & Mag. N. List. Ser. 6. Vol. vii. 8

114 Rev. Canon Norman on the Marine

Cytheridea punctillata, G.S. Brady, = Cyprideis proxima, G. O. Sars *

Drobak, and in East Finmark, in 5-100 fathoms, Vadso, Lang,

Bog, and Klosterelv Fiords.

Cytheridea Sorbyana, Rupert Jones, = Cytheridea dentata and iner-

mis, G. O. Sars.

Single valves only in Stoksund, 80-100 fath. ; fine living examples

in East Finmark, 5 fath., Klosterelv Fiord.

Genus 3, Evcyraerr, G. 8. Brady.

Eucythere declivis (Norman),= Cytheropsis tenuitesta, G. O. Sars.

Christiania, Hardanger, and Oster Fiords, and in East Finmark,

in 0-25 fath., at Vads6, and in Klosterely Fiord.

Var. argus, G. O. Sars, = Eucythere argus, G. O. Sars,

Vadso, East Finmark, 5—10 fath.

Genus 4. Krrruz, B., C., & R.

Krithe bartonensis (Rupert Jones),=Tlyobates pratevta, G. O. Sars.

Drobak, 80-100 fath. ; Hardanger Fiord, 210 fath. ; Oster Fiord’

100-200 fath.: and in East Finmark, at Vadso, in 5-15 fath.

Krithe angusta, Brady and Norman,

This very distinct species is only as yet known in the Norwegian

seas, where I took it at Droébak, in 100 fath.; Hardanger Fiord, off

Lervig, 210 fath.; Bergen Fiord, off Sartoro, 15-40 fath.; and

Oster Fiord, 100-875 fath.

Genus 5. Loxoconcna, G. O. Sars.

Loxoconcha impressa, Baird,=L. rhomboidea, G. O. Sars.

Drobak, Lervig, Stoksund, Bergen, Kors Fiord, and Floro; but I

did not meet with it in East Finmark.

Lowoconcha multifora (Norman).

Lervig Bay, 10-20 fath.; off Sartoro, in Bergen Fiord, 15-40

'fath,; Floro Bay.

Lowoconcha tamarindus (Rupert Jones),=L. longipes, G. O. Sars.

Lungegaards-vandet, Bergen ; off Sartoro, 15-40 fath., and other

places in the Bergen district ; at Floro; and in East Finmark, living,

between tide-marks and in shallow water, at Vadsé and Klosterely

Fiord,

Lowoconcha fragilis, G. O. Sars.

Lunegegaards-vandet, Bergen; and in Kast Finmark a single speci-

cob a) 3 D ? fo)

men, living, between tide-marks in Klosterelv Fiord.

Crustacea Ostracoda of Norway. 115

Genus 6, XeEsroLeBerts, G. O. Sars.

Xestoleberis aurantia (Baird),=X. nitida (Lillj.), G. O. Sars.

In the Hardanger and Bergen Fiords.

Xestoleberis depressa, G. O. Sars.

In many places at Drobak and in the Hardanger, Kors, and

Bergen Fiords. On our own coast it is usually dredged, while C.

aurantia occurs between tide-marks ; but in East Finmark, where I

did not mect with C. aurantia, the present species was living between

tide-marks as well as found in 0-15 fath. at Vadsé and in Klosterelv

Fiord.

Genus 7. CyrHEerura, G. O. Sars.

Cytherura affinis, G. O. Sars.

Drobak, 120 fath., and off Midso Lighthouse, in the Hardanger'

Fiord, in 50-100 fath, In East Finmark I met with it in shallow

water at Vadso and living between tide-marks in Klosterely Fiord.

Cytherura sella, G. O. Sars.

Lervig Bay and Stoksund, in 126 fath.; Vadso, 20-30 fath.

Cytherura acuticostata, G. O. Sars.

Lervig Bay, Bergen and Oster Fiords, and Batalden, near Floro,

Cytherura striata, G. O. Sars.

Drobak, 30-120 fath.; Haakelsund, in Kors Fiord, 3-10 fath. :

Lervig Bay, 10-25 fath.

Cytherura exserta, Brady and Norm.

The types of this species were dredged by me in Stoksund,

Cytherura undata, G. O. Sars.

Drobak, 120 fath.; Lervig Bay, 10-25 fath. ; Stoksund, 126 fath. ;

Bukken, in Bergen Fiord, 40 fath.; off Batalden, 200 fath ; in East

Finmark, living between tide-marks in Klosterelv Fiord, and

dredged in 5-25 fath. at Vadso.

Cytherura producta, G. S. Brady.

Lervig Bay and off Sartoro, in Bergen Fiord, 15-40 fath.

Cytherura grenlandica, Brady and Norm,

This arctic species described from Greenland specimens I now am

able to add to the Norwegian fauna, haying found it living in two

localities east and west of Vadso, Finmark, in 5-25 fath,

116 Rev. Canon Norman on the Marine

Cytherura concentrica, B., C., & R.

Lervig Bay, 10-25 fath.; Stoksund, 80-100 fath. ; off Batalden,

near Floro,

Cytherura similis, G. O. Sars.

Drobak, 120 fath.; Haakelsund, in Kors Fiord, 5-10 fath.; and

in East Finmark, Vadso, 5—25 fath.

Cytherura nigrescens (Baird).

Tide-marks along the whole coast from Christiania to Sydvaranger.

Cytherura rudis, Brady.

This species, previously only known in Greenland, is now added

to the Norwegian fauna. I dredged living specimens to the east of

the entrance to Vadso Harbour, in 15-25 fath.

Cytherura cellulosa, Norman,= C. nana, G. O. Sars.

Bergen Fiord, off Sartoro, 15-40 fath.; Tervig Bay, 0-25 fath. ;

Stoksund, 80-126 fath.; Drobak, 30-120 fath.; Haakelsund, in

Kors Fiord, 3 fath.; Floro Bay ; Vads0, 20-30 fath.

Genus 8, CyrnrroprEron, G. O. Sars.

Cytheropteron latissimum (Norman), = C. conveaum, G. O. Sars.

Lervig Bay, 3-25 fath., and in East Finmark at Vadso, 10-25

fath., and between tide-marks in Klosterelv Fierd.

Cytheropteron nodosum, G. 8. Brady.

In 3-100 fath., Lervig Bay, and off Lervig; and off Sartoro, in

Bergen Fiord ; in East Finmark a single specimen at Vadso, 15-25

fath.

Cytheropteron inflatum, B., C., & R. (?).

Stoksund, in 125 fath. Some doubt attaches to the single speci-

men obtained, which is not very characteristic.

_ Cytheropteron subcircinatum, G. O. Sars.

Lervig Bay, 2-10 fath.

Cytheropteron punctatum, Brady.

Off Sartoro, in Bergen Fiord, 15-40 fath.

Cytheropteron hamatum, G. O. Sars.

Stoksund, 80-100 fath.

Cytheropteron testudo, G. O. Sars.

A very interesting species, found by me in two places in the

Crustacea Ostracoda of Norway. 17

Hardanger Fiord, namely off Lervig, in 210 fath., and in Stoksund,

126 fath. ; also off Batalden, near Floro.

Genus 9. Byrnocytuerg, G. O. Sars.

Bythocythere constricta, G. O. Sars.

Off Sartoro, Bergen Fiord, 20-30 fath.; Kors Fiord, 180 fath. ;

Floro Bay ; Vads6, East Finmark, tide-marks.

Bythocythere recta, G. S. Brady.

A single young living example dredged in about 20 fathoms to

the east of Vads6, Finmark. It occurs in the British seas, and I

have taken it in the Bay of Biscay ; but it is always numerically

very scarce. It is a fossil in Scotch deposits. New to the Nor-

wegian fauna.

Genus 10. Psrvpocyrurrn, G. O. Sars.

Pseudocythere caudata, G. O. Sars.

Hardanger Fiord, 25-100 fath. ; off Sartoro, Bergen Fiord, 15-40

fath. ; Oster Fiord, 50-100 fath.; and Vadsé, Finmark, 5-15 fath.

Genus 11. ScterRocuitus, G. O. Sars.

]

Sclerochilus contortus (Norman).

Drobak, 120 fath.; off Sartoro, Bergen Fiord, 15-40 fath.

Hardanger Fiord, 40-210 fath.; Kors Fiord, 180 fath.

Fam. IV. Paradoxostomatide.

Genus Parapoxostoma, Fischer.

Paradoxostoma variabile (Baird).

Found throughout the entire Norwegian coast from Drébak to

East Finmark, where I have found it during the past summer,

between tide-marks at Vads6 and in Klosterely Fiord.

Paradowxostoma ensiforme, G. 8. Brady.

Lervig Bay, in Hardanger Fiord, 3—25 fath.

Paradoxostoma abbreviatum, G. O. Sars.

Lervig Bay, 3-25 fath. ; Stoksund, in the Hardanger Fiord, 80-

100 fath. ; Haakelsund, in Kors Fiord ; Lungegaards-vandet, Ber-

gen ; Batalden, near Floro, 200 fath.

Paradoxostoma pulchellum, G. O, Sars.

Lervig Bay.

118 Rev. Canon Norman on the Marine

Paradowxostoma orchadense, Brady and Rob.

Lervig Bay, a single specimen.

Paradoxostoma rostratum, G. O. Sars.

This species occurred to Prof. Sars as very rare in Oxfiord, Fin-

mark, In our monograph Professor Brady and myself have intro-

duced Sars’s description and given an outline drawing from his

pencil. I have now found three specimens among weeds between

tide-marks at Vads0, East Finmark. It is a very fine and distinct

species, and is remarkable for its pure white colour.

Paradoxostoma productum, Brady & Norm.

Lervig Bay, 25 fath.; two dredgings in Stoksund, in the Har-

danger Fiord, in 80-126 fath.; off Sartoro, in Bergen Fiord, 15-40

fath.

Paradoxostoma flexuosum, G. 8. Brady.

Drébak, 30-100 fath.; Lervig Bay, 3-25 fath. ; off Sartoro, Ber-

gen Fiord, 15-40 fath. ; Oster Fiord, 100-200 fath.

Paradoxostoma inflecum, Brady & Norm., sp. n.

Shell, seen from the side, siliquose; greatly curved, greatest

height equal to two fifths of the length, behind the middle ; ante-

rior half of much less height than the posterior, and bending down-

wards ; anterior extremity narrow, but well

and evenly rounded ; posterior margin much

broader, and also well and evenly rounded ;

dorsal margin strongly arched throughout,

without any angularity in any part, poste-

rior declination much more sudden than

the anterior; ventral margin deeply con-

cave slightly in front of the middle, behind

the middle gently convex, the hinder por-

tion of the shell thus becoming much higher

than the anterior. Seen from above very

narrow, greatest width not more than half

the height, sides nearly flat, both extre-

mities very narrow, but the anterior more

_ acute than the posterior. Length -40

millim.

Tide-marks, among weeds, Vads0, Fin-

mark.

There are only two Ostracoda which

this very small species can be said to

approach at all in shape, and of which it Paradovostoma inflerum.

might be suggested that it was: the young.

These are Paradoxostoma Normani and WSelerochilus contortus.

With the young of the same size in these species it has been com-

pared, and it differs in toto.

Crustacea Ostracoda of Norway. IDs

The young of the former is very much shorter and higher, in fact

shorter and higher than the adult, and lessincurved. ‘The young of

the latter is very nearly as the adult, the extremities much more

nearly equal than in this species, and consequently the whole shape

different ; it is also more convex. It is possible that the present

species may hereafter prove to be a Sclerochilus, and not a Para-~

doxostoma. The specimens described had been dried before they

were noticed, though living when collected.

Section II. PLATYCOPA.

Fam. Cytherellide.

Genus Crruerntia, Bosquet.

Cytherella abyssorum, G. O. Sars,

Stoksund, in Hardanger Fiord, 126 fath.; off Lervig, 200 fath. ;

Bergen Fiord to the south of Bukken, 150—200 fath.; Oster Fior d,

100-200 fath. ; Solems Fiord, Floro, 50-60 fath.

Section IIIT. CLADOCOPA.

Fam. Polycopide.

Genus Potycorr, G. O. Sars.

Polycope orbicularis, G. O. Sars.

Lervig Bay, 3-25 fath.; Bergen Fiord, south of Bukken, 150-200

fath. ; Orter Fiord, 100— 200 Bie: Bog Fiord, Kast Hines Z2=

30 fath.

Section IV. MYODOCOPA.

Fam. Cypridinide.

~ Genus 1, Cypripina, Milne-Edwards.

Cypridina norvegica, Baird.

Hardanger Fiord, off Lervig, 150-180 fath., and in Stoksund,

80-100 fath,

Genus 2. Purnomepss, Lilljeborg.

Philomedes Lilljeborgii, G. O. Sars.

Drébak, 30-100 fath.; Hardanger Fiord, off Lace, 150-180

fath., and in Stoksund, 80—LOQ fath. ; Bergen Fiord, south of

Bukken, 150-200 fath.

Philomedes brenda, Baird.

Drébak, 20-100 fath.; East Finmark, in Varanger, Bog, and

Klosterelv Fiords, 3-100 fathoms. In one bay on the south side of

Bog Fiord it occurred i in extraordinary abundance in 3 fath.

120

Rev. Canon Norman on the Marine

Prof. Sars has met with the following twenty-three species in

Norway, which I have not myself found :—

Cythere crispata, G. S. Brady,=C.

cicatricosa, G'. O. Sars.

— rubida, G. 8. Brady, =C.dram-

mensis, G. O. Sars.

Macallana, G. S. Brady.

Loxoconcha guttata (Norman),=

L. granulata, G. O. Sars,

Cytherura atra, G. O. Sars.

gibba (Miller).

clathrata, G. O. Sars.

Cytheropteron alatum, G. O. Sars.

Bythocythere turgida, G. O. Sars.

dromedaria, G. O. Sars.

—- simplex (Norman),=B. acu-

minata, G. O. Sars.

Bythocythere insignis, G. O.

Sars.

Cytherois Fischeri, G. O. Sars.

vitrea, G. O. Sars.

Paradoxostoma obliquum, G. O.

Sars.

Polycope punctata, G. O. Sars.

pustulata, G. O. Sars.

Cypridina megalops, G. O. Sars.

Asterope norvegica, G. O. Sars.

abyssicola, G. O. Sars.

Concheecia elegans, G. O. Sars.

borealis, G. O. Sars.

Halocypris obtusata, G. O. Sars.

On the other hand, the thirty species which follow have occurred

to me, but are not recorded by Sars as found by himself :—

Pontocypris acupunctata, G. S.

Brady.

Cythere tenera, G. S. Brady.

semipunctata, G. S. brady.

corpulenta, Brad. § Norm.

— gibbosa, Brad. § Rob.

oblonga, G. S. Brady.

leioderma, Norman.

— Robertsoni, G. S. Brady.

—— convexa, Baird.

—— marginata, Norman.

navicula (Norman).

globulifera, G. S. Brady.

complexa, G. 8. Brady.

— cluthe, B.C, R.

albomaculata, Baird.

— quadridentata, Baad.

Cythere mirabilis, G. S. Brady.

Loxoconcha multifora (Norman).

Cytherura exserta, Brad. § Norm.

producta, G. S. Brady.

groeenlandica, Brad, § Norm.

rudis, G. S. Brady.

concentrica, B., C., §& R.

Cytheropteron nodosum, G. 8,

Brady.

inflatum, B, C., §& R.

punctatum, G. S. Brady.

Bythocythere recta, G. S. Brady.

Paradoxostoma orchadense, Brad.

§ Rob.

productum, Brad. § Norm.

—— inflexum, Brad. § Norm.

Arctic Species.

Argilloecia cylindrica.

Cythere lutea.

pellucida.

confusa.

porcellanea.

tenera.

cluthee.

—— gibbosa.

leioderma.

marginata (?).

limicola.

elobulifera.

villosa.

crenulata.

tuberculata.

Cythere concinna.

—— emarginata.

finmarchica.

angulata.

mirabilis.

dunelmensis.

Jonesii.

Cytheridea papillosa.

unctillata.

Sorbyana.

Eucythere declivis.

Krithe bartonensis.

Loxoconcha tamarindus.

fragilis.

Cytherura atra.

Crustacea Ostracoda of Norway.

Cytherura undata.

— greenlandica.

nigrescens.

concentrica.

similis.

rudis.

— clathrata.

Cytheropteron latissimum.

nodosum (?),

inflatum.

hamatum.

Paracypris polita.

Pontocypris mytiloides.

hispida.

acupunctata.

trigonella.

Bairdia inflata.

obtusata.

complanata.

Cythere Macallana.

semipunctata.

crispata (?).

rubida.

oblonga.

— Robertsoni.

convexa.

cuneiformis.

nayicula.

albomaculata.

—— quadridentata.

Macrocypris minna.

angusta.

Cythere echinata.

—— latimarginata.

Cytheropteron montrosiense,

angulatum.

Bythocythere constricta.

turgida.

simplex.

Sclerochilus contortus.

Paradoxostoma variabile.

flexuosum.,

rostratum.

Polycope orbicularis,

Philomedes brenda.

Boreal Species.

Loxoconcha multifora.

—— guttata.

impressa.

Xestoleberis depressa (?).

aurantia.

Cytherura gibba.

=o 66)5)

— acuticostata.

— striata.

—— producta.

— cellulosa.

Cytheropteron punctatum.

alatum.

Pseudocythere caudata.

Cytherois Fischeri.

Paradoxostoma ensiforme.

abbreviatum.

pulchellum.

Abyssal Species.

Cytherella abyssorum.

Conchecia borealis.

elegans.

Halocypris obtusata.

Species of doubtful origin.

Cythere corpulenta.

complexa.

mucronata,

Krithe angusta.

Cytherura affinis.

exserta.

Cytheropteron testudo.

subcircinatum.

Bythocythere insignis.

dromedaria.

Bythocythere recta.

Cytherois vitrea.

Paradoxostoma inflexum.

orchadense,

productum.

Polycope punctata.

pustulata.

Cypridina norvegica.

megalops.

Philomedes Lilljeborgii,

Asterope norvegica.

abyssicola,

121

122 _ Mr. H. G. Smith on new

XI.—Descriptions of Ten new Species of Butterflies from

the North-west Coast of Madagascar, captured by Mr. J.

T. Last, in the Collection of Mr. H. Grose Smith: By H.

Grose Surrn.

Papilio erithonioitdes,

Male.— Upperside. Both wings with markings as in de-

moleus, Linn., but on the posterior wings the stramineous

band which crosses the wings before the middle is broader

and the spots in the submarginal row are more lunulate ; at

the lower end of the dark rufous spot above the anal angle is

a large subovate black spot, the middle median nervule is

produced into a short tail rather more elongate than in

demoleus.

Underside approaches nearer to P. erithonius than P. demoleus,

but the anterior wings are more urorated with stramineous

scales, and on the posterior wings the central band is less

rufous and broader than in ertthontus; the curved black line

which crosses the cell of that species towards its end is

represented in erithonioides by a triangular black spot with

the apex pointing outwards, and the irregular row of black

bars which divides the central band is wider; the veins on

the disk are black instead of stramineous, the ocellus below

the costal nervure is larger; and at the anal angle, instead

of the ferruginous spot crowned with a black spot centred

with blue scales, is a dark rufous spot, with the black spot at

its lower end as on the upperside, above which is a round

black spot with a blue iris centred with brown. The sub-

marginal lunules are more deeply incised outwardly.

Hemale.— Upperside. Both wings resemble the male, but on

the posterior wings a space on each side of the large ocellus

below the costal nervure is bright ferruginous; on the disk

the space between the stramineous band and the row of sub-

marginal lunules is brightly irrorated with stramineous

scales, in which, between the veins, are spaces less densely

irrorated with the same colour, giving the appearance of

indistinct black spots, with clusters of blue scales more or

less distinct below each, resembling somewhat the mottled

appearance of the posterior wings of Ophidocephalus, Oberth.

The lunules in the submarginal row are very strongly deve-

loped, the apices of each lunule being elongated towards the

margin; the tail formed by the prolongation of the middle

median nervule is very marked, being nearly 3 inch lone.

Underside. All the spots on both w ings larger than on the

upperside. Anterior wings with the first four of the sub-

Butterflies from Madagascar. 123

marginal row of spots confluent with the marginal row, the

others nearly confluent. Posterior wings with the apices of

the submarginal lunules much elongated, almost extending

to the marginal row, which are fully developed, the marginal

lunules on each side of the tails extend down them almost to

the end ; across the disk the outer row of sinuate black lines

is crowned with silvery blue in the middle row, the irregular

black spots extend inwardly in a conical shape, and are

margined outwardly with another row of bright blue lines ;

inside the cell at its end is a broad curved black spot centred

with blue; the veins are black, broadly black on the mar-

gins. Both wings between the spots and at the base irrorated

with stramineous scales. Antenne rufous.

Txpanse of wings, ¢ 3%, ¢ 4 inches. ok Vig

This species connects ertthonius, which is an Asiatic, with

demoleus, which is an African species. I have many speci-

mens of demoleus from Madagascar, and was at first dispesed

to consider ertthoniotdes a_variety. ‘lhe development of the

tails in the female is very remarkable. This species is much

larger than er¢thonius, and I have specimens of the female

nearly 5 inches across the wings. A considerable series was

sent.

Pieris ramona.

Male—Upperside. Both wings white. Anterior wings and

inner three fourths of costal margin narrowly, thence to the

apex broadly black, the black oradually narrowing along the

outer margin to a little beyond the middle median nervule,

where it ceases; a small black spot at the end of the cell,

a cluster of black scales forming an indistinct submarginal

spot between the upper and middle median nervules, the

space from the outer third of the cel], and thence over the

disk to the black apical band and nearly as far as the pos-

terior angle, bright orange.

Underside. Anterior w ings very pale orange stramincous,

brighter towards the base, inner margin nearly white; the

spots as on the upperside, but larger and very black. ’Pos-

terior wings, inner half of costal margin bright orange, the

rest of the wings stramineous.

Femaie.— Upperside. Anterior wings pale orange, costal

and outer margins narrowly black, a black spot at the end of

the cell; four submarginal black spots—the first below the

third subcostal nervule minute, the second larger, below the

first discoidal nervule, the third the largest, below the upper

median nervule, the fourth below the lowest median nervule,

about the same size as the third spot but less defined; a few

124 Mr. H. G. Smith on new

black scales at the posterior angle. Posterior wings brighter

orange.

Underside. Anterior wings brighter, and posterior wings

paler orange than on the upperside, the spots on anterior

wings as on the upperside, the costal margin of posterior

wings at the base bright orange.

Expanse of wings 2? inches.

Nearest to P. antsianaka, Ward, and P. affinis, Mab.

Mylothris majungana.

Male.—Upperside. Anterior wings milky white, with the

apex from a little beyond the middle of the costal margin

broadly, and thence along the outer margin gradually decreas-

ing to the inner angle, black, the inner edge deeply dentate as

in nagare, Grose Smith ; the costal margin at the base grey,

the base of the wings brightly tinged with orange. Posterior

wings pale yellow, the lowest subcostal, the discoidal, and

median nervules tipped with black.

Underside. Anterior wings stramineous, apex broadly ful-

vous, the base to the middle of the cell orange. Posterior

wings bright fulvous, costal margin, from the base to the

middle, orange.

Expanse of wings 13 inch.

Nearest to M. Last’, Grose Smith, from Mombasa.

Acrea andromba.

Male.— Upperside. Resembles A. obecra, Hew. (piva,

Guenée), but is smaller ; the anterior wings are narrower, and

the posterior wings rounder ; the rufous basal colouring on the

anterior wings is paler, and extends nearly to the end of the

cell and to the posterior angle. On the posterior wings the

rufous area extends over nearly all the wings, especially

towards the anal angle, where it reaches the margin, the

spots at the base and in the irregular row across the disk are

comparatively smaller, the dark marginal band is more

defined, in which, between the veins and touching the mar-

gin, is a row of six nearly round bright rufous spots; in

obeira these spots are only three or four in number, are

situate towards the anal angle, and are more elongate in

shape.

On the underside of the posterior wings the marginal row

of rufous spots is more distinct than in A. obeira.

The female is much paler, the coloured area of both wings

being stramineous, and extending over nearly the whole

of the posterior wings.

Expanse of wings, g 12, 9 2% inches.

Butterflies from Madagascar. 125

Hypolimnas deludens. }

Male.— Upperside. Resembles H. deceptor, Trimen, from

Delagoa Bay and Mombasa, but differs from it in having on

the upperside of both wings a row of seven spots inside the

partly obsolete submarginal row of spots of deceptor. In this

row, on the anterior wings, the first and seventh are the

largest ; on the posterior wings they are all nearly the same

size.

Underside. On both wings the submarginal rows of spots

are very distinct. On the posterior wings the shoulder is

entirely white, and the band below it is much darker, broader,

and above the subcostal nervure uninterrupted, deceptor

having above that nervure a subovate whitish-brown space.

The outer marginal band of deludens is also much wider and

darker, except near the apex and on either side of the upper

median nervule, where there are paler spaces.

Female resembles [H. deceptor 2? , but the anterior wings are

shorter ; on the upperside of both wings the additional row of

spots is very distinct, and on the posterior wings the large

central white space does not extend towards the costal mar-

gin, above the first subcostal nervule.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 22, ? 3 inches.

Thaleropis kilusa.

Male.— Upperside.- Anterior wings dark brown, with the

base, a spot near the end of the cell, an oblique spot beyond

the cell, another smaller below it and nearer the margin

between the upper and middle median nervules, and a trans-

verse space extending over the disk from the middle median

nervule to the inner margin about its middle, interrupted in

the middle below the cell, light brown. Posterior wings

elongate to the anal angle, which is acuminate, light brown,

with a broad dark brown band on the costal margin extend-

ing nearly to the apex, paler in the middle on the margin ;

the apex, costal nervure, and subcostal nervules tipped with

dark brown, and a submarginal row of five dark brown lines

(the two uppermost macular) between the veins from the

discoidal nervule to near the anal angle.

Underside. Anterior wings black at the base, gradually be-

coming paler to the outer margin,where they are pinkish brown ;

the spots as above, but paler, the spots beyond the cell being

pinkish brown, and the light brown discal space being more

restricted below the cell; an indistinct submarginal row of

dark spots following the outer margin. Posterior wings

126 Mr. H. G. Smith on new

pinkish brown, darker from the base to the middle, the outer

edge of this space being fairly well defined and angulated

outwardly on the first and third median nervule.

Expanse of wings 1? inch.

Nearest to 7’. aedennrts, Hew. The shape of the anterior

wings resembles 7’. conta, Eversm., but is more sharply scal-

loped on the outer margin ‘of anterior wings, and the posterior

wings are more elongate and acuminate at the anal angle

than in either of the two last-named species.

Libythea ancoata.

Upperside resembles L. cinyras, Trim., from Mauritius, but

the spots in the cell and on posterior wings smaller and

greyer. It differs from L. labdaca, Westw., in the absence of

the brownish-grey patch between the low est median nervule

and submedian nervure on the anterior wings, and on the

posterior wings in the band of spots below the cell being

very nearly obsolete. On the underside of the anterior

wings the brown spaces within the cell are narrower than in

either cinyras or labdaca. On the posterior wings at the

lower side of the cell from the base to beyond its end is

a somewhat curved greyish-black band followed at the middle

of the outer margin by a similar patch of the same colour.

Eixpanse of wings 1§ inch.

Deudorix derona.

Male.—Upperside. Anterior wings dark brown, with an

orange-red patch across the middle of the wings to the inner

margin; the upper part extends into the cell towards its end,

and its outer and inner edges are somewhat irregular. Pos-

terior wings, the inner half dark brown, the remainder of the

wings orange-red with a narrow black margin.

Underside. Anterior wings resemble D. dariaves, Hew., but

the inner edge of the discal band of lines is interrupted.

Posterior wings with three basal red spots narrowly sur-

rounded with black and. bordered with white, a spot near the

middle of the costal margin bordered inwardly with black

and margined with white, two interrupted rows of lines

bordered inwardly with white, and a submarginal row bordered

outwardly with white; otherwise resembles dartaves, but the

wings are more slate- coloured, and less irrorated with white,

and above the anal lobe is a rather conspicuous triangular

pale grey space bordered with black.

Female.— Upperside. Anterior wings dark grey, centred

with a large pale grey patch extending from the cell and

Butterflies from Madagascar 127

partly in it, over the disk to the inner margin. Posterior

wings slaty grey, with two large round black spots towards

the anal angle near the margin, and a black spot partially

covered with metallic blue scales and crowned with pale

yellow in the lobe; margin narrowly black, with a narrow

white line inside it; cilia white.

Underside whiter than in the male, with all the spots and

lines, except towards the anal angle of posterior wings, more

or less tinted with red ; the outer black anal spot on posterior

wings is broadly crowned with yellow, the inner black spot

is obsolete and represented by a cluster of metallic blue scales.

Exxpanse of wings, ¢ 14, 2 1} inch.

Nearest to D. dartaves. Mons. Grandidier has figured a

species called batikeli; Boisd., but his figure does not quite

agree with the female above described, and as Mons. Mabille

states that the female of his butterfly to a great extent

-yesembles the male, and there can be no doubt that the two

insects described by me are sexes of the same species, I

venture to consider them distinct from Boisduval’s species.

Cyclopides amena.

Upperside. Anterior wings dark brown, with a large

yellow patch extending above and over the whole of the cell,

except a small space at the base, extending also a little

beyond and below the cell. as far as the lowest median

nervule ; a yellow subcostal bar beyond the cell and a small

yellow spot below it nearer the outer margin. Posterior

wings yellow, except the space along the costal margin as far

as the first subcostal nervule.

Underside as above, except that the whole of the apex of

the anterior wings is broadly yellow, the two yellow sub-

apical spots being merged in the yellow area, but indistinctly

seen; a narrow black outer margin. ‘The posterior wings

all yellow, irrorated with black along the costal margin.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Near to C. pardalinus, Butl.

Tagiades samborana.

Male.— Upperside. Both wings pale ashy brown ; anterior

wings with a cluster of three vitreous spots in the middle

of the wings, two small above, the other, twice their size and

triangular, below the middle median nervule; a transverse

dusky brown bar from the middle of the costa to nearly

as far as the median nervure; a narrower bar of the same

colour extends from the apex of the lower triangular spot, in

128 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on two new Scarabeide.

the opposite direction to the upper bar, to a little beyond the

middle of the submedian nervure, a dusky spot below the

cell at its junction with the lowest median nervule, and

another nearer the base below it. Posterior wings with a

curved row of dusky spots between the veins a little beyond

the middle, the two uppermost being situated below the

middle of the costal nervure and approaching the base.

Underside. Anterior wings paler than above, especially the

space beneath the lower vitreous spot beyond the narrow bar

(which is represented as on the upperside), where it is dusted

with pale grey. Posterior wings white, except along the

costal margin and apical region, where it is dusted with ashy

grey, the row of spots on the upperside being represented on

the underside by a row of smaller black spots, several of

which are nearly obsolete.

Expanse of wings 14 inch.

XII.—Descriptions of two new Scarabeeides of the Genus

Phaneus. By CuarLes O. WATERHOUSE.

Phaneus Leander, De}., in litt.

Niger ; capite postice thoraceque viridibus plus minusve auratis vel

cuprescentibus, nitidis, crebre rugosis ; elytris eruginoso-viridibus,

surdis, late sulcatis, interstitiis anguste costiformibus, nitidis,

cupreis ; pygidio sat fortiter crebre punctato, nitido, viridi, apice

nigro ; corpore subtus cyanescenti.

do. Capite cornu longo, acuminato, leviter curvato, crebre punctato

instructo; thorace ante basin utrinque tuberculo acuto, nigro

armato.

@. Capite cornu lato, sat longo, crebre punctato, ad apicem bifur-

cato instructo; thorace disco medio fossa sat magna vix punctata,

et supra fossam processu sat magno, lato, horizontali, antice

-paullo angustiore, ad apicem triangulariter exciso instructo.

Long. 13 lin.

Hab. Colombia, Santa Fé de Bogota (Buquet).

This species is allied to P. hastifer, but is quite differently

coloured, and the armature of the thorax and of the head in

the female are different. ‘The thorax is coarsely rugose,

obliquely declivous anteriorly, the male having two distant

erect black tubercles at a short distance from the base. The

female has on the head a broad, erect, slightly curved horn,

Mr. C. O.. Waterhouse on two new Searabaide. 129

the apex of which is deeply triangularly cleft. The thorax

has a smooth cavity in the middle of the disk, and projecting

over this cavity there is a rather broad prominence, which is

black, horizontal, and triangularly cut out at its apex. The

elytra are dull dark green, with shining, sparingly punctured

or wrinkled coppery coste.

Phaneus horus.

Prasinus; capite antice nigro, angulis posticis auratis, epistomo

bidentato, vertice cornu erecto, acuminato sat gracili levissime

flexuoso armato ; thorace antice viridi, postice cyaneo-viridi, ad

latera aurato; disco antice excavationibus duabus rotundatis

approximatis (a carina divisis) levibus, et postice excavatione

profunda levi utrinque carina laminiformi sat elevata instructo,

basi medio vix producta bifoveata ; elytris surdis, leviter striatis,

interstitiis subplanis, secundo quartoque leviter convexis, ad basin

transversim impressis (basi ipsa paullo elevata) sutura elevata

nitidissima, limbo sat nitido ; pygidio nitido, basisat crebre punc-

tato; tibiis anticis, et intermediis et posticis antice tarsisque

cyaneo-nigris. <¢.

Long. 93 lin.

Hab. Brazil.

This species appears to be nearest to Ph. saphirinus, Sturm,

but is at once distinguished by the dull elytra. The head is

similar, but there is an oblique ridge in front of the eye

extending nearly to the posterior angle; the space in front of

this ridge is punctured ; the horn is slender and is only about

21 lines long. The thorax has the anterior angles very

obtuse, but not so much rounded as in Ph. saphirinus; the

sides are more punctured ; the armature is on the same plan,

but the three impressions or excavations are nearly equally

deep and more equal in size; the ridges on each side of the

posterior impression are more developed, less approximate,

and more directed forward over the anterior excavations ;

anteriorly they unite below and join the ridge which divides

the anterior excavations. ‘The elytra are quite different and

much resemble those of Ph. splendidulus, but the interstices

are still less convex, and the foveee so common at the base

are almost entirely obliterated.

The single male example before me bears a label which is

not very distinct, but appears to be ‘ Brésil. De Cand.”

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. vii. 9

130

Miss E. M. Sharpe on new

XIII.—Deseriptions of some new Species of Lepidoptera col-

lected by Mr. Herbert Ward at Bangala, on the Congo.

Emity Mary SHARPE.

Romaleosoma rubronotata, sp. 0.

General colour black, green,

and yellow.

Fore wing: costa and hind

margin black, with a broad band

of black extending from the hind

margin to the costal nervure,

crossing the middle of the wing.

There is a small subapical patch

of green and a larger patch of the

same colour on the inner mar-

gin. There is no sign of any

red at the base.

Hind wing: hind margin

scalloped with white, with a very

broad border of black followed

by a subterminal border of heavy

black spots shaded with green.

From the costa, crossing the disk,

is a band of deep ochre. The

basal area is green, and at the

base one small spot of red.

Underside: jore wing yel-

lowish or greenish yellow, with

markings and spots of black ;

three very distinct black spots in

the discoidal cell, with a black

transverse mark at the end of

the cell, and a row of hastate

black markings, increasing in

size towards the inner margin.

The small patch of red at the

base is rather distinct.

The hind wing has the whole

of the basal area ochre-yellow,

with a patch of green in the

discoidal cell; three distinct black

spots in the cell, with an exterior

row of larger black spots. The

subterminal row on the hind

margin is heavily marked with

black hastate spots, with a narrow

border of green dividing the row

from the black hind margin.

Romaleosoma themis, Hibn.

General colour black, green,

and yellow.

Fore wing: costa and hind

margin black; from the costal

nervure crossing the apical por-

tion is a band of deep yellow.

There is a small patch of green

on the inner margin and at the

base a little mark of red.

Mind wing : whole of the

basal area bluish green, with a

broad hind marginal border of

black, which terminates in two

black spots towards the inner

margin. ‘The red patch at the

base of the wing is very in-

distinct.

Underside: hind margin black,

with a subterminal row of black

hastate spots ; the band of yellow

strongly marked; at end of the

discoidal cell a narrow transverse

band of black; the inside of the

cell pale blue, with two black

spots of different size. The

red at the base of the wing

is very large.

The hind wing has the hind

margin black, with asubterminal

narrow border of blue, followed

by a row of black hastate

spots. The inner margin and

discal portion yellow. From

the costa there is a row of black

spots varying in size; the

cell blue as in the fore wing,

marked with some black spots.

The red patch at the base

Lepidoptera from Bangala.

The female differs a great deal

from that of R. themis, the large

patch being entirely white in-

stead of yellow; this patch is

tinged with blue towards the base.

On the inner margin the large

patch of bluish white extends

to the first median nervule and

almost unites with the large

white apical patch on the fore

wing. ‘The red basal patch not

very distinct, but visible between

the median and submedian ner-

vules. ‘The basal area, discoidal

cell, and hind margin black, the

latter being scalloped and show-

ing the white fringe between the

nervules very distinctly.

The hind wing very dark

green, with one small red spot

at the base. The whole of the

central area yellow, and the

hind margin with a very bread

black border.

The underside is very similar

to that of FR. themis, Hubn., but

is much paler and all the

markings and spots are very

distinct.

Exp., ¢ 3:25, 9 4:1 inches.

The type is in the collection

of Mr. Philip Crowley.

Romaleosoma Herberti, sp. n-

General colour of fore wing

ochre, with greenish reflexions

and a distinct band of rich ochre

before the subapical area.

Fore wing : white apical patch

large.

Black subapical patch inter-

rupted in the centre by two

ovate greenish spots.

Costal margin ochre.

131

is much larger and distinctly

marked.

The female is much blacker,

with a bluish patch on the inner

margin. Near the apical por-

tion of the fore wing is a large

yellow patch, bigger than in the

male.

The hind wing has the central

area blue, with a broad black

border on the hind margin. The

red at the base of both wings

is visible, though rather smaller

on the hind wing.

The underside is so exactly

like that of the male that it is

unnecessary to describe it.

Romaleosoma Crockeri, Butler.

General colour of fore wing

black, with greenish reflexions

towards the inner margin and

basal area; the band before the

subapical area pale ochre.

Fore wing: white apical patch

small.

Black subapical patch nearly

uniform, with no green spots.

Costal margin ochre.

In both species the hind margin has a broad dark border, though

132

Miss E. M. Sharpe on new

this border is much darker in R. Crockeri ; there is a distinct dark

shading along the costa and each side of the transverse ochraceous

bands, being much darker and more pronounced in ft. Crocker,

Butl.

Hind wing ochraceous, with

greenish reflexions and broad

dark green subterminal band,

the white on the scalloped hind

margin very distinct. No black

basal area.

Underside: very similar to that

of R. Crockeri, the general colour

being more yellow, with the

black markings much fainter.

In the discoidal cell there are

only two small black spots on

the fore wing, with a small

patch of apple-green in the

cell.

Hind wing: on the costal mar-

gin is a streak of crimson; the

discoidal cell green, and the

inner margin deep yellow, as in

R. Crockeri.

The female ochraceous, with

the costa, apex, and hind mar-

gin deep brown.

The yellow transverse band,

from the costal margin to the

hind margin, rather wider than

in the male.

The hind wing has the whole

of the basal area ochraceous, with

a broad hind marginal border

brown.

Underside much paler, with

the light green patch and three

black spots in the discoidal cell,

on the fore wing. ‘The discoidal

Hind wing: with a large

basal area of dark green, with

the discal portion ochre, which

colour occupies the centre of the

wing, this again shading into

green near the black hind mar-

gin, which is very broad, and

shows very indistinctly the

white on the scalloped edge.

Underside: deep yellow, with

the discoidal cell green, and

three black spots very distinct

in the cell. At the end of the

discoidal cell there are two black

transverse lines, the outer one

near the apex, extending to the

first median nervule of the fore

wing.

Hind wing yellow, with a

broad deep crimson streak on

the costal margin.

The discoidal cell green, with

two black spots in the cell near

the base; round this green patch

isa row of black spots between

the nervules, commencing above

the subcostal nervule to just be-

low the discoidal or radial ner-

vule; there is also a small black

transverse line.

The female is very similar to

the male, but is larger.

Lepidoptera from Bangala.

cell green, with one black spot,

on the hind wing.

Exp., ¢ 3°5, 2 4:0 inches.

Hab. Bangala.

Romaleosoma sarita, sp. 0.

General colour bright green,

with markings of black or very

dark green.

Fore wing: a broad band of

black from the base of the dis-

coidal eell extending to the

hind margin, with a small white

fringe to the latter. There is a

triangular patch of green on the

apical portion, and a patch of

green on the inner margin ex-

tending to the base of the wing.

Hind wing: bright green,

with the hind margin black ;

there is a submarginal row of

green spots of small size, which

becomes more indistinct as they

approach the costa.

Underside: greener, with

costal and discoidal cell deep

yellow, with three small black

spots in the cell, on the fore

wing.

Hind wing: green, with the

whole of the inner margin deep

yellow as in &. franca, but

there is no visible marking or

spot.

Exp. 3°5 inches.

Hab, Bangala.

133

Romaleosoma francina, Godt.

General colour steel-green,

with a transverse line of pale

yellow, with some blue and

black spots.

Fore wing: bright steel-green,

with a very indistinct trans-

verse yellow band from the

costa to the border on the hind

margin. In the discoidal cell

there are three black spots, with

two of the spots forming a bar

at the end of the cell.

Hind wing: basal area steel-

green, with one very large black

spot at the end of the discoidal

cell; there are two smaller spots

in the cell. The hind margin

has a very broad black border,

this border being divided by 4

row of blue spots varying in

size.

Underside: bright red, and

in the discoidal cell of both

wings are some black spots

varying in size. On the hind

wing, from the middle of the

costa, is a narrow transverse

band of silvery white.

LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA.

Fam. Nyctemeride.

Girpa Wardi, sp. n.

General colour creamy white,

with the costa, apex, and hind

margin black.

Fore wing: the black patch

Girpa circumdata, Walk.

General colour creamy white,

with the costa, apex, and hind

margin black.

Fore wing: no black at the

134

at the base of the wing much

largerinsize, and extending along

the inner margin, which greatly

reduces the size of the white

portion; this white patch extends

up to the discoidal cell. The black

apical patch is relieved by a

small white ovate spot.

Hind wing: white, with a very

broad border of black on the

hind margin; there is also a

small patch of black at the base.

Underside same as above; at

the base of both wings is a patch

of rufous, rather larger in size

than in G. circumdata.

Hab. Bangala.

On new Lepidoptera from Bangala.

base, the white patch on the

inner margin extending to the

base of the wing. The black

apical patch is relieved by a

small white ovate spot.

Hind wing: whole of the

basal area white, with an irre-

gular border of black on the

hind margin. At the base there

is no black visible as in the fore

wing.

Underside exactly the same

as the upperside; at the base

of both wings a small patch

of rufous, this colour being less

plainly marked on the hind wing.

Tadd the description of another apparently new species of

Moth.

Otroeda Jonesi, sp. n.

General colour smoky brown,

with the costa, apical portion,

and hind margin of the fore wing

rather darker brown. On the

hind marginal border is a row

of six white spots varying in

size.

Near the end of the discoidal

cell, and below the subcostal

nervure, is a transverse band of

white, increasing in width a little

above the posterior angle; a

second band of white a little

below the apex of the fore wing.

At the posterior angle are

three small white spots extend-

ing up towards the apex. The

submedian nervure, from the

base to the hind margin, has a

very distinct streak of white;

there are also some other streaks

of white, one near the costal

margin and another in the dis-

coidal cell, with two larger white

streaks, much longer, just below

the cell.

Otroeda hesperia, Cram.

General colour white, with the

costa, apical portion, and hind

margin of the fore wing brownish

black. On this black border is

a subterminal row of six white

spots varying in size.

About the middle of the fore

wing, from the costa, crossing at

the end of the discoidal cell, is a

transverse band of brown, de-

creasing to a point towards the

first median nervule, and some-

times joining the black border

on the hind margin. Near the

base is a second brown band

crossing from the costa through

the middle of the discoidal cell

and joining the submedian ner-

vure at the posterior angle.

From the base, pointing to the

hind margin, are a number of

brown streaks.

On some Shells in the British Museum.

Hind wing entirely smoky

brown, with a very broad hind

marginal border of dark brown,

relieved by a row of white spots

on the fringe, and a subterminal

row of eight white spots varying

very much in size. <A yellow

patch at the anal angle is also

visible, though much darker in

colour.

The underside is very similar

to the upperside in markings,

though the general colour is

rather paler.

Hab. Ogowé River, Gaboon,

(J. W. Jones).

135

Hind wing entirely white, with

a border of brownish black on

the hind margin. On this border

is a subterminal row of white

spots, as on the fore wing, with

the exception of another row of

white spots on the fringe, this

row being very distinct on the

hind wing. On the fore wing

there are only four white spots

commencing from the posterior

angle. A yellow patch above

this black hind marginal border

is very distinct, and in some

specimens extends to the middle

of the wing, while the other half

is pure white.

XIV.—WNotes on some Shells recently received by the British

Museum.

By Enaar A. SMIra.

F Rom time to time the British Museum has been indebted

to Mr. John Brazier, of Sydney, for very valuable donations

of Mollusca and other specimens. A recent consignment

contains a series of interesting species, upon some of which

I have made the following notes. I also add descriptions of

such as appear to be new, and finally append a list of the

species of Land-shells at present known from Woodlark Island

and the D’Entrecasteaux Group. I also take this oppor-

tunity of mentioning an omission in my paper on the land

and freshwater shells of the Louisiade Archipelago, published

in the ‘Annals’ for September 1889. Helix diomedes of

Brazier *, unfortunately, was not referred to.

1. Pupinella Angast (Brazier).

Pupina Angasi, Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. vol. i. p. 5.

Pupinella louisiadensis, Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1889, vol. iv.

p. 204, pl. xiii. figs. 3, 4.

Hab. New Guinea (Brazier olim) ; Rossel Island, Loui-

siade Group (Brazier in litt. and Thomson).

I described this species under the name of P. loutsiadensis,

* Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. vol. ii. p. 121.

136 Mr. E. A. Smith on some Shells

being ignorant of Mr. Brazier’s paper in the Proc. Linn. Soc.

N.S. Wales.

Mr. Brazier has kindly called my attention to his descrip-

tion, and sent a splendid series of specimens (including the

actual types) of his Pupina Angast, which at once proves its

identity with P. louistadensis.

Ancther species of Pupznella from the Louisiade Archi-

pelago has also received the name Angas?. This species was

described by H. Adams in the Proc. Zooi. Soc. for 1875.

His description was read in April and published in August.

Mr. Brazier’s species appears to take a few months’ priority,

and must therefore be retained; the description was read

in January of the same year, and published (so I am informed

by Mr. Brazier) the followmg May. Under these circum-

stances I have much pleasure in adopting for the shell

described by Adams the name “ Pupinella Smithii, Brazier,”

as kindly suggested by Mr. Brazier in a letter dated

April 15th of this year.

2. Pupinella Braziere (Smith).

Megalomastoma Braxiere, Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1888, vol. xix.

p. 424, pl. xv. fig. 15.

flab. Ferguson Island and Cape Pierson, Normanby

Island, D’Entrecasteaux group, south-east of British New

Guinea.

Since describing this species, I have had an opportunity of

examining a series of specimens of the genus Pupinella trom

the Louisiade Islands, which shows that the characteristic

notches in the labrum vary considerably in depth and other

respects in species otherwise very much alike.

Quite a transition from a largely developed loop-like slit

on the columellar side to a mere indication of a notch is

observable in P. grandis, Macgregori, minor, Smithti, Mou-

linsiana, Angast (Brazier), and Losseliana. The study of

these forms now points to the conclusion that the present

‘species should also be located in the genus Pupinella, and

not in Megalomastoma. ‘The labral notch may be said to have

entirely disappeared in this species, which, however, still

possesses certain characters in common with several of the

other species, namely, the uniform reddish colour, the well-

thickened reflexed peristome, which is united to the body-

whorl above in the same manner, the cireum-umbilical ridge or

keel, and the sudden descent and contraction of the body-

whorl near the aperture.

in the British Museum. 137

3. Helix (Geotrochus) woodlarkiana (Souverbie).

Hab. Woodlark Island (Sowverbie), Normanby Island,

D’Entrecasteaux Group (Brazier).

The three specimens sent by Mr. Brazier from the above

locality differ in markings. All, however, are similar in

form, and agree in having the characteristic brownish or

violet stain at the upper part of the reflexed columella. One

specimen is waxy white, varied with opaque creamy white,

interrupted, obliquely arcuate streaks upon the upper part of

the body-whorl, and the spiral zones, as described in the type,

are only faintly noticeable. The peristome in this example is

of a brown flesh-tint, in the two other specimens it is white.

Souverbie's figure does not at all well show the pretty inter-

rupted bands which ornament the upper surface. ‘The keeled

periphery appears to be constantly white.

4, Helix (Geotrochus) Boyert, Fischer & Bernardi.

Hab. Admiralty Islands (/. & B.); Louisiade Archipelago

(Angas) ; east end of Woodlark Island (Brazier).

Two specimens from Woodlark Island evidently belong

to this species, but are differently coloured from the type.

One is uniformly very light brown, with the exception of the

white lip and a small lilac stain in the umbilical region.

The other is cream-white, with two spiral brown bands, of

which one above the periphery is a little broader than the

other below it, and revolves up the spire. The slight pro-

minence on the inner columellar edge shown in the figure is

only present in one of the specimens at hand.

5. Helix (Papuina) albocarinata, Smith.

Hab. South Cape, British New Guinea; also east end

of Woodlark Island (Brazier).

The two specimens from Woodlark Island undoubtedly

belong to this species. They agree in every particular with

the type, excepting that one has a few narrow interrupted

opaque white zones on the upper as well as the lower surface,

whereas the other has none, being uniformly semipellucid,

with the exception of the opaque keel at the periphery. This

specimen also is a trifle less elevated than the type. All

have the yellowish stripe behind the slightly expanded lip.

6. Helix (Hadra) bourkensis, sp. n.

Testa anguste umbilicata, depresse globosa, subtenuis, nitida, fla-

vescens, zonis duabus rufo-fuscis supra medium ornata ; anfractus

138 Mr. E, A. Smith on some Shells

54, convexiusculi, sublente accrescentes, sutura subprofunda

sejuncti, incrementi lineis tenuibus striati, superne minute

granulati, ultimus antice vix descendens, ad peripheriam rotun-

datus, inferne quam supra nitidior, haud granulatus ; spira brevis

ad apicem obtusa; apertura late lunata, pallide fuscescens, zona

lata saturatiore superne ornata; peristoma tenue, pallidum,

leviter expansum, margine columellari dilatato et reflexo, umbi-

licum semiobtegente.

Diam. maj. 20 millim., min. 173, alt. 143; apertura 10 longa,

94 lata.

Hab. Bourke, Darling River, New South Wales (Brazier).

This species in general appearance is considerably like

H. Broughami, Angas, and H. Angasiana, Pfeiffer. The

banding is exactly the same as that of the iatter species, but

its epidermis is yellower. It is also distinguished by its less

globose form, smaller body-whorl, its more glossy surface,

especially the under surface, the much smaller umbilicus and

much thinner peristome, and a different granular sculpture

on the spire. HH. Broughami has an additional brown band

below the periphery, has a finer granulation above, the umbi-

licus is more open and surrounded by a coloured zone, and

the aperture is wider. HA. Stutchbury?, Pfr., is a smaller

form, more finely granular above, and in the type the spiral

zones are much narrower than in the present and the two

above-named species.

7. Helicina woodlarkensis, sp. n.

Testa parva, breviter trochiformis, solidiuscula, pallide corneo-lutea,

concolor, inferne nitidior quam supra, undique spiraliter tenuiter

sulcata, lineis incrementi obliquis striata; anfract. 5, celeriter

crescentes, subplani, ultimus in medio acute angulatus, infra con-

vexiusculus, callo basali pellucido munitus ; spira breviter conica,

ad apicem haud acuta; apertura subobliqua, longit. totius $ fere

gequans ; peristoma pallidum, mediocriter expansum, operculum

fere album, externe leviter concavum.

Alt. 6 millim., diam. maj. 83, min. 7 ; apertura 33 longa, 3 lata.

| Hab. Woodlark Island (Brazier).

This species in form and sculpture is very like H. reticu-

lata, Pfr. It is, however, somewhat larger, has no variegated

markings, the outer lip is more expanded, and the operculum

is differently coloured. 1. reticulata occurs at Cape York

and other places in North-east Australia. The ‘ Cape

Flattering,’ mentioned by Sowerby ™*, should of course be

Cape Flattery on the North Queensland coast. His figure

of that species represents the spire rather too much raised,

* Thesaurus Con. vol. iii. pl. vii, ff 231-2.

an the British Museum. 139

8. Scalaria ballinensis, sp. n.

Testa elongata, pyramidalis, imperforata, levigata, haud costulata,

albida vel pallide fuscescens, paulo nitida; anfractus normales 9,

mediocriter convexi, regulariter sublente accrescentes, lineis incre-

menti conspicuis obliquis, hice illic subvariciformibus, striisque

spiralibus tenuibus subobsoletis sculpti, superne ad suturam

leviter obliquam irregulariter crenulati, ultimus circa medium

porca obtusa angulatus ; apertura parva, ovato-circularis, longit.

totius 7 adeequans ; columella obliqua, inferne incrassata, sub-

effusa ; labrum vix incrassatum.

Longit. 17 millim., diam. 63; apertura 43 longa, 3 lata.

Hab. Ballina, near mouth of the Richmond River, New

South Wales.

This species is remarkable on account of the smoothness

of the whorls and the absence of ribs so characteristic of

Scalaria. Of the four specimens presented to the British

Museum by Mr. Brazier, one only presents any colouring.

The total whiteness of the remaining three may be due to

bleaching, as they appear to be dead shells. ‘The coloured

example is pale brown, crossed here and there by a few

oblique whitish lines or pseudo-varices, which evidently

mark periods of growth. Behind the outer lip and parallel

with it is an orange stripe, particularly noticeable within the

aperture. ‘The apex of all the specimens being broken away,

I am unable to describe the nuclear whorls. The form and

proportion of the whorls of this species are fairly well illus-

trated by Se. (Acirsa) borealis, Beck.

List of Land-Shells of Woodlark Island.

1. Helix (Geotrochus) woodlarkiana, Souverbie.

Helix (Geotrochus) wovdlarkiana, Souverbie, Journ. de Conch. 1863,

pp. 76, 172, pl. v. f. 2.

Hab. Woodlark Island (Souverdie) .

2. Helix (Geotrochus) Boyert, Fischer & Bernardi.

Helix (Geotrochus) Boyert, Fischer & Bernardi, Journ. de Conch. 1856,

vol. v. p. 297, pl. 9. ff. 8, 9.

Hab. Woodlark Island (Brazier).

3. Heli (Papuina) albocarinata, Smith.

Helix (Papuina) albocarinata, Smith, Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. 1887,

vol. xix. p. 422, pl. xv. f. 12.

Hab. Woodlark Island (Brazier).

140 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Chaleosiide.

4. Partula similaris, Hartmann.

Partula similaris, Hartmann, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1886,

p- 30.

Hab. Woodlark Island (Brazier).

5. Partula woodlarkiana, Hartmann.

Partula woodlarkiana, Hartmann, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1886,

p. 93.

Hab. Woodlark Island (Brazier).

6. Pupina Moulinsiana, Fischer & Bernardi.

Pupina Moulinsiana, Fischer & Bernardi, Journ. de Conch. 1857,

vol. v. p. 299, pl. ix. ff. 6, 7.

Hab. Woodlark Island (Montrouzier & Brazter).

7. Helicina Fischeriana, Montrouzier.

Helicina Fischeriana, Montrouzier, Journ, de Conch. 1863, pp. 76, 171,

Di Vata.

Hab. Woodlark Island (Montrouzier).

8. Helicina woodlarkensis, sp. n.

Hab. Woodlark Island (Brazier).

Species from the D’ Entrecasteaux Group.

In the Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1883, vol. xi. p. 191,

I described four species of Helix, viz. H. ovystoma, H. lati-

axis, H. Tapparonit, and H, Gerrardi, as coming from this

group of islands.

Mr. Brazier, in the Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales,

1884, vol. ix. p. 804, has pointed out that these species were

collected on the mainland of New Guinea itself, inland from

Port Moresby. Excluding these species, there appear to be

only two land-shells at present known from these islands,

namely, Pupinella Braziere, Smith, and Helix ( Geotrochus)

woodlarkiana, Souverbie, both of which I have above re-

ferred to.

XV.—Descriptions of Hight new Species of Chalcosiide.

By Herpert Druce, F.L.S. &e.

THE specimens are all in my own collection.

Trypanophora anchora, sp. 0.

Primaries and secondaries chrome-yellow with the veins, a

band crossing the middle of the wing and the outer margin

Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Chalcosiide. 141

of both wings broadly black, the underside the same as above ;

the head and thorax black, the collar, tegule, and a large

spot at the base of the thorax chrome-yellow, the abdomen

black banded with chrome-yellow, the anus black, antenne

and legs black.

Expanse 2 inches,

Hab. Sumatra.

This species is very distinct from any known to me.

Pompelon philippensis, sp. n.

Primaries dark brown, shot with bright dark blue along

the costal margin and at the apex, the same as in Pompelon

ampliatum, Butler. Secondaries dark brown, with a large

purplish-blue patch at the apex, somewhat the same as in

Pompelon marginator, Guer., but shading off to silky white

on the costal margin. On the underside this species closely

resembles P. marginator, but has the veins more distinctly

marked with blue-green. The head and antennz black, the

collar bright carmine, the tegule deep blue; the thorax

and the upperside of the abdomen deep black; the underside

of the thorax and the abdomen bright carmine, the latter

banded with black; the anus bright carmine, the legs blue-

black.

Expanse 3 to 34 inches.

Hab. Philippine Islands, Mindanao.

This species is allied to P. marginator and P. ampliatum,

from which it is readily distinguished by the silky white

mark near the apex of the secondaries.

Pompelon anethussa, sp. n.

Primaries dark brown, the costal margin and the apex

shaded with dark blue. Secondaries dark brown, with a

large bright blue patch at the apex, which extends partly

round the outer margin; the outer margin from the anal

angle to the blue patch near the apex broadly bordered with

brownish white. The underside of both wings pale brown, the

costal and outer half of the primaries thickly irrorated with

green scales. The head, thorax, and upperside of the abdo-

men deep black, the anus and underside red.

Expanse 23 inches.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Province Wellesley.

This species seems to be allied to P. acrocyanea, De Haan,

from which it is at once distinguished by the pale margin to

the secondaries, and also to P. valentula, Swinhoe, but it is

a much smaller insect than that species.

142 =-Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Chalcosiide.

Amesia striata, sp. n.

Primaries and secondaries dark brown. The primaries

with two spots in the middle of the cell, and two spots at the

end of the cell, two streaks from the base along the inner

margin all white, and two rows of large white spots extend

from the costal margin near the apex to the inner margin

and anal angle. Secondaries with a marginal row of large

white spots, above which is a row of small white streaks ex-

tending from the costal margin round the outside of the cell

to the inner margin above the anal angle. The underside of

both wings brown, with all the white markings as above, but

very much more distinct. The head, antennz, thorax, abdo-

men, and legs black; the tegule black with bluish-white

tips, the abdomen with a central row of white spots extending

from the base to the anus, the underside banded with

white; the palpi black above, on the underside white.

Expanse 3 inches.

Hab. Borneo, Labuan.

This insect has a remarkable resemblance to Danais vul-

garis, Butler, from the same locality.

Epyrgis Distanti, sp. n.

Primaries and secondaries creamy white, with the veins of

both wings edged with brown ; the primaries are dark brown

close to the base, with a small but very distinct white dot on

the base of the subcostal nervure. The underside the same

as above, but with the brown markings slightly narrower.

The head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen dark brown;

the front of the head, the collar, and tegule white ; the three

anal segments of the abdomen shot with bright blue, on the

underside the abdomen white banded with bluish black; the

legs brownish white.

Expanse 24 inches.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Province Wellesley.

A fine distinct species, quite unlike any other known to

me. Ihave much pleasure in naming it after Mr. Distant,

whose work on the Malayan Rhopalocera is well known.

Chatamla antianira, sp. n.

Primaries, the basal half bright yellow, the apical half

dark purplish black, crossed by two bands of bluish-white

semihyaline spots; the basal portion of the wing is marked

with a rather wide >shaped band, that extends from the

costal to the inner margin, a black streak extends from the

Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Chalcosiide. 143

base to the middle of the >shaped mark. Secondaries bright

yellow ; a wide purplish band crosses the middle of the wing

but does not reach either margin, below which is a waved

band and a submarginal row of spots that extend from the

costal margin to the inner margin, both purplish black ;

the outer margin and the veins up to the middle of the wing

purplish black. The underside the same as above. The

head, thorax, and abdomen bright yellow; the thorax

banded with black ; antenne bluish black; the legs brown-

ish yellow. The female is like the male, but slightly paler

in colour.

Expanse ¢ 2 3 inches.

Hab, Sumatra.

‘This species is nearly an exact mimic of Huschemia sub-

repleta, Walk.

Chatamla lyra, sp. n.

Primaries purplish black, with all the markings semi-

hyaline bluish white. Secondaries, the basal portion of the

wing bluish grey, very slightly hyaline; a large elongated

broad purplish-black band about the middle, but not reaching

the margins, below which the wing is bright yellow crossed

by a waved band of purplish black from the apex to the

inner margin, a marginal row of spots and the outer margin

purplish black. The head and the abdomen yellow ; the

tegule, thorax, base of the abdomen, and antenne bluish

black ; the thorax with a greyish shade; the underside as

above.

Expanse 3 inches.

Hab. Nias Island.

This species is very like Euschemia regalis, Butl., but has

much more yellow on the secondaries.

Milleria lyra, sp. n.

Allied to M. ficta, Walker, but differs as follows :—

Male.— Upperside: the primaries and secondaries are pure

white instead of cream-colour, the black border to the pri-

maries is very much narrower, and the submarginal row of

white spots are larger and more distinct ; the secondaries are

without any of the black markings on the outer margin near

the apex. Underside: primaries as above; secondaries with

the yellow portion of the wing smaller and darker in colour

than in UM. ficta; a submarginal row of elongated white

markings extends from the apex to the inner margin slightly

above the anal angle. Female: primaries and secondaries

144 Mr. W. R. Ogilvie-Grant on

greyish black, the primaries with a greyish-white spot at the

end of the cell. ‘The basal half of the secondaries greyish

white, slightly tinged with yellow on the inner margin above

the anal angle. ‘The underside of both wings greyish black ;

primaries with two spots at the end of the cell, and a mar-

ginal row of spots extending from the costal margin close to

the apex to the anal angle. Secondaries with four white

elongated streaks close to the apex, and a large chrome-yellow

patch on the inner margin. The head, thorax, abdomen,

antenne, and legs black.

Expanse ¢ 2 inches, ? 2} inches.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sungei Ujong.

XVI.—Further note on Francolinus Hildebrandti, Cabanis,

and Observations on Pternistes Humboldti, Peters. By

W. R. Oarivin-Grant (Nat. Hist. Mus.).

Tw the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.1889, iv. p.145, [ published the

singular fact, previously suspected by myself, and afterwards

proved by Mr. Hunter, that Hrancolinus Altumi, Fischer and

Reichenow, is the male of F. Hildebrandti, Cabanis, and

that the latter name, having priority, must stand. Mr. H.

C. V. Hunter, to whom we are indebted for a fine series

of these specimens, writes as follows in Appendix I. to Sir

John Willoughby’s ‘ Hast Africa and its Big Game,’ p. 292 :—

“That these are one species there is little doubt. Both

Dr. Abbott and I myself sexed a great number of these birds ;

all the Hildebrandtt turning out “to be females, and all the

Altumi males. The Wa-Caga boys daily brought in many

of them to camp alive, probably caught in the same trap, and

at least fifty birds were sexed with “the above result, They

also, like Schuetti, live in thick low bush, and were rarely

shot.” I mentioned the above discovery to Capt. Shelley,

who recorded the bare fact in his paper on the birds collected

by Mr. Hunter in Hastern Africa (P. Z. 5. 1889, p. 370),

but without giving any reason or referring to my paper as

uoted above. By some extraordinary “accident he also

included £. Schuettt in their synonymy, placing all three

names under the heading Francolinus Altumt. This error

called forth a somewhat indignant reply from Herr Matschie

(J. f. O. 1889, p. 840), in which he very rightly ridicules the

idea of F. Schuetti bemg synonymous with 2. Hildebrandti

and F. Altumi, and remarks that it may not be absolutely

Francolinus Hildebrandti and Pternistes Humboldti. 145

impossible for /. Hildebrandti to be the young of F. Altum?,

in which case the former name would have priority. But it

is perfectly clear that the type /. Hildebrandii is a fully

adult female, and exactly similar to many others before me.

Dr. Reichenow (J. f. O. 1890, p. 77) supplements Herr

Matschie’s remarks as follows :—“ The description of F. Hilde-

brandti is founded on a female specimen. Comparing this

specimen with an apparently equally adult female of F. Aléwm7

in the Berlin collection, the former is distinguished by having

the ground-colour of the upper parts rust-colour, while in the

latter it is olive-grey *. The underside in the former is

intense rust-brown, in the latter it is fawn-colour; and the

former has uniform reddish-brown cheeks, which in the

latter are grey-brown with black streaks. The male of

FE. Hildebrandt is still unknown, and may, like the male of

F, Altumi, have the underparts spotted with black.”

It will naturally strike anybody reading the above that

Dr. Reichenow, while denying the truth of my statement,

here records for the first teme the extraordinary fact that the

male and female of his /, Altum/ are totally different from one

another! A fact unique among Francolins apparently causes

him no surprise, and is not thought worthy of previous record !

The description given of his so-called adult female in the Berlin

Museum, which he compares with the type of #. Hildebrandti,

is so meagre that it is difficult to forma very definite opinion,

but I should gather from his remarks that his specimen

is probably an immature male with the sex wrongly deter-

mined.

With regard to the identity of Prernistes Humboldt’, Peters,

with P. leucopareus, Fischer and Reichenow, determined by

Capt. Shelley and myself and recorded by him in the above-

mentioned paper, Herr Matschie (J. f. O. 1889, p. 340)

remarks :—‘‘P, leucopareus is considerably nearer to P. nudi-

collis than to P. Humboldt’. P. leucoparceus and P. nudi-

collis are both grey-brown above, with black shaft-streaks

without a trace of bands. P. Humboldti is yellowish brown

above, with light bands on the back and tail, which bands are

edged with dark towards the ends of the feathers. P. leuco-

pareus differs from P. nudicollis by the white throat-streak

proceeding from the angle of the mouth, which in P. nudi-

* All the specimens in the British Museum, both male (7. Aléwmz) and

female (1. Hildebrandti), have the upper parts exactly alike, the ground-

colour being rust-colour, shading into greyish olive towards the edges of

some of the feathers.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. vii. 10

146 On Francolinus Hildebrandti and Pternistes Humboldti.

collis is black with a white edge to each feather *, as well as

by the white head-feathers, which have a black shaft-streak

and a black border, whilst in P. nudicollis these feathers are

grey, with a black shaft-streak but no border.”

Reichenow supplements these remarks (J. f. O. 1890, p. 77)

by saying:—“P. Humboldti cannot possibly be the same as

P. leucopareus, and should rather be united with P. nudi-

collis, which last species it resembles in having the cheeks

striped with black, while in P. leucopareus they are white ;

besides, it is much smaller.”

The possibility of P. leucopareus being the adult of P.

Humboldti is not apparently entertained by either of the

above writers; nevertheless there can be no doubt that this

is SO.

The translation of the original description of P. Zumboldti

given by Peters (Mon. Ak. Berl. 1854, p. 134) is as follows :—

“ Francolinus Humboldtii,n. sp.— Mandible, ophthalmic region,

chin, throat, and feet blood-red; upper parts brown, orna-

mented with black spots and bars; sides of the neck white,

with lanceolate black spots; front of the neck and _ breast

greyish buff, with black spots; feathers of the thighs black,

white in the middle. Total length 12°4 inches, bill 1-04,

wing 6:4, tarsus 1°96, middle toe with nail 1-68. Tette.”

From this description, as well as from the above remarks

nade from the type specimen in Berlin by the afore-men-

tioned writers, I gather without doubt that the type of P.

Humboldti is a young bird; and, in fact, I have before me an

immature specimen trom Dar-es-Salaam [no. 3 infra] which

agrees almost exactly with Peters’s description, but is some-

what older. ‘The British Museum collection contains four

specimens of 1. Humboldt’, on which I make the following

notes, clearly proving the identity of P. lewcopareus with this

Species :-—

No. 1 (?),ad., Zambesi (Sir J. Kirk).—Most of the feathers

in the centre of the breast and belly black; feathers of the

back with dark shaft-streaks, some of the scapulars and outer

secondaries barred and spotted with black; feathers behind

the gape white, on the sides of the neck black with white

edges; no spurs. Wing 6°7, tarsus 2:1.

* In fully adult specimens of P. nudicollis the feathers from the angle

of the mouth and on the fore part of the cheeks are jet-black ; it is only

in younger specimens that they are edged with white. In P. Hwmboldti

the young bave the feathers on these parts white with black shaft-streaks,

while in the adult they are pure white.

The “Life-history of Drepana arcuata”’ Ge. 147

No.2 (3), ad., Mazoro, north of the mouth of the Zam-

besi (Harl Russell).—Feathers of the middle of the breast and

belly quite black; shaft-streaks on the back much fainter

than in No. 1; feathers behind the gape white and, passing

down the sides of the neck, entirely surround the naked

throat; sides of the neck black; long spurs with a rudi-

mentary second pair on each tarsus, Wing 7:4, tarsus 2-4.

No. 8 (¢), immature, Dar-es-Salaam (Sir John Kirk).—

Most of the feathers on the centre of the breast and belly

white, with wide black margins and black shafts; on the

back like No. 1, but more black cross bars and spots ; feathers

from the gape white with black shafts, and on the sides of the

neck black with white edges; no spurs. Wing 6:4, tarsus

2°1.

No. 4, ? ad., River Tana, Sept. 1888 (H.C. V. Hunter,

Esq.).—Breast and back like No. 1; feathers behind gape

white, and, passing down the sides of the neck, surround the

bare throat ; sides of the neck black with white edges; no

spurs. Wing 7°1, tarsus 2:1.

No. Land No. 2 come from near the locality (Tette) whence

the type of P. Humboldii was originally described; No. 3

almost exactly answers the description of that type; while

No. 4 comes from the same locality (Osi River) whence P.

leucoparceus was obtained, and both in plumage and sex corre-

sponds exactly with Fischer and Reichenow’s description.

As there is not the slightest doubt that these four specimens

represent only one species, it is evident that P. lewcoparcus is

synonymous with P, Humboldti.

XVIL—A few Remarks on Prof. Packard’s Pupers entitled

“ Life-History of Drepana arcuata’”’ and “* Hints on the

Evolution of the Bristles, Spines, and Tubercles of certain

Caterpillars” (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. xxiv.

pp- 482-559). By A. G. Burter, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

THE above-mentioned very suggestive papers, for a copy of

which I am indebted to their indefatigable author, constitute

one continuous article, containing much valuable information

diligently brought into a small compass.

148 Mr. A. G. Butler on the

Whilst admitting the force of many of Prof. Packard’s

arguments and the truth of most of the facts upon which

they are based, it appears to me that at the outset there is

one great difficulty, viz.:—If the arboreal habits of many

moth-caterpillars have tended to produce hairs and spines,

why is it that the greater number of buttertly-caterpillars so

ornamented feed upon low plants—the Vanesse on nettles and

thistles, the Argynnides on species of Viola, the Satyride

and Hesperiide on grasses and low-growing plants? Why,

again, are many of the most hairy moth-caterpillars, such as

that of Huprepia caja, confined to low herbage ?

Prof. Packard has shown that the spines and humps of

many larvee tend to assimilate them to their surroundings,

thus rendering them more liable to be overlooked by insec-

tivorous animals; the existence of this resemblance, which

nobody will be inclined to deny, since all field-entomologists

have repeatedly observed it, can be explained by the action

of natural selection in preserving those individuals which

tend thus to become less conspicuous. In the case of spined

Geometrid larvee already assimilated to twigs it seems only

natural that the atrophy of the abdominal legs on the looping

portion of the larva should render outgrowths from other

portions of the same segments more probable, and when such

outgrowths tended more perfectly to conceal the larvee from

observation there can be little doubt that they would be

retained.

A few of Prof. Packard’s observations are open to question,

and to these I would now briefly advert.

Speaking of the larva of Dryopteris at p. 490 he says it

“is as well fitted as that of Drepana by its protective

mimicry to avoid the gaze of birds and insect-enemies, while

its longer bizarre ‘ tail’ renders it still more forbidding to any

insect assailants.” Is this an ascertained fact or only a

supposition ? Has any bird ever whispered to Prof. Packard

that a caterpillar with a “tail” or with caudal appendages of

any kind is forbidding ? Is not all the talk about terrifying

colours, processes, and attitudes in caterpillars pure conjecture,

which experiment proves or will prove to be erroneous ?

The larva of Cerura vinula has two caudal processes with

exsertile tentacles, used for driving off ichneumons ; but the

fact that these processes are so used (as I have observed

personally) is not sufficient ; they are also supposed to alarm

birds, although they certainly do not.

In like manner the colouring of certain caterpillars is said

by many able writers to serve as adanger-signal. It is quite

Life-History of Drepana arcuata”’ Lc. 149

true that gaudily-coloured caterpillars are frequently avoided

or very cautiously approached by insect-enemies; but it is

assuming too much to declare that fear based upon reasoning

is the explanation of the respect shown to such colouring ; it

appears to me to result rather from want of familiarity with

or dislike to meddle with startlingly coloured larve, and can

as little be attributed to reason as the dislike shown by most

birds for white clothing or straw hats.

P. 497: “As hairy caterpillars are not usually devoured

by birds, these hairs and spines have originated through

natural selection and are danger-signals, indicating to birds

that the wearers of such hirsute and bristling armature are

inedible.” This statement is far too broad; for, although

non-insectivorous birds naturally do not touch hairy larve,

they are known to be eaten by the Cuckoo, and I have proved

repeatedly that the Missel-Thrush, Song-Thrush, Blackbird,

and Chaffinch do not hesitate to kill and eat them. I have

never known any bird to show apparent fear of them.

“‘ Hvery one knows how efficacious any hairs or bristles are

in deterring ichneumons and Yachine from ovipositing on

caterpillars, and it is well known that naked or slightly pili-

ferous larve are more subject to their attacks than those which

are densely hairy or spinose.”’

I think if Prof. Packard were to collect full-grown larvee

of Euprepia caja in England he would find (as I have done

repeatedly) that these densely hairy larve are more subject to

the attacks of ichneumons than almost any caterpillar except-

ing that of Ganoris brassice. I should say that at least one in

five perishes from this cause, and I have even known it worse

than that, for [ remember on one occasion that I only reared

two out of a score of these larve, all the rest being filled with

ichneumon-maggots.

P. 509 (note): “ It may be questioned whether any wing-

less female Lepidoptera live on herbaceous plants.’”” Well,

the larva of Orgyta antiqua is omnivorous and the larve of

Nyssia feed on trees or low plants (according to Stainton) ;

so that this question has already been answered.

I have thought it fair to call attention to these little

blemishes in a paper the value of which I do not for a moment

wish to depreciate, because in the present day some of the

disciples of Darwin are, as it seems to me, far too eager to

attempt to explain facts which at present we have not suffi-

cient data upon which to argue. One thing is certain, and

that is, that so long as we assume that all living creatures

are endowed with the same likes and dislikes which we our-

150 Mr. D. Sharp on a new Genus and

selves possess, and upon such an absurd assumption build up

a theory, we shall hopelessly grope for real light on the

problems of Nature.

XVIII.—Deseription of a new Genus and Species of

Rhynchophorous Coleoptera. By D. SHARP.

In the summer of 1890, I received from Mr. Bartlett-Calvert,

of Santiago, some specimens of a handsome weevil that he

and Dr. Philippi thought would probably be new. It was

accompanied by the following information :—“ The weevils

were found by me last year on the Pichi Nitrou Cordillera of

Araucania, living on the Araucaria imbricata. ‘The weevil

lives in the body of the Araucarta, which it appears to mine

in all directions, the pupa being buried in the rotten débris

and frass; it lives at the height of 2300 metres, and I found

it on nearly all the old trees, but never more than four or six

specimens on each, and always in pairs, these being embedded

in the crevices formed by the scab-lhke bark of the tree;

some were feeding on the odorous resin which exudes from

the lacerated trunk. The imago was found in the months of

January and February.” ‘The larva and pupa were also

found by Mr. Bartlett-Calvert and transmitted to me, but

arrived in a state of complete disintegration.

On examining the insect thus alluded to, [ was much in-

terested to find that it is very closely allied to our genus

Hylobius ; a genus attached, so far as I know, exclusively to

Conifer, and extending throughout the northern hemisphere,

but apparently most numerous in species in KH. Siberia,

N. China, and Japan. Mr. Calvert’s genus, which I propose

to call Calvertdus, is almost equally closely allied to the genus

Heilipus, which in Tropical America is extremely numerous

in species, some hundreds having been already described.

Lacordaire considers fHetlipus to be a composite genus, and

it is therefore, without a knowledge of all its species, not

quite legitimate to infer that some of them may not prove to

be congeneric with Calvertius ; but, so far as I can ascertain,

this is not the case, and Mr. Pascoe, who has given more

attention than any other entomologist to the big 8. American

genus, has been kind enough to inform me that he does not

know any species of it to which Calvertius is specially allied.

Species of Rhynchophorous Coleoptera. 15k

CALVERTIUS, gen. nov. (/ylobitdes, Lac.).

Rostrum cylindricum, modice elongatum ; antenn maris fere ad

apicem, feminz bene ante medium, insertz; scapo elongato,

clava irregulari, ab articulo octo vix abrupte discreta. Scrobes

late, laterales, anterius superne visibiles, posterius superne

occulte. Oculi sat magni, transversi, subtus paulo angustiores.

Tibie anteriores subcompresse, intus minute serrate vel tuber-

culate, ad apicem extus unco curvato armate. Metasternum

modice elongatum. Coxee anteriores parum prominule, contigue ;

prosternum anterius minus profunde emarginatum. Coxe inter-

medi distantibus. Femora omnia haud clavata, fere simplices,

subtus tuberculo minuto munita.

This insect is systematically closely allied to Hylobdtus,

though differmg in numerous details of minor importance ;

the rostrum, however, is more elongate and cylindrical, the

antenne are differently inserted in the two sexes, the femora

are more linear, and the uncus of the front tibia is placed at

the outer angle and is not directed abruptly inwards. In the

form of the rostrum and front tibie Calvertius agrees better

with Hedlipus, but from all the forms of that great but com-

posite genus it may be distinguished by the sublinear minutely

tuberculate femora, and by the insertion of the antenne being

different in the two sexes.

Calvertius araucarie, sp. n.

Suboblongus, nodulosus, rufo-niger, antennis nigris; thorace in-

eequali, lateribus plus minusve lobato-dilatatis ; elytris tuberculis

rufis fere in seriebus obliquis dispositis.

Long. absque rostro 15-18 millim.

Hab. Chili; in Araucartam tmbricatam ; cujus lignum

annosum larva destruit.

Rostrum 4 or 5 millim. long, cylindrical, dull, much

punctured, of a piceous colour; antenne inserted in the male

very near the tip, in the female about one third of the length

behind it; eyes above rather widely separated, with a small

deep canaliculiform fovea between them. Thorax with the

surface very uneven, constricted near the front, and on each

side expanded ; there is a broad, vague, longitudinal impres-

sion along the middle near the base, this becomes furcate

about the middle, and on the middle of the front there is

another vague depression ; the elevated parts are irregularly

sculptured, almost as if corroded. ‘The elytra are rather

152 Miscellaneous.

oblong in form, with the shoulders almost rectangular; their

surface bears numerous large, pale red nodules, with smaller

asperities and irregularly arranged small depressions between

them. ‘The legs are obscure red, the tarsi blackish red.

Cambridge,

November 1890.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Phosphorescent Centipedes.

Tat there are luminous Myriopods has been known for many years,

as also the fact that they occur only among the family Geophilide of

the Chilopod Myriopoda. Both sexes are luminous, sometimes quite

intensely so, and the luminosity spreads out over the whole ventral

surface of the animal. If one of these Geophilids is taken up the

luminous matter communicates to the hand of the observer or to

anything else with which the specimen comes into contact.

There is considerable dispute regarding the origin of this phospho-

rescent matter. According to Dr. R. Dubois it is contained in the

epithelial cell of the digestive tube, and the emission of the light

depends on the moulting of the digestive tube. Mr. Macé, on the

contrary, contends that the luminous matter is a glandular excre-

tion, and that these glands (glandes préanales) are situated on the

last two segments of the animal. Mr. J. Gazagnaire has satisfied

himself that the luminous matter is secreted from glands situated on

the sternal and episternal plates. Upon pressure these glands secrete

a yellowish viscous substance, having a peculiar odour, and which is

highly phosphorescent.

In a more recent article (Mém. de la Soe Zool. de France, t. ii.

1890, pp. 136-146) Mr. Gazagnaire reviews all previous observations

on luminous Geophilids, and finds that, so far as the European fauna

is concerned, luminous specimens were found only between the end

of September and beginning of November. The luminosity appears,

therefore, only at a certain epoch in the life-history of these Myrio-

pods. Further, in all more carefully recorded cases luminous speci-

mens were never found singly, but always in pairs or in companies

of three or more specimens. The few and fragmentary observations

that have hitherto been made on the mode of reproduction in these

animals seem to prove that the fecundation of the female takes place

in autumn, or just at the time when the luminous specimens are

found; and Mr. Gazagnaire is thus fully justified in connecting the

appearance of luminosity with the excitement caused by sexual

instinct.

In Algiers, Mr, Gazagnaire observed luminous specimens of Orya

barbarica in the month of April; and he concludes that in other

countries and in consequence of altered climatic conditions the period

of luminosity probably differs from that observed in Europe.—ZJnsect

Life, vol. iii. no. 4, p. 173.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

No. 88. FEBRUARY 1891.

XIX.—On the Adaptation of Mammals to Aquatic Life.

By Dr. Witty KtKenTHAL, Ritter-Professor of Phylo-

geny in the University of Jena*. °

THE organization of the mammal is fitted for the life on dry

land, just as that of the fish and the bird is adapted to an

existence, in the one case in the water, in the other in the air;

and we can form a good idea of the intensity of the struggle

for existence when we observe how large a number of mammals

has been driven from the surface of the land. The majority

of the orders belonging to this class contain representatives

which have adopted either a burrowing subterranean, an aerial,

or an aquatic mode of life. The latter especially is of frequent

occurrence, and we see how entire orders of mammals, such as

the Whales, the Sirenians, and the Seals, have been driven

into the water. Orders too, otherwise terrestrial, contain

solitary representatives which have abandoned the terrestrial

life, such as Platypus among the Monotremata and Chiro-

nectes variegatus among the Marsupialia, while among the

Rodents we have a larger number :—

* Translated from the ‘ Zoologische Jahrbiicher, Abtheilung fiir Syste-

matik, Geographie, und Biologie der Thiere, Bd. v. Heft 3, Jena, October

1890, pp. 873-3879,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 6. Vol. vii. 11

154 Dr. W. Kiikenthal on the Adaptation of

the Yellow-bellied Water-Mouse (Hydromys chryso-

gaster) ;

Hlolochilus ;

the Water-Vole (Arvicola amphibius) ;

the Musk-Rat (Fiber zibethicus) ;

the Beaver (Castor fiber) ; and

the Capybara ( Hydrocherus capybara).

Among the Insectivora:

the Water-Shrew (Sorex fodiens) and

the Desman (JMyogale).

Among the Ungulata (Artiodactyla) :

the Hippopotamus (Hippopotamus amphibius) .

Among the Carnivora:

the Otter (Zutra) and

the Sea-Otter (Lnhydris).

On a closer examination of these more or less exclusively

aquatic creatures we find that, notwithstanding the variety of

orders to which they belong, they nevertheless possess many

common structural features, and we shall be perfectly safe in

ascribing these points of agreement to the influence of the

aquatic life.

Owing to adaptation to the life in water, therefore, changes

have taken place in the organization of these animals. The

extent of these changes will vary in direct ratio with the time

during which the influence of the water has been operating ;

or, in other words, the changes will be greater or less according

as a longer or shorter time has elapsed since the animals in

question exchanged the terrestrial for the aquatic life. We

have further to consider that many of the aquatic mammals

which we have enumerated live by no means entirely in the

water, but are at times land-dwellers as well. The next

_ point to be ascertained is whether these changes are always

manifested in the same direction.

In the case of a large number of forms, in order to become

acquainted with the changes which have taken place, it is

sufficient to compare the animals with their nearest relations

on land. But, as a matter of course, closely allied terrestrial

forms are to be found in the case of those mammals alone

which have only recently adopted the water as their element ;

those which have been aquatic for a long time will be able to

show no relations on land, since both the water as well as the

land branch have struck cff from one another in diverging

Mammals to Aquatic Life. 155

directions. Thus we are at once able to assign the water-rat

to the voles (Arvicolide), the otter to the martens; but of the

seals we are only able to say in a general way that they are

allied to the Carnivores, as the Sirenians are to the Ungulates ;

while of the relationships of the typical aquatic mammals,

the whales, we at present know nothing. Not that no

hypotheses have been set up to explain the origin of the

whales! The question of their descent has been largely

ventilated, and the majority of the zoologists who have attacked

the problem have not been behindhand with their answer.

Let us pass over for the nonce the views of the older authors,

and devote ourselves to the most modern theories of the phylo-

geny of the Cetacea!

Some naturalists consider the whales to have sprung directly

from the hypothetical Pro-Mammalia, and to be therefore |

closely allied to the Reptiles, basing their hypothesis on simi-

larities in structure, particularly with certain extinct reptiles,

the Ichthyosauri; others place them near the Ungulates, with

which they are supposed to be connected through the Sirenians.

By other authors, again, the whales are held to be allied to the

seals or to the Carnivora in general; nay, they are even said

to lead to the seals through the Sirenians; and of the most

recent workers at the group, one (Weber) comes to the con-

clusion that the whales possess certain characters pointing

to affinities with the Carnivora, particularly with the seals,

and others which suggest a relationship to the Ungulates ;

while the other investigator (Leboucq) is convinced, from the

results of his work on the flipper, that in the whales we have

extremely ancient mammals, whose ancestors never lived on

land, but were only swamp-dwellers.

This is briefly what the most modern theories of the phylo-

geny of the whales amount to, and the views expressed are so

divergent as not to convey an exalted idea of the present

position of phylogenetic science. The thought involuntarily

strikes us whether the method of phylogenetic inquiry may

not in this case be somewhat inefticient. If we follow in

detail the path which the various investigators, among them

the foremost zoologists of the age, have each one pursued, we

find that, of the various methods of obtaining phylogenetic

knowledge, it has always been that of comparative anatomy

which they have adopted, and that it has ever been similarities

in structure with another group of animals which have per-

suaded them, according as they attached greater or less

importance thereto, toconnect the whales with the Ichthyosaurs,

the Seals, or the Carnivores, with the Sirenians or the Ungu-

lates.

11*

156 Dr. W. Kiikenthal on the Adaptation of

Here lies, in my opinion, the chief weakness, from which all

these hypotheses suffer ; for we can quite easily conceive that

two animals which exhibit many points of structural agree-

ment may nevertheless not be allied to one another, but, as

branches of two perfectly distinct orders, have gradually

acquired similar characteristics through similar adaptation.

It shall be my task to prove this with special reference to the

hand of the aquatic Mammalia.

It must be laid down from the outset as a fundamental

principle that all mammals living in water have sprung from

terrestrial forms. It is not merely considerations of a general

nature which lead to the advancement of this proposition ;

the proof has also been furnished in detail with the greatest

certainty, and there is scarcely anything new to add to it *.

We will now, omitting a detailed account of the resem-

blances which have resulted from the adaptation to an aquatic

existence, devote our attention in the first place to a brief

general consideration of the external bodily form. It is

doubtless hardly necessary to draw especial attention to the

purely hypothetical nature of this method of examination.

All water-mammals have acquired a more fish-like form

the longer and the more exclusively they have adapted them-

selves to the aquatic mode of life. There is no question

thereby of any retrogression; the elongated, gradually dimin-

ishing form of body is the most practical for all vertebrates

which move by swimming.

One section of the aquatic Mammalia is permanently con-

fined to the water; another periodically spends a longer or

shorter portion of its life on land, and from this there arises a

highly important difference. In the case of those animals

which dwell for a time upon dry ground we shall find that

the extremities have not become so entirely adapted to the

functions of swimming as in the case of the others. Anterior

as well as posterior extremities are used upon the land as legs

and in the water as paddles, and the principal alteration which

we notice in animals of this class consists in an increase in

the size of the hind limb, which, for mechanical reasons, is

more utilized in swimming than the anterior extremity.

This difference in size may be often noticed in very pregnant

fashion in the case of the aquatic Mammals to which we have

alluded,

In the case of those animals which remain permanently in

the water the function of the extremities as ambulatory organs

entirely disappears, and we are confronted with a modification

which is of great importance for locomotion in water, in that

* For the Cetaceans see, for instance, Weber, ‘‘ Ueber die cetoide Natur

der Promammalia,” Anatomischer Anzeiger, 1887, p. 42.

Mammals to Aquatic Life. 157

the tail supersedes the posterior extremities as a motive organ.

This new method of locomotion, which possesses as great an

advantage over the movement by means of the extremities

as does the screw-steamer over the row-boat, brought into

existence two very noticeable changes in the form of the body

—in the first place the loss of the hind limbs, and then the

transformation of the tail by expansion into a caudal fin.

In the case also of many temporarily aquatic animals the

tail has already begun to take part in the function of

swimming, and in consequence thereof has undergone an

expansion, which is in most cases horizontal, as in the

platypus or the beaver, the musk-rat and the desman alone

possessing a laterally compressed tail. Nevertheless the

functional importance of the caudal extremity cannot outweigh

that of the hind limbs, since the latter are essential to the

power of locomotion upon dry land which these animals

possess.

The transition from the one principle to the other can be

beautifully traced in the case of the seals; for the eared seals

pass a relatively large proportion of their time on land, and

consequently their hinder extremities still possess the power

of locomotion, their position with relation to the body is similar

to what obtains in the case of other land-animals, and in the

water fore and hind limbs are equally utilized in the action of

swimming. ‘The true seals, on the other hand, live much

more exclusively in the water, and therefore the function of

swimming predominates and is transferred to the hind limbs,

which, projecting from the body posteriorly, have assumed a

tail-like shape and perform similar movements to those of, let

us say, the tail of the whale, while the fore limbs relinquish

the functions of mere oars, and are employed more for the

purposes of balancing and turning.

The new method of motion attains its highest development

in the Sirenians and the whales; the powerfully expanded

caudal fin has become the sole motile organ, the anterior

extremities functioning henceforth as rudders. We therefore

see that in the practice of swimming by the series of aquatic

mammals a new principle is gradually evolved, in that the

motive power is transferred to the hinder end of the body, the

consequence of which is the assumption of a more and more

fish-like form.

The lines which we must consider the phylogenetic deve-

lopment of these processes to have followed have already been

traced in a masterly manner by Roux*. According to this

* W. Roux, “ Beitrige zur Morphologie der functionellen Anpassung.

—I. Structur eines hoch differenzirten bindegewebigen Organes (der

Schwanzflosse des Delphin),” Archiy f, Anat, u, Physiol, 1883, p. 76,

158 Dr. W. Kiikenthal on the Adaptation of

author the only new element necessary for the earliest origin

of the dolphin’s caudal fin, as well as the attainment of its

highest perfection, consisted in rough embryonic variations,

which presented something approaching the form of a fin-like

appendage, so that therefore this new formation is to be

regarded as the product of individual selection in the Dar-

winian sense. ‘he internal structure of the caudal fin of con-

nective tissue, which is so extraordinarily practical and

constructed according to mechanical laws, cannot, on the

other hand, be explained by means of selection alone ; it is a

functional adaptation, a specialization of the qualities of the

tissues.

What we have thus far established is this: in consequence

of adaptation to the aquatic life the external form of the

mammals concerned assumes a special fish-like shape ; this

transformation is intensified in the case of those mammals

which remain permanently in the water, for in them a quicker

and more agile motion is obtained by the substitution of the

complicated lashing action of the tail for the oar-like action

of the extremities. Every function of the hind limbs is sus-

pended, and they therefore disappear, while the tail undergoes

that expansion by which its utility is increased, and so

becomes the caudal fin. In the case of the seals a transition

is observable, in so far as one division, the true seals, use the

posterior limbs in swimming in a similar manner to that in

which the whales use their tail. It may here suffice to state

that, from the standpoint of comparative anatomy, the attempt

has been made (Ryder)* to explain the caudal fin of the

whale and the hind feet of the seal as homologous structures.

Thus we see how similarity of outward form results from

similar adaptation, in the present instance to lifein water; and

in the various aquatic mammals, to which we have alluded,

we can trace this in all its varying stages.

These phenomena appear more distinct and applicable as

direct proofs when we select separate systems of organs for the

purpose of examination. It seems simplest to select the

external body-covering of the aquatic mammals for the pur-

pose of examination. We may state forthwith that great

differences will be found between temporarily and permanently

aquatic mammals as regards the partial transtormation of the

integument. ‘Temporarily aquatic mammals, for instance,

cannot do without a covering of hair, which to the others

becomes a useless encumbrance. ‘The changes which we

* John Ryder, “On the Development of the Cetacea, together with a

Consideration of the probable Homologies of the Flukes of Cetaceans and

Sirenians,” United States Comm. of Fish and Fisheries, 1885, p. 427.

Mammals to Aquatic Life. 159

observe in the integument of the former are therefore compa-

ratively small. They retain a thick fur of short close-lying

hair, which, being well impregnated with grease, preserves

the skin from saturation and also from loss of moisture when

the animal leaves the water. In consequence of the more

equable temperature of the water the shedding of the coat does

not proceed so vigorously as in those of the nearest allies of

these creatures on land.

Now while in the case of those animals which only seek the

water for short periods the hair is quite efficient for the

purpose of regulating the radiation of heat from the body, it

is not so in the case of those which remain in the water for a

longer time. Water is a better conductor of heat than air,

and we therefore see how animals, especially where the tem-

perature of the water is low, as in the polar regions, are

clothed with a layer of fat lying beneath the cutis, which

checks the radiation of heat better than could a coat of hair.

The more absolutely the animal adapts itself to the life in

water the less will be the use of the hairy covering, owing to

the shortness of the stay on land; and, as a matter of fact,

in the order of seals, hand in hand with the biological obser-

vations of the longer or shorter time spent on land by the

various species, we can determine the presence of a denser

covering of hair or detect a thinning of the coat, corresponding

with the gradual increase of the layer of blubber.

In those mammals which live entirely in the water the coat

of hair disappears. ‘Thus adult Sirenians exhibit only scanty

vestiges of such a covering, while their embryos still exhibit

traces of a thick coat of hair extending over the whole body,

including the limbs and tail.

In twoembryos of Manatus, respectively 11 and 26 centim.

long, I find the following appearance :—The integument of

the smaller of the two is still smooth, with the exception of a

number of regularly arranged small brown papille, which are

gathered together on both sides of the upper lip; in the larger

specimen fine stiff hairs project from the papilla, which are

disposed in longitudinal rows, and the external coat now

acquires a resemblance to that of the Indian elephant, in

which likewise stiff hairs about 1 centim. in length are’

arranged at certain intervals from one another in longitudinal”

rows; but besides this, the skin of the embryo of Manatus

exhibits a vast number of very fine openings between the

papille, which must be regarded as the mouths of follicles

belonging to finer hairs. ‘The anterior extremities and the

tail also exhibit this hairy covering. On both sides of the

upper lip the vibrisse, which persist in the adult, have grown

160 Dr. W. Kiikenthal on the Adaptation of

stronger. Precisely similar relations are found in Halicore

dugong. A large embryo, 5 feet 4 inches long, described by

Turner *, shows, besides isolated silky hairs arranged in rows

and more numerous on the head and trunk than on the limbs,

follicle-mouths closely packed between these, belonging to

very fine hairs which have not appeared.

It follows that there can be no doubt that the Sirenians

have sprung from animals with a thick covering of hair.

A precisely similar hairy covering is also found in the

hippopotamus t. While old specimens possess thick bristles

upon the upper and under lip, which become sparser on the

dorsal surface of the head and trunk, the skin of the head

and neck of a new-born animal exhibits a tolerably thick coat

of lanugo-like hairs, which therefore subsequently disappear.

But the whales also show vestiges of a former hairy coat, and

in this respect the Balenoidea are most noticeable ; even in

adult animals solitary stiff bristles are still to be found in

the cephalic region.

In a rorqual (Balenoptera musculus) 62 feet long I found

at the tip of the lower jaw a triangular patch, 15 by 6°5

centim., of regularly arranged pits, which are to be regarded

as the remains of hair-follicles. These pits, which were about

2 millim. broad and 1 millim. deep, were disposed in about a

dozen rows, the longest of which contained twenty-six pits.

The terrestrial ancestors of the whalebone whales therefore,

besides having a coat of hair over the whole body, also

possessed a thick tuft of vibrissee upon the chin, much in the

same way as the walrus or the bearded seal bear them on both

sides of the upper lip in front. Embryos of the latter animals

exhibit areas of pits in this region, just as regularly arranged

as in the adult rorqual.

On the body of the same rorqual I found scattered hairs

arranged as follows :—On the upper jaw they stood in rows

close to the mouth ; nearer the dorsal region they got more

irregular, and disappeared behind the blow-hole. ‘The lower

jaw likewise possessed hairs arranged in three rows lying one

above the other on each side; those of the lowest row in

particular were surrounded by rings of pigment about the size

of a cherry. The distance between each hair was about

1 foot.

Nearly all these brittle hairs, which were about one inch in

* Turner, “On the Placentation of Halicore dugong,” Trans. Roy. Soe.

Edinb. vol. xxxv. part 2 (1889).

+ Vide Weber, “ Ueber die Haut von Hippopotamus amphibius,” Studien

iiber Siugethiere, Jena, 1886, p. 3.

Mammals to Aquatic Life. 161

length and darkly pigmented on the upper jaw, but pale on

the lower, sprang not directly from the surface of the skin,

but were sunk in deeply pigmented pits. Such pits were

moreover to be found spread over the body as far as the

middle and especially numerous on the back, yet without any

hairs springing from them. Some were deeper, some shal-

lower, some merely indicated by a spot of pigment. Weare

therefore entitled to say that the last vestiges of a hairy coat

are found on the entire anterior half of the body in the adult

rorqual.

In the whalebone whales the remains of a former covering

of hair are still quite distinct ; in this respect a sharp contrast

is afforded by the toothed whales, which (with the exception

of Znia) possess no hairs in the adult state, and in embryonic

lite only a few tactile hairs on both sides of the upper lip.)

That even these may be absent is proved by the white whale

and the narwhal, in which not even traces of hairs are found

at any period of their development.

Throughout the series of aquatic mammals we have learnt

to recognize the reduction of the hairy coat as a striking

phenomenon of adaptation, and have been able to follow its

disappearance step by step both with the aid of comparative

anatomy and also developmentally. The more the animals

develop from temporary into permanent inhabitants of the

water, of less use does the coat of hair become ; owing to the

change of medium and consequent better conduction of heat,

it is no longer sufficient to protect the body from loss of

warmth, and it 1s superseded by the layer of blubber beneath

the skin.

The further phenomena of adaptation as seen in the skin

are of:a more secondary nature; integumentary glands, smooth

musculature, and integumentary nerves undergo gradual

reduction, ending in complete disappearance.

Now in wishing to institute investigations into the relation-

ships of these animals we must not adduce the similarities to

be found in the structure of the integument as proofs of their

affinity ; for these converging resemblances have arisen inde-

pendently of one another. ‘lhe influence of the aquatic life

on the integument manifests itself in the same direction.

Only those features can be used as phylogenetic connecting-

links which have persisted independently of these influences.

Stull confining our attention to the whales, we at once find

a marked difference within the order, in that the bearded

whales throughout exhibit a relatively much richer covering

of hair than the toothed whales. ‘he mode of life of both is

precisely similar, and we must therefore conclude that the

162 Dr. W. Kiikenthal on the Adaptation of

bearded whales have not been exposed to the influence of

aquatic life so long as the others.

A second and quite fundamental difference between the

integument of the two groups lies in the appearance in the

toothed whales of remains of a dermal armature *.

A whale which inhabits Indian rivers, Neomeris phocenotdes,

exhibits on the dorsal surface a large number of plates, regu-

larly fitted to one another and each bearing a tubercle.

These closely adjoining plates form a long narrow area,

besides which plates still exist on the anterior margin of the

flippers and round the blow-hole. That we are here not

dealing with a casual malformation is shown by the embryo-

logy of the animal; for in an embryo of this rare whale we

find in place of the dermal scutes, in precisely the same posi-

tion, tubercles which cover the body to the number of many

hundreds, and on its anterior portion are arranged in rows.

It might here be asked, ‘‘ Is this appearance ancestral or

something newly acquired?” Reasoning by analogy we

must decide in favour of the former. In the first place there

are a number of reptiles which are undergoing the loss of

their dermal armature in precisely the same way, e. g. /Helo-

derma or Dermochelys, the rudiments of whose dorsal coat of

mail are found in the embryo as a number of longitudinally

disposed rows of tubercles ; secondly, paleeontology affords us

direct proof that the dermal armature of terrestrial ancestors

disappears through adaptation to a pelagic mode of life. We

must therefore regard the appearance described in Neomeris

as a dermal armature in process of degeneration.

This conclusion coincides with the view that the group of

whales originated in fresh water. Platanista and Inia also

have preserved certain tolerably general mammalian charac-

teristics T.

In this way, too, certain recent statements are rendered

intelligible, according to which tubercles occur on the back,

in point of fact on the anterior edge of the dorsal fin, in

porpoises, the near allies of Neomeris, While the common

porpoise (Phoceena communis) possesses only a single row of

such tubercles, they run in three rows along the dorsal fin of

another species (Phoceena spinipinnis). In the porpoises

therefore we find the last vestige of that dermal armature

which is still so distinctly developed in Neomeris.

One conclusion only is possible from what has been stated,

* Kiikenthal, “ Ueber Reste eines Hautpanzers bei Zahnwalen,” Anat.

Anzeiger, 1890, no. 8, p. 287.

+ Cf. W. HL. Flower, “Die Wale in Vergangenheit und Gegenwart und

ihr wahrscheinlicher Ursprung,” Kosmos, Bd. xiii, 1883, p. 531.

Mammals to Aquatic Life. 163

namely that the ancestors of the toothed whales were terres-

trial animals with a dermal armature. It follows from this

that on the one hand a great gulf is fixed between the whale-

bone and the toothed whales, and that on the other we must

relinquish all attempts at bringing the toothed whales into

any close relation whatsoever with the Ungulates or the

Carnivores. The toothed whales branched off from terrestrial

ancestors at a time when the latter still possessed an exo-

skeleton of epidermic scales, such as, for instance, a division

of the Edentata still bears as, perhaps, an ancient heirloom.

I would here like to quote a statement made by Baume when

discussing the question whether the carapace of the armadillo

is or is not acquired:—“ There is nothing to prevent us

from deriving the Mammalia, including even the Placentalia,

from armour-bearing ancestors ”’ *.

As a new instance of adaptation to the aquatic life we have

now learnt to recognize the gradual disappearance of the

dermal armature of terrestrial ancestors. It is not only in

the group of toothed whales that this is seen; we already tind

the same phenomenon at an earlier period of the earth’s

history. Itis assumed by recent investigators that the Ichthyo-

sauri, which were pelagic animals, sprang from land-inhabiting

reptiles. According to Fraas } the epidermic exoskeleton has

disappeared in these creatures, with the exception of remains

of horny scales, which are to be found on the anterior margin

of the paddles (as in Neomeris). “The integument of the

Ichthyosaurus, as has been clearly proved by our discoveries,

was a compietely naked and deeply pigmented skin, for the

most part entirely without an armature of scales, whether

horny or bony plates, with the exception of a region on the

front margin of the paddle, which was protected by a longitu-

dinal row of horny scales.”

A more perfect analogy could hardly be found. On the

one hand in the reptiles, on the other in the mammals, the

dermal armature has been lost owing to adaptation to the

aquatic life; in both cases it persists in a vestigial condition

on the anterior margin of the flippers. The reason why the

remains of the armature should have persisted so long at pre-

cisely this point is readily understood when we reflect on the

speed with which these animals cleave the water and the

necessity for keeping these parts of the body rigid.

The comparative examination of the integument of the

aquatic mammals proved to us how it was possible for resem-

* Baume, ‘ Odontologische Forschungen,’ Leipzig, 1882, p. 197.

+ E. Fraas, “ Ueber die Finne von Lehthyosaurus,”’ Jahreshefte Ver. fiir

Vaterl. Naturkunde in Wiirttemberg, 1888,

164 Dr. W. Kiikenthal on the Adaptation of

blances to arise owing to convergence, and to be therefore of

no value in tracing phylogenetic affinities. Moreover the

differences in the structure of the skin in the case of the

whalebone and toothed whales came into much greater promi-

nence after the results of convergence had been eliminated.

On the ground of these differences alone we are justified in

maintaining that the toothed whales are of much earlier origin

than the whalebone whales, and that the terrestrial ancestors

of the two divisions were not identical; and with this we

arrive at the first justification for the assertion that the whales

are of diphyletic origin.

This assertion admits of being proved equally well with the

help of other systems of organs. The fore limb appears to be

particularly weil adapted for this purpose.

The great difference which we noticed even in the skin of

aquatic mammals, according as the particular animals were

exclusively water-dwellers or merely amphibious, is intensified

in the case of the fore limb. It is not until we reach the

animals which pass the whole of their time in water that we

find the fore mb developing into a fin. The tendency

towards the formation of swimming-membranes between the

digits is common to all the water-mammals. In exact ratio

to the degree of general adaptation to aquatic life do we find

this membrane either just indicated, or uniting the digits, or

finally enveloping them so that they are no longer visible

from the exterior. ‘The comparative anatomy of the creatures

which we shall now proceed to indicate exhibits the progres-

sive development of the swimming-membranes. In a certain

number of aquatic mammals, such as Arvicola amphibius,

Hydromys chrysogaster, Fiber zibethicus, and others, no

swimming-membranes whatever are to be found; others, as

Hlydrocherus, possess rudiments; others, such as the beaver,

have webs on the hind feet only, which then have to perform

the bulk of the work in swimming; others again, as Ornitho-

rhynchus, Lutra, and Enhydris, have webs reaching to the

claws on the fore as well as on the hind feet; while in the case

of others the swimming-membranes are expanded by means

of strands of connective tissue which project beneath the

terminal phalanges, as in the Pinnipedia, until finally the

whole fore limb is enveloped in the swimming-membrane, as

in the Sirenians, which still show traces of nails, and in the

whalebone and toothed whales, which have lost even these.

Leboucq’s * statements about rudiments of nails having been

* Fl. Leboucq, “ Recherches sur la morphologie de la main chez les

mammiféres marins,” Archives de Biologie, tom. ix., 1889,

Mammals to Aquatic Life. 165

found in embryos of the latter seem to me not wholly free

from doubt.

In the land-mammals the various divisions of the fore limb

have different functions, to which they are adapted ; the struc-

ture of these divisions is consequently not the same, but

rather each is adapted to its own particular function. Now

as the fore limb comes to be used more and more as a fin the

degree of differentiation of the various parts diminishes, their

functions are more nearly the same, and the consequence of

this will be that skeleton and musculature will both be influ-

enced thereby. As a matter of fact we can trace the loss of

differentiation between the various skeletal parts of the hand

in the series of aquatic mammals, while at the same time

there sets in a gradual reduction of the joints which bind

these parts together. The changes therefore which the ante-

rior extremity has to undergo in the process of being trans-

formed into a flipper rest on purely mechanical grounds. On

similar grounds it appears more advantageous for the long

phalanges to become somewhat more flexible. Now how is

this brought about ?

We all know that the ossification of the finger-joints takes

place in such a way that each skeletal element is preformed

in cartilage, in the middle of which there subsequently appears

a bony centre, the diaphysis. ‘The ossification of one of the

cartilaginous ends now proceeds from this diaphysis, while

the other, the epiphysis, receives a separate osseous germ of

its own, which does not unite with the diaphysis until later.

Now in order to produce more flexible elements an incomplete

ossification takes place in the aquatic mammals ; a retardation

of the process sets in. ‘his retarded ossification shows itself

primarily in the diminished size of the diaphysis and the

increased size of the epiphysis, while the latter unites with the

former either only incompletely or else not at all. Of this we

have a whole series of instances among the aquatic mammals.

At the same time, however, a retardation also sets in in the

ossification of the other end of the joint; the formation of the

diaphysis is already to a certain degree completed, while this

end still remains cartilaginous; finally a separate osseous

germ will appear in it, and so we have the formation of double

epiphyses. We find indications of these double epiphyses in

the metacarpals of Platypus; we find them further advanced

in the hands of seals and Sirenians, and fully developed in

the whalebone and toothed whales.

That it actually is an instance of adaptation to the aquatic

life with which we are dealing, is proved by the fact that it

is only in aquatic mammals that double epiphyses are found.

166 Dr. W. Kiikenthal on the Adaptation of

If we examine the extent to which this phenomenon occurs

in the fore limbs of each of the aquatic mammals which I

have enumerated, we shall find that the skeleton of the manus

has undergone least modification in those animals which

exhibit least material modifications in other respects also, the

only noticeable change being that the epiphyses become larger

and more distinct.

In Hydromys chrysogaster and Hydrocherus capybara the

ossification is slightly more tardy, and we already perceive

indications of double epiphyses, just as in the metacarpals of

Ornithorhynchus ; in the case of the otter it has already been

‘remarked by Allen Thomson * that “ the ossific union of the

_ epiphyses in these animals seems to be comparatively tardy.”

In the case of the beaver this is equally true. We have

therefore a whole series of transitions between hands with one

epiphysis and those with two epiphyses on each finger-joint.

As for the seals, it has been stated by Weber T:—‘ In the

- Pinnipedia the ossification of the hand takes place on the

usual plan, in that proximal epiphyses only are developed ;

in the foot, however, all the phalanges, with the exception of

_ the last, have a distal epiphysis in addition to the usual

proximal one.” This assertion is not strictly accurate; it

has already been stated by Flower, in his ‘ Osteology of the

Mammalia,’ ¢ that Macrorhinus leoninus has double epiphyses

in the hand, a discovery which I was myself able to confirm.

I found double epiphyses in hand and foot in the following

Pinnipedes—Macrorhinus leoninus, Stenorhynchus leptonyz,

Otaria jubata, and Arctocephalus cinereus; indications in

Trichechus rosmarus; in the foot only in Cystophora cristata,

In the Sirenians, too, I have the same state of things to

report. That ossification takes place tardily in these animals

also I found from examination of the hand of an embryo 20

centim. in length, in which the terminal phalanges were still

cartilaginous, while in the remainder the diaphyses were

visible as small round nodules. ‘The consequence of this is

that in the adult there is a tendency towards the formation of

double epiphyses.

Thus in Manatus senegalensis the distal epiphyses of the

metacarpals are frequently separate ossifications, while in

Halicore dugong double epiphyses, which ossify later and are

completely separated, are found.

* Allen Thomson, “ On the Difference in the Mode of Ossification of the

First and other Metacarpal and Metatarsal Bones,” Journ. Anat. & Phys.

1869, p. 181.

+ Weber, ‘ Studien an Siugethieren,’ p. 170.

{ Flower, ‘ Osteology of Mammalia,’ 1885, p. 347,

Mammals to Aquatic Life. 167

Now it is apparently a deep and impassable gulf which

separates the fore limb of all other mammals from that of the

whalebone and toothed whales; for while all other mammals

have three phalanges on each finger, with the exception of

the thumb, which has only two, both kinds of whales have

a larger number. ‘This phenomenon is known as hyper-

phalangy, and no less than three hypotheses have been

formulated in recent times in order to explain it. According

to the first hypothesis the flippers of whales have no connexion

whatever with the fore limbs of land-mammals, but are ancient

organs which have been inherited from swamp-inhabiting

creatures (Leboucg). According to the second theory, the,

supernumerary phalanges have arisen through the secondary

division of a strand of cartilage attached to the last phalanx,

such as has been stated to exist in the seals (Weber, Ryder,

Baur). The third view is the one recently advanced by

Howes*, namely that the supernumerary phalanges arise

from intercalary syndesmoses, as in the Amphibia.

It seems to me that none of these three hypotheses are

tenable, and in their stead I would suggest a fourth, namely

that the hyperphalangy is explicable by the process of double

epiphysis formation ; owing to the ever-increasing similarity

of the various parts and the retardation of ossification, the

epiphyses have attained a size equal to that of the diaphyses,

and have become equivalent to them. This change took

place a long time ago, and no longer admits of direct proof.

I have previously f insisted on the fact that the entire

Cetacean finger corresponds to the typical Mammalian finger

and that the phalanges only are of different value.

The question will now arise whether we have an instance

in nature of the way in which an increase of phalanges takes

place. If this process is actually going on anywhere, it must,

from what has gone before, be found among the aquatic

Mammalia; and it has actually been asserted by Baur } that

a fourth phalanx has been found in Sirenia. He writes :—

‘“‘ Flower says, in the last edition of his ‘Osteology of the

Mammalia,’ that the number of phalanges in the Sirenia is

never increased beyond the limit usual in the Mammalia—

that is, three. But Dr. H. Gadow, in Cambridge, England,

* G. B. Howes, ‘ Observations upon the Morphology and Genesis of

Supernumerary Phalanges, with especial reference to those of the Am- |

phibia,” Proc. Zool. Soc. London, Dec. 4, 1888, p. 495,

+ Cf. Anat. Anzeiger, 1888, nos. 22 and 30, and no. 2, 1890; also |

Denkschriften der medic.-naturwiss. Gesellschaft, Jena, 1889, Bd. iii,

{ Baur, “On the Morphology and Origin of the Ichthyopterygia,”

American Naturalist, 1887, p. 840.

168 Dr. W. Kiikenthal on the Adaptation of

showed me a manus of Manatus americanus prepared in

alcohol, which contained a fourth small ossified phalange in

the third digit, and one of Halicore dugong which contained an

ossitied fourth phalange at the fourth and a cartilaginous

fourth in the third digit.”

Before this Brandt* had described a supernumerary phalanx

in Manatus and in Halicore, and Leboucq tf likewise found

one on the third finger of the right hand of a sea-cow’s skele-

ton. My own investigations upon this point were not

successful: in a manatee-foetus of 20 centim. I found, as did

Leboucq in his foetal Halicore, the third phalanx still com-

pletely cartilaginous. Ossification had proceeded very slowly ;

in the first and second phalanges only small round nodules of

bone had formed. Nor did I discover a fourth phalanx in

any of the numerous skeletons which I examined ; it might,

however, have been lost in the process of preparation.

At my request Dr. Gadow forwarded me drawings and

detailed descriptions of the above-mentioned fore limbs, from

which it appears that in the fourth finger of the Halicore

there is no joint between the third phalanx and the new

nodule of bone, which is therefore to be regarded as a distal

bony germ belonging to the terminal phalanx. On the other

hand, there is a joint between phalanges ili. and iv. of the

third finger. In the same way the third finger of the hand of

the manatee shows no joint between phalanx ui. and the new

and very small bony nodule.

It follows that we are entitled to speak of a fourth finger-

joint in one case only, namely in the third finger of the Hali-

core; in the two other cases a joint between the third phalanx

and the new nodule of bone has not yet been found, and the

latter is nothing more than the ossification of a distal epi-

physis within the cartilage.

There is no question that in the latter case we have the

commencement of the formation of a new phalanx.

We have therefore established the fact that a fourth phalanx

does occur as a “ sport”’ in the Sirenia. It is very small and

not separated from the preceding phalanx, but united with it

by cartilage, and can equally well be regarded as an intra-

cartilaginous ossified distal epiphysis of the third phalanx.

That a true phalanx can arise from it is shown by a case in

which a joint is formed between the new nodule of bone and

the third phalanx.

* Brandt, “ Symbol Sirenologice,” Mémoires Acad. St. Pétersbourg

(6° série), Sc. Nat. t. v., 1849,

+ Leboueq, “Recherches sur la morphologie de la main chez les

Mammiféres marins: Pinnipédes, Siréniens, Cétacés,” Arch. Biologie,

t. ix., 1889, p. 626.

Mammals to Aquatic Life. 169

That which is only commencing to take place in the

Sirenia and is found as a rare variation has already been con-

summated in the whales, and is of quite general occurrence.

The original different morphological value of the several

secondary phalanges is no longer embryologically visible ;

but, on the contrary, diaphyses and epiphyses are separated

and arise as equivalent pieces of cartilage, while simple

symphyses have been formed in place of the joints.

The process of separate epiphysis-formation in the manus

of the whale appears to have undergone a further development

in a proximal direction. The wrist-bones, which ossify very

late, are indeed affected less, or even not at all, though it is

stated by Flower * that in the cachalot there exists a species

of epiphysis-ossification in the carpus, there being a central

nucleus and a peripheral fringe of bone. Much more frequent

are the cases in which the radius and ulna form large double

epiphyses, the bony centres of which may remain separate. I

have already, in the case of an advanced embryo of Phocena

communis}, drawn attention to the mannerin whichit is possible

for new skeletal parts to arise owing to this retarded ossifica-

tion of the epiphyses, and I am now able to allude to the

hand of an adult whale {, Hyperoodon rostratus, in which the

double epiphyses of the radius and ulna have developed into

independent skeletal elements, with their own bony centres.

The tendency towards a formation of epiphyses in the bony

parts of the fore arm is already commencing anew, in that a

narrow border next to the old epiphysis is incompletely

ossified.

We have thus seen how the process of the formation of

small skeletal parts, which has long found expression in’ the

case of the fingers, is commencing in the bones of the fore

arm also, and that therefore the process is not standing still.

We find a further proof of this in the occurrence of double

epiphyses on the secondary phalanges. In this case also is

retarded ossification the cause of their formation. These

secondary double epiphyses, again, may now ossify on their

own account, and with this there commences the formation of

tertiary phalanges. This process is beginning to take place

in certain toothed whales only. ‘Thus I find it in a hand of

* Flower, “On the Osteology of the Sperm Whale,” Trans, Zool. Soc.

London, vol. vi.

+ Kikenthal, ‘Ueber die Hand der Cetaceen (dritte Mittheilung),”

Anat. Anzeiger, 1890, no. 2.

} Preserved in the museum of the College of Surgeons, London, the

Cetacean material of which institution was most readily placed at my

disposition by Prof. Stewart.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. vii. 12

170 Dr. W. Kiikenthal on the Adaptation of

Delphinus delphis, where the ossified secondary epiphyses are

completely separated from the secondary phalanx ; I find the

same thing in Turstops tursio and Lagenorhynchus albirostris.

This process of the formation of tertiary phalanges, which is

now progressing, will arrive at completion when the secondary

phalanges and the secondary epiphyses shall have attained an

equal size; and this will ensue from the progressive retarda-

tion of the ossification.

Now, since from the skeletogenous tissue of the fingers in

the one case the three phalanges of the typical Mammalian

hand are preformed in cartilage, while in the other there

results the formation of a number of cartilaginous pieces, the

term “ phalanx” will gradually lose its meaning for the

latter. Functions become simplified more and more, and the

finger is built up from a series of small skeletal elements,

which are only partially ossified. A distinction of function

is perceptible only in so far as the fifth finger of many toothed

whales is utilized to an increased extent as a supporting

organ. The flipper of the toothed whales is in fact more or

less inflected on this side, and the fifth digit has to undertake

the task of supporting the expanse of surface which results

from the inflexion. We therefore also see how the fifth finger

materially exceeds the others in breadth. In consequence of

the retarded ossification, which we have established as a

process of perfectly general occurrence in the Cetacean flipper,

the bony nuclei will no longer suffice for the support of an

entire pseudo-phalanx ; and we therefore find that they have

a lateral origin, and leave a broad cartilaginous mass on the

outer side of each phalanx. A further consequence of the

great Increase in the breadth of the finger is that the separa-

tion of the several finger-joints is no longer complete; the

dividing groove no longer extends across the entire breadth

of the finger, but there ensues a bifurcation on both sides, so

that a new cartilaginous piece is detached. With this there

commences that splitting-off process, which finally leads to a

longitudinal division of the finger. The split-off portions of

the newly-formed series now receive bony nuclei on their own

account. ‘This splitting-process, authenticated by me in the

case of several whales and confirmed by Leboucq, is particu-

larly well seen in certain individuals of the white whale,

where I have described it both in the adult and in a small

embryo*. ‘Thus the process of the formation of small skeletal

parts proceeds, in this case also hand in hand with retarded

ossification.

* Kiikenthal, ‘Ueber die Hand der Cetaceen,” 1 und 2 Mittheilung,

Anat. Anzeiger, 1888, nos. 22 and 30.

Mammals to Aquatic Life. 171

With this the climax is reached in the development of the

flipper in existing mammals; the modifications of the skeleton

become so important that finally the idea of phalanges com-

pletely disappears. Not that the transformation-process stops

here, however; the changesmay proceed yet further, and analogy

will show how we have to imagine that this further trans-

formation will take place in the distant future. For we find

that in earlier periods of the earth’s history there took place the

same process of the formation of flippers from the fore limbs

of terrestrial animals, namely in the case of the Plesiosauri

and Ichthyosauri ; while in the latter it reached a much higher

degree of development than has yet been attained in existing

whales. All that we know about the position of the two

groups is that they are not to be regarded as directly connected

with one another *, but that both must have sprung from

land-reptiles. The latter assertion is opposed to the views of

Gegenbaur t, who, on the ground of the resemblance of the

extremities, placed them near the fishes; in this he has

been recently upheld by D’Arcy W. Thompson f. Later

discoveries §, however, point with certainty to the conclusion

that this resemblance is merely due to convergence and that

the ancestors of both groups were land-reptiles. The flipper

of the Plesiosauri was the less differentiated of the two; it

stood in relation to that of the Ichthyosauri as the flipper of

the whalebone whales does to that of the Odontoceti. In the

oldest Plesiosaurs the hyperphalangy was still very limited,

the separate bones of the hand and the forearm having as

yet undergone very little differentiation. I find this in the

impression of an as yet undescribed skeleton of a MJesosaurus

from the Karroo formation || (a Plestosaurus therefore), the

hand of which has undergone very little differentiation ; its

five distal carpals bearing tive long metacarpals, to which are

affixed two, three, four, five, and four phalanges. The pro-

cess of retarded ossification makes itself here already percep-

tible, for the phalanges carry double epiphyses. But even the

most highly differentiated Plestosaurus-tlippers still show a

* Zittel, ‘ Handbuch der Palaontologie,’ p. 478.

t+ Gegenbaur, “Ueber das Gliedmassenskelet der Enaliosauren,”

Jenaische Zeitschrift, 1870, pp. 340 et seg.

ft D’Arcy W. Thompson, “ On the Hind Limb of Ichthyosaurus and on

the Morphology of Vertebrate Limbs,” Journ. Anat. & Phys. vol. xx., 1886.

§ H. G. Seeley, “On MNeusticosaurus pusillus (Fraas), an Amphibious

Reptile having affinities with the Terrestrial Nothosauria and with the

Marine Plestosaurta,” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond. vol. xxxviii., 1882.

Cf. also Fraas, Baur, Zittel, loc. cit.

|| Preserved in the Natural-History Museum, London; Mr. Smith

Woodward was kind enough to draw my attention to the specimen.

Lae

172 Dr. W. Kiikenthal on the Adaptation of

limited number of phalanges—nine at the most—and distinctly

differentiated forearm, carpal, and metacarpal bones. The

Ichthyosauri, on the other hand, have a flipper considerably

further developed ; the process of the division of the finger-

rays into a number of small sections has led to a very great

hyperphalangy, in addition to which a longitudinal division

has set in, such as I have described for the toothed whales,

and both processes have undergone further development; the

bones of the carpus and forearm too have decreased in size,

and in accordance with their simplified function have become

mere supporting elements. The most ancient Ichthyosauri,

however, show less differentiation in the skeleton of the

flipper *; but subsequently we find not only longitudinal

division of the fifth digit, but even manifold formation of

secondary rays at its side, with dichotomy of other fingers ;

thus, Ichthyosaurus longimanus, for instance, shows four rays

one behind the other on the ulnar side, that is nine in all, and

in the hand of another Jchthyosaurus we find, on tracing the

edge of the flipper, as many as fifteen longitudinal rays.

The Ichthyosauri led a life precisely similar to that of the

whales. Thus Fraas writes} :—‘ In the case of Ichthyosaurus,

where not only the entire carpus, but also the radius

and ulna, have been transformed into jointless supporting

plates for the flipper, locomotion upon land was absolutely

impossible.” In consequence of this their limbs were very

similar to those of the whales; the flipper of the Ichthyosauri

also was ensheathed in a leathery skin; as in the toothed

whales the fore flipper was readily bent backwards, and the

skeleton followed the curve. Now it seems to me probable,

from what has been stated, that the whale’s flipper will undergo

a further development on the lines followed by that of the

Ichthyosaurs, and that the longitudinal fission of the finger of

the toothed whales is a process which is as yet in its infancy

and which, after further progressing, would finally increase

the resemblance to the flipper of the Ichthyosaurs. I therefore

regard this longitudinal fission as a new development which

is now taking place; and this is a view which I have pre-

viously expressed. The explanation of this phenomenon

given by Leboucq {—‘‘ Cette tendence au dédoublement dans

le sens longitudinal existant dans certains doigts des cétacés

* Vide Baur, “ On the Morphology and Origin of the Ichthyopterygia,”

American Naturalist, 1887, p. 840.

t Loc. cit. p. 297.

t{ Leboucq, “ Recherches sur la morphologie de la main chez les

Mammiféres marins,” Arch, Biologie, 1889, p, 112.

Mammals to Aquatic Life. 173

peut étre considérée comme un caractére tout-d-fait primitif”’

—I can by no means agree to.

To sum up our results. In the aquatic Mammalia there

sets in a retardation in the ossification of the skeleton of the

hand, a consequence of which is the formation of double

epiphyses in each finger-joint. Since each finger-joint thus

acquires three divisions, which, owing to reduction, that is the

loss of separate functions, become continually more alike, the

number of original finger-joints will be doubled. The number

of the secondary finger-joints will therefore in the highest

case amount to twelve.

The question now suggests itself whether this process can

still be followed embryologically. It must be admitted at the

outset that this is doubtful, since this transformation took

place so long ago, and the principle of making the separate

parts resemble one another in form was so speedy in its effect,

that it seems practically hopeless to expect that we can still

trace the various stages in the development of the embryo.

I might express myself in the words of Pfitzner* :—“ In osteo-

logy in particular is ontogeny an auxiliary as inefficient as it

is untrustworthy ; we have to rely almost entirely on com-

parative anatomy and variation.” All that we can determine

is that from an embryonic tissue there develop pieces of carti-

lage which are separate from one another and which correspond

to the secondary phalanges. There is no question of supple-

mentary division of the cartilaginous tissue ; all changes which

subsequently took place are traceable to fusion. The whole

of the secondary phalanges of the whale’s hand are therefore

to be found already in their places. Any supplementary

division of the cartilage is consequently excluded.

This method of formation renders it impossible to trace the

origin of hyperphalangy embryologically; 1 would only

mention that in a very small embryo of (lobiocephalus there

is a considerable difference in size between the secondary

metacarpalia and the remaining divisions of the phalanges, in

that the former, particularly in the first finger, are very much

more minute; in the next stages of development, however,

this difference is already obliterated. This difference in size

points to the mode of origin of the secondary metacarpal.

The fact that it still finds expression here is intelligible when

we reflect that the process of hyperphalangy must have com-

menced at the tip of the finger, and with the division of the

original metacarpal has reached its latest stage.

Now if our theory is correct the number of phalanges shouid

* W. Pfitaner, “ Die kleine Zehe,” Archiv f. Anat, u. Physiol. 1890,

pp. 12 et seg.

174 Dr. W. Kiikenthal on the Adaptation of

not exceed twelve in one finger, and this (with a single excep-"

tion) is in fact the case. No whale exhibits more than twelve-

phalanges with the exception of G@lobiocephalus melas. In

this whale two varieties are distinguishable, in one of which

the second finger has twelve phalanges or less, while in the

other an increase of phalanges beyond twelve has taken place.

We have now to inquire where this augmentation has been

effected. According to our theory it must be a third series of

phalanges which has been formed by division of the secon-

dary ones, and this moreover at the tip of the finger. This

is actually the case ; in three embryonic hands I find ten to

be the constant number of the phalanges of the third finger ;

in the second finger, on the contrary, the numbers are eleven,

fifteen, and seventeen. In all three the relative position of

the first eleven phalanges has not changed in the least ; they

are to be regarded as homologous with one another. But

while the eleventh phalanx is terminal in one case, in another

four, and in a third case as many as six, phalanges have been

intercalated in front of it, thereby materially. altering the

arrangement. Where there has been an increase of phalanges

the second finger greatly exceeds the third, while it otherwise

is of the same length. The increase of segments has there-

fore affected the tip of the finger in this case.

I must not omit to state that there is nothing to show that

the new terminal phalanges have been derived from the pro-

liferation and secondary division of what was previously the

terminal phalanx. They are segments which decrease regu-

larly in size, are well separated from one another, and which

came into existence as separate rudiments with the earliest

development of the cartilage. ‘To my mind we have no alter-

native but to accept the process of the cleavage of the secon-

dary end-phalanges into tertiary, as resulting from the forma-

tion of double epiphyses.

Now it is an apparently inexplicable fact that the whales

possess more phalanges in each finger in the immature state

than they do in the adult, as has been found to be the ease in

the whole of the embryos examined by Leboucq and myself

with this object; nay, it appears to stand in direct contra-

diction to my theory of the gradual development of the many-

jointed condition. On these grounds it has therefore been

also suggested by one investigator of Cetacean anatomy

(Leboucq) that the hand of the whale as it is is a very ancient

organ.

As a matter of fact, however, the whale’s hand is modified

by the action of two very different processes, which both exist

independently of one another; the one is attributable to the

Mammals to Aquatic Life. 175

principle of the formation of small skeletal parts, the other

comes into action in aquatic mammals, which use their fore

limbs no longer for rowing, but merely for steering and

balancing purposes. For the latter function a long fore limb

is not only unnecessary but even actually in the way; and so

a shortening of the limb will take place, which will commence

at the distal end. Practical observations are in entire accord-

ance with this; the whole of the Cetacean fingers examined

for the purpose show that the diminution in the number of |

phalanges which takes place in the course of individual deve-

lopment arises from the fusion of the small terminal |

phalanges.

This fusion of terminal phalanges is also found in other

aquatic mammals; thus I was able to determine its presence

as a variation in Manatus senegalensis, in which it affected the

third and fourth fingers.

Now how are we to explain the origin of hyperphalangy

phylogenetically ? .

As the fore limb of the terrestrial ancestors of the toothed

as well as the whalebone whales developed more and more into

the flipper, the skeleton was also affected thereby, in that a

retardation of ossification set in. In consequence of this

retardation there arose the formation of double epiphyses,

which attained to the size of the diaphysis, while their bony

nuclei remained separate. he functions of the finger-joints

became more and more alike, in that they had to relinquish

all their differences of action and to become modified into mere

supporting organs; and this similarity likewise extended to

the diaphysis and epiphysis of each finger-joint ; they, too, had

only to undertake a supporting function. Now the office of

the flippers of the whale as rudders entails the avoidance of

large bones; and this necessity was met first by retarding the

ossification of the diaphyses, and making the two epiphyses

equivalent to it, and subsequently by separating the latter

from the former; so that in the place of the single skeletal

element there develop three similar smaller ones. Where will

this process first come into action? Clearly where the retar-

dation in the ossification is most pronounced, and this is the

case in the terminal phalanx. The first secondary phalanges

will be developed in the terminal phalanx (as, for instance, in

the case of Manatus and Halicore) ; the further advance of

the process affects the other finger-joints also, and finally

begins to take place in the bones of the forearm of certain

whales. Simultaneously with this process the several

division-products grew to resemble one another, owing to

their having similar functions to perform; the morphological

176 Dr. W. Kiikenthal on the Adaptation of

value of the sections became much less, and we therefore see

within the limits of each species a certain amount of variation

in their number. The tendency to the formation of small

skeletal divisions, to which the retarded ossification and the

formation of double epiphyses originally lent an impetus, was

at length carried so far that the fingers also began to split in

a longitudinal direction, as is seen in the much expanded

fifth digit of Odontocetes. In the whales the process of

modifying the skeleton of the flipper has not yet said its last

word ; we see how new double epiphyses are already arising

again in the secondary finger-joints and how in the case of a

toothed whale, Globiocephalus, the same process of increasing

the number of segments at the tip of the second finger has

already commenced anew, so that therefore it comes in this

case to the formation of tertiary phalanges. A portion of the

Globiocephali do not yet exhibit this process; the majority,

on the other hand, have already acquired it.

Precisely the same transformation of the skeleton was

experienced in earlier periods of the earth’s history by the

hands of reptiles now extinct, the Plesiosauri and Ichthyo-

sauri, which likewise became adapted to the aquatic life. In

the case of the former the process ceased at a comparatively

early stage, much as it is seen in existing whalebone whales ;

the Ichthyosaurs, on the other hand, carried it much further.

While the paddles of some Ichthyosauri (those of the older

forms) show the greatest similarity to those of the toothed

whales, in the more recent Ichthyosaurs the modification is

much greater.

The transformation of the fore limb into the swimming-

paddle is therefore regulated by the same laws in widely

distant groups. _Whalebone whales and toothed whales,

Plesiosauri and Ichthyosauri— four groups, not traceable to one

another, but originating from different terrestrial ancestors—

have acquired precisely similar anterior extremities as a result

of the operation of the same laws on the modification of the

fore limb. ‘The phenomenon of convergence is here revealed

with the utmost distinctness. It appears as if the various

flippers were approaching a single type, which has received

its fullest expression in the fin of the fish.

Once again we arrive at the conviction, as we have already

done in considering the integument of the aquatic mammals,

that a large series of resemblances in the structure of the

flippers is but the result of convergence, and that it is a

mistake to bestow on them phylogenetic value. ‘These must

be eliminated if we would compare the extremities of whale-

bone and toothed whales with one another. After we have

Mammals to Aquatic Life. Wid

recognized the points of resemblance as convergent develop-

ments of independent origin the structural differences of the

two flippers appear much more clearly defined. The contrast

between the much greater advance of hyperphalangy in all

the toothed whales and its more limited development in the

whalebone whales strikes us at once. But there is also a

plastic difference to be noticed, in so far as the whalebone

whales possess elongated flippers with a straight radial edge,

while in the toothed whales the radial edge of the flipper is

more or less curved, so that the flipper has acquired a sickle-

like form. ‘This difference is not so trivial as it at first sight

appears. It has exerted a powerful influence on the skeleton

of the hand. In the whalebone whales the flipper appears to

be least modified in the smooth whales (the Balenide), where

we get arounder form of flipper whose five fingers are all

developed with a very small amount of hyperphalangy; in

the fin-whales (the Baleenopteride), on the other hand, we find

an elongated instead of a rounded flipper, with a straight

radial edge, and the consequence of this is the degeneration ;

and disappearance of the thumb. Rudiments of it are still |

seen in the embryo, which afterwards disappear through fusion.

Hyperphalangy has already made a certain advance. In the

toothed whales, on the contrary, the finger-rays have adapted

themselves to the inflexion of the flipper, and the whole of the

five digits are always present. ‘Two different types of flippers

are therefore observable in the two groups—the whalebone

whales with long extended flippers, the toothed whales with

incurved ones. In the former the thumb is lost, in the latter

it persists. ‘This is already a highly important difference

in the structure of the flipper in the two groups. The

disposition of the carpal bones constitutes a further funda-

mental difference. We find that the carpus in the adult

in many toothed whales and in the embryonic state in

many others exhibits an arrangement which is otherwise

not characteristic of the Mammalian class; there are present

not only the three proximal but also five distal carpalia,

whereas all other mammals only possess four distal carpals ;

there is a pisiform and a prepollex, while the centrale,

which in the rest of the Mammalia is only found occa-

sionally and in embryonic stages, here often persists and

is even found double. ‘The number of the carpal elements

thus reaches twelve ; their arrangement is a perfectly typical

one, such as must be imagined for the hypothetical, most

complicated, and therefore most ancient Mammalian carpus ;

and the carpus of the toothed whales displays the greatest

agreement with the typical Reptilian carpus, such, for

}

178 On the Adaptation of Mammals to Aquatic Life.

instance, as has been preserved with but little modification in

the Chelonia. All this is not found in the whalebone whales,

whose carpus consists of remarkably fewer elements. Where

changes do show themselves in the carpus they are never

cases of fission, but rather of fusion. ‘This observation, which

we owe to Gegenbaur, is of universal application ; those carpi

are therefore to be regarded as the more ancient which exhibit

the greater number of component parts. ‘These are the carpi

of the toothed whales. We therefore conclude from the

comparison of the structure of the carpus in the toothed and

whalebone whales that the former animals are the more

ancient. If we likewise take into consideration the difference

in the manner of the further development of the flippers, we

again arrive at the conclusion that the toothed whales were

developed from land-mammals at a much earlier epoch than

whalebone whales, and that therefore the two groups cannot

be directly related to one another.

Our investigations into the structure and development of

the flippers have therefore yielded the same result as the

investigation of the integument. What were hitherto regarded

as resemblances and indications of phylogenetic relationships

are merely convergences which have arisen according to the

same developmental laws.

With this the series of systems of organs which are modified

by adaptation to aquatic life is by no means exhausted, and

the studies which I have prosecuted on a tolerably compre-

hensive material into the dentition, the respiratory organs, &c:

contain much that is perhaps of more general interest.

Since these investigations, however, have not been entirely

concluded, I have confined myself in this paper to a couple of

systems of organs. From these the method of investigation

may at once be perceived.

_ 'The earlier investigations for the purpose of elucidating the

phylogeny of the mammals to which I have directed atten-

tion have yielded contradictory results, since their proofs

were based on a series of common characters.” By bringing

biology and physiology into the sphere of our observations we

have recognized these common characters as resemblances or

convergent developments, which have arisen through the

adaptation of originally dissimilar organs to new and precisely

similar conditions of existence. In the case which we have

been considering, the modification of the organs of the various

animals is controlled by laws of general application, laws

which are even partially attributable to mechanical principles.

Now when we thus betook ourselves to the investigation of

phylogeny from our altered standpoint, equipped in this

Mr. G. F, Hampson on East-African Lepidoptera. 179

instance with a method as yet unused, we were compelled to

annul the relations which had ‘hitherto been established, and

out of a single Mammalian order even to form two others,

genetically very distinct, namely those of the toothed and

whalebone whales. And thus we have demolished, instead

of reconstructing. Yet we have gained something-in return—

a firmer basis, on which we may distinguish what is ancestral

from that which is newly acquired.

XX.—Lepidoptera from the Sabaki River, East Africa, with

Descriptions of new Species. By G. F. Hampson, B.A.,

Coll. Exon., Oxon.

THE following is an account of a small collection of Lepido-

ptera made by Mr. Keith Anstruther, of the British Hast-

Africa Co.’s service, in the Sabaki River district ; and as very

few species have been recorded from the interior of Hast

Africa, and none from this district, I give a list of them in

full. The types of the new species have been presented to

the Natural-History Museum.

-RHOPALOCERA.

1. Limnas Klugit, Bull.

2. Limnas chrysippus, Linn. —

The small dark African form.

cel irumala petiverana, Doubl. & Hew.

MYCALEsIs, subgen. nov. MONOTRICHTIS.

With a glandular pouch and tuft of hairs on both fore and

hind wings, thus belonging to Mr. Moore’s first group of

subgenera of Mycalesis.

Allied to the subgenera Virapa and Garesis. Male with

the glandular pouch on the fore wing, a small oval patch

below the submedian nervure only, and covered with short

scales, and no tuft of long hairs. Fore wing with the apex

rounded as in Garests; the inner and outer margins more

rounded ; costal, subcostal, and median veins swollen at the

base; the venation similar. Hind wing with the costa

highly arched, as in Virapa; the first subcostal much curved

up, as in that genus, not swollen at the base as in Garesis.

Kyyes slightly hairy.

Type ML. (Monotrichtis) safitza, Hew.

180 Mr. G. F. Hampson on East-African Lepidoptera.

4, Mycalesis (Monotrichtis) safitza, Hew.

Var. injusta, Wllgr.—Probably the dimorphic form with

small ocelli.

5. Mycalesis (Monotrichtis) evenus, Hpff.

Var. caffra, Wilgr.—Probably the dimorphic form with

small ocelli.

6. Ypthima asterope, Klug.

7. Melanitis bankia, Fabr.

8. Acrea acara, Hew.

9. Acrea anemosa, Hew.

Acrea arctecincta, Butl.

The spots on the underside of the black band of the hind

wing are much smaller than in the typical form.

10. Acrea mutuata, Grose Smith.

11. Acrea natalica, Boisd.

12. Acrea oncea, Hett.

With only the lower of the two spots at end of cell of fore

wing, and the spots on the hind wing reduced.

13. Acrewa mombase, Grose Smith.

14. Acrea bresia, Godm.

15. Acrea perrupta, Butl.

16. Acrea punctatissima, Boisd.

17. Hurytela dryope, Cram.

18. Byblia ilithya, Drury.

19. Byblia acheloia, Wllgr.

20. Junonia crebrene, Butl.

21. Junonia enone, Linn.

(Junonia clelia, Cram.)

22. Junonia natalica, Feld.

23. Diadema misippus, Linn.

24, Protogoniamorpha nebulosa, Trimen.

25. Hamanumida dedalus, Fabr.

26. Huryphene violacea, Butl.

Mr. G. F. Hampson on East-African Lepidoptera. 181

27. Harma achlys, Upft.

28. Charazes saturnus, Butl.

29. Philognoma varanes, Cram.

30. Terias orientis, Butl.

31. Terias zoé, Upff.

32. Teracolus protomedia, Klug.

33. Teracolus dynamene, Klug.

34. Teracolus eris, Klug.

Differs from the figure of the type in having a white spot

near outer margin and white at hinder angle of fore wing.

T. abyssinicus, Butl., is almost certainly the female of eris ;

and the South-African form, 7. Johnstoni, Butl., and 7. maz-

muna, Kirby, from West Africa, differ only in the female sex.

35. Teracolus imperator, Butl.

36. Teracolus phlegyas, Butl.

37. Teracolus phenius, Butl.

38. Teracolus exole, Reiche.

39. Teracolus bifasciatus, Sharpe.

Male.—Expanse 1} inch. Fore wing white, with the

_apical area orange; .costa black from one third from base to

apex, and the outer margin black from apex to near hinder

angle, the black margin extending as black triangular marks

into the orange area, the nervules in which are black towards

outer margin; a black band along inner margin below the

submedian nervure from base to one fourth from outer angle,

expanding at its termination to the first median nervule.

Hind wing white, with a small black patch at base and black

triangular marks on nervules at outer margin.

Underside pure white ; fore wing with a small black spot

at end of cell; a subapical orange band from near the costa

to near centre of outer margin ; apex suffused with yellow;

slight traces of the black band on inner margin.

Hind wing with a brilliant orange streak along two thirds

of costa, widest at base ; a small black spot on an orange one

at end of cell.

A pair from the Sabaki District.

Miss Sharpe’s type is a female, which sex is very near

T eione, Boisd., but with the maculate subapical orange bands

of fore wing quite separated from one another by a black band.

182 Mr. G. F. Hampson on East- African Lepidoptera.

The male is very near 7’. comptus, Butl., which has the under-

side slightly suffused with yellow; the other males of the

ae have yellow in the cell of the fore wing on the under-

side.

40. Teracolus incretus, Butl.

41. Belenois thysa, Hpft., var. subrata, Butl.

42. Belenots gidica, Gdt.

43. Belenots severina, Cram.

44, Pinacopterye liliana, Grose Smith.

(Pinacopteryx nigropunctata, Sharpe.)

45. Eronia dilatata, Butl.

46. Nepheronia thalassina, Bois.

47. Papilio philonoé, Ward.

48. Papilio demoleus, Linn.

49. Papilio erinus, Gray.

50. Papilio dardanus, Brown.

Papilio dardanus, Brown, Ilustr. Zool. p. 51, pl. xxii. (1776).

Papilio merope, Cram. Pap. Ex. ii. t. cli. (1779).

The males are the dark southern form with the black band

of hind wing complete and wider than in var. t¢budlus, Kirby ;

the tail black, with yellow tip. The female is of the white

niaveus type, but with the streaks of the subapical band of

fore wing short; it resembles é¢budlus 2 , except that it has a

subapical white spot to the fore wing.

51. Papilio constantinus, Ward.

52. Papilio colonna, Ward.

(Papilio tragicus, Butl.)

53. Papilio porthaon, Hew.

54. Papilio utuba, sp. n.

Expanse 4 inches.

Female allied to P. nyasse, Butl., from which it differs in

all the markings of the upperside being wider and a bluer

green in colour; the two last bands across the cell of the fore

wing towards its termination are joined together above the

median nervure, forming a U-shaped mark; there is a

distinct round spot between the fourth and fifth subcostal

nervules close to their junction in continuation of the two

spots from the costa. In the hind wing the union of the two

common spots near the inner margin is distinct.

Mr. G. F. Hampson on East-African Lepidoptera. 183

Underside similar to that of P. nyasse.

This species belongs to the group which has no black and

crimson spot in the cell of the hind wing on the underside, of

which the other species, P. porthaon, policenes, and evombar,

are ainply distinct. P. anthus and lurlinus, with the black

and crimson spot, are very like P. nyasse and utuba on the

upperside.

55. Coladenia maculata, sp. n.

Expanse 132 inch.

_ Male—Allied to C. galenus, Fabr. Fore wing with the

spot below. the median nervure similar to that species, and

not small as in disertata, Butl., or large and run into the

median band as in meditrina, Hew.; the median band

broader than in galenus and biseriata, and the spot below the

first median nervule large and joined to the band (in meditrina

the markings are large, run together, and cover the greater

part of the fore wing); the three irregularly placed spots

towards the apex and outer margin are large and nearly

joined.

Hind wing with the spot in the cell as in galenus, it being

absent in the other two species ; the markings towards outer

margin large and more joined together than in the other

species, with a black patch on them between the second sub-

costal and first discoidal nervules, as in medttrina.

HETEROCERA.

Lithosiide.

56. Lgybolia Vaillantina, Stoll.

Nyctemeridz.

57. Terina fulva, sp. n.

Expanse 2 inches.

Male.-—Allied to T. tenuis, Butl.: of a more yellow ful-

vous. Fore wing with the black of the apical patch running

more into the upper extremity of the cell and along the median

nervure at the lower extremity ; the subapical white patch is

large and has a small white spot below it. Hind wing with

the black border only extending along the apical third of the

outer margin and irregular in width.

184 Mr. H. A. Pilsbry on the Genus Tebennophorus.

Saturnide.

58. Henucha dentata, sp. n.

Expanse 2% inches.

Female.—Closely allied to H. Delegorquet, Boisd.; the outer

margin of the fore wing much more irregular, being bowed

outwards at middle and more dentate; the outer margin of

hind wing also is slightly more dentate. Both wings are

much more suffused with fuscous than in Delegorguet, and

the white band inwardly banding the outer area reaches the

inner margin of fore and hind wings close to the outer and

anal angles, instead of a good distance inside them,

Ommatophoride.

59. Cyligramma argillosa, Walk.

Ophiuside.

60. Achea Lienardi, Walk.

XXI.— Critical Notes on the Genus Tebennophorus and the

recent Literature relating to it. By Henry A. Pitssry,

Conservator of the Conchological Section, Academy of

Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

Tue slugs of this genus having been commented upon lately

by a number of English and continental authors, who have

arrived at very different results, it has occurred to the writer

that a presentation of the subject by one who has studied the

species in their native forests would not be without interest.

Firstly, regarding the proper name for the genus. We

will consider the several designations in the order of their

publication.

Jn 1817 Blainville proposed a genus Limacella with the

following characters :—

“ Body limaciform, entirely naked, provided with a foot as

wide as itself, but separated by a groove.

‘« Orifices of the organs of generation widely separated and

communicating between each other by a furrow which occupies

the entire right margin of the body.”

Blainville refers to his plate 11. fig. v, illustrating the type

species, L. lactiformis.

A moment’s reflection will convince any competent mala-

Mr. H. A. Pilsbry on the Genus Tebennophorus. 185

cologist that the above description does not indicate Tebenno-

phorus, a slug in which the genital organs have a common

outlet. It cannot be supposed that Blainville has made a

mistake in observation, because in the same paper he describes

at length the external anatomy of Veronicella, and correctly

locates the orifices. The figure given is equally non-

committal ; so much so that Mr. Cockerell (who supposes

Limacella to equal Tebennophorus) really cites “ figures

4,5” instead of 5 only *—his inability to tell Blainville’s

figure of Limacella (fig. 5) from that of Veronicella (fig. 4)

being evidence enough that the former is not generically

recognizable. As to the fact that Mr. Cockerell has found a

couple of slugs under the name “Zimacella lactescens’’ in the

British Museum, which he supposes are the types of LZ. lacti-

Jormis, it is absolutely irrelevant to the subject. What

evidence is there beyond the merest guess-work that they are

Blainville’s types? And even if they were (a most improbable

hypothesis!), their mere existence does not constitute publi-

cation. We have nothing to judge Limacells by save the

original figures and description, and these certainly indicate a

type of slug different from Tebennophorus.

It may also be noted that the name Limacella is preoccu-

pied, having been used by Brard in 1815. If we care to be

really consistent we must use Limacella in place of Agrio-

limax !

The second name for the genus is Philomycus, Rafinesque.

This genus, says its author, ‘ differs from Limaz by no visible

mantle, the longer pair of tentacula terminal and club-shaped,

the shorter tentacula lateral and oblong.” Rafinesque

describes four species and says there are many more in the

United States. Not one of those he described has been

identified with any certainty, and only é¢wo species of Teben-

nophorus occur in the regions visited by him. Rafinesque

also describes the genus Humeles —“ differs from Lémazx by no

visible mantle, the four tentacula almost in one row in front

and cylindrical, nearly equal, the smallest pair between the

larger ones.” Of this genus he describes two species, one of

which, #. nebulosus, has been recognized by Mr. Cockerell,

whose penetration and facilities have enabled him to identify

new or old species which have escaped the observation of

specialists on the American fauna.

We will not comment on these Rafinesquian genera ; those

who find slugs corresponding to them should of course use the

* That this is not mere inadvertence on Mr. Cockerell’s part is demon-

strated by his remarks on Blainville’s fig. 4 on p. 380 of the ‘ Annals’ for

November 1890.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. vii. 13

186 = Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

names. umeles is especially remarkable, and we would

invite the attention of conchologists who hunt slugs (in old

collections of museums and elsewhere) to the unusual arrange-

ment of the tentacles in this genus, and to the fact that a

number of Rafinesque’s species are still at large.

The genus Meghimatium, v. Hasselt, 1824, was founded on

a species of this genus from Java, and was quite recognizably

described. The names Zebennophorus, Binn., and Lncilaria,

Benson, were both proposed in 1842, the probable priority

being in favour of the first.

Morse in 1864 established the genus Pallfera for a species

with ribbed jaw.

This review shows that several names for the genus, more

or less certainly applying to it, were proposed anterior to

1842, the date of Tebennophorus. Of these names Philo-

mycus and Meghimatium are the only ones available, Humeles

and Limacella being clearly inapplicable. Since continental

authors generally have adopted the name Philomycus, it seems

advisable to retain that designation for the genus if Tebenno-

phorus must be rejected.

Philadelphia,

December 2, 1890.

XXII.—Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine

Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander R. F. Hoskyn,

R.N., commanding.—No. 21. Note on the Results of the

last Season’s Deep-sea Dredging. By J. Woopv-Mason,

Superintendent of the Indian Museum, and Professor of

Comparative Anatomy in the Medical College of Bengal,

and A. Atcock, M.B., Surgeon I. M. 8., Surgeon-Natu-

ralist to the Survey.

[Continued from p. 19.]

Phylum APPENDICULATA.

Branch CH ATOPOD A.

Fragments from mud from 89 to 93 fathoms, from 1310

fathoms, and from sand from 98 to 102 fathoms, in the Bay

of Bengal.

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. . 187

Branch ARTHROPODA.

Class CRUSTACEA.

Of this class fifty-three species were obtained, of which

fifty-one belong to the Malacostraca, and two to the Entomo-

straca,

Grade VALACOSTRA CA.

Amongst the fifty-one species belonging to this subclass

every order except Amphipoda and Cumacea is represented,

as follows :—

Order SCHIZOPODA.,

Family Lophogastride.

GNATHOPHAUSIA, Suhm.

At Stations 100 and 102, at 840 and 920 to 690 fathoms

respectively, two fine specimens were obtained. They are of

the usual uniform deep lake-colour, and they represent the two

sections into which Sars has divided this genus.

1. Gnathophausia Sarsit, sp. n., Wood-Mason.

_ Belongs to the second section of the genus, in which it

is nearest allied to Gnathophausia Willemoesii. ‘The carapace

covers the basal third of the first abdominal somite and has

its dorsal spine produced as far as the posterior end of the

third abdominal tergum ; its extreme edge is expanded at the

postero-inferior angle into a conspicuous rectangular lamina,

into which neither its lower lateral keel nor its raised rim

enters. The rostrum, which has lost its tip, appears to have

been of the same form and proportions. Ocular and antennal

spines well developed, divergent; the former are slightly

curved and rather longer and slenderer than the latter. ‘There

are no branchiostegal spines. ‘The upper half of the posterior

margin of the carapace on each side and the lateral edges of

the dorsal spine are minutely denticulated. Hach of the five

anterior abdominal terga has a dorsal keel produced poste-

riorly into a short sharp spine, and two subdorsal keels, and

the posterior lobes of the pleura acuminate. The telson is

tricarinate, having a fine median carina in addition to the

much coarser sublateral ones, and appears to be more pro-

duced at the tip than in any other species.

Length from tip of rostrum to apex of telson 75 millim.

f3*

188 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

2. Gnathophausia gracilis, Suhm, var. brevispinis.

Gnathophausia gracilis, Suhm, Trans. Linn. Soe. Lond., Zool. ser. 2,

vol. i. p. 33, pl. ix. fig. 1; Sars, Chall. Rep. vol. xili, pt. xXxxvil.

Schizop. p. 48, pl. vii. figs. 6-10.

Our specimen differs from the one figured by Suhm in the

small size of the spines of the infero-posterior corners of the

carapace, the lower one of which is reduced to a minute

outstanding point only visible when the animal is viewed from

above. It may perhaps be found to differ also in the form

and relative proportions of the wing-like antennal and bran-

chiostegal spines, as well as in other respects, when better

specimens of the typical form shall be available for com-

parison. In the meantime it will suffice to indicate it as a

variety.

Length from tip of restrum to apex of telson 82 millim.

Both the above specimens would appear to be males.

Order DEC APODA.

Family Peneide.

HyMENoPren2vs, 8S. I. Smith.

3. Hymenopeneus ? microps, 8. 1. Smith.

Hymenopeneus ? microps, 8. I. Smith,'Ann. Rep. Comm, Fish, 1884,

p. 413 [69], pl. x. fig. 1. i

Three specimens have been obtained—a male and a female

from Station 104, 1000 fathoms, and a male from Station 105

740 fathoms—of a speciés answering to Prof. Smith’s dia-

gnosis. They are all coloured a very deep vinous purple

mottled with black, and are still of a deep wine-red, except

the last two pairs of legs.

» SoLENOCERA, Lucas.

4, Solenocera Hextii, sp. n., Wood-Mason.

A strikingly beautiful Penzeid of a bright pink colour was

obtained in fair abundance at Stations 81 and 96, in 89 to

102 fathoms. It is remarkable for the great development of

the respiratory mechanism in all its parts, especially the

branchial chambers, the afferent and efferent divisions of

which are sharply defined externally by the special promi-

nence of the coincident parts of the branchiostegite, and

also for the form of the antennules. These are shorter

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 189

and broader than those of any of the described species, and

their inner or ensheathing branch is much less deeply semi-

tubular, being indeed only slightly incurved along its lower

margin and forming by its union with its fellow of the oppo-

site side a strongly compressed tube, of which the lumen

appears to be entirely filled by the two flat outer or olfactory

branches of opposite sides. ‘There is little doubt that this

special development of the antennules has a causal relation to

the presence of delicate sense-organs, which, owing to some

unknown circumstances in the surroundings of the animal,

stand in special need of protection.

This form had previously been found at 65 fathoms off

Chittagong, at 68 fathoms off the Mahdnadi Delta, and at

70 fathoms off the Goddvari Delta.

GENNADAS, Spence Bate.

5. Gennadas parvus, Spence Bate.

Gennadus parvus, Spence Bate, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) viii. p. 191 ;

and ‘Challenger’ Macrura, 1888, p. 340, pl. lix.

A male and a female from Station 101, 922 fathoms, and

Station 103, 1260 fathoms respectively, belong, there is little

doubt, to the above species, which has such a wide geogra-

phical and bathymetrical range. Both were of a uniform

deep lake-colour. Amalopenceus elegans, S. I. Smith, is

probably the same species.

HEPOMADUS, Spence Bate.

6. Hepomadus ? tener, S. I. Smith.

Hepomadus ? tener, S. I. Smith, Ann. Rep. Comm. Fish, 1884, p. 409

[65], pl. ix. figs. 7 and 8.

A female specimen was obtained at Station 97, 1310 -

fathoms, but is too much macerated for exact determination.

Its colour in the fresh state was bright orange.

HEMIPENAZUS, Spence Bate.

7. Hemipenceeus Carpentert, sp. n., Wood-Mason.

Is closely allied to Hemipenceus spinidorsalis, Spence Bate,

but differs in the following relations :—The thoracic legs are

shorter, the three anterior pairs have the ischiopodite stouter,

and longer in proportion to the succeeding joint, and the two

last pairs are more filiform ; the exopodites of the abdominal

appendages are much longer; the rostrum is much weaker

190 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

and also shorter, barely reaching the apex of the basal joint

of the antennulary peduncle; the cervical suture appears to

be more distinct in its dorsal part; and the hooked spine of

the third abdominal tergum springs right from the anterior

end instead of from the middle of the crest.

One female specimen from Station 97, 1310 fathoms.

Colours in the fresh state bright orange.

Length from tip of antennal scale to tip of caudal swim-

meret in a straight line 118 millim. ; length of exopodite of

first abdominal appendage 42 millim.; length of carapace

from middle of posterior margin to tip of rostrum 32°5 milli. ;

length of third thoracic leg 46 millim.

Family Sergestide.

SERGESTES, Milne- Edwards.

8. Sergestes bisulcatus, sp. n., Wood-Mason.

Closely allied to S. robustus and S. mollis, 8. I. Smith, but

readily distinguishable from both in the cervical being no less

distinct across the back of the carapace than the gastro-

hepatic groove. It differs from S. mollis, and apparently

agrees with S. robustus, in the relative proportions of the joints

of the antennulary peduncles and in the form and proportions

of the eyes, which are comparatively short and very distinctly

widened from base of peduncle to apex of depressed hemi-

spherical cornea; and it agrees with S. mollis and differs from

S. robustus in the size of the rostrum.

Colour in the fresh state deep crimson-lake.

A female from Station 100, 840 fathoms, and a male from

Station 105, 740 fathoms.

Length of male from tip of rostrum to apex of telson 60

millim., of female 63 millim.

9. Sergestes ? arcticus, Kroyer.

Sergestes arcticus, Kroyer, Monog. Fremstill af Kraeb. Sergestes, pp. 24,

GO, tabs. iii. and v.; Spence Bate, ‘ Challenger’ Macrura, p. 436.

Our only specimen wants the spine on the outer margin of

the exopodite of the caudal swimmeret said to be present in

S. arcticus.

Colour in the fresh state deep crimson-lake.

From Station 101, 922 fathoms.

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 191

Family Glyphocrangonide.

GLYPHOCRANGON, A. Milne-Edwards.

The described species may, with the undescribed ones in

our collection, be artificially arranged in three groups as

follows :—

(1) Species with the anterior moiety of the fourth or lateral

crest * produced and expanded at its anterior end into a single

huge vertically-compressed spine, which extends far beyond

the level of the supraorbital margin of the carapace, and with

the ridges and other elevations of the dorsal integument

generally more or less sharp and roughly tuberculose.—G.

aculeatum, A. M.-Edw., Spence Bate (= G. Agassizii, 8. I.

Smith), G. regalis, Spence Bate, and the following species,

which, though not belonging to last season’s collection, we

think may be appropriately described here.

10. [Glyphocrangon tnvestigatoris, sp. n., Wood-Mason.

Allied to G. aculeata and G. regalis, but distinguishable

at a glance from the former by the posterior moiety of the

third carapacial crest not being produced anteriorly into a

spine and from both by its much more tuberculose cephalo-

thorax and abdomen. From the latter, to which it is the

more nearly allied, it further differs in having the posterior

moiety of the third and fourth crests dentate and the lateral

margins and carine of the telson sharply tuberculate for

rather more than the basal third of their length. From G.

spinicauda, A. M.-Edw., which, from Spence Bate’s remark,

would appear also to belong to this group, it differs in having

the anterior moiety of the fourth crest undivided.

“The ground-colour”’ of this striking form “is old ivory-

white with orange-white markings on tips of spines, &c. ;

the eyes are magenta.” (G. I. Giles.)

Twenty-four specimens, of which three are adult (two of

them ovigerous) females, were obtained at a single haul in

lat. 19° 35’ N., long. 92° 24’ E., in 272 fathoms.

Length of rostrum 14°5 millim., of carapace from orbital to

posterior margin 25 millim., of abdomen 51 millim.; total

* To facilitate the following descriptions the carapacial crests, of which

there are seven pairs, may be named “ dorsal,” ‘ subdorsal,” “ sublateral,”

“lateral,” ‘“submarginal,” ‘“ antemarginal,” and “marginal,” or may be

simply numbered | to 7 in the order of their succession from the mid-

dorsal line downwards on each side. ‘The specific characters are taken

from the four uppermost.

192 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

length 90°5 millim.; width between points of spines of lateral

crests 20 millim.

A single adult (ovigerous) female was subsequently obtained

in lat. 20° 17’ 30" N., long. 88° 50! E., in 193 fathoms, in

company with Nephropsis Carpenter‘. |

(2) Species with the anterior moiety of the fourth crest

divided into two parts produced anteriorly into moderate

spines, the anterior of which never approaches the level of

the supraorbital margin, and with the ridges and other eleva-

tions of the dorsal integument more or less sharp and roughly

tuberculose.—G. sculptus, S. I. Smith, G. granulosis, G.

podager, and G'. rimapes, Spence Bate, and the following :—

11. Glyphocrangon priononota, sp. n., Wood-Mason.

Allied to G. sculptus and G. granulosis, but distinguishable

at a glance from the former by the great strength and dis-

tinctness of all the crests, but especially of the dorsal and

subdorsal (first and second), which are strongly toothed; by

the posterior moiety of the sublateral (third) crest not ter-

minating anteriorly in a tubercle; by the anterior moiety of

the lateral (fourth) crest being merely divided by a notch and

not reduced to two spines; by its more strongly tuberculate

abdomen ; by the pleura of the fifth abdominal somite being

bispinose instead of trispinose; by the form of the dactylo-

podites of the fourth and fifth pair, which are simply pointed ;

by the teeth at the base of the rostrum being larger than the

teeth of the rostrum itself; and probably in other details. It

apparently agrees with G. granulosis in the strength and

armature of the dorsal and subdorsal crests, but it differs in

its narrower body ; in the rostrum extending fully one third

of its length beyond the antennulary peduncle; in the poste-

rior moieties of the sublateral and lateral (third and fourth)

erests not being tuberculose, and the former of them not

ending anteriorly in a strong cusp; and in the spines of tlie

anterior moiety of the lateral (fourth) crest not being so

large. From comparison with G. podager and G. rimapes it

is altogether excluded by the simple dactylopodites of its

fourth and fifth pairs of legs.

T'wo males and one female from Station 104, 1000 fathoms.

Colours in the fresh state deep pink; colour of eyes in

spirit dark purple.

Length of rostrum 21°75 millim., of carapace from orbital

to posterior margin 22 millim., of abdomen 59 millim. ; total

length 107 millim.

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 193

(3) Species in which the anterior moiety of the fourth crest

is undivided and terminates anteriorly in a single small spine,

and the ridges and tubercles of the occasionally pubescent

dorsal integument are more or less blunt and smooth.—G.

longirostris, 8. I. Smith, G. hastacauda and G'. acuminata,

Spence Bate, ?G. nobilis, A. Milne-Edwards, and the two

following species, of which the first, though belonging to the

collection of a previous season, may fitly be introduced here :—

12. [Glyphocrangon Gilesi’, sp. n., Wood-Mason.

Distinguished not only from all the other members of its

group, but also from all the other species of the genus, by

possessing the full complement of complete crests on both

divisions of the carapace, the anterior moiety of the third

crest being developed and produced anteriorly into a small

spine just as in the case of the fourth crest. The gastric

moiety of the second crest is divided into three parts, the

foremost of which is produced into a minute spinule. There

is a small tubercle in the gastro-rostral groove between the

front ends of the dorsal (first) crests. With these exceptions

the integument of the carapace is quite smooth and, except on

the summits of the crests, which are very distinctly foveolate-

rugose, somewhat polished. Except for the median crests

and transverse grooves the sculpture of the abdominal terga

is obsolete. The pleura of the four intermediate somites are

bispinose at the extremities, with the smaller tooth posterior

in the first three and anterior in the last, where the posterior

spine rivals the single spine of the last pleuron. The antennal

spine is longer and horizontally more expanded than the

antero-lateral, which is invisible from above. The dactylo-

podites of the fourth and fifth pairs of legs are lanceolate and

simply acute at the tips.

A single female was obtained on the 8th December, 1887,

eight miles south-east of Cinque Island, in the Andaman

Sea, in 500 fathoms; bottom green mud.

The colour in spirit is ivory-white, with the tips of the

spines, rostrum, and telson and the summits of the crests pale

orange.

Length of rostrum 11 millim., of carapace 13°75, of abdo-

men 83; total 56°75 millim.}

18. Glyphocrangon unguiculata, sp. n., Wood-Mason.

Closely allied to the preceding; differs in the carapace and

abdomen being covered with a very thin, filmy, delicate, and

194 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

deciduous velvety pubescence ; in the anterior moiety of the

sublateral crest being reduced to a thin, interrupted, unarmed

wrinkle ; in the anterior or gastric moiety of the subdorsal

crest being broken up into a diffused, coarsish, subtubercu-

lose wrinkling, terminated anteriorly by a spine; in the dorsal

crests being subtuberculose; in the antennal and antero-

lateral spines being more divergent in a side view, or, in other

words, less horizontal; in the postero-inferior angle of the

second and third abdominal pleura being angular rather than

spinose ; and, finally, in the outer margin of the dactylopo-

dites of the fourth and fifth pair of legs being produced near

the apex into a minute incurved claw.

Two egg-laden females from Station 105, 740 fathoms.

Colour in life delicate pink ; eyes in spirit dark purple.

Total length from tip of rostrum to apex of telson 73°5

millim.; of carapace, from supra-orbital to posterior margin,

18 millim.; of rostrum, from supra-orbital margin to apex,

13 millim. ; of abdomen with telson 44 millim.

Family Miersiide.

Epuyrina, 8. I. Smith.

Ephyrina, 8. I. Smith, Proc, U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1885, p. 506.

Tropiocaris, Spence Bate, ‘Challenger’ Macrura, 1888, p. 835,

pl. cxxxvi. fig. 1.

14. Ephyrina Hoskynit, sp. n., Wood-Mason.

Closely allied to Ephyrina Benedict’, S. 1. Smith (= Tro-

procaris planipes, Spence Bate), but differs in having the

carapace and the rostrum shorter, the latter not quite reaching

the cornee and terminating abruptly in a vertical sinuous

margin; the eyes apparently smaller, and the third abdo-

minal segment non-produced.

This exceedingly delicate specimen was in the fresh state

of a dark red colour.

From Station 105, 740 fathoms.

Length from front margin of rostrum to apex of telson 60

millim.

Hopropnuorvs, Milne-Edwards.

15. Hoplophorus Smithii, sp. n., Wood-Mason.

A small species from Station 62, 1439 fathoms, and Station

103, 1260 fathoms, apparently distinguished from previously

described species by the smallness of the spine at the postero-

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 195

inferior angle of the carapace and -by the pleura of the first

abdominal somite being strongly emarginate, but not spinose,

at its antero-inferior angle. The efferent branchial channel

is extremely large. The rostrum, which is %-toothed,

descends to the first infra-marginal tooth, whence it is straight

and slightly ascendant ; its length, measured from its tip to

the supra-orbital margin, is equal to the interval between the

last-named point and the hinder margin of the second abdo-

minal somite. The spiniform process of the third abdominal

tergum is more than twice as large as those of the two other

segments, which are subequal.

Colours in life bright pink, in spirit strongly iridescent.

The specimen from Station 103 measures 50 millim. from

tip of rostrum to apex of telson; it was alive and active

when brought on board.

ACANTHEPHYRA, A. Milne-Edwards.

16. Acanthephyra curtirostris, sp. n., Wood-Mason.

Closely allied to A. acutifrons, Spence Bate, differing

therefrom in its shorter and smaller carapace and in its much

less produced rostrum, which does not reach beyond the middle

of the terminal joimt of the antennulary peduncle and is armed

on its upper margin with nine minute saw-like teeth, on its

lower with a single strongish spine. The ocular papilla

embraces the cornea.

Two males from Station 100, 840 fathoms, and one from

Station 104, 1000 fathoms.

Length from tip of rostrum to apex of telson 85 millim.

17. Acanthephyra brachytelsonis, Spence Bate.

Acanthephyra brachytelsonis, Spence Bate, ‘Challenger’ Macrura,

1888, p. 753, pl. exxvi. fig. 7.

From Station 104, 1000 fathoms, eight specimens, of which

two are fine adult males, and two mutilated specimens from

740 fathoms at Station 105.

Colours in the fresh state deep crimson-lake.

Length from tip of rostrum to apex of telson about 120

millim.

Family Alpheide.

Doropores, Spence Bate.

18. Dorodotes reflexus, Spence Bate.

Dorodotes reflexus, Spence Bate, ‘ Challenger’ Macrura, p. 678, pl. exvi.

fig. 3.

196 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Aleock on

Six fine males from Station 97, 1310 fathoms, coloured

bright pink, and one ovigerous female of moderate size from

Station 62, 1439 fathoms.

The eggs are of two sizes and colours, the smaller being

light brown, the larger bright pink like the mother, the

difference in colour and size being due to the formation of an

embryo.

When brought on board the carapace of every specimen

was covered with a thick greasy secretion, probably cuticular

in origin: in spirit the carapace still has a greasy appearance.

Herrrocarrus, A. Milne-Kdwards.

19. LHeterocarpus Alphonst, Spence Bate.

Heterocarpus Alphonsi, Spence Bate, ‘Challenger’ Macrura, 1888,

p- 682, pl. exii. fig. 1

Nine specimens, of which four are adult males, one an ovi-

gerous female, and four immature males, were obtained at

Station 105, 740 fathoms,

The colour in the fresh state is deep pink.

Length of male, from tip of rostrum to apex of telson, 137

millim.; of female 163 millim.

Family Pasiphaide.

Parapasrpuai, S. I. Smith.

20. Parapasiphaé latirostris, sp. n., Wood-Mason.

This fine species is distinguished by its high and short

foliaceous rostrum, which barely reaches to the extremity of

the eyes, is strongly arched above, is bispinose at its apex,

and is preceded by five or six small teeth on the gastric

region; by the cornew occupying the whole extent of the

apex of the depressed peduncles; and by the crest of the

fourth abdominal tergum being produced backwards in the

middle line into a sharp spine.

The single specimen is a female.

It was obtained at Station 105, in 740 fathoms, and in the

fresh state was coloured a deep lurid red.

Length 103 millim.

21. Parapasiphaé Alcock?, sp. n., Wood-Mason.

_ A-smaller species taken at Station 101, 922 fathoms. It

is distinguished by its short eye-stalks and globular cornee,

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 197

and by the form of the rostrum, which terminates abruptly

a little behind the anterior margin of the carapace in a vertical

sinuous edge, much as in Lphyrina Hoskynit.

Colour in the fresh state deep crimson-lake.

One male specimen, measuring 64 millim. from the anterior

margin of carapace to apex of telson.

Family Nematocarcinida.

Nemarocarcinus, A. Milne-Edwards.

22. Nematocarcinus tenutipes, Spence Bate.

Nematocarcinus tenuipes, Spence Bate, ‘Challenger’ Macrura, 1888

p- 812, pl. exxxii. fig. 6

Station 97, 1310 fathoms, four specimens; Station 104,

1000 fathoms, two specimens.

Colours in the fresh state bright orange.

Family Homaride.

PxHoserus, A. Milne-Edwards.

23. Phoberus cecus, A. Milne- Edwards,

var. nov. sublevis, Wood- Mason.

Phoberus cecus, A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. (6) xi. 1881, 4, p. 1.

Phoberus tenuimanus, Spence Bate, ”¢ Challenger’ Macrura, 1888, Pols

pis: 2X. RX

Our specimen differs from those of the ‘ Blake’ and ‘ Chal-

lenger,’ which seem to be identical, only in having one spine

instead of three on the upper margin of the rostrum, and the

carapace and dorsal integument generally less spinose.

Length from tip of rostrum to apex of telson 118 millim. ;

from extremity of extended chele to apex of telson 177

millim.

Colour delicate pink.

One male specimen from Station 105, 740 fathoms.

NepHropsts, Wood-Mason.

24. Nephropsis atlantica, Norman.

Nephropsis atlantica, Norman, Proc. Roy, Soc, Edinb. 1881-82, vol. xi.

p. 684.

Six specimens (four males and two females), from Station

105, 740 fathoms, agreeing with Canon Norman’s excellent

description of the male.

198 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

The species is abundantly distinct from N. Agasstzit

(=aculeatus), which, so far as the figure goes, is indistin-

guishable from N. Stewartit.

Nephropsis atlantica, Norman, 3, nat. size.

Of our specimens one has three pairs, one two and a half

pairs, three two pairs, and one a pair and a half of lateral

spines on the rostral margins.

Colours in life pink, with a broad white longitudinal dorsal

stripe.

Family Thalassinide.

CALLIANASSA, Leach.

25. Callianassa, sp.

Two specimens, probably male and female, of a small

species from Station 76, 93 fathoms.

Colours in life deep-sea pink.

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 199

Family Eryontide.

WILLEMOESIA, Grote.

26. Willemoesia forceps, A. Milne-Edwards.

Willemoesra forceps, A. Milne-Edwards, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. viii.

1880, p. G4,

One female specimen, of a bright pink colour, in length

(measured from front margin of carapace to apex of telson) 99

millim., from Station 62, 1439 fathoms; and one male and

one female specimen, of a milk-white colour, measuring

respectively 84 millim. and 82 millim., from Station 97,

1310 fathoms.

PENTACHELES, Spence Bate.

27. Pentacheles, sp.

A single specimen, with the chelipeds wanting, from Station

105, 740 fathoms.

Colour pale pink.

28. ? Pentacheles (? immature).

At Station 102, 920 to 690 fathoms, a very remarkable

specimen was obtained, which may best be described for our

present purpose as a Pentacheles with a globularly intlated

carapace and all the spines of its dorsal integument of larva-

like length and sharpness. It recalls a good deal the curious

larva which Spence Bate has described and figured (‘ Chal-

lenger’ Macrura, fig. 80, after a drawing by Willemoes von

Suhm) under the name of “ Lryoneicus cecus.” We believe

that notwithstanding its great size—36 millim. in length—it

is an immature form of some species of Pentacheles, bearing

to the adult form a relation similar to that which exists

between a just-hatched and an adult crayfish.

Our specimen speaks to the accuracy of Willemoes von

Suhm’s drawing of that which, there is little doubt, is only a

very much younger stage.

Length 36 millim.

Colour in the fresh state pink.

Family Parapaguride.

Parapacurus, 8. LI. Smith.

29. Parapagurus abyssorum, A. Milne-Edwards, MS.

Parapagurus abyssorum, Henderson, ‘Challenger’ Anomura, p. 87,

plik ie. 2.

One fine specimen at Station 105, 740 fathoms.

Colour in the fresh state pink.

200 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

The animal was sheltered in a fine colony of an Epizoanthus

similar to the figure of Epizoanthus paguriphilus, Verrill, in

Professor 8. I. Smith’s paper in Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.

vol. iii. 1883.

Pacuropes, Henderson.

30. Pagurodes, sp.

All the dead shells of Rostellaria delicatula brought up at

Stations 81 and 96 were tenanted by a small hermit-crab

which fits fairly well into this genus. Its colour in the

fresh state was bright pink, similar to the colour of the

animals whose shells were appropriated.

Family Galatheide.

GALACANTHA, A. Milne-Edwards.

31. Galacantha areolata, sp. n., Wood-Mason.

A fine species closely allied to Galacantha rostrata, A.

Milne-Edwards, but differing in its more distinctly areolated

and more coarsely granulated carapace, and by having the

apex of the horizontal portion of the rostrum short aud

minutely bifid, as well as in some other particulars.

One male specimen from Station 97, 1310 fathoms.

Colour, including the cornea, dull milky orange.

Length 46 millim.

Munipopsis, Whiteaves.

82. Munidopsis ciliata, sp. n., Wood-Mason.

Closely allied to Munidopsis brevimana, Henderson, differ-

ing in having the transverse scale-like elevations of the cara-

pace (which apparently also differ in form and distribution)

and the ridges of the abdomen fringed with forwardly-

directed hairs ; and the lateral margins of the carapace armed

with six spines, of which the foremost is only half the size of

the supra-antennal, while the first of the four between the

two divisions of the cervical groove is much larger than the

supra-antennal, and the sixth is about the same size as the

first and third.

One male specimen from Station 97, 1310 fathoms.

Colours in the fresh state milk-white.

Total length from apex of rostrum to apex of telson 35

millim,; length of carapace from posterior margin to apex of

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 201

rostrum 18 millim.; breadth of carapace between posterior

and second third 10°5 millim.; length of chelipeds 19 millim. ;

length of rostrum 5 millim.

33. Munidopsis stylirostris, sp. n., Wood-Mason.

Allied to Munidopsis curvirostra, Whiteaves, differing in

the somewhat slenderer rostrum passing off more suddenly

from the fore margin of the carapace; in the spine of the

antero-lateral angle being larger; in the presence behind the

root of the rostrum of a pair of minute forwardly-directed

spinules supported on small eminences, in place of the pair of

well-developed spines seen in the same position in the prece-

ding and other species ; in the absence of medio-dorsal spines

on the carapace and abdominal terga; and in the spinose cheli-

pedsand legs. In the chielipeds the basipodite bears a spine at

the apex of its hinder angle; the ischiopodite two near the apex,

one below, the other above; the meropodite four, two above

and two below, at the apex, besides three or four on the shaft

towards the distal end; and the carpopodite also four in a

similar position ; while the chele, in which the fingers are

equal in length to the palms, are unarmed. In the legs the

carpopodite and meropodite each bear a spine at the upper

apex. The cornez appear to be narrower and more elon-

gated, being distinctly cylindrical in the basal half.

Colour in the fresh state dull orange-pink, including the

cornee : in spirit pure ivory-white, with the nan-faceted

cornee yellow.

T'wo female specimens from Station 105, 740 fathoms.

Total length 54 millim.; length of carapace 18°5, of ros-

trum 11 millim.; breadth of carapace between tridentate lobes

behind antero-lateral tooth 15°5 millim.; length of chelipeds

40 millim.

Evasmonotus, A. Milne-Edwards.

34, Elasmonotus Edwardsii, sp. n., Wood-Mason.

Body and all the appendages completely clothed with a

dense velvety pubescence. ‘lhe carapace is moderately con-

vex in all directions, but especially transversely and over

the gastric region, which is delimited from the bisected cardiac

region and from the hepatic regions by a transverse groove.

The rostrum is porrect, acute, triangular, with straight sides

and roof-shaped dorsal surface. The anterior margin of the

carapace is armed rather farther from the middle line than

Ann. & Mag. N. List. Ser. 6. Vol. vii. 14

202 On Indian Deep-sea Dredging.

from the antero-lateral angle with a small triangular spine,

the point of which is opposite the chink-like interval between

the eyes and the antennal bases; the antero-lateral angle is

slightly produced, and the interval between it and the supra-

antennal spine is roundly emarginate; the lateral margin is

divided by two notches into two lobes, the anterior and shorter

of which, answering to the interval between the two divisions

of the cervical groove, is vertically compressed, somewhat

expanded laterally, subacute at the edge, and produced ante-

riorly into a blunt tooth ; the peduncles of the eyes are indis-

tinguishably ankylosed together and immovably united with

the rostrum and antennulary sternum, and give off from their

inner side a long spine, which, being applied by its base to

the under surface of the rostrum, presents the appearance of

an orbital eave terminating anteriorly in a preocular spine,

while the cornea on its outer side looks like an eye retracted

into its orbit. The chelipeds and legs are short and stout;

the ischiopodites of the former are armed at the apex above

and below with one spine, the meropodites with four along

their posterior angles (two on their inner and two on their

outer apices), the carpopodites with one on the inner side;

while the second, third, and fourth pairs of legs are armed on

the upper margin of the meropodites with increasing series of

seven, six, and five spines respectively, and on the upper

margin of the carpopodites with three.

One male from Station 97, 1310 fathoms, the colour in the

fresh state being milk-white, including the cornes. In spirit

the corneze are yellow.

Total length 45 millim. ; length of carapace 24 millim., of

rostrum, from rostro-ocular suture to apex, 6 millim. ; breadth

of carapace across anterior lobes 15:4, of chelipeds 24 millim.

It is a remarkable circumstance that no specimens of the

genera Galathea, Munida, and Humunida were obtained during

the past season, although in previous seasons specimens of one

or other of them have not been uncommon in the trawl and

on the tangles.

[To be continued. |

On some Disputed Points in Teleostean Embryology. 203

XXIII.—On some Disputed Points in Teleostean Embryology.

By J. T. Cunnincuam, M.A., Naturalist to the Marine

Biological Association.

At the time when Balfour wrote his ‘Comparative Embryo-

logy’ less was known concerning the development of the

Teleostei than concerning that of any other class of the Verte-

brata. But since that time explorations in this field have

been very numerous, and the results obtained have not only

brought our knowledge of 'Teleostean development up to the

level of that of the embryology of Elasmobranchs, but have

in many cases given quite a new meaning to processes pre-

viously observed in the development of other types. Inter-

pretations and conceptions that appeared satisfactory when

founded on a comparison of Elasmobranchs, Amphibia, and

Sauropsida have been found to be inconsistent with the

phenomena presented by Teleostean ova, and have therefore

had to be either modified or abandoned. But the absence of

anything like sound criticism in biology allows all the nume-

rous memoirs and papers that have been published on the

subject during recent years to claim equal authority, although

there is little agreement or harmony among them. My

purpose in this paper is to draw attention to the points which

have been firmly established by satisfactory evidence and to

distinguish the sound from the unsound among recent descrip-

tions and arguments.

The Structure of the Mature Ovum.

The ovum at the moment it leaves the oviduct of the female

consists of the ovicell enveloped by a capsule or membrane

which is everywhere in contact with it. The ovicell consists

of asmall quantity of protoplasm and a larger quantity of

nutritive material or deutoplasm. In the usual type of pelagic

ovum the deutoplasm forms a continuous homogeneous mass

which is transparent, and the protoplasm forms a complete

thin envelope around it. In many ova, e. gy. those of many

species of the Gadide and Pleuronectide, there is no other

element in the ovicell than the pellucid yolk and the peripheral

pellicle of protoplasm ; but in many other pelagic ova, @. g.

those of the gurnard (Zrigla) and mackerel (Scomber scomber),

there is in addition asomewhat large globule of oil. In some

ova there are numerous oil-globules. Professor W. C,

M‘Intosh, in his review of my ‘'T'reatise on the Sole’ (h1);

14*

204 My. J. T. Cunningham on some

says that I do not now hold the view that oil-globules occur

in the perivitelline space. It is true that in a paper published

in 1885, when I described the movement of the oil-globule of

the egg of Trigla gurnardus, I was led into the error in

supposing that the oil-globule moved between the naked

surface of the yolk and the vitelline membrane.. At that

time I gave no further study to the ovum of the gurnard nor

had I studied any other ovum containing oil-globules ;

but before the paper by Professors M‘Intosh and E. KE.

Prince was published I had, in my paper on the development

of Teleosteans oceurring in the neighbourhood of Plymouth

(4), already explained that the oil-globule in the ovum of the

mackerel and the gurnard is situated within the thin pellicle

of protoplasm which encloses the yolk. My words were :—

“Thus it is evident that the yolk is to be regarded as a liquid

enclosed within a layer of protoplasm continuous with the

blastoderm, and at the surface of this liquid, next the proto-

plasmic layer, moves the oil-globule.”

Of course these remarks of mine were intended to apply to

Scomber and Trigla only, not to the relations of the oil-

globules in all ova. But Prof. Prince, the pupil and fellow-

worker of Prof. M‘Intosh, in his paper on what he was pleased

to call “‘oleaginous spheres” in ‘Teleostean ova (8), stated

that in some eggs the oil-globules occur outside the yolk zn

the perivitelline space. His words are (loc. cit. p. 88) :—

“he oil-globule in truth occupies different situations in

different species, occurring within the yolk-mass or outside it

in the perivitelline space, or rather in a fossa or pocket

indenting the surface of the yolk. Hxamples of the latter

condition are afforded by the Gadoid ovum studied by Heckel

and by Motella mustela, Lophius piscatorius, Molva vulgaris,

and other forms.” In the recent large memoir of Professors

M‘Intosh and Prince (9) I find no reference to or contradic-

tion of this statement, and yet there can be little doubt that

it is as erroneous as my own earlier remark concerning the

oil-globule in Trtigla—tie truth being that in the cases men-

tioned by Prince the oil-globules are enveloped by a proto-

plasmic pellicle continuous with the protoplasmic layer which

envelops the yolk and are therefore immovable. In fact in

the case of Trigla and Scomber in the course of development

the oil-globule becomes enveloped by the protoplasm of the

periblast, and the periblast is formed by the increase in thick-

ness of the original protoplasmic envelope of the yolk.

In all non-pelagic ova, and in some pelagic, the yolk itself,

apart from the presence of oil-globules, is heterogeneous and

discontinuous. It usually in this case consists of a large

Disputed Points in Teleostean Embryology. 205

number of yolk-spherules of various sizes, strictly comparable

with the yolk-spherules of an Elasmobranch or Sauropsidan,

In all cases where such separate yolk-spherules occur they are

separated by strands and bands of protoplasm which are ulti-

mately continuous with the protoplasm of the blastodise and

the cortical protoplasm of the vitellus.

I pointed out in my paper in the ‘ Journal of the Marine

Biological Association’ (4) that the continuous homogeneous

yolk of the typical pelagic ovum was to be regarded as a single

large yolk-sphere representing the numerous yolk-spherules

of such an egg as that of the herring or salmon, fused together,

all the protoplasm being thus driven to the external surface of

the vitellus. And I also pointed out that eggs like that of

the sole with a single external layer of yolk-segments formed

an intermediate condition, in which, while most of the yolk-

spherules had fused together, a few still remained separated

by protoplasmic partitions. Development shows this to be

the true account of the matter, for in the ovarian development

of typical pelagic ova the homogeneous yolk is actually pro-

duced by the coalescence of distinct yolk-spherules. Agassiz

and Whitman, in one of their beautiful memoirs (7), describe

a layer of yolk-segments exactly similar to that in the sole, in

an egg which they identify as that of Temnodon saltator.

They fail to find any explanation of these yolk-segments,

but they distinctly retract their previous conclusion that

the segments indicated a partial segmentation of the yolk

connected with the segmentation of the blastoderm, and

partially representing the segmentation of the yolk in the

Amphibian ovum. Hxamination of sections has shown them

that these yolk-segments have nothing to do with either the

segmentation of the blastoderm or the nuclei of the periblast.

In spite of this retraction by Agassiz and Whitman of

their previous conclusion M‘Intosh and Prince in their large

memoir (9, p. 720) still refer to the yolk-segments in the

eggs of Lemnodon saltator and of the common sole as a rudi-

mentary survival of the nucleated yolk-cells formed by the

process of segmentation in the ova of Amphibians, Petro-

myzon, &c. ‘he memoir of Agassiz and Whitman in which

they repudiate this interpretation is mentioned by M‘Intosh

and Prince in their bibliographical list; but apparently Pro-

fessor Prince, who we are told is responsible for the embryo-

logical part of the memoir, had not read all the works he refers

to. Professor Prince does not allude to the obvious obstacle

to any comparison between the yolk-segments in the egg of

the sole and the yolk-cells of the Amphibian ovum, namely

that the former are developed ia the ovary long before fertili-

206 Mr. J. T. Cunningham on some

zation has occurred or segmentation has commenced. He

even goes so far as to include the yolk-segments in pelagic

Clupeoid ova, e. g. that of the sprat, in his interpretation. If

he followed out this interpretation to its logical consequences

he would have to maintain that segmentation in the Clupeoids

and the sole proceeds to a great extent in the ovary before the

ege is extruded and before it has been fertilized.

The capsule which contains the ovicell may be a single

continuous layer or may consist of two more or less distinct

layers. It has been usually held, in accordance with the

definitions adopted by Balfour in his ‘Comparative Embryo-

logy,’ that a vitelline membrane is a primary egg-membrane

formed in the ovary by the protoplasm of the ovum, while an

egg-membrane formed by the follicular epithelium is to be

called a chorion. The term zona radiata is, according to

Balfour, to be applied to vitelline membranes which contain

numerous radial pores. Thus it is clear that a vitelline

membrane may or may not be a zona radiata, but a zona

radiata is always a vitelline membrane. ‘Therefore it was

scarcely necessary for Prof. M‘Intosh to say that in my

‘Treatise on the Sole’ I call the zona radiata the vitelline

membrane.

But it must be remembered that it is customary to call the

envelope of the Teleostean egg the vitelline membrane,

although it has not yet been proved beyond a doubt that it is

formed by the action of the protoplasm of the ovum. I have

shown conclusively that the processes of the egg-capsule in

Myzxine are formed last in the development of that capsule in

the ovary ; the internal part of the capsule is formed first, and

it increases in thickness by addition to the outer side. Now

the action of the ovum itself could only add new material to

the internal surface of the egg-capsule, not to the external

surface. ‘Therefore the egg-capsule in M/yaine must be formed

in part at least by the follicular epithelium. Since many

Teleostean ova possess processes of the capsule similar to

those of Myaine, e. g. Belone, the outer part of the envelope

of these ova must also be formed by the follicular epithelium ;

for the processes are the last part of the egg-membrane to be

developed, not the first. Whether in some ova the whole of

the egg-membrane is developed by the egg from without

inwards, or whether part is always derived from the egg and

part from the follicular epithelium has not yet been proved.

Meantime, where, as in the sole’s ovum, a single membrane

only is discernible, I see no objection to following the example

of such writers as Heckel, Kélliker, and Waldeyer, and calling

it simply the vitelline membrane. ‘he term zona radiata is

Disputed Points in Teleostean Embryology. 207

not a satisfactory one, for zona means a girdle or belt and not

a hollow sphere like the membrane to which it is applied,

while radiata certainly does not mean “ provided with minute

tubes vertical to the surfaces.” The large memoir of Pro-

fessors M‘Intosh and Prince (9) gives no fresh evidence as to

the development of the vitelline membrane; the paper of

Iwakawa (12) to which they refer is not conclusive, nor are

Scharff’s observations in his paper “ On the Intra-Ovarian

Egg of some Osseous Fishes” (13).

Segmentation.

It will be convenient to take Balfour’s summary of the

then state of knowledge in his ‘Comparative Embryology ’

(1885) as our starting-point in considering this question. At

that time the process of segmentation had not been followed

step by step from its beginning to its end. Balfour says :—

“In hardened specimens a small cavity amongst the segmen-

tation-spheres may be present at any early stage; but it is

probably an artificial product, and in any case has nothing to

do with the true segmentation-cavity, which does not appear

till near the close of segmentation. The peripheral layer of

granular matter continuous with the germinal disk does not

undergo division, but it becomes during the segmentation

specially thickened; and, while remaining thicker in this

region, gradually grows inwards, so as to form a continuous

subblastodermic layer. In this layer nuclei appear which are

equivalent to those in the HElasmobranch ovum. A con-

siderable number of these nuclei often become visible simul-

taneously, and they are usually believed to arise spontaneously,

though this is still doubtful. Around these nuclei portions of

protoplasm are segmented off, and cells are thus formed

which enter the blastoderm and have nearly the same destina-

tion as the homologous cells of the Klasmobranch ovum.

During the later stages of segmentation one end of the

blastoderm becomes thickened and forms the embryonic

swelling, and a cavity appears between the blastoderm and

the yolk which is excentrically situated near the non-

embryonic part of the blastoderm. This cavity is the true

segmentation-cavity.

“In Leuciscus rutilus Bambeke describes a cavity as

appearing in the middle of the blastoderm during the later

stages of segmentation. From his figures it might be

supposed that this cavity was equivalent to the segmentation-

cavity of Elasmobranchs in its earliest condition; but

Bambeke states that it disappears and has no connexion with

208 ; Mr. J. T. Cunningham on some

the true segmentation-cavity. Bambeke and other investi-

gators have failed to recognize the homology of the segmen-

tation-cavity in Teleostei, Elasmobranchii, Amphibia, &c.”

In his account of segmentation in the general portion of

his work Balfour says that simple segmentation leads to

the formation of a hollow vesicle or blastosphere enclosing

a central cavity, which is called the segmentation-cavity or

cavity of von Baer. In German works this cavity is called

sometimes “ Furchungshohle,” sometimes “ Keimhdéhle ;”

and some English embryologists speak of it as the subger-

minal cavity or germinal cavity.

In my paper ‘“ On the Relations of the Yolk to the Gastrula

in Teleosteans ”’ (2) I described the history and relations of the

segmentation-cavity as they are seen in the living pelagic

and transparent ova of the cod, haddock, and whiting. I

showed there that the segmentation-cavity does not become

visible as a distinct space between the centre of the blasto-

derm and the protoplasmic envelope of the yolk (periblast)

until the commencement of the invagination or the appearance

of the hypoblastic rg. I showed that the cavity never

exists beneath the germinal ring nor beneath the embryonic

or dorsal rudiment. J showed that in the process of the

envelopment of the yolk by the blastoderm the whole of the

geminal ring becomes used up in the formation and increase

of the dorsal rudiment, and that the central part of the blasto-

derm with the segmentation-cavity beneath it comes to form

the ventral portion or yolk-sac of the embryo and larva.

Before this paper of mine was written Agassiz and Whitman,

ina paper ‘On the Development of some Pelagic Fish-Eges”

(6) had demonstrated very clearly and conclusively the exact

nature of the processes which take place during segmentation

in the pelagic ovum. Hoffmann (14) had previously asserted,

_and supported the assertion with beautiful ideal figures having

no relation to reality, that the first nuclear division took place

horizontally and produced two new nuclei, one vertically

above the other, the upper giving rise afterwards to the cells

of the blastoderm, the multiplication of the lower forming

the nuclei of the unsegmented periblast. Agassiz and Whit-

man showed that up to the four-cell stage there is no distine-

tion between periblast and blastoderm, the cells being

continuous with one another below and externally with the

protoplasmic pellicle which envelops the yolk. But at the

sixteen-cell stage they showed that the four central cells have

separated from a thin layer of protoplasm below which covers

the yolk, and are thus definitely limited and defined on all

sides, while the twelve marginal cells remain continuous with

Disputed Points in Teleostean Embryology. 209

both the subblastodermic protoplasmic layer and the proto-

plasmic envelope of the yolk outside the blastoderm. Thus

the segmentation-cavity 1s potentially established at this early

stage, though there is no actual space between the central cells

of the blastoderm and the subblastodermic protoplasm. Both

the four central cells and the twelve marginal cells now go on

dividing, the former principally dividing in the horizontal

plane so as to form several layers of cells. When a marginal

nucleus divides it divides vertically, its two halves lying

horizontally side by side; the internal half becomes com-

pletely separate and joins the blastoderm, while the external

half remains continuous with the cortical protoplasm of the

ovum. At a later stage the nuclei divide faster than the

protoplasm, and while some cells are separated off from the

marginal cell to join the blastoderm, the multiplying nuclei

extend into the cortical protoplasm both internally beneath

the blastoderm and externally outside the blastoderm. Thus

the nucleated syncytium called the periblast comes to be

established. Finally the centre of the blastoderm becomes

thinner and lifts itself up from the subblastodermic periblast,

and thus the actual segmentation-cavity is established. At

the same time the cells which are constantly being separated

off from the marginal periblast pass inwards and form a defi-

nite layer beneath the germinal ring.

Now let us turn to the account of these processes given by

M‘Intosh and Prince in their bulky memoir in the Edinburgh

Transactions (9). They say that the blastodise is formed by

the segregation at one pole of protoplasm, which, moreover,

constitutes a superficial and tenacious layer around the

vitellus ; and that this layer is itself derived by centrifugal

transference from the scattered protoplasm mingled with the

general matrix of the yolk. ‘These authors entirely ignore

the distinction which exists with regard to the relations of the

protoplasm between pelagic eggs with a continuous yolk and

other eggs with a discontinuous yolk made up of yolk-spheres.

In the former case, as I have shown in my memoir “ On the

Eggs and Larve of ‘Teleosteans” (5), all the protoplasm of

the ovum at the time of deposition is cortical, and there is no

“scattered protoplasm mingled with the general matrix of the

yolk.” In the herring’s egg and all eggs with discontinuous

yolk the yolk-spherules are contaimed in a network of proto-

plasm. In the former case the protoplasm collects to form the

blastodise only from the cortex ; in the latter case it collects

from the inteinal network as well. M‘Intosh and Prince cite

various authcrs in support of the idea that the protoplasm

duiing cevelopnient is nourished and grows at the expense of

210 Mr. J. T. Cunningham on some

he yolk; but surely that fact is sufficiently obvious—what

else is the yolk for ?

M‘Intosh and Prince have not fully grasped the meaning

of my remarks concerning the segmentation in my paper “On

the Relations of the Yolk to the Gastrula.” I said that the

first cleavage of the blastodise into two cells represented

theoretically the division of the whole ovum into two similar

cells, each containing a cap of protoplasm and a large quantity

of yolk, although actually the two cells are continuous infe-

riorly and the yolk is continuous throughout. They say it is

difficult to maintain such a relation of blastomeres and yolk

when the morula is reached. By morula they apparently

mean the segmented blastoderm. But it is obvious enough -

from my papers and from those of the most reliable embryo-

logists that at this stage the same relation is maintained

between the undivided nucleated periblast and the yolk which

it envelops. These portions of the ovum together represent

and are homologous with, as I said in the paper referred to,

the nucleated yolk-cells of the frog’s ovum.

M‘Intosh and Prince deny the correctness of Agassiz and

Whitman’s statement that there is a definite separation during

the later stages of segmentation between the central part of

the blastoderm and the subblastodermic periblast. They say

that the line of demarcation is broken in sections by knob-like

processes which project from the blastoderm into the yolk ;

but the figure they refer to in support of this statement does

not include the yolk at all! In fact the figures they give of

sections of the blastoderm are quite unsatisfactory, and seem

to indicate that the sections themselves were too imperfect to

prove anything. At any rate my own sections of the ova of

the mackerel at different stages of segmentation entirely

confirm the results of Agassiz and Whitman so far as concerns

the complete demarcation between the central cells of the

blastoderm and the subblastodermic periblast. I differ,

however, from those authors in denying that there is actually

any space beneath the blastoderm in the living ovum; the

suiface of the subblastodermic layer, though distinct from, is

in contact with, the lower surface of the blastodermice cells.

I fully agree with M‘Intosh and Prince when they state

that a cavity appears between the under surface of the central

portion of the blastoderm and the periblast after the stage of

simple segmentation is completed. But they say, ‘‘ We speak

of it as a germinal cavity, and do so advisedly, for it is not

the cavity of Von Baer, better known as the blastoccel or

segmentation-cavity.” It will probably be difficult to con-

vince these authors that this cavity is, as Balfour and the

Disputed Points in Teleostean Embryology. 211

most reputed embryologists have always maintained, the same

thing as the segmentation-cavity in other ova; for they do

not seem to admit the fact that all ova are homologous, and

that the various modes of development, leaving aside those

exhibited by Coelenterata and Crustacea, are modifications of

one fundamental plan. But I would point out that the term

germinal cavity is synonymous with segmentation-cavity, and

that if they wish to maintain that the cavity in Teleostean

ova is something else, they ought to give it some other

name. These authors admit that Balfour’s segmentation-

cavity in Elasmobranchs is homologous with the segmen-

tation-cavity of Amphibians, although, as they also admit and

as Balfour states, the floor of the cavity in Elasmobranchs is

at one stage formed by the yolk with its external protoplasmic

layer, as in Teleostei. The basis of the surprising conclusion

of M‘Intosh and Prince is obvious enough. They speak of

the Teleostean germ after segmentation as a morula which

flattens out and becomes lifted up and separated by a chamber

from the appended trophic mass. That is to say, they regard

the yolk with its envelope of nucleated protoplasm as some-

thing distinct from the germ, and the germ, or, to use the

proper term, the blastoderm, as alone homologous with the

morula of an egg with simple equal segmentation, such as

that of Amphioxus. But, as 1s satisfactorily shown by

Balfour’s Comp. Embryology, chap. xi. vol. ii., and by my

paper ‘‘ On the Relations of the Yolk to the Gastrula” (2),

not to mention numerous other papers by different embryo-

logists, the Teleostean egg must be compared whole for whole

with any other egg. The yolk is not something added on to

the outside of the egg, but is an accumulation of food-material

within the egg itself. As development proceeds certain cells

are separated, while others, namely the nucleated periblast,

contain the whole yolk ; and it is as certain as any other ascer-

tained relation in embryology that the periblast and the yolk

are homologous with the yolk-cells in the Amphibian ovum,

which there form the floor of the segmentation-cavity. That

this is so is conclusively proved by the fact, demonstrated in

my paper on Kupffer’s vesicle, that the periblast gives rise to

cells which form the floor of the intestine, as do the yolk-cells

in Amphibians. My account of Kupffer’s vesicle, excepting

that part which refers to the formation of the floor of the gut

from the periblast, has been entirely confirmed by a paper

published last year (15) by Henry V. Wilson in America.

In the light of the above considerations it is somewhat

extraordinary that Prof. M‘Intosh, in his review of my work

on the sole (11), should write, “He prefers the term ‘seg-

212 Mr. J. T. Cunningham on some

mental cavity’ to Prof. Ed. EK. Prince’s less ambiguous term

‘germinal cavity.’” The term I used was segmentation-

cavity, not segmental cavity ; and how anyone can maintain

that that term, whose meaning has been firmly established

by Balfour and every other leading embryologist, is more

ambiguous than Prince’s use of the term germinal cavity,

utterly passes my comprehension.

But we cannot yet leave the account given by M‘Intosh

and Prince of the segmentation-cavity. ‘They speak of

another cavity observed in some Teleostean ova as repre-

senting the true blastoccel ; but it is generally admitted by

recent observers that there is but one cavity—that which

M‘Intosh and Prince call the germinal cavity, and it is this

alone which I am discussing. Those authors proceed to

argue that this cavity, having been, as they think, proved not

to be the blastocel, is really the enterocel or cavity of

invagination. It would take too much space to summarize

their arguments. It will be sufficient to mention one or two

facts which entirely disprove their conclusion. They say

that the cavity is roofed over by endoderm- and epiblast-cells.

It is a simple fact, which admits of no dispute, that the

portion of the blastoderm which forms the roof of the cavity

does not consist of endoderm at all, but wholly and exclusively

of epiblast. ‘The hypoblast or endoderm is represented by the

lowest layer of the germinal ring and by certain cells derived

at a later stage from the periblast ; the germinal ring all goes

to form the dorsal rudiment of the embryo. No part of the

outer covering of M‘Intosh and Prince’s “ germinal cavity ”

ever has anything whatever to do with the formation of the

intestine, and therefore has nothing to do with the hypoblast.

Now an enteroccel must be entirely surrounded by hypoblast ;

what, then, becomes of the extraordinary proposition of the

St. Andrews embryologists ?

The Periblast.

I have previously referred to the account given by Agassiz

and Whitman (6) of the origin of the nucleated periblast. I

fully accept their conclusions as to the origin of the first

nuclei in that layer; but I consider that their figures indicate

a different subsequent history of the layer from that which

they describe in their text. I believe, as I have said before,

that as the nuclei of the marginal cells from the sixteen-cell

stage onwards continually divide, cell-division also takes place

in these cells, but at a slower rate than the nuclear division.

In consequence of this new cells are continually being sepa-

Disputed Points in Teleostean Embryology. 213

rated from the ring of periblast at the same time that the

nuclei in that ring continually become more numerous and

extend outwards and inwards from the marginal region of the

blastoderm. Agassiz and Whitman do not admit that cells

are separated from the periblastic layer after it is once formed.

They admit apparently that the marginal cells of the blasto-

derm, which are continuous inferiorly with the sub-blasto-

dermic and extra-blastodermic pellicle of protoplasm, continue

to divide almost up to the appearance of the actual segmen-

tation-cavity, and that the inner cells join the blastoderm

while the outer remain continuous with the protoplasmic

envelope of the yolk. But after this time, when the nucleated

syncytial periblast is definitely formed, they say it remains

at every stage so perfectly distinct from every other portion

of the embryo that they see no ground for suspecting that it

enters into any of the permanent embryonic layers. The

hypoblast they believe to arise from the division and centri-

petal ingrowth of cells from the margin of the disk.

I believe myself, from a comparison of the various descrip-

ions published and from my own observations, that some

portion or other of the periblast is always, throughout its

existence, budding off cells, which go to join the blastoderm

or tissues of the embryo.

In this belief I agree to some extent with Brook. This

observer, in his paper “* On the Germinal Layers in Teleostei ”

(16), leaves the question of the first origin of the nuclei in the

periblast open, his preparations of the herring’s ovum not

having afforded conclusive evidence on the subject. But he

maintains that the hypoblast of the germinal ring is formed

by cells segmented off from the nucleated periblast beneath

the ring. I think he is most likely right, and therefore I

have to abandon the view I formerly took, that the hypo-

blast layer was formed solely by a centripetal ingrowth trom

the edge of the blastoderm. Of course my general view of

the morphological significance of the “ invagination ”’ in the

Telcostean ovum remains unaltered.

Next we have my own conclusions concerning the segmenting

off of cells from the periblast at a much later stage to form

the floor of the intestine in the region of Kupffer’s vesicle (1)

my views on this point I see as yet no reason to change.

Again, in the late embryonic history of the mackerel the

large oil-globule becomes entirely surrounded by periblast.

No ingrowth of cells from any part of the embryo ever occurs

between the oil-globule and the periblast, yet nevertheless

stellate chromatophores exactly similar to those of the meso-

blast of the skin make their appearance on the deep internal

214 Mr, J. T. Cunningham on some

surface of the oil-globule. These pigment-cells must have

been derived from the periblast, and afford an undeniable

example of mesoblastic cells formed directly from that layer.

The occurrence and significance of these chromatophores was,

I believe, first pointed out by John A. Ryder (17), in the

‘American Naturalist,’ Extra, November 1886; they have

also been described and discussed by myself in my paper in

the Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc. (4). In the same paper I

described the occurrence of black chromatophores at the surface

of the periblast in the embryo of Pleuronectes microcephalus ;

these pigment-cells are also developed directly from the peri-

blast, no extension of the lateral mesoblast over the yolk

having taken place.

Finally, it has been maintained by Ryder and others that

colourless blood-cells are segmented off from the periblast and

enter the venous sinus and heart. I have not observed this

myself; but there seems to be good evidence for its occur-

rence.

Thus the periblast with the yolk is evidently equivalent to

the yolk-cells of the Amphibian ovum, and, like those cells,

continues throughout development to take part in the segmen-

tation, though in a different fashion, a part of the periblast

remaining unsegmented, although nucleated, until the final

absorption of the yolk. Both the yolk-cells and the periblast

may be termed after a certain stage primitive hypoblast,

provided it be remembered that a great part of the primitive

hypoblast gives rise to mesoblastic cells. This last fact is

well brought out by Shipley in his paper “ On the Develop-

ment of Petromyzon,” where he says:—‘‘ The first formation

of the mesoblastic plates appears to take place by a differen-

tiation of the hypoblastic yolk-cells cm s¢tu, and not from

invaginated cells.’ This differentiation consists chiefly in

subdivision, by which small cells of the mesoblast are pro-

duced from the large yolk-cells. In fact a little consideration

shows that the segmentation of cells from the Teleostean

periblast to form hypoblast and mesoblastic tissues corre-

sponds perfectly with the subdivision of the yolk-cells in

Letromyzon and Amphibians which gives rise to hypoblast

and mesoblast in those forms.

Relation of Oil-globules to Periblast.

As I have already said, in the mature undeveloped ovum oil-

globules are sometimes free in the yolk, sometimes fixed by en-

velopment in the cortical protoplasm of the egg. Butinall cases,

so far asmy experience goes, the oil-globules are during deve-

Disputed Points in Teleostean Embryology. 215

lopment enveloped by the protoplasm of the periblast. A very

interesting movement of the oil-globules during development is

seen in that of the sole’s ovum. The small oil-globules here are

enveloped by the cortical protoplasm, and nearly all of them

are at first situated in an irregular ring of groups not far

from the edge of the blastoderm. As the blastoderm advances

the periblastic protoplasm is continually increasing in thickness

and extent by assimilation of the yolk, and when the ring of

oil-globules is overtaken by the advancing periblast beneath

the blastoderm it is carried along bodily in the advance of

the periblast, so that ultimately the groups of oil-globules

are translated to a position beneath the lateral region of the

embryonic dorsal rudiment. Nothing could illustrate more

beautifully the fact that the embryonic dorsal rudiment is

formed by the concrescence of the two halves of the germinal

ring. This fact alone proves the truth of the theory of con-

crescence. Prof. M‘Intosh, in his review (11), says that I

now locate the oil-globules of the sole’s ovum beneath the

trunk of the embryo sole. But the position in which I have

represented them in my ‘ Treatise’ is the same as that in

which I represented them in my paper in the ‘ Journal of the

Marine Biological Association’ in 1889. M‘Intosh and

Prince, in their memoir (9), say that the subsequent arrange-

ment of the oil-globules under the developing embryo indicates

probably that something like a streaming of the protoplasm

of the periblast takes place about the period of the closure of

the blastopore, so as to carry the globules under the deve-

loping embryo. It is rare that the globules ever lie beneath

the axial region of the embryonic rudiment, and the supposed

streaming of the protoplasm is merely the coalescence of the

edges of the germinal ring, with its subjacent periblast, to

form the embryonic dorsal rudiment. The vesicular layer of

the yolk in the sole’s egg extends part passu with the exten-

sion of the periblast and blastoderm.

Later History of the Segmentation- Cavity, Formation

of the Heart, ke.

As the blastoderm gradually increases in extent and grows

over the yolk the segmentation-cavity also becomes much

extended, and separates the epiblast from the periblast every-

where except beneath the embryonic shield and germinal ring.

It must be remembered that sections show that the mesoblast

layer is entirely confined to the embryonic shield and germinal

ring, at least until the closure of the blastopore. In eggs such as

those of the Salmonide and those of Cyclopterus, Cottus, &c.,

216 Mr. J. T. Cunningham on some

in fact in all eggs which exhibit vitelline vessels, the segmen-

tation-cavity is obliterated after the closure of the blastopore

by the production of mesoblast between the epiblast and

periblast. This mesoblast is produced partly by the extension

of the mesoblastic layer from the lateral region of the dorsal

embryonic rudiment, partly, I believe, by the formation of

mesoblastic cells from the periblast. In the mesoblast thus

produced around the yolk, tubes are hollowed out to form the

vitelline arteries and veins, the veins becoming continuous

with the cavity of the heart, which is formed in a similar way

in the mesoblast ventral to the pharynx.

In pelagic ova and in the ova of the herring the course of

affairs is somewhat different. In these ova and the larve

hatched from them there are no vitelline blood-vessels. In

them the segmentation-cavity may, and probably does, dis-

appear for a time after the closure of the blastopore in conse-

quence of its epiblastic and periblastic walls coming into

contact. But the lateral mesoblastic plates do not extend into

it and obliterate it. When the heart commences to be formed

the segmentation-cavity seems to reappear; that is to say, a

cavity appears between the periblast and the epiblast of the

yolk-sac. ‘This cavity is continuous all round the ventral

region and sides of the yolk, and anteriorly it is in communi-

cation by a definite large aperture with the posterior end of

the auricle of the heart. But this cavity is theoretically no

longer the segmentation-cavity ; it is, at least on its inner or

periblastic side, partially lined by mesoblastic cells, namely

chromatophores produced from the periblast. Morphologically,

as I have pointed out in my paper in the ‘Journal of the

Marine Biological Association’ (4), this cavity is homolo-

gous with the vitelline blood-vessels in the salmon embryo,

aud, like those vessels, it is continuous with the auricle of

the heart. It is shut off from the pericardium by a definite

continuous mesoblastic membrane, and it is also completely

separated from the body-cavity formed in the mesoblast at

the sides of the embryo. It is not till a late stage of develop-

ment, namely when the yolk has been entirely absorbed, that

the mesoblast is sufficiently developed ventrally to divide

up this perivitelline blood-sinus into separate blood-vessels,

the blood-vessels which in the adult form the veins and arteries

of the viscera.

I claim the credit of having been the first to give this

explanation of the fact that in pelagic ova the heart is in open

communication posteriorly with a continuous cavity round

the yolk, a cavity which appears to be the segmentation-

cavity. Shipley (19) has shown that an exactly similar

Disputed Points in Teleostean Embryology. 217

relation exists in Petromyzon; but he merely says that the

perivitelline space is part cf the segmentation-cavity, and that

it subsequently becomes shut off by the downgrowth of the

mesoblast, and forms the subintestinal vein. He makes no

comparison between the perivitelline blood-sinus and the

vitelline blood-vessels of other forms.

If M‘Intosh and Prince had really understood the later

history of the segmentation-cavity they would never have

argued that it was the gastrula-cavity. The gastrula-cavity

must by its definition become the lumen of the intestine, and

the segmentation- or ‘‘ germinal” cavity never has any con-

nexion with the lumen of the intestine. I have shown that

the real representative of the gastrula-cavity in ‘l’eleosteans

is Kupffer’s vesicle.

Ryder in 1884 (18) was of opinion that the segmentation-

cavity in the later stages was ‘‘ synonymous ”” with the body-

cavity ; whether he still holds this opinion I do not know,

but it is evident from the above that it is entirely erroneous ;

the segmentation-cavity has as little to do with the body-

cavity as it has with the gastrula-cavity. The apparent

continuity in development of the segmentation-cavity with

the perivitelline blood-sinus is due entirely to the retarded

development of the mesoblast in pelagic ova and certain

others ; while the obliteration of the segmentation-cavity by

the mesoblast, which takes place in Amphibian and many

Teleostean ova, is represented in pelagic ‘l'eleostean ova by

the formation of mesoblastic cells from the periblast. The

cavity ceases to be a segmentation-cavity and becomes a peri-

vitelline blood-sinus as soon as any definite mesoblastic cells

are produced on its inner wall.

The account given by M‘Intosh and Prince (9) of the

development of the heart is, as a whole, to me quite incom-

prehensible, while many of the separate statements in that

account are, I venture to say, erroneous. One of these state-

ments is that “the heart usually pushes down before it a

delicate stratum of hypoblastic cells ; but this limiting ventral

layer apparently becomes obliterated anteriorly, and the peri-

cardial chamber is open to the subembryonic space, which is

undoubtedly the persisting germinal cavity.” This is the

most extraordinary confusion. What has the hypoblast to

do with the formation of the heart? Is it conceivable that

the germinal cavity, which, according to these authors, is the

gastrula or intestinal cavity, can be open to the pericardial

cavity? Of course it is known that in certain forms the

original gastrula-cavity segments off portions which form the

body-cavity—Amphivwus, tor instance. But in Teleosteans

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. vii. 15

218 Mr. J. T. Cunningham on some

the body-cavity is formed as a “ schizoccel,” and never has

any connexion with either the lumen of the intestine or the

gastrula-cavity or the segmentation-cavity. In fact I can

state, from my own observations, that the pericardial cavity

has no communication with the perivitelline cavity ; and the

same conclusion is confirmed by Shipley’s observations on

Petromyzon. In the nine quarto pages which M‘Intosh and

Prince devote to the development of the heart and blood-

vessels I can find nowhere any mention of the fact that the

auricleis open posteriorly to the perivitelline blood-sinus, which

has the same position as the segmentation-cavity of an earlier

stage. It seems as though these observers had either over-

looked the posterior opening of the heart or had mistaken it

for an opening into the pericardium *.

Chromatophores.

Chromatophores may be developed both in larval and adult

Teleosteans in other parts of the mesoblastic tissues besides

the derma; but as arule the coloration of the fish depends

chiefly on the chromatophores present in the skin. In all the

species which have come under my own observation the

chromatophores in the skin of the larva or embryo at their

earliest appearance are in all respects similar to those of the

adult both in colour and in structure. For instance, in the

adult mackerel there are black chromatophores and green

chromatophores, and in the larva also black and green chro-

matophores appear. Similarly in the Pleuronectide the colour

of the adult depends on the distribution of the black and

yellow or orange chromatophores. I am leaving the irido-

cytes, whose colour-effect does not depend on pigment, out of

consideration. In larval flat-fishes the only chromatophores

developed are the black and the yellow or orange. Professor

M‘Intosh, in his review of my book on the sole, says, “ The

pigment of the larval sole in Scotland appears to differ mate-

rially from that of the larval sole at Plymouth, since it is

not truly yellow, but dull stone-grey or dull yellowish white,

and this afterwards changes into the ochreous hue so charac-

* It must be added here that what I and most other writers on this

subject have called the “ pericardium” in the Teleostean embryo or larva

is not exactly the same thing as the pericardium of the adult. I believe

that the embryonic pericardium is merely a portion of the general ccelom

or body-cavity, the first part of that cavity to be developed ventrally. I

believe that as the yolk disappears this embryonic pericardium extends

backwards and becomes continuous with the lateral body-cavities, the

adult pericardium being afterwards separated from the general body-

cavity.

Disputed Points in Teleostean Embryology. 219

teristic of the post-larval sole.” This seems to me a disin-

genuous style of criticism, unless, indeed, Prof. M‘Intosh

really believes that the larval sole has different colours in

different places. ‘The latter alternative is improbable ; and

if my reviewer thinks it more polite to suggest indirectly that

I have blundered than candidly to express a doubt of the

accuracy of my observation, I can only say that I do not

agree with him. However, the discrepancy between our

descriptions of the colour is easily explained. The yellow

chromatophores of the larval sole do appear stone-grey, and

often quite a silvery grey, when seen by reflected light either

with the unaided eye or with the microscope ; but when seen

by transmitted light under the microscope they are yellow.

The difference between these scattered larval chromatophores

and those of the adult is merely due to the smaller quantity

of the pigment and the absence of the opaque iridocytes from

the skin in the larva. As to the post-larval sole referred to

by Prof. M‘Intosh and figured in the Scottish Fishery Board

Report, 1889 (10), I cannot without further evidence accept

the identification. It is not strictly speaking post-larval ; all

stages up to the commencement of the metamorphosis, that is

all symmetrical stages, should be called larval. I have seen

larvee of the sole of a corresponding stage, as well as in subse-

quent stages, and in all the anterior margin of the head is

much blunter and the mouth much more ventral than in Prof.

M‘Intosh’s figure.

Development of the Generative Organs.

Hector F. E. Jungersen, in a masterly paper, has recently

given a very complete and interesting account of the deve-

lopment of the ovaries and testes in Teleosteans. He has

shown that in the Physoclist forms which he investigated

the cavity of the ovary originates somewhat as McLeod

described in elone, namely by the formation of a groove

on the surface of the genital ridge and the subsequent

closing of this groove to form acanal. He has also shown

that in the Physostomous forms, namely Cyprinoids, the cavity

ot the closed ovary is formed in the same way as that observed

by me in Clupea sprattus, that is, not by the formation of a

groove in the genital ridge, but by the coalescence of the

lower edge of the genital ridge with another thinner ridge

which projects from the peritoneum on the outer or lateral

side of the genital ridge. Jungersen describes the genital

cells as appearing in the mesoblastic tissue at the dorsal side

of the body-cavity on either side of the mesentery. He shows

15*

220 On some Disputed Points in Teleostean Embryology.

that this tissue is not properly speaking an epithelium, but

a mass of cells of two kinds, namely genital cells distin-

guished by their large size and what he calls stroma-cells.

Jungersen represents the genital cells at all stages, although

they multiply by division, as uninucleate.

M‘Intosh and Prince have not included the later develop-

ment of the generative organs in their researches; but they

give an account of the genital cells at the earliest stage which

is in striking contrast to any previously given. They state

that each of the primitive ova is ‘a more or less perfect

sphere and encloses numerous minute nucleated bodies.”

They point out that these ova are quite unlike the primitive

ova of Klasmobranchs as described by Balfour, for these latter

are uninucleate. It is obvious that these authors have either

misunderstood the structure of the primitive ova which they

saw, or the multinucleate cells they describe were not primi-

tive ova at all, but something else. It is at all events certain

that the primitive ova of Teleosteans are, like the ova of most

other animals, large cells with a single large nucleus.

List of References.

(1) J. T. Cunnrneuam. “ The Significance of Kupffer’s Vesicle, with

Remarks on other Questions of Vertebrate Morphology,” Quart.

Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xxv., 1885.

“On the Relations of the Yolk to the Gastrula in Teleo-

(2)

steans and in other Vertebrate Types,” did. vol. xxvi., 1885.

(3)

“On the Structure and Development of the Reproductive

Elements in Myzine glutinosa,” ibid. vol. xxvii., 1886.

(4) ——. “Studies of the Reproduction and Development of Teleo-

stean Fishes occurring in the Neighbourhood of Plymouth,” Journ.

Mar. Biol. Assoc. no. 1, n. s., 1889.

. “The Eggs and Larve of Teleosteans,’ Trans. Roy. Soc.

Edinb. vol. xxxii. pt. 1., 1886,

(6) Acassiz AND Wuirman. “On the Development of some Pelagic

Fish-Eggs,” Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci. vol. xx., 1884.

. “The Pelagic Stages of Young Fishes,” Mem. Mus. Comp.

Zool. Harvard Coll. vol. xiv., no. 1, pt. 1, 1885.

8) E. EK. Prince. “On the Presence of Oleaginous Spheres in the

Yolk of Teleostean Ova,” Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xviii.

1886.

(9) M‘InrosH anp Prince. “ On the Development and Life-Histories

of the Teleostean Food- and other Fishes,” Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb.

vol. xxxv. pt. iii., 1890.

(10) W. C. M‘Inrosu. “On the Pelagic Fauna of the Bay of St.

Andrews during 1888,” Annual Report of the Fishery Board for

Scotland, 1889.

(5)

(7)

On new Genera and Species of Scolopendride. 221

(11) W. C. M‘Inrosu. Review of ‘ A Treatise on the Common Sole,’

by J.T. Cunningham, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Dec. 1890.

(12) Iwaxawa. “On the Genesis of the Egg in Triton,’ Quart.

Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xxii., 1882.

(13) E. A. Scuarrr. “On the Intra-Ovarian Egg of some Osseous

Fishes,” bid. vol. xxviii., 1887.

(14) C. K. Horrmann. “Zur Ontogenie der Knochenfische,” Verh.

Konink, Akad, Amsterdam, 1883,

(15) Henry V. Witson. ‘On the Development of the Sea-Bass

(Serranus atrarius),” Johns Hopkins University Circulars, vol, ix.

no. 80, 1890.

(16) G. Broox. “The Formation of Germinal Layers in Teleostei,”

Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. vol. xxxiii. pt. 1, 1886.

(17) Joun A. Ryper. “The Origin of the Pigment-Cells which

invest the Oil-drop in Pelagic Fish-Embryos,’ Amer. Naturalist,

Extra, November 1886,

(18) ——. “A Contribution to the Embryography of Osseous Fishes,

&c.,” Report of the U.S. Fish Commission for 1882. 1884,

(19) A. EK, SHretey. On some Points in the Development of Petro-

myzon fluviatilis,” Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xxvil., 1887.

(20) Hecror F. E. JuncErsen. “ Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Ent-

wickelung der Geschlechtsorgane bei den Knochenfischen,” Arb.

aus dem Zool. Zoot. Inst. Wurzburg, Bd. ix.

XXIV.—WNotes on the Synonymy of some Species of Scolo-

pendride, with Descriptions of new Genera and Species of

the Group. By R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum

(Natural History). ;

[Concluded from p. 68. ]

[Plate V. ]

ARTHRORHABDUS, gen. nov.

(adpOpov, a joint, and paBsdcs, a staff.)

Head-plate entire, without sulci, not covered posteriorly by

the first dorsal plate, but separated from it mesially by a space

occupied by a horny membrane, which is united to the first

tergite and appears to represent the basal plate.

Lyes, mouth-parts, and stigmata as in Cormocephalus.

Anal somite resembling that of Cupipes, the pleure being

truncate, the legs stout, and the claw long and serrate,

Other characters, which may or may not prove to be of

222 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

generic value, will be found in the description of the single

species of which the genus is composed.

This genus is evidently related to Scolopendra, Cormo-

cephalus, and Cupipes. From all, however, it may be recog-

nized by the structure of the head and its relations with the

first tergite. It further differs from Cupdpes in the structure

of its stigmata, and from Cormocephalus in the arrangement

of the spines on the anal femora and in the size of the claw

of the anal leg. In the structure of its head and first tergite

it comes near Asanada; but this last genus may be at once

detected by its smooth and almost covered anal pleurse.

Arthrorhabdus formosus, sp.n. (Pl. V. figs. 1-1 4d.)

Body robust and parallel-sided.

Colour olivaceous, sometimes rufescent posteriorly; antenne

deep blue-green.

Head-plate punctured, not sulcate either longitudinally or

transversely.

Antenne short, attenuate, composed of seventeen segments,

whereof the basal five are bare and the rest pubescent.

Maxillary sternite feebly sulcate anteriorly, punctured, the

prosternal plates longer than wide, wider distally than proxi-

mally, each bearing four distinct teeth, of which the external

one 1s more distinct than the three internal ones ; basal tooth

long, sharp, subdentate, on a level with the prosternal plates.

Tergites.—The first not overlapping the head-plate (the

basal plate being visible), not sulcate, the second feebly

sulcate, the third to the twentieth strongly bisulcate, all with

simple margins, the twentieth only showing faint signs of

having raised margins.

Sternites bisulcate, with a median abbreviated impression.

Anal somite.— Tergite with a faint median sulcus and raised

lateral margins ; pleur@ narrow, closely porous, the process

very small, conical, and tipped with two minute spines;

sternite longer than wide, nearly parallel-sided, with rounded

posterior angles ; /egs short and stout; femur flat internally,

with one strong spine on its upper inner edge, two on its under

inner edge, one on the postero-inferior edge of the inner

surface, and sometimes one or two minute spines on the infe-

rior surface, the process is large, conical, and tipped with

two spines ; first tarsal segment anteriorly excavated beneath ;

the claw long, longer than the first tarsal segment, strong,

carinate and serrate beneath, not spurred.

Legs terminated by strong and strongly bicalcarate claws,

the proximal tarsal segment of all (except of the twentieth

Genera and Species of Scolopendride. 223

pair) furnished with an infero-anterior spine; in the first pair

of legs there is an additional spine above the normal one;

proximal tarsal segment longer than the distal.

Stigmata elongate, as in Cormocephalus.

Length up to 50 millim.

Locality Port Elizabeth (South Africa); a number of

specimens collected by Mr. H. A. Spencer, one sent to the

Museum by Mr. J. M. Leslie; and also one ticketed merely

“ S. Africa,” from the collection of Dr. Quain.

PITHOPUS, nom. nov.

(ios, a cask or jar, and mods, foot ; so called from the shape

of the segments of the anal legs.)

Rhoda, Meinert, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, 1886, p. 188, nom. preeoce.

(Rhode, Simon, Arachnida, 1882 ; Rhodea, Adams, Mollusca, 1857.)

In its truncate anal pleure, thick anal legs, and strong ser-

rate claw with which these limbs are armed, this genus

resembles Cupipes. It differs, however, from Cupzpes in its

large elongate stigmata. Moreover, it may be recognized

from all the genera of Scolopendride, which have the tarso-

metatarsus composed of two segments, in that the proximal

segment is shorter than the distal. In this respect the genus

appears to me to approach Theatops.

Pithopus inermis, sp. n. (PI. V. figs. 2-2 d.)

Body slender and almost parallel-sided.

Colour ochraceous, anteriorly and posteriorly more or less

rufous, shining.

Head-plate convex, punctured, with a posterior transverse

arched sulcus and a median longitudinal sulcus in its hinder

half.

Antenne attenuate, moderately long, composed of eighteen

segments, whereof the basal six are bare and the rest pubes-

cent.

Maxillary sternite punctured, marked in front with a trans-

verse irregularly branched sulcus, from the middle point of

which there runs forward a median sulcus, which soon bifur-

cates and meets on each side the sulcus marking the prosternal

plate; prosternal plates in contact, quadrate, longer than

wide, each bearing three teeth, whereof the external is

separate and distinct and the two internal fused and indistinct ;

basal tooth well developed, on a level with the prosternal

plates, subdentate.

Tergites—The first not sulcate, the second with two feeble

224 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

sulci, the rest (except the anal) strongly bisulcate ; all of them

(except the anal) immarginate.

Sternites strongly bisulcate.

Anal somite-—Tergite with raised lateral margins and a

median sulcus; pleurew narrow, densely porous, without a

process, with a single small spine in the position of the

process ; sternite nearly oblong, longer than wide, with rounded

lateral angles; legs stout, short; femur convex externally,

flattened internally, the process long, conical, and armed with

two spines, the upper inner edge furnished with one or two

strong spines, the inner surface with from seven to nine

smaller spines, of which two are on the posterior margin and

the rest irregularly scattered, and the under inner edge with

two stronger spines ; patella flattened internally with a smooth

prominence on its under inner edge; first tarsal segment

anteriorly excavated beneath ; claw long, finely keeled and

anteriorly serrate beneath, without spurs.

Legs with strong and strongly bicalearate claws and un-

armed tarsi; proximal tarsal segment shorter than the distal.

Stigmata long and slit-like, especially in the anterior part

of the body.

Length (of largest specimen) 80 millim.; width of head

4 millim., of maxillary sternite 5, of anal tergite 4°5.

Two specimens (one measuring 60 millim. long) from

Iguarassu (Brazil), collected by Mr. H. N. Ridley and Mr.

G. A. Ramage.

Pithopus calcaratus, sp. n. (Pl. V. fig. 2 e.)

Body slender, almost parallel-sided, slightly wider at the

posterior end.

Colour wholly ochraceous, shining.

Head-plate punctured, with a complete median longitudinal

sulcus and a posterior arched transverse sulcus.

Antenne of moderate length, very thick at the base, attenu-

ate, composed of nineteen segments, whereof the basal six are

bare and the rest pubescent.

Maxillary sternite punctured, sulcate in front, as in the case

of P. inermis ; prosternal plates long, almost in contact, each

bearing three indistinctly defined blunt teeth; basal tooth

long, on a level with the prosternal plates.

Tergites.—The first overlapping the head-plate, not sul-

cate; from the second to the twentieth strongly bisulcate,

with a faint longitudinal impression between the sulci, and at

each of the anterior angles there is a short oblique sulcus; all

(except the twenty-first) with simple unraised margins.

Genera and Species of Scolopendride. 225

Sternites smooth, strongly bisulcate.

Anal somite.—Tergite with strongly raised margins and a

median longitudinal sulcus; plewrew densely porous, narrow,

truncate, with one small spine in the middle of the posterior

border and one small one in the position of the process ;

sternite much longer than wide, nearly parallel-sided, with

obtusely rounded posterior angles ; legs short and thick ; femur

with a strongly developed bifid process, with two strong spines

on its upper inner edge, two smaller ones on its inner poste-

rior edge, three (two large and one small) on its under inner

edge, and about six on its inner surface; patella flattened on

its inner surface, with an inferior posterior smooth promin-

ence ; the other segments cylindrical throughout ; claw strong

but not carinate beneath.

Legs with strong and strongly bicalcarate claws, the first

tarsal segment of all—with the exception of the first (? of the

second and third) and the twentieth—armed with a spur.

Length about 50 millim.; width of head 2°5, of anal tergite

33.

A single specimen from Bahia (H.M.S. ‘Challenger ’).

In most of its features this species closely resembles the

preceding. It differs, however, in having the proximal tarsal

segment of its legs armed beneath with a spur.

The diagnosis of P. Thayer?, Meinert (sub Rhoda), is too

brief for the satisfactory determination of the species. Con-

sequently either of the two here described may prove to be

synonymous with it. Dr. Meinert, however, says that there

are only two spines on the inner surface of the femur of the

anal leg, whereas in both of these forms there are from seven

to nine spines in this position. Dr. Meinert makes no mention

either of the spine-armature of the walking-legs or of the

presence or absence of sulci on the head and first tergite.

Ancther peculiarity of these two species is the large size of

the prescutal pieces of the tergites, especially in the hinder

half of the body.

It is interesting to note the close similarity that exists

between the description of P. calcaratus and that of Scolopen-

dropsis bahiensis of Brandt, given by Gervais in vol. iv. of

the ‘Insectes Aptéres.’ In fact, were it not for Gervais’s

statement that Scolopendropsis possesses twenty-three pairs of

legs, I should have thought that the two descriptions applied

to the same species.

PSEUDOCRYPTOPS, gen. nov.

Head-plate about as wide as long, narrowed anteriorly, not

226 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

sulcate, covered posteriorly by the first dorsal plate, and

covering the maxillary feet.

Antenne very short and exceedingly stout at the base.

Two distinct eyes on each side and two much less distinctly

defined ones beneath them on the deflexed margin of the head-

plate.

Basal plate invisible.

Second tergite as long as the first.

Stigmata conspicuous, elongate; nine pairs, the seventh

somite devoid of them.

Tarso-metatarsus of all the legs bisegmented, the distal

segment much shorter than the proximal.

Anal somite small; the pleure almost covered, without

spines and without pores ; sternite exceedingly wide; legs not

spinous, thick, claw small.

Whether all the characters here given are of generic value

can only be decided by the discovery of other species of the

genus ; moreover, perhaps some of the features described as

specific will prove to be of generic importance.

This genus is very peculiar. In the structure of its anal

somite it is not distinct from Asanada—the two genera in fact

may be recognized from all others by possessing exceedingly

small, almost covered, truncate, and perfectly smooth anal

pleure. But in the shape of its head, the structure of its

antenne, the degree of development of the ocelli, and the

relative sizes of the first and second dorsal plates Pseudo-

cryptops stands quite alone.

Pseudocryptops Walker, sp.n. (Pl. V. figs. 3-3 ¢.)

Colour flavous, head-plate and maxillary feet slightly

darker.

Body slender, narrower anteriorly.

Head-plate covering the maxillary feet laterally and far

overlapping them anteriorly.

Antenne in contact in the middle line, very short, being not

longer than the head-plate, very stout proximally, their width

at the base being equal to about one third of their length,

becoming gradually slender towards the apex, composed of

seventeen hirsute segments, whereof the distal only is ovate.

Palpi of the third pair of gnathites without a claw.

Maxillary sternite with a faint median sulcus; prosternal

plates distinct, each furnished with three strong conical teeth ;

the basal tooth long, strong, and distinctly dentate ; the fang

or claw strong and lightly curved.

Tergites.—The first slightly wider than the head, not sul-

Genera and Species of Scolopendride. 227

cate; the second as wide as the first; from the fourth to the

twentieth bisulcate, the sulci, however, on the nineteenth and

twentieth being less conspicuous; all the tergites with un-

raised margins ; the tergites lightly wrinkled, about as long

as wide, gradually increasing in length and width from the

fourth to the nineteenth ; the nineteenth is thus the largest of

all; prescuta distinct.

Sternites smooth, strongly and conspicuously bisulcate.

Anal somite much smaller than the nineteenth ; tergzte with

strongly raised margins, angularly produced posterior border,

not mesially sulcate, posteriorly depressed ; plewre not porous,

not spined, almost concealed; sternite very wide, as wide as

the nineteenth somite, projecting as far posteriorly as the

hinder border of the pleura, with convex posterior border ;

legs stout, not in contact, the segments subcylindrical and

becoming progressively more slender distally ; the patella

with a deep superior sulcus; the claw not large, inferiorly

serrate, not spurred.

Legs with unarmed tarsi; claws armed with two spurs.

Length 35 millim., of antennz 14 millim.

A single specimen from Perim Island, in the Red Sea, off

the coast of Abyssinia, collected by Mr. J. J. Walker, to whom

I have great pleasure in dedicating the species.

PARACRYPTOPS, gen. nov.

Closely allied to Cryptops, but differing in the following

respects :—

Maxillary sternite furnished with two distinct, somewhat

rounded, prosternal plates.

Claws of maxillipedes exceedingly short, so short as to be

incapable of meeting in the middle line.

Paracryptops Webert, sp. n.

Testaceous, head and anal somite ochraceous. Body more

or less hirsute.

Length 14 millim.

Locality. Maumerie (Flores), Two specimens collected by

Dr. R. Max Weber.

This new species will be fully described and figured in

Dr. Max Weber’s ‘ Zool. Ergebnisse einer Reise in Nieder-

liindisch Ost-Indien.’

The accompanying synopsis of the Scolopendride will

228 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

serve to show how the new genera here characterized stand

towards each other and towards those that have been pre-

viously made known :—

a. Body bearing twenty-three pairs of legs.

a’, Head furnished with four eyes on each side.

Scolopendropsis, Brandt. Type bahiensis,

Brandt.

6}, Eyesabsent ; tarso-metatarsus of most of the legs composed of asingle

segment; prosternal plates of maxillipeds absent.

a’, Seventh somite without stigmata.

Otocryptops, Haase. Type rubiginosus (L.

Koch).

b?. Seventh somite with a pair of stigmata.

a?, Anal leg armed with a claw and with bisegmented tarso-meta-

EATSUG walks ticistereieir Scolopocryptops, Newport. Type Miersit,

Newport,

6°, Anal leg without a claw and with multiarticulated tarso-meta-

tarsus .......... Newportia, Gervais. Type Jlongitarsis

(Newport).

b. Body bearing twenty-one pairs of legs.

a‘, Eyes absent; tarso-metatarsus of most of the legs composed

of a single segment.

a’, Anal somite small and with slender legs,

a°®, Without prosternal plates ; fang of maxillipede long.

Cryptops, Leach. Type hortensis, Leach.

b°. With distinct prosternal plates ; fang of maxillipede very

short .... Paracryptops,gen.nov. Type Weber, sp. n.

b°, Anal somite very large and with thick legs.

a’, With nineteen pairs of stigmata.

Plutonium, Cavanna. Type Zuwierlinit,

Cayanna.

6", With nine pairs of stigmata.

Theatops, Newport*. Type posticus (Say).

b*, With four eyes on each side of the head; tarso-metatarsus

of all the legs composed of two segments.

a®, Seventh somite without stigmata.

a’, Anal legs armed with a claw and with subcylin-

drical segments,

a°, Proximal segment of tarso-metatarsus shorter

than the distal ; stigmata of third somite very

long.

‘Pithopus t, nom. nov. Type Thayert

(Meinert).

b'°, Proximal segment of tarso-metatarsus longer

than the distal.

* Syn. Opisthemega, Wood.

+ Syn. Rhoda, Meinert (nom. preeocc.).

Genera and Species of Scolopendride. 229

a, Anal pleurz very small, without pores and

without spines.

a’?, Antenne longer; head not covering the

maxillipedes.

Asanada, Meinert. Type Jdrevicornis,

Mein.

6”, Antenne very short ; head covering the

maxillipedes.

Pseudocryptops, gen. nov. Type Walkeri,

sp. 0.

6", Anal pleurz larger, porous and spined.

a'’, Head not covered posteriorly by the

first tergite.

a, Basal plate visible between the head

and first tergite; claw of anal leg

very long.

Arthrorhabdus, gen. noy. Type formosus,

sp. n.

6". Basal plate absent; claw of anal leg

small.

Scolopendra* (Linn.), Leach. Type

gigantea, Linn.

b'°, Head covered posteriorly by the first

tergite.

a’, Head sulcate; tarsi unspined ;

basal plate visible.

a°, Stigmata large, triangular; anal

legs thinner and claw smaller.

Cormocephalus, Newport. Type rubriceps,

Newp.

b'’, Stigmata small; anal legs

thicker, claw long.

Cupipes, Kohlrausch. Type amphieurys,

Kohl.

6°, Head not sulcate; basal plate

invisible ; stigmata ear-shaped.

Otostigma, Poratht. Type carinatum,

Porath.

6°, Anal legs not provided with a claw and with the

three distal segments enormously widened and

leaf-like.

Alipes, Imhoff ¢. Type mudticostis, Imhoff.

b°. Seventh somite bearing a pair of stigmata.

a’’, Stigmata small, not sieve-like.

* Syn. Rhombocephalus, Newport; Eurylithobius, Butler.

+ Syn. Branchiotrema, Kohlrausch.

{ Syn. Lucorybas, Gerstaecker.

230 On new Genera and Spectes of Scolopendride.

a's, Stigmata of the third so-

mite ear-shaped.

Rhysida, Wood*. Type lithobioides,

(Newp.).

b, Stigmata of the third so-

mite sigmoid or ~-shaped.

Trematoptychus, Peterst. Type afer,

Peters.

6'7, Stigmata very large and sieve-

like.

a’, Prosternal plates present;

legs and pleure spined.

a*°, Prosternal plates small ;

a distinct basal tooth

on the maxillipede.

Ethmophorus, gen. nov. Type monticola,

sp. n.

b*°, Prosternal plates very

large; no basal tooth

on the maxillipede.

Heterostoma t, Newport. Type trigono-

poda (Leach).

b'°, Prosternal plates wholly

absent ; pleure not

spined.

Anodontostoma, Tomosvary §. Type octo-

sulcatum, Tomosvary.

Of these genera the following three are known to me only

from description :—Scolopendropsis, Plutonium, and Anodon-

tostoma.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate LY.

Fig. 1. Heterostoma longicauda, sp.n. Anal somite, external view.

Fig. 1a. Ditto. Anal femur, upperside.

Fg. 1b, Ditto. Anal femur, underside.

Fig. 2. Heterostoma viridipes, sp.n. Anal somite, external view.

fig. 3. Heterostoma rubripes, var. grossipes, nov. Anal somite, from

above.

Fig. 3a. Ditto. Anal femur, from below.

Fig. 4. Ethmophorus monticola, gen. et sp. noy. Anal somite, external

view.

Fig. 4a. Ditto. Maxillary sternite and feet.

Fig. 5. Rhysida longicornis, sp. nu. Anal femur, internal view.

Fig. 6. Rhysida calcarata, sp.n. Anal femur, internal view (¢).

Fig. 6a. Ditto. Ditto (Q).

* Syn. Branchiostoma, Newport (nom. preoce.).

Syn. Ptychotrema, Peters.

Syn. Dacetwn, Koch.

Syn. Ldentistoma, Tomosvary.

met +

Bibliographical Notice. 231

Fig. 7. Scolopendra (?) cuivis, sp.n. Nat. size.

Fig. 8. Cormocephalus cupipes, sp.n, Anal somite, upperside.

Fig. 9. Cormocephalus inermipes, sp. n, Anal leg, from above.

Fig. 9a. Ditto. Prosternal plates.

Fig. 10. Cormocephalus dentipes, sp. n. Anal leg, internal view.

PLatTe V.

Fig. 1. Arthrorhabdus formosus, gen. et sp. noy. Head, dorsal view.

Fig. 1a, Ditto. Anal somite, from below.

Fig. 16, Ditto. Anal somite, from the side.

Fig. 1. Ditto. Femur of anal leg, from inner side.

Fig. 1d. Ditto. Stigma of third somite.

Fig. 2. Pithopus inermis, sp. n. Head, dorsal view.

Fig. 2a. Ditto. Anal somite, from below.

Fig. 2b. Ditto. Anal somite from the side.

Fig. 2c. Ditto. Femur of anal leg, from inner side.

Fig. 2d. Ditto. Stigma of third somite.

Fig. 2e. Pithopus calcaratus, sp.n. Tarso-metatarsus of twentieth somite.

Fig. 3. Pseudocryptops Walkeri, gen. et sp.nov. Head, dorsal view.

Fig. 3a. Ditto. Anal somite, from below.

Fig. 3.6. Ditto, Anal somite, from the side.

Fig.3c. Ditto. Stigma of third somite.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

The Birds of Norfolk. By Henry Stevenson, F.L.S. ; continued by

Tuomas SourHweEtt, F.Z.S. 3vols., 8vo. Norwich and London,

1866-90.

However it is to be accounted for, the fact remains that in no county

of England has natural history been more assiduously, and there-

fore more successfully, cultivated than in Norfolk. The assiduity is

a point on which we would especially dwell, since we live in days

when what passes for work is knocked off as though speed were its

only test and the quality of the “output” a matter beneath the

notice of the modern biologist. But it has yet to be proved that

what is known in another branch of art as ‘ jerry-building ” will

pay in the end when applied to authorship; and from our own point

of view, perhaps rather antiquated, we are inclined to say that it will

not. We seem to have heard not so very long ago of a heaven-sent

genius, who, having applied himself (except when he was otherwise

engaged) for a couple of years to a line of study entirely new to

him—it was a portion of the anatomy of a particular class of the

animal kingdom—was at the end of that time enabled to set the

subject in a wholly different light! That he did so we can readily

believe ; but we might put beside it the fact that other men, who

had received no spiritual commission and were perhaps only

plodding slaves of the scalpel, had employed themselves on the same

inquiries ten or even twenty times as long, and yet had failed to

arrive at conclusions they would feel warranted in laying before the

232 Bibliographical Notice.

scientific public—possibly through excessive modesty, possibly

through entertaining a higher opinion of the perception of that

scientific public for recognizing the bad and the ridiculous. Now it

appears from the memoir given of the author of the work before us

that he laboured continuously for the ten years from 1853 to 1863

before he trusted himself to write out ashort account of each of the

species which he had to include in his intended book. These short

accounts formed the basis of the several articles, but were greatly

expanded and in most cases entirely rewritten before they were

given to the world. This process took him three years longer with

regard to those contained in his first volume, which was published

late in 1866, for we are told that so great was Mr. Stevenson’s

desire for accuracy and completeness that in some cases even sheets

which had been printed off were cancelled in favour of others with

more correct or more recent information. The final preparation of

the second volume, containing matters of far greater interest than

the first, occupied nearly four years more, and then he began the

third and concluding one—but unfortunately ill health supervened,

and, after making desultory progress from time to time, actual work

upon it may be said to have been discontinued in 1877, when, to

the despair not only of Norfolk naturalists, but of all who had

become acquainted with the first two volumes, there seemed little or

no chance of its ever being completed, though it was known that a

considerable portion had been printed off and that the author was

continually adding to his notes. Eleven years later he was removed

by death, after long and acute suffering ; and then, to the marvel-

lous credit of the county concerned, it proved to possess in Mr.

Southwell an ornithologist, already tried we may remark, certainly

not inferior essentially to Mr. Stevenson, and therefore fully capable

of completing the unfinished work—

Primo avulso non deficit alter—

and, moreover, of continuing it in almost exactly the same style,

the difference observable being slight. There was certainly much of

the newspaper-writer about Mr. Stevenson, which rendered him

somewhat careless of the extent of his articles, whereas Mr. South-

well, possibly constrained by considerations of space, has carefully

compressed all he has to say, though what he says is just as

happily expressed. He had of course his predecessor’s notes, or

more than notes, to guide him; but his own assiduity in filling up

the blank spaces between them and in collecting additional informa-

tion is evident, and consequently we have the whole work in a

fashion that should satisfy the most exacting critic.

Among the many local ornithologies that have now appeared the

present decidedly holds, and most likely will long hold, the first

place ; and the reason is doubtless due to the thorough acquaintance

of the original author and his successor with all that relates to their

subject. They not only knew the birds of which they treat and the

ground they haunt, but the men who have been most conversant

with them. Norfolk, like every other part of this island, has its

Miscellaneous. 233

extinct species—extinct, that is, within its limits—and respecting

these species it would seem as if no scrap of intelligence has been

overlooked, and every clue that offered followed, until the account

may be called exhaustive. The value of the information thus given

is manifest now, and will year by year increase as an historic

record. Yet alongside of the extermination or rarification of many

species may be set the consoling fact that there are others which

have a happier fate, and, as Mr. Southwell is able to declare, occur

and actually breed more numerously in Norfolk than heretofore—a

result that in the case of the Gadwall, the Shoveler, the Pochard, and

the Tufted Duck he does not hesitate to ascribe to recent legislation

in establishing a close time during which the lives of these and many

more should be safe. But of the vanished or vanishing species the

number must be far larger. The Pelican and the Crane ceased as

inhabitants before the time of contemporary records, but the exist-

ence of the Cormorant is testified by documentary evidence. The

Bustard, as all know, has been banished from this county, its last

stronghold in England, and the story of its banishment is told by

Mr. Stevenson as it was never told before ; while Mr. Southwell adds

an hardly less interesting appendix to it in recounting an attempt,

unique in the annals of British ornithology, but unfortunately

frustrated by the weather and thus unsuccessful, to induce a fine male

that appeared in 1876 to prolong his stay and take to himself a

wife, provided by Lord Lilford’s thoughtfulness. The Avoset and

the Godwit are also gone, and the Ruff survives, it is believed, but in

one locality ; while those delights of the seaside, the Terns, have

only a few remaining haunts, about which Mr. Southwell is dis-

creetly vague, since no birds are more exposed to persecution or have

everywhere more rapidly decreased in numbers around our coasts,

so as to be threatened with extinction.

Space fails us to enter as we should wish on many other merits of

this meritorious work. Seldom can it have been that the place of

an author dying with an incomplete book on hand has been so

satisfactorily supplied ; and greatly indebted as all British ornitho-

logists are known to be to Mr. Stevenson, Mr. Southwell’s labours

demand, and if we are not much mistaken will receive, no small

portion of their gratitude. Let us add that this concluding volume

is not only illustrated, but really embellished, by three unpublished

plates by Mr. Wolf—a rare thing to see in these days—and one of

them, representing the home of the Black-headed Gull on Scoulton

Mere, is a picture which must charm anyone with an eye to the

beauties of nature.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Stray Notes on the Nomenclature Sc. of some British Starfishes.

By F. Jerrrey BeExt.

In making a critical revision of the names to be applied to our

British Starfishes I have made some slight observations which may

be worth publishing.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. vii. 16

234 Miscellaneous.

1. On the Date of Dr. Gray’s “Synopsis of the Genera and Species

of Starfishes.”

There is considerable difference as to whether the date of publica-

tion of this paper was 1840 or 1841; nearly half the writers on the

subject, and among them one of the most careful—Dr. Norman-——

write 1841; as a matter of fact both parts of the paper were pub-

lished in this Journal in 1840, the first half in November, the second

in December.

2. Hippasterias phrygiana,

The name equestris must not be applied to this species; Linnzeus

in both the tenth (p. 662) and twelfth (p. 1100) editions of the

Syst. Nat. quotes figures from Linck which are representations of at

least two species ; it is necessary therefore to decide by the other

figures, namely that from Barrelier (‘Icones Plantarum, 1714,

fig. 1285), which is first quoted, and that from Seba (Thes. iii. pl. viii.

figs. 6 and 8); both these are illustrations of an Astropecten. More-

over Linneus gives as habitat the Mediterranean, whence the Astro-

pecten might well come, but the G'onzaster not.

3. The Use of the Generic Name Palmipes.

Nothing perhaps illustrates better the inconvenience caused by

those who refuse to acknowledge the very reasonable convention that

the names of our genera and species are to be based on Linnzus’s

‘Systema Nature,’ and that pre-Linnean names are not to be used,

than the name Palmipes.

In 1834 Nardo distinctly indicated (‘ Isis,’ col. 716) what he

meant by Anseropoda, and Agassiz in 1835 (Mém. Soc. Neuchatel,

i. p. 192) wrote “‘Palmipes, Link (Palmastérie, De Bl.; Anseropoda,

Nardo).” Agassiz quotes “ P. membranaceus, Link,” but gives no

reference; Mr. Sladen, however (Chall. Rep., Ast. p. 393), writes

*Palmipes membranaceus, Linck, 1733, De Stellis marinis, p. 29,

pl. i. no. 2;” but no such words occur in the copy of Linck which

I have now before me; in fact the pre-Linneans have to write in

their “ specific” names from such sentences as “Stella Cartilaginea,

Aldrovandi, p. 743, malo dicere membranaceam,” and so on; while

the description of the figure runs—* Stella quinquefida Palmipes seu

Cartilaginea, Ald.” Will Mr. Sladen tell us what part of the last

sentence contains the specific and which the generic name ?

In his defence of the use of Linckian names Mr. Sladen speaks of

those who ‘still adhere to the letter rather than the spirit of this

canon of name-priority ;” but in his ardour he has forgotten that he

has no mandate from Linck to ascribe to him words that he never

used or collocations which he never made.

And as to the question of priority, surely it is, save only as regards

fixity of nomenclature, what Darwin called a trumpery affair ; but

if priority is to be pressed by the pre-Linneans, why do they neglect

our great countryman Lluyd, and why do they not follow Miiller

Miscellaneous. 235

and Troschel in using the term Asteriscus, which in 1703 was defi-

nitely proposed for what we must henceforward know as Ansevo-

poda placenta ?

4, Porania pulvillus.

Mr. Sladen (¢. c. p. 360) writes

“Porania pulvillus (Q. F. Miller), Norman,”

by which I presume he intends to signify—though various other

suggestions have been made to me by skilled zoologists —that Nor-

man first put the A. pulvillus of O. F. Miller into the genus Porania.

That is what I imagine this collocation of terms represents ; but I

suppose I am wrong, for, as everybody knows, Gray did it in 1848.

5. Date of Coelasterias.

Mr. Sladen (s. v.) writes “ Verrill, Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts & Sci.

1871 (1867),” the meaning of which is unintelligible tome. In 1867

one hundred and fifty separate copies of Prof. Verrill’s paper were,

he states, issued ; the separate copy in the library of the Zoological

Department (presented by the author to Dr. Gray) bears date 1867 ;

but as it includes a note respecting the fire, which destroyed the

publications of the academy and necessitated their being reprinted,

dated 1869, it is clear that it was not issued till two years after the

date it bears. ‘The matter is only of importance on the ground of

accuracy.

6. Lophaster furcifer.

Mr. Sladen gives Chetaster borealis, 1844 (it should he 1845), in

his synonymy, and does not explain why he prefers a name of later

date (1846). I presume his reason is the same as mine ; the earlier

name is a nomen nudum.

7. Marginaster,

Mr. Sladen (Chall. Rep. p. 364) refers to the ‘ Bulletin’ of the

Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. ix. p. 16; this is quite unnecessary, as Prof.

Perrier does not even pretend to there describe the generic characters

of his new form; the description given ihree years later (Nouv.

Arch. vi. 1884, p. 229) is short enough.

8. On the Presence of Rare Forms on the East Coast.

Dr. Norman stated in his well-known paper (‘ Annals,’ xv. 1865)

that Anseropoda placenta descends the east coast as far as the

Moray Firth; Mr. Sim has sent it to the British Museum from Aber-

deen. Similarly Porania pulvillus, stated by Dr. Norman to be

“‘ wholly absent on the east,” has been sent us from Ross-shire by

Dr. Sutherland. I should be glad to hear of other localities on

our eastern shores whence collectors have obtained these two forms,

or, indeed, of other species of Echinoderms rare to the North Sea.

236 Miscellaneous.

Dates of the Parts of P. S. Pallas’s ‘Teones Insect. p. Ross. Sibir’ and

‘Nov. spec. Quadr. Gliriwm,

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GrntLemMEN,—As there appears to be some doubt as to the exact

dates of publication of the parts of the above works, the following

notes may be of service to your readers * :—

Partas, Perer Srmon. Icones | Insectorum | praesertim | Rossiae

Sibiriaeque | peculiarium | quae | collegit et descriptionibus |

illustravit | Petrus Simon Pallas | M.D. | Academicus Petro-

politanus | Erlangae | sumtu Wolfgangi Waltheri. |

oI) 1) COLXXXI.

Part 1., pp 1-56, 3 pls.(A, B,C). 1781. (Cf. Gott. gelehr. Anz.

(Zug.), 1782, p. 651 ; Bohmer, Bibl. script. hist. nat., Zool. ii.

(2), 1786, p. 169.1

Part II., pp. 57-96, pls. D, KE, F. 1782. [Cf Dryander, Cat.

Bibl. Banks, ii. 1796, p. 214.]

Part III., pp. 97-104, pls. G, H. 1798. [Cf. Dryander, loc. cit.

(not received 1796); Engleman; Hagen; et alii}.

Part IV. Hagen, Bibl. Ent. 1863 (ii.), p. 25, is the only biblio-

grapher who refers to a 4th and 5th part; but as we are

certain that p. 96 closed the 2nd part and pp. 97-104 all

belong to sig. N, we may presume that Hagen was wrong in

adding the Part IV. It is probable that the pls. I and K

which he refers to as having seen, were intended for Part LY.

[his “ Heft 5 ”].

Paxtas, Perer Sruon. Novae species | Quadrupedum | e | Glirium

ordine | cum | illustrationibus variis | complurium exhoc ordine

animalium | auctore | Petro Sim. Pallas | Academico Petropoli-

tano | Erlangae | sumtuWolfgangiWaltheri. cto 19 couxxviit. |

All bibliographers agree that this was published in two parts—

I., 1778; II., 1779. In the Gott. gelehr. Anz. (Zug.), 1779,

p. 472, “ Fase. I. sumtu Waltheri. 1778. Quart mit 5 Kup-

ferplatten [i., ii, iii., ivA., ivB.] 8. 70 [pp. 1-70],” is

reviewed; hence it is evident that Fasc. II. consisted of

pp- 71-888, pls. V.-xxvii.

C. Davies SHERBORN

Natural-History Museum, (Index gen. et sp. anim.).

London, 8.W.

* These dates are further supported by a difference in the paper of the

copy in the Natural-History Museum at pages 57 and 97.

+ Sig. 1 consists of 6 pp.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

No. 39. MARCH 1891.

XXV.—The Ornithosaurian Pelvis. By H. G. Seetey,

F.R.S., Professor of Geography in King’s College, London.

IN vertebrate osteology the arrangement of the bones which

compose the pelvic girdle contributes one of the most dis-

tinctive characteristics of a natural group of animals. It may

pervade a subclass or be limited to an order. It constitutes a

plan of structures which never varies so far from its type as

to merge in the pelvic plan of another animal type. It thus

becomes a convenience in classification. And when the pelvic

structures of different groups of animals are compared and

arranged in order of their community of plan, they constitute

a classification which is often suggestive of original commu-

nity of structure. The existing warm-blood groups of

animals—Monodelphia, Didelphia, Ornithodelphia, Aves—

are remarkable for fixity of pelvic plan; but itis among Aves

that variation has the widest range, so that median symphysis

of the pelvic bones in the genus Struthzo, for example, makes

a divergence from the Ratite pelvic plan, which shows that

no importance in classification necessarily attaches to such a

condition of ossification. ‘The more variable pelvic plans of

the Reptilia and Amphibia suggest that the ordinal groups in

those classes of animals have the morphological value of sub-

classes when compared with the orders of Birds or Mammals.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. vii. 17

238 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the Ornithosaurian Pelvis.

This divergence of type, which is not entirely to be connected

with functional modification of structure, is conspicuous

between terrestrial and aquatic Amphibia, between Crocodiles

and Chelonians, and Chelonians and Lizards, in a way not

known between orders of mammals or birds.

The extinct orders of animals commonly known as the

Fossil Reptilia, which fill the morphological interval between

Amphibians and Mammals, Reptiles and Birds, are all marked

by distinctive forms or plans of the pelvic bones, though their

characters have not yet been fully described or established in

all these groups. Hnough, however, is known to show that

while the pelvic characters appear to approximate the Ornith-

ischia to embryonic birds, the Saurischia approximate to

types like Sauropterygia, Anomodontia, and Ornithosauria.

It is, however, impossible to consider the significance of these

resemblances so long as the true nature of the pelvis in the

Ornithosauria remains undetermined; and as my own views

have undergone some change since the ‘ Ornithosauria’ was

ublished in 1870, I propose to set ont the evidence obtained

in 1878, when, with the aid of the Government-Grant Fund

of the Royal Society, I studied the Ornithosaurs from the

Lithographic Stone and the Lias preserved in the museums of

Germany, and the conclusions which this study suggests.

The chief difficulties consist in determining whether the

Ornithosaurian pelvis is composed of three bones or four

bones, whether the pubic bone enters into the acetabulum for

the femur, and how the fourth bone, if such exists, is condi-

tioned with regard to the other elements of the pelvis. Von

Meyer is the earliest writer on this subject whose opinion need

be quoted. I have stated his views fully in my “ Remarks

on Dimorphodon”’*, and they might be left with the refuta-

tion then formally given, if it were not that Professor Karl

Zittel, in his ‘ Handbuch der Paleontologie,’ has (pp. 786,

787) repeated the original errors both by description and

figures. Professor Zittel quotes the ‘ Ornithosauria’ and my

“ Remarks on Dimorphodon,” yet adopts the view that in

Ornithosaurs the ilium and-ischium combine to inclose the

ovate acetabulum, entirely excluding the pubis, which is then

regarded as a free bone meeting its fellow in the median line.

This free bone I have regarded as the prepubic bone. Ina

matter of this sort the weight of authority in favour of a

point of structure, which is not a matter of interpretation, but

of fact, goes for nothing. ‘There is no doubt that Zittel has

the support of Sir R. Owen; but I do not so read the views

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., August 1870.

Prof. H. G. Seeley on the Ornithosaurian Pelvis. 239

of Wagner and Quenstedt. If authority went for anything,

I might mention that Professor Huxley, in his ‘ Anatomy of

Vertebrated Animals,’ 1870, adopted the view that the pubic

bone enters into the acetabulum and that the separate bone

is the prepubis as the more probable interpretation of the

pelvis. Tull better specimens are discovered this condition of

the pelvis must rest upon the evidence in the museums at

Cambridge and Stuttgart. The absence of sutures in the

Munich specimens is of no more value as evidence of struc-

ture than the absence of sutures in the pelvis of an adult

bird. The sutures between the pubis and ischium and ilium

are seen in the imperfect examples of the innominate bones of

Ornithochetrus preserved in the Woodwardian Museum. In

the ‘ Ornithosauria’ *, plate viii., I have drawn some of these

specimens; and the explanation of fig. 1 (specimen 1,

tablet 10), is ‘‘ Fragment of a large right os innominatum ;

the faint Y-shaped lines in the acetabulum indicate the limits

of the three component pelvic bones.” In figure 2 (specimen

4 on tablet 10) that portion of the vertical suture between the

pubis and ischium is drawn which extends between the

obturator foramen and the acetabular border t. These speci-

mens therefore, if there were no others, demonstrate the

formation of the pelvic acetabulum by three constituent bones

and a vertical suture dividing the pubis from the ischium ;

and in my judgment they are conclusive that the pubis forms

the anterior side of the plate of bone below the acetabulum

not only in Ornithochetrus, but in Dimorphodon and all other

genera of Ornithosauria. The only complete specimen in

which the suture is seen between the pubis and ischium is the

fossil figured by Dr. Oscar Fraas as Pterodactylus suevicus,

which I regard as a new species. If the absence of sutures

in the Ornithosaurian pelvis were evidence that they had not

existed, there would be no justification for identifying the

ischium in the way which has been generally done ; and the

innominate bone might have been supposed to have been

unsegmented. This hypothesis is, however, as gratuitous and

contrary to fact as that which Dr. Zittel adopts. It is not

that there is any & priord improbability in the exclusion of

the os pubis from the acetabulum, for this condition is one ot

the generic characters by which the Sauropterygian genus

Colymbosaurus is defined. But in Ornithosaurs an independent

* Published, I believe, in January 1870.

+ I have also figured the visceral aspect of a separate ischium, which

shows the suture with the ilium and a small portion of the vertical

suture with the pubis (tablet 10, no. 2, ‘ Ornithosauria,’ p. 59, pl. viii.

fig. 4).

240 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the Ornithosaurian Pelvis.

judgment may be formed by anyone who takes the trouble to

examine the fossils to which I have referred; and I invite

such study.

Another interpretation of the Ornithosaurian pelvis has

been given by Mr. J. W. Hulke, F.R.S., in a memoir on the

fossil Crocodilia of the Oxford Clay *, who has also pro-

oe the view that the prepubic bones have no existence.

ut he does not agree with Zittel in identifying the prepubis

of my descriptions as the pubic bone, but supposes that

ossification to be a fractured portion of the pubis. The

author remarks:—‘ These parts are, J suggest, susceptible

of another reading; the paddle- or fan-like bone as H, von

Meyer described it, with narrow short shaft and expanded

opposite end, is not, I submit, a bone complete in itself, but

merely the ventral symphysial portion of an os pubis con-

structed and associated with the other pelvic elements after

the common Lacertilian plan.’’? No evidence is offered in

support of this generalization, nor is it elucidated with diagrams.

Speaking of the pubis in the genus Rhamphorhynchus the

author observes :—‘“‘ The os pubis in this genus has the form

of a flattened bar bent angularly near its middle; one limb

of it passes from the acetabulum downwards and forwards in an

approximately vertical plane, roughly parallel to that laid

through the median axial plane of the pelvis ; whilst the other

limb, passing transversely to this axis, meets the corresponding

limb of the os pubis of the other side, and unites with it in a

median symphysis.” Again no evidence is offered in support.

A question of this nature can only be determined by evidence.

T have seen no specimen which lends the faintest support to

the idea that the bones which I have termed prepubic are

fractured portions of the pubic bones. If they were to be so

interpreted the usual conditions of fractured surface might be

expected. The only specimen quoted as sustaining the pro-

posed new interpretation is indicated by the footnote “ Zittel,

Rhamph. Gemm. Paleontogr. Bd. xxix. ui. F. v. Taf. xii.

fig. 2.”” <A cast of this specimen is contained in the museum of

the Royal College of Surgeons ; but I fail to find either in the

cast or the figure any demonstration of the nature of the rela-

tion of the pubic bone to the transverse bony bar in front of

the pelvis. The ventral extremity of the pubis appears to

be broken, but there is no evidence that the extremity of the

transverse bar is broken. Seeing how frequently the pelvic

sutures are obliterated, there would have been nothing remark-

able if these bones had been blended with the other pelvic

* Proc. Zool. Soc, for 1888, p. 431.

Prof. H. G. Seeley on the Ornithosaurian Pelvis. 241

elements and subsequently broken away; but there is no

evidence of fracture. No specimen is known in which this

bone is blended with the pubis ; and if such a specimen were

available, it would not prove that the bone in question is a

portion of the pubis, if other specimens showed it as a separate

ossification. Ornithosaurs are fossilized in every conceivable

position, yet it is rare for the bones of the skeleton to be broken,

and frequently almost every bone is in its natural connexion.

Yet these prepubic bones are nearly always a little displaced

from the other parts of the pelvis. I believe the condition of

the pubis in every known Ornithosaur in which it is imbedded

in stone warrants me in affirming that it gives no evidence of

fracture; but there is in a few examples some evidence in

favour of articulation at its ventral end. I therefore conclude

that the prepubic bones may still be accepted as constituent

elements of the Ornithosaurian skeleton. The bone has not

been found in the order Ornithocheiroidea from the Cretaceous

beds of Europe or America; and the supposed lateral position

which I suggested for it in 1864-70 was based on a small

pit on the anterior pubic border, which is inconclusive and

otherwise unsupported by evidence. Its position was different

in the Pterodactylia. Professor von Quenstedt, who enriched

his specimens with almost incredible manual labour, cleaned

away the matrix from the underside of the pelvis in his type

specimen of Cycnorhamphus suevicus. He then found on the

inner border of the pubic bone a short articular tubercle placed

towards the ilium. He supposes this part of the pelvis to be

displaced, and suggests that the tubercle gave attachment to

the fourth bone of the pelvis, which he compared to the

marsupial bone in Mammalia. ‘This is the only fossil in

which an author has described and figured an articular facet

for the prepubic bone. I have seen that specimen and dis-

cussed the question with von Quenstedt, and can only say

that I am unable to accept the interpretation as quite satis-

factory, because it is unparalleled by any other example.

The specimen of Rhamphorhynchus Gemmingi figured by

Zittel also exposes the interior of the pelvis; but there is no

indication of a tubercle for articulation with the prepubis.

The anterior margin of the pubis is rounded. The bone is

drawn by Zittel as though fractured ventrally at a point

where it obviously thickens; and it seems to me probable

from this fact and other evidence of the pelvic structure in this

species given by von Meyer that the ventral part of the pubis

is broken away.

If the pubic bone were bent and fractured as a condition of

fossilization, it might be expected in the different families of

242 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the Ornithosaurian Pelvis.

the subclass or order that the fracture would sometimes take

place on one side only and that sometimes fragments of the

broken bone would remain in contact with the part of the

pubis with which it is supposed to have been continuous,

while the prepubic elements might also be expected to show

evidence of fracture; but there is no specimen in which a

recognizable portion of the element termed prepubic is seen

coossified with the pubic bone; and even when the pelvic

sutures between the other bones are preserved there is no

evidence of fracture, but sharply defined separation of these

prepubic ossifications from the pubic bones, as in the specimen

of Cycnorhamphus at Stuttgart.

The bones, even when not anchylosed together, have usually

remained in nearer contact with each other than with the pubic

bones; and this seems to me better consistent with separate

ossification than with fracture. Moreover they always show

forms and proportions which suggest complete ossifications ;

and this does not seem to be evidence to support the hypo-

thesis that these bones are fractured portions of the pubis.

The following facts contribute towards a clearer conception

of the pelvis.

If we examine a specimen like that named Pterodactylus

grandipelvis (von Meyer,

Rept. lithog. Schiefer, T. viii.

fig. 1) it is manifest that the

sacrum widens anteriorly in the

transverse direction (fig. 1).

The same character is shown

in a sacrum of Lhamphocepha-

lus from the Stonesfield Slate,

in the collection of the Rev.

P. B. Brodie, F.G.8. It is at

present uncertain whether the

character is common to all

Ornithosauria. From this con-

‘dition of the sacrum it follows

that since the bones in the

ischiac region of the pelvis

approximate towards each other

closer than those in the pubic

region, the pubic bones cannot

meet in a median symphysis

unless they are longer than the Vv.

ischia, which, I submit, is (Meyer Ped ie ae is

never the case. Se

I would next direct attention to the Munich specimen named

Fig. I.

Prof. H. G. Seeley on the Ornithosaurian Pelvis. 2 13

by von Meyer Pterodactylus dubius (1. c. T. vi. fig. 1; also

Wagner, Abh. Miinchen, Bd. vi. T. vi. fig. 1, and Bd. viii.

t. xvi.). It is the only difficult specimen that I have seen.

First the iliac bones are connected with the sacrum and the

pubic and ischiac bones are displaced outward to the right

and left sides of the body (fig. 2). On the left side the pubis

Fig, 2.

Pterodactylus dubius. (Meyer, /. c. T. vi. fig. 1.)

and ischium are in natural association. Wagner introduced a

division between the bones (pu and ¢sc) which v. Meyer does

not draw and which I do not find in my own note; and it

seems to me to be introduced from the contour of the displaced

pubis seen on the right side. The pubis may be compared

with the corresponding element in the os innominatum of

Rhamphorhynchus longimanus. In (Pt.) dubius it has the

same straight anterior border, with a posterior inclination ;

but there is a large wide and deep ventral notch dividing the

pubis from the ischium, except in the small connecting

symphysial area below the acetabulum. No other specimen

shows this notch, and in Rhamphorhynchus and some other

genera the corresponding space is covered by a thin ossifica-

tion. On the right side are the two prepubic bones with their

free expanded median borders approximating and almost in

contact, and the narrow stalk of the right bone in near con-

tact with the proximal border of the pubis; but there is no

indication of the stalk-like process figured by Quenstedt on

either the proximal or distal internal surface of the pubis.

Yet if the bones which I regard as prepubic are traced off

244 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the Ornithosaurian Pelvis.

and completed symmetrically, it will be found that their

expansions extend laterally far beyond the ilium, showing

that they were inclined to each other. Their stalk articular

ends might be in contact with the proximal ends of the

pubes so far as this specimen is concerned. Specimens which

expose the ventral surface of the pelvis have the prepubic

bones often parallel to each other and their stalks separated

by a width which would not be less than that between the

pubic bones. ‘This may be seen in Quenstedt’s figure of (Pt.)

Cycnorhamphus suevicus (‘ Ueber Pterodactylus suevicus &c.,’

Tiibingen, 1855) and in Fraas’s figure of Rhamphorhynchus

suevicus (Jahreshefte Vereins vaterl. Natur. Wiirttem. x1.

T. 11. 1855); and, on the whole, specimens which show a

lateral aspect of the pelvis commonly have the stalk of the

bone in a superior position, though exceptions occur, as in the

type of Pterodactylus longirostris, in which the bone is dis-

placed ventrally.

An instructive lateral aspect of the pelvis is seen in the

Stuttgart specimen, no. 5802, from the Lithographic Slate of

Nusplingen (fig. 3), which is figured by Fraas in the ‘ Paleon-

tographica’ (N. F. v. 4 (xxv.), T. xxi.) as Pterodactylus

suevicus of Quenstedt. A cursory examination shows it not

Fig. 3.

Pelvis of Cycnorhamphus Fraasii (posterior angle of ischium restored),

to belong to that species, even if it belongs to the same genus,

for the prepubic bones are of dissimilar forms and proportions

to those of Cycnorhamphus suevicus. It moreover has the

acetabulum much larger. The humerus, ulna, and radius,

femur, tibia, and fibula are all relatively longer in the Stutt-

gart specimen, without a corresponding elongation of the wing

phalanges; and therefore I shall speak of this specimen as

Prof. H. G. Seeley on the Ornithosaurian Pelvis. 245

Cycnorhamphus Fraasit. In the drawing, which I copy from

my note-book, it is manifest that the pubis and ischium are

closely comparable with the same bones in (Pterodactylus)

dubius, except that a thin osseous plate extends backward

from the anterior thicker part of the pubis, so as to fill in

much of the deep notch which in Pt. dubius appears to divide

the pubic and ischiac bones, and which would otherwise be

seen in Cycnorhamphus Fraasiti. It will also be seen that the

ventral border of the ischium is straight, and I suggest that

these straight borders not improbably met in a median sym-

physis. Still they are not thickened at the ventral border, as

is usual in a median union; but then there is a like condition

in Crocodiles in the borders of the ischia which are in median

contact. Ifthe ischia converged ventrally at all, the narrow

posterior width of the sacrum shows that they must have had

a median union. The shortness of the pubis similarly shows

that no median union of the ventral margins of those bones

could take place. But if the thickened anterior ventral end

of the pubis is compared with the stalk of the prepubic bone,

a suggestive correspondence in size of the two parts is seen ;

and I regard the two bones as having been in articular con-

tact, so that the prepubic bones made an anterior median

ventral symphysis corresponding to that usually made by the

ubes. ‘This interpretation is not easily harmonized with

that offered by Quenstedt without adopting his hypothesis

of displacement of the pubis in Cycnorhamphus suevicus,

always supposing that the tubercle to which he believes the

prepubic bone to have been attached really carried that

element in the skeleton.

The value of evidence in this matter of the nature of the

prepubic bone depends partly on its cumulative character. I

therefore transcribe the following memoranda from my note~

book on specimens at Munich.

Fig. 5. Fig. 6,

=<)

> _ Pp —)

Pterodactylus longirostris. Pt. micronyx. Pt. micronyz.

(Meyer, Uc. T. ii. fig. 1.) (Id. tbed. T. iv. fig. 5.) (Id. ebid. T. iv. fig. 4.)

In Pterodactylus vulturinus (Wagner) the antero-posterior

extent of the pelvic bones is 375 inches. The sacrum con-

246 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the Ornithosaurian Pelvis.

sists apparently of not more than three vertebra. The pubis

is partly crushed inward in the middle line and the pubic

bones converge forward. The ischium also appears to have

extended inward to the middle line of the vertebrae. ‘The

part of the ilium anterior to the acetabulum appears to be

thin and free from the vertebrae; the depth of this plate is

about 775 inch. The prepubic bones are preserved on both the

right and left sides; that on the left side is 13} inch long, it

has a slender shaft for nearly an inch, and then expands like

a fan to a transverse width of 135 inch; this expanded part

is thin and rests upon the ilium.

In Pterodactylus longirostris (Cuvier) the pubis is partly

obscured because the femur is preserved in stu. The ilium,

which is pointed and long anteriorly, short and truncated

posteriorly, is 3 inch long. The vertical depth of the pelvic

bones is 3% inch. On the ventral border there is a slight

notch between the ischium and pubis, showing the latter to be

the smaller bone. The antero-posterior measurement over

these bones is 3 inch. The prepubic bone is relatively

large, sy inch long, and expands anteriorly in a fan form to

a transverse width of ;4y inch (fig. 4).

In Pterodactylus rhamphastinus (Wagner) the ilium extends

1;% inch in front of the femur. The prepubic bone is 7p inch

long and expands in a fan form at its free end.

In Pterodactylus Kochi (Wagner) the pelvis is badly pre-

served. It has the prepubic bone widely expanded at its

free end.

In Pterodactylus micronyx (v. Meyer) the ilium is spear-

shaped anteriorly. The ischium and pubis are displaced and

imperfect. ‘The prepubic bones have the shaft slender and

long ; the expanded end is fan-shaped (figs. 5, 6). The bone

is fully 3% inch long.

In Pterodactylus medius (Minster) the ilium is 144 inch

long, of which one inch is anterior to the head of the femur.

The pubic and ischiac bones are well developed. The pre-

pubic bones have a fan shape, appear to be 7p inch long, and

~ about half an inch wide at the expanded end.

These examples may be sufficient to show how slightly the

prepubic bone varies in type among the short-tailed animals

which comprise the suborder Pterodactylia of de Blainville.

The prepubis is approximately one half the length of the

ilium in all the species. ‘The small size of the specimens and

the nature of the matrix have not been favourable for

displaying the articular facet of the slender shaft; but in

every case the termination of the prepubic bone is a clean-cut

transverse line, and I have never observed any circumstance

Prof. H. G. Seeley on the Ornithosaurian Pelvis. 247

which would lead me to doubt its being an articular facet.

In the Pterodactylia the prepubic bones are never anchylosed

together. On the other hand, the other pelvic bones are

commonly anchylosed together in genera from the Lias and

Oolites. In Pt. dubius there may be some ground for doubt

whether the pubis and ischium are not really one bone, as von

Meyer believed, because ossification appears to be incomplete,

and yet the two bones are blended, without trace of suture ;

but it is more probable that ossification has obliterated the

suture. It is these circumstances which led me to adopt the

view that the ventral part of such an ischio-pubis would have

a tendency to be limited to the ischiac region, because the

pubic part, freed from the usual mechanical stimulants to

ossification, would have a tendency to undergo atrophy and

shorten more and more, until the prepubis was brought into

contact with the prominence which alone remained to mark

the position of the pubis, as in Crocodiles.

In the Rhamphorhynchide * the prepubic bones are much

more unsymmetrical, and commonly

have the form of a capital Y (figs.7, 8), Fig. 7.

in which one limb of the fork isreduced

in length or may be absent, though the pe

latter condition may be a generic

difference. In this family the pelvis

is relatively small ; the anterior pro-

cess of the ilium is relatively deep and

in marked contrast with the rod-like

anterior process of other family types. Liars Geiger

Prepubic Bones. (Meyer,

My own notes, written from the Ee ixifig, 1)

specimens at Munich, are as fol-

lows :—

“Rhamphorhynchus Miinstert, vay.

longimanus (Wagner).— The _pre- ee

7 5 P

pubis is shaped something like a aa

boomerang and measures 13> inch j

from end to end. It is angular in Z

front, with a projecting process In —_Rhamph. Gemmingi ?

about the middle of the lateral bor- — Prepubic Bones. (Jd.

der.” In other species this angular vid. T. x. fig. 3.)

process is absent, and the bones of

the right and left sides are united together by median

symphysis into a bow-shaped bone without trace of median

suture.

“Rh, Miinstert (Goldf.).—The prepubic bones, attached to

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., August 1870.

248 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the Ornithosaurian Pelvis.

the anterior side of the pubis, extend forward in a bow and

appear to be anchylosed mesially. The median part between

the two limbs of this bone measures 7%; inch transversely and

the transverse measurement

between its extremities is 1,3;

inch. ‘This therefore gives

the approximate width be-

tween the points of the pubis

with which this bone articu-

lated. The ischium and pubis

are rather thick bones, show

no trace of a dividing suture,

are directed somewhat back-

ward, and, as usual, are imper-

forate. ‘There seems to be a

small foramen in the position

of the obturator foramen of

Cretaceous genera, and in

those genera the foramen lies

in the ischio-pubic suture.”

Inanother specimen, marked

“Rh. Miinstert (Goldf.),= Rh.

Gemmingt (v. Meyer),” the

sacrum appears to include

three or four vertebre. The

ilium, which is blended with

the sacral ribs, is 1% inch

long, and is prolonged for

about the same distance on

each side of the acetabulum.

‘he anterior process deepens

as it extends forward, and it is

about 3% inch longer than the

slender posterior process. A

minute obturator foramen

marks the union of the ischium

and pubis, which are directed

somewhat backward and

blended into a compact os

innominatum. The pubis is

pubic bones appear blended into a bow-shaped bar.

Fig. 9.

fo)

Rhamphorhynchus longimanus.

(Wagn. Abh. Miinch. viii. T. xvi.)

Rh. Gemmingi. (Zittel, Pal.

oxic; Ep xsi, 62.)

thick and strong.

The pre-

consists of a middle straight portion and right and left parts

which are inclined to it, though not quite symmetrical as

preserved. ach of these three parts would measure about

58 inch in length. The transverse measurement over the

Prof. H. G. Seeley on the Ornithosaurian Pelvis. 249

extremities of the bone is 1,4; inch. The bone is thicker

and less bent on the left side than on the right side.

Finally, Dr. Zittel has published a figure which shows the

interior of the pelvis, with the prepubis extending asa bar imme-

diately in front of it (fig. 10), though, as in other specimens,

its contours are not perfectly displayed. This fossil appears to

prove that there is no articulation for the prepubic bone such

as was found by v. Quenstedt, and identified possibly in

harmony with the figure of Pt. dubiws. Hence the facet may

have a pathological interpretation. No specimen has shown

a facet on the anterior margin of the pubis for articulation

with the prepubis ; and therefore the only position left for its

articulation is the anterior ventral margin of the pubic bone,

where there is often a suggestive correspondence in thickness

between the extremity of the pubic bone and the diameter of

the shaft of the prepubic bone. The extremity of the united

pubis and ischium in Zittel’s specimen is manifestly imper-

fect, as shown by the pelvis referred by Wagner to RA.

longimanus ; but there is some evidence that the ischia met in

the mesial line in species of the Rhamphorhynchide.

Fig. 11.

Dimorphodon macronyx. From a specimen in the British Museum,

Nat. size.

Another piece of evidence as to the structure of the pelvis is

furnished by Dimorphodon macronyx (fig. 11). The ilium is

250 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the Ornithosaurian Pelvis.

nearly 13 inch long, and is formed on the plan of that bone in

Pterodactylus longirostris. It is prolonged anteriorly as a

slender pointed rod 3 inch long, and posteriorly as a thick-

ened bar 2 inch long, which is truncated with a slightly

hamate downward curve. The depth to the inferior border of

the ischium is more than an inch. This border is straight.

The anterior pubic region is somewhat thickened, and its

ventral border meets that of the ischium at an angle, where

the thickened bone does not show either fracture or a definite

articular face. Below the ventral border lie two unsym-

metrical prepubic bones rather over an inch long and slightly

overlapping each other. I suppose these bones to have met

in the median ventral line. They are thin, expanded, slightly

curved, with a longitudinal ridge which separates a side which

is smooth from one which is granular. The thin plate is

imperfect in both bones, though the outlines are indicated.

This form of prepubis is quite distinct from that of the Ptero-

dactyle, and makes some approach to that of Rhampho-

rhynchus in its curved form, ‘The terminal expansion of the

slender shaft or stalk of the bone is such as I have only seen

in association with an articular surface.

In endeavouring to restore the pelvis it is necessary to

remember that there is no conclusive evidence of the relations

of the ischia to each other at their ventral approximation other

than evidence that they were not anchylosed together. It is

not certain that they were in close contact, though this is

probable, seeing that the prepubic bones certainly were anchy-

losed together in some species of Rhamphorhynchus ; and this

median union of the prepubic bones appears to have inclosed

a median pelvic vacuity which was usually heart-shaped or

kite-shaped, being wide in front and narrow behind. This

may be seen in the annexed restorations of the ventral aspect

of the pelvic bones, which I have made from models giving

the minimum approximation to the ischia (figs. 12, 13).

It is probable that the pelvis was narrower in Dimorphodon

than this figure indicates; but I see no reason to think that

the aspect of the fresh skeleton differed materially in these

genera from the restoration here given. ‘The remarkable

structural feature shown is the ventral divergence of the

pubic bones from the median line of the body, the prolonga-

tion of the pubic arch to a median symphysis by means of the

prepubic bones, and the probable median union of the poste-

rior angles of the ischia. There is no evidence of the limit

to which pubic bones may be absorbed ; but if the prepubis

were to come to be attached in the region of the obturator

foramen, the bone would still be long enough to meet its

Prof. H. G. Seeley on the Ornithosaurian Pelvis. 251

fellow in the median line if the ischiac margins came together,

as in Crocodiles ; and the prepubis would then have the posi-

tion of the bone in Crocodiles which most authors identify as

Fig. 12. Fig. 13.

prepubis.

prepubis,

ischium,

ischium.

Fig. 12.—Restored Ventral Aspect of Pelvis of Cycnorhamphus Fraasii.

Fig. 13.—Restored Ventral Aspect of Pelvis of Dimorphodon macronyx.

the pubis, but which I have supposed to be the prepubic

bone. I have stated the reasons for that identification

already *; but if a pelvis like that of the Alligator (fig. 14) is

compared with that of an Ornithosaur, say Cycnorhamphus, in

which the shape of the ischium can be seen, it will be found

that the two bones are very similar in form—as similar as are

the prepubes. In many Ornithosaurs, such as Pt. dubius, the

connexion between the ischium and pubis is a narrow process.

If then the pubis dwindles away till the prepubis completely

takes its place, except that it never enters the acetabular cup,

we have the change which would convert the pelvis of an

Ornithosaur into that of a Crocodile. Thus we may accept

* Proc. Roy. Soe. vol. xlii. p. 287.

252 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the Ornithosaurian Pelvis.

the Crocodilian theory of the Ornithosaurian pelvis enunciated

by von Meyer and adopted by Owen and Zittel, if we first

conceive that the pubic bone has been practically eliminated

Fig. 14.

os een)

prepubig.

3 =

tschium

Ventral Aspect of Pelvis of Alligator.

from the pelvis of the Crocodile. Further evidence of this

elimination is, I think, to be found among existing birds and

among the fossil reptiles named Ornithischia, which have the

pubic bones less developed than among Ornithosaurs. In the

Iguanodon bernissartensis (fig.15) the pubic bone is very short

ascompared with theischium. The pubisresembles in a general

way that of an embryo bird in having distinct anterior and

posterior limbs. The slender short posterior limb of the

pubis extends backward parallel to the slender ischium, as in

adult birds; but the anterior limb is wider, stouter, and

directed forward, but is still short as compared with the

ischium. It is obvious that, as in Ornithosaurs, there is no

— possibility among Ornithischia of the pubic bones meeting

ventrally in a median symphysis. But the wide, forwardly-

directed process of the pubis resembles in its extension the

ventral process of the pubis in many Ornithosaurs. Further

forward in the skeleton are found the pair of bones which

have been variously regarded as clavicles and sternal bones

in species of Jguanodon and allied genera. These bones

present the most remarkable resemblance in form to the pre-

pubic bones in Dimorphodon, and from their relation to each

other seen in Jguanodon I conclude that they may be identified

Prof. H. G. Seeley on the Ornithosauriun ieivis. 253

as the prepubic bones of the Ornithischian skeleton. I have

already pointed out that they resemble the anterior pair of

ventral bones in the pelvis of a Crocodile; and this identifica-

tion of the prepubic bones in the Ornithischia makes a further

approximation to the condition in the Crocodile, because they

are found in a type in which the pubis is less developed than

in the Ornithosauria. If there is a difficulty in adopting this

osteological reading it does not arise from any differences in

form between the bones in question in Ornithosauria, Ornith-

ischia, and Crocodilia, but rather from the fact that the

anterior pubic process of Iguanodonts, as preserved, is always

thin and shows no articular facet at its extremity, while the

bone which I would attach there (fig. 15) has a stout shaft and

an expanded articular end, which was oblique and rough and

shown by one specimen in the British Museum to have had a

Restoration of Ventral Aspect of Pelvis of Zguanodon.

cartilaginous surface. These dissimilar conditions of the

corresponding portions of the pubic and prepubic bones appear

to characterize Ornithosaurs; so that, although unexpected in

Iguanodon, they are perhaps not so antagonistic to coadapta-

tion of the bones as might at first thought appear. This

Aun. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. vii. 18

254 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the Ornithosaurian Pelvis.

identification of the prepubic bone, which rests on inductive

evidence, is the more interesting since it shows that the main

pelvic differences between the Ornithosauria and Ornithischia

are in the less breadth of the ischium, in the prolongation

backward of a posterior pubic process, and the greater depth

of the ilium. The pelvic features in which the two groups

agree appear to be the development of the anterior and poste-

rior processes to the ilium, the posterior approximation of the

ischium, the short development of the anterior process of the

pubis, and the possession of prepubie bones. The distinctive

pelvic character is the development of the posterior process of

the pubis; and although this process attains a similar deve-

lopment in birds, birds have practically lost the anterior

pores of the pubes and have entirely lost the prepubic

ones.

Thus, considering pelvic characters only, there is a certain

Fig. 16,

Crocodilia.

—_

w}+-——— --

VP AN M i He

Ornithosauria.

Ornithischia.

Saurischia. Aves.

Diagram of Pelvic Relationship in the Ornithomorpha.

community of structure between the Ornithosauria, Ornith-

ischia, and Crocodilia in the possession of prepubic bones,

and between Saurischia and Aves in wanting those bones.

Prof. H. G. Seeley on the Ornithosaurian Pelvis. 255

The osseous resemblances between these groups of animals may

be better summarized in a diagram (fig. 16) *, where the letters

I, Is, P, pp, stand respectively for ilium, ischium, pubis, and

prepubis in the several groups of animals, and the lines drawn

from one group to another show the resemblances between

the bones. From this it would appear that the relations of

the Ornithosauria seen in the pelvis are closer with extinct

than with the existing groups. This conclusion is of some

importance, since the Ornithosauria may be associated with

Birds from the resemblances in their brains, and associated

with Birds and Saurischia from possessing a pneumatic skele-

ton, though it is less developed in the latter group than in the

others. ‘These resemblances, when better evidenced by the

discovery or description of specimens which show the bones

in complete natural connexion, may justify the linking of

these orders together in a natural alliance (the Ornitho-

morpha) expressive of their common origin.

The Classification of the subclass Ornithosauria which

seems to me best supported by facts is the following

division :—

Order 1. ORNITHOCHEIROIDEA.

Family Ornithocheiride.

Family Pteranodontide.

Suborder 2. PTERODACTYLIA.

Family Pterodactylide.

Order 3. PTERODERMATA.

Family Dimorphodontide.

Family Rhamphorhynchide.

Here the Orders are founded upon the organs of flight,

brain, skull, and pelvis; the Families in the first Order are

based provisionally on the dentition, and in the third Order

upon pelvic characters.

* The central circle is provisionally given to the Aristosuchia, which

have the skeleton pneumatic, pubes directed forward, anchylosed to the

prepubes, which are anchylosed together. No posterior limb to the

pubis.

1S*

256 Dr. W. B. Benham on a

XXVI.—WNote on a Couple of Abnormalities. By W.

BLAxLAND Brnnam, D.Sc., University College, London.

[Plate II1.]

Amonast the large number of crayfish (Astucus fluviatilis)

dissected annually in the zoological classes here I have noticed

from time to time certain abnormalities in regard to the genital

apertures in females, usually a doubling of the pore on one

side—that is, in addition to the normal pore on the base of the

11th appendage there is a second pore on that of the 12th.

A short time ago (Nov. 24, 1890) one of my students drew

my attention to a female specimen, which, in addition to the

normal genital apertures, presented a pair of apertures on the

bases of the 13th appendages, occupying, that is, the normal

position of the genital apertures of a male (see Pl. III. fig. 1).

On dissecting the specimen I find that the ovary is normal,

but that there are two oviducts on each side, one passing into

the base of the 11th appendage, the other into that of the 13th

appendage (see fig. 2) to the so-called “male pore.” There

appears to be no trace of a testis and no evidence of an her-

maphrodite condition, The abdominal appendages are nor-

mally female. Taken in conjunction with the abnormalities

which I had already observed, this gives a possibility of a

pore and duct for each of the last three ambulatory appen-

dages.

Jt is still a moot poimt whether genital ducts in the Arthro-

poda are derived from nephridia ; but there is some evidence

tending to support this idea. In Perdpatus there is a pair of

nephridia in each of the leg-segments, except in the segment

containing the genital duct (in P. nove zelandiw), which opens

in the same position as a nephridium and which Gaftron has

shown possesses an ‘‘ end-sac ”’ similar to that of the nephridia.

In Lepas, amongst the Crustacea, Hoek (in ‘Challenger ’

Reports) figures sections through the “segmental organ”

(‘‘shell-gland”’) of the 2nd maxillary segment, and through

the terminal portion of the oviduct, at the base of the next

appendage (first cirrhus), and points out the similarity

between them. In WNebalia the “ shell-gland” of the

maxillary segment and the ‘“ green-gland” of the antennary

segment coexist (Claus, Arb. Zool. Inst. Wien, vol. viil.

1889) ; in other Crustacea one of these glands is present,

but not the other.

These and other facts appear to point to the possession

originally by Arthropoda of a pair of segmental organs

Couple of Abnormalities. 257

(‘‘nephridia”’) in each segment; most are suppressed in the

Crustacea, though those of the second antennary segment and

of the second maxillary segment remain, and with the genital

ducts in the 11th and 13th (and 12th in abnormal forms) help

to fill up the series.

It is of course for such suggestions as these that the present

abnormality is worthy of record.

The second case is that of a common earthworm—Lumbri-

cus herculeus, Savigny (=L. agricola, Hoffmeister). I have

examined some thousands of specimens of this species for

class-work and other purposes, but this is the only case of an

asymmetrical condition that has come under my notice*, Hx-

ternally the asymmetry affects the male and female apertures

(see fig. 3) ; both these are normally placed on the animal’s

left side, ¢. e. the oviduct opens on the 14th segment, the

sperm-duct on the 15th. On the right side, however, each

of these pores is one segment in front, viz. on the 13th and

14th segments.

The clitellum is normal and symmetrical.

Of the internal organs (fig. 4) both genital system and

alimentary system present asymmetry in certain segments.

The organs of the left side are normally placed and fully

developed ; but on the right there is only one spermatheca,

lying in segment 1x.; and instead of the usual three sperm-

sacs only those in segments ix. and x1. are present; that of the

twelfth segment is absent. 'The ovary of this side is in segment

xii. instead of in xi. The testes and funnels are normal on

both sides.

Of the alimentary system the calciferous glands are affected

on the right side, that of segment xii. being absent.

With regard to abnormalities in earthworms, Beddard has

recorded a large number of cases for Perionya excavatust, and

has recently noted a case, e. g. Pericheta Forbest t, in which

the spermathece are asymmetrically developed (and this in

each of tlie two specimens in his possession), there being

two on one side and one on the other, in the same seg-

ment; I have already noted a similar condition in Microcheta

appt §.

Michaelsen ||, in a just-published paper, records certain

* A second similar example came under my observation while this note

was in the press.

+ Proc. Zool. Sce. 1886, p. 308.

{ Proce. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 65.

§ Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. xxvi.

|| Jahrb. d. Hamburg. Wiss. Anat. viii.

258 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

asymmetrical and abnormal positions of the genital pores in

Allurus, sp.

For the present I content myself with merely noting without

comment these interesting abnormalities.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

Astacus fluviatilis.

Fig. 1. View of ventral surface of abnormal specimen of female crayfish,

sufficient to show the position of the second genital aperture

(op. 2) on each side, o.p. 1 being the normal ovidueal pore ;

X., XL, XII., XIII., indicate the last four ambulatory limbs,

which are represented as cut short; Ad. 1 the first abdominal

sternum with normal female appendages.

Fig. 2. Side view of the same craytish partially dissected ; the hinder part

of the carapace (ca) has been removed, the epimeron (ep) and gills

have been cut away; the bases of the ambulatory appendages

(10, 11, 12, 18) are represented ; o is the normal ovary, o.d. 1 the

normal oviduct, o.d. 2 the accessory oviduct passing into appen-

dage 13; Zz., liver, underlying ovary; 4d. 1, Ad. 2, the first and

second abdominal segments.

Lumbricus herculeus.

Fig. 8. Ventral view of segments XII. to XVI., showing on the animal's lefé

side the normal oviducal pore (9) and spermiducal pore (¢),

and on the right side the abnormal position of these apertures.

Fig. 4. Dissection of segments LX. to XIIL., to show the asymmetrical con-

dition of internal structures. The normal condition obtains on

the left side, the abnormal on the right; spth.', spth.?, the

spermathecze ; 0v., abnormally placed ovary; cal., calciferous

gland ; ws., oesophagus. None of the structures have been cut

or removed, the calciferous gland and sperm-sac of segment XII.

being absent.

XXVII.—WNatural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine

Survey Steamer ‘Investigator,’ Commander R. I. Hoskyn,

R.N., commanding.—No. 21. Note on the Results of the

last Season's Deep-sea Dredging. By J. Woop-Mason,

Superintendent of the Indian Museum, and Professor of

Comparative Anatomy in the Medical College of Bengal,

and A. Atcock, M.B., Surgeon I. M. 8., Surgeon-Natu-

ralist to the Survey.

[Concluded from p. 202. ]

Family Inachide.

PuLatyMatA, Miers.

35. Platymaia Wyville-Thomsonit, Miers.

Platymaia Wyville-Thomsoni, Miers,‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, 1886,

pes, pl. wens.

‘Three specimens (one male and two ovigerous females),

from Station 56, 240 to 220 fathoms.

The male measures :—

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 259

millim.

Lengthyor carapacey.:.j0)S 2-1 4 tase eee yale ae 93

Greatest breadth of carapace...........5e+--s> 97

Expense Of legs s./j.a5 5 tise faye as, 9 seid ots es 700

The largest female measures :—

millim

SMT NPORCATA PACD teeters 15) 2 %21 5 ale rs ws ays) avalon 80

Greatest breadth of carapace ..........-.e0000- 82

Rixparise OMe sy Natit. FAR aeas Be Jardine Seletels 400

All our specimens, including those taken on previous occa-

sions, greatly exceed the ‘ Challenger’ specimens in size.

The males run much larger than the females, and the great

chela are greatly enlarged, with the palms inflated and armed

with three rows of slender hooked spines,

Our specimens differ from the type in a number of details,

which do not justify the description of a new species without

actual comparison with the type.

ECHINOPLAX, Miers.

36. Echinoplax pungens, sp. n., Wood-Mason.

Differs from ELehinoplax Moseley?, Miers, in its much larger

size; in its much more numerous, more thickset, and longer

spines; in its more regularly and symmetrically pyriform

carapace; in its thicker legs; inits smaller eyes, which, when

laid back, do not nearly reach to the spine which limits the

ocular cavity posteriorly ; and by the broader abdomen of the

female.

Colour in the fresh state a brilliant straw-colour.

Five female specimens from Station 56, 240 to 220

fathoms, the largest of them measuring 340 millim. in expanse

of legs, 60 millim. in breadth of carapace across the branchial

regions, and 88 millim. in length of carapace from its hinder

margin to the tips of the rostral spines.

Smaller specimens have a much more spiny abdomen and

are generally more spiny than larger ones.

37. Encephaloides Armstrong, gen. et sp. n., Wood-Mason.

Remarkable for the large size of the branchial chambers,

which are so inflated as to meet together over the back in a

straight suture. Both the afferent and the efferent branchial

openings are also very large.

In the female the cavity of the brood-pouch communicates

with the branchial chambers by two canals, formed by deep

260 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

notches in the posterior angles of the thorax and by the base

of the abdomen, whereby in all probability a current of fresh

water is caused to flow over the eggs. The rostrum is trian-

gular and shaped like the beak of a bird, and the antennary

flagella are visible from above beyond its margins. The

eyes, which are very small, are retractile against the sides of

the carapace, and the narrow orbital eave is provided with a

minute spine anteriorly and posteriorly. The legs are long

and slender, with their segments, including even the tapering

dactylopodites, cylindrical.

Numerous specimens were obtained at Stations 81 and 96,

and at Station 76 over two hundred were taken, almost all of

them being males. This form, in fact, is characteristic of the

infra-littoral of the Bay of Bengal, near the 100-fathom limit,

from the coast of Arrakan to the Godévari.

Colours in the fresh state:—Carapace pinkish yellow,

ambulatory legs pink.

Measurements.

Male. Female.

millim. millim.

Length Of Chrapeee ip... ven <i\eme sree ala 28

Breadthvol carapace ca). a.e 4+ ease els 42 27

Height of branchial regions .......... 20°5 12

Expanse of first pair of ambulatory legs. 335 134

Rieneth of chelapeds sy. .)sieteies sie oe 0,+ 74 33

ANAMATHIA, S. I. Smith.

38. Anamathia Livermorit, sp. n., Wood-Mason.

Closely allied to Anamathia pulchra, Miers, differing in

having the carpopodite and propodite of the chelipeds rounded

instead of carinate.

The spines of the rostrum are as long as the distance in a

straight line from the hinder margin of the carapace to the

gastric spine. ‘The carapace bears twenty spines disposed in

five longitudinal rows, namely two lateral of three spines each,

one dorsal of four, and two subdorsal of five each including

the postoculars.

A male and two females from Station 56, 240 to 220

fathoms.

Length of the largest specimen 22 millim,

PuGettiA, Dana.

39. Pugettia globulifera, sp. n., Wood-Mason.

Allied to Pugettia velutina, Miers, with which it agrees in

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 261

the possession of two foliaceous tubercles on the inflected

portion of the carapace on each side, and in the form of the

orbits and postocular lobes; but from which it differs in the

spines of the sides of the hepatic region being all but erect

and expanded at the base into huge pear-shaped tubercles,

which present themselves in an underview as two great

smooth and polished white hemispherical bosses at the antero-

lateral angles of the buccal frame; also in its foliaceously-

carinated chelipeds and in the club-shaped sete with which

its ambulatory legs are garnished.

Station 56, 240 to 220 fathoms.

Length 15°5 millim.

OXyYPLEURODON, Miers.

40. Oxypleurodon cuneus, sp. n., Wood-Mason.

Allied both to Oaypleurodon Stimpsoni, Miers, from 375

fathoms off the Philippines, and to Sphenocarcinus corrosus,

A. M.-Edw., from 100 fathoms off Barbadoes ; resembling the

former in the form, number, and distribution of the carapacial

prominences, and the latter in the form though not in the

structure of the rostrum. In Oaypleurodon Stimpsoni the

rostrum is formed by two horns which diverge widely from

the level of the anterior end of the orbit, in Sphenocarcinus

corrosus by two horns uniting together in the middle line to

form an apically bifid wedge-shaped mass, and in the new

species the carapace is produced into a long, slender, tapering

rostrum, which is minutely bifid at the extremity. All the

joints, except the dactylopodites, of all the legs are strongly

crested dorsally.

Length of carapace, from tip of rostrum to posterior margin,

18:7 millim. ; breadth between points of branchial eminences

13-7 millim.

Two males and one ovigerous female from Station 56,

240 to 220 fathoms.

DocteA, Leach.

41. Doclea ovis (Herbst).

One young specimen from Station 96, 98 to 102 fathoms.

Family Cancridz.

42. Nectopanope rhodobaphes, gen. et sp. n., Wood-Mason.

Carapace about 14 times as broad as long. Frontal

262 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

margin straight, entire—being only obsoletely bilobed—

divided from the supra-orbital margin on each side by a slight

notch for the reception of the first joint of the flagellum of

the antenne. Supra-orbital margin with one fissure, infra-

orbital entire. Antero-lateral margins shorter than the

postero-lateral, arched, armed with three teeth, including the

extra-orbital angle. Branchial regions swollen, separated

from the gastric by a V-shaped impression, from the cardiac

by their own prominence, and by a slight transverse depres-

sion from the hepatic, which is separated from the gastric in

a similar manner. Afferent and efferent branchial apertures

large ; the outer wall of the large efferent canal forms a sub-

carinated elevation of the anterior pleural region. Chelipeds

large, smooth, with a strong groove near the lower margin of

the produced portion of the propodite on the outside; the

upper margin of the propodite subcarinate ; the carpopodite

smooth, subquadrate, with a small spine at the inner angle ;

and the meropodite with a short sharp spine near the apex of

its posterior angle. Ambulatory legs rather weak, the first

three pairs subequal, the last shorter, with the meropodite

curved in correspondence with the convexity of the branchial

regions of the carapace ; the dactylopodites are compressed-

styliform, with a groove on each side and a slight fringe of

sete on the upper and lower margins, those of the last pair

being, like their propodites, shorter and broader and fringed,

especially below, with longer sete; the ambulatory legs in

fact are subnatatory, and agree in structure with those of the

Portunide. Integument everywhere polished and glabrous,

except for the presence of a few scattered sete on the dorsal

surface of the legs and for the dactylopoditie fringes.

In life this crab was of a beautiful deep-sea pink, with a

dotted, V-shaped, white mark between the gastric and bran-

chial regions.

One specimen was obtained at Station 96, 98 to 102

fathoms; the length of its carapace is 21°4 millim., and the

greatest breadth between the points of the third teeth 29

millim.

The following species is referred provisionally to the same

genus, though it differs in having the first tooth of the antero-

lateral margin distinct from the orbit, and the legs, especially

the last pair, not nearly so distinctly natatory.

43. Nectopanope longipes, sp. n., Wood-Mason.

Differs from the preceding in its branchial regions not

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 263

being inflated; in the form of the teeth of the antero-lateral

margins of the carapace, the first of which is a rectangular

plate entirely separate from the extra-orbital angle, while the

two remaining are sharp and conical; in its relatively longer

legs, which are setose at their extremities, with the dactylo-

podites of the last pair not much more expanded than those

of the preceding pairs; in having the upper surface of the

carapace dull and minutely grannlose, and the fingers of the

chelipeds black.

One male and one female, juv., from Station 56, 240 to

220 fathoms.

Length of carapace 8°5 milliin., breadth 11-7 millim.

44, Sphenomerus trapezioides, gen. et sp. n., Wood-Mason.

Carapace about 14 times as broad as long; its upper sur-

face is smooth, polished, and tolerably convex in all direc-

tions, but especially antero-posteriorly ; and it is devoid of all

grooves except two faint crescentic ones, which separate the

cardiac from the branchial regions. The deflexed and some-

what produced frontal margin is divided by a distinct notch

into two truncate-rounded lobes, and is without granules or

raised rim, as are also the entire upper and lower orbital

margins. The antero-lateral margins, which are only about

two thirds the length of the postero-lateral, form with the

frontal margin a semicircular outline; each bears a minute

spine at the extra-orbital angle, followed at equal distances

by two smaller ones. ‘There is also a small spine at the

internal infra-orbital angle. The basal joint of the antenne

is not much developed and the flagellum occupies the internal

orbital hiatus. The external maxillipeds have the mero-

podite slightly oblong, with the succeeding joint articulated to

its truncated antero-internal angle. ‘The abdomen of the

male is six-jointed, the third and fourth segments being almost

indistinguishably ankylosed together.

Chelipeds in both sexes extending far beyond the carapace,

massive, and of unequal size, the right being much larger

than the left; the fingers are broadly banded with black

across their middle, the palms are smooth, the wrist is rounded

and smooth, with a minute spine on its inner side; the mero-

podite is wedge-shaped at its proximal end and bears six to

eight small spines on its thickened distal end, as in Trapezia.

Ambulatory legs weak and narrow, with the two terminal

joints articulated together and constructed as in Trapezia,

From Station 56, 240 to 220 fathoms.

Length of carapace 8°5 millim.; breadth between last pair

of antero-lateral tubercles 11 millim.

264 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

This species was taken near the same place in a previous

season.

Family Leucosiida.

45. Parilia Alcocki, gen. et sp. n., Wood-Mason.

This crab is remarkable not only for the great size to which

it attains—equalling though not exceeding the Myropsis

goliath of A. Milne-EKdwards—but also for the great develop-

ment of the respiratory mechanism. The finely and sharply

granulated carapace is distinctly broader than long. When

viewed from above it appears hexagonal in outline, the in-

terval between the outer canthi of the afferent branchial

apertures forming the wide and straight anterior side; the

intervals between the outer canthus of the afferent branchial

apertures and the last antero-lateral tooth of each side, the

nearly straight antero-lateral sides; the intervals between the

last antero-lateral tooth and the posterior branchial spine of

each side, the very strongly arched postero-lateral sides ; and

the interval between the posterior branchial spines of opposite

sides, the posterior side of the hexagon. It is depressed in

front and strongly swollen behind, both vertically and_hori-

zontally, but especially horizontally, so as in a side view to

appear wedge-shaped. The regions are well-marked, the

much inflated branchials being sharply marked off from the

elongated flewr-de-lys-shaped gastro-cardiac and from the

hepatics by a deep groove, which, commencing behind the

cardiac protuberance, passes forwards and inwards, and then

curves boldly forwards and outwards to the first antero-lateral

tooth on each side, and is deeply indented at intervals in its

course. ‘he hinder margin bears three short conical spines,

of which the middle is small and tends to degenerate with

age into a mere clump of granules. Above the marginal

spines, on the vertical hinder surface, is a transverse row of

three similar spines, of which two are on the branchial

regions and the third and smallest arises from the middle of

the cardiac boss, whence a carina passes forwards along the

mid-dorsal line nearly to the frontal margin. The antero-

lateral margin bears four spiniform tubercles, one in the

middle of the length of the pterygostomian ridge (which, in

the absence of an hepatic ridge, functions as a portion of the

antero-lateral margin), and three separated from each other

by equal intervals and from the pterygostomian by an interval

equal to the sum of their own interspaces.

The two antennulary lobes of the front, which is much as

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 265

in Myra and Ilia, are dorsally carinate. The supra-orbital

margin is marked by two fissures; the infra-orbital is a stoutish

triangular tooth, separated externally from the supra-orbital

by an angular notch, internally by a wide hiatus from the

front, and inferiorly from the notched upper edge of the

afferent branchial opening by a considerable space. The

structure of the orbit is in fact to all intents and purposes

identical with that of Zé¢a, the only difference being that the

extra-orbital notch forms a third fissure in the latter, whereas

in Myra the notched edge of the afferent branchial opening

forms, or comes into such close relation with the orbit that

it seems to form, the lower margin of the latter, and that

which answers to the lower orbital rim of Parilia is an

extra- orbital lobe separated from the supra-orbital margin by a

third and from the functional infra-orbital margin by a fourth

fissure.

The little lobe which in J/yra bounds the outer notch of

the upper margin of the afferent branchial aperture and does

not extend beyond the level of the extra-orbital lobe, is in

Parilia laterally expanded to a huge extent on each side, so

as to form the enormously wide orifices of the afferent bran-

chial channels, and thus to treble the apparent width of the

front. The exognaths of the external maxillipeds are com-

mensurately and concomitantly widened, and are segments of

a circle larger than a semicircle, thus exceeding in width the

same parts even in Philyra; they are truncate at the extre-.

mity, and when closed leave a wide chink-like opening

between themselves and the sides of the carapace.

The chelipeds are long, slender, and cylindrical, being

about twice as long as the carapace in adult females and

males of the same size, but no less than 44 times as long as

the carapace in giant specimens of the latter sex; they are

finely and sharply granulated, especially on the upper surface,

from the base to the insertion of the dactylopodite, whence

they are smooth; the meropodites are about equal to the

carpopodite with propodite up to the insertion of the dactylo-

podite, which is scarcely more than half the length of the

propodite without its prolongation in females and in males of

the seme moderate size; the propodite increases slightly in

vertical width to the insertion of the dactylopodite. The legs

are of mcderate length and strength and are almost smooth ;

their meiopodite is almost equal to the propodite and dactylo-

podite together; the dactylopodites, which are strongly

fringed on the upper and lower edges, are so twisted and

curved that their smooth and transversely convex sides are

directed forwards and upwards, and backwards and downwards

266 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

respectively, while their dorsal and ventral edges have become

upper and lower.

The abdomen of the male is only five-jointed, the third,

fourth, and fifth joints being ankylosed together. "That of the

female has the full number of distinct joints ; the abdomen and

sternum securely interlock, the sterna of the latter giving off

a forwardly-increasing series of laminar processes which pro-

ject downwards and inwards over the edges of the former ;

there is an erect spine on the sternum between the genital

apertures, and the spacious brood-cavity communicates with

the branchial cavity by a hole near each posterior angle of

the thorax.

: The eggs are very small, and in the specimen examined

ew.

Colours in life :—Carapace deep pink, fading gradually to

pale straw-colour at the posterior margin ; legs pink, with the

articulations, like the chele, white.

Twenty-eight males at Station 96, 98 to 102 fathoms ;

previously obtained (ten females) off the Godavari Delta in

70 fathoms and (three males and one female) off the Mahdn-

adi Delta in 68 fathoms.

Female. Male.

millim. millim.

WenothGhCavapaee «icy. ss. sce ses 32 53

Breadth of carapace between last pair of

antero-lateral tubercles.......... 37 63°5

Length of exognaths of external max-

SUUIOUS yaa aiaythe clea «ae CO eyoveye Gtr hes 9 15:5

Breadth of exognaths of external max-

MN PCUS cet oo 5 2. ec Agen ctes 5 10

Length of chelipeds $0)... ..68 seas cs: 67 250

Length of meropodites of chelipeds.... 26:5 115

Length of propodites to insertion of

dactylopodites ....... (OCR ade 20°5 95

Length of dactylopodites............ 11 265

RANDALLIA, Stimpson.

46. Randallia pustulosa, sp. n., Wood-Mason.

Carapace above covered tolerably thickly with unequally

large, rounded, submammillated, granulose tubercles, with

much smaller ones interspersed. Of the largest tubercles one

is on the hinder end of the prominent pterygostomian ridge,

three are on the lateral margin, and two on the postero-lateral

margin on each side. The regions are very distinctly marked

out by grooves, the cardiac being especially deeply circum-

scribed, and the hepatic being separated from the gastric by a

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 267

fine groove which runs from the cervical without interruption

to the outer of the two supra-orbital fissures. A huge re-

curved spine arises from the middle of the cardiac boss in

addition to the two blunt triangular spines at the hinder

margin of the carapace. The chelipeds are cylindrical and

finely and sharply granulated ; the meropodite is but little

longer than the carpopodite with the palmar part of the pro-

podite, which last is a little inflated in its basal half and about

as long as the dactylopodite. The legs are not very strongly

eranulated: their dactylopodites have the same structure as

in Parilia Alcockt. The abdomen, which interlocks with the

thorax much in the same perfect way asin the last-named

species, is five-jointed, the fourth, fifth, and sixth segments

being ankylosed together ; the seventh is acuminately trian-

gular. The brood-cavity communicates by holes with the

branchial cavity. The afferent branchial apertures are large

and prominent ; their carapacial border is divided by a fissure

into two lobes, an outer with rounded and an inner with

sinuous margin.

One female specimen from Station 56, 240 to 220 fathoms.

Length of carapace 32 millim.; breadth of carapace between

last pair of lateral tubercles 33 millim.; length of chelipeds

65 millim., of their meropodite 26°5 millim., of palm of pro-

podites 15 millim., of their dactylopodites 15 millim.

Family Raninide.

Lyrerpus, De Haan.

AT. Lyreidus gracilis, Wood-Mason.

Lyreidus gracilis, Wood-Mason, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 1888, vol. lvi.

pt. ii. p. 876.

From Station 56, 240 to 220 fathoms.

Family Homolide.

[Homota, Leach.

1. Homola barbata (Herbst).

22. Homola vigil, A. M.-Edw.

PAROMOLA, gen. nov., Wood-Mason.

The basal joint of the eye-peduncle is elongated and the

eye reaches the commencing orbit through a gap in the anterior

268 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Aleock on

margin of the carapace between the rostral and supra-orbital

spines. The orbit is a wide and shallow cavity, the bottom

of which is still some distance behind the anterior margin,

and it is defined externally by two spines. The very distinct

and throughout dorsal dénea anomurica runs to the base of

the supra-orbital spine. The carapace is decidedly macrurous

in form, thick, with the imperfectly-formed lateral margins

twice interrupted by regional grooves. ‘The last two joints of

the fifth pair of legs form a perfect subchela, the dactylo-

podite coming into complete relation with the basal toothed

process of the propodite.

For flomola Cuviert (Risso).

48. Paromolopsis Boast, gen. et sp. n., Wood-Mason.

The basal joint of the eye-peduncle is elongated, and the

eye reaches the orbit through a gap in the anterior margin of

SS =

—— =

Paromolopsis Boast. From a photograph, natural size.

the carapace between the supra-orbital and antennal spines.

The sides of the head are more produced, and the consequently

more developed orbits are bounded externally by one very

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 269

large spine, the extra-orbital angle, which all but reaches

the level of the rostrum.

The carapace, of an elegant urn-shaped outline, is depressed,

with distinct carinated lateral margins, which are only once

interrupted ; it is, in fact, more brachyurous; the areolation,

however, differs in no essential particular from that of other

forms.

The linea anomurica is very distinct, dorsal in position,

and runs to the interval between the supra-orbital and antennal

spines. The last two joints of the fifth pair of legs form an

imperfect subchela, the short dactylopodite not nearly reaching

the nevertheless well-developed toothed process of the base of

the propodite ; their meropodites reach the end of the extra-

orbital angle when laid forwards.

Colour in life red.

One specimen from off North Sentinel Island (Andamans),

480 fathoms. |

49. Hypsophrys superciliosa, gen. et sp. n., Wood-Mason.

The basal segment of the eye-peduncle not being elon-

gated the eyes do not extend beyond the edges of the decurved

lateral parts of the anterior margin of the carapace, and there

are hence no orbits. ‘The surface included between the ante-

rior margin of the carapace above and at the sides on the one

hand, and the antennary sternum on the other, is, above the

ocular sternum, of considerable vertical extent, and is angu-

lated supero-internally on each side of the rostrum for the

reception of the longitudinally-plicated antennules; it is

apparently made up of the ocular and antennulary sterna and

descending laminz of the fore margin of the carapace. ‘The

stout triangular and decurved rostrum extends but little

beyond the antennal spines, the rostral and supra-orbital

spines are small, sharp, recurved, and superior; the anterior

margin of the carapace terminates below in a sharp antennal

spine. ‘The carapace is pubescent, thick, of somewhat macru-

rous form, anteriorly, in front of the two spines which are

placed on the lateral lobes between the two divisions of the

cervical groove, semicircular in outline, with the upper surface

convexly declivous; behind these two spines it is parallel-sided,

with the middle part of the upper surface flat and the lateral

parts rounded ; it bears two spines in the position of those

which form the outer boundary of the orbit in Paromolopsis

Cuvier, with which it agrees exactly in areolation and tolerably

closely in the degree to which the hepatic regions are

advanced ; the lateral margins are still less marked, being

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. vii. 19

270 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

only indicated by a few epibranchial spinelets. The linea

anomurica is not apparent without dissection. The chelipeds,

which agree in all essentials with P. Cuvier’, and the first

three pairs of legs, which are very long and slender and armed

with spines along both edges of the meropodites, are hairy, the

former equally so throughout, the latter chiefly on the mero-

podites. ‘The last pair of legs is weak, unarmed, and almost

devoid of sete, and differs from those of all the other species

of the group with which we are acquainted in the form of its

subchele, in which the dactylus is minute and folds back

upon the slightly enlarged distal end of the propodite ; its

meropodites when laid forwards reach the spines of the

antero-lateral margin.

The eggs are very small, and in the only ovigerous female

examined are present in such volume as to cause the complete

extension of the abdomen.

Colours in life pale pink, with the fringes of the chele

black.

Male. Female.

millim. millim.

IMAL Es ck Hee CRs NA ee 16°25 20°5

arched fore- with parallel hinder-

BIGed PAlh ins 5 ctidesle was eine 13:25 17

Hength°of chelipeds fio .5.<c.sne » 56 42

Pmpanseof logs, fee ise ts ios 115 120

Four specimens, two males and two females, of which only

one pair is in good order, were obtained at Station 105, depth

740 fathoms.

Order ISOPODA.

family Bathynomide.

50. Bathynomus giganteus, A, M.-Edw.

Bathynomus giganteus, A. Milne-Edwards, Comptes Rendus, 1879,

t. Ixxxviii. pp. 21-28; A. Agassiz, Three Cruises of the ‘ Blake,’

1888, vol. ii. p. 49, fig. 252.

Three females of this remarkable form were taken at

Station 105, in 740 fathoms. ‘They measure 160, 195, and

200 millim. respectively in length, in a straight line from the

front of the head to the extremity of the telson. As the

genital apertures are not traceable, and as the largest oostegal

plate measures only 8 millim. in length in the largest speci-

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 271

men and only 4 millim. in the smallest, it is presumable to

infer that the specimens are not adults.

The living animal is of a pale lilac colour.

Bathynomus was first obtained by the ‘ Blake’ in 955 brasses

north of Tortugas Reef in the Gulf of Mexico.

Order STOMATOPODA.

SQUILLA, auctorum.

51. Squilla tenuispinis, sp. n., Wood-Mason.

Carapace small, with the antero-lateral angles produced

suddenly to asmall sharp spine, which does not project beyond

the middle of the anterior margin, with its three carina evan-

escent at both ends in the preecervical part and at the ante-

rior end only in the postcervical part, and with the postero-

lateral angles rounded. Rostrum semioval, about as long as

broad, with a faint median longitudinal ridge on its distal

half, but without raised rims, covering only the middle of the

base of the antennulary somite, which is produced at each of

its antero-lateral angles into a sharp spine a trifle longer

than the antero-lateral spines of the carapace. Hyes asym-

metrical in themselves, rather small, the greatest width of

their conjoined lobes little exceeding the length of the rostrum.

Tergum of fifth thoracic somite curved forwards at its outer

ends, which are terminated by asmall spine; terga of the sixth

and seventh triangularly produced and terminated by a small

spine postero-laterally. First to fifth abdominal terga provided

with eight carine, two submedian, two sublateral, two lateral,

and two marginal, all the marginal, all the lateral except the

first, and all the sublateral except the first and second ending

posteriorly in a small spine; sixth tergum furnished with six

coarser carine, two submedian, two lateral, and two marginal,

all terminating in larger spines than those of the preceding

somites, especially the marginal, which are prolonged into an

acuminate spine nearly as long, but not nearly as stout, as the

marginal and submedian spines of the telson. ‘'Telson trans-

verse, furnished above with a strong, median, roof-shaped

carina terminating posteriorly in a long and fine spine, which

projects for some distance into the median notch of the hinder

margin, and on the margin with six long and acuminate

spines in three pairs, of which the submedian enclose an acute

angle and have their inner edges for about half their length

from the base minutely spinulose ; the lateral are the longest

and separated from the submedian by ten spinules (of which

272 Rey. Canon A. M. Norman on Bathynectes.

the two extreme are larger than the rest), and the marginal

are about the same length as the submedian and separated

from the lateral by one spinule. The spine of the basal joint

of the caudal appendages is divided into two long and acumi-

nate lobes, of which the inner is about one and a third times

as long as the outer and bears the usual minute cusp on its

outer side.

The dactylopodite of the raptorial limbs is armed with

four teeth, including the terminal claw on its inner edge, and

is notched near the base of its outer edge.

Colour in life deep pink.

Total length from tip of rostrum to tips of submedian spines

of telson 61 millim.

A single male was obtained at Station 96, in 90 to 100

fathoms.

A single young female specimen measuring only 37 millim.

had previously been taken off Cheduba, Arrakan coast, at

about the same depth.

Grade ENTOMOSTRACA.

Order CIRRIPEDIA.

SCALPELLUM.

52. Sealpellum, sp.

From Station 56, 240 to 220 fathoms, on a dead Gorgonia

with a black polished stem.

53. Scalpellum, sp.

From Station 96, 98 to 102 fathoms, a small cluster on a

fragment of dead Gorgonia.

XX VIII.—Bathynectes, Stimpson, a British Genus of Crus-

tacea Brachyura. By the Rev. Canon A. M. Norman,

M.A., D:C.L., F.R.S.,.ace.

In 1871 Stimpson established a genus, Bathynectes, to receive

certain crabs nearly related to the genus Portunus, which had

been dredged in 100-200 fathoms by Pourtalés in the Gulf-

stream in the Straits of Florida. In 1877 Bovallius procured

Rev. Canon A. M. Norman on Bathynectes. 273

a Portunidan from the fishing-banks off the west of Norway,

where it was living in 100-200 fathoms, for which he estab-

lished the genus Thranites, which genus is undoubtedly

synonymous with the Bathynectes of Stimpson. The species

is also the same; but I am of opinion that the crusta-

cean had long before been described by O. G. Costa in the

‘Fauna del Regno di Napoli,’ in which work a fine plate

illustrates it. I will now proceed to describe the genus and

its representatives.

Family Portunide.

Subfamily Porrvwrz.

Genus BATHYNECTES, Stimpson, 1871,

= Thranites, Bovallius, 1877.

Stimpson’s characters are as follows :—

“Very near Portunus, but differing in its antero-lateral

teeth, which are not like those of a saw, but are somewhat

spiniform and separated by considerable intervals. The front

also has no median tooth, and the hiatus of the orbit is widely

open, not being filled by the basal joint of the external

antenne, which is narrow and firmly soldered anteriorly to

the process of the front. The meros joint of the external

maxillipeds is as broad as long, and does not project ante-

riorly, but fits accurately to the anterior edge of the buccal

area, ‘The ambulatory feet are very slender; those of the

first pair much shorter than those of the second; second and

third pairs very long, the third longest; fourth pair two thirds

as long as the third.” To these characters may be added

that the ultimate joint of the fourth pair is flattened into a

swimming-blade, as in Portunus, and is not furnished with

any median rib. A transverse ridge crosses the carapace,

and unites the bases of the greatly developed posterior lateral

spines, which much exceed the preceding spines in size and

are sharply acute.

In the adult of the typical species the frontal margin is

furnished with four teeth, so that, as Stimpson says, there is

no median tooth ; but in the young these teeth are much less

acute, and might be described as lobes, and the central pair

are united into one process, which is emarginate distally, this

emargination indicating the separation which afterwards takes

place in this process into two entirely distinct teeth,

274 Rey. Canon A. M. Norman on Bathynectes.

1. Bathynectes superba (O. G. Costa).

Portunus superbus, O. G. Costa, Fauna del Regno di Napoli, Addizi-

oni ai Decapodi Brachyuri, p. 19, pl. vii. *

1871. Bathynectes longispina, Stimpson, Prelim. Rep. Crust. Gulf-

stream, Bull. Soc. Comp. Zool. vol. 11. p. 146 (3).

1871. Bathynectes brevispina, id. ibid. p. 147 ( @ ).

1877. Thranites velox, Bovallius, A%fvers. af Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forhandl.

1876, no. 9, p. 59, pls. xiv., xv.

1879. Bathynectes longispina, A. Milne-Edwards, Crust. Rég. Mexi-

caine, p. 254, pl. xli. fig. 1 (¢ junior).

1879. Bathynectes brevispina, id. ibid. p. 255 (2 adult).

1881. Thranites velox, Bovallius, loc. crt. 1881, no. 2, p. 9, pl. ii.

1882. Bathynectes longispina, A. Milne-Edwards, Institut de France,

Comptes rendus sommaire d’un explor. zool. faite dans I’Atlantique

a bord du navire ‘ Le Travailleur,’ p. 10.

1883. Bathynectes longispina, S. I. Smith, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. vi.

no. 2, p. 17.

1885. ee superbus, Carus, Prod. Faun. Medit. vol. i. p. 517.

1886. Thranites velox, G. O. Sars, Den Norske Nordhays Exped. xy.,

Zool. Crust. 11. p. 1.

1890. Bathynectes longispina, G. C. Bourne, Journ. Marine Biol. Assoc.

United Kingdom, vol. i. p. 314 (name only).

Frontal margin divided in the young into three lobes, the

outer blunt, the median emarginate; in adult the median is

divided into two distinctly separated processes, and all four

at that age become pointed. First and second antero-lateral

teeth less acute than the third and fourth; the fifth greatly

developed, long, cylindrical, and acute, and (like the cara-

pace) scabrous ; this spine-like process is often three times as

long as the fourth tooth. The chelipedes have the meros

furnished with two teeth on the inner margin at a little more

than half of its length, one of these teeth being situated on

the upper and the other on the lower edge: carpus distally

produced on the inner side into a large and very acute falcate

process, which itself is armed with three acute teeth ; on the

back of the carpus are two well-developed teeth and many

smaller tuberculiform processes: hand with six carina, the

first or inner and second crowned with tubercles, and the first

also terminating in a large acute tooth; third not elevated,

formed by a series of small tubercles; fourth and fifth are

ribs, which are not usually tuberculated ; sixth faintly

marked, passing down the middle of the inferior surface and

running out to the end of the thumb. ‘The carapace is sub-

hexagonal and its surface is granulated ; a well-marked ridge

* Unfortunately there is no means of determining the dates of publi-

cation ot the parts of the ‘Fauna del Regno di Napoli;’ but the publi-

cation at any rate precedes that of Stimpson by fifteen or twenty years.

Rev. Canon A. M. Norman on Bathynectes. 275

runs across the middle, uniting the bases of the posterior

lateral spines.

It is possible that Portunus superbus is distinct from Bathy-

nectes longispina. My supposition is that it is a very large

male. It in all points appears to agree with B. longispina,

except the frontal margin, which is furnished with four well-

developed acute spines, while the inner orbital spines are so

much developed that they are represented in the plate as large

as these spines. But Bovallius has shown that great changes

take place in these frontal spines according to the size of the

individual; and on pl. ii. figs. 1-4 he represents four stages

of growth, showing that the older the example is the more

distinct and the more acute these spines become.

British Habitat. A specimen was submitted to me for iden-

tification in 1889 by Mr. G. C. Bourne which had been

trawled by him in H.M.S. ‘ Research’ in 400 fathoms off the

south-west of Ireland.

Distribution. A single male was dredged by the ‘ Porcu-

pine’ Expedition of 1869, Stat. 65, which is some 45 miles

north-west of Shetland, in lat. 61° 10’ N., long. 2° 21’ W., in

845 fathoms. ‘This station is close on the boundary-line of

the British area *.

The example of Portunus superbus was procured by Costa

in the Mediterranean near Naples. The specimens described

by Stimpson were from Pourtalés’s Guif-stream dredgings,

and were obtained off Sand Key, West Key, American Shoal,

and the Marquesas Keys, in 100-150 fathoms. More

recently it has been taken by the United States Fish Com-

mission off Martha’s Vineyard and Delaware Bay, N.H.

America, in 86-225 fath. I have had the opportunity of com-

paring one of these specimens (the male, taken at Stat. 1097,

off Martha’s Vineyard, 158 fath.), for which I am indebted to

the U.S. National Museum, with the ‘ Porcupine’ specimen,

with which it in every respect agrees. Four specimens have

been obtained off the coast of Norway to the north-west of

Bergen, which came into the hands of Dr. Bovallius; and a

fifth was taken near the same place by the Norwegian North-

Atlantic Expedition, as recorded by Prof. G. O. Sars. More

recently Prof. A. Milne-Edwards has noticed its occurrence

off Cape Ortegal, Spain, in 900 metres, where it was dredged

by ‘ Le Travailleur.’

Bathynectes superba is thus shown to have a range appa-

rently coextensive with the North Atlantic.

* See note on this station, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. v. p. 456.

276 Rev. Canon A. M. Norman on Lepton squamosum.

2. Bathynectes longipes (Risso).

1816. Portunus longipes, Risso, Crust. de Nice, p. 30, pl.i. fig. 5.

1828. Portunus longipes, Roux, Crust. de la Médit. pl. iv. figs. 1, 2.

1829. Portunus infractus, Otto, Noy. Act, Phys.-Med. Acad. C. L,-C.

Nat. Cur. vol. xiv. p. 331, pl. xx. fig. 1.

1851. Portunus Dalyelli, Spence Bate, Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. vol. vii.

p. 820, pl. vi. fig. 9.

1853. Portunus longipes, Bell, Brit. Stalk-eyed Crust. p. 361.

1885, Bathynectes longipes, Carus, Prod, Faunee Medit. p. 518.

Frontal margin slightly four-lobed or merely waved, waves

four (representing the usual lobes), outer lobes or waves the

wider. First four antero-lateral teeth almost as in B. superba,

fifth not more than half as long again as the fourth. Trans-

verse ridge of carapace as in the typical species. Chelipeds

having the meros unarmed ; carpus simply scabrous and only

distally produced on the inner margin into a strongly developed

triangular process, terminating acutely, but this process

unarmed with lateral teeth ; hand having one distal tooth at

the extremity of the inner margin, but otherwise unarmed.

British Localities. Polperro, Cornwall; and Falmouth

(Mus. Norm.) ; Oxwich Bay, near Swansea (Bate) ; Banff

(? T. Edward, included in list of Crustacea at the end of his

‘ Life’; but that list has many errors).

Distribution. Naples, Zool. Stat. (Mus. Norm.), Nice

(Targiont-Tozzett’), Genoa (Verany), Sicily (Vienna Mu-

seum), Adriatic (Grube, Heller, &c.), Black Sea (Rathke).

XXIX.—Lepton squamosum (Jontagu), a Commensal. B

the Rev. Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., F.RB.S.,

Ke.

Lepron sqvamosum has always been regarded as a rare shell.

Although single valves are frequently dredged on various

parts of our coasts few cabinets can boast of a series of perfect

specimens.

In 1858 I procured a fine series of perfect though dead

specimens among heaps of Nullipore and sand which had

been dredged for manure and were lying on the shore at

Glengariff, in Bantry Bay. I had never, however, seen it

alive until I went to Salcombe, Devonshire, in 1875, for the

special purpose of looking for certain Invertebrata which

Montagu had procured there. There I found Lepton squa-

Rev. Canon A. M. Norman on Lepton squamosum. 277

mosum, and the circumstances under which it occurred were

remarkable. I was digging on the eastern side of the harbour

in the hope of finding Callianassa subterranea, the parasite of

which, Jone thoracica, I was especially anxious to procure.

I did not succeed in finding the Callianassa, but came across

large numbers of the long passages formed by Gebza stellata,

the mouths of which passages opened into the sides of little

pools in the muddy sand at about half-tide. In every case

where the burrow was still occupied by the living Gebza I

found in the burrow and at a short distance from the mouth

one, or in some cases two, living Lepton squamosum. The

burrows of the Gedia are lined with an ochreous-coloured

slimy deposit, and upon this it seems probable that the Lepton

feeds. Here, then, would seem to be a case of commen-

salism. ‘These observations of course require verification, and

I trust any naturalists who have the opportunity of examining

the homes of Gebda will search within them for the Lepton.

It is worth remarking that the geographical range of the

crustacean and of the mollusk are, as far as is known, the

same 3 both occur in the Mediterranean, for the Gebca litoralis

of Risso is synonymous with G. stediata, Montagu, and both

reach Scandinavia, in which country the Lepton has long been

known and recently the crustacean also has been found.

The only malacologists who have observed the animal of

Lepton in Britain are Alder and Clark, the first of whom

procured his specimen at Salcombe and the latter near Ex-

mouth, where, from the nature of the shore, we may pretty

safely predicate that Gebia also lives.

A striking confirmation of the view here put forward of the

commensalism of Lepton squamosum is to be found in a

nassage in Jeffreys’s ‘ British Conchology,’ vol. 1. p. 194

passage in y gy, vol. i. p ;

He writes :—“ A species (Lepton loripes), half an inch long,

found on the coast of Florida has a singular habitat. According

to Mr. Stimpson, the discoverer, ‘ it lives in sand or mud, on

the flats, near low-water mark, at the depth of a foot below

the surface, and generally occupies the holes of marine worms

and fossorial crustacea.’ This might warrant a supposition

that the animal of Lepton is predaceous.” ‘To this remarkable

confirmation of the habits of the species observed by me at

Salcombe I may add that the very same genera of tossorial

crustacea which live at the latter place are those which occur

also on the Floridan coast, where they are represented by

Callianassa major, Say, and Gebia affinis, Say.

Of course I cannot acquiesce in Dr, Jeffreys’s concluding

supposition that “the animal of Lepton is predaceous,”’ if,

indeed, by that expression he meant that it would attack the

278 Rev. Canon A. M. Norman on Lepton squamosum.

crustacean. Imagine a little and most tender bivalve like

this attacking a Gebia! with what organ might it be supposed

to enter on the contest? But the surprising thing is the

opposite to this. Why does not the crustacean make a meal

of the mollusk? Its abstentation in this matter can only be

accounted for by the supposition that there exists, as in so

many other cases among animals, an hereditary friendship

which induces the stronger to be amicably disposed towards

the weaker, and to allow it to take up its lodging in the

winding passages of its own house. ‘The presence of Lepton

is, I take it, clearly no case of parasitism, as that of .ontacuta

substriata (Montagu) on the test of Spatangus purpureus, or

of the genus Stylifer on Echini and other Echinodermata, in

which cases the parasite would seem to feed upon the exnda-

tions of the body direct from the body itself; still less does

it find its counterpart in Jodiolaria marmorata, Forbes,

imbedded in the tunic of Ascidians. It appears to me to be

perhaps paralleled in the case of a “greenish gelatinous

annelid,” which, according to Mr. D. Robertson’s observa-

tions, is almost invariably associated with Lima hians in the

marvellously woven Nullipore nest of that mollusk ; and it

would seem that the annelid lives in the Lima’s nest, and

the Lepton in the Gebia’s burrow with similar objects, namely

to feed on the secretions from the body of the owner of the

house, with which the walls of the dwelling are charged, and

that the owners return kindness for the work of the little

scavengers who keep their houses clean. Before I knew

anything of all this I had often wondered at the extraordinary

compression of the shell of Lepton squamosum. Now it is

evident, taking into consideration the habits of the animal,

the great advantage of such a shell. It lies perfectly flat on

the floor of the passage, presenting no obtruding portion ; and

thus, as Mr. Gebia scuttles in and out of his dwelling, which

he does at a great rate, there is no fear of the Lepton being

swept, intentionally or unintentionally, by feet or tail from

its position. Moreover, however friendly disposed Mr. Gebia

‘may be to his guest, and even if it had the sense and wish

if the guest were extruded to take it up in its chelipeds and

replace it—after the manner of Pagurus Prideaucii’s dealings

with its bosom friend Adamsia palliata—the shell is so

delicate that the attempt to replace it would almost assuredly

result in its destruction. It is most necessary therefore that

the chances of removal should be reduced to a minimum.

Hence an admirable adaptation of means to an end.

On new Oriental Reptiles and Batrachians. 279

XXX.—Descriptions of new Oriental Reptiles and

Batrachians. By G. A. BOULENGER.

Draco Walker.

Head small; snout hardly as long as the diameter of the

orbit ; nostrils lateral, directed outwards ; tympanum more or

less distinct, much smaller than the eye-opening. Upper

head-scales unequal, strongly keeled; six to eight upper

labials. The male’s gular appendage small, about half the

length of the head; the appendage merely indicated in the

female. Male with a very low nuchal crest. Dorsal scales

much larger than ventrals, subequal, mostly with a short,

feeble keel. ‘The fore limb stretched forwards extends beyond

the tip of the snout; the hind limb reaches the axil. Grey-

brown above; a dark spot between the eyes and another in

the posterior part of the supraocular region; upper surface of

wings spotted with black in the females, brown, blackish in

front, in the male; lower surface of wings with a pair of large

black spots in front; belly unspotted.

millim.

Motalulongt hl yj noMboet ta awat atc ogiels 185

IBIGAGh, wate Caeegioato sa neto ahaa to ere 15

Widithvoteheadicmmrs otis aioe cc atau 10

BOD sols eacc ate Oh, ae ae. ahve aa elats 57

Horeslimbee nacomineis, Weotitmetees 32

Lind plinnloperey picerceis ocr tecetetaackereteh teks 41

meat Re aratche site toctinrtote tio aik eevee all

Four specimens (one male, two females, and one young)

were obtained at Koepang, Timor, by Mr. J. J. Walker, and

presented by him to the British Museum.

Calamaria javanica.

Rostral nearly as deep as broad, visible from above; frontal

a little longer than broad, shorter than the parietals, thrice as

broad as the supraocular; no preocular; one postocular ;

diameter of the eye nearly equal to its distance from the

mouth ; four upper labials, second and fourth largest, second

and third entering the eye; mental in contact with the

anterior chin-shields ; posterior chin-shields separated from

each other. Scales in thirteen rows. Ventrals 181; anal

entire; subcaudals 17. End of tail obtuse. Dark brown

above, each scale with a lighter dot ; a yellowish collar, inter-

280 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

rupted in the middle, some distance behind the head; upper

lip and lower parts uniform yellowish.

Total length 185 millim.; tail 13.

Java. A single male specimen, collected by Dr. Ploem.

Coluber phyllophis.

Snout projecting ; eye rather large. Rostral much broader

than deep, visible from above ; nasal sometimes entire or semi-

divided; internasals as long as broad or a little longer, at

least as long as the preefrontals ; frontal once and one third

to once and two thirds as long as broad, as long as its distance

from the rostral or the end of the snout, a little shorter than

the parietals ; loreal considerably longer than deep ; one pre-

ocular, with a subocular below ; two postoculars ; temporals

248 or 3+3; eight (rarely nine) upper labials, fourth and

fifth (or fifth and sixth) entering the eye; four or five lower

labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are

nearly as long as or longer than the anterior. Scales in

twenty-three rows, very strongly keeled, outer row smooth.

Ventrals obtusely angulate laterally, 209-220; anal entire or

divided; subcaudals 80-96. Young pale olive above, with

traces of a few black transverse bands on the anterior part of

the body and a brown lateral line on the posterior part of the

body and along the tail; labials yellowish, with brown

sutures ; belly yellowish, with a series of black dots on each

side. ‘The adult of a darker coloration, most of the scales and

shields having black borders ; anterior part of back usually

with more or less distinct black cross bands; belly more or

less dotted or spotted with black, the posterior ventrals and

the subcaudals usually edged with black.

Total length 1800 millim. ; tail 380.

China. Several specimens were obtained at Kiu Kiang by

Mr. Pratt, and a specimen in the British Museum is stated to

be from near Ningpo.

The adult specimens have been referred by Giinther to

Elaphis sauromates, Pall., and the young to a special genus,

Fhyllophis carinata, Gthr. I regard the true Elaphis sauro-

mates as a variety of Coluber quadrilineatus, Bonnat. (quater-

radiatus, Gmel.), distinguished by the retention in the adult

of the dorsal spots, which in the western form disappear and

are replaced by four black stripes. I can find no structural

difference between the two forms, and I do not think that

young specimens could be surely distinguished. But, as

hinted by Strauch and Bedriaga, the present species is quite

distinct, differmg in the more prominent snout, larger eye,

Oriental Reptiles and Batrachians. 281

longer internasals, longer loreal, and very strongly keeled

scales, as well as in coloration.

I am compelled to propose a new specific name for this

snake, the name Coluber carinatus being preoccupied.

Tropidonotus nuchalis.

Head as in 7. natrix. Eye moderate. Rostral broader

than deep, just visible from above; internasals as long as

broad or a little broader, as long as the prefrontals; frontal

once and one third to once and a half as long as broad, as

long as or longer than its distance from the end of the snout,

a little shorter than the parietals; loreal as long as deep or

deeper than long ; one pree- and two or three postoculars ; tem-

porals 1 + 1 or1 + 2; six upper labials, third and fourth entering

the eye, fifth very long; four lower labials in contact with

the anterior chin-shields, which are shorter than the posterior.

Scales feebly keeled, of outer row smooth, in fifteen rows. A

very distinct groove along the middle of the nape. Ventrals

154-165; anal divided; subcaudals 46-50. Olive above,

uniform or with small black spots; an oblique black line

below the eye and another between the last two labials; lower

parts uniform black, or black in the middle and olive on the

sides.

Total length 640 millim.; tail 120.

China. [our specimens were obtained at Ichang by

Mr. Pratt.

This snake is closely allied to ZT. Swinhonis, Gthr., from

Formosa, of which it has been regarded as a variety by

Giinther. It differs in the shorter head, the nuchal groove,

and the feebly keeled scales.

Tropidonotus asperrimus.

This name is proposed for a very common Ceylonese snake

which has hitherto been regarded as a variety of 7. piscator,

Schn. (quincunciatus, Schleg.). It differs constantly from

its Indian and Malay ally in having the scales much more

strongly keeled, the keels forming sharp, strongly raised lines

along the hinder part of the body and on the tail; only the

outer row of scalesissmooth. Ventrals 131-146 ; subcaudals

64-90. Anterior half of body pale olive or reddish, with two

series of alternating large roundish or rhomboidal, dark olive

or brown, black-edged spots, which are partly confluent on

the vertebral line, and sometimes form a sinuous band; pos-

terior part of body uniform dark olive or olive with blackish

282 On new Oriental Reptiles and Batrachians.

spots arranged quincuncially; two oblique black lines, one

below, the other behind the eye; lower parts uniform yel-

lowish.

Total length 820 millim.; tail 210.

Rhacophorus macrotis.

Vomerine teeth in two oblique groups on a level with the

front of the choanz, which are very large. Head nearly as

long as broad; skin adherent to the frontoparietals, which

are rugose, studded with granules; snout triangular, a little

longer than the diameter of the orbit; canthus rostralis

angular; loreal region concave; nostril near the tip of the

snout; interorbital space (in the middle) not wider than the

upper eyelid, the frontoparietal bones narrowing posteriorly ;

tympanum very distinct, as large as the eye. Fingers long,

with a distinct rudiment of web; toes nearly entirely webbed ;

disks of fingers about half the diameter of the eye, of toes

smaller ; subarticular tubercles moderate ; a very small inner

metatarsal tubercle. 'Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the

tip of the snout; tibia half as long as head and body. Skin

smooth, granular on the belly and under the thighs. Grey-

brown above, with a few small dark brown spots; loreal

region greyish white; a dark brown band from the end of

the snout through the nostril, the eye, and the tympanum to

the side of the body ; on the tympanum this band expands

into a large temporal blotch; limbs with ill-defined dark

cross bands ; hinder side of thighs brown, dotted with white ;

lower parts whitish speckled with brown.

From snout to vent 78 millim.

A single female specimen, obtained by Mr. Hose at Baram,

Borneo.

This Rhacophorus belongs to the group of R. maculatus.

It differs from all the species of that group in the larger

tympanum, from £. maculatus and LR. cruciger in the absence

of a parieto-squamosal arch and in the larger choane, from

R. leucomystax in the narrower interorbital space and the

larger choane, and from #. Colletti in the shorter hind limbs.

Bufo surdus.

Crown without bony ridges; snout very short, rounded ;

interorbital space a little narrower than the upper eyelid; no

trace of a tympanum ; eustachian tubes extremely minute.

First finger considerably longer than second ; toes one third

On the Occurrence of Pelochelys in China. 283

webbed, with single subarticular tubercles; a tarsal fold.

The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the angle of the mouth.

Upper parts crowded with small warts, tipped with black

asperities. Parotoids short, subquadrangular, as long as

broad, close to the eye. Uniform pale olive above, white

inferiorly. Male with a subgular vocal sac and black nuptial

excrescences on the two inner fingers.

From snout to vent 67 millim.

Allied to B. viridis, but distinguished from it by the absence

of tympanum, the very short parotoids, and the shorter web

between the toes.

A single male specimen from Baluchistan ; purchased.

XXXI.—On the Occurrence of Pelochelys in China.

By G. A. BOULENGER.

Dr. A. StRAucu’s recently published account of the Chelonians

in the St. Petersburg Museum * contains, among other inter-

esting information, the description of a Trionychoid of the

genus Pelochelys obtained at Foo Choo by the late I. Poliakow

in 1884.

The history of the two specimens now described is curious.

Dr. Strauch tells us that out of a number of Trionychoids

obtained by Poliakow at Foo Choo and Shanghai, and

referred on first examination to the common T’rionyx chinensis,

Wiegm., two were selected, on account of their large size, to

be made into skeletons. When the skeletons were prepared

it was found that these specimens not only did not belong to

Trionyx chinensis, but were not even referable to the genus

Trionyx, the skull being of an entirely different type. Dr.

Strauch, who is so hard on me for my efforts at basing classi-

fications and arranging genera on osteological characters, will

admit that in this case the method of study followed by me

answers better the requirements of science than mere exam-

ination of the skin, as it is probable that were it not for the

fact that the T'rionychoids in question had been prepared as

skeletons we should still be ignorant of the occurrence of

Pelochelys in China. When dealing with osteological, and

* “Bemerkungen iiber die Schildkroétensammlung im Zoologischen

Museum der kaiserlichen Akademie zu St. Petersburg,” Mém. Ac, St.

Pétersb. (7) xxxyvili. no. 2 (1890).

284 On the Occurrence of Pelochelys in China.

especially cranial, characters it is, however, necessary to

make allowance for variations due to age, and these changes

Dr. Strauch has unfortunately neglected to consider in

proposing for the Foo Choo specimens a new species, Pelo-

chelys Poliakowii. He compares the skulls of nearly adult

specimens with the figure given by Gray, and reproduced by

me, of P. Cantoris, representing a small specimen. Now all

young Chelonians have the orbits proportionally larger than

the adult ; hence the snout is shorter and the interorbital space

narrower in proportion. It is just upon such a difference that

P. Cantoris 1s supposed to be distinct from P. Poliakowii.

But in my description I have explicitly stated that the inter-

orbital space is broader than the diameter of the orbit, my

remarks applying of course to the adult skull.

On comparison of the adult skull with the photographs

given by Strauch I entertain no doubt as to the identity of

the two species. Dr. Strauch appears to have been also misled

by the figure in Giinther’s ‘ Reptiles of British India’ which

represents P. Cantoris; but Gray has drawn attention to the

fact that “ the form of the animal figured in ‘ Indian Reptiles’

is from the Museum specimen of this species, with the

markings and colour added from General Hardwicke’s figure

of the living Chitra indica. Dr. Giinther believed they

represented the same animal” *, As the true Pelochelys

Cantoris very closely resembles T’rionyx chinensis in colour, it

is not surprising that Dr. Strauch was not struck by any

peculiar markings in his specimens before the removal of the

soft parts.

I therefore hold that P. Poliakowii is a synonym of

P. Cantoris, the range of which embraces the mouth of the

Ganges, Burma, the Malay Peninsula, Borneo, the Philip-

pines, and China. There is nothing particularly surprising

in the very wide distribution of this species, for it is known,

from the observations of Cantor, to be estuarine and even

marine ; and most marine or semimarine reptiles have a wide

distribution, for example Crocodilus porosus, the Hydrophids,

and Homalopsids, not to mention the true marine Turtles.

Dr. Strauch does not contest the soundness of the generic

separation of Pelochelys from Trionyx; why then, I should

like to know, does he not accept the separation of Cycloderma

from Cyclanorbis, the cranial differences between the two

being quite as great and of the same kind ?

* Suppl. Cat. Sh. Rept. i. p. 91.

General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 285

XXXII.— Contributions towards a General History of the

Marine Polyzoa. By the Rev. Tuomas Hrncks, B.A.,

FES:

[Concluded from ser. 5, vol. xv. p. 257.]

[Plates VI. & VII.]

XV. SOUTH-AFRICAN AND OTHER POLYZOA.

THE present paper concludes the first series of the “ Contri-

butions”’ so far as the descriptive portion is concerned. A

second may follow after a time if it should be found that there

is a sufficient amount of interesting material on hand to make

it desirable. ;

On referring to the first paper of the present series (which

dates as far back as July 1880) I find that the programme

proposed in it has only been partially realized. One impor-

tant element of it has been almost entirely omitted—the record

of the known species belonging to the various genera that

have come under notice. It was soon evident that this por-

tion of the plan would involve an expenditure of time and

labour for which I was not prepared, and it was therefore

abandoned *.

Of course the description of new forms (or forms supposed

to be new) has occupied a large portion of the work. About

a hundred species, previously undescribed, have been fully

characterized and figured.

It may be interesting to contrast the style of diagnosis

which is now generally adopted with that which satisfied the

older writers and which survives in Busk’s earlier works. In

the latter brevity seems to have been the thing chiefly aimed

at; two or three leading features were considered sufficient

for identification, and there was no attempt at anything like

a complete portraiture of the form. The present method is

to make the diagnosis as full as possible (a very important

point in the case of such a tribe as the Polyzoa), not merely

to indicate two or three distinctive marks, but to present in

detail the zocecial and colonial characters. There can be

little doubt, I think, that this style of diagnosis is most in

* The want which I had hoped in some measure to supply, though in

an imperfect and ae way, has been satisfactorily met in the valu-

able work lately published by Miss E. C. Jelly, ‘A Synonymic Catalogue

of the Recent Marine Bryozoa,’ which contains a list of the names of all

published species, combined with a full synonymy.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. vii. 20

286 Rev. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards a

harmony with the altered views of the nature and origin of

species which now prevail, whilst at the same time it makes

identification both surer and easier. Science, in my judg-

ment, would be the gainer if there were more rigour in dealing

with meagre and insufficient descriptions of specific forms.

Another important change in systematic method is indi-

cated by the increased attention which is paid to varietal

modifications of the type-form and also to the lesser variations

amongst the structural elements, in all of which “ we see

nature still at work,” preparing for the introduction of new

forms.

A considerable number of new varieties of recognized

species are described in the present series of papers.

In addition to the merely descriptive matter, a record of

the geographical range has been given as far as possible, and

many systematic and morphological questions have been

discussed.

In an Appendix I shall correct any errors or omissions that

may have come to my knowledge and add a few notes on

special points.

Suborder CHEILOSTOMATA.

Family Flustride.

Fiustra, Linneus.

Flustra spinuligera, sp. n.

(PL VI. figs. 1, 14,16, Lic.)

Zoarium of a light brown colour, divided into large seg-

ments, widening upwards and irregularly lobate*. Zowcia

alternate, disposed in lines, elongate, rounded at the top and

slightly enlarged, narrowed towards the base ; margin some-

what thick, bearing on each side a continuous line of rather

short and stout spines ; area closed in by a membranous wall,

a little beneath the membrane, the sides of the cell traversed

by a line of minute and pointed denticles. Owciwm immersed,

rounded, surface smooth, a bar composed of two modified

spines across the front. Avicularia distributed over the

zoarium, occupying a distinct area, which ranges in a line

with the cells, placed obliquely, rounded at the base, the beak

much produced and carried up between the walls of the

neighbouring cells above it; mandible broad and triangular

below, running out above into a slender spinous process of

considerable length.

* The habit is very similar to that of F. foliacea.

General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 287

Locality. Port Elizabeth, South Africa (Miss Jelly).

In some respects the present species resembles Flustra

denticulata, var. inermis, Busk, of which there is a figure

both in the ‘ British Museum Catalogue’ * and the ‘ Chal-

lenger’ Report ft. But the differences between the two are

sufficiently important to warrant their separation. The habit

of the zoarium, which in Busk’s species is composed of simple

“linear branches,” is strikingly unlike that of the present

form. The zocecia in the var. ¢nermis are entirely destitute

of spines, or are merely furnished with a single “small

upturned spine ” on each side of the mouth, while the avicu-

laria of the two species differ markedly in shape (Pl. VI.

figs. 1c, d). The internal denticles are present in both.

It may be a question, I think, whether the variety dnermis

is not specifically distinct from /. denticulata.

Ortmann, in his interesting Report on ‘Japanese Bryozoa’ f,

has described and figured a species (Carbasea rhizophora)

belonging to the section of the genus in which the zocecia are

disposed on one side only of the zoarium (Carbasea of authors),

which in some points bears a notable resemblance to the

present form. In shape and arrangement the cells of the

two forms are identical, but there are no lateral spines nor is

any mention made of internal denticles ; the owcéa present the

same characters, being in both cases furnished with the bar

across the front; the same may be said of the avicularia—

they offer, so far as I can see, no points of difference. ‘The

zoarium, however, besides having the cells on one side only,

is decumbent and attached by tubular fibres given off from

the dorsal surface. The resemblances are certainly remark-

able, and the two forms must be regarded as very nearly

related.

In the present species the side-walls of each zocecium are

furnished with a number of circular pores (communication-

pores) which form a line extending from one end of the cell

to the other, a little below the internal denticles. A similar

structure has been noticed by Busk in F. denticulata, var.

inermis; but he states that it is only met with in the marginal

zocecia.

Abnormal cells of peculiar form and destitute of orifice occur

occasionally (Pl. VI. fig. 1 4).

* B. M. Cat. vol. i. p. 49, pl. xlix. figs. 3, 4.

+ ‘Challenger’ Report, part i. p. 53, pl. xxxii. fig. 2.

{ “Die Japanische Bryozoenfauna,” von Dr. A. Ortmann, Archiv f.

Naturgeschichte, Jahrg. 50, i. Bd., 1 Heft (1890).

20"

288 Rev. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards a

Flustra nobilis, sp.n. (Pl. VI. figs. 5.)

Zoartum foliaceous, of a dark brown colour, margin

slightly lobate, attached by a dense mass of delicate fibres,

which originate on the lower series of zocecia, and are given

off in pairs (one on each side) or singly from the oral extre-

mity of the cell. Zowcva on one surface only, quincuncial, of

large size, elongate, wide above, narrowing downwards (sub-

pytiform), each one overlapping more or less the zocecium

immediately above it; margin well raised, bearing a con-

tinuous line of bifid spines along the sides, at the summit

four short spines, the two central ones usually larger than the

rest, area occupying the whole front surface and closed in by

a very stout, shining membrane ; orifice ample, placed at the

top of the area and extending from side to side, arched above,

the lower margin straight, breadth much exceeding the

height, operculum convex, with a thickened rim around the

top and sides. Avicularia borne on the dorsal surface of the

zocecia at the upper extremity (where it overlaps the neigh-

bouring cell), placed one on each side, erect and free, mem-

branaceous, tumid above, and tapering downwards to the

point of attachment, on the summit a semicircular mandible

(Pl. VI. fig. 55). Oceetum (?).

Loc. Port Elizabeth, South Africa (Miss Jelly).

This is a handsome species and exhibits some interesting

peculiarities. The zocecia are of unusual size, and, where

furnished with the forked lateral spines, present a very

picturesque appearance. The spine is composed of a short

upright piece, from the base of which springs a tall slender

fork, which bends inwards over the area; the latter is fre-

quently broken off, and the margin of the cell is occupied by

a line of denticles.

The membranous covering of the area is remarkable for its

stoutness and its shining surface. The operculum marks an

advance on the small membranous lid which usually closes

the orifice in this family. It is of large size, filling in the

upper portion of the area, and is strengthened by a well-

marked rim round the top and sides. Below it is continuous

with the membranous wall, and its limit is marked by a mere

line. It is in some measure a transitional form between the

simpler structure and the isolated and hinged operculum of

the Flustrine genus Huthyris and the higher Cheilostomata.

The avicularium of /lustra nobilis is of quite a different type

from that which prevails in the genus to which it is referred.

The ordinary Flustrine avicularium is very _ slightly

specialized ; the mandibular apparatus is commonly placed

General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 289

on a zocecial area of reduced size, in a line with the cells, and

very clearly betrays its relationship to the ordinary orifice.

But in the present case the structure has attained a very con-

siderable degree of specialization ; it is erect and free, attached

by its base to the zoarium and bearing the mandible at the

opposite pole. lustra nobilis is clearly a species which has

departed to some extent from the ordinary Flustrine type.

Family Membraniporide.

Mempranrpora, De Blainville.

Membranipora eburnea, sp.n. (Pl. VII. fig. 5.)

Zoarium incrusting. Zoewcta quincuncial, crowded, porcel-

laneous, with a white and glossy surface, pyriform, much

produced below, the lower half of the area (which occupies

the whole front and has a membranous covering) roofed in by

an extension of the cell-wall, which slopes rather steeply

upwards and is continuous above with the elevated margin

surrounding the upper portion of the area, the margin fur-

nished with stout, pointed, calcareous processes, which bend

slightly inward; two or three are also commonly present on

the wall which closes the cell below; orifice small, semi-

circular, placed at the very top of the area. Occitwm(°?).

Loc. ? Queensland (Miss Jelly).

Family Myriozoide (part), Smitt.

SCHIZOPORELLA, Hincks.

Schizoporella concinna, sp.n. (Pl. VI. figs. 2.)

Zoartum erect, cup-shaped. Zowcta on one surface only,

quincuncial, of large size, subquadrangular or ovate, somewhat

depressed, separated by thin raised lines, the sutures shallow,

surface silvery, thickly covered with round perforations ; orifice

ample, much broader than high, arched above, the sides

straightish, very slightly constricted below by the articular

processes, lower margin straight, thin, with a rather shallow

central sinus, rounded below, the opening, when perfect, con-

tracted by a small denticular projection on each side; peri-

stome slightly raised, operculum membranaceous; a ridge-like

elevation of the zocecial wall inclosing the orifice below; on

each side of the latter, a little below the top, a small, slightly

raised aviculartwm with rounded mandible (Pl. VI. fig. 2 a) ;

occasionally a minute avicularium close to the sinus, placed

transversely. Occium (?).

290 Rev. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards a

Loc. Port Denison, Queensland (Miss Jelly).

I have only had the opportunity of examining a single

specimen of this fine species, and am therefore unable to give

a complete account of the habit of growth, which may probably

vary considerably. ‘

The oral sinus is somewhat variable in shape and is often

widely open above ; but in what seems to be the perfect state

it is as described. ‘There is also some diversity in the form

of the zocecia, those on the growing margin being often

obovate or ovate, while those in the interior of the colony are

more accurately characterized as quadrangular or subquad-

rangular.

Many of the cells also are narrow and greatly elongated.

Schizoporella bimunita, sp.n. (Pl. VI. figs. 3.)

Zoarium erect, bilaminate. Zoecia on both sides, lozenge-

shaped, surrounded by raised lines, perforated round the

margin *, the surface, when slightly calcified, rather depressed,

covered with minute perforations, often nodulated; as calcifica-

tion proceeds, irregular, raised, sometimes covered with low

papille, sometimes smooth and dense, with scattered punc-

tures ; orifice elongate-oval, the sides curving outward very

slightly, lower margin in great part occupied by a deepT sinus,

widest above and narrowing gradually and slightly down-

wards, peristome not elevated; on each side of the cell (or

sometimes on one side only) an elongate pointed avicularium,

originating about the middle and stretching upwards alongside

the orifice ; scattered amongst the ordinary zocecia, and often

forming small groups, cells (? ocecial) having the orifice sub-

orbicular, with a shallow sinus, wide above, narrowing slightly

and rounded below (Pl. VII. fig. 8 a) ; in other respects re-

sembling the zocecia.

Hab. Stems of Hydroida.

Loc. Port Elizabeth, South Africa (Miss Jelly).

I am unable to give much account of the form of the

zoarium and the mode of growth. ‘The largest specimen

which I have examined measures rather more than a quarter

of an inch across and forms a compressed bilaminate expan-

sion, which is attached to the stem of a Sertularian. The

very regular shape of the zocecia, their division into two

classes, each with its characteristic orifice, and the definite

arrangement of the two large avicularia which, as it were,

* The marginal perforations are frequently obliterated by the calcifica-

tion.

+ Often more than half as long as the upper part of the orifice.

General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 291

guard the cells on each side, are the stable and distinctive

characters. There is much variability in the superficial

aspect, dependent on the amount of calcification, and different

portions of the same colony exhibit a striking diversity of

appearance. There is a great tendency to the formation of

nodules and papillary processes over the surface, and in some

states the numerous perforations are a feature.

In the corner of the orifice below, a little behind the sinus,

are two rather large and prominent calcareous processes on

which the opercular hinge works.

Schizoporella inconspicua, sp.n. (Pl. VII. fig. 3.)

Zoarium incrusting. Zoacia ovate, quincuncial, perforated

round the margin, gibbous, the front wall sloping up from the

margin to the centre, on the highest point, immediately below

the orifice, an umbo bearing a small avicularium, with rounded

mandible, replaced in many of the cells by a broad spatulate

avicularium with a large median aperture, the lower margin

of which has a notch in the centre, whilst a prominent den-

ticle projects from the middle of the upper margin ; surface

nodulated and thickly punctured, sometimes areolated ; orifice

orbicular or suborbicular *, with a wide, shallow, rounded or

bluntly pointed sinus below, the articular denticles placed

one on each side at the entrance of the sinus; the cell-wall

elevated round the orifice. Owcium large, covering nearly

half the cell above it, of considerable width, much broader

than high, rounded above, the front surface flattened, shining,

thickly covered with minute perforations, surrounded by a

smooth border ; oral arch low and wide.

Loc. Port Elizabeth, South Africa (Miss Jelly).

As calcification proceeds the gibbous character of the zocecia

disappears; but it is very apparent in the normal cells

towards the margin of the colony. In the central region the

orifice is deeply sunk, the walls thicken, the ocecia are sub-

immersed, and much of the characteristic aspect of the species

is lost. The structure of the avicularia offers some pecu-

liarities which may be available as diagnostic characters.

The orifice with the sinus is pyriform, but the portion above

the sinus, which is covered by the movable lid or true oper-

culum, is more or less orbicular. The hinge is placed at the

bottom of it between the articular processes, which cause a

slight constriction and mark the commencement of the sinus.

It forms a well-marked boundary-line between the true oper-

culum and the extension of it which closes in the sinus.

* Rather rudely orbicular, with many slight variations.

292 Rev. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards a

Schizoporella spectabilis, sp.n. (Pl. VII. figs. 1.)

Zoartum incrusting. Zoecia disposed in transverse rows,

large, irregularly ovate, sometimes narrow, sometimes of con-

siderable width, occasionally enlarged above, prolonged and

narrowing downward and truncate at the base, convex, in-

closed by strongly-marked boundary-lines, the front wall much

elevated towards the orifice, and sloping rather abruptly down-

wards towards the bottom of the cell, of a light brownish

colour, the surface smooth and shining and thickly covered with

small white papille ; orifice depressed, sloping towards the top

of the cell, orbicular or suborbicular, with a somewhat lozenge-

shaped sinus below, sharply pointed at the lower extremity,

with a bend outward on each side, the opening slightly con-

tracted by two denticular projections. Operculum of a dark

horn-colour, terminating below in a short spike-like process,

which passes within the sinus. Immediately below the orifice

on each side of the sinus a large pyriform body, decumbent

and adnate, attached by a short stem-like prolongation to the

raised line which bounds the cell, near the upper end of one of

them an avicularium facing towards the orifice, with pointed

mandible. Other bodies of a similar character and in various

stages of development occur on the cells, all of them origin-

ating at various points on the boundary-line. Occiwm of

large size, elongate, obovate, wide above and narrowing

towards the oral extremity, oral arch lofty, closed by a dark-

coloured operculum, surface reticulate.

Loc. Stewart Island, New Zealand.

This very interesting species, so far as the character of the

orifice is concerned, might probably be referred to the Gemel-

lipora of Smitt *, as limited by Busk f, if that genus could be

accepted as well founded. But the slight peculiarity in the

shape of the sinus can hardly be accounted a sufficient basis for

a generic group. Weare hardly in a position at present to inter-

pret fully the curious bodies which bud from the raised line

by which the zocecia are surrounded. They are evidently not

mere accretions of calcareous matter. Their constant form

and position and the indications of definite structure which

they present might naturally lead us to assign them zooidal

rank ; but we have no clue as yet to their morphological

significance. All that we can say of them with certainty is

that they are outgrowths from the zocecial wall; of their

function we know nothing, but their number shows that they

must be serviceable in some way to the colony. They are all of

* Smitt, ‘Floridan Bryozoa,’ p. 87.

~t Busk, ‘Challenger’ Report, pt. i. p. 176.

General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 293

much the same shape, pyriform, with (in most cases) a stem-

like prolongation below, and are wholly adnate. A smooth

and solid casing envelops the lower portion; but in the earlier

stages it is wanting above, and a mass of calcareous matter is

visible, filling the interior. In more advanced stages the

external envelope involves the whole structure; but the form

of the original opening is in most cases indicated by a tract

of feeble calcification. Two of these bodies are usually

present immediately below the sinus, and they commonly join

so as to form a prominent ridge across the front wall. One

of them involves in a greater or less degree and partially con-

ceals the suboral avicularium.

Schizoporella scabra, sp.n. (PI. VI. fig. 4.)

Zoartum incrusting. Zoecta quincuncially disposed,

variable, commonly hexagonal, occasionally rhomboid or

ovate, with raised boundary-lines inconspicuous in highly

calcified states, young cells depressed, punctured, in mature

cells the front wall much elevated towards the centre, highly

calcitied, the surface reticulate with nodular prominences, the

punctures deeply sunk, a line of closely-set perforations round

the margin, very conspicuous in the younger cells; orifice

somewhat pyriform, the portion above the articular processes

and hinge broad, the upper margin slightly arched, the sides

tending somewhat inwards; below the hinge, where there isa

slight constriction, a wide sinus, narrowing downwards and

rounded below ; hinge marked by a very distinct line, which

curves upwards slightly, crossing the operculum almost

immediately above the sinus; below the orifice a very promi-

nent umbo, bearing on its inner surface a rather large avicu-

larium, with broad, rounded mandible ; peristome not raised.

Oecium small, shallow, depressed, wide in proportion to its

height, rounded above, surface smooth and glassy, oral

opening extremely narrow.

Hab. Forms white masses on the stems of Hydroida.

Loc. Port Elizabeth, South Africa (Miss Jelly).

The appearance of the zoarium in this species is highly

characteristic. In its mature condition the divisions between

the zocecia are slightly marked ; a thick calcareous covering

overlies the primitive wall, the surface is reticulate, and

covered by a multitude of small nodular processes. The

avicularian umbo is hardly distinguishable, and both the

orifice and the punctures are deeply sunk in the calcareous

crust.

The form of the orifice can hardly be determined accurately

294. Rev. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards a

except by examining the younger cells. In few species is the

line of separation between the two portions of the operculum,

the movable lid and the fixed plate which closes the sinus

more strongly marked. The latter is thick and prominent.

The ocecium is remarkable for its small size and its very

slight elevation. The surface is glassy and entire. In the

one or two examples which I have seen there is an appearance

of immaturity.

Schizoporella pectinata, Busk, sp., form Africana, nov.

(PL VI. fig. 6.)

Zoarium erect, bilaminate, compressed, divided into wedge-

shaped segments, with lobate margin. Zowcia pyriform,

small, convex, divided by distinct sutures, disposed obliquely

in lines, front wall thickly covered with small punctures, in

the older cells more or less obliterated ; a line of rather larger

perforations round the margin, frequently a smooth polished

tubercle towards the lower part of the cell and an avicularium

im the same region, the adult cells surrounded by a thickened

border; primary orifice arched above, with a wide sinus

below, tapering off to a rounded point, peristome raised ;

secondary orifice elliptical or semicircular, lower margin

straight, within it a small pectinated ridge, at a short distance

below it a roundish opening, formed by a bridge-like struc-

ture, which crosses the orifice (between the suboral avicularia)

and shuts off the lower portion of it; on each side immedi-

ately below the orifice a raised aviculartum, with pointed

mandible; groups of larger cells (ocecial) principally along

the margin of the zoarium, very prominent and massive, with

the orifice much elongated transversely and very narrow

between the upper and lower margins ; large avicularian cells

(replacing zocecia) with pointed mandible, apex incurved, in

lines along the outer edge of the zoarium.

Hab. Attached to the stems of Hydroida.

Loc. Port Elizabeth, South Africa (Miss Jelly) ; off Cape

York, in 8 fathoms, coral-mud (Busk, ‘ Challenger’ Rep.).

I refer the South-African form to Busk’s species with

some doubt. The figure of Adeonella pectinata in the

‘Challenger’ Report differs not a little from the present

form. ‘The “ wide punctures” on the front wall which, as

represented, are few in number, contrast strongly with the

numerous minute punctures which cover it in the South-

African species. The shape of the cells too differs, and the

total absence of the suboral avicularia on the group of zocecia

figured by Busk, marks a still wider departure from the

General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 295

characteristic facies of the latter. In the specimens from Port

Elizabeth which I have examined, these avicularia, which are

elevated and very constant in position, are generally present ;

their absence is quite exceptional and rare. As, however,

Busk mentions that they occur on some of the ocecial cells we

must not attach too much weight to their absence from the

zocecia in the single specimen on which the ‘Challenger’

diagnosis is founded.

But there are other differences between the two forms which

are more significant. In the ocecial cells of Busk’s species

the “pore” is said to be “ reniform and placed low down on

the front,” and the latter character is again referred to as “an

exceptional feature.” Nothing of the kind is to be met with

in the South-African form. The ocecial cells are distinguished

by their size and more massive character and by the shape

and size of the orifice ; in all other particulars they agree with

the zocecia. The suboral opening occupies the same position

as in the ordinary cells, immediately below the bridge, and it

is roundish and not reniform. It is difficult at first sight

to understand how the “pore” could be placed “ low

down on the front of the cell ;”’ but supposing it to be so, we

have an important difference between the ‘Challenger’ and

the African forms*. There is no figure of the oecial cell

in the ‘ Challenger’ Report, nor does it contain any reference

to the primary aperture.

On the whole, and taking into account the general similarity

of most of the leading characters and the presence in both of

the minute peculiarity, the pectinate ridge or ‘ denticle,” it

will be better to refer the present variety to Busk’s species,

of which it will rank as a form—Africana.

I have placed this species provisionally in the genus Schizo-

orella.

3 The genus Adeonella, as constituted by Busk, is indistin-

guishable from Adeona, as indeed he virtually admitst. The

whole group requires further investigation.

The present species bears a close resemblance in many of

the leading characters to the Hschara Pallasit, Heller, which

Ihave referred to the genus Schizoporella on account of the

marked sinus on the lower margin of the orifice. But ocecial

* In his interesting observations on Adeonella, in his ‘ Supplementary

Report on the ‘Challenger’ Polyzoa,’ Waters states that the “ pore” “is

placed so low down in Adeonella Atlantica that from an external exam-

ination it would be supposed that it opened into the zocecial cavity”

(p. 33).

ae “ As regards the general zocecial characters there is no difference

whatever between Adeona and Adeonella” (Busk, ‘Challenger’ Report,

part i. p. 188).

$ “ Polyzoa of the Adriatic,” ‘ Annals’ for March 1886.

296 Rev. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards a

cells and the large marginal avicularium have not been

detected in this form either by Heller or myself.

Family Escharide (part), Smitt.

LEpRALIA, Johnston (part).

Lepralia ocellata, sp.n. (Pl. VII. figs. 4.)

Zoarium incrusting, of a light brownish colour. Zowcia

quincuncial, disposed with great regularity, subquadrate

(somewhat wider above than below), distinct, massive, of

large size, depressed towards the base, rising towards the

orifice, separated by a deep fissure, in which a delicate par-

tition-line runs; surface thickly covered with large circular

perforations ; orifice ample, well arched above, constricted on

each side, a little above the lower margin, which is straight,

operculum apparently membranaceous, peristome not eleva-

ted ; immediately below the orifice a tall central mucro with

fluted surface, rising from an expanded base; behind it on

the lower margin a small avicularium placed transversely,

with pointed mandible; on one side of the orifice a very large

avicularian cell (extending to the margin of the zocecium)

with punctured surface, a large semicircular mandible on the

inner side looking towards the orifice ; sometimes a second

avicularian cell of similar structure but much smaller size on

the other side of the orifice. Owcium (?).

Loc. Malta (Miss Jelly).

There is a good deal of variability in the size of the lateral

avicularia ; but whenever two are present one is much larger

than the other. Otherwise there is much constancy in the

characters.

Lepralia lancifera, sp.n. (Pl. VII. figs. 6.)

Zoarium incrusting, sometimes of a very dark brown colour

(almost black), sometimes lighter. Zowcza disposed in lines,

distinct, six-sided, surrounded by raised lines, front wall

elevated, strongly calcified, covered with large perforations

extending to the base of the suboral umbo, sometimes areo-

lated, surface glossy ; orifice rounded above (arch low), the

lower margin straight, much wider than high, slightly con-

tracted a short distance above the lower margin, peristome

rising into a pointed elevation at the sides ; immediately below

the orifice a very prominent umbo carried out straight from the

General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 297

cell-wall and projecting considerably, supporting an avicu-

lartum with a narrow lanceolate mandible, the beak slightly

hooked at the extremity; on one side of the umbo a pointed

and raised avicularium, directed obliquely downwards, some-

times a large number of such avicularia irregularly distri-

buted. Occium large, prominent, subglobose, well rounded

above, narrowing towards the orifice, frequently a penthouse-

like projection above the oral arch, surface punctured, a

profusion of avicularia of various sizes on and around the

ocecium.

Hab. Incrusting a Cellepora and spreading over Flustra

armata, Busk.

Loc. Port Elizabeth, South Africa (Miss Jelly).

This species is assigned somewhat doubtfully to Lepralia.

The structure of the orifice does not conform very markedly to

that which is characteristic of this genus; but, on the whole,

it is perhaps more nearly allied to it than to any other group.

The front wall of the zocecia may be described as reticulate,

so completely is it occupied by large perforations, with a

narrow line separating them. ‘The avicularia are present in

great numbers and are all of the same type and furnished with

lanceolate mandibles. In some parts of the colony, and

especially in the neighbourhood of the ocecia, they literally

swarm. Under these circumstances there is no regularity of

arrangement ; they are of all sizes and turned in all direc-

tions. In the older zocecia the surface is sometimes much

roughened, and large areole extend from the margin towards

the centre. The true character of the cells is best studied in

the younger portions of the colony, in which the suboral

avicularium and perhaps one or two others form the whole

contingent.

Mvcrone.a, Hincks.

Mucronella aviculifera, sp. un. (Pl. VII. fig. 2.)

Zoarium incrusting. Zoecia of large size, quincuncially

disposed, broad-ovate, convex, separated by rather deep

sutures, strongly calcified, the front wall thickly covered over

its whole extent with round perforations, surface silvery

white ; orifice orbicular, the peristome slightly raised and

forming a thick collar round it, a central bifid denticle within

the lower margin and a small pointed denticle on each side,

operculum membranaceous, finely furrowed from the top to

the hinge-line, which crosses it just above the denticles ; on

the raised collar-like margin (immediately in front of the

298 General History of the Marine Polyzoa.

bifid denticle) a central mucro, bearing on the top a minute

avicularium, commonly two or three slender spinous processes

below it on the cell-wall, also aviculiferous ; at the top of the

cell on each side a rather stout, calcareous, cylindrical pro-

cess, with a minute avicularium on the summit ; on one side

of the orifice a very large raised avicularium, with spatulate

mandible directed obliquely downwards. Owctwm wider than

high, well rounded above, the sides slightly incurved and

prolonged below alongside the oral arch, which is wide and

shallow, the surface of a delicate silvery whiteness, covered

with extremely minute risings, closely packed together.

Loc. Singapore or Philippines (Miss Jelly).

The most remarkable characteristic of this species is the

profusion of the avicularia, and not only their profusion, but

their peculiar character. With the exception of the large

spatulate form, which occurs singly on a great proportion of

the cells, they are all minute in size and mounted on the top

of a calcareous column or erect spine-like process, and are

present in extraordinary abundance.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PuaTe VI.

Fig. 1. Flustra spinuligera, sp.n. a. Segment of the zoarium, nat. size.

b. Abnormal zocecium. ce. Avicularium. d. Avicularium of

Flustra denticulata, var. inermis, Busk *.

Fig. 2. Schizoporella concinna, sp.n. a. Orifice and lateral avicularia.

41g. 3. Schizoporella bimunita, sp. n. a. Ocecial cells.

fig. 4. Schizoporella scabra, sp. n.

ig. 5. Flustra nobilis, sp.n. a. Avicularia. 6. Zocecium, showing the

origin of the radical fibres at a.

Fig. 6. Schizoporella pectinata, Busk, form Africana, nov.

PuaTE VII.

Fig. 1. Schizoporella spectabilis, sp.n. a. Ocecium,

Fig. 2. Mucronella avieulifera, sp. n.

_ #ig. 3. Schizoporella inconspicua, sp. Nn.

Fg. 4. Lepralia ocellata, sp.n. a. Orifice.

Fig. 5. Membranipora eburnea, sp. 1.

Fig. 6. Lepralia lancifera, sp. n. a. Group of zocecia with ocecium.

6, Ocecium, with penthouse-like projection in front.

After the figure in the ‘Challenger’ Report, pl. xxxii. fig. 2 ¢.

Geological Society. 299

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

November 12, 1890.—Dr. A. Geikie, F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

“On a new Species of Trionyx from the Miocene of Malta,

and a Chelonian Scapula from the London Clay.” By R. Lydekker,

Esq., B.A., F.G.S.

(i.) The anterior portion of a carapace from the Miocene of Malta

exhibits a divided neural between the first pair of costals, as in

the Indian species of Trionya, and in Chitra. The Author de-

scribes this Maltese fossil, and discusses its relationship to T’riony«

and Chitra, and names it T’rionya melitensis.

He notes the interest of finding another Oriental form in the

Miocene of the Maltese Islands, which has already yielded a species

of Tonustoma.

(ii.) A large scapula from the London Clay of Sheppey is referred

to Hosphargis gigas, and is considered to support Dr. Baur’s view as

to the intimate affinity between the Dermochelyide and Chelonide.

December 10, 1890.—Dr. A. Geikie, F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

“On certain Ornithosaurian and Dinosaurian Remains.” By

R. Lydekker, Esq., B.A., F.G.S.

The Author is indebted to Prof. O. C. Marsh for the correct

determination of the bones described in the paper.

1. Ornithosaurian Quadrates.—The reptilian bones in the British

Museum, Nos. 48034, 44183, and 41179, are Ornithosaurian quad-

rates. The two latter belonged to the right side of the skull.

The distal extremity of each forms a deeply grooved oblique trochlea,

above which is a nearly quadrangular shaft. To the inner side of

this shaft is attached, by suture, a flattened plate of bone, concave

internally and convex externally, representing part of the pterygoid ;

so that the relation of the quadrate to the pterygoid in the Orni-

thosauria is the same as in the Rhynchocephalia.

The smaller quadrate would agree approximately in relative size

with the so-called Pterodactylus Manseli, Owen, and the larger more

nearly with the so-called Pt. suprajurensis, Sauvage, both of which

may be provisionally referred to Rhamphorhynchus.

2. Tibia of Coelwroid Dinosaur.—The Author would provisionally

300 Geological Society.

refer the right tibia of a small Dinosaur from the Wealden of the

Isle of Wight, which had been incorrectly referred to Hupsilophodon,

to the species originally described, from an examination of two

vertebrae, as Calamospondylus Foai, but which he would now

name Calamosaurus Foxi. It presents striking avian affinities.

January 21, 1891.—Dr. A. Geikie, F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “On Agrosaurus Macgillivrayi (Seeley), a Saurischian Reptile

from the N.E. coast of Australia.” By Professor H. G. Seeley,

F.RS., F.G.8.

The complete left tibia, a less perfect proximal end of the corre-

sponding right tibia, a fragment regarded by the Author as a fibula

attached to matrix which contains two laterally compressed claw-

phalanges, are preserved in the British Museum, and are labelled

“Fly,” 1844, J. Macgillivray, from the N.E. coast of Australia.

These remains are described, and the distinctive characters which

determine the fossil (the distal end of the tibia) noted. It shows an

ordinal resemblance with Poskilopleuron and Cetivsaurus, but with

Dimodosaurus from the top of the Keuper it is so close that the two

must be regarded as nearly allied. The fossil is regarded as gene-

rically distinct from all known types. The remains indicate an

animal about the size of a sheep, and it is considered as not improbable

that the creature belongs to the Lower Oolites or Trias.

2. “On Saurodesmus Robertsoni, a Crocodilian Reptile from the

Rheetic of Linksfield, in Elgin.” By Professor H. G. Seeley, F.R.S.,

F.G.S.

The bone described in this paper was found in a mass which

has been interpreted as a large boulder of Rheetic beds in Boulder-

clay. The specimen has already been noticed by Sir Richard

Owen and R. Lydekker, Esq. The Author maintains that the

bone is a right humerus. He discusses its asserted Chelonian

affinities, and concludes that it is not Chelonian but Crocodilian,

but that, if grouped with the Crocodilia, it belongs to a suborder

hitherto unknown, and defined by a combination of Crocodilian

and Lacertilian characters which is not Saurischian.

Miscellaneous. 301

MISCELLANEOUS.

Henry Bowman Brapy, LL.D., F.R.S., &c.

Dr. Brapy, the leading authority on the Foraminifera, died at

Bournemouth on January 10. His family originally came from

Swaledale, in Yorkshire; and his grandfather resided at Staindrop,

in the county of Durham. His father, Mr. Henry Brady, had an

extensive practice as a surgeon at Gateshead-on-Tyne. Here H. B.

Brady was born, February 23, 1835. His father instilled into his

children the love which he himself had for the study of nature, and

especially of botany. His first schoolmaster was Mr. John Storey,

where Belt, the naturalist, was a fellow pupil. He next was sent

to Ackworth, in Cleveland, a well-known school connected with the

Society of Friends, to which Mr. Brady’s family belonged; and

subsequently to Tulketh Hall, near Preston. After leaving school

he was apprenticed to the late Thomas Harvey, a pharmaceutical

chemist at Leeds. On the completion of his apprenticeship he studied

under Dr. Thomas Richardson at Neweastle; and at this time Tuffen

West, who was at Gateshead, did much to foster Brady’s love of

natural history. In 1855 he started business on his own account

as a pharmaceutical chemist in Mosley Street, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

Here his energy, his close attention to business, and the first-class

character of everything he supplied soon resulted in the development

of an extensive connexion not only in dispensing but among the

medical men of the north of England and elsewhere, and ultimately

to a large export trade. In 1876 Brady had amassed a sufficient

fortune to enable him to retire from business. He had never been

strong in health, and attacks of emphysema had necessitated his

often going abroad for the winter months. Subsequently to 1876

he spent a large portion of his life in travel. He twice went round

the world. In 1878 he made a most interesting expedition in

Marocco. In 1884, during a voyage round the world, much time

was spent in the Fiji Islands. In 1886 he went to the Mediter-

ranean, staying for longer periods in Africa, Italy, and Greece. In

1888 he stayed some time in Ceylon, and subsequently traversed

the length of India. In 1889-90 he visited Egypt and ascended

the Nile; on returning he was laid up at Cairo with cedema of the

feet and legs, and from this he never entirelyrecovered. Last autumn,

acting under advice, after spending the summer at Brighton, he re-

solved not to winter abroad, but to go to the mild climate of Bourne-

mouth. The severity of the last two months was not anticipated. On

the 3rd of January the writer of this notice received a letter from him

in which he said ‘ the cold weather has seriously affected me,” and

that he had not been out of the house more than two or three times

during the previous month. On January 8 his brother, Professor

G. 8. Brady, received a telegram to say he was ill, and immediately

left Sunderland for Bournemouth; on arriving he found Henry

buoyed up by his usual cheerful spirits, but suffering from an attack

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. vii. 21

302 Miscellaneous.

of pneumonia; the unfavourable symptoms rapidly developed, and

he died on the 10th.

His character was in all respects a fine one—that of one of those

sterling men whom the more you know the more you appreciate.

Dr. Brady was buried on January 14th in the old cemetery at

Jesmond, Newcastle-upon-Tyne; the funeral was attended by

numbers of the medical and scientific men of the neighbourhood.

Dr. Brady’s numerous contributions to our knowledge of the

Foraminifera need not be particularly referred to. Some of these

were written in conjunction with his late friend Dr. Carpenter, others

jointly with Parker and Jones. His great and magnificent work on

the Foraminifera of the ‘Challenger’ must long remain the chief

authority on the subject.

At the British Association meeting held in Newcastle in 1863

Brady was instrumental in founding the Pharmaceutical Conference,

which has since that time held its meetings immediately before

those of the British Association itself. Of that Conference he was

himself President at Brighton in 1872, and again at Bradford in

1873.

In 1874 he was elected F.R.S., and in 1888 became a member of

the Council. In 1886 the University of Aberdeen bestowed upon

him an honorary LL.D.; and in the same year he had the honour of

receiving a gold medal from the Emperor of Austria in recognition

of services rendered to the National Museum.

His very extensive collection of Foraminifera was presented by

him during his life to the University of Cambridge ; and the great

‘Challenger’ collections, with many other types given by Brady,

can be consulted in the British Museum.

The Genus Limacella.

On pp. 184-186 of the February number Mr. Pilsbry has some

remarks on the genus Tebennophorus or Limacella, to which I may

perhaps be permitted to reply, taking his several points in order.

(1) That plate of Blainville’s has certainly received bad treatment.

The figures have been inaccurately copied ; Férussac quoted it

wrongly ; and now, as Mr. Pilsbry has shown, I also have

erred with regard to it! There are two figures iv., labelled

respectively 1 and 2. Fig. 2 is obviously Veronicella, but

fig. 1, for which alone my reference was intended, looks like

Limacella, though from Blainville’s text it is clearly intended

for Veronicella also. I quite agree with Mr. Pilsbry that

fig. iv. no. 1 might or might not from its appearance be of

the genus under discussion; and as it is stated to be Veroni-

cella, there apparently remains no doubt that my reference

of it to Limacella was erroneous, J am still of the opinion,

hewever, that fig. v. represents the genus American writers

eall Tebennophorus.

Miscellaneous. 303

(2) There is, I think, no doubt about the slugs I described being

Blainville’s types; nor are these the only British-Museum

slugs described by Blainville. ‘The Museum is mentioned in

the original paper.

(3) It is very difficult to say whether inaccuracy of description,

when there is no doubt what was intended, ought to condemn

aname. If so, there will have to be considerable slaughter

ot the genera described by early authors, or, for that matter,

by some recent ones. Philomycus, which Mr. Pilsbry thinks

might be adopted, was also inaccurately defined. So far as

is known there is no slug in existence really agreeing with

the original descriptions of Limacella or Philomycus taken

literally.

(4) Limacella, Brard, if it is anything, is Zimawv of modern authors,

not Agriolimav. But a genus founded for the shells only of

species of the Linnean Zimax cannot be recognized as valid,

and the only authors who have adopted it are Dr. Jousseaume

(1876) and Dr. Turton. The former writes Limacella for

Limaw, auctt., and Limax for Arion; while Dr. Turton (1831)

kept the name for the shells of Limawx and allied genera,

though spelling it Limacellus. We are told, for instance,

that Limacellus parma, Brard, is ‘‘found in the Limax

maximus,’ as though it were a sort of parasite !

(5) I think it nearly certain that my Limacella nebulosa is Rafin-

esque’s species ZL. nebulosus ; but if so, of course that author

described it incorrectly. Mr. Pilsbry will observe that I

have given the reference with a query.

While on the subject, it may be well to mention that there is a

figure and description of Limacella lactifornis (as Elfortiana) in

Knight’s ‘ Pictorial Museum of Animated Nature,’ vol. ii. and

fig. 2598. The figure is very bad, being a rough copy of that in

Man. de Mal.; but the generic description, so far as it goes, is

accurate. T. D. A. CockeRELt.

3 Fairfax Road, Bedford Park, Chiswick, W.,

February 3, 1891,

Preliminary Diagnoses of Four new Mammals from East Africa.

A By Ouprretp Tuomas,

A |

4 Nyctinomus lobatus, sp. n.

Allied to and of the same size as J. teniotis, Raf. (N. Cestonz,

Savi), but distinguished by its much larger ears, tragus, and anti-

tragus, by the thinness of the ear-membranes and keel, and by its

belly being pure white. Forearm 63 millim,

Hab. Turquel, Suk, mland British East Africa. Coll. F. J,

Jackson, Esq.

304 Miscellaneous.

Otomys Jacksoni, sp. 0.

Allied to O. irroratus, Bts., but with two deep grooves down each

lower incisor instead of only one. Basal length of skull 31°4

millim.

Hab. Mount Elgon, 13,000 feet. Coll. F. J. Jackson, Esq.

Rhizomys annectens, sp. n.

Intermediate in size between R. macrocephalus and R. splendens ;

externally very similar to both. Basal length of skull 51 millim.,

as compared to 63 in the first, and 41 in the second of the allied

species.

Hab. Either Masai-land or inland British East Africa. Coli. F. J.

Jackson, Esq.

Cervicapra Clarkei, sp. n.

Smaller than C. bohor, Riipp., but the horns longer, slenderer, and

less curved. Skull light and delicate, flattened from above down-

wards ; lacrymal fosse present, although very shallow ; lower jaw

excessively weak and slender.

Length of skull (occiput to gnathion) 210 millim. ; height (crown

to angle of lower jaw) 94 millim.; length of horn, round curve,

anteriorly, 245 millim.

Hab. Northern Somali-land. Coll. T. W. H. Clarke, Esq.

New Researches on the Spores of Myxosporidia (Structure and

Development) *, By M. P. Tuétonan.

At the present time we possess but very few definite notions as to

the phenomena of sporulation in Myxosporidia. The observations

made by Balbiani +, Biitschli t, and Gabriel $ have, it is true, deter-

mined the general course of the development of the spores; but

many details yet remain to be elucidated, especially with reference

to the development of the polar capsules.

We know that the nuclei of Myxosporidia are localized in the

endosare, where they exist in very large numbers. The first stage

of the formation of spores consists in the differentiation around one

of these nuclei of a little sharply-defined sphere of plasma, which

appears to be encased in a delicate envelope resulting from the

condensation of the peripheral layer.

We next observe this nucleus divide by karyokinesis. I have

seen, among other figures, a spindle with absolutely typical equato-

rial plate, so that not the slightest doubt could exist.

* Carried out at the laboratory of Prof. Balbiani, at the Collége de

France.

+ Balbiani, ‘ Lecons sur les Sporozoaires, 1884,

t Biitschli, ‘ Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Fischpsorospermien,” Zeit-

schrift fiir wiss. Zool. 1881; Bronn’s Thier-Reich, Bd. i., Protozoa.

§ Gabriel, Berichte der schles. Gesellsch. f. d. J. 1879.

Miscellaneous. 305

The little sphere of plasma then exhibits two nuclei; as these

continue to divide, we soon have a sphere containing some ten of

them. The sphere itself next segments into two secondary masses

or sporoblasts, which remain united by the envelope of the primary

sphere. Each of these incloses a certain number of nuclei; we

shall see further on that my observations do not permit me to deter-

mine whether the number is in reality four or only three, as was

found by Biitschli.

However this may be, the nuclei which do not enter into the con-

stitution of the sporoblasts remain unemployed, and we subsequently

find them in a little mass of plasma which persists at the side of

the sporoblasts within the envelope of the primitive sphere.

We now have to consider the phenomena presented by the sporo-

blast up to the complete formation of the spore.

We first see the plasma (in the forms with two polar capsules)

divide into three little unequal masses, two smaller and one larger,

as has already been described by Balbiani and Biitschli. In the

two former the polar capsules will take their origin; the third will

become the plasmic mass of the spore. Each of the smaller masses

contains a nucleus, and before long we see, usually in the neigh-

bourhood of this nucleus, a little rounded vacuole arise, which

appears like a clear space and is distinguished from the plasma by

the absence of granulations. At some point of the wall of the

vacuole there arises a kind of little bud of protoplasm, which grows

out into the vacuole, driving back round its sides the substance with

which the vacuole is filled ; in this way after a certain time we get

a little pyriform body surrounded by a clear stratum, formed by the

contents of the vacuole, and united by a sort of pedicle with the

remainder of the plasma, from which it does not differ in the least

in appearance. The pedicle is gradually constricted, and the little

pyriform body soon becomes free; meantime it has become sur-

rounded by a membrane, and a filament has developed in its inte-

rior. The latter clearly arises from the protoplasm of the bud; but

I have not been able to follow the process of its formation.

Around the polar capsule which has thus been formed we find

the remains of the globule of protoplasm which gave it birth and

the nucleus which the latter contained. The nucleus in most cases

remains attached to the capsule; but sometimes it may separate

from it and be included in the plasmic mass of the ripe spore. In

a previous paper * I had considered these nuclei as belonging to the

latter, and had assigned to them a different origin; the study of

their evolution and especially the use of better methods now enable

me to rectify my mistake and give to the facts their true significa-

tion.

The polar capsules during their formation have no fixed direction ;

it is not until later on that they orientate themselves and take up

their definite position.

* Thélohan, “Sur la constitution des spores des Myxosporidies,’’ Comptes

Rendus, December 9, 1889; “Contributions a ]’étude des Myxosporidies,”

Annales de Micrographie, February 180.

306 Miscellaneous.

As for the third mass which was formed within the sporoblast, it

is destined to furnish the plasma of the spore; at a very early stage

we find in it two nuclei generally close together, which persist until

maturity. Now did these two nuclei preexist within the sporoblast,

which in that case would primarily contain four of them, or do they

result from the division of a single nucleus, as must be the case if

we admit with Biitschli that the sporoblast contains three nuclei

only? ‘This is the point which my observations have not enabled

me to determine.

Up to this point the spores are rounded or oblong ; they lose no

time in assuming their final shape by surrounding themselves with

an envelope, the origin of which has unfortunately escaped me. In

the tailed spores the tail is at first bent back on one side of the

spore, and remains in this position until the rupture of the envelope

of the primitive sphere, which persists for a tolerably long time.

It is not unusual, especially in the tench, to meet with spores

with from three to eight capsules. I have always found a nucleus

corresponding with each one of these; their formation therefore

probably takes place in the usual way. In this case the sporoblast

must without doubt have contained an abnormal number of nuclei ;

sometimes indeed it seems probable that a single spore is formed at

the expense of the primitive sphere,

In conclusion, we may sum up the chief results of my investiga-

tions as follows :—

1. The nucleus of Myxosporidia divides by karyokinesis.

2. The polar capsules are formed at the expense of little masses

of plasma, which are differentiated within the sporoblast and contain

a nucleus; the process of their formation presents many points of

analogy with that which has been observed by Bedot * in the nema-

toblasts of species of Velella and Physalia.

3. The plasmic mass of the spore is derived from another portion

of the sporoblast ; it contains two nuclei anda vacuole with contents

stainable reddish brown by iodine, the existence of which I have

already described, and the presence or absence of which is constant

in the same form.— Comptes Rendus, exi. (Noy. 1890), pp. 692-695.

On the Sense of Smell in Starfish. By M. Henri Provuo.

It is a legitimate conclusion from our knowledge of the anatomy

_of Starfish that the sense of sight is not sufficiently developed in

these animals to enable them to distinguish and come up with their

prey, and we are naturally led to admit that the sense of smell is

their sole guide in the search for food. Nevertheless I have thought

it worth while to render our knowledge of this subject more certain,

by means of a few experiments directed towards the following

points :—(1) observing how the behaviour of a Starfish is affected

by the conditions under which prey is offered to it; (2) demon-

strating the uselessness of the organ of vision in the search for

food ; (3) determining whether the sense of smell is diffused or

* Bedot, “ Recherches sur les cellules urticantes,” Recueil zoologique

Suisse, 1888,

Miscellaneous. 307

localized in certain organs. The whole of my observations have

been made upon specimens of Asterias glacialis which have been

kept for a year in the aquarium of the Arago laboratory.

(1) a. An Asterias having been isolated in a perfectly clean tub,

we wait until it is quite motionless and its ambulacral tentacles,

which are of no use for locomotion, near the oculiform spot,

retracted ; we shall designate these tentacles palps. When this

condition of perfect immobility has lasted for some time we place a

dead fish at about 50 centimetres from the Asterias. After a very

short interval (thirty seconds to one minute) the palps nearest

to the fish straighten out and the extremity of the arm carrying

them is raised; this is the first indication that the Starfish has

detected the presence of the bait. Precisely the same movements

take place at the extremity of the other arms, and we then see the

stimulus starting from the extremity, communicating itself by

degrees to the ambulacral tentacles surrounding the mouth. The

Starfish begins to move towards the fish. Some individuals go

straight towards the bait, others hesitate a few moments. When

the Starfish is on the point of seizing the fish I remove it and place

it at a short distance from the arm which is posterior with reference

to the direction in which the animal is travelling. Carried away by

the motion which it has acquired, the Starfish then appears to

avoid the bait; but its action soon changes, and we see it retracing

its path towards the new centre of attraction. In this way, for a

certain time, we can attract some individuals in all directions; but

at length the animal becomes so much excited that it is incapable of

directing itself with certainty.

b. Precisely the same phenomena are observed when we present

a living fish to the Asterias; and if we suspend this fish at the

distance of the length of the arms of the Starfish from the bottom of

the vessel, the Starfish succeeds in seizing it: it rolls one of its arms

round the fish, and, hauling on this, it raises itself and applies its

mouth to its prey.

We are therefore led to conclude, from careful observation of an

Asterias excited by a bait, that the sensations which it obeys are

felt by the extremity of its arms, at which point a delicate sensi-

bility was long ago declared to exist. Is the animal guided by sight

when it advances towards its prey? The following experiments will

furnish the answer.

(2) «. I removed the eye-spots from four of the arms of an

Asterias, leaving the adjoining palps as far as possible untouched :

and I saw this Asterias advance towards its prey with precision,

but in such a way that its single intact arm pointed in the opposite

direction to that in which the animal was moving.

d. A tub is divided into two compartments by means of a board

placed at about 3 millimetres from the bottom. In one of the

compartments I place an Asterias, and when it is perfectly motion-

less I place in the other division a dead fish. I then cause a gentle

current of water to flow from the fish towards the division in which

the Starfish is ; the latter immediately manifests the peculiar excite-

ment noticed in observation a. It extends its palps and commences

308 Miscellaneous.

to move towards its invisible prey ; then, on arriving at the division

which separates it from the bait, it attempts to thrust one of its

arms beneath the obstacle. Thereupon I raise the board a little ;

the Starfish at once takes advantage of this; with much labour it

stretches its arm beneath the board and seizes the fish placed on the

other side.

It thus becomes evident that the very rudimentary organ of vision

does not help the Asterias in seeking its food, and that the sense of

smell alone serves as its guide.

e. Into a tub containing a stationary Asterias we let fall, without

disturbing the water, a few drops of sea-water in which a fragment

of fish has been crushed; the Asterzas manifests the same excite-

ment and goes through the same movements as if the fish itself had

been presented to it.

(3) f. I cut off the four distal ossicles of the five arms of an

Asterias, so as to deprive the animal of all its palps. ‘To-day more

than a month has elapsed since the operation, and I have never been

able to obtain from this Asterias the slightest show of excitement on

presenting to it a bait either dead or alive, although before being

operated upon the animal was very active in seeking its prey.

yg. TL removed all the palps of an Asterias, leaving the ey e-spots.

This animal, which in a trial experiment had been quick enough in

seizing a linen bag containing a morsel of fish, no longer exhibits

excitement on the’ approach of a bait ; and when food is placed in

the tub in which it lives with other specimens of Asterias glacialis,

it alone remains absolutely motionless.

These experiments prove that in Starfish the sense of smell is not

diffused, but is localized in the ambulacral tentacles unfitted for

locomotion, situated behind the eye-spot.

h. We divide the ambulacral nerves of the five arms of an Asterias

at about 2 centimetres from the tip, so as to isolate in each arm a

distal portion carrying not only the palps, but also a small number

of ambulacral tentacles. When a bait is offered to this Asterias its

palps are at once erected, and the stimulus is rapidly transmitted to

the ambulacral tentacles of the distal extremities, but stops abruptly

opposite the point where the nerve was divided. The result is that

while the tips of the arms, which are powerfully excited, endeavour

to set the Asteriasin motion, the rest of the body, not receiving the

sensations experienced by the tactile organs, remains absolutely

-impassive. This state of things had been foreseen, since we had

severed the principal channel of nervous communication between

the palps, alone capable of appreciating odours, and the great

majority of the motile organs of the Asterias. I say the principal

channel, for the superficial nerve-plexus has also to be reckoned

with. We must conclude, however, that it plays a very subordinate

part in the transmission of odours, since I only once saw the Asterias

which had been operated upon set itself in motion after having been

solicited by its extremities for a quarter of an hour; and even then

it did not travel towards the bait. —Archives de Zoologre eapérimen-

tale et générale, sér. 2, t. vili., Année 1890, no. 4, pp. Xxxvi-xxxvili

(Comptes Rendus, ex. (1890), pp. 13848-1346).

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

No. 40. APRIL 1891.

XXXILI.— On some new or imperfectly-known Species of Stro-

matoporotds. By H. ALLEYNE NicHouson, M.D., D.Sc.,

Regius Professor of Natural History in the University of

Aberdeen.—Part IV.

[Plates VIII.-X. }

In the present paper I propose to give short descriptions of a

number of Stromatoporoids from the Paleozoic rocks of North

America, some of which are well known as occurring in

deposits of the same age in the Old World, while others are

new. Most of the forms in question have been collected by

the officers of the Geological Survey of Canada, and have

been entrusted to me by Mr. Whiteaves for examination and

description. Among these is an interesting series of Stroma-

toporoids from the Devonian rocks of Manitoba. By the

kindness of Mr. Whiteaves I have also been put in possession

of examples of two of the species of Stromatoporoids described

by Professors Hall and Whitfield from the Devonian rocks of"

Towa (‘ Twenty-third Ann. Rep. of the State Cabinet,’ 1873).

One of these, viz. Stromatopora expansa, Hall and Whitf.,

proves to be a species of Actinostroma, and will be described

and figured here; the other, viz. Stromatopora (Canostroma)

incrustans, Hall and Whitf., is a species of Stromatoporella,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. vii. 22

310 Prof. H. A. Nicholson on some new or

and I shall reserve its description for the present *. The

remaining three species of Stromatoporoids described by the

above-named observers from the Devonian rocks of Lowa have

not come under my notice, and their microscopic structure has

unfortunately not been described or figured. The same is

true of various forms of Stromatoporoids described by Win-

chell and by Quenstedt from the Paleozoic rocks of North

America. It is possible therefore that some of the forms which

I shall here describe as new may have been previously named

or figured. I have, however, elsewhere pointed out that

descriptions and figures of the merely macroscopic characters

of the Stromatoporoids are quite insufficient for the determina-

tion of species, and that, in point of fact, they only oceasionally

suffice for the determination of the genus to which a given

specimen may belong.

In connexion with one of the Canadian Stromatoporoids I

shall have occasion to describe a species of Stromatopora from

the Silurian rocks of Oesel; but all the other forms dealt

with are North American. As in previous papers, I shall

confine myself principally to elucidating the microscopic

characters of the forms described, such characters being the

only ones upon which specific or generic distinctions among

the Stromatoporoids can be safely based.

Stromatopora antiqua, Nich. & Murie.

(Pl. VIII. figs. 9-11.)

Pachystroma antiqua, Nicholson and Murie, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool.

vol. xiv. p. 228, pl. iv. figs. 2-5 (1878).

Stromatopora antiqua, Nicholson, Mon. Brit. Strom. p. 91, pl. v. figs. 8-

11 (1886).

Ccenosteum of considerable size, spheroidal or hemispherical

in form, with a limited basal attachment, and apparently

without an epitheca. The mode of growth is distinctively

latilaminar, the entire coenosteum being made up of succes-

sively superimposed and perfectly definite strata, of which five

or six occupy the space of 1 centim. measured vertically.

The latilamine are often more or less extensively separated

by minute intervals, and each consists of a single layer of

zodidal tubes.

* T had previously conjectured (Mon. Brit. Strom. p. 95) that the fossil

which I had described from the Hamilton Formation of Ontario under

the name of Stromatopora nulliporotdes (‘ Report on the Paleontology of

Ontario,’ 1875, p. 78) might prove to be identical with the Canostroma

incrustans of Hall and Whitfield. I may, therefore, here state that an

examination of an authentic specimen of the latter has shown this con-

jecture to be correct, so that my name for the species must be abandoned.

umperfectly-known Species of Stromatoporoids. 311

The surface is undulating and is destitute of astrorhizal

eminences or “ mamelons;” but there are well-developed and

much-branched astrorhize, the centres of which are placed

4—5 millim. apart. The astrorhize are not vertically super-

imposed in groups.

The skeleton-tibre is minutely porous and is incompletely

reticulated, the radial pillars to a large extent preserving

their distinctness. Hence in tangential sections (Pl. VILL.

figs. 9 and 11) the cut ends of the radial pillars are more or

less clearly recognizable as rounded or oval porous masses,

united by irregular and exceedingly delicate connecting-

processes. In vertical sections (Pl. VIII. fig. 10) the radial

pillars are seen to be continuous from the top to the bottom

of each latilamina—except when cut obliquely—and the spaces

separating them are crossed by irregular transverse plates or

“‘tabule,” and represent the zodidal tubes. About five or six

pillars with their intervening tubes occupy the space of 2

millim. measured transversely. In tangential sections the

zooidal tubes appear as small rounded apertures in the skele-

tal network, and the branching astrorhize are well displayed.

Obs. Stromatopora antiqua presents us with a type in many

respects intermediate between Stromatopora, Goldf. (as now

defined), and Syrzngostroma, Nich. ‘Though agreeing in

general characters with the typical species of Stromatopora, the

present form shows a strong relationship with Syringostroma,

this being especially shown by the comparative distinctness of

the radial pillars as definite structures. In the former genus,

on the other hand, the vertical radial pillars are more or less

undistinguishably merged with the horizontal connecting-

processes, the skeleton thus becoming completely reticulate.

None of my specimens of S. antigua are in a state of

thoroughly satisfactory preservation, and it is possible that

the examination of more perfect specimens might show that

the species is properly referable to Syringostroma, trom the

known species of which it could be readily differentiated. In

the genus Stromatopora the present form presents most like-

ness to S. typica, Ros., from which it is separated by the

more complete preservation of the radial pillars, the less

perfect reticulation of the skeletal framework as seen in tan-

gential sections, and the more markedly latilaminar mode of

growth.

Formation and Locality. Niagara Limestone, Thorold,

Ontario (coll. H. A. Nicholson). A poorly preserved speci-

men in dolomitic limestone of Niagara age from Durham,

Ontario (coll. Geol. Survey of Canada), may also possibly

belong to this species.

Zar

a2 Prof. H. A. Nicholson on some new or

Stromatopora hudsonica, Dawson, sp.

(Pl. VIII. figs. 1-3.)

Caunopora hudsonica, Dawson, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxv.

p. 52, pl. iv. figs. 9@ and 94, and pl. v. fig. 10 (1879).

Stromatopora hudsonica, Nicholson, Mon. Brit. Strom. p. 172 (1891).

Coenosteum apparently massive, splitting easily into con-

centric strata, but not perfectly latilaminar in growth. The

base and actual surface are unknown. Surfaces exposed by

concentric fractures (Pl. VIII. fig. 3) show numerous minute

and low protuberances or ‘‘ mamelons,” which are placed

about 8 millim. apart, and each of which represents the

centre of a small astrorhiza. The astrorhize are disposed in

vertical systems, each of which is furnished with an axial

wall-less tube, the aperture of which is placed at the summit

of one of the small “mamelons” above mentioned. The

intervals between these are occupied by innumerable small

pores representing the mouths of the zodidal tubes. Though

the actual surface has not been observed, it may be taken as

certain that its characters would be the same as those just

described as distinctive of a concentric lamina within the mass

of the coenosteum.

The skeleton-fibre is minutely porous and about 3 millim.

in diameter, the skeletal tissue being completely reticulated

and constituting a fine and close network. Tangential sec-

tions (Pl. VIII. fig. 1) exhibit the general skeletal network

traversed by the branching horizontal canals of the astro-

rhize, and perforated by minute pores representing the trans-

versely divided zodidal tubes. Vertical sections (Pl. VIII.

fig. 2) show recognizable radial pillars, about eight of which,

with their intervening zodidal tubes, occupy the space of

2 millim. measured transversely. The zodidal tubes commu-

nicate freely by lateral apertures, and are furnished with few

transverse partitions or tabule. Vertical sections also show

very conspicuously the vertical wall-less axial canals of the

astrorhizal systems.

Obs. 'This species, as I have elsewhere pointed out (Mon.

Brit. Strom. p. 172), is very closely related to S. typica,

Rosen, from which it is distinguished by the following more

important characters :—

a. The astrorhize are regularly arranged in vertical

systems, each system having an axial wall-less canal

of comparatively considerable size.

hb. As the result of the above, the surface shows nume-

imperfectly-known Species of Stromatoporoids. 313

rous minute pointed “ mamelons,” each of which is

perforated at its summit by the aperture of the axial

canal of one of the astrorhizal systems.

c. The centres of the astrorhize are considerably closer

together than in S. typtca, in which species they are

usually from 5-6 millim. apart.

d. The zoéidal tubes are furnished with fewer tabule

than those of S. typica, and also communicate more

freely, giving to vertical sections a more lax and open

aspect. ‘The apparent scanty development of tabule

may, however, be the result of poor preservation.

e. The skeleton-fibre is a little coarser and the skeletal

network is not quite so fine as in S, typica.

Upon the whole therefore, and in view of the above-men-

tioned distinctions, I am disposed to regard S. hudsonica as

a good species. It is, however, obviously closely related to

S. typica, Rosen, and may be considered as representing this

common European species in the Silurian rocks of the New

World.

Formation and Locality. Silurian formation, Albany River,

Hudson’s Bay, and Cape Churchill. The fragments upon

which the above description has been drawn up were fur-

nished to me by Mr. Whiteaves, and the specimens from

which they were taken were collected in 1878 by Prof. R.

Bell. The specimen from Albany River is the one upon

which Sir W. Dawson originally founded his Caunopora

hudsonica ; but its preservation is not so good as that of the

example from Cape Churchill.

Stromatopora, sp.

(Cf. S. bticheliensis, Bargatzky, sp.)

Two specimens in the collection of the Geological Survey

of Canada, from the Devonian rocks of Lake Winnipegosis,

have the gencral aspect of Stromatopora biicheliensis, Barg.,

sp., and are probably referable to this species. Unfortunately

the specimens in question are dolomitized, and their internal

structure is so far altered that this reference cannot be regarded

as free from doubt.

S. biicheliensis is distinguished from 8. Hiipschit, Barg.,

sp., its nearest ally, by its comparatively fine skeleton-fibre

and correspondingly close texture, and by the smaller size and

greater remoteness of the astrorhize. I have elsewhere fully

314 Prof. H. A. Nicholson on some new or

described and figured this species (Mon. Brit. Strom. p. 186,

pl. x. figs. 5-7, and pl. xxiii. figs. 4-7) ; and the Canadian

specimens, from their poor preservation, necessarily afford

nothing further to add to our information regarding the

species.

Formation and Locality. The specimens which I am dis-

pees to refer here are from the Devonian rocks of Lake

innipegosis (Islands 50 and 56, Dawson Bay). Another

specimen, from Snake Island, may perhaps be also referable to

this species.

Stromatopora, sp.

(Cf. Stromatopora Hiipschi, Barg., sp.)

Two of the specimens collected by the officers of the Geolo-

gical Survey from the Devonian rocks of Lake Winnipegosis

belong to a species of Stromatopora in many respects similar

to S. Hiipschit, Barg. Structura!ly these specimens agree

with the latter common European and British type, and differ

from 8. biicheliensis, Barg., in their coarse skeleton-fibre, the

lax reticulation of the skeleton, and the loose spreading form

of the astrorhize. The internal structure of these specimens

is, however, very poorly preserved, and it would be rash to

refer them unreservedly to S. Hiipschit.

Formation and Locality. Dolomitic limestones of Devonian

age, Lake Winnipegosis.

Stromatopora Carter, Nich. (Pl. 1X. figs. 5 and 6.)

Stromatopora Carteri, Nicholson, Mon. Brit. Strom. p. 174, pl. i. figs. 6

and 7, and pl. xxiii. figs. 1 and 3 (1886 and 1891).

The ccenosteum in this species is massive and irregular in

shape and is composed of gently curved latilamine, while the

upper surface is without ‘‘mamelons,” and does not exhibit

clearly developed astrorhize. ‘The skeleton-fibre is thick and

coarsely porous. Vertical sections (Pl. IX. fig. 6) show that

each latilamina is composed of stout radial pillars, somewhat

flexuous, and running continuously from the bottom to the top

of each latilamina, and united into an open network by a few

irregular connecting-processes. ‘The zodidal tubes are fur-

nished with ‘ tabula,” and are separated by the radial pillars,

about seven of which, with their intervening tubes, occupy a

space of 2 millim. measured transversely. ‘Tangential sections

(Pl. IX. fig. 5) show a loose reticulate skeleton, perforated

by the transversely divided zoéidal tubes, which may be

imperfectly-known Species of Stromatoporoids. 315

distinct or may become laterally confluent, and thus give rise

to sinuous loops.

Obs. This species was originally based upon specimens

from the Wenlock Limestone of Britain, and it has not

hitherto been certainly recognized elsewhere. The Silurian

rocks of Oesel yield, however, a closely allied form, which I

have provisionally named Stromatopora borealis, and which I

may figure and briefly describe here. These two forms agree

with one another in the main details of their minute structure,

but they differ, amongst other points, in their mode of growth

and in the relative development of the astrorhize. In the

typical S. Cartert, Nich., the ccenosteum is massive and

astrorhize are altogether wanting or are most imperfectly

developed ; whereas in S. borealis, Nich., the ccenosteum is

laminar and astrorhize are extensively developed. The single

Canadian specimen which I possess is a fragment only ; but

it appears to be a portion of a massive specimen, and it shows

no definite astrorhize, and I therefore refer it to S. Carterd.

Formation and Locality, The only Canadian example I

have seen is from a loose boulder of Silurian age, from Hayes

River, Hudson’s Bay (coll. fh. Bell, 1878).

Stromatopora borealis, Nich. (Pl. IX. figs. 7 and 8.)

The ccenosteum in this species forms flat laminar expan-

sions, attaining when mature a diameter of several inches,

with a thickness of from a centimetre or less to more than 2

centimetres. The under surface was covered by an epitheca,

and was attached by a limited point to some foreign body.

The skeleton-fibre is thick and coarsely porous, and the

skeletal tissue is of the completely reticulate type, while the

mode of growth is not latilaminar.

The surface exhibits vermiculate ridges, which inosculate

with one another so as to form a coarse network corresponding

with the reticulated skeleton, the elongated or rounded meshes

of the network corresponding with the apertures of the more

or less confluent zodidal tubes. The surface also shows very

well developed, ramified astrorhize, which do not open upon

definite “‘ mamelons,” and which have their centres from 10

to 12 millim. apart.

Tangential sections (Pl. IX. fig. 7) show the vermiculate

skeletal network, with sinuous and often elongated meshes

representing rows of confluent zodidal tubes. Vertical sections

(Pl. LX. fig. 8) show stout, flexuous, radial pillars, united by

irregular, oblique, and equally stout connecting-processes, and

separated by the zodidal tubes. About six pillars with their

316 Prof. H. A. Nicholson on some new or

intervening tubes occupy the space of 2 millim. measured

transversely. The zooidal tubes are crossed by well-developed

transverse partitions or “ tabule,” which are often placed at

the same level as neighbouring tubes, and thus appear to be

continuous.

Obs. In the general structure of its skeleton S. borealis, as

I have elsewhere pointed out (Mon. Brit. Strom. p. 175), is

very closely related to S. Cartert, Nich.; but it seems to be

sufficiently separated from this as a distinct species by the

following characters :—

a. The ccenosteum is a thin laminar expansion, with a

basal epitheca, and not composed of definite latilamine.

On the other hand, S. Carter? is a massive form, with

a marked latilaminar mode of growth.

6. Astrorhize are numerous and well developed, whereas

these structures are wanting altogether or are quite

rudimentary in S. Carter.

c. The zodidal tubes have numerous tabule which are

often placed at the same level in contiguous tubes, so

as to give rise to the appearance of successive con-

tinuous concentric lines.

Formation and Locality.. Silurian (Upper Oesel formation),

Kattripank, Oesel (coll. H. A. Nicholson).

Actinostroma expansum, Hall and Whitf., sp.

(Pl. X. figs. 1 and 2.)

Stromatopora expansa, Hall and Whitfield, 23rd Ann. Rep. on the

State Cabinet, p. 226, pl. ix. fig. 9 (1873).

The ccenosteum in this species forms “ large expanded

masses, sometimes of many feet in extent, with a slight]

uneven or undulating surface, which is covered with broad

low prominences, distant from centre to centre 2 to 4 inch ”

(Hall and Whitfield, doc. evt.). In spite of the presence of

the prominences above spoken of, astrorhize are practically

absent, being either quite unrecognizable or being represented

merely by one or two pores of larger size than the zodidal

apertures,

The skeleton-fibre is solid and of medium thickness. T'an-

gential sections (Pl. X. fig. 1) show the typical “ hexacti-

nellid” structure of the genus Actinostroma—the radial

pillars, as seen in cross-section, being rounded or subangular

and being united by radially disposed connecting-processes or

imperfectly-known Species of Stromatoporoids. 317

“arms” of considerable thickness, thus enclosing subangular

zooidal meshes.

Vertical sections (Pl. X. fig. 2) show stout radial pillars,

united at about their own width apart by tolerably regular

“concentric lamine.” About six pillars, with their inter-

vening spaces, occupy the space of 2 millim. measured trans-

versely.

Obs. In the microscopic structure of the skeleton A. expan-

sum, H. & W., closely approaches A. clathratum, Nich., the

commonest species of Actinostroma in the European and

British Devonian rocks; and it may be regarded as the

American representative of this species. It differs, indeed,

from typical examples of A. clathratum in no marked struc-

tural feature, except that the radial pillars are somewhat

stouter and are more irregularly developed. On the other

hand, A. expansum differs from A. clathratum in the appa-

rently constant feature that the skeletal layers are thrown into

slight but regular, circumscribed undulations, which give rise

on each successive lamina to low and broad eminences, the

centres of which are from 1 to 14. centim. apart. The surface

thus acquires a characteristic aspect, which has been well

figured by Hall and Whitfield (doc. cit. supra) and which is

not observable in A. clathratum.

In the character just mentioned A. expansum presents a

general superficial resemblance to the fossil which I described

from the Corniterous Limestone of Ohio (Pal. of Ohio, vol. ii.

p- 249, fig. 8, 1875) as Stromatopora nodulata. ven super-

ficially, however, this resemblance is not complete; and I

shall show later on in this paper that the latter form is proved

by its possession of a porous skeleton-fibre to belong in reality

to the genus Syringostroma, while its skeletal structure is much

coarser than that of A. expansum.

Formation and Locality. Devonian (Chemung beds), Rock-

ford, Iowa. In the collection of the Geological Survey of

Canada are two specimens from the Devonian rocks of Lake

Winnipegosis (Island 52, Dawson Bay) which appear to

agree in essential respects with the present species. As the

internal structure, however, of these specimens is but imper-

fectly preserved, I have based the above description upon a

specimen from Rockford, Iowa, kindly furnished to me by

Mr. Whiteaves.

Actinostroma Tyrrellit, Nich.

(Pl. VIII. figs. 4 and 5.)

The ccenosteum of this species (woodcut, fig. 1) is massive,

318 Prof. H. A. Nicholson on some new or

conical, or hemispherical in form, sometimes of large size.

Though the ccenosteum splits with great facility into thicker

or thinner concentric strata, the mode of growth is not defi-

nitely latilaminar. The surface is covered with minute and

close-set tubercles representing the upper ends of the radial

pillars, and also exhibits numerous small, few-branched astro-

rhize, the centres of which are from 3 to 5 millim. apart.

The astrorhize are superimposed in vertical systems and the

axial canals of these commonly open on minute, slightly

Fig. 1.

Side view of an exfoliated specimen of Actinostroma Tyrrellit, Nich., of

the natural size. The specimen is one in which “ mamelons” are

but incompletely developed, and the basal portion has been cut off.

Devonian, Lake Winnipegosis, Canada. (Coll. Geol. Survey of

Canada.)

elevated, conical prominences or “ mamelons,” the summits of

which are also 3-5 millim. apart. In some specimens, how-

ever, these ‘‘ mamelons ” are very faintly marked, or, indeed,

may not be recognizable at all.

imperfectly-known Species of Stromatoporoids. 319

The internal structure is that of a typical Actinostroma.

Vertical sections (Pl. VIII. fig. 5) show that the coenosteum

is composed of close-set and comparatively slender radial

pillars, which are united at short intervals by very closely

arranged ‘concentric lamina,”’ formed by the section of the

horizontal connecting-processes. About twelve radial pillars

and about eighteen or twenty “ concentric lamine ”’ occupy a

space of 2 millim., measured respectively transversely and

vertically.

Tangential sections (Pl. VIII. fig. 4) show a well-marked

“ hexactinellid” structure, the rounded and close-set ends of

the transversely divided radial pillars being connected by

well-developed whorls of connecting-processes or ‘ arms,”

which enclose minute, angular, zodidal meshes.

Obs. In its general form and superficial aspect, as well as

in many of the details of its internal structure, A. Tyr-

rellii presents a very close resemblance to A. stellulatum,

Nich. It may therefore be regarded as representing in the

American continent the latter very common and characteristic

species of the Devonian rocks of Europe and Britain. In

fact there are no external or obvious features by which these

two forms may be distinguished, except that in A. Tyrrellit

the astrorhize are decidedly more closely set than in A. stellu-

latum (in which they are often 6-8 millim. apart), and that

the centres of these structures are commonly placed on small

and markedly pointed “ mamelons,’” such eminences in A.

stellulatum being, when present at all, low and flat. This

distinction does not, however, amount to much, seeing that in

both forms ‘ mamelons”’ may not be developed at all.

On the other hand, A. Tyrrellit differs markedly from A.

stellulatum in the following details of internal structure :—

a. The horizontal connecting-processes or ‘ arms,” by

which the radial pillars are united at definite levels,

are very well developed in A. TZyrrellii, whereas

they are incompletely so in A. stedlulatum. Hence

tangential sections of the former (Pl. VIII. fig. 4)

show the “ hexactinellid”’ structure characteristic of

the typical Actinostrome, while corresponding sections

of the latter want this structure and more closely

resemble similar sections in Clathrodictyon.

b. The whorls of horizontal connecting-processes (which,

as seen in vertical sections, give rise to the “ con-

centric lamin ’’) are developed at very short intervals,

being from § to yy millim. apart, and thus considerably

nearer to one another than are the radial pillars.

320 Prof. H. A. Nicholson on some new or

Hence vertical sections (Pl. VIII. fig. 5) assume a

characteristic latticed aspect. In A. stellulatum, on

the other hand, the concentric lamin are from ¢ to

+ millim. apart.

ce. The radiating astrorhizal canals are much less deve-

loped than they are in A. stellulatum. Hence vertical

sections do not markedly exhibit the large rounded

apertures produced by the cutting across of these tubes,

such apertures forming a conspicuous feature in similar

sections of A. stellulatum.

Formation and Locality. Apparently common in dolomitic

limestones of Devonian age, Lake Winnipegosis, Canada

(coll. Geol. Survey of Canada).

Actinostroma Whiteavesii, Nich. (Pl. IX. figs. 3 and 4.)

The coenosteum in this species is massive and hemispherical

in form, with an imperfect latilaminar structure. ‘The skeletal

lamine are undulated in such a manner as to give rise to low

and broad eminences, which are placed about 8 millim. apart.

These eminences represent the points where the astrorhize

open on the surface; but these structures are peculiar in so

Portion of the exfoliated surface of one of the laminze of A. Whiteavesti,

Nich., enlarged twice, showing the superficial eminences and the

rosette-like openings of the astrorhizal canals. Devonian, Little Red

River, Canada, (Coll. Geol. Survey Canada.)

far that they are entirely circumscribed and do not appear to

send out any radiating horizontal branches, ach astrorhiza

in fact consists simply of a group of short vertical canals, of

larger calibre than the ordinary zodidal tubes, which open in

a rosette-like cluster at the summit of the eminences above

spoken of, the canal-apertures often having a distinctly radial

arrangement (woodcut, fig. 2).

imperfectly-known Species of Stromatoporoids. 321

In microscopic structure A. Whiteavesi? is a typical Actino-

stroma, the coenosteum consisting of parallel radial pillars

united at corresponding levels by whorls of horizontal con-

necting-processes or “arms.” As seen in vertical sections

(Pl. IX. fig. 4) the radial pillars are of moderate thickness,

about ten occupying the space of 2 millim. measured trans-

versely, while the whorls of connecting-processes (forming

the “concentric lamin ’”’) are decidedly more distant, about

seven only of these structures being present in the same space

measured vertically.

In tangential sections (Pl. IX. fig. 3) the rounded ends of

the transversely-divided radial pillars are seen to be united by

very regularly developed whorls of connecting-processes, the

thickness of which is very nearly equal to the diameter of the

radial pillars themselves. The result of this is that tan-

gential sections coinciding with the plane of the laminz show

a characteristic areolated structure, which is not at all unlike

that exhibited by corresponding sections of some Monticu-

liporoids.

Obs. In its general aspect and its surface-characters the

present species resembles A. expansum, Hall and Whitfield,

the most obvious difference being that the low and rounded

eminences characterizing the surface of the lamine in both

species are smaller and nearer together in A. Whiteavesi? than

in the case of the latter. A. Whiteavesii also more or less nearly

resembles the Stromatoporoids which Quenstedt has figured

from the Devonian rocks of North America under the names

of Stromatopora pustulifera and S. monticulifera (‘ Petrefak-

tenkunde Deutschlands: Schwimme,’ Taf. exlit.). As I have,

however, elsewhere pointed out, mere external features, taken

by themselves, are as a rule wholly unreliable in determining

the affinities of the Stromatoporoids, and only become of value

when taken along with the characters derived from the internal

structure of the skeleton. Quenstedt’s figures and descrip-

tions of the forms to which he has given the above names are,

however, unfortunately of little use except to give an idea of

external features, and leave us almost entirely ignorant of the

real structure of the ccenosteum. It is therefore impossible

to be certain as to even the generic position of the forms in

question. Both forms, however, are stated to possess well-

developed astrorhize of the ordinary type, and are figured

with such ; and it may therefore be taken as tolerably certain

that neither A. expansum, Hall and Whitf., nor 4. Whiteavesii,

Nich., can be identical with either of Quenstedt’s types.

Though, as just stated, A. Whiteavesii has a general resem-

blance to A. expansum, Hall and Whitt., it is at once distin-

322 Prof. H. A. Nicholson on some new or

guished from this by the much finer structure of the skeleton,

as also by the exceptional relative thickness and the very

regular development of the connecting-processes of the radial

pillars. The areolated aspect of tangential sections, resulting

from the characters last mentioned, is indeed the essential

peculiarity of A. Whiteavesti. Another very characteristic

feature, by which the species is distinguished from allied

forms, is the reduction of the astrorhize to their vertical

canals only and the arrangement of the apertures of these in

more or less definite rosette-like groups.

Formation and Locality. Devonian, Little Red River,

Canada (coll. Geol. Survey Canada).

Actinostroma matutinum, Nich.

(Pl. IX. figs. 1 and 2.)

Ccenosteum massive, the lamin undulated in such a way

as to give rise to rounded eminences. Astrorhizx apparently

wanting, or at any rate imperfectly developed.

Vertical sections (Pl. IX. fig. 2) show strong radial pillars

united at short intervals by stout “concentric lamine.”

About six or seven radial pillars occupy a space of 2 millim.

measured transversely, while nine to twelve ‘ concentric

lamine”’ occupy the same space measured vertically. Owing

to the undulation of the lamine tangential sections (Pl. LX.

fig. 1) are more or less unsatisfactory, as they necessarily cut

obliquely across several successive lamine; but they show

the large rounded ends of the transversely divided pillars,

united in places by thick connecting-processes.

Obs. Waving mislaid my original notes on this type, and

having returned to Mr. Whiteaves the specimens upon which

these were based, I am not at this moment able to charac-

terize the present species otherwise than by its microscopic

structure. So far as this is concerned the species seems to

be intermediate in character between A. clathratum, Nich.,

and A. fenestratum, Nich., its distinctive features being the

thick radial pillars and the strong, close-set, and regularly

developed “ concentric lamin.”

Formation and Locality. Chaleur Group, Div. 1, L’Anse

au Gascon, Quebec (coll. Geol. Survey Canada).

Actinostroma fenestratum, Nich.

(Pl. X. figs. 3 and 4.)

Actinostroma fenestratum, Nicholson, Mon. Brit. Strom. p, 146, pl. xvii.

figs. 8 and 9 (1889).

The coenosteum in this species is massive and not definitely

imperfectly-known Species of Stromatoporoids. 323

latilaminar in growth, while the concentric skeletal layers are

simply curved and not undulated. The surface is therefore

devoid of prominences or “‘mamelons.” As a rule there are

well-developed astrorhize which possess numerous ramified

branches and have their centres from 1 to 14 centim. apart.

The astrorhize do not appear to be superimposed in vertical

rows and do not possess conspicuous axial canals.

The skeleton-fibre is coarse, but is not porous. Vertical

sections (Pl. X. fig. 4) show exceptionally strong radial

pillars, very regularly parallel, and running without a break

tor long distances. About five or six pillars occupy a space

of 2 millim. measured transversely. ‘The connecting-processes

of the radial pillars are thick and irregular, about seven or

eight “ concentric lamin” occupying the space of 2 millim.

measured vertically.

Tangential sections (PI. X. fig. 3) show the large circular

or oval ends of the transversely divided pillars, joined by

thick and irregular connecting-processes and separated by

rounded zodidal pores or by branches of the astrorhizal canals.

Obs. This species was originally described by me from

examples obtained from the pebbles of Devonian limestone in

the Triassic conglomerates of South Devon, none of such

specimens being more than fragmentary. ‘The collections of

the Geological Survey of Canada contain, however, some

specimens from the Devonian limestones of Lake Manitoba

which appear to be unquestionably referable to A. fenestratum,

and which show that the coenosteum was massive, not lati-

laminar, and without astrorhizal prominences.

A. fenestratum is readily distinguished from all the other

species of Actinostroma by the very coarse character of the

skeletal fibre. In this respect the Canadian specimens—

perhaps owing to their mode of preservation in dolomitic

limestones—somewhat surpass the English examples, the

latter having five or six pillars in 2 millim., while four or

five pillars occupy the same space in the former. [It may be

noted that tangential sections are not unlike similar sections

of badly preserved examples of Stromatopora Beuthii, Barg.,

but are at once distinguished by the fact that the skeleton-

fibre is solid and not porous. ]

Among the American species of Actinostroma the present

species stands nearest to A. ewpansum, Hall and Whitt., from

which it is distinguished by its coarser skeleton-fibre, the

simply curved lamine, the absence of the flat and rounded

““mamelons’”’ of the latter, and the well-developed condition

of the astrorhize. A. fenestratum also presents a resemblance

to Syringostroma ristigouchense, Spencer; but these two forms

324 Prof. H. A. Nicholson on some new or

differ from one another in the fundamental character of the solid

or porous condition of the skeleton-fibre, while the connecting-

processes of the radial pillars are markedly different.

Formation and Locality. The typical Canadian specimens

of A. fenestratum are from dolomitic limestones of Devonian

age, ‘ Pentamerus Point,’ Lake Manitoba. ‘These are non-

infiltrated examples; but the minute structure of the skeleton-

fibre has been affected by crystallization, the axial canals of

the radial pillars being thus more or less entirely obliterated.

Less typical examples, in an infiltrated condition, occur in the

Devonian rocks of Lake Winnipegosis. These have a finer

structure and less highly developed astrorhizee than the typical

examples from Lake Manitoba ; but their state of preserva-

tion does not admit of their being satisfactorily separated from

the latter.

Syringostroma ristigouchense, Spencer.

(Pl. VIII. figs. 6-8.)

Cenostroma ristigouchense, Spencer, Bull. Univ. of the State of Mis-

souri, p. 49, pl. vi. figs. 12, 12 a (1884).

Syringostroma ristigouchense, Nicholson, Mon. Brit. Strom. p. 97, pl. xi.

figs. 11 and 12 (1886).

The ccenosteum in this species is massive, more or less

definitely latilaminar in growth, and readily splitting into

thick strata concentric with the surface. The laminae are

gently curved, and there are either no astrorhizal eminences

(“mamelons’’) or but very inconspicuous ones. Astrorhize

are as a tule very well developed, being of large size and much

branched ; they are arranged in vertically superimposed

systems, and have their centres about 1 centim. apart.

Vertical sections (PI. VIII. fig. 7) show the skeleton to be

composed of thick, close-set, parallel, radial pillars, which are

minutely porous in structure. ‘The radial pillars are separated

by narrow zodidal tubes, about five or six pillars occupying a

space of 2 millim. measured transversely, while about seven

concentric lamine’’ occupy the same space measured

vertically. ‘Tangential sections (Pl. VIII. figs. 6 and 8)

show the large rounded ends of the transversely-divided radial

pillars, placed close together and united in a stellate manner

by whorls of delicate radiating connecting-processes or

“arms.” The rounded or sinuous pores included within the

“‘hexactinellid ” network thus formed represent the zodidal

tubes as seen in section.

Obs. In the fact that the coenosteum consists of well-deve-

loped radial pillars, united at corresponding levels by whorls

imperfectly-known Species of Stromatoporoids. 325

of connecting-processes, Syringostroma ristigouchense re-

sembles an Actinostroma, while in the minutely porous

structure of the skeleton-fibre it entirely resembles a typical

Stromatopora. The only closely allied form with which the

present species could be confounded is Syringostroma nodu-

fatum, Nich., from which it is distinguished by the more

dense character of the skeletal network and the fact that the

lamin are not so undulated as to give rise to astrorhizal

eminences.

Formation and Locality. Silurian (Lower Helderberg for-

mation ?), Dalhousie, New Brunswick (coll. J. W. Spencer

and Geol. Survey of Canada).

Syringostroma nodulatum, Nich.

(Pl. X. figs. 5-7.)

Stromatopora nodulata, Nicholson, Paleontology of Ohio, vol. ii. p. 249,

pl. xxiv. figs. 3-3 b (1875).

The ccenosteum in this species is massive, splitting readily

into thick concentric strata. The lamine are sharply undu-

lated, so as to give rise to prominent conical astrorhizal

eminences or ‘f mamelons,”’ the summits of which are rounded

and are placed about 12 millim. apart (Pl. X. fig. 7). The

astrorhizee themselves are fairly developed, but their branches

are small and rapidly become lost in the general skeletal

network. ‘They are disposed in vertical systems, each system

being provided with a small wall-less axial canal, which

opens at the summit of one of the ‘‘mamelons”’ just spoken of.

Vertical sections (Pl. X. fig. 6) show that the skeleton is

composed of strong radial pillars, which have a minutely

porous structure and are disposed at right angles to the undu-

lated “ concentric lamin.” About six or seven pillars occupy

the space of 2 millim. measured transversely. ‘I'he concentric

lamine are regularly undulated and are closer together where

they bend upwards to form the mamelons than in the con-

cavities between the latter.

Tangential sections (Pl. X. fig. 5) show the cut ends of the

transversely divided pillars, often more or less angular in

outline, united together by a comparatively small number of

delicate connecting-processes. ‘The spaces between the cut

ends of the pillars are comparatively wide and irregular, and

represent sections of the zodidal tubes.

Obs. This species agrees with the preceding in combining

in its coenosteum the general structure of an <Actinostroma

with the minutely porous skeleton-fibre of a Stromatopora.

It is most obviously separated from S. ristigouchense, Spencer,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. vii. 23

326 ’ Prof. H. A. Nicholson on some new or

by the possession of exceedingly well-marked conical or

rounded astrorhizal prominences or “‘ mamelons,”’ due to the

close and sharp undulations of the lamine. It is also sepa-

rated from the latter by the smaller thickness of the radial

pillars and the more open character of the skeletal network

thence resulting, the comparatively small number of con-

necting-processes, the less perfectly circumscribed zodidal

pores, and the less completely developed astrorhize.

Formation and Locality. Devonian (Corniferous Limestone),

Kelley’s Island, Ohio. The above description is based on a

fragment of the original specimen described (coll. Geol.

Survey of Ohio).

Syringostroma densum, Nich. (Pl. X. figs. 8 and 9.)

Syringostroma densa, Nicholson, Paleontology of Ohio, vol. ii. p. 261,

pl. xxiv. figs. 2-2 6 (1875).

Syringostroma densum, Nicholson, Mon. Brit. Strom. p. 97, pl. xi.

figs. 15 and 14 (1886).

The ccenosteum in this species is probably massive ; but

fragments have the form of irregular lamine, with a dense

and close texture. The concentric lamine of the skeleton are

gently curved, but do not give rise to superficial eminences or

“ mamelons.” The astrorhize are of large size, with ramified

and inosculating horizontal branches.

Vertical sections (Pl. X. fig. 9) show numerous close-set

and irregular radial pillars of small size having a minutely

porous structure and united by irregular connecting-processes

in a partially reticulate manner. The general tissue thus

formed is traversed at intervals by radial pillars of much

greater size than the normal. About ten to twelve small

pillars are found in a space of 2 millim. measured trans-

versely, while the large pillars are about 1 millim. apart.

Vertical sections also show conspicuously the large rounded

apertures representing the transversely divided horizontal

canals of the astrorhize.

Tangential sections (PI. X. fig. 8) show a general closely

reticulated tissue of a minutely porous character, in which

the cut ends of the smaller radial pillars are only with diffi-

culty or not at all recognizable as distinct structures. This

network exhibits at irregular intervals rounded dark masses of

comparatively considerable size, representing the cut ends of the

large radial pillars above spoken of. ‘Tangential sections also

show the inosculating astrorhizal canals and the minute and

irregular sections of the zodidal tubes.

Obs. My material of this remarkable Stromatoporoid being

imperfectly-known Species of Stromatoporotds. 327

unfortunately very limited, I am not able to give more than

the above very imperfect account of its characters. Its minute

structure, as revealed by microscopic sections, is so peculiar,

that it could not well be confounded with any other Stroma-

toporoid known to me. Its true affinities, however, must

remain doubtful until its structural features have been more

fully worked out by an examination of well-preserved speci-

mens.

Formation and Locality. Devonian (Corniferous Lime-

stone), Kelley’s Island, Ohio (coll. Geol. Survey of Ohio).

ADDENDUM.

In describing Clathrodictyon variolare, Ros., sp., in my

‘Monograph of the British Stromatoporoids’ (p. 151), I was

not able to refer to the species as occurring in the Paleozoic

rocks of North America. In the collections of the Geological

Survey of Canada, however, I find at least two specimens

which appear to belong to this widely distributed Huropean

type. One of these is a large hemispherical specimen from

the Hudson-River formation of Cape Smyth, Lake Huron.

The other example, also of large size, is from the Silurian

rocks of the Jumpers, Anticosti, and is believed to be the

specimen referred to by Mr. Billings in the ‘Geology of

Canada’ (p. 304, 1863) under the name of Stromatopora

concentrica.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

[All the figures of minute structure are based upon photographs, the

general scale of enlargement being about ten times the natural size.

Where the figures are enlarged further, or are of the natural size, this is

specially stated. ]

PuaTeE VIII.

Fig. 1, Tangential section of Stromatopora hudsonica, Dawson, sp. Silu-

rian, Cape Churchill, Canada.

Fig. 2. Vertical section of the same.

Fig. 8. Portion of the surface of an exfoliated lamina of the same, of the

natural size.

Fig. 4. Tangential section of Actinostroma Tyrrellii, Nich., from the

Devonian Rocks of Lake Winnipegosis, Canada.

Fig. 5. Vertical section of the same.

Fig. 6. Tangential section of Syringostroma ristigouchense, Spencer, sp.

from the Silurian Rocks of Dalhousie, New Brunswick.

Fig. 7. Vertical section of the same, similarly enlarged.

Fig. 8. Part of a tangential section of the same, enlarged about twenty

times.

23*

328 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell’s Notes on Slugs.

Fig. 9. Tangential section of Stromatopora antiqua, Nich. & Murie, from

the Niagara Limestone of Thorold, Ontario.

Fig. 10. Vertical section of the same, similarly enlarged.

Fig. 11. Part of a tangential section of the same, enlarged about twenty

times.

PuaTeE IX.

Fig, 1. Tangential section of Actinostroma matutinum, Nich. Chaleur

Formation, L’Anse au Gascon, Quebec. The section cuts the

laminee obliquely.

Fig. 2. Vertical section of the same.

Fig, 3. Tangential section of Actinostroma Whiteavesii, Nich. Devonian

Rocks, Little Red River, Canada.

Fig. 4. Vertical section of the same, The section is not strictly vertical,

and the radial pillars appear therefore to be more broken and

interrupted than they really are.

Fig. 5. Tangential section of Stromatopora Carteri, Nich., from a boulder

of Silurian Limestone, Hayes River, Hudson’s Bay.

Fig. 6. Vertical section of the same.

Fig. 7. Tangential section of Stromatopora borealis, Nich. Silurian

(Upper Oesel Formation), Kattripank, Oesel.

Fig. 8. Vertical section of the same,

PLATE X.

Fig. 1. Tangential section of Actinostroma expansum, Halland Whitfield,

sp. Devonian Formation, Rockford, Iowa.

Fig. 2. Vertical section of the same.

Fig. 3, Tangential section of Actinostroma fenestratum, Nich. Devonian

Rocks, “ Pentamerus Point,” Lake Manitoba.

Fig. 4. Vertical section of the same.

Fig. 5. Tangential section of Syringostroma nodulatum, Nich. Cornife-

rous Limestone, Kelley’s Island, Ohio.

Fig. 6. Vertical section of the same.

Fig. 7. Portion of the surface-of an exfoliated lamina of the same,

natural size.

8. Tangential section of Syringostroma densum, Nich, Corniferous

Limestone, Kelley’s Island, Ohio.

9. Vertical section of the same.

Fig.

XXXIV.—Notes on Slugs, chiefly in the Collection at the

British Museum. By T. D. A. CocKERELL.

| Continued from p. 107. }

VI. THe Preawes SECTION OF Ama4zra.

Twat section of Amalia which includes A. gagates, called by

Lessona and Pollonera Pirainea, differs very much from

Tandonia in its distribution. The latter is strictly confined

to the European region, the occurrence of a species in

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell’s Notes on Slugs. 329

Ecuador being merely the result of an accidental importation,

while Prrainea has species in the most distant parts of the

globe, and is almost cosmopolitan in temperate regions, where

the climate is damp and fairly uniform, Dryness and ex-

tremes of temperature seem unfavourable to it, so that we get

no representatives in Hastern Europe, temperate Asia, or

Eastern North America. In considering the species of

Pirainea, it will be convenient to arrange them under the

various regions in which they occur.

a. Kuropean Region.

Amalia gagates (Drap.).

A very polymorphic species, not very variable in any parti-

cular locality, but differing very much in the different regions

which it inhabits. English specimens are smaller than those

from the Mediterranean Region, and not so dark, being also

much smoother and more pellucid. The forms found on the

borders of the Mediterranean are often very large, intensely

black, and quite rugose. Generally speaking, in warm

climates the species seems to become darker, more opaque,

and more rugose. If we compare an English example with

one from Sicily it is hard to believe that they are even closely

allied.

Limax gagates, as figured by Draparnaud (Hist. Nat. Moll.

1805, pl. ix. figs. 1, 2), looks like the English form, but is

described as black, shiny, with the body striate-subrugose.

This must be considered the type. It is the var. typus of

Lessona and Pollonera, and is a phase of the species met with

in many localities where gagates is found. It differs from the

usual English race in being black and more rugose ; but it is

not so rugose as some of the Mediterranean forms, and is only

of moderate size. ;

Férussac’s figures of LZ. gagates (Hist. Nat. Moll. pl. vi.

figs. 1,2) resemble the English form more nearly as to colour

and agree in size; but fig. 1 has the ruge rather too strong.

Moquin-Tandon’s plate 1. fig. 1 is like the English race

but the mantle has small spots; these spots are not mentioned

in the description.

It thus appears that Amalia gagates in France, although

much like the English form of the species, tends to become

more rugose and darker, thus approaching the southern

varieties. But in the north of France at least the var,

plumbea is found not at all different from those in England,

330 Mr. 1'. D. A. Cockerell’s Notes on Slugs.

Amalia (gagates subsp.) plumbea (Moq.).

Smoother than the type, but of about the same size.

Colour plumbeous, usually darker on the back than at the

sides. Found in many parts of England and also in France.

The British Museum contains examples from Bath (J. &.

Daniel) and South Shields (2. Howse).

Amalia plumbea, var. olivacea (Moq.).

Like the last, but olivaceous. England, France, and Italy.

Whether the Italian form is like subsp. plumbea in structure

and size I do not know; but olivacea as found in England

falls under plumbea.

Amalia plumbea, var. rava (Wllms.).

A drab-coloured form found in the west of England. There

is a specimen from Bath (J. EH. Daniel) in the British

Museum.

Amalia plumbea, forma nov.

Pale lavender-colour. Found in Cardiganshire (see J. W.

Taylor, Journ. of Conch., Oct. 1888, p. 360).

Amalia gagates, forma typus, Less. & Poll.

Of moderate size, rather rugose, black. Rare in England,

frequent in Southern Europe. The British Museum has a

specimen from Bath (J. #. Daniel) which may be referred to

typus; but it has really the coloration of the American var.

athe being black or blackish, with the sides and sole

pale.

Amalia gagates, forma Genotti, Less. & Poll.

Black, with the keel whitish. Italian.

Amalia gagates, forma nov. atlantica.

This is based on a specimen found at Tangier, collected by

Mr. J. H. Ponsonby. It may be described as follows :—

Length 28, breadth 44 millim. Head black; mantle jet-

black, respiratory orifice a little posterior to the middle, hinder

part of mantle considerably raised ; body black, slightly trans-

lucent at sides, keel entire, rugew not well marked; body

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell’s Notes on Slugs. 331

rather smooth; foot-fringe black; sole grey and _ slightly

translucent. Jaw dark brown, with a well-formed median

projection.

This is, I presume, the same as Hesse’s ‘(Amalia nov. sp. ?,””

also from Tangier; only his example was immature.

Mr. Ponsonby gave me a dried slug from Gibraltar, no

doubt referable to A. gagates, but whether to this particular

form I am not able to say.

Amalia gagates, var. Bedriage, Less. & Poll.

This Italian variety, as I am informed by Mr. Pollonera, is

entirely black, of the same size as the type, but distinguished

by having the lateral zones of the sole entirely black or

blackish.

Amalia (gagates var. or subsp.) mediterranea, nov.

I apply this name to a large black subspecies found in

Algeria and Sicily, in which the lateral areas of the sole tend

to become dark. A. gagates, var. Bedriage, Less. & Poll., is

very similar in colour, but is a form more closely allied to

gagates proper.

Amalia mediterranea.

Length (in alcohol) 56 millim.; mantle 18 millim. long

and 9 broad. Respiratory orifice 102 millim. from the ante-

rior border of mantle. Hind end of mantle to end of body

371 millim. Sole 64 millim. diameter, median area 23

millim. diameter. Colour: all visible parts (except sole)

black, anterior part of mantle free and white beneath. Sole

with the median area pale ochrey and the lateral areas black.

Mantle with a diamond-shaped (four-sided) sulcus ; mantle

coarsely rugose or wrinkled, elongate-oval, rounded in front,

bluntly rounded behind, slightly emarginate at the commence-

ment of the keel. Body elongate-cylindrical, tapering some-

what, keel only weéd developed posteriorly. Reticulations

(sulci) longitudinal or simple, with a finer interstitial network.

Mouth strongly wrinkled, slightly olivaceous. Sulcate lines

on the sole as in gagates. Ruge on body flattened. Slug

rather dull black, though somewhat shiny, quite opaque.

Described from a specimen in the British Museum from

East Algeria, received from Dr. Heynemann. Dr. Kobelt

collected a lot of Amalia gagates in North Africa, and it was

the opinion of the German malacologists that they could not

be distinguished specifically from true gagates. I have com-

332 Mr. T. D, A. Cockerell’s Notes on Slugs.

pared the above form very carefully with A. gagates, and it

certainly seems worthy of a subspecific name.

Amalia mediterranea, forma nov. similis.

Length (in alcohol) 36} millim.; strongly keeled, keel

rather flexuose. Opaque, wrinkly-rugose, grooved lines on

body well marked, and connected by a network of smaller

ones. Colour black, except sole, mouth-parts, and parts

covered by the mantle, which are pale ochrey. Mantle

emarginate behind. Lateral areas of sole narrower together

than median area and greyer, in fact quite greyish, the median

area being ochrey. Sole 6 millim. broad, median area

34 millim. broad.

Described from a specimen kindly sent to me by Mr. Pollo-

nera, found at Catania, Sicily. It is evidently very close to

the Algerian form described above, but not identical. In

Lessona and Pollonera’s ‘ Monograph,’ p. 59, there is a refer-

ence to this Catania variety under A. gagates. Mr. Pollo-

nera tells me that the sides of this form are sometimes pale.

Amalia ichnuse, Less. & Poll.

A Sardinian form, perhaps a variety of gagates, from which

it differs only by its smaller size and somewhat in its geni-

talia. Mr. Pollonera thinks that this might better be con-

sidered a subspecies or variety of gagates than any of the three

Sicilian species described by him which have been referred

thereto.

Amalia Doderleint, Less. & Poll.

Found at Palermo, and recognized by the black band on

the mantle, which Mr. Pollonera says is never seen in the

pale varieties of gagates.

Amalia (Monterosati, var.?) sicula, Less. & Poll.

This Palermo species, Mr. Pollonera informs me, is larger

than the Catania gagates (my similis), much less rugose, and

the shell is quite different, being like that on which Bourgui-

gnat founded his genus Palizzolia.

Amalia (scaptobia var. ?) insularis, Less. & Poll.

A third species found at Palermo. Mr. Pollonera tells me

it externally resembles carinata, Risso, much more than

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell’s Notes on Slugs. 333

gagates, but it approaches the latter in its genitalia. The

mantle is mottled. Dr. Simroth has considered Doderleinz,

sicula, and insularis to be synonyms of gagates; but Mr.

Pollonera writes (in ltt. Jan. 13, 1891) that to him a specific

character of gagates is its lack of spots or bands, and for this

reason he cannot accept the proposed synonymy. He also

observes that ¢nsularis, Doderleini, and the Algerian scap-

tobia all have the summit of the keel pale, while in gagates

this is of the same colour as the back, except in the var.

Benoitt from Messina, which was founded on a single speci-

men, and may be an individual abnormity.

Amalia scaptobia (Bourg.).

Found in Algeria and referred by Heynemann to gagates.

Mr. Pollonera writes that it was evidently described from a

juvenile, but it is a spotted species, and therefore cannot be

gagates.

Probably A. insularts of Sardinia and Sicily will prove to

be a form of scaptobia.

A, eremiophila (Bourg.) from Algeria and A. atrata (Mab.)

from Portugal are species of this section only known to me

from what is published concerning them. This completes

the series of European forms if we include A. nigricans

(Schultz), which has not been identified by modern authors,

and A. Monterosati (Bourg.), which is described from the shell

alone, and is perhaps A. s¢cula, over which it has priority.

6. Atlantic Islands.

This geographical division will be thought perhaps a rather

peculiar one, the more frequent custom being to treat of the

islands under the heads of the continents to which they are

nearest. ‘Thus the Bermudas, as regards their general fauna,

are distinctly American, while Madeira presents affinities with

the western Mediterranean region. But so far as regards the

slugs now under consideration, it may be said that all the

insular forms are very much alike, and as many of the insular

occurrences are doubtless the result of accidental introduction

by human means, this is not surprising.

It might well be supposed that the wide distribution of

Pirainea in islands and elsewhere was simply the result of

accidental importations, and the slight changes from the type

observable in many localities are certainly not greater than

those which are known to have taken place in the case of

334 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell’s Notes on Slugs.

certain imported Mammals in the Falkland Islands ; but in

New Zealand there are native species, found nowhere else,

which can hardly have sprung from ancestors brought there

by human means.

The_existence of peculiar species in New Zealand (and

others reported from Tasmania) thus throws some doubt on

the otherwise natural supposition that the insular, South

African, and Western American forms of A. gagates were

imported from Europe ; and when we consider the very out-

of-the-way localities in which they have been found, the

theory of human accidental interference seems still less uni-

versally applicable.

Where, however, we find islands with no peculiar species

of slugs, but with such cosmopolitan forms as Amalia gagutes,

Agriolimax agrestis, and Limax flavus, the probability that

these have been introduced becomes practically a certainty,

and ‘‘ new species’? described in the faune of oceanic islands

must be looked on with suspicion when they belong to Limaa,

Amalia, or Agriolimax.

i, Madeira.

Amalia (gagates subsp.) drymonia (Bourg.).

Bourguignat appears never to have seen the various slugs

he named drymonius, abrostolus, calendymus, and polyptyelus

in Amen. Mal. vol. ii. (1859), and their characters are prob-

ably for the most part imaginary. Amalia drymonia, founded

on Albers’s account of the Madeiran A. gagates, is allied to

the form Benoit?, to judge from the description ; but whether

any white-keeled Amalia really exists in Madeira seems at

least questionable. ‘The figures of the Madeiran and Canarian

slugs given by Albers and d’Orbigny are so evidently coloured

without serious regard to truth that species founded upon them

cannot possibly be accepted as valid unless specimens

resembling the figures should be found.

Amalia gagates, var. nov. maderensis.

Length (in alcohol) 14 millim., uniform dark brown,

including foot; mantle blackish. The colour suggests 4.

Juliginosa.

Very near gagates, from which it differs only in colour, so

far as I can see. Middle zone of sole more than twice as

broad as either lateral zone ; sulcations on sole as in gagates.

Sole dark brown, unicolorous. Mantle oval. Keel not

strong.

Madeira (Mr. Mason) ; one specimen in the British Museum.

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell’s Notes on Slugs. 335

i. Canary Islands.

Amalia gagates, var. carinata (d’Orb.).

The figure given by d’Orbigny of this Teneriffe slug

suggests at first sight some Parmacel/a; but a careful exam-

ination of his account of the species leaves little doubt that it

is a form of A. gagates. There is no occasion to keep the

spelling of the text ‘ carenata,” as it is evidently a misprint,

and is given correctly (carinata) on the plate. Bourguignat’s

Limax polyptyelus was founded on d’Orbigny’s figure, the

new name being proposed because carinata was preoccupied

for a European species.

ii. The Azores.

Amalia gagates has been recorded from these islands.

iv. Bermuda.

In the British Museum are three examples of Amalia gagates

from Bermuda (‘ Challenger’ collection). These were

recorded by Mr. E. A. Smith (P. Z. 8. 1884, p.276). They

belong to form typus, Less. & Poll., but are rather more

opaque and rugose than is usual, and the keel is flexuose.

v. Ascension.

Amalia gagates, var. ascensionis (Lesson).

The published figure of thisis a bad one, but it is no doubt

a variety of gagates. The subgeneric term Clytropelta,

Heyn., proposed for it is therefore quite unnecessary.

It is very interesting to find that this variety, collected so

many years ago, resembles in colour the forms found at

St. Helena, ‘Tristan d’Acunha, and Juan Fernandez.

Whether the Ascension slug is not really a subspecies indi-

genous to that island is perhaps open to question; but it

seems more likely that here, as on the other islands, we have

simply the descendants of imported A. gagates, which have

already begun to diverge from the type. It would be an

interesting experiment to bring some of these slugs to Kurope

and breed them in captivity, and see whether they kept true

or reverted to the coloration of the European type.

336 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell’s Notes on Slugs.

vi. St. Helena.

Amalia gagates (var. ascenstonis), forma nov. helene.

Mantle 7 millim. long (in alcohol),-5 millim. broad ; sole

34 millim. broad. Respiratory orifice 5 millim. from anterior

border of mantle. Colour dull palish ochrey, back darkish

purplish grey; mantle purplish grey, except sides below

sulcus, which are pale ochrey, rather sharply defined from the

dark part by the sulcus. Neck bluish grey above. Body

keeled strongly its whole length. Median area of sole not

quite twice as broad as either lateral area. Sole with strong,

transverse, oblique grooves meeting in the middle line. Body

simply reticulate-grooved, but the interstices themselves finely

reticulate-grooved. Keel not obviously paler than the back.

Sides of sole with transverse grooves and one longitudinal

groove.

St. Helena (J. C. Melliss); one specimen in British

Museum.

Compared with subsp. plumbea from South Shields it is

evidently very closely allied; but the median area of the sole

is narrower. Its rugosity may partly be due to strong alcohiol

having produced extreme contraction.

vil. Tristan d’Acunha.

Amalia gagates (var. ascenstonis), forma nov. tristensis.

Sole and sides yellowish, back and mantle plumbeous ;

ruge rather strong.

Tristan d’Acunha (‘ Challenger’ coll.) ; one specimen in

the British Museum.

This is very near to subsp. plumbea and still nearer to form

helene. It is not confined to Tristan d’Acunha, being also

found in Juan Fernandez, It is most instructive to find that

an apparently introduced species has varied in the same way

on two islands so far apart as these, but at approximately the

same latitude and with probably very similar climates. The

St. Helena form, from a warmer climate, is not identical, but

still very closely allied. It is also to be noticed that the

forms of the south temperate region come to resemble the

plumbea of North-western Europe, while those from inter-

mediate localities are different.

c. The Cape Region.

Amalia capensis (Krauss).

Limaz capensis, Krauss, Siidaf. Moll. 1848, p. 73.

Whether this is really a species of Amalia peculiar to the

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell’s Notes on Slugs. 337

Cape I cannot say. It does not agree with A. gagates, so far

as one can judge from the description.

Amalia gagates, forma typus, Less. & Poll.

Port Elizabeth (/. H. Ponsonby), three specimens; and

Cape of Good Hope, Nov. 1873, one specimen ; all in the

British Museum.

These are quite like Huropean examples.

d, South America.

Heynemann has recorded A. gagates from Brazil.

e. North America.

In North America Amalia is confined to the Pacific region.

Amalia gagates, var. Hewstoni (J. G. Cooper).

anes Hewstoni, J. G. Cooper, Proce. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1872,

p. 147.

I received a living example of ZL. Hewstoni, collected at

Haywards, California, from Dr. J. G. Cooper, and was able

to make a drawing of it, which was published by Mr. W. G.

Binney in his Third Suppl. to Terr. Moll. U.S. (1890),

pl. vil. fig. 1. The figs. D on the same plate had been made

from an alcoholic example previously, and are not so good.

The living specimen from Haywards was about 50 millim.

long; sole dull greyish ochreous, about 5 millim. broad.

Body blackish above, lighter at sides. Mantle 134 millim.

long. Eye-peduncles blackish, lower tentacles pale. Respi-

ratory orifice scarcely posterior to the middle of the mantle.

Keel inconspicuous in the living slug, but strong when con-

tracted in alcohol.

When immersed in alcohol the median area of the sole

appeared grey, conspicuously darker than the lateral areas.

I dissected the specimen and found the genitalia to agree with

A. gagates in all essential points. The penis-sac is thick at

its extremity. The spermatheca is globular and rather large.

The albumen-gland is large and yellowish.

I have also received var. Hewstont from Cceur d’Alene,

Idaho (H. F. Wickham), and Mr. W. G. Binney has sent me

two examples from Oakland, California, where they were

collected by Mr. Hemphill in 1890. Mrs. M. E. Cusack sent

me a drawing of var. //ewston?, made from a specimen found

by Miss Mora Cusack at Santa Barbara, California.

338 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell’s Notes on Slugs.

There can be no doubt that LZ. Hewstonz is correctly refer-

able to A. gagates, and it differs very little from the type.

Amalia gagates, var. plumbea.

A plumbea form occurs with var. Hewstont, or at least in

the same region. A specimen in alcohol sent to me by Mr.

Binney was 18 millim. long, back very sharply keeled, sole

pale orange-yellowish, posterior edge of mantle pale. Reti-

culations as in var. Hewstont. General colour leaden grey.

Liver ochreous. This specimen was found by Mr. Hemphill

in North Idaho or Washington, the exact locality not being

known.

A large specimen of var. plumbea, collected by Mr. Hemp-

hill at Julian City, California, was sent to me by Mr. Binney

more recently.

This var. plumbea is really a subvariety of Hewstont which

has the colour-character of the European subsp. A. plumbea,

but is not sufficiently segregated to be considered a subspecies.

jf. Pacific Islands.

In the British Museum is a specimen of Amalia Juliginosa

(Gould) marked “ Polynesian Islands”? (S. Stevens). It is

uniform sooty (black-brown), including sole; not very

rugose ; transverse grooves on back hardly noticeable, though

the longitudinal ones are plain. The median area of the sole

is narrower than in New-Zealand examples ; but I think they

cannot be separated even as varieties.

i. Juan Fernandez.

Amalia gagates, forma tristensis,

There are six specimens from Juan Fernandez (‘ Chal-

lenger’ coll.) in the British Museum, which may be described

as follows :—

Blackish or greyish above, sides and sole more or less

yellowish. Region of respiratory orifice yellow. Interstices

of the main rug on back inclined to be dark. Opaque slugs,

with the ruge rather strong.

il. Sandwich Islands.

Amalia sandwichensis (EKydoux).

The figure of this species given in Tryon’s work evidently

represents an Amalia, and probably a form of A. gagates.

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell’s Notes on Slugs. 339

There appears to be some confusion about the species

formerly called Limaw sandwichiensis, and Heynemann (‘ Die

nackt. Landpulm. des Erdbodens,’ p. 70) records an Agrio-

limax sandwichiensis (Souleyet) from the Sandwich Islands,

said to be almost identical with A. /evis, but makes no men-

tion of the Amalia.

ii. New Caledonia.

Amalia mouensis (Gassies).

Limax mouensis, Gass. Act. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, xxviii. (1871).

This supposed species was described from the shell only,

which appears from the description to be that of an Amalia.

g- New Zealand.

Amalia fuliginosa (Gould).

Length (in alcohol) 22 millim.; sole broadish, very dark

brown or blackish, marked as in gagates, but median area

about twice as wide as either lateral area. Mantle oval,

rugose, black, with the usual sulcus. Body black, but sides

below mantle brownish. Reticulations apparently as in A.

gagates. Keel distinct. The brown parts incline to a sort of

olivaceous tint.

Another example is browner and has the median area of

sole grey and lateral areas brownish. One large one contains

dull yellow globular eggs, which have diam. 24 millim.

Described from specimens in the British Museum from New

Zealand (Mr. Macgillivray).

I have no doubt that this is a good species, although closely

allied to A. gagates. It is certainly the Limax fuliginosus of

Gould, a species which I am glad to have the opportunity of

redescribing, as it has not been recognized by recent authors.

It is smoother than A. antipodarum, and differs from it in

various ways.

Amalia antipodarum (Gray).

Milax antipodarum, Gray, Cat. Pulm. 1855,

Length (in alcohol) 16 millim., mantle 6 millim. long.

Sole and ground-colour a sort of coffee-brown ; back, mantle,

and neck above becoming black. Mantle truncate behind ;

sulcus well marked; respiratory orifice rather posterior.

Keel strong. Ruge as in A. gagates, back rugose and

opaque. Sole rather lively brown, the median area hardly

340 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell’s Notes on Slugs.

twice as wide as one lateral area; striea on sole as in A.

gagates.

Described from two specimens, doubtless Gray’s types, in

the British Museum. This species differs little from A.

gagates except in colour.

Amalia antipodarum, var. nov. pallida.

Length (in alcohol) 214 millim.; sole pale ochrey, uni-

colorous, median area hardly twice as wide as either lateral

area; sole-striz as in A. gagates. Reticulation on body as in

A. gagates. Mantle dark greyish, with the edges pale and

the sulcus dark. Neck above dark grey. Body well keeled,

whitish, greyish on each side of keel. Respiratory orifice

rather posterior. Not a rugose slug.

Described from a specimen from Wellington (Otago Uni-

versity Museum).

Amalia antipodarum, var. emarginata (Hutton).

Milax emarginatus, Hutton, Man. N, Z. Moll. 1880, p. 26.

Length (in alcohol) 27 millim.; sole and sides whitish,

back dark greyish. Keel more or less pale. Median area of

sole narrower than both lateral areas together. Sulcus on

mantle not darker than the rest of the mantle.

Described from a specimen found at Dunedin (Otago Uni-

versity Museum), in the British Museum. Closely allied to

var. pallida, from which it differs noticeably in its concolorous

mantle-sulcus. It does not appear to me that antipodarum,

pallida, and emarginata are more than three varieties of a

single species.

h. Australia.

Amalia maura (Quoy & Gaim.).

Limax maurus, Quoy et Gaimard. (Hab. Port Jackson.)

Limax olivaceus, Gould. (Hab, Paramatta.)

Limax pectinatus, Selenka, Mal. Blatt. 1865, p. 105. (Hab. Sydney.)

This Australian species is evidently very close to A. gagates,

but is probably a valid species. ‘Lhe supposed species A.

maura (Q. & G.), A. olivacea (Gld.), and A. pectinata (Sel.)

are all from the same neighbourhood, and as the descriptions

agree in all important points, there need be no question about

uniting them. ‘The oldest name, A. maura, has been quite

overlooked, the Limax maurus of Quoy and Gaimard

remaining unidentified by authors.

On the Herpetological Fauna of Mount Kina Baloo. 341

Tate has described two species, A. nigricollus and A.

tasmanica, from Tasmania; [ have not seen specimens of

either of them.

3 Fairfax Road, Bedford Park, Chiswick, W.,

January 25, 1891.

XXX V.—Remarks on the Herpetological Fauna of Mount Kina

Baloo, North Borneo. By G. A. BOULENGER.

THE first Reptiles and Batrachians obtained on Kina Baloo

were described by me in 1887 *, four new species being esta-

blished. The specimens, which were the property of Mr. W.

Whitehead, did not find their way to the British Museum ; for

on his return home Mr. Whitehead disposed of them, together

with many others which he had collected in North Borneo and

Palawan, in favour of the Paris Museum. I am glad to say

that recently, through the kindness of Prof. Vaillant, dupli-

cate specimens from that collection have been received by

the British Museum. So that of the twelve valid new

species discovered by Mr. Whitehead on Mount Kina Baloo

as many as five are now represented by types or co-types in

the National Collection. Mr. Whitehead’s collection of

Reptiles and Batrachians formed the subject of an extensive

paper by Dr. F. Mocquard t, in which numerous species and

two genera are described as new, and upon which I now beg

to offer some remarks.

On receiving at the end of January of this year a copy of

Dr. Mocquard’s paper, I wrote to the author that, whilst

regarding his Gymnodactylus baluensis, Hemidactylus cras-

pedotus, Ablabes prefrontalis, Culamaria lateralis, Helicop-

soides typicus, Ethacophorus acutirostris, Bufo fuliginosus,

B. spinulifer, Nectophryne misera, and N. maculata as valid

species, I entertained serious doubts respecting the others,

which I felt inclined to identify as follows :—

Pelturagonia cephalum=Japalura nigrilabris, Ptrs.

Tropidonotus maculatus, var. torquatus=T. chrysargus,

Boie.

Rana decorata= Rf. luctuosa, Ptrs.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xx. pp. 95-97.

+ Nouv. Arch. du Mus. (3) ii. 1890, pp. 115-168, pls. vii.-xi. Prelimi-

nary diagnoses were published in ‘ Le Naturaliste’ for 1890.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. vir. 24

342 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

Rana obsoleta=R. signata, Gthr.

Rana paradoxa* =f. Kuhlii, D. & B.

Ixalus nubilus= Rh. natatrix, Gthr.

T also informed him that I held his new genus Helicopsoides

to be identical with Lepidognathus, established about the same

time by Van Lidth de Jeude, and that the BRhacophorus

referred by him to &. cruciger, Blyth, could not belong to

that Ceylonese species, suggesting its possible identity with

R. leucomystax, of which &. maculatus and Rana longipes of

his list (p. 122) are synonyms. I have, however, since

received a new Lhacophorus from Baram, described in the last

number of these ‘ Annals’ as &. macrotis, which may be the

same as that noticed by him under the name of £. cruciger.

Dr. Mocquard replied that he agreed as to the identifications

of Trop. maculatus, var. torquatus, Helicopsoides, as he had

himself independently found out, Rana decorata and R. obso-

leta, but reserved his opinion concerning the others.

I will now endeavour to discuss, and, if possible, clear up

these questions, as well as one or two others which have

turned up on perusal of Dr. Mocquard’s contribution.

1. Pelturagonia cephalum, Mocq.

On comparison of the description and figures given by

Mocquard and a female specimen received from the Paris

Museum with the very short description given by Peters and

the young male specimen described in the ‘Catalogue of

Lizards,’ | am fully convinced of the identity of this supposed

new Agamoid with Japalura nigrilabris of Peters. The

young male from Labuan shows distinctly the enlarged lateral

scales at the base of the tail, which are, however, very much

less developed than in the adult; and the female from Kina

Baloo has a trace of the gular fold, the presence of which is

denied by Mocquard. The enlarged caudal scales in the male

do not, in my opinion, afford a character of sufficient import-

ance for separating generically J. nigrilabris from the other

species of Japalura.

2. Helicopsoides, Mocq., and Lepidognathus, Jeude.

As I have mentioned above, Dr. Mocquard admits that the

two genera are identical, although the Bornean species must

be held distinct from the Sumatran. Helicopsoides was

described in the 1st July 1890 number of ‘Le Naturaliste,’

* Name preoccupied by Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. 1766.

Herpetological Fauna of Mount Kina Baloo. 343

and both Dr. Mocquard and myself received Dr. de Jeude’s

separate copy containing the description of Lepidognathus

towards the end of the same month. It is therefore impossible

for me to decide which description has priority, although I

incline to believe it is Dr. Mocquard’s ; on the other hand, the

name LHelicopsoides is so defectively constructed that I for

one would not hesitate to employ the name Lepddognathus if

the genus should stand. But it is my opinion that both

genera, together with my Calamohydrus, should be united

with Giinther’s Opisthotropis, founded upon a West-African

species, and which may be defined as follows :—

OPISTHOTROPIS.

Opisthotropis, Ginth. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) ix. 1872, p. 16.

Calamohydrus, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) ii. 1888, p. 43.

Helicopsoides, Mocq. Le Natur. xii. 1890, p. 154. -

Lepidognathus, Jeude, in M. Weber, Zool. Ergebn. ii. p. 186 (1890).

Maxillary teeth small, equal, 20 to 25; mandibular teeth

small, equal. Head small, not distinct from neck; eye

small, with round pupil; nostril directed upwards, in a divided

or semidivided nasal. Body cylindrical ; scales finely striated

and keeled, without apical pits, in seventeen or nineteen rows

Tail moderate ; subcaudals in two rows.

Four species are known, distinguished as follows :—

A. Seales in 17 rows; nasals separated

by the internasals.

Preefrontal single ; 8 upper labials,

fifth entering the eye ............ 1. O. atra, Gthr. (W. Africa).

Prefrontal single ; 8 upper labials,

none entering the eye ............ 2. O. Andersonii, Blgr.(Hong Kong),

Two prefrontals; 12 upper labials,

none etitering the eye .......0..:. 3. O. rugosa, Jeude (Sumatra).

B. Seales in 19 rows; nasals in con-

tact behind the rostral ........ 4, O. typica, Mocq,. (Borneo).

3. Ablabes periops, var. prefrontalis, Mocq.

This form is undoubtedly specifically distinct from A.

pertops, Gthr.; the two species constitute in my opinion a

new genus, which I propose to call

HYDRABLABES, gen. nov.

Maxillary teeth small, equal, about 18; mandibular teeth

small, equal. Head small, not distinct from neck; eye

24*

344 On the Herpetological Fauna of Mount Kina Baloo.

small, with round pupil; nostril valvular, an oblique slit

between two nasals ; three pairs of chin-shields. Body cylin-

drical, elongate ; scales smooth, without apical pits, in fifteen

or seventeen rows. ‘Tail moderate ; subcaudals in two rows.

The affinities of this genus are with Opésthotropis, not with

Ablabes.

Two species from Borneo :—

Scales in 17 rows; ventrals 190-209; two

preefrontals veces eet cece cet teen eens 1. HL. periops, Gthr.

Scales in 15 rows; ventrals 178-180; a single

preirontal os. sess teen ener een tesn 2. H. prefrontalis, Mocq.

4, Rana paradoxa, Mocq.

Rana Kuhlit is a very variable species, and I have repeat-

edly drawn attention to the great development of the terminal

disks of its toes, which would warrant its removal to a distinct

genus if such a character were regarded as generic, as it used

to be in former times. This character appears to have led

Dr. Mocquard astray in describing specimens of this species

as anew form, &. paradowxa, to which he assigns a_ position

widely remote from &. Kuhlit. I have now before me one of

the types of 2. paradoxa, and can state that it is identical

with LR. Kuhlit, as I had suspected from the description. I

have described male specimens from Burma with the same

enormous head, in a paper * which has been overlooked by

Dr. Moequard when dealing with the adhesive ventral disk of

certain tadpoles.

5. Rana Whiteheadi, Bler.

Doubts having been expressed as to the distinctness of this

species from &. jerboa, Gthr,, I have compared two specimens,

male and female, received from the Paris Museum, with the

types of the latter species, and have no doubt as to the correct-

ness of the course followed by me. In &. jerboa the choanze

are considerably larger, the lateral fold is as well marked as

in RL. erythrea and continuous throughout, and the hind limbs

are much longer, the tibia measuring four fifths of the length

of head and body, as against two thirds in 2. Whiteheadi.

6. Lxvalus nubilus, Mocq.

The fact that all specimens of Rana natatrix from the

Philippines are devoid of vomerine teeth, as Iam informed by

* Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) v. 1887, p. 482.

Necessity for the Abandonment of the Name Cyclostoma. 345

Dr. Beettger, who has lately examined a considerable number,

shows that I was probably mistaken in uniting with it the Bor-

nean Lxalus guttatus, Gthr., which has more or less distinct

vomerine teeth. The so-called Ivalus natator is nevertheless

no true Jxva/us, having the digital structure of Rana latopal-

mata, livida, formosa, and guttata, to which it stands in close

relation. If the absence of vomerine teeth be considered

in this case a valid ground for generic separation, then /xalus

natator must bear the name Staurots natator, which was

proposed for it by Cope in 1865; and cue name Micrixalus,

proposed by me in 1888 for South Tatian and Ceylonese

species, will become a synonym of Staurois. Whatever the

views on this matter may be, Lvalus nudiius of Mocquard is

not an Jxalus, and, judging from the description and figure,

I can see no reason for separating it from Rana natatriv.

XXXVI.—On the Necessity for the Abandonment of the

Generic Name Cyclostoma, with Suggestions regarding others

involved in this Genus. By R. BuLLeN Newron, I.G.S.,

British Museum (Natural History).

Mucu confusion has existed since Lamarckian days regarding

the Molluscan name of Cyclestoma. It was first established

by Lamarck in 1799 (Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, vol. i

p- 74), to include the Linnean type of ZYurbo scalaris, this

same type being afterwards used for his genus Sca/aria in

1801 (Syst. Anim. sans Vert. p. 88).

Without a single reference to his genus of 1799 Lamarck

again introduces Cyclostoma in his 1801 work, p. 87, this

time attaching as its type the Zurbo delphinus, Linneeus,

which, curiously enough, was made to stand for his eebus

Delphinula in 1803 (Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, vol.

p- 108).

We are thus confronted with the fact that two Linnean

types have been occupied by Lamarck for four of his genera.

Priority of nomenclature appears to have been little under-

stood in these early times; and it is one of the difficulties of

the modern investigator to unravel this and numerous other

inconsistencies perpetrated by past authors.

The next reference to Cyclostoma appears under the

authorship of Draparnaud, 1801 (Tabl. Moll. Terr. Fluv.

France, pp. 87, 88), who employed for his type the shell so.

familiar to all students of conchology, viz. the Nerita elegans

346 Mr. R. B. Newton on the Necessity for the

of Miller. No notice, however, is made by this author to the

preoccupation of the generic name in 1799, and we can only

infer that Draparnaud was ignorant of its existence.

We must go back now some considerable time, to 1789,

when William Coxe published his ‘Travels in Switzerland,’

containing natural-history information grouped together under

the subsidiary title of ‘ Faunula Helvetica,” in which is a

section called ‘ Vermes,” written by Bernhard Studer (vol. ii.

pp. 384-392). This has evidently been a rare work to

consult, as so few authors have referred to it in their treatises.

It may be useful to state that a fine copy exists in the General

Library of the Natural-History Museum, and from this I now

make a quotation which has an important bearing on our

subject (vide p. 388) :—

“ POMATIAS, Studer, MS.

“Vermis cochleatus, tentaculis duobus linearibus, oculis ad

basin externe.

“P, ELEGANS. Neritaelegans. Mill. 363. List. Ang. t. 2.

fig. 5. Syn. t. 27. f. 25.

L’Elegante striée, Fr. Die Feingestrickte Deckel-schenke,

Ger. Nerite-Pomatias.

“P. vartegatus. A new species.”

Here, then, we have every legitimate reason for keeping in

use Studer’s Pomatias, 1789, the type of which is the same as

that adopted by Draparnaud for his Cyclostoma in 1801.

In 1820 (Syst. Verz. Schweizer-Conchylien, p. 21) Bernard

Studer thought fit to recall his Pomatias and to use Cyclo-

stoma as understood by Draparnaud. This we cannot admit,

as his genus of 1789 was accompanied by a perfectly good

description for those days and a reference made to a properly

recognized type. It is, I think, an understood rule that a

~ genus once established cannot afterwards be withdrawn unless

its preoccupation can be proved.

Hartmann, in 1821 (“ Syst. Erd- u. Siissw.-Gasteropoden

Europa,” in Sturm’s Deutsch. Fauna, vol. vi. part 5, pp. 34

and 49), apparently ignorant of Studer’s work of 1789,

describes another Pomatias, and uses Cyclostoma patulum,

Draparnaud, for its type. It is quite obvious then that the

use of Hartmann’s genus must be discontinued and another

substituted, for which I propose //artmannia.

Abandonment of the Generic Name Cyclostoma. 347

The type genus of the Cyclostomide, or Cyclostomatide of

some authors, now being withdrawn, Pomatiide is suggested

to take its place as the family signification for Pomatias and

the allied genera.

Having recognized the fact that the type of Cyclostoma,

1799, was applied to Scalaria in 1801 by the same author, it

is necessary to do away with the latter genus and apply the

name Cyclostoma, or to adopt Klein’s name of Scala, 1753

(Ostracologicee, p. 52), which we find used in 1797 by

George Humphrey in his ‘ Museum Calonnianum,’ p. 23.

This latter method out of the difficulty commends itself to me

more favourably than the first, as since Humphrey’s da

Messrs. H. & A. Adams, in 1853 (Genera Recent Mollusca,

vol. i. p. 220), have adopted the same course, and still later

this has been followed by Dr. Ferd. Stoliczka in 1868 (“ Cre-

taceous Gasterop. India,’ Mem. Geol. Surv. India, p. 230).

If this be acted upon, then H. & A. Adams’s family name

Scalide would take the place of Scalariide, hitherto used by

most authors.

In tabular form the genera involved in this discussion will

stand thus :—

Genus Pomatias, B. Studer, 1789.

Type= Nerita elegans, Miiller.

(Non Hartmann, 1821,= Hartmannia.)

=Cyclostoma, Draparnaud, 1801.

Non Lamarck, 1799, = Scalaria.

Non Lamarck, 1801,= Delphinula.

= Cyclostomus, Montfort, 1810.

= Cyclostuma, B. Studer, 1820.

Genus DELPHINULA, Lamarck, 1803.

Type= Turbo delphinus, Linnzeus.

= Cyclostoma, Lamarck, 1801.

(Non Lamarck, 1799.)

Genus HarrmanntA, R. B. Newton, nom. mut.

Type= Cyclostoma patulum, Draparnaud.

= Pomatias, Hartmann, 1821.

(Non B. Studer, 1789.)

348 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new

Genus ScaLa (Klein, 1753), G. Humphrey, 1797.

Type= Turbo scalaris, Linnzeus.

]

= Cyclostoma, Lamarck, 1799.

= Sealaria, Lamarck, 1801,

It is trusted that these observations may lead to greater

accuracy in the future when dealing with the literature and the

types connected with the history of these genera.

XXXVII.—WNew Scarabeeidee tn the British Museum: a

fourth Contribution. By CHarues O. WATERHOUSE.

[Plate XI.)

Uroaxys brevis, sp. n.

Breviter oblongus, convexus, nitidus, nigro-piceus; capite levi,

fronte carina transversa instructa, clypeo apice bidentato ; thorace

transverso, convexo, fere levi, lateribus leviter arcuatis, levissime

bisinuatis; elytris thorace perparum angustioribus, quam latitu-

dine paullo brevioribus, tenuiter striatis, striis levibus, interstitiis

fere planis, levibus ; pygidio levi; tibiis anticis obtuse triden-

tatis, ad apicem truncatis ; mesosterno utrinque punctis nonnullis

notato, a metasterno linea fortiter angulata diviso; femoribus

piceis.

Long. 44, lat. 2? lin.

Hab. Brazil.

This species is closely allied to U. Batest, Harold, but is

stil] shorter. The clypeus has the teeth shorter and more

triangular. The thorax has the sides less abruptly turned

inwards at the anterior angles; the lateral impression is elon-

gate, but does not run off intoa line at each end. The elytra

have the strie finer and apparently impunctate. The line

dividing the mesosternum from the metasternum is strongly

angular, having an angle of about 110°, leaving the meso-

sternum very long; whereas in U. Latest the line is bent at

an angle of about 80°, reaches forward almost to the front

of the mesosternum, and has the apex itself rounded.

Uroxys terminalis, sp. n.

Leviter convexus, nitidus, piceo-niger ; capite fere levi, inter oculos

Scarabeeide in the British Museum. 349

transversim perparum elevato, clypeo subtilissime obscure punctu-

lato, margine leviter reflexo, medio sat fortiter bidentato ; thorace

convexo, levi, lateribus ante medium sat fortiter angulato-dila-

tatis; elytris latitudine perparum longioribus, apicem yersus

arcuatim angustatis, evidenter striatis, striis sat distincte punc-

tatis ad apicem profundioribus, apice declivi, sat late truncato,

levissime bisinuato, angulis externis prominulis, supra breviter

dentiformi; pedibus rufo-piceis, tibiis anticis longis, tridentatis,

ad apicem truncatis.

Long. 33 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Spirito Sancto.

This species appears to be allied to U. angulatus, Harold.

The clypeus has the middle teeth prominent, the margin

having a small but distinct sinuosity on the outer side of

each, and there is a small notch at the division between the

clypeus and the cheek. The thorax is very broad in front of

the middle, gradually narrowed to the base, very obliquely

narrowed in front, the lateral angle thus formed very obtusely

rounded. ‘The elytra have the apex truncate, the outer angle

slightly prominent laterally, with a small acute tooth directed

obliquely outwards at the upper outer angle of the prominent

part. ‘lhe line dividing the mesosternum from the meta-

sternum strongly and sharply angulated, the angle being

about 105°.

Uroaxys simplex, sp. n.

Oblongus, leviter convexus, nitidus, piceo-niger ; capite plano, levi,

antice breviter bidentato; thorace leviter convexo, levi, lateribus

ante medium sat angulato-dilatatis ; elytris longitudine et latitu-

dine «qualibus, evidenter subtiliter striatis, striis subtiliter

obscure punctatis, striis prima et secunda ad apicem profundioribus,

interstitiis vix convexis, leevibus; pedibus rufo-piceis. .

Long. 23 lin.

Hab. Venezuela.

This species somewhat resembles the preceding, but is

smaller, the thorax has the sides rather less strongly angu-

lated, and the apex of the elytra is simple. ‘The head has no

transverse raised swelling ; the clypeus has the teeth shorter,

-and there is scarcely a trace of a notch at the juncture of the

clypeus and the cheek. The thorax is very short and broad,

broadest before the middle, gradually obliquely narrowed

towards the base, very obliquely narrowed in front, the angle

at the side thus formed obtuse, lightly impressed above. The

elytra have the striae moderately fine, but distinct, the dorsal

ones obscurely punctured, the lateral ones more distinctly

350 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new

punctured ; the sides are gently arcuate, as wide at the apical

callosity as at the base, the apex very obtusely arcuate. The

line dividing the meso- and metasterna is gently arcuate,

with scarcely any trace of angulation.

Scatonomus thalassinus, sp. n.

Elongato-oblongus, convexus, paullo nitidus, obscure viridis ; capite

sat crebre evidenter punctato, margine antico paullo deplanato,

quadridentato, dentibus brevissimis equalibus; thorace crebre

sat fortiter punctato, linea mediana levi; elytris distincte striatis,

subtiliter creberrime punctulatis, punctis majoribus distinctis

immixtis ; pygidio sat fortiter punctato; corpore subtus femori-

busque nigro-viridescentibus.

Long. 63 lin.

Hab. Brazil.

This species is closely allied to S. insignis, Harold, but is

dark green. The anterior teeth of the epistome are very

short. The punctuation of the head and thorax is rather

strong. The elytra have the striae more impressed than in S.

insignis ; the punctuation is close and very fine, with stronger,

very distinct punctures interspersed. The pygidium is

strongly punctured, the punctures not generally very near

together. The metasternum is finely but distinctly punctured.

The abdomen has the margins of the basal segments rugose.

Onthocharis brevipes, sp. Nn.

Elongato-oblonga, nitida; capite piceo-zneo, vertice virescenti, sub-

tiliter punctulato, clypeo antice leviter emarginato, medio biden-

tato, dentibus brevibus; thorace sat magno, piceo-sneo, antice

angustato, subtiliter punctulato, lateribus medio fere rectis,

angulis posticis rotundatis prominulis, linea mediana brevi dis-

tincta; elytris piceo-cupreis, sat fortiter striatis, striis sat fortiter

punctatis, interstitiis leviter convexis, subtiliter evidenter sat

erebre punctulatis ; pygidio piceo, subtiliter punctulato; corpore

- subtus obscure piceo; pedibus piceis, tibiis posticis brevibus latis,

tarsorum articulo basali longitudine duplo latiori, profunde emar-

ginato.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Amazons, Ega (H. W. Bates).

This species is peculiar for the form of the thorax, which

is somewhat obliquely narrowed anteriorly, with the sides

nearly rectilinear at their middle. The elytra have the striz

rather more deeply impressed than is usual, and the punctures

are larger and somewhat triangular. The posterior tibia are

Scarabeeidee zn the British Museum. 351

short and very broad, abruptly dilated from the very base ;

this character can only be seen when the tibia is extended

unnaturally, so as to be almost in a line with the femur

(Pl. XI. fig. 1).

Onthocharis equalis, sp. n.

Elongato-oblonga, picea paullo virescens, nitida ; capite vertice sub-

tiliter crebre punctato, clypeo fortius punctato, piceo, antice sat

profunde emarginato, medio dentibus duobus acutiusculis instructo ;

thorace virescenti, crebre evidenter punctato, basi utrinque leviori,

medio linea brevi impressa; elytris striatis, striis punctatis, inter-

stitiis fere planis, fere levibus; pygidio virescenti, subtiliter

punctato ; pedibus piceis, tibiis posticis elongatis, apicem versus

latioribus, tarsorum articulo basali longitudine latiori, basi angus-

tato.

Long. 23 lin.

Hab. Santarem (ZH. W. Bates),

The clypeus has the anterior emargination a little deeper

than in many of the allied species, and the angles of the

emargination are rather acute and extend forwards almost to

a level with the middle teeth ; the punctuation is very dis-

tinct, the punctures slightly separated from each other. The

thorax has the punctuation fine but distinct, especially ante-

riorly ; the impressed median line is very distinct. The

elytra are dark pitchy, with a green tint; the striz are dis-

tinct but not very deep, the dorsal striz are very finely punc-

tured, with some larger punctures at intervals, the lateral

strie only show the larger punctures ; the interstices are not

visibly punctured, except the sutural one, which has a few

very delicate punctures. The pygidium is green, with very

distinct punctures, which are slightly separated. The poste-

rior femora are broad ovate; the tibia are smooth above,

except the usual line of punctures, the outer apical angle is

distinctly produced; the basal joint of the tarsus is short,

narrowed at the base, emarginate at the apex, with the outer

angle much prolonged (Pl. XI. fig. 2).

Onthocharis leta, sp. n.

Elongato-oblonga, nigro-picea, nitida; capite thoraceque cupreis,

elytris fere nigris, vix virescentibus, pedibus piceis ; capite crebre

subtiliter punctulato, clypeo subtilius punctulato, antice emar-

ginato, medio dentibus duobus acutisinstructo; thorace subtiliter

crebre punctulato, medio linea brevi bene impressa ; elytris evi-

denter striatis, striis punctatis, interstitiis fere planis, subtilissime

parce punctulatis ; pygidio sat fortiter punctato; femoribus pos-

352 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new

ticis ovalis, tibiis sat brevibus, apicem versus multo latioribus,

tarsorum articulo basali longitudine duplo latiori, ad apicem pro-

funde emarginato.

Long. 23 lin.

Hab. Amazons, Ega (H. W. Bates).

This species has the anterior tibie rather more abruptly

enlarged on the inner side at the base than in the other species

I have been describing. The two examples before me differ

considerably in the punctuation of the thorax, one having it

extremely fine, the other much more distinct. The elytra

have the stria moderately deep, the punctures in them very

distinct and somewhat separated from each other. The

pygidium is pitchy, with a green tint. ‘The posterior legs

have the tibiz short, suddenly enlarged at the base on the

inner side, forming an obtuse angle, thence to the apex gradu-

ally widened, the outer apical angle not produced ; the basal

joint of the tarsi at least twice as broad as long , deeply trian-

gularly emarginate at the apex, with the outer angles

prolonged (Pl. XI. fig. 3).

Onthocharis oblonga, sp. n.

Convexa, nitida; capite thoraceque cupreis, elytris aneo-viridibus,

corpore subtus piceo-nigro obscure zneo tincto, abdomine apice

cupreo, pygidio virescenti; capite fere levi, clypeo antice leviter

emarginato, medio bidentato ; thorace medio fere levi, latera versus

subtiliter punctulato, medio linea breviimpressa ; elytris distincte

striatis, striis obsolete punctulatis, interstitiis fere planis, obsolete

punctulatis ; pygidio subtiliter punctulato; tibiis posticis elon-

gatis, apicem versus paullo latioribus, angulo externo paullo pro-

ducto, tarsorum articulo basali longitudine vix latiori, ad apicem

emarginato.

Long. 2 lin.

Hab. Brazil (ex coll. Lacordaire).

‘This species is allied to O. equalis, but has the elytra a

little shorter and more rounded at the sides. ‘The posterior

tibiz are elongate, sparingly punctured above (besides the

line of punctures), with no trace of median external projec-

tion. ‘The basal joint of the posterior tarsi is longer, slightly

narrowed towards the base, not very deeply emarginate at the

apex, the outer angle scarcely more prolonged than the inner

angle (Pl. XI. fig. 4).

Onthocharis Westwoodit, sp. n.

Elongato-oblonga, nigro-picea, vix anescens, nitida ; capite vertice

Scarabeidee in the British Museum. 353

erebre subtiliter punctulato, medio transversim leviter elevato,

clypeo piceo, creberrime irregulariter subtiliter punctato, antice

leviter emarginato, medio dentibus duobus sat porrectis obtusis ;

thorace conyexo, antice modice angustato, sat crebre subtiliter

punctulato, postice utrinque fere levi, medio linea levissime

impressa; elytris evidenter striatis, striis punctatis, interstitiis

levissime convexis, levibus; pygidio eenescenti, subtiliter sat

crebre punctulato; pedibus piceis, tibiis posticis sat elongatis

parallelis, tarsorum articulo basali longitudine paullo latiori, ad

apicem angulatim emarginato.

Long. 34 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Minas Geraes.

The thorax has the punctures fine but distinct and mode-

rately separated. The elytra have the strie distinetly

impressed except the second at the basal half, the punctures

in the strie are of different sizes. The pygidium has the

punctures fine, irregular, and distinctly separated from each

other. ‘The posterior tarsi have the basal joint a little

broader than long, emarginate at the apex (Pl. XI. fig. 5).

Onthocharis constricta, sp. 0.

Elongato-oblonga, nitida; capite virescenti, subtiliter punctulato,

clypeo antice piceo, leviter emarginato, medio bidentato ; thorace

bene convexo, subtiliter punctulato, nigro-piceo virescenti, linea

mediana nulla; elytris basi apiceque sat angustatis, piceo-nigris,

evidenter striatis, striis sat crebre punctatis, interstitiis vix con-

yexis, subtilissime parce punctulatis, fere levibus, lateribus arcua-

tis ; pygidio cupreo, subtiliter punctulato ; corpore subtus cupres-

centi, abdominis segmento penultimo viridi-tincto ; pedibus piceis,

tibiis viridi-tinctis, posticis sat elongatis, apicem versus latioribus,

angulo externo producto acuto; tarsorum articulo basali brevi

triangulari, ad apicem emarginato.

Long. 23 lin.

Hab. Cayenne.

The head has a slightly raised angulated line dividing the

clypeus from the forehead. The thorax has the sides very

much deflexed, so that the lateral margins are not visible from

above; the punctuation is extremely fine but distinct, the

punctures slightly separated from each other. The elytra

have the strize very distinct, the punctures in them mode-

rately distinct and rather close together. The posterior tarsi

have the basal joint short, triangular (Pl. XI. fig. 6).

This species has the somewhat peculiar form of O. picta,

Harold.

354 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new

Onthocharis Batesii, sp. n.

Oblonga, nitida, testaceo-rufa, capite pectoreque nigris viridi-tinctis,

elytris rufo-piceis basi nigro-picea vel toto nigro-piceis; capite

subtiliter punctulato, clypeo subtilius punctulato, antice leviter

emarginato, medio bidentato ; thorace subtilissime punctulato, fere

levi, linea impressa nulla; elytris sat brevibus, evidenter striatis,

obsolete punctatis, interstitiis vix convexis, sicut levibus ; pygidio

subtiliter punctulato, testaceo-rufo vel nigro-virescenti; pedibus

testaceo-rufis (genubus plus minusve nigro-virescentibus), tibiis

posticis sat elongatis subparallelis, tarsorum articulo basali sub-

quadrato, ad apicem angulatim emarginato. (Pl. XI. fig. 7.)

Long. 25 lin.

Hab. Amazons, Ega and Fonteboa (H. W. Bates).

This is a very distinct, short oblong species. The amount

of dark colour on the elytra and legs varies considerably.

Onthocharis Lasordaire?, sp. n.

Elongato-oblonga, rufo-picea, nitida ; capite levi, vertice subtilissime

punctulato ; thorace subtiliter punctulato ; elytris distincte stria-

tis, striis obsolete punctatis, fere levibus, interstitiis lavissime

convexis, parce obsolete punctulatis, fere levibus ; pygidio bene

convexo, levi; tibiis posticis angustis, dimidio apicali fere paral-

lelis, tarsorum articulo basali latitudine duplo longiori. (Pl. XI.

fig. 8.)

Long. 17 lin.

Hab. Cayenne (Lacordaire).

The above description is taken from Dejean’s specimen of

“O. myrmidon, Lacordaire,” and is labelled ‘ Cayenne, La-

cordaire.” It is quite distinct from O. myrmidon, Westw.

It is rather more depressed than most of its allies, the ante-

rior tibie have all three teeth beyond the middle of the tibize

acute, with the apical one very obliquely directed forwards.

Onthocharis intermedia, sp. n.

Elongato-oblonga, nitida; capite virescenti, fere levi, clypeo sub-

tilissime obsolete punctulato, antice piceo, medio emarginato biden-

tato; thorace obscure virescenti, subtilissime latera versus dis-

tinctius punctulato, linea mediana brevi leviter impressa ; elytris

basi apiceque sat angustatis, virescenti-nigris, evidenter striatis,

striis sat crebre punctatis, interstitiis vix convexis, fere levibus,

lateribus arcuatis ; pygidio virescenti, sat crebre evidenter punc-

tato; corpore subtus nigro-piceo, pectore virescenti; pedibus

piceis viridi-tinctis, tibiis posticis sat elongatis, basi angulatim sat

Scarabeeide in the British Museum. 355

dilatatis, apicem versus paullo latioribus, angulo externo paullo

producto, tarsorum articulo basali oblongo, ad apicem emarginato.

Long. 2$ lin.

Hab. Amazons, 'Tapajos (H. W. Bates).

This species has the form of the preceding species and

closely resembles it in every way. The colour, however, is

different, the head is smoother, and has no distinct line

dividing the clypeus from the forehead. ‘The anterior tibiz

are rather broad and somewhat angularly enlarged at the base,

as in the preceding species, and the intermediate tibia are

almost similarly enlarged at the base, which is not the case in

O. constricta. The posterior tibie are angularly enlarged at

the base; the basal joint of the posterior tarsi is slightly

elongate, with its sides nearly parallel (Pl. XI. fig. 9).

Onthocharis simplex, sp. n.

Elongato-oblonga, picea, virescens, nitida ; capite nigro-viridi, sub-

tiliter evidenter punctulato, clypeo piceo, antice leviter emar-

ginato, medio bidentato; thorace nigro cyaneo-virescenti, sub-

tiliter punctulato, linea mediana fere nulla; elytris nigro-piceis,

virescentibus, evidenter striatis, striis sat crebre evidenter punc-

tatis, interstitiis subtilissime punctulatis; pygidio evidenter

punctato ; pedibus piceis, tibiis posticis elongatis apicem versus

latioribus, tarsorum articulo basali subquadrato, ad apicem emar-

ginato, angulo externo producto.

Long. 23 lin.

Hab. Santarem and Tapajos (H. W. Bates).

Var. Supra obscure viridis.

Hab. Tapajos (H. W. Bates).

The head is very distinctly punctured, with the punctures

slightly separated ; the clypeus is much more finely and less

distinctly punctured, the anterior emargination is wide and

not very deep, its outer angles acute, the middle teeth project

beyond the level of the angles of the emargination. The

thorax has the punctuation very fine but distinct, the punctures

moderately separated. The elytra have the striea very

distinct and evenly and rather strongly punctured, the punc-

tures separated from each other by spaces scarcely larger than

the punctures ; the punctuation of the interstices is extremely

fine and is not easily seen. The pygidium is very distinctly

punctured, the punctures slightly separated from each other.

‘The posterior tibiz elongate, widened towards the apex, with

the outer angle produced ; smooth above, except the line of

punctures ; the basal joint of the tarsi parallel-sided, emar-

356 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new

ginate at the apex, with the outer angle produced (Pl. XI.

fig. 10).

Onthocharis bella, sp. n.

Elongato-oblonga, cyaneo-viridis, nitida; capite subtiliter punctu-

lato, margine antico piceo; thorace subtiliter punctulato, postice

medio impresso levi; elytris distincte striatis, striis evidenter

punctatis, interstitiis levissime convexis, levibus; pygidio sat

fortiter punctato; tibiis posticis angustis, dimidio apicali fere

parallelis, tarsorum articulo basali latitudine longiori. (Pl. XI.

fig. 11.)

Long. 2 lin,

Hab. Cayenne.

The head has the punctuation very fine but distinct, the

punctures moderately close together, the front margin nearly

smooth. The thorax has the punctuation very fine and mode-

rately close, the posterior part of the disk almost impunctate ;

in the middle of the base there is a well-marked impression.

The elytra have the strize very distinct, the punctures in them

not very close together. ‘lhe legs are pitchy red. The club

of the antenne pale rusty testaceous. The underside of the

body is pitchy, tinted with green. ‘The colour of the insect

above is very bright bluish green, shading into pitchy or

violet in some lights.

Ontherus thoracicus, sp. n.

Elongato-oblongus, subnitidus, convexus, rufo-piceus ; capite vertice

levi, clypeo transversim ruguloso, antice levissime emarginato ;

thorace disco fere levi; elytris distincte striatis, striis dorsalibus

obscure punctatis, lateralibus distinctius punctatis, interstitiis per-

parum convexis, fere levibus.

3g. Capite cornu sat longo, curvato, acuminato ; thorace antice for-

titer declivi, parte elevata medio emarginata utrinque in processu

brevi fere truncato ducta, margine anteriori pone oculos acute

exciso, tibiis anticis tridentatis.

Q. Capite cornu brevi leviter bidentato; thorace antice minus

declivi, quadrituberculato; tibiis anticis quadridentatis.

Long. 6-63 lin.

Hab. New Granada.

This species closely resembles Pinotus tncisus, Kirsch (Berl.

ent. Zeitschr. 1870, p. 357), and the male has the same incision

in the front margin behind the eyes. The armature of the

thorax, however, is different ; instead of four tubercles there

are two slightly prominent processes (separated from each

Scarabaeidae em the British Museum. 357

other by a somewhat wide emargination), truncated at their

apex, the angles of the truncature slightly and obtusely denti-

form. The elytra have the striz less deep.

Tam making this comparison with a specimen in Mr. B.

Nevinson’s collection which I have determined to be P.

incisus.

Ontherus Nevinsoni, sp. n.

Oblongus, convexus, sat nitidus, rufo-piceus ; capite postice subtiliter

punctulato, clypeo transversim ruguloso, antice levissime emar-

ginato; thorace subtiliter punctato, disco fere levi; elytris

evidenter crenato-striatis, interstitiis perparum convexis, subtilis-

sime punctulatis, fere levibus, in ¢ subsericeo-micantibus.

do. Capite cornu sat elevato, leviter curvato acuminato; thorace

antice subito declivi, parte elevata antice subquadrituberculata ;

tibiis anticis tridentatis.

. Capite cornu brevissimo, bituberculato ; thorace minus convexo,

antice minus declivi, parte elevata medio vix binodosa.

Long. 6} lin.

Hab. Bolivia, Yungos.

This species is very like the preceding, but is broader and

of stouter build. ‘The thorax is distinctly punctured in front

and at the base, particularly in the middle. The male has

no incision behind the eye in the front margin of the thorax.

The declivous part is much nearer the front margin; the

front margin of the raised part might almost be said to be

quadrinodose, but the outer nodes are mere slight swellings ;

the middle nodes are very small but more distinct. The

female has a slight indication of two nodes at the anterior

part of the thorax.

Ontherus elongatus, sp. n.

Elongato-oblongus, paullo convexus, niger, nitidus ; capite vertice

utrinque subtiliter punctulato, tuberculo brevi acuminato instructo,

clypeo transyversim ruguloso, antice vix emarginato ; thorace sub-

tiliter sat crebre punctulato, latera versus distinctius punctato,

disco obsolete longitudinaliter impresso, antice prope marginem

oblique declivi; elytris sat parallelis, ad apicem arcuatim rotun-

datis, fortiter striatis, striis fere levibus, interstitiis parum con-

vexis, parce subtilissime punctulatis ; femoribus posticis elongatis,

supra ad apicem dente triangulari producto. <¢.

Long. 73, lat. 44 lin.

Hab. Venezuela.

This is more elongate and less convex than most of the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. vii. 25

358 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new

species known to me. The head behind the frontal tubercle

is impunctate, but finely punctured on each side. The thorax

has the punctuation very fine and not very close; owing to

the slight discoidal impression and the common anterior

declivity there is a very slight swelling near the front mar-

gin. The metasternum is somewhat flattened, very delicately

punctured (almost smooth), except the anterior portion of the

intercoxal process, where the punctures are much stronger and

closer, and at the sides, where the punctures are very strong

but moderately separated; there is a very lightly impressed

median line. The pygidium is rather closely and very dis-

tinctly punctured. ‘The anterior tibie have four teeth

(including the apical porrect one). ‘The intermediate femora

are very delicately punctured beneath, but have some strong

punctures at the apex. The posterior femora are elongate and

subparallel, a little enlarged close to the base and then slightly

narrowed, the upper apical angle produced into a strong trian-

gular tooth.

Ontherus Bridges, sp. n.

Elongatus, sat depressus, niger, nitidus ; capite vertice utrinque sub-

tiliter punctulato, tuberculo brevi acuminato instructo ; thorace

ad latera tenuiter punctato, antice subito declivi; elytris fortiter

punctatis, striis punctatis, interstitiis convexis levibus; meta-

sterno medio levi, postice impressione sat magno, lateribus punc-

tatis; pedibus longis, tibiis anticis quadridentatis, dentibus

duobus apicalibus distantibus, femoribus posticis elongatis, apicem

versus paullo latioribus, subtiliter punctulatis, angulo apicali

superiori acute dentiformi, angulo inferiori angulatim dilatato,

tibiis gracilibus. (Pl. XI. fig. 12.)

Long. 73, lat. 4 lin.

Hab. Bolivia (Bridges).

This species has the elongate form of the preceding, but it

is still more depressed, the elytra are more deeply striated,

moderately strongly punctured, and the interstices are more

convex ; the eighth or marginal stria as it approaches the

shoulder emits a short branch, which stops abruptly at about

one third from the base of the elytron. ‘The pygidium is very

delicately punctured. ‘lhe mesosternum has in the middle at

the line dividing it from the metasternum a minute tubercle.

The metasternum has posteriorly a well-marked ovate impres-

sion ; the intercoxal process is distinctly but not closely punc-

tured, it is obtusely angulated anteriorly; the punctures at

the sides are small but distinct and not very close together.

The posterior femora have the upper apical angle acutely

Scarabeidee in the British Museum. 359

dentiform, slightly curved; the lower angle is somewhat

triangularly dilated ; the tibize are unusually slender.

A female from Peru which appears to be referable to this

species differs in having a much smaller tubercle on the head ;

the metasternum has only a small lightly impressed fovea

behind, with a faint indication of a median line ; the posterior

femora are long and narrow but simple; the anterior tibice

have the four teeth equidistant, and the anterior declivity of

the thorax is less abrupt.

Pinotus Buckley?, sp. n.

Sat elongatus, subparallelus, niger, nitidus ; capite antice rotundato,

transversim ruguloso, medio cornu perlongo, apicem versus angus-

tato, postice subcanaliculato, apice ipso truncato instructo;

thorace levi, antice declivi, disco utrinque fortiter rugoso, medio

in tumulo elevato, tumulo apice triangulariter exciso, sicut bifur-

cato ; elytris sat fortiter obtuse striatis, striis fere levibus, inter-

stitiis modice convexis, fere levibus. ¢.

Long. 9 lin.

Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley).

This species has more the appearance of a true Copris than

any Pinotus known to me, with more oblong elytra almost

truncate at their apex. The much raised discoidal promin-

ence of the thorax is directed forwards and upwards, divided

at its apex into two acuminate tubercles. The elytra are

marked with obtusely impressed striz, each stria terminating

at the base in a fovea.

This species may be placed between P. anaglypticus and

P. torulosus.

Pinotus Haroldi, sp. n.

Niger, subnitidus ; capite elongato-triangulari, planato, crebre trans-

versim ruguloso, apice paullo exciso, postice cornu laminiformi

reclinato, apice angustato recurvo ; thorace crebre fortiter punc-

tato, antice concavo, medio canaliculato; elytris paullo sericeo-

opacis, sutura margineque nitidis, leviter punctato-striatis, inter-

stitiis vix convexis, evidenter sat crebre punctatis ; pygidio nitido,

subtiliter punctato. o¢.

Long. 103 lin.

Hab. Argentine Republic, Cordova.

Very near P. nutans, Harold, but at once distinguished by

the much less impressed striz of the elytra and nearly flat

interstices. The head is a little shorter, with a small wide

emargination at the apex. The laminiform horn a broad at

360 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new

the base, with a deep cavity at the lower part, on each side of

which is a small triangular tooth emanating from the margin

of the horn; the apex of the horn is suddenly narrowed and

bent forward at a right angle. The thorax is more strongly

punctured (especially above) than in P. nutans, even in the

anterior cavity. The elytra have the strie fine but distinct,

not dilated at the apex, the surface on each side of the strice

dull, leaving the middle of the interstices more shining; these

are rather strongly and moderately closely punctured.

Pinotus andicola, Harold.

Harold does not describe the female of this species. I think

it is undoubtedly the insect described by Blanchard under the

name of Copris triangulariceps.

Pinotus nitidissimus, sp. n.

Ovatus, rufo-piceus, convexus, nitidissimus; capite sat magno,

planato, triangulari, antice crebre transversim ruguloso, margine

anguste reflexo, vertice linea transversa parum elevata leviter

curvata postice levi instructo; thorace convexo, levi, disco antice

leviter flexuoso, angulis anticis sat crebre punctulatis, lateribus

bene rotundatis; elytris thorace angustioribus, quam latitudine

paullo brevioribus, omnino levibus.

Long. 83 lin.

Hab. Bolivia (Bridges).

This species is so entirely unlike any other known to me

that it is difficult to locate satisfactorily ; but on account of

the rather large triangular head must come early in the arrange-

ment according to von Harold. I should place it near

P. andicola. 'The specimen described is probably a female.

The thorax has the extreme front part declivous, with a

shallow impression on each side of the front of the disk. The

elytra are not striate; but with a strong magnifying-glass

“some very fine punctures may be seen arranged in lines.

Pinotus adrastus, Harold.

Von Harold describes this species (Deutsch. ent. Zeitschr.

xix. p. 212) from Peru (Thamm). In the British Museum

there is a specimen from Peru, also collected by Thamm,

which agrees well with von Harold’s description, except that

the discoidal tubercles would appear to be more developed

(curved inwards at the apex) and with a deep transverse

impression between these tubercles and the acute basal tubercle.

Scarabeeides in the British Museum. 361

The female has a short conical tubercle on the vertex of the

head, which is rather more triangular than in the male. The

thorax is almost vertically declivous in front (with a round

impression on each side of the declivous part), the ridge

formed by the declivity produced forwards and quadrituber-

culate, the middle pair of tubercles in advance of the lateral

ones and moderately widely separated.

Pinotus torulosus, Esch.

Mr. b. Nevinson has pointed out to me a series of speci-

mens which he has separated from the ordinary form of P.

toru/osus on account of their smaller size and convex shining

interstices to the elytra. In the British Museum collection

there is a similar specimen from Mendoza.

P. torulosus is described from ‘ Conception,” and the length

given is 73 lines; the interstices of the elytra are “ erhaben,

gewdlbt, glatt, glinzend.”

Von Harold states (‘ Abeille,’ 1869, p. 133) that he has

seen authentic specimens of P. Valdivianus, Philippi, and that

they do not differ from P. torulosus type. It would be inter-

esting to have this observation confirmed. I have not seen

Philippi’s description.

P. punctatissimus, Curtis, 2, has the interstices of the

elytra slightly convex and somewhat dull, which is the more

common form. One specimen in the Museum collection has

the interstices almost tlat.

Pinotus bicornis, sp. n.

Oblongus, sat parallelus, ater, opacus; capite rugoso, antice rotun-

dato ad apicem vix sinuato, genis antice prominulis, prope mar-

ginem anticum cornu erecto sat valido, parallelo, ad apicem trun-

cato instructo; thorace haud punctato (angulo laterali punctato

excepto), antice pone oculos exciso, lateribus antice obliquis, ante

medium in lobo productis, ad medium sinuatis, disco in processu

subhorizontali sat crasso producto, processu apicem versus parallelo,

apice truncato; elytris striis subnitidis subtilissime punctulatis

vix impressis; tibiarum posticarum calcari apicali ad apicem

exciso.

Long. 92 lin.

Hab. Peru (Thamm).

This species, in its dul] surface and curious lateral margins

of the thorax, has so much in common with P. diabolicus,

Harold (Deutsch. ent. Zeitschr. xix. p. 211), with which it

was received, that at first [ was inclined to think it might be

362 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new

the female of that species ; it does not, however, agree with

Harold’s description of the female, and differs in the entire

absence of sculpture on the thorax, except on the lateral lobe.

Pinotus speciosus, sp. n.

Oblongus, convexus, eneo-viridis, nitidus; capite cupreo, parce

punctulato, clypeo apice obtuse bidentato, nigro, lateribus obliquis

fere rectis, vertice cornu lato brevi erecto, angulis dentiformibus ;

thorace cupreo, subtiliter punctato, antice declivi, parte elevata

antice utrinque sinuata, medio obtuse producta supra impressa,

postice leviter canaliculato; elytris viridibus, thorace perparum

angustioribus, sat rotundatis, fortiter striatis, striis sat crebre

fortiter punctatis, interstitiis sat convexis, fere leevibus, pedibus

nigrescenti-zeneis, hic et illic cupreo tinctis.

Long. 7 lin.

Hab. Brazil (Lacordaire).

This may be placed next to P. subeneus, Casteln.

Pinotus agesilaus, sp. n.

Oblongus, crassus, piceo-niger, nitidus; capite sat elongato, fortiter

rugoso, utrinque prope oculos tuberculo minuto et ante medium

cornu brevi erecto sat lato ad apicem subtruncato, genis dilatatis

acute angulatis, clypeo subtilius rugoso, antice arcuato, apice inci-

sura parva ; thorace brevi, ante medium subverticali, parte elevata

nitida, ad basin parce punctata, antice quadrisinuata, in medio

lobo sat lato paullo producta, parte declivi fortiter crebre punc-

tata et subrugosa, utrinque carina obtusa obliqua instructa, mar-

gine anteriori pone oculos sat profunde emarginato ; elytris sat

fortiter striatis, striis fere levibus, interstitiis parum convexis,

subtilissime vix punctulatis ; tibiarum posticarum calcari apicali

apice emarginato. <¢.

Long. 15, lat. 9 lin.

Hab. Brazil, “St. Paul.”

This species may be placed just before P. boreus in Harold’s

arrangement. ‘The front margin of the thorax is rather

deeply emarginate behind the eyes, somewhat as in P. diabo-

licus and P. bicornis; this is an uncommon character, but

may probably only exist in the male.

Pinotus nobilis, sp. n.

Oblongus, crassus, nigro-piceus, nitidus ; capite fortiter crebre punc-

tato, antice angustato, clypeo fortiter bidentato et utrinque iterum

lobato; thorace fortiter crebre punctato, linea longitudinali vix

Scarabeide tn the British Museum. 363

impressa, antice abrupte declivi, parte elevata antice flexuosa,

parte declivi crebre fortiter granulosa, angulis anticis acutis,

extrorsum sinuatis, lateribus sat longe brunneo fimbriatis; elytris

sat fortiter striatis, striis vix punctatis, interstitiis paullo con-

vexis, sublevibus ; pygidio basi subtiliter punctulato.

3. Capite pone medium cornu erecto brevi punctato ad apicem

bidentato.

@. Capite pone medium carina brevi obtusa leviter bidentata.

Long. 9-103 lin.

Hiab. Uruguay ; Bolivia.

This species is somewhat intermediate between P. crind-

collis and P. fimbriata. From erinicollis it differs in being

more convex, with less long cili at the sides of the thorax

and with the front of the clypeus almost quadridentate ; from

jimbriata it differs in having the disk of the thorax strongly

punctured. The larger male from Uruguay has the cephalic

horn a little dilated at the apex and triangularly emarginate ;

the front margin of the raised part of the thorax quadri-

sinuate or quinque-lobate, the middle lobe slightly advanced,

with its angles incrassate. The smaller male from Bogota

has the cephalic horn narrower at the apex, and the thorax

has the front margin of the raised part less strongly quadri-

sinuate, the middle lobe broad. A specimen marked

“Cordova,” which appears to be the female of this species,

has the cephalic horn reduced to an obtuse ridge with its

angles slightly dentiform. ‘The thorax has the disk less

raised, the front margin of the raised part forming one broad

arcuate lobe with a sinuosity on each side.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

Fig. 1. Hind leg of Onthocharis brevipes.

tg. 2. bs equalis.

Fig. 3. 7 r leta.

Fig. 4. 5 a oblonga.

Fig. 5. is 7 Westwood.

Beg: -G: es constricta.

Iai Lie 7 a. Batesit.

Fig. 8. 5 9 Lacordairet.

ig, 9: es oF intermedia.

Fig. 10. + Fr simplex.

digit; ; bella.

Fig. 12. ‘ Ontherus Bridgesi,

364 Mr. H. H. Druce on new

XXX VIIT.—Descriptions of some new Genera and Species of

West-African Lycenide. By Hamitron H. Druce, F.E.S.

Amonest a large collection of butterflies lately obtained I

find the two following apparently undescribed species of

Lycenide; and as they do not seem to me to be properly

referable to any known genera, I venture to describe them.

The collection contains a good series of both. J also include

descriptions of two genera for two well-known West-African

Lycenide which cannot now be referred to their original

genera, viz. Myrina and Hypolycena.

HYPOMYRINA, gen. nov.

Allied to Hypolycena ; costa more arched and outer margin

more rounded, and with an additional subcostal nervule, which

is emitted rather beyond the middle of the third. Hind wing

with the lobe distinct and more produced, and with one short

linear tail on the lower median nervule. Palpi with the

terminal joint long, slender, and pointed, almost as long as

second; legs normal.

There are no secondary sexual characters.

Type Myrina nomenia, Hewitson.

We have specimens of this species as noted by Mr. Kirby

(Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep., Lycen., Supp. p. 26) from Sierra

Leone and Lagos, together with the typical form; and I find

that a good series shows very slight variation and they will

probably prove to belong to a distinct species.

_ HYPOKOPELATES, gen. nov.

Allied to Hypomyrina, having the venation much the

same, but with the terminal joint of the palpi much shorter

and with secondary sexual characters. The lobe very small

and one short linear tail on the lower median nervule.

Type Hypolycena mera, Hewitson.

KKOPELATES, gen. nov.

Allied to Hypokopelates, but with the first subcostal nervule

bent towards the costal nervure and distinctly touching it for

some considerable distance. Palpi: second joint long and

robust, terminal joint very small. Head very large; antenne

rather long, very slender, with rather lengthened abrupt club.

Type Kopelates virgata, mihi.

West-African Lepidoptera. 365

Kopelates virgata, sp. n.

3. Upperside jet-black, with all the veins and inner and

outer margins of fore wing and outer margin of hind wing

very narrowly bordered on both sides with bright greenish

ultramarine-blue, the costal margin of fore wing being

black at the base and of hind wing rather broadly black from

the base to the apex. The space between the lower median

nervule and the submedian nervure on hind wing blue, as

above. Cilia of fore wing black, of hind wing silvery grey

outwardly bordered with black. Lobe very small, black, with

a minute dark red spot and some lighter blue scales over (in

some specimens this red spot is entirely replaced by black).

Tail black, with white tip. The brand near base on hind

wing is very small, creamy white, with yellowish centre and

above the cell.

Underside greyish emerald-green, shiny, with a rather

narrow, irregular, slightly darker band, bordered on both sides

with whitish, rather beyond the middle, common to both wings,

very faint on the costa, and gradually becoming more distinct

where it is much angulated on the anal margin of hind wings,

where also its whitish borders are more distinct. Lobe with

a large black spot with some orange scales over ; a silvery-

blue patch between the lower median nervule and the sub-

median nervure, and a black spot between the two lower

median nervules. A narrow black marginal line from the

lobe nearly to the apex, bordered inwardly with white. A

rather broad, indistinct, whitish line between the band and

spots at the anal angle reaching about as far up as the black

marginal line. Cilia of fore wing green, of hind wing green

at apex, but silvery grey bordered with black towards anal

angle. A short band at end of cell in both wings.

?. Upperside uniform dull greyish brown with the lobe

bright orange.

Underside as in male, but much paler, and with the band

yellowish near the anal margin, and the black spot between

the lower median nervules much larger and strongly bordered

inwardly with yellow.

Head and thorax blackish. Abdomen of male covered with

blue scales, of female brown above, whitish below. Palpi

white, with black tips. Legs black and white.

Expanse, ¢ 2 1} inch.

Hab, Sierra Leone. Mus. Druce.

This species is not nearly allied to anything with which I

am acquainted. ‘The beautiful shining green on the underside

appears only in perfect specimens, as several which are some-

what worn have nearly lost it and are almost greyish brown.

366 On new West-African Lepidoptera.

PILODEUDORIX, gen. noy.

Allied to Rapala, Moore, from which it differs in the much

more triangular fore wings (the apex being more pointed

and the interior margin shorter), by the anal fold being much

more enlarged, and by having a long pencil of hairs attached

to the hind wing between the lower median nervule and the

submedian nervure near the base. The terminal joint of the

palpi is longer and stouter, and the antenne also are longer

and more gradually clavate.

Type Pilodeudori« barbatus, mihi.

The patch of hairs on the inner margin of fore wing and

the scaly patch on hind wing are both small.

Pilodeudorix barbatus, sp. n.

gd. Upperside: fore wing jet-black, partially covered with

large ultramarine-blue scales, viz. from the base between the

costal and median nervure nearly to the apex, and from the

base beneath the lower median nervule to the interior angle,

leaving the outer half of the inner margin black; a few blue

scales close to the outer margin between the median nervules.

Hind wing jet-black, paler on the costal margin ; blue scales

in the cell; a distinct, rather lighter blue streak from the

base to the outer margin, sharply bordered by the lower

median nervule and the submedian nervures. The anal fold

pure white from the base, merging into greyish above the

lobe, which is very small and contains a dull red spot. A

very narrow black marginal line from the apex to the lobe.

The pencil of hairs which is attached to the wing near the

base being jet-black, about the length of the body, and falling

over the white anal fold. Cilia of fore wing black, of hind

wing silvery grey, more especially towards the anal angle ; a

short black linear tail, tipped with white, on the lower median

nervule.

Underside rather dark greyish brown, with slightly darker

bands inwardly and outwardly edged with greyish white.

Fore wing: a short broad band at the end of the cell, and

beyond the middle, commencing below the costal margin,

a rather broader band, gradually tapering off towards the

inner margin, the lower half being placed closer to the base ;

a rather large black oblong band near the base just below the

median nervure, and below that a shining whitish space and

a small tuft of black hairs attached to the inner margin.

Hind wing with a short band about the middle of the cell,

and beyond that, commencing about the centre of the costal

The History of a Long-forgotten British Lithobius. 367

margin and ending about the middle of the inner margin, a

much broken irregular band; beyond this from the apex to

the anal angle a faint greyish line bent inwards on account

of a rather large black spot inwardly bordered with orange

between the two lower median nervules; a faint submarginal

line and a narrow black marginal line inwardly bordered with

pure white. The lobe black, with a few bluish scales and an

orange patch above.

Head white between the eyes ; thorax and abdomen blackish

above, with blue scales. Abdomen creamy white below ; legs

black, with white spots. Antenne black, annulated with

white. Palpi white, with black tips.

Expanse 1-1} inch.

Hab. Sierra Leone. Mus. Druce.

Although the collection contains about forty specimens

there are no females amongst them.

The spot between the nervules on underside of hind wing

is frequently annulated with orange, and several specimens

have a distinct white ringed spot in the cell of fore wing

below, but on one wing only.

XXXIX.—The History of a Long-forgotten British

Lithobius. By R. I. Pocock.

In many, if not most, zoological groups there is an unfortu-

nately large category of species which are tacitly ignored by

more modern authors and consigned to oblivion by their

common consent. or this neglect there is generally ample

excuse, the excuse being often traceable to absence of locality

for the typical specimen, or more often to some errors or

omissions committed by the writer who first described the

species. ‘l'o rescue such a species from its fate is always

gratifying, and the task is rendered still more so when it

incidentally adds fresh and interesting facts to the history of

the species by shedding unexpected light upon its synonymy,

distribution, or structural variability.

Such species are Lithobius pilicornis and L. Sloanet of

Newport. The first-named was originally described on p. 96

vol. xiil. of this Magazine, but subsequently and more fully on

p. 369 of vol. xix. of the Trans. Linn. Soc., this last descrip-

tion being repeated in the ‘ Catalogue of the Myriopoda in

the British Museum.’ Immediately following the first

description of the species is the description of the second, L,

368 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the History of a

Sloanet. This description is also repeated and amplified in

the Linnean ‘ Transactions’ and in the ‘Catalogue.’ In the

Linnean ‘Transactions’ Newport refers to the resemblance

between these two species and points out the characters by

which they may be separated. Curiously enough, however,

he nowhere gives the number of antennal segments of pil-

cornis, whereas he asserts that Sloane? possesses forty. And

since, in his comparison of the two species, there is no state-

ment that any structural difference is found in these appen-

dages, the obvious inference is that pdlicornis also possesses

forty segments. Add to this that pdlicornis is said to be

English, while there is no locality for Sloane, and we have

sufficient information, one would think, to lead to the identi-

fication of at least pelicornis. No mention, however, of either

has been made for more than thirty years, and but for what

may be termed a lucky chance both might for many a year

have still remained amongst the category of long-forgotten

species.

¥ * & * *

During a trip to Cornwall in the autumn of 1890 my friend

Mr. Oldfield Thomas was fortunate enough to capture upon

St. Michael’s Mount a magnificent specimen of the genus

Lithobius.

It is manifest at a glance that this specimen is markedly

different from the common British members of the family ;

for it far exceeds in size the largest examples of L. forficatus

and L. variegatus, the two species which have hitherto shared

the distinction of being generally considered the giants of the

race—so far at least as Britain is concerned. Moreover, a

closer inspection shows that, apart from its size, this new

comer may be distinguished by sundry well-marked structural

features from all its near relatives that are commonly met

with in England. From a systematic point of view, in

fact, its specific characters are at least as important as those

which distinguish forficatus from variegatus or crassipes from

microps.

Taking this into account, and not at the time recollecting

that any similar or even remotely allied species had been

described on the continent from the countries of which the

Myriopod fauna is known, I had reasonable grounds for

expecting that this one would prove to be new to science, and

that we should have the satisfaction of recording a second

species of the genus as peculiar to the British Isles. Refer-

ence, however, to literature, accompanied by a careful reexam-

ination of the specimens of this genus that are contained in

Long-forgotten British Lithobius. 369

the British Museum, soon dispelled this illusion. For three

points speedily came to light:—Firstly, that the specimen is

specifically identical with the type of L. pilicornis; secondly,

that LZ. Sloaneid is synonymous with L. pilicornis; and

thirdly, that the species has been redescribed by von Porath

and has received the appropriate name longipes as a secondary

title.

The types of longipes were from the Azores, and the species

was established in 1870. Two years later Dr. Meinert

obtained a Lithobtus from Madeira which he questionably

identified as longipes. But to afford others an opportunity of

testing the correctness of his conclusion, he recharacterized

the species from the Madeiran example. If this description

be compared with that given by von Porath certain differences

between the two may be noticed—differences which, although

slight in themselves, are perhaps in the aggregate of sufficient

importance to justify the caution Dr. Meinert displayed in

qualifying his synonymy with a mark of interrogation. I con-

fess, however, to having come to the conclusion that these

differences might easily be accounted for on the greunds of

individual variation. I was consequently somewhat surprised

to find upon consulting Dr. Meinert’s last work on the Chilo-

poda that he subsequently comes to an opinion exactly the

opposite of my own. For in this instance he identifies a

specimen from Marocco as longipes of Porath, and, deciding

that it is specifically distinct from his previously described

Madeiran specimen, he assigns to this last the new name

galathee. Fortunately, however, by drawing up a diagnosis

of the Moorish example he again furnishes us with a means

of keeping a check upon his determination and of testing the

validity of his views. But here again it is hard quite to agree

with Dr. Meinert. It seems to me that this third description by

no means serves to emphasize the distinction between the

so-called galathee and longipes. On the contrary, it confirms

me in the belief that the Madeiran and Azorean specimens are

co-specific ; and there is no doubt whatever that Dr. Meinert

has correctly identified the specimen from Marocco. Hence

the three descriptions have been drawn up from specimens

which are specifically identical. Clearly, however, such an

expression of personal conviction will carry but little weight

if unsupported by facts; and it is desirable to be somewhat

more explicit, since this view is opposed to that of Dr. Meinert,

whose opinion on such a point is worthy of most careful con-

sideration—and this quite apart from the circumstance that

his conclusion is so much the more valuable inasmuch as it was

formed from a comparison of specimens.

370 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the History of a

In the first place, if we compare the description of the

Azorean with that of the Madeiran specimen, we find that they

resemble each other in colour, number of antennal segments,

hairiness of sternites, number and shape of coxal pores, arma-

ture of anal legs and of the female generative appendage,

while they differ a little in the number of ocelli and of teeth

on the maxillary sternite and in that the Madeiran specimen

is said to be posteriorly granular. Again, the example from

Marocco agrees with both in colour, in the number of its

antennal segments, in the shape of its coxal pores, and in the

armature of its anal legs and of the generative appendage.

But while it resembles the specimens from the Azores and

differs from that from Madeira in the number of its maxillary

teeth, it resembles that from Madeira and differs from those

from the Azores in the number of its ocelli and in being pos-

teriorly roughened. It further differs from the Madeiran

specimen in the spine-armature of the first pair of legs; and

it differs from both in the number of its coxal pores. Thus

we see that Dr. Meinert’s galathee differs from his longipes,

which is doubtless too the longipes of Porath, in the number

of its maxillary teeth and of its coxal pores, and in the spine-

armature of its first pair of legs. But what is the value of

these characters? Are they of specific importance? Clearly

in the absence of series of examples these questions can only

be answered by analogy, that is by seeing what value they

have in other species of the genus. If now we turn to Dr.

Latzel’s description of L. forficatus, we find that the number

of maxillary teeth varies from 10 to 14, that the coxal pores

are either transversal, oval, or more or less round, and vary

from 6, 6, 6, 5 to 12, 11, 11, 10, and that the spine-armature

of the first pair of legs is not constant. Thus it is clear that

the differential characters of galathee as described are of very

little value. It is clear, moreover, if other characters of forfi-

catus be examined, that the Moorish, Madeiran, and Azorean

specimens differ far less from each other than do individuals

_ of forficatus. But when a numberof specimens agree precisely

in most of their characters, and differ only in characters which

are known to be still more variable in an allied species of the

genus, it is surely illogical to consider such differences as

worthy of specific consideration. To put it more clearly,

suppose A, B, C, and D be four specimens, of which A and

B are beyond all question members of the same species. _ If,

then, it be found that A resembles and differs from B precisely

as C resembles and differs from D, surely there are no grounds

for concluding that C is a different species from D? The

conclusion is rendered still more untenable if the differences

Long-forgotten British Lithobius. 371

between A and B are greater than the differences between C

and D. Thus by analogy we may fairly safely argue that

galathee is synonymous with longipes. The same line of

argument has convinced me, moreover, that the specimen

from St. Michael’s Mount is specifically identical with the

type of pilicornis, and that Sloanet and longipes are synonyms

of pilicornis.

It is not hard to find reasons why Porath and Meinert failed

to identify pilicornis. The fact of the type being British *

furnished strong grounds for the belief that Azorean and North-

African specimens would be distinct from it. Moreover

it will be remembered that Dr. Newport inadvertently

implied that the specimen has forty antennal segments. As

a matter of fact it has thirty-two and thirty-three; and

why Newport should have assigned forty to the type of

Sloane? is unintelligible, since the only entire antenna which

the specimen possesses has but thirty-four. But for this

error the species might have been identified ; under the circum-

stances, however, no one can be blamed for failing to do so.

Again, the differences which Newport has pointed out for

distinguishing pilicornis from Sloane? will not stand the test of

criticism. Thus in counting the labial teeth of pelicornis New-

port again fell into error; for he asserts that there are ten,

whereas in reality there are the same number as in Sloane?,

namely eight. ‘The difference in the shape of the head in

pilicornis is due to the fact that the sides of the sclerite have

become curled downwards during the process of drying; and

the greater apparent hairiness of pdlicornis is no doubt to be

attributed partly to the removal of the hairs in the type of

Sloanei and partly to the fact that they have become matted

to the various parts of the body; for this specimen, Newport

informs us, was taken from a bottle forming part of the origi-

nal collection of Sir Hans Sloane. — -

At the present time this type is a bleached and shrivelled

example, bearing a ticket numbered 4167, which is presu-

mably a copy of an original number affixed by Sir Hans

Sloane; for a reference to the MS. catalogue of the Sloane

collection shows that this number refers to “ a middling good-

sized brown Scolopendra.”

To show still further the variability of this species and to

follow Dr. Meinert’s excellent example of furnishing others

with a check upon the synonymy here given, I publish the

* Apart from Dr. Newport’s statement to that effect there is no evidence

that the specimen is British, there being no ticket affixed to it with the

information,

372 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the History of a

following description of the specimen from St. Michael’s

Mount :—

Lithobius pilicornis, Newport.

Lithobius pilicornis, Newport, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xiii. p. 96. no. 5

(1844); Trans. Linn. Soc. xix. p. 369. no. 18 (1845); Cat. Myrio-

poda Mus. Brit. p. 20 (1856).

Lithobius Sloanei, Newport, Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. xiii. p. 96. no. 6

(1844) ; Trans. Linn. Soe. xix. p. 369. no. 12 (1845) ; Cat. Myriopoda

Mus. Brit. p. 19 (1856).

Lithobius longipes, von Porath, CEf. Vet-Akad. Forh. xxvii. p. 816

(1870); Meinert, Nat. Tidsskr. (3) viii. p. 323 (1872); id. Vid.

Medd. Foren. 1884-86, p. 109,

Lithobius galathee, id. ibid.

Colour (in alcohol *) deep castaneous above and below, the

arthrodial membranes greyish blue; shining.

Head-plate pentagonal, sparsely punctured and hairy.

Antenne hirsute, composed of thirty-two or thirty-three

long cylindrical segments, of which the second is the longest ;

apical segment only very slightly longer than the penul-

timate.

Eyes composed of about twenty-six ocelli, arranged in five

or six rows.

Maxillary sternite sparsely punctured and hairy; prosternal

plates well developed, separated by a deep excavation, each

armed with five long sharp teeth, of which (counting from

the inside) the first, second, and third are close-set, while the

fourth is separated from the third, and the fifth from the

fourth by a wider space.

Tergites mostly smooth, those at the posterior end of the

body being, however, roughened and granular; most of them

with rounded angles ; the eleventh, however, has its angles

slightly produced and the thirteenth has them more strongly

produced.

Sternites sparsely punctured and hairy; longitudinally

depressed in the middle and lightly depressed at the sides.

Legs long and hairy, the tarso-metatarsus being especially

hirsute ; the posterior four coxe furnished with 8, 9, 9, 7 long

slit-like pores; anal legs long, coxee armed with one lateral

and one inferior spine, the other segments armed beneath

as follows:—1, 3, 2, 1, 0; claw unarmed.

Generative forceps in female furnished with two spurs on

each side; the claw obsoletely trifid.

* Mr. Thomas informs me that when living the specimen was of a deep

dull green tint. This green has changed to a deep red from the action of

the methylated spirit.

Long-forgotten British Lithobius. - 373

Measurements.—Total length of body 35 millim., of antenne

15 millim., of anal leg 165 millim.

This specimen is the largest known example of the species.

Porath gives 24 millim. as the greatest length of his typical

examples and Dr. Meinert assigns 21 millim. to his specirmen

from Madeira and 18 to the one from Marocco. In addition

to the individual just described and the types of Sloane? and

pilicornis, the British Museum possesses a fourth from Ma-

deira, which was sent by Mr. J. Y. Johnstone. This measures

26 millim. The type of Sloaned has the body very much

shrunken ; but, judging trom the size of the head and from

the length of the anal leg, it was at least as large as this

example from St. Michael’s Mount.

The types of pidicornts and Sleanet, as above stated, possess

eight maxillary teeth; the specimen from St. Michael’s

Mount has ten, whereas the example from Madeira has but

seven, the external tooth on the left side being absent. All

of them agree in presenting 2, 2, 1 spines on the under sur-

face of the first pair of legs.

The coxal pores vary a little in number, being either 8, 10,

10, 8 or 8, 9, 9, 7. ‘The shape varies also. In the type of

Sloanet and in the example from St. Michael’s Mount, the

two largest of the specimens, they are considerably more

elongate than in the others.

The antennal segments vary in number from thirty-two to

thirty-four *.

Distribution.—As may be inferred from what has been said

above, the only definitely known localities for this species are

Marocco, Madeira, the Azores, and St. Michael’s Mount, off

the south-west coast of Cornwall. But we may safely con-

* Since sending the above to press I have discovered other specimens

of this species in the Museum collection. One of these was collected by

Mr. Oldtield Thomas at Falmouth, and had been mistaken for forficatus

until critically examined ; the others, four in number, were obtained by

the officers of H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ at Teneriffe, and, being badly pre-

served and damaged, had been provisionally set aside as unidentifiable.

Of these Teneriffe specimens only one has a perfect antenna, which proves

to be composed of thirty-three segments. In the largest specimen the

maxillary teeth are large, sharp, and eight in number; in the others,

however, these teeth are very blunt and more or less fused. The example

from Falmouth has thirty antennal segments on one side and thirty-five

on the other, and the maxillary teeth are conspicuous and four on each

side.

No doubt the species has been introduced into Teneriffe from the

mainland, just as it has into Madeira and the Azores; and what has been

said above with regard to the distribution of the specimen from St.

Michael’s Mount will apply equally well to the one from Falmouth.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. vil. 26

374 Mr. O. Salvin on new ©

clude that it does not occur in Scandinavia, Denmark,

Germany, and Austro-Hungary ; for the Myriopoda of these

countries have been so thoroughly investigated, that such a

conspicuous species could not easily have been overlooked.

Unfortunately nothing or next to nothing is known of the

Myriopod fauna of Portugal and France, and in the absence of

this information any attempt to account for the existence of

this species in Britain must clearly be regarded as purely

provisional.

No one will probably dispute that the species has been

introduced from the mainland into Madeira. Moreover, it is

quite likely that from Madeira it has made its way into the

Azores. But its existence in England may be due to at least

one or more than one of three causes—either the species

inhabited England and France before the separation of the

former tract of land, or it has been introduced from the con-

tinent since the separation, or it has been carried over to us

from the Azores. In support of this last hypothesis we may

urge the great rarity of the species in England and its appa-

rent confinement to our south-western counties. For, coming

from so warm a locality, we should expect that it would only

be able to maintain itself in the extreme south-west, where

the climate is moist and relaxing and frosts are of rare

occurrence. ‘I'he introduction of the species into England

from the Azores might have been effected, one would think,

by means of a floating tree-trunk driven before a south-

westerly gale.

We can never, however, satisfy ourselves on these points

until collectors have filled up the gaps in our knowledge with

respect to the Myriopod fauna of Portugal and France.

XL.—Descriptions of new Species of Upupe and Trochili

in the Collection of the British Museum. By OsBERT

SALVIN, M.A., F.R.S.

UpPupP2z.

Upupa somalensis.

Upupa epops senegalensis, Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 397.

Adult male. Similar to that of U. epops, and with the pri-

maries and tail similarly banded with white; the upper back,

Species of Upupe and Trochili. 375

neck, head, and under surface are deeper rufous, almost as in

U. africana, and the secondaries are marked as in that species,

the basal two thirds being white and the apical black third

crossed by a white transverse band. ‘Total length about 10:5

inches, wing 5°4, tail 3°7, bill 2-2, tarsus 0°8.

Hab, Somali-Land.

There can be little doubt that the bird here described

belongs to a species distinct both from U. epops and U. afri-

cana, having the primaries banded as in the former bird and

the secondaries like those of the latter as well as its rich

colour.

Scoptelus notatus.

Adult. Similar to that of S. aterrémus, but the upper sur-

face bluer where S. aterrimus is purple and greener where

that bird is steel-blue; the outermost rectrix on either side

always has a subterminal white band, which varies somewhat

in width and is sometimes divided into two spots by the dark

shaft.

Young. Differs from the young of S. aterrimus in the same

way as the adults from one another.

Hab. North-east Africa, perhaps extending into the Congo

region.

The adult males of this species have a dark greyish sub-

terminal patch on the inner webs of the primaries. In the

females this is much larger, paler, and more distinct.

This bird of N.E. Africa has usually been united with the

West-African S. aterrimus ; but from the specimens before

me I have no difficulty in distinguishing the two birds.

TROCHILI.

Panychlora micans.

Adult male. Similar to that of P. alicte, and of about the

same size. The whole plumage is of a rich reddish golden

hue, brighter and redder on the crown. ‘The tail is very

dark and of more bronzy tint than in the allied species, but

the outer rectrices are distinctly green, and not coppery bronze,

as in P, russata; moreover the tail is slightly forked.

Hab. ? yi eh

A single male specimen in the Gould Collection is the only

one I have seen of this bird. It is very richly coloured, and,

though differing obviously from P. alicie, may possibly prove

to be a variety of that species.

26*

376 Mr. O. Salvin on new

Heliangelus laticlavius.

Adult male. Very similar to that of H. clarisse, and with

the upper surface and tail coloured in the same way; on the

under surface the white pectoral band is much wider, more

than double the width of that of the allied form; there is no

band of glittering green feathers below the white, and the

middle of the abdomen is more distinctly buff; the under

tail-coverts are white, with wider dusky shaft-stripes.

Female unknown.

Hab. Ecuador.

Heliangelus violicollis.

Adult male. Similar to that of H. strophianus, but the

upper surface of a darker, more rufescent brown, especially in

the middle of the back ; the abdomen too has a more bronzy

hue; the most obvious difference is in the colour of the

throat, which is glittering violet-blue, without any red or

rosy tint.

Young male. Has the feathers of throat black, with white

edges; amongst these the glittering violet feathers of the

adult appear.

Hab. Ecuador.

Heliotrypha speciosa.

Adult male. Very similar to that of H. Barrali, but with

a longer bill and the throat of a more glittering olive-green,

without the leaden or silvery hue of the allied species; the

feathers of the breast are rather more conspicuously white at

the base, but this character is also seen in H. Barralv.

Total length about 5 inches, wing 2°5; tail, central rectrices

1:45, lateral 1°6; bill 1.

Hab. Colombia ?

Amazilia Sumichrastt.

Adult male. Upper surface shining grass-green, darker on

the head, more golden-bronze on the rump and upper tail-

coverts ; throat and breast glittering grass-green, the white

bases of the feathers hardly showing anywhere; abdomen

and flanks shining grass-green; under tail-coverts rufous;

tail rich lustrous coppery bronze ; bases of the inner primaries

Species of Upupx and Trochili. 377

and secondaries chestnut; maxilla black; mandible flesh-

colour, the tip black. Total length about 3°8 inches, wing

2:1, tail 1°2, bill 0:9.

Hab. Tehuantepec, South Mexico (Sumichrast).

In some respects this species resembles A. ocaz, but the

richer, more coppery colour of the tail, the dull-coloured

crown, and uniform green throat readily distinguish it. Iam

indebted to M. Boucard for the specimen now described.

Polyerata decora.

Damophila amabilis, Salv. P, Z. S. 1870, p. 211.

Adult male. Similar to that of P. amadzlis, but the bill

longer, the glittering feathers of the crown extending to the

nape, and the upper tail-coverts and central rectrices dark

shining green, without reddish or purple shade. Length of

bill 1°1 inch.

Adult female has also a long bill and the upper tail-coverts

and central rectrices dark green without purple shade.

Hab. Chiriqui.

I have long hesitated to separate this bird from P. amabilis,

but am now convinced of its distinctness. Its range is

probably very restricted and confined to the western slopes

of the Volcano of Chiriqui. On the eastern side the range of

P. amabilis is probably continuous from Costa Rica to

Panama.

Oreopyra pectoralis.

Adult male. Similar to that of O. calolema in all respects

except that the breast, when viewed from in front, is nearly

black, and not glittering green.

The female is probably undistinguishable from that of O.

calolema.

Hab. Costa Rica.

Pheolema cervinigularis.

Similar to P. rubinoides as to the colour of the crown,

which has a central glittering green stripe. In size it equals

P. equatorialis, but differs trom that species in the colour of

the crown and from both in having the chin pale chestnut,

like the sides of the throat, with hardly a trace of green.

Total length about 5 inches, wing 2°9; tail, central rectrices

1:4, lateral 2; bill 1-3.

378 Bibliographical Notices.

Hab. Ecuador ?

Of the two skins in the Museum one was in Gould’s

Collection and one in our own, the latter having been obtained

from Mr. Whitely. Both are males. The exact locality

where this bird is found remains to be discovered ; at present

I can only say that the types are made up in the manner

usual in collections of humming-birds from Ecuador.

Eriocnemis ventralis.

Adult male. Upper surface shining grass-green, becoming

bronzy black on the hind neck and crown, and glittering

olive-green on the rump and upper tail-coverts ; under sur-

face with the throat bronzy black, a glittering blue gular

patch ; breast glittering green, shading into glittering

amethyst on the abdomen; under tail-coverts glittering

purplish blue; tail steel-blue; tibial tufts pure white; bill

black. Total length about 3°9 inches, wing 2°25; tail,

central rectrices 1°05, lateral 1°65; bill 0°85.

Hab. Colombia.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Aids in Practical Geology. By Grenvitte A. Cots, F.G.S., Professor

of Geology in the Royal College of Science for Ireland. 8vo.

Pp. i-xiv & 1-402; with 136 illustrative cuts. C. Griffin & Co.:

London, 1891.

Cuaprer I. treats of Geological observations to be made in the

field, from lowland to upland and into the mountains, with the

utensils required and the methods recommended. For the construction

of maps and sections, Geikie’s and Penning’s books are referred to,

Mr. Dalton’s geometric process of determining the true dip between

two uncertain dips in the sides of a quarry is given at page 6. For

labels, mentioned at page 10, good pencil-writing will surely resist

moisture better than ink. Chapter II. is short, but important ;

treating of the collecting and packing of specimens.

As the chief aim of this excellent manual is to teach the student,

whether indoors or abroad, to recognize the yarious kinds of Rocks—

sedimentary, igneous, and metamorphic—that constitute the solid

portions of the Earth’s surface, the knowledge of how to find out

and discriminate their constituent minerals is of primary importance.

Hence Chapters III.-IX. (pp. 13-83) treat of the physical characters

Bibliographical Notices. 379

of minerals; tests with water and acids, and examination with the

blowpipe ; pleochroism is also treated of. Under each group of

subjects numerous trustworthy authorities are plainly referred to, so

that the latest discoveries and newest forms of apparatus are brought

under the student’s notice.

The examination of Rocks themselves occupies Chapters X.—XX.

(pp. 84-265). First are briefly noticed “ coarsely fragmental rocks ; ”

then “ ordinary stratified rocks,” and “cleaved and foliated rocks,”

“‘Toeneous rocks,” or those “that have consolidated from a state of

fusion,’ are more fully treated, under the headings (1) “glassy

rocks,” (2) ‘‘lithoidal rocks,’” and (3) “ distinctly holocrystalline

rocks.” ‘Some physical characters of rocks” is the title of

Chapter XIJ.; and ‘‘ the chemical examination of rocks” that of

Chapter XIII. In the next chapter “ the isolation of the constituents

of rocks ” is carefully elaborated after the experiences of Cordier,

de Bellevue, Thoulet, Fouqué, Harada, Delesse, Evans, and Smeeth.

The microscope and its use in petrological examination, with refer-

ences to Sorby, Wallich, Judd, Lévy, Lacroix, and others, and a list of

the more important works treating of microscopic petrography, occupy

Chapters XV. and XVI. A careful description of ‘the characters

of the chief rock-forming minerals [as seen] in the rock mass and in

thin sections” follows (pp. 189-169). In Chapter XVIII. the

practical examination of the rocks themselves is entered upon.

Firstly, the sedimentary strata (pp. 170-196), such as 1. Sands,

sandstones, grit-stones, gravels, pebble-gravels, conglomerates, and

quartzites: um. Volcanic agglomerates, tuffs, ashes, and brecciated

lavas: mr. Clays and shales: tv. Shell-limestone, coral-limestone,

nullipore-limestone, oolitic limestone, dolomite, and brecciated lime-

stone: v. Bone-beds and phosphatic deposits: v1. Stalactites,

stalagmites, travertine, siliceous sinter, gypsum, rock-salt : vir. Con-

cretionary limestone, ironstone, also flint and chert: vim. Coal and

anthracite. Secondly, the petrology of the igneous rocks, as to

external (macroscopic) and internal (microscopic) appearances, 1s

treated (like the foregoing division) con amore, and with references to

other workers, in a full chapter (pp. 196-250). These rocks are here

grouped as A. Holocrystalline :—granites and eurites; syenites ;

quartz-diorites and quartz-aphanites; diorites and aphanites; olivine-

gabbros and olivine-dolerites; peridotites. B. Hemicrystalline :

“‘ Lithoidal rocks containing some glassy matter :”—rhyolites ;

trachytes and phonolites ; andesites ; basalts ; limburgites ; nephe-

linites and leucitites. CC. ‘‘ Highly glassy igneous rocks: ”’—obsi-

dians; tachylytes. A synoptical table, at p. 250, is intended to

give the above-mentioned grouping at a glance.

Chapter XX. (pp. 251-265) is shorter, but carefully constructed

to treat of ‘“‘ Metamorphic rocks,” both those “ affected by contact-

metamorphism,” and those ‘affected by regional metamorphism.”

Among the latter are—* crystalline limestones,” ‘‘ cleaved rocks,”

and ‘ foliated rocks.”

The palzontological relations of strata occupy the rest of this

380 Bibliographical Notices.

useful work (Chapters XXIXXVIII., pp. 266-3890). This Part 1v.,

entitled ‘the examination of fossils,” is a condensed and matter-of-

fact treatment of the subject, and probably, as far as it goes, the

best of its kind yet published. The relationship of paleontology

to zoology, and the extent to which either need be studied by

students working for a good pass-examination, or by amateurs

earnestly desirous of getting some mastery of the subject, are kept

well in view. How fossils are found preserved in the strata, and

how they may be preserved when they have been found in quarries

and other sections, form a brief introduction to the study of fossils.

The chief genera, or generic types, of Invertebrata are then concisely

treated of in the order of their natural groups, from the Protozoa to

the Crustacea, with notes on their distribution in the Geological

series. Chapter XXVIII. is the last (pp. 379-390), and consists of

a condensed “ list of characteristic invertebrate fossils” for each of

the geological formations from the ‘‘ Harlech series” of the Cambrian

upwards to the “ Chillesford Beds” of the Phocene.

To those who are especially desirous of working out the history

of the Earth by such elucidation as petrology can give, this manual

will be a very great help. An acquaintance with strata in their

orderly arrangements and in their disturbed conditions is supposed

either to have been attained, or to be looked for in other handbooks,

So also the history of the formation of the strata in successive ages,

Fossil remains of the vertebrate animals and of plants are also left

to other teachers. With these intentional omissions, for reasons

intimated or given in full, the book is very good for its purpose,

being full of well-digested information, for the most part from the

newest sources of information, and often from the author’s personal

research.

Of the 136 woodcut illustrations, 17 are concerned with apparatus

necessary to the mineralogist and petrologist ; 28 illustrate micro-

scopic sections of rocks ; and 91 are given to the fossils. A careful

Index completes the work.

The Honey-Bee: its Natural History, Anatomy, and Physiology.

By T. W. Coway, F.L.S., F.G.S., &c, Houlston & Sons: London,

1890.

Tere is probably no other insect which can boast of so voluminous

a literature as this; and for precisely this reason the present little

volume, the latest addition, will be heartily welcomed. In the short

space of some 190 small octavo pages the author gives a concise

account of the chief facts in the anatomy and physiology of the

Hive-Bee, as now established after the discoveries of older workers

have been tried by the ordeal of modern methods of investigation.

Except in the case of facts long ago accepted, the names of

authorities for statements in the text are in all cases given, and

Geological Society. 381

references are furnished to a bibliography at the end of the volume,

containing the titles of the principal memoirs &c. which have been

consulted. We are sorry to find that the author has not thought

fit even to mention Cheshire’s treatise on ‘ Bees and Bee-Keeping’

in his bibliography, although it is certainly entitled to rank as the

modern English classical work on the subject. The book is illus-

trated with a number of figures, most of which Mr. Cowan states

in his preface have been drawn for the purpose, while his indebted-

ness for others is duly acknowledged. Mr. Cowan’s terminology is

at times a little shaky: it is unfortunate that his definition of the

word “inosculation ” (p. 58) should allow the reader to infer that a

muscle is a * vessel; ” and until we read this book we had never

heard of vasa dzfferentia, nor did we know that ‘‘ Samenlister” was

the German equivalent. The book is certain to be of much use to

the comparative entomologist as well as to the intelligent bee-

keeper. KE. E. A.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

February 25, 1891.—Dr. A. Geikie, F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

“*On a Labyrinthodont Skull from the Kilkenny Coal-Measures.”

By R. Lydekker, Esq., B.A., F.G.S.

The Author describes a skull from Jarrow Colliery, which he

reters to /chthyerpetum, and names J. hibernicum, giving reasons

for its specific distinctness from J. (Hrpetocephalus) rugosum, Huxley.

He compares it with allied forms, and believes that it is a member

of the group Brachyopina of Miall, and if so that we have a number

of forms belonging to a type which is unknown above the base of

the Permian in Europe, but which survived to later times in the

Indian, Australian, and Ethiopian regions,

March 11, 1891.—Dr. A. Geikie, F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

“The Tudor Specimen of Hozoon.” By J. W. Gregory, Esq.,

F.G.8., F.Z.8.

After careful examination of all the slides and figures, and after

consideration of Sir W. Dawson’s interpretation, the Author is

382 Miscellaneous.

absolutely unable to recognize in the specimen any trace of the

“‘ proper wall,” “ canals,” or ‘‘ stolon passages ” which are claimed

to occur in Hozoon, or any reasons for regarding the calcite bands as

the ‘‘ intermediate skeleton” of a foraminifer. There are points in

Sir W. Dawson’s figure which might pass as “ stolon passages,” but

they appear very different in a photograph, and the specimen agrees

with the latter.

The Author, however, gives reasons for concluding that the case

against the organic origin of the Tudor specimen does not rest on

negative evidence alone ; for though the rock is much contorted, the

twin lamelle and cleavage-planes of the calcite are not bent; and

the fact that the crystalline bands cut across the bedding-planes

further shows their secondary origin.

The rock in which the specimen was found is not “ Lower

Laurentian,” and is included by Messrs. Selwyn and Vennor in the

Huronian.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On Professor Jeffrey Bell’s ‘Notes on Nomenclature of British

Starfishes,” with remarks on some Recent Crinoidea. By the

Rey. Canon A. M. Norman.

The critical revision of names suggested by Prof. Jeffrey Bell

(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for Dec. and Feb. last) seems intended for

friendly criticism, as he himself assures me it was; and I therefore

send the following items for the consideration of himself and

others.

These notes, moreover, are partly corrective of my own use, as well

as of that of others. Unfortunately in the preparation of my list,

‘Museum Normanianum, I. Echinodermata,’ I made the mistake of

employing certain names as used by recent authors, instead of going

into the matter again and seeing whether there were just grounds

for changing nomenclature I had previously after mature considera-

tion adopted.

Cribrella versus Henricia.

When Sladen wrote “Genus Cribrella (Agassiz), Forbes,” le

thereby intended, I take it, to express a truth, namely that Agassiz

first used the name, that Forbes more accurately defined the genus,

and that he employs it in Forbes’s sense.

Professor Bell says that Forbes in using Cribrella (or Cribella)

“‘ perpetrated a robbery, which is now only (after half a century !)

revealed to the world, which has been taught to revere his name,

.... He thought perhaps that he was justified, when he had

placed the species in Nardo’s genus Linckia (Mem. Wern. Soe. viii.

p. 120) in 1839, and discovered his error and the fact that Cribrella

was a synonym for that name a little later.” The implication is

Miscellaneous. 383

that Forbes found he had made a mistake in placing the species in

Linckia, and therefore stole Cribrella. But Forbes distinctly gave

the reasons for the change. “The name Linkia given it by Nardo

must be rejected on account of a genus of plants having been so

named previously ; therefore I have adopted Professor Agassiz’s

proposed appellation” *, Moreover, Agassiz was probably cognizant

at the time of what Forbes was doing, and most certainly approved,

for he wrote shortly afterwards of Forbes’s work, “Il circonscrit

d’une manicre plus rigoureuse mes genres Uraster et Cribrella” tf.

So much in defence of one whose ‘‘ name” I still “ revere.”

But should Cribrella, as redefined by Forbes, or Henricia, Gray,

be used? Henricia was published Nov. 1, 1840, Cribrella, Forbes,

Dec. 1, 1840. The part of Forbes which contains the description

of Cribrella contained pages 97-144, and considering the many

woodcuts and the way in which that work was brought out must

have been printed many months before Gray’s paper. Under these

circumstances I retain the opinion I held in 1865 that Cribrella

should be used; but if others adopt a different course, they cannot

be gainsaid. If there is a doubt in law, there can be none in

justice, in using Cribrella, and is it not better ‘‘ quieta non

moveri.”

1. Date of Dr. Gray’s ‘Synopsis.’

I cannot understand how it happened that in my 1865 paper I

quoted this as 1841 instead of 1840. Others have no doubt copied

the wrong date from me.

2. Hippasteria phrygiana or Goniaster phrygianus.

In establishing the genus G'oniaster Agassiz placed four species in

it:—1. Asterias reticulata, Linn.; 2. A. equestris, Linn.t; 3. A.

nodosa, Linn.; 4. A. tessellata, Lamarck.

Gray took all these species out of Goniaster and placed them in

genera as follows:—1l. Pentaceros reticulatus; 2. Hippasteria

equestris; 3. Pentaceros nodosa (sic); 4. Anthenia tesselluta (the

type of Lamarck).

What then became of Goniaster? Gray placed in it the forms

which Lamarck had erroneously considered to be varieties of A.

tessellata, but left out the type, which of course Agassiz had in

mind, Still more extraordinary, he made his Goniaster exactly

conterminous with the genus Pentagonaster of Linck, which name he

does not here employ; but his very next genus is Pentayonaster,

Gray, and contains a single species, P. pulchellus, Gray, of which

species Linck knew nothing.

* Forbes, ‘ British Starfishes,’ p. 101. Vide also “ Linckia” in

Agassiz’s ‘ Nomenclator Zoologicus’ both under “ Echinodermata” and

in “ Index universalis.”

+ Agassiz, Monog. d’Kchinod. viv. et foss. liv. 2 (1844), p. 4.

t a undoubtedly by this name referred to the Asterias phrygiana,

Parelius.

384 Miscellaneous.

Thus the Goniuster of Gray is in no sense the Goniaster of

Agassiz, and the species he put into it appear in Sladen’s ‘Chal-

lenger’ Report under the names Pentagonaster semilunatus, Linck

(an indefensible specific name),= Goniaster cuspidatus, Gray *; at

p. 266 it is stated that Pentagonaster (Goniaster, Gray) regularis

“should be” discarded; and Goniaster Scbe is discarded, being

nowhere referred to f.

And what has become of the unfortunate Gonzaster in the most

recent writers? It finds a place in Perrier thus :—

“XXVIII. Genre. GontAstER, sens. nov.

“ Goniaster obtusangulus, Lamarck. Océan Indien (?).”

Here is a new genus Goniaster, Perrier, and in no sense whatever is

it Goniaster, Agassiz. Sladen follows Perrier.

By the laws of nomenclature Goniaster must be retained so as

to include at least one of the species which Agassiz placed in it.

Which, then, of Gray’s three genera—for we must go back to that

time—must be made a synonym of the earlier genus. Luckily there

can be no doubt upon the question. On the very same day, Dec. 1,

1840, on which the second part of Gray’s paper, which contained

the genera in question, was published, appeared also Gonzaster in

pt. 3 of Forbes’s work, containing one and one only of Agassiz’s

species in it; and thesynonymy thus becomes Gonvaster, Agassiz,=

Hippasteria, Gray. The second species which Forbes had placed in

the genus became removable that same day, to be put into the

genus Porania established by Gray. My own description of Gonz-

aster in 1865 was advisedly drawn up to restrict its application to

this one species, Goniaster phrygianus (Parelius) = Gonraster equestris,

Agassiz. I at that time carefully weighed all the circumstances

connected with the nomenclature.

Agassiz would no doubt have preferred that his name should be

used with his first species as the type, for in recording a list of

Gray's genera {, without further observation, he gives them thus :—

“‘Pentaceros, Link, Gr. (Goniaster, Ag.) ; Anthenia, Gr. ; Hippas-

teria, Gr.; Goniaster, Ag. (Gr.).”

This clearly indicated that he regarded Pentaceros as his Goni-

aster, that Gray might do what he liked about Anthenia and Hippas-

teria, but that Goniaster, Gr., was not his Goniaster. However,

we must take facts as they are and as they rest on Forbes’s action.

3. Use of the Generic Name Palmipes.

Professor Jeffrey Bell can scarcely have weighed the word Ansero-

poda, Nardo, or he could not have suggested that it should take

the place of Palmipes. Itis the very climax of barbarity, a monster

* Gray writes cuspidatus, and quotes Linck as using cuspidatus ; but

Linck’s word was cuspidalis.

+ The Goniodiscus Seba, M. & T., is another thing.

{ Mon, d’Kchin, liv. ii. p. 3.

Miscellaneous. 385

with a head of Latin, a tail of Greek, and the whole a plural form!

Agassiz knew well what he was about when he rejected it and

applied Palmipes to the genus*. Professor Jeffrey Bell calls atten-

tion to the loose way in which Palmipes is employed by Linck; and

of course authors can use their judgment in writing either Palmipes,

Linck, Palmipes (Linck), Agass., or Palmipes, Agass.; for although

Agassiz gave Linck the credit of the genus, the last of these is quite

correct according to the direction in Brit. Assoc. Rules :—‘‘ Names

used by previous [%. e. pree-Linnzan] authors may often be applied

with propriety to modern genera, yet in such cases they acquire a

new meaning, and should be quoted on the authority of the first

person who used them in this secondary sense,”

5. Date of Coelasterias.

Sladen’s reference is quite correct and intelligible to me—“ Verrill,

Trans. Conn. Acad, Arts and Sci. 1871 (1867).” I take it that

Dr. Gray’s copy in Brit. Mus. bearing date 1869 is only a part of

the reissue. My own copy of ‘‘ Notes on the Radiata in the Museum of

Yale College &c.” is paged 247 to 611, and has ten plates; the several

sheets are all dated, the last being “* March 1871,” and the first page

(247) contains the description of Cclasterias, above which is ‘“ Read

Jan. 16th, 1867,” and at the bottom of the page ‘“‘ Trans. Connec-

ticut Acad. vol. i. February 1867.” I may add that the work as

far as p. 502 bears date ‘‘ March 1869,” and this perhaps represents

the portion in B. M. Library.

6. Lophaster furcifer.

Sladen’s date, Chetaster borealis, 1844, seems quite correct; at

least, he has the author’s own statement of date, ‘‘ May 1844,” to

rely upon; and Diiben withdrew the specific MS. name “ borealis”

and substituted for it Solaster furcifer himself (vide Diib, & Kor.

p. 245, note).

7. Marginaster.

Some naturalists of very high standing, e. g. G. O. Sars, when

they meet with a species manifestly generically distinct from allies

prefer to allow a full general description to stand for both genus

and species for a time in hope that other allied forms may be found

which will more accurately show what should be regarded as generic

and what as specific characters. I do not defend, I only state the

custom ; but in such cases it is surely correct to refer to the descrip-

tion, which was intended to be both generic and specific.

8. On the Presence of Rare Forms on the East Coast.

I presume that Prof. Bell is satisfied Dr. Sutherland’s specimen

* Vide Anseropoda in the Nomencl. Zool. of Agassiz both among Echi-

nodermata and in General Index.

386 Miscellaneous.

of Porania pulvillus sent to the B. M. as “ from Ross-shire ” came

from the east coast of that county; the exact locality is desirable.

There is every reason why Porania pulvillus might be expected on

the east coast of our islands; and the remarkable thing is that up

to the present time I am as ignorant of its living on that side of our

islands as I was in 1865. On the west coast of Ross-shire I have

taken the species myself, the specimens recorded Brit. Assoc. Rep.

1866, p. 196, having been dredged there.

Palmipes placenta has recently been procured again in the Moray

Firth by Mr. Thomas Scott (‘ Eighth Annual Rep. Fishery Board

of Scotland,’ 1890, p. 332).

Notes on Nomenclature of some Crinoidea.

I take this opportunity of noticing certain points in connexion

with the nomenclature of recent Crinoidea.

Antedonidee versus Comatulide and Comatule.

I am at a loss to understand how it is that Dr. P. H. Carpenter

in his ‘Challenger’ Report and his many valuable papers on

Crinoidea, though he employs the genus Antedon (=Comatula),

constantly uses the term Comatule. Lamarck wilfully gave the

name Comatula to a genus which he was aware had previously been

described by Fremenville. We do justice in restoring Antedon, and

the sooner therefore the word Comatula is decently buried the

better. I venture to express a hope that this may be at last done.

This can never be the case while the word is so improperly, as I

venture to think, used in titles of papers such as the following : —

‘“‘ Variations in the Forms of Cirri in certain Comatule ;” “ Pre-

liminary Report ‘ Blake’ Comatule;” “Classification of the

Comatule ;” ‘ Descriptions of new and little-known Comatule;”’

* Comatule of the Leyden Museum ;” and the important “ Report

on the ‘Challenger’ Crinoidea,” which contains the description of

Antedon and its allies, is called ‘‘ Part II. Comatule,”’ and the

family designated “ Comatulide.” Now in each of the above cases

the correct word to have used would have been Antedonide. When

Comatula ceased to be used the family name fell with it according

to the rule—‘ Families should be uniformly named by adding the

termination ide to the name of the earliest known or most typically

characterized genus in them.” In accordance with this rule, when

in 1865 I substituted Fremenville’s earlier name for that of

Lamarck, I of course dropped the term Comatulide, and placed

Antedon in a Fam, Antedonide.

Comaster versus Actinometra.

Agassiz in 1835 instituted a genus Comaster for forms allied to

Antedon in which “ the arms are ramified instead of being simply

furcate,” and he gave as its type Comatula multiradiata, Lamarck.

Miscellaneous. 387

In 1841 J. Miiller formed the genus <Actinometra, with Comatula

solaris, Lamarck, as the type; aud having examined “a spirit speci-

men in the Paris Museum, which had been identified with the

Comatula multiradiata of Lamarck,” he placed it in his genus

Alecto (= Antedon); on which Dr. Carpenter remarks “ his reference

of it to Alecto is difficult to understand.” Dujardin and Hupé

removed Comatula multiradiata into the genus Actinometra. The

Actinometra multiradiata as defined by Carpenter is considered by

him to contain only a part of the forms included by Lamarck and

by J. Miiller under the same specific name. Another part of their

forms Carpenter has named Actinometra Peronii * ; and in the paper

in which this last species is described we read: ‘‘ A remarkable speci-

men in the Bonn Museum was referred to the same type (i. e. C.

multiradiata) by Goldfuss (‘ Petrefacta Germanie,’ I., Dusseldorf,

1826-35, p. 202), who afterwards dissected it. This, however, may

be left out of consideration altogether, as no example presenting

such very remarkable peculiarities f as were described by Goldfuss

has been met with during the last fifty years, and his type is now

generally known by the name Comaster.” But this Comaster of

Goldfuss is not Comaster, Agassiz. Comaster multiradiatus (Lamarck)

is Agassiz’s type, and under his genus fall all such species as are

congeneric with that species. In other words, Comaster is synony-

mous with Actinometra, J. Miller, and takes precedence of itt. I

can see no way out of this. To use Dr. Carpenter’s own words—

“‘Comaster, Ag., is by no means the same as Comaster, Goldf.” (“ On

the Genus Solenocrinus,” Journ. Linn. Soc. vol. xv. 1880, p. 188).

If there is such a form as was described by Goldfuss, which several

authors have doubted, it will require the invention of a new generic

name, which I would suggest might well be Goldfussia, while

Comaster must undoubtedly supersede Actinometra.

Additional Notes on the Mollusk Lepton as a Commensal, and on

the Crustacean Genus Bathynectes. By the Rev. Canon A. M.

Norman.

Curiously enough, when consulting one of Stimpson’s papers last

night in reference to some North-Pacific Crustacea, I came across

the following passage, which indicates a third instance of commen-

salism of the genera Lepton and Gebia.

* The Comatule of the Leyden Museum,’ p. 214.

+ Goldfuss’s characters are given by Carpenter in his paper ‘On the

Genus Actinometra,’ Journ. Linn. Soe. vol. xiii. 1877, p. 455.

¢ A reference to what Carpenter summarizes on the subject (Trans.

Linn. Soc. ser. 2, Zool. vol. ii. 1879, p. 9) will show what a mess J.

Muller made of the nomenclature. No doubt Comaster (or, as he calls it,

Actinometra) as defined by Carpenter will be hereafter divided. When

that division takes place, Actinometra would be resuscitated for his

“Group 1. solaris,” and Comaster retained for his “Group 3. typica ;”

each genus then would include its own type.

388 Miscellaneous.

In his notes on Gebia pugettensis, Dana, Stimpson writes :—

‘*A curious parasitic bivalve, apparently new, both in genus and

species, is frequently found adhering by its byssus to the inner

surface of the abdomen of this crustacean. It approximates in

character to the genus Lepton. Gebia pugettensis is found on the

whole coast from Puget Sound to Monterey. It excavates its sub-

terranean chambers in the sand and mud of beaches, near low-water

mark, preferring that which is more or less indurated.” (Stimpson,

“Crustacea and Echinodermata of the Pacific Shores of North

America,” Journ. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. vi. (1857), p. 48 in

separate copy.)

Professor A. Milne-Edwards, on seeing my paper on Bathynectes

in the ‘ Annals’ of this month, has kindly sent me a copy of some

notes published by him in 1881, in which I find that he at that

time synonymized the genus Thranites * with Bathynectes. I was

unaware of the publication of this paper, which has also escaped the

notice of 8. I. Smith and G. O. Sars, who have since written on the

genera ; nor is any reference to it to be found in the ‘ Zoological

Record.’

March 12, 1891.

Trochammina Bradyi, n. n.

Attention has been called in ‘The Naturalist’ of Cumbrae by Mr.

Stebbing to the circumstance that the late Dr. Henry Brady, F.R.S.,

used the name Trochammina Robertsoni for two distinct species of

Foraminifera. He first gave the name in 1876 toa delicate Carbon-

iferous species with oblong test, bearing a remarkable though super-

ficial resemblance to the Quinqueloculine Miliole. Eleven years

later, in ‘ A Synopsis of the British Recent Foraminifera,’ he applied

the same name to a living species not uncommon in deepish water

on the west of Scotland, and known also from the south-west of

Treland. His accurate description shows that he had no intention

to unite the fossil and recent forms. The latter are rather circular

than oval, with the peripheral edge lobulate, and having the outer-

most whorl composed of from four to six somewhat inflated segments.

There is no resemblance to Quinqueloculine. Since, then, the name

- of the recent species must be changed, I would propose to call it

Trochammina Bradyi, gladly availing myself of the opportunity to

pay this slight tribute of respect to my valued friend so recently

lost. Davip Rosertson.

Fern Bank, C:umbrae,

Feb. 25, 1891.

* A. Milne-Edwards, ‘“ Observations sur le genre Thranistes (Bov.)”

(Bull de la Soc. Philom, de Paris, Séance du 12 mars, 1881). Milne-

Edwards throughout the paper per lapsum calls Bovallius’s genus Thra-

nistes instead of Thranites,

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES.]

No. 41. MAY 1891.

XLI.— British Fossil Crinotds.—V. Botryocrinus, Wenlock

Limestone. By F. A. Batuer, M.A., F.G.S.

{Plate XIII. ]

HIstTory OF OPINION.

THE genus Botryocrinus was founded in 1878 by N. P.

Angelin to include certain fossils from Follingbo in ‘Gotlattl

The name, derived from Potpus, a bunch of grapes, appears

to have been suggested by the peculiar branching of the arms

in the specimens known to Angelin (see ‘ Annals,’ Ser, 0,

vol. v. pl. xv. fig. 9, illustrating Brit. Foss. Crin. H.).

On p. 24 of Angelin’ s ‘Teonographia Crinoideorum’ is the

following diagnosis :—“ Corpus clongatum, dendroideum,

corymbosum. Calyx parvus, cyathoideus. Basalia quinque

alta, pentaédra. Parabasalia quinque hexaédra. tadialia

tria In unaquaqne serie; primaria maxima, heptaédra, lata.

Anale singulum clypeiforme. Interradiale singulum, rhom-

beum, anale, radiale primarium et parabasalia duo tangens.

Brachia bidigitifera ; digiti ramusculos alternantes, multifidos

emittunt. Tubus ventralis crassus, curvus, apice obtuso.

Columna articulis tenuissimis, creberrimis.”’

This may be translated as follows into English and into

modern terminology :—

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. vii. 27

390 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

Crown elongate, tree-like, clustered.

Dorsal cup small, bowl-shaped.

IB. 5, high, pentagonal.

B. 5, hexagonal.

R. wide, heptagonal.

C. 2 in each ray, smaller than R.

x shield-shaped*.

R’ rhomboidal, touching R. and 2 BB.

Main arms 10, bearing alternating much _ branching

armlets.

Ventral tube stout, curved, with blunt apex.

Stem-ossicles very fine and very numerous.

Of this genus Angelin described two species, B. ramos-

dssimus and B. corallum, and these are the only ones hitherto

described. But a recent examination of the type specimens

and of others inclines me to believe that all these belong to

the same species ; that species will bear the name B. ramos-

issvmuUSs.

There was, however, another species described by Angelin

and referred by him to another new genus under the name of

Sicyocrinus cucurbitaceus. The diagnosis of this genus on

p. 23 of the ‘ Iconographia’ is as follows :—‘ Corpus corym-

bosum. Calyx cyathoideus. Basalia quingue, subaequalia.

Parabasalia quinque, hexaédra, una cum interradiali parvo,

rhomboideo. Radialia4x 5: primaria quinque majora lunu-

lata. Anale secundum maximum. Analia superiora tubum

ventralem conficiunt. Brachia quinque, articulis longiusculis,

inaequaliter dichotoma. Columna quinquangularis ex arti-

culis latioribus et angustioribus constat, foramine centrali.”

Which being interpreted is :—

Crown clustered.

Dorsal cup bowl-shaped.

IB. 5, subequal.

B. 5, hexagonal.

R. lunulate.

C. 3 in each ray, smaller than R.

x very large.

R! small, rhomboidal.

Main arms 5, with rather long ossicles, unequally dichoto-

mous.

The upper anals form a ventral tube.

Stem pentagonal ; ossicles alternately wider and narrower,

with an axial canal.

The points added to this in the specific diagnosis, p. 24, are

* The symbol 2 will, for its greater convenience, be used in future as

equivalent to X of previous papers.

V. Botryocrinus. 391

as follows:—R. broad and short; C. long and slender. &

larger than R.; remaining anal plates united into a stout

proboscidiform tube curved at its apex.

Now a comparison of these diagnoses shows that the only

point of any importance in which Sicyocrinus differs from

Botryocrinus is the branching of the arms. A comparison of

the figures shows one other point of difference, viz. the con-

crescence of the descending curved apex of the ventral tube

with the ascending portion of the tube. That these were the

only characters that could distinguish Stcyocrinus from

Botryocrinus was recognized in 1879 by Messrs. Wachsmuth

and Springer *, and they, rightly regarding them as of small

moment, made Stcyocrinus a subgenus of Botryocrinus. It is

unnecessary to allude further to the descriptions of these

genera drawn up by Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer, for,

since they were founded on drawings not of the most reliable

character, they could not fail to contain some mistakes. A

recent examination of several specimens of Sicyocrinus in the

State Museum at Stockholm, including the types, has con-

vinced me that S. cucurbitaceus and B. ramosissimus must be

considered as belonging to the same genus. ‘This is not the

place in which to discuss the matter fully; but it may be

mentioned that the arms of S. cucurbitaceus are in fact essen-

tialiy the same as those of B. ramosissimus, while the ventral

tube is really far less different than would appear from

Angelin’s figures. I hope to prove these statements in

another paper.

As the description of Stcyocrinus in the ‘ Iconographia’

occurs a few lines before that of Botryocrinus, an advocate of

strict priority might think that Svcyocrinus should stand as

the genus. But Wachsmuth and Springer acted wisely in

choosing the more normal Botryocrinus as the main genus,

and, as events have shown, with perfect justice, for the

characters formerly supposed to differentiate Stcyocrinus do

not really exist.

The transference to the genus Lotryocrinus of the species

B. cucurbitaceus, and the reference to it of certain undescribed

British species, one of which has long been known to collectors

of Dudley Crinoids, as well as new tacts acquired in a recent

examination of the Swedish specimens ; all these things neces-

sitate the framing of a new diagnosis and the publication of a

more complete and accurate description.

* W.& 5S. Rev. I. (99), Proc. 1879, p. 322.

vat hg

392 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

GENERIC DIAGNOSIS.

Cup cyathiform, with plates of medium thickness. IB. 5,

B. 5, R. 5. Arms with two main branches, bearing armlets

or pinnules. R! small, oblong or rhomboid, between post. B.

and r. post. B. below and z and r. post. R. above. a nearly

same shape as radials. Ventral sac $ to 3 length of arms,

composed of primitively hexagonal plates. Stem round or sub-

pentagonal, with small pentagonal axial canal and with radial

sutures occasionally obscured.

DESCRIPTION OF THE GENUS.

The species vary greatly in general appearance.

Dorsal cup cyathiform.

Infrabasals 5; pentagonal; forming a very slight angle

with stem; sometimes a little rounded.

Basals 5; 3 hexagonal, posterior and right posterior hepta-

gonal; sometimes slightly protuberant.

Radials 5; of normal outline, articular facet occupies from

4 to 3 width; the axial canal may or may not be separated

from the ventral groove by stereom*. The radials are more

or less rounded and project from the cup, which thus acquires

a roughly quinquelobate section.

Arms vary much in length and appearance, but are never

very cumbrous. The armlets or pinnules of the various

species, though superficially very different from one another,

are closely connected in structure and arrangement. Axial

canal for the most part distinct. Covering-plates small, and

often irregular and extending over a large part of the ventral

surface of the arm.

Costals from 1 to 6 in each ray, the extreme numbers being

exceptional.

Anal structures :—Radianal (R') a small oblong or rhom-

boid, rests on sloping sides of the posterior and right poste-

rior basals, with its upper margins abutting on the right

posterior radial and the anal a.

Anal # or Brachianal an irregular heptagon ; its base, which

is more or less horizontal, truncates the upper angle of the

posterior basal; the left side is bounded by the left posterior

radial, the right by the radianal and right posterior radial ;

above it supports in the middle, on a slightly curved surface,

a wide plate, and on either side smailer plates.

* Stereom, any hard calcareous tissue forming skeletal structures in

Metazoa Invertebrata and in Protozoa. ‘ Nature,’ xliii. p. 345, Feb. 12,

1891.

V. Botryocrinus. 393

The arrangement of the lower plates of the ventral sac

varies in species and slightly even in individuals. The Ventral

Sac consists of an unascertained number of longitudinal rows

of plates, the lateral edges of which plates are folded as in

Thenarocrinus ; there is, however, a median posterior region

in which the plates are much less or not at all folded; at the

distal end of the sac also the folding lessens or disappears,

and this end is often bent round on itself in a posterior

direction. In some cases the foldings are broad, in others

fine and deep; in the latter case the appearance of slits is

produced, but slits do not exist.

The Tegmen apparently consists of a large number of small

plates continuous with the covering-plates of the arms; but

the actual arrangement of the ventral surface is yet unknown.

The Stem, rarely long, is sometimes almost stumpy.

Distally it may be round, but proximally a pentagonal shape

is usually discernible. The lumen is pentagonal. Radial

sutures were probably present in the young at least of all

species, but they cannot always be traced in the fossils.

The ossicles are low and have radiating striz on the arti-

cular surface.

There were radicular cirri, but no cirri on the stem itself.

SPECIES OF THE GENUS.

The species hitherto known are :—

Botryocrinus ramosissimus, Angelin; 1878, Iconographia,

p. 24. Syn. B. corallum, Ang. ibid. Op. cit. tab. xv.

if. 9; Oa; taboxxy £28; tab. xxii. i, 14, 15) 16; iGia:

tab. xxiv. f.4. Silurian, f (=Aymestry ?), Gotland.

Botryocrinus cucurbitaceus, Ang., sp., 1878, olim Sicyocrinus.

Iconographia, pp. 23, 24, tab. iv. f. 9, tab. xvi. f. 5.

S. Lovén, in H. Trautschold, ‘‘ Ueber Crinoideen, Zu-

siitze und Berichtigungen,” Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose.

lvii. pp. 140-145, Moscow, 1882. Silurian, ¢ (= Wen-

lock shale), Gotland.

Neither of these have yet been found in Kagland ; in their

stead are three species not yet described, for which I propose

the names Sotryccrinus ramosus, B. decadactylus, and B,

pinnulatus.

394 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinotds :

Botryocrinus ramosus, sp. n.

(Pl. XIII. figs. 1-4.)

This species is founded on a single specimen in the British

Museum [57217], formerly in the collection of the late Mr.

John Gray of Hagley, which comes from the Upper Wenlock

Limestone of Dudley. The specimen is a crown lying in

matrix and unfortunately imperfect at either end. Hitherto

[have referred it by turns to B. ramosissimus and B. corallum,

but examination of the Swedish specimens has brought to

light differences that appear to warrant its distinction as a

separate species.

SPECIFIC DIAGNOSIS.

Cup rather broad at base; plates slightly rounded. Arti-

cular facet occupies greater part of width of radial. Costals

3 or4toaray. Arms about six times length of cup; give

off small armlets at irregular intervals; axillaries rather

nodose ; arm-ossicles with rounded backs, slightly moniliform,

height: width::5:8. Proximal median plate of sac almost

full width of a, large and high. Ventral sac and stem

unknown.

The epithet ramosus, branched, while it suggests the

resemblance of this species to B. ramosissimus, indicates that

the branching of the armlets is not quite so pronounced.

DESCRIPTION OF SPECIMEN.

Dorsal cup.—Since this is broken in the lower part, espec-

ially on the posterior side, its exact proportions cannot be

accurately determined. It must, however, have closely

resembled that of B. ramosissimus, and we may estimate the

measurements as :—Breadth at base 6 millim.; breadth at

summit 11°5 millim.; height 10 millim.

Infrabasals presumably 5 and pentagonal; only the upper

parts of the anterior and left anterior are seen.

Basals 5: only the left anterior is completely preserved ;

hexagonal, height 5 millim., width 4 millim., with almost

parallel sides; it is rounded or, in other words, very slightly

depressed at the angles.

Radials 5; articular facet shallow and broad, occupying

about 75 width of plate; height, measured to lowest point on

facet, 4 millim. ; width below, 5:1 millim., width above, 5:4

millim.,

The Arms are of rough appearance, swaying from node to

node ; their distal ends being lost, one can only estimate their

V. Botryocrinus. 395

length as about 6 centim. Ossicles, both of main arms and

armlets, slightly moniliform.

Costals 4 to a ray, except in left anterior radius, where are

only 3. Lower edge of first costal slightly curved to fit facet

of radial; the remaining sutures are horizontal. The first 3

costals are of about the same height, viz. 2°3 millim., and are

4'5 millim. in greatest, 3°75 millim. in least width. The

fourth costal is axillary and pentagonal, 4 millim., high and

5 millim. in greatest width.

The armlets are given off from the main arms, on alternate

sides, either on successive ossicles, or usually on every second,

occasionally on the third ossicle. The ossicles from which

they are given off differ little from the axillaries of a dichoto-

mous arm. ‘The armlets are of very varying size; they have

primary and sometimes secondary branches, but do not appear

to branch quite as much as in B. ramosissimus (Pl. XIII.

fig. 3).

The ventral side of the arms is unknown.

Anal structures :—Radianal is broken, but was apparently

normal.

Anal # or Brachianal 4°5 millim. high and 3°75 millim.

wide.

The ventral sac itself is not seen. The proximal median

plate of the sac is apparently an irregular hexagon ; it occupies

nearly the entire width of the anal x, so that, on its right side

at all events (in this specimen), no smaller lateral plate rests

on the anal a. Its height is 3 millim., its width below, 3°75

millim. Above it is seen to support 3 small plates, and these

are followed by others apparently alternating with them.

This species is at once distinguished from 5. decadactylus

and B. pinnulatus by the presence of armlets, the irregular

character of the arms, and the shape of the cup. It differs

from JB. cucurbitaceus in the thick low arm-ossicles. From

B. ramosissimus, which it otherwise closely resembles, it

differs in the beaded shape of the arm-ossicles, for those of

the Swedish species have as a rule concave sides, and in the

presence of 3 or 4 costals instead of 1 or 2. From all species

it differs in the high proximal median plate of the sac.

Botryocrinus decadactylus, sp. n.

(Pl. XIII. figs. 5-15.)

Cyathocrinus (sp. 2) decadactylus, Salter, Catalogue of Cambrian and

Silurian Fossils &c., p. 123 (Cambridge, 1873).

Cyathocrinus (sp. 3) quindecimalis, Salter, op. cit. p. 124.

This species is founded on a large number of specimens, of

which the most important are as follows :—

396 Myr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

In the British Museum:

E 5611, young individual with stem; formerly in the collec-

tion of the late Mr. John Gray of Hagley. (Pl. XIII.

fig. 5.)

E 1328, crown, seen from posterior, arms dissected away to

expose ventral sac. (Pl. XIII. fig. 6.)

FE 1419, crown and part of stem, seen from posterior; for-

merly in the collection of the late Mr. J. Johnson of

Dudley. (Pl Xie. 15.)

57225, three fragmentary specimens on a slab with Marsupio-

crinus celatus and Gissocrinus goniodactylus ;

formerly in the collection of Mr.J.Gray. (Pl. XIII.

E 5130, a small part of crown and of stem, showing surfaces

- of costals. (Pl. XIII. figs. 10 and 11.)

48191, a crown with extended arms, seen from anterior ;

formerly in the collection of the late Mr. C. Ketley

of Smethwick. (Pl. XIII. fig. 7.)

E 1412, a complete specimen from root to crown, seen from

anterior; on a slab with Desmddocrinus; formerly

in the collection of Mr. J. Johnson. (Figs. 5

and 6, p. 408.)

Tn the Woodwardian Museum, Cambridge :

a/494, a specimen labelled by Salter Cyathocrinus deca-

dactylus. (Pl. XIII. fig. 14.)

a/495, a specimen labelled by Salter Cyathocrinus quin-

decimalis, (Pl. XIII. fig. 13.)

In Mason College Museum, Birmingham :

149, a rather broken crown ; left posterior view.

In the Museum of the Yorkshire Philosophical Society,

York:

A worn specimen with 43 millim. of stem.

In the collection of Charles Holcroft, Esq. :

136, a beautiful specimen ; anterior view. (PI. XIII. fig. 9.)

349, also a good specimen; anterior view. (Pl. XIII. fig. 12.)

Again it is my pleasurable duty to thank Messrs. Holcroft

and Platnauer and Prof. Lapworth for the loan of specimens,

while I must also thank Dr. Henry Woodward, F.R.8., and

Prof. T. McKenny Hughes for allowing me to figure the

fossils in the British and Woodwardian Museums respectively.

The above specimens as well as the rest that I have seen

are all said to come from Dudley, and their horizon appears

to be the Upper Wenlock Limestone.

V. Botryocrinus. 397

The proposed name of this species is one of those printed

by Salter: although not a good name, and although no

adequate description was given by Salter, yet I have adopted

it simply so as not to burden nomenclature with a synonym.

Salter did not profess to describe species in his Catalogue, and

all he said of Cyathocrinus decadactylus was “Ten single

arms, unbranched, and with very large thick tentacles.”

This applies to not a single Cyathocrinus it is true, but it

apples to nearly every species of every genus of the Decado-

crinide. Cyathocrinus quindecimalis was said to have

“ Fifteen arms, like those of the last species, but with even

thicker tentacles.” The specimen alluded to (Pl. XIII.

fig. 13) shows, however, that this number of arms was a

misapprehension. The original specimens of both C. deca-

dactylus and O. quindecimalis belong to the species of Botryo-

crinus that I now proceed to diagnose.

SPECIFIC DIAGNOSIS.

Cup elegant, rapidly widening above. R. projecting, with

rather narrow facet. Arms about six times length of cup,

two-branched, with rather stout pinnules ; sutures alternate in

direction. Proximal median plate of sac wider than high.

Ventral sac ridged, with plates, except at distal end, laterally

folded; the distal end is almost straight. Stem slender ;

round or subpentagonal.

DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES.

Dorsal cup of graceful appearance, owing to the concavo-

convex curve of its sides. Average measurements, based on

seven specimens, are :—Breadth at base 3°33 millim.; breadth

at summit 8°36 millim.; height 6°5 millim.

Infrabasals 5, pentagonal, forming a very slight angle with

the column; sometimes smooth, sometimes slightly rounded

or protuberant, and sometimes with a slight ridge along their

proximal margin. Average measurements, based on seven

specimens, are:—Height 1°91 millim.; greatest width 2:17

millim.

Basals ; 3 hexagonal and 2 heptagonal ; occasionally show

slight traces of axial folding*. Average measurements,

* A very large number of Crinoids have the plates of the dorsal cup

folded or ridged along certain definite lines at right angles to the edges of

the plates. Such folding is well seen in the genus Vasocrinus, in Gisso-

crinus goniodactylus, and in the ornate individuals of Marsupites testu-

dinarius where it is often accompanied by smaller parallel ridges,

Whether it be of any morphological importance we need not now inquire ;

398 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

based on seven specimens :—Height 3°36 millim.; greatest

width 3°7 millim.

Radials, 5, of normal shape ; project slightly from the cup,

so that the articular facet, lying at right angles to the outer

surface of the plate, is directed outwards ; sometimes show

traces of axial folding. Measurements, based on seven speci-

mens:—Height to bottom of facet 2°9 millim.; greatest

width 4°21 millim. The facet occupies from less than } to $

of the width of the radial; its average width as deduced from

the same seven specimens is 2°26 millim. The articular

surface is rarely exposed, and when visible is usually so worn

that no drawing of it can be given: it appears, however, that

the axial canal was not separated from the ventral groove by

stereom, that a transverse ridge running at the level of the

axial canal served as fulcrum, that outside this ridge there

was a bevelled surface marked with slightly radiating rugo-

sities, and that inside the ridge on either side of the groove

was a depression for a muscle-attachment. Compare with

articular surface of first costal (PI. XIII. fig. 10). On either

side the facet the distal portions of the radial curve round it

and bend inwards to meet the tegmen.

Arms, about six times as long as the cup: each splits into

two main branches, which bear pinnules, one on each ossicle

on alternate sides; of elegant appearance. The younger the

individual the more marked is the axillary character of the

ossicles of the main arm, which thus has an irregular zigzag

appearance (Pl. XIII. fig. 5); in older specimens the main

arm is more straight and regular, but the sutures between its

ossicles alternate markedly in direction. These differences of

character may also to some extent be traced within a single

arm, where the distal end corresponds to the younger, the

proximal to the older stage.

Costals usually 3 or 4 to aray; rarely more, 1386 Holcroft

has 6 in one ray, very rarely less ; usually all are of the same

width as the radial facet, but sometimes, as in 349 Holcroft,

they taper distalwards. ‘The axillary of course always

broadens out. The height of each costal is 3 its width,

except in the axillary, where the two are equal.

The pinnules do not begin theirregular arrangement immed- |

iately after the bifurcation of the arms. The first distichal

never appears to bear a pinnule, but the first pinnule arises on

in any case it seems advisable to have a definite term to express it.

Since the main ridges or folds appear to follow the lines of the axial

‘nerve-cords, I venture to speak of them as “axial” in direction, and to

call the phenomenon generally “ axial folding.”

V. Botryocrinus. 399

the outer side of the second distichal. This first pinnule is

usually stouter than the preceding ones, and is not seldom

branched, in which case it should strictly be called an armlet,

e. g. 2/495 Cambridge (Pl. XIII. fig. 138) and 136 Holeroft.

The ossicle next this axillary distichal, z. e. the third ossicle

of the main branch, does not as a rule bear a pinnule, and

then the second pinnule arises on the inner side of the fourth

ossicle. After this the pinnules follow regularly on the alter-

nate sides of each successive ossicle. Variations from this

normal plan may occur; thus in E 1419 B. M. the first

pinnule of the left-hand branch of the right posterior arm

springs from the outer side of the third distichal.

The pinnules in ordinary specimens are about 9 millim.

long, but usually appear shorter owing to loss of the distal

ossicles. They have rounded backs, with a width of about

‘9 millim., gradually tapering. They are somewhat com-

pressed laterally, so that the depth is greater than the width.

Their ossicles are half again as long as wide. Considerable

variations, however, occur ; thus pinnules of ordinary thick-

ness may attain a length of 14 millim.; others, more thick,

are from 17 to 20 millim. long (e.g. 149 Mason Coll.). In

some specimens where the pinnules lie rather closely together

they are flattened on the side and have almost the square look

of an Hnerinus pinnule (Pl. XIII. fig. 14). The pinnule

ossicles have sometimes a slight ridge at either end (e. g.

349 Holcroft).

The covering-plates of both arms and pinnules are very

small; they appear to have been shield-shaped, from three to

four on each side of an ossicle, alternating in the middle with

those of the other side (Pl. XIII. figs. 8 and 9).

Anal structures :—Radianal small, four-sided, and often

rectangular; does not differ from that of other species of the

genus. The following are some measurements :—in KH 1328

from w to r. post. B. 1°75 millim. and from r. post. R. to post.

B. 1:4 millim.; in E 5130 the corresponding measurements

are 2°1 millim. and 1°9 millim.; in E 1419 they are both 1:2

millim.

The Anal a (or Brachianal) has an average height and

width of 8 millim., being rather smaller every way than a

radial. It is somewhat rounded. On its upper margin it

supports three plates, a large middle plate and a smaller one

on either side partly resting on the adjacent radials (fig. 1,

p- 408).

This middle plate, which corresponds with that spoken of

as the second brachianal in Paper III. on Vhenarocrinus, is

shaped like the anal 2, but is half again as wide as high.

400 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

Like 2, it supports three smaller plates, and from them spring

three longitudinal series of plates.

The ventral sac is rarely exposed, but has been laid bare

by dissecting away part of the arms in E 1328 B. M.

(Pl. XIII. fig. 6). It is straight and its length in this speci-

men is 29 millim., 7. e. about 3 length of arms. It is com-

posed of an unknown number of longitudinal rows of ossicles,

of which rows five can be traced down to the anal « The

ossicles are primitively of hexagonal shape, but for the most

part are folded on the lateral margins; in the median dorsal

region this lateral folding is as a rule slight, but in the other

rows it is strongly marked, and the appearance produced is

exactly that of ZYhenarocrinus, but on a much smaller scale.

This minuteness renders it very hard to see that the folds are

not slits ; the appearance is most deceptive (Pl. XIII. fig. 7).

The height of these folded plates is about ‘8 millim., their

width about 2 millim. Distally the sac tapers gradually to

a rounded point, the plates lose their folding and resume the

regular hexagonal outline. The exact position of the anal

aperture is not shown by any of the specimens examined ;

certainly no trace of it can be seen in the proximal region of

the sac.

The Stem is longer and more slender than in other known

species of the genus. In E 1412, where it is completely

preserved, the measurements are:—Length 113 millim.,

diameter about 2°5 millim.; the length of the crown is 39

millim. In the young specimen EH 5611 (Pl. XIII. tig. 5)

57 millim. are preserved, and the length of the crown is 23

millim. The usual diameter in mature specimens is 3 millim.

‘The section is round, or, in the proximal region, obscurely

pentagonal. In the proximal part of the stem the ossicles

alternate in diameter, and close to the crown the wider ossicles

are also slightly higher than the others; lower down both are

of the same height; in the distal region all the ossicles are of

equal diameter and equal height, and the height is rather less

than in the proximal region. The height of the ossicles in

the proximal half of the stem is usually a little less than °5

millim. In E 5611 (Pl. XIII. fig. 5) the stem has been bent

sharply into three unequal portions ; in the proximal portion

17 ossicles go to 5 millim., in the middle portion 13 ossicles,

in the distal portion 16. The sutures are finely crenelate,

indicating the presence of radiating strize on the articular

surfaces. ‘The lumen is pentagonal, with angles radial in

position; in the stem-section of E 51380, which is 2°5 millim,

in diameter, it has a diameter of *7 millim. (Pl. XIII. fig. 11).

There are five radial longitudinal sutures passing out from

V. Botryocrinus. 401

the angles of the lumen. In the proximal region of the stem

these sutures do not reach to the exterior and are not always

easy to distinguish in section. They are always very obvious

in the distal region, and are for example clearly seen on the

exterior in EH 1412 and E 5611. In KE 1412 the sutures can

be traced externally to a distance of 70°5 millim. from the

distal end, 7. e. for about ~ the length of the stem. In the

middle region of the stem the radial sutures are straight, and

cut the horizontal sutures at right angles, thus dividing each

ossicle into five equal and symmetrical pentameres. But

distalwards a change gradually takes place: the radial sutures

are no longer straight but zigzag; the pentameres are bent

upwards on one side, downwards on the other ; thus the penta-

meres of each ossicle do not exactly register, but partly overlap

so as to abut laterally against pentameres of the adjacent

ossicles. This semi-alternating disposition of the ossicles is

clearly seen both in EK 5611 (PI. XIII. fig. 5) and in E 1412

(fig. 5, p. 408).

The Root is preserved in EK 1412 (fig. €, p. 408). It there

occupies about 6 millim. of the distal end of the stem; three

cirri are seen issuing from one of the radial sutures, and one of

them bifurcates once. The longest cirrus is 9°5 millim. long,

has a diameter of *9 millim., and is composed of 12 ossicles.

This species resembles B. pinnulatus in the shape of its cup

and in its pinnulate arms, and in these points it differs from

B. ramosus, B. ramosissimus, and B. cucurbitaceus. From B,

pinnulatus it differs in the lesser length of the arms, the alter-

nation of the sutures between the main arm-ossicles, the

greater stoutness of the pinnules, and the more strongly

marked ridges of the ventral sac.

Before leaving this species it is necessary to justify the

rejection of Salter’s supposed species, Cyathocrinus quindecim-

alis. ‘The specimen a/495 in the Woodwardian Museum, to

which this name was attached, is figured on Pl. XIII. fig. 13.

A mere inspection of this figure will show that it has not

‘¢ fifteen arms,’’ while a comparison of it with fig. 14, which

represents one of the specimens labelled by Salter Cyatho-

ertnus decadactylus, will show that it has not thicker

tentacles.” The orientation of this specimen is uncertain ;

the cup is much broken and its plates indistinct; portions of

four rays are visible. So far as can be seen these rays bifur-

cate on the third or fourth costal, and give off pinnules just

as described above. But taking the second ray from the left

of the specimen, and directing attention to its right branch, a

peculiar pinnule is seen to arise on the outer side of the second

brachial. ‘The peculiarity of this pinnule is that it bifurcates

402 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

after its first ossicle, and this is absolutely the only character

that could give rise to the idea that this specimen had fifteen

arms. But this is not so rare nor even so peculiar a structure

as to warrant the separation of those specimens in which it is

found. In 136 Holcroft, for instance, an extremely normal

specimen of B. decadactylus, the lowest pinnule of the left

branch of the arm on the right is seen to bifurcate on the

second ossicle. This pinnule is, not only in this species of

Botryocrinus, but in very many pinnulate crinoids, stouter

than the succeeding pinnules ; its bifurcation is merely an

instance of reversion to the armlet stage, and is a very natural

occurrence in the earliest known pinnulate form among the

Fistulata. A far stronger case of irregular branching is seen

in the specimen which, in default of a better, must be taken

as the type of our next species; and yet I have little doubt

that even this is but an individual abnormality of no specific

value.

Botryocrinus pinnulatus, sp. n.

(Pl. XIII. fig. 16.)

This species is founded on a single specimen in the Dudley

Museum. It is a crown seen from the posterior, with the

extreme distal ends of the arms broken off, and with five

stem-ossicles attached.

For the loan ot this specimen I am indebted to Mr. William

Madeley, the Secretary of the Dudley and Midland Geological

Society. No locality is recorded, but from the character of the

matrix, which is a soft yellowish shale, Mr. Madeley thinks

that it probably came from the shale between the two Wen-

iock limestones at the Wren’s Nest, Dudley.

This individual shows in the branching of its arms certain

abnormalities that might conceivably be regarded by some as

specific characters. I prefer, however, to regard them as

unessential, and to distinguish the species by characters less

‘obvious but of more permanent value.

SPECIFIC DIAGNOSIS.

Dorsal cup shows slight axial folding; R. project. Arms

between seven and eight times length of cup; sutures between

brachials almost parallel; pinnules long and fine. Ventral

sac very slightly ridged; its proximal median plate wider

than high.

The trivial name pinnulatus is given because the pinnules

are more completely differentiated than in any other species

ot the genus.

V. Botryocrinus. 403

DESCRIPTION OF THE SPECIMEN.

Dorsal cup.—Similar to that of B. decadactylus, but with

the projection of the radials and the axial folding slightly

exaggerated. Breadth at base 3°6 millim. ; breadth at summit

8°5 millim.; height 11 millim.

Infrabasals 5, pentagonal; greatest height 2°2 millim. ;

greatest width 3 millim.

Basals 5; 3 hexagonal, 2 heptagonal; show slight axial

folding; greatest height. 3:5 millim.; greatest width 3:5

millim.

Radials 5; of normal shape, project outwards rather more

than in B. decadactylus, show slight axial folding ; height to

bottom of facet 3°25 millim., greatest width 5:4 millim., width

of facet 2°25 millim. The articular surface is not clearly seen,

but appears to be the same as in B. decadactylus. The axial

canal is not separated from the ventral groove. ‘The surface

of the radials, where well preserved, is very slightly sha-

greened, with the rugosities arranged concentrically.

The Arms are preserved to a length of 71 millim., but must

have been at least 80 millim. long when perfect, 7. e. more

than seven times length of cup. Apart from the abnormalities

in their branching, the essential characters are as follows.

The sutures between the ossicles are parallel, except in quite

the distal part of the arm, where they alternate at a very slight

angle; the arms consequently have a more rigid appearance ;

their sides are almost straight, the backs of the ossicles being

regularly rounded and only very slightly moniliform. Height

of ossicles + of width.

Costals 4 in each of the two rays visible ; width and height

both 2°5 millim. ; the axillary expands to 3°9 millim.

Pinnules very long and thin; one measured about halfway

up an arm is 16 millim. long, with a mean width of *5 millim.,

and is composed of ossicles 75 millim. long. They are more

square and flattened than is usually the case with B. deca-

dactylus.

The axial canal appears, in the distal part of the arms

at all events, to have been separated by stereom from the

ventral groove.

The covering-plates, so far as any indications are given by

this specimen, appear to have been much the same as in B.

decadactylus, but on the pinnules at least were proportionately

smaller.

Anal structures :—Radianal measures 2 millim. from anal

x to right posterior basal, and 1:4 millim. in the transverse.

direction.

404 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

Anal 2 or Brachianal somewhat rounded and protuberant }

height 3°5 millim., greatest width 4 millim. It supports three

plates, of which the middle one is 2°1 millim. high and 3:1

millim. wide.

Of the Ventral Sac only the 11 proximal millimetres are

exposed; the width here is 7 millim. The plates are flat,

not ridged, and wide, with well-marked lateral folds.

The Stem:—only 5 proximal ossicles are preserved; these

make together a length of 1°5 millim., and have a diameter

of 3 millim. The ossicles alternate in size; the section of

the larger ones is pentagonal, that of the smaller ones quin-

quelobate. The sutures are crenelated, but the stria seem

restricted to the edge, the inner part of the lobes being smooth,

somewhat as in Pentacrinus. ‘The stem is not clearly repre-

sented iu the figure.

The radial sutures are very clearly seen in section, though

not externally. The lumen is pentagonal, with a diameter

of °75 millim.

The abnormalities in the branching of the arms are as

follows:—The left posterior ray has the fourth costal axil-

lary: following first the left branch, we see clearly two

distichals, of which the second appears to be axillary ; the

outer branch from this distichal must, however, have been

small, probably merely an armlet, possibly only a rather stout

pinnule; the inner branch from this distichal is a normal

main arm with pinnules: now taking the right branch we

notice one distichal, and this is axillary giving rise to two

main arms with pinnules; in each of these main arms the

first pinnule is given off on the outer side of the second

ossicle, and in the right of these two main arms the first

pinnule seems to have been stouter than those succeeding.

The right posterior ray has unfortunately lost all its costals

and some of the succeeding ossicles; we shall, however,

probably be right in referring to this ray the two main arms

that lie in the middle of the specimen: the left main arm,

however, appears to bifurcate on an early ossicle, the first

preserved, and the outer branch, at first hidden, emerges from

under the other arms about halfway up the specimen; such

at least is my interpretation; the other branch of the left

main arm continues regularly up to the ninth ossicle of those

preserved ; this ossicle is shaped like an axillary and probably

gave rise to a fairly stout armlet or pinnule, which, however,

is hidden from view; the eleventh ossicle likewise gives off a

stout pinnule, on the other side, after which the arm is

normal. It seems possible that there was some accident to

the arm at the ninth and eleventh ossicles just mentioned, and

V. Botryocrinus. 405

that the abnormalities are due to recuperation. The right

anterior ray has four costals, of which the fourth is axillary :

this ray splits into three main branches, of which the two on

the left, 7. e. adanal, side spring from an axillary distichal no

longer preserved, while that on the right or outer side springs

from the axillary costal and is at first sight perfectly normal ;

it too, however, gave off, apparently from its most proximal

ossicle, a very small arm. Of the anterior and left anterior

rays only a very small portion has been exposed; it is

hardly likely that they were perfectly normal, at the same

time there is nothing to prove the contrary, and from the

broken distal end of the specimen we learn that each sent

only two main arms as far as that point. The small arm

that is seen issuing from among the branches of the left poster-

ior ray and running up the left side of the specimen may

proceed either from the right posterior ray or from one of the

anterior rays. Now there are certain features in this speci-

men that are quite clearly simple individual abnormalities,

possibly even due to accident, As regards other aberrant

features the irregularity of their occurrence and variations in

their structure should convince everyone that they cannot be

of specific value. Similar instances of abnormal repetition of

the arms are rare: A. von Strombeck* has, however,

described and figured some for Encrinus fossilis, Blum., while

Mr. W. Bateson ¢ has recently published a careful figure by

Mr. Edwin Wilson and a description by Dr. P. H. Carpenter

of much the same structure in Antedon bifida, Pennant, sp.

(=A. rosacea, Linck, sp.). It is more to the point that in

various American species of Barycrinus the arms ‘‘ sometimes

branch once on the third or fourth plate in some of the rays—

but never in the anterior one—and only in one arm to a ray,

the other arm always remaining simple” {. As in none of

these cases are the essential characters of the species destroyed,

I feel justified in supposing that the present specimen is ab-

normal only as regards the secondary arm-branching, and that

its other characters are those of a species.

This species resembles B. decadactylus in the presence of

pinnules and therein differs from all other known species of

Botryocrinus. In the shape of its stem, of its cup, and its

ventral sac it also resembles B. decadactylus more nearly than

other species. From B. decadactylus it differs in the more

* “ Ueber Misshildungen von Enecrinus hliiformis, Lam.,” Paleonto-

graphica, iv. 169-178, pl. xxi., Cassel, 1855. See especially fig. 12.

+ “On some cases of Abnormal Repetition of Partsin Animals,” Proc.

Zool. Soc. 1890, pp. 579-588, London, Oct. 1890. See fig. 4.

t W. &&. Rev. I. (101), Proc. 1879, p. 524.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. vii. 28

406 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

pronounced axial folding of the cup, in the longer and

straighter arms, in the greater parallelism of the sutures

between the arm-ossicles, in the greater length and fineness

of the pinnules, in the less ridged nature of the ventral sac,

and apparently in the more pronouncedly pentagonal stem.

GENERAL REMARKS ON THE GENUS.

In the investigation of the various species of this genus at

home and abroad certain points of morphological interest have

turned up, to which attention may now be directed.

The covering-plates of the arms.—It has already been

remarked (p. 893) that the tegminal plates appear continuous

with the covering-plates of the arm, and this is partly seen in

Pl. XUI. fig. 8. The specimen there shown would, how-

ever, not prove much by itself; it is suggestive rather than

convincing: but in a large specimen of B. ramosissimus in

the Riksmuseum at Stockholm the ventral surface of the arm

is completely exposed, and here is seen a remarkable structure

(fig. 4, p. 408). The ventral groove, instead of being covered

by a double row of regularly alternating shield-shaped plates, is

entirely overlaid by a large number of small irregular plates

which appear to extend beyond the limits of the groove itself

over the adjacent portions of the arm-ossicles. Ordinary

covering-plates open along the median line, and that this was

the case in Botryocrinus is proved by many specimens; but

in the present specimen there is neither visible opening nor

suggestion of opening, at least in the proximal part of the

arms. ‘The appearance, though on a larger scale, is not

unlike that of the small plates that cover the ventral surface

of a pinnule swollen with genital products; since, however,

the structure occurs not in the pinnules or armlets but in the

main arm it is improbable that the similarity is more than

superficial. On the other hand, the apparently swollen state

of the lower pinnule in Pl. XIII. fig. 9 may be due to the

presence of gonads.

The Ventral Sac.—I have previously alluded to the opinion

that “slit-like fissures’? are present in the ventral sac of

certain Vistulata (Paper II., Annals, ser. 6, v. p. 311) 5; and

I have shown that in Thenarocrinus slits do not exist, although

the appearance of such is produced by simple folding of the

plates (Paper III., Annals, ser. 6, vi. p. 229). Now in this

connexion the genus Botryocrinus (including Stcyocrinus) is

of particular interest. For, in the first place, the slit-like

appearance 1s, in many specimens of all species, very strongly

marked ; and, in the second place, a description of the ventral

V. Botryocrinus. 407

sac of B. cucurbitaceus, written by no less eminent an observer

than Prof. Svén Lovén, has been published by Prof. H.

Trautschold in support of his view that the ventral sac of the

“‘ Angulosi”’ is fissured for the exit of generative products *,

Whether Prof. Lovén’s words bear all the meaning that Prof.

Trautschold attributed to them I will not venture to say;

neither can I say whether Prof. Lovén himself meant all that

his words naturally imply, for when he was kind enough to

discuss the matter with me last year he had forgotten the

details of his observation. After describing the plates of the

sac as being prolonged laterally into “‘ Beine,” he says, ‘ Die

von den Beinen der Platten umschlossenen Riiume sind

vertieft,”’ and “die Vertiefungen [sind] von Kalk frei.”

Now I have very carefully examined not only the specimen

figured by Professors Angelin (Iconogr. pl. iv. fig. 9) and

Lovén (loc. cit.), but other even more instructive specimens

from Bursvik, Gotland, now in the Riksmuseum at Stock-

holm; and I have not only been absolutely unable to demon-

strate spaces free from stereom—“ von Kalk frei ’’—but when-

ever I have been able to clear away the matrix, a task which

though difficult is not impossible, I have invariably been able to

trace the sutures between the plates across the synclinal folds,

in which position they have precisely the same appearance

as they have when traversing the anticlinal folds (fig.2, p. 408).

I therefore affirm that there are neither slits, nor holes, nor

pores visible in the ventral sac of B. cucurbitaceus. I have

also examined with the utmost care all the specimens of B.

ramosissimus in the Stockholm Museum, and, while I have

been equally unable to demonstrate openings in any, I have

been ablein one specimen, figured by Angelin, [conogr, pl. xxiii.

tf. 14, to trace the sutures across the depressions (fig. 3, p. 408).

In B. decadactylus and B. pinnulatus the folds are much

narrower, and it is avery difficult matter either to clean them

or to see to the bottom of them; but I have discovered

nothing that would lead one to suppose that the structure

differs in any essential point from that of the Swedish species.

I therefore conclude that slits, pores, and openings of every

description are absent from the ventral sac ot Botryocrinus.

As to the Anal opening itself, it seems to have been figured

by Angelin (Iconogr. pl. xv. ff. 9, 9a) at the base of the sac

on its anterior side. But I do not quite understand the

figure ; the specimen is no longer to be found, and in no other

specimen have I been able to discover any trace of a similar

structure, in that, or indeed in any other position.

* H. Trautschold, ‘“ Ueber Crinoideen, Zusitze und Berichtigungen,?

Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose. lvii. pp. 140-145, Moscow, 1882.

28*

408 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinovds :

The Stem.—The presence of Radial Sutures has not, so far

as I am aware, hitherto been noticed in this genus; thus one

more is added to the gradually increasing number of early

forms in which the stem is so divided. ‘These sutures are, as

a rule, more observable in the young, and they are more

marked in the distal region of the stem. These two facts

Yea

STRUCTURE IN BOTRYOCRINUS.

Fig. 1. Theanal area of B. decadactylus ; mainly from evidence of E 1419,

eos talex a3.)

Fig. 2, From the proximal part of the Ventral Sac of a large specimen of

B. cucurbitaceus, from Bursvik, Gotland, in Riksmuseum,

Stockholm. 'To show the folding, without perforation, of the

plates. The distal end of the sac is beyond the left of the

drawing. (xX 6.)

- Fig. 3. Part of the ventral sac, as seen from the back, of a specimen of

B. ramosissimus in Riksmuseum, Stockholm, which was figured

in Angelin’s ‘ Iconographia,’ Tab. xxiii. fig. 14. (x 3.)

Fig. 4. Ventral surface of arm of a large specimen of B. ramosissimus,

from Follingbo, Gotland, in Riksmuseum, Stockholm. To show

small, irregular covering-plates. (X 3.)

Fig. 5. Distal part of stem of B. decadactylus, EK 1412,B.M. To show

irregularity of pentameres. (xX 12.)

Fig. 6. Root of B, decadactylus, E1412, B. M. (xX 3.)

imply that the sutures are, so far as the present stage of

evolution is concerned, primitive structures. The same, it

V. Botryocrinus. 409

will be remembered, was the case with Thenarocrinus. The

pentagonal outline of the stem-lumen, even when radial

sutures are no longer visible externally, seems, in other genera

no less than in Botryocrinus, to bear witness, often in a marked

manner, to the former pentamerous structure of the stem-

ossicles. Whether this pentamerous structure is really more

primitive or ancestral than a simple undivided ossicle, espe-

cially an ossicle with a round lumen, we are not at present in

a position to decide. There are, however, two facts, a con-

sideration of which may eventually aid us in solving the

problem. First the fact that the radicular cirri in this genus,

and indeed all cirri in every genus where longitudinal sutures

or their traces are present, arise along the suture-line. The

morphological importance of this fact, as denoting the radial

or interradial position of the original sutures, has already been

noticed by Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer in’ connexion

with the presence or absence of infrabasals. Secondly the

fact that towards the distal, ¢. ¢. the first-formed part of the

stem, the pentameres of any one ossicle, instead of all lying

in the same plane, abut against the pentameres of adjacent

ossicles, and are only brought into line by the curvature of

their articular surfaces. ‘The outline of each pentamere has

in fact six sides, and the pentameres have an essentially

alternate arrangement just like the hexagonal plates of a

ventral sac (fig. 5, p. 408).

Inter-relations of the Species.—There can be little doubt

but that, in accordance with the main scheme of arm-evolution

sketched in Paper II. (‘ Annals,’ ser. 6, v. p. 374), the pinnu-

late forms are descended from those bearing armlets. Of the

armlet-bearing forms there are three species, B. ramosus in

England, B. ramossimus and B. cucurbitaceus in Gotland.

Of these B. ramosus is very closely allied to B. ramosissimus.

If Professor Lindstrém’s correlation of the Gotland beds * be

correct, B. ramosissimus appears at or above the horizon of

the Lower Ludlow (7), and might therefore be directly

descended from B. ramosus of the Upper Wenlock. B. cucur-

bitaceus, however, occurs in beds of the age of the Wenlock

shale (c), and the intermediate links are not known, for no

species of Botryocrinus are yet recorded from beds d and e,

It may have been that B. ramosus and the other English

forms were derived from some of these links. ‘Taking the

English forms, there seems little doubt but that the order in

which we have studied them is the order in which they were

evolved. We have traced the change of armlets into pinnules,

* Prof. G. Lindstrém, “Ueber die Schichtenfolge des Silur auf der

Insel Gotland,” Neues Jahrb. f. Min., Jahrg. 1888, Bd. i. pp. 147-164,

410 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

with relics of their ancestry still preserved by certain speci-

mens of B. decadactylus in the “branched first pinnule. We

have traced the gradual differentiation of these pinnules from

coarse to fine, from rounded to square-sided. We have seen

too the sutures between the arm-ossicles at first set at steep

angles alternately to one another, then with the angle lessen-

ing, and lastly quite parallel. Concomitantly with these

changes we have noticed how the plates of the cup, from

being smooth or simply rounded, have become more and more

folded along the axial lines, while the ventral sac has become

less ridged, and the stem more pentagonal. ‘These species

afford us an excellent illustration of the gradual adoption by

the adult of the characters of old age. The characters in

which the species differ from one another may be useless, but

they are not accidental; they represent difierent stages of

growth. It is unfortunate that the horizon of B. pinnulatus

is not quite certain; if the specimen really comes from a bed

below that in which the other British species have hitherto

been found, some doubt is cast on the truth otf the above

views. But the agile evolutionist has leapt over worse

obstacles ere now, and it must be remembered that evidence

from only one specimen (as is also the case with B. ramosus)

is of slight value in such a question, while something may be

explained by the change from shale to limestone. (See Note,

p. 412.)

Relation to other Genera.—Of the other genera placed by

me in the division Botryocrinites, there are two, Vasocrinus

and Barycrinus, in which both arms and cup are constructed

on the same essential plan asin Botryocrinus. When Messrs.

Wachsmuth and Springer last discussed these three genera *

they could poimt to more differences than would now be

possible, yet even then the differences were not very great.

We may proceed to discuss these differences in order.

The Dorsal Cup in Soiryocrinus is cyathiform, in Bary-

_erinus and Vasccrinus it is shallow: its plates in Barycrinus

are massive and protuberant, in Vasocr¢nus thin, and in both

these genera axial folding is weli marked; in Botryocrinus

there is some variety in the protuberance and solidity of the

plates, while axial folding is seen in the course of develop-

ment. So far the differences are unimportant.

The Arms in Barycrinus are robust, in Vasocrinus less

robust ; in Botryocrinus they are either massive or graceful.

‘Lhe costals in Barycrinus are stated to be invariably 2

(Revision, p. 100), while Vasoerinus appears to have had 3

* Reyision, I, (96-100), Proc, 1879, pp. 319-323.

V. Botryocrinus. 411

—there is a mistake somewhere in Wachsmuth and Springer’s

description, although this is a point on which they lay stress

—in Botryocrinus, however, the number varies from 1 to 6.

Here too then it is hard to see how any great distinction can

be drawn; and the number of costals is rarely a point of

much importance, even as a specific character, in the older

Crinoids.

The Ventral Sac of Barycrinus is unknown, or was so in

1879; that of Vasocrinus is said to have a “ series of large

quadrangular plates at the base, the lower ones as wide, but

much higher than the radials.” It is very easy to see how

this structure may have arisen, for, as previously stated, the

median posterior region of the sac in Botryocrinus is usually

more solid than the rest, and in B. ramosus the proximal

median plate is just such a one as in Vasocrinus. Certainly

this difference appears no greater than that which obtains in

the various species of Botryocrinus. In both Vasocrinus and

Barycrinus the radianal is occasionally absent; but as in all

species where it occurs it is very small, and as the species in

which it is absent have not hitherto been placed in separate

genera, this fact can hardly affect the separation of the genera

themselves.

The Stem in Barycrinus is subpentagonal, in Vasoerinus it

is round, in Botryocrinus it is either. In Barycrinus radial

sutures are well marked, in Vasocrinus they have only been

seen in V. dilatatus, in Botryocrinus they vary in the extent

to which they are visible. ‘Che lumen in Baryerinus is large

and “highly organized,” though in what the organization

consists is doubtful; in Vasocrinus it is “ comparatively small

and simply constructed,” in Botryocrinus it is small and

pentagonal.

Now it must be confessed that these differences are of no

great importance, and that some difficulty is experienced in

drawing up a diagnosis of Botryoerinus that shall adequately

distinguish it from the two other genera. Since, however, [

have not had access to many specimens of either Vasocrinus

or Barycrinus, I have thought it better simply to describe the

long-known genus Botryocrinus as fully as possible, with the

aid of new material, and to leave to the American paleon-

tologists the task of comparing it afresh with these other more

parucularly American genera. ‘The date of Vasocrinus is

1857, of Barycrinus 1868 ; Botryocrinus is ten years younger,

and, should it prove identical with either of these, must yield

itsname. I commit it therefore to the tenderest mercies of

my fellow-workers beyond the Ocean.

412 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.

Botryocrinus ramosus, sp. 0.

Fig. 1. 57217 B. M. Specimen seen from the posterior. (Nat. size.)

Fig. 2. The same from the right side. (Nat. size.)

Fvg. 3. An armlet of the same. (X 2.)

Fig. 4. The left side of the same, showing all exposed. (Nat. size.)

Botryocrinus decadactylus, sp. 0.

Fig. 5. E5611, B. M.A young individual, with almost complete stem.

(Nat. size.)

Fig. 6, E1528, B. M. Specimen seen from posterior, the arms dissected

away ‘and the ventral sac exposed. (Nat. size.)

Fig. 7, 48191, B- M. Plates of the ventral sac from the proximal anterior

region. (X 7.)

Fig. 8. 57225, B. M. Part of one specimen to show tegminal plates and

covering-plates. (Xx 3.)

Fig. 9. 136, Holeroft. Pinnules showing covering-plates. (xX 9.)

Fig. 10. E 5130, Distal surface of first costal. (x 6.

Fg. 11. The same. Articular surface of stem-ossicle. (x 5.)

Fig. 12. 349, Holeroft. Proximal part of stem. (x 4.)

%g. 13. a/495, Cambridge, Fletcher Collection. Specimen showing a

branched proximal pinnule ; labelled “‘ Cyathocrinus quindeci-

malis (Salter, MS8.).”” From a drawing by Mr. Edwin Wilson,

artist of the Cambridge Engraving Co. (Nat. size.)

Fig. 14. a/494, Cambridge, Fletcher Collection, Specimen with stout,

square-sided pinnules. From a drawing by Mr. Edwin Wilson.

(Nat. size.)

Fig. 15, E1419, B. M. Specimen seen from posterior. (Nat. size.)

Botryécrinus pinnulatus, sp. 0.

Fig. 16. Specimen in Dudley Museum ; seen from posterior. (Nat. size.)

Note to p. 410. Relations of B. pinnulatus:—My friend

Mr, Madeley thinks that “ the Upper Limestone (Wenlock)

of Dudley was a deep-water formation, deposited in deeper

water than the underlying shale,” and “that the Lower bed

of limestone was not formed in water so deep as the Upper

Limestone.” Mr. Madeley, further, is “ inclined to consider

the blueish mudstone lying on the top of the Upper Limestone

at Dudley as a deep-water formation (1) from the uniform

fineness of the particles throughout a considerable thickness,

(2) from the paucity of the concretionary pebbles of argilla-

ceous limestone scattered therein, (3) from the limited

character of the fossils from classes to species, and (4) from

the paucity of the fossils themselves; im all of which con-

ditions it is in marked contrast with the shale lying between

the Upper and Lower Limestones.”” ‘The overlying shale

is not dissimilar in texture &e. from those thin seams of shale

intercalated in the Upper Limestone, from which so many

Occurrence of Halistemma tn British Waters. 413

beautiful specimens of Crinoids and Cystidea have been

collected.”

Now deep-water forms are, at the present day, usually more

ancestral than contemporary shallow-water forms, and the

same rule seems to have held good in past ages; we may

therefore reasonably suppose that, while B. pinnulatus was

living in shallow water at Dudley, other more ancestral forms

were living in deeper seas, and that, as the Dudley sea-bottom

sank, these latter forms came in. Liven if this be not allowed,

it must be remembered that the rarity of well-preserved

Crinoids in all beds below the Upper Wenlock Limestone

renders any objections based on negative evidence of very

small moment.

XLII.—On the Occurrence of Halistemma tn British Waters.

By the Rev. A. D..Sioan, M.A., B.Sc. .(iidinb.), St.

Andrews.

[Plate XII. ]

THE first Siphonophore recorded in St. Andrews Bay was

obtained in the bottom tow-net some distance off the Castle on

the 16th of May. When brought into the Marine Laboratory

it was in a moribund condition, and was preserved in alcohol

before it was given me for examination. Unfortunately the

bracts had all fallen off and the tentacles were very much

contracted.

The specimen evidently belongs to the genus Agalmopsis

of Sars, under which, however, that observer appears to

describe several genera; but, if we are to follow the new

arrangement of Heckel in his recent reconstruction of the

Siphonophora, we must put it in the genus Halistemma, in

which he includes the Halistemma of Huxley, the Agalmopsis

punctata of Kolliker, and those forms of the Agalmopsis of

Sars whose tentacle-branches end in simple terminal filaments.

The creature or colony of creatures, according as its various

parts are regarded as organs or individuals, consists of a long

flexible stem, along which the various structures (organs or

individuals) are distributed in an wregular manner without

definite nodes and internodes. ‘The stem presents a division

into an anterior shorter and a posterior longer portion, called

respectively the nectosome and the siphosome. ‘The necto-

some is the locomotory part of the creature and is that portion

of the trunk which bears the swimming-bells, and after being

414 Rev. A. D. Sloan on the

carried forward in the form of a slender axis terminates in the

float or pneumatophore. The siphosome constitutes the

greater part of the creature and consists of an elongated

flexible axis bearing at intervals the bracts, polypes “with

tentacles, mouthless polypes without tentacles, and various

urn-like structures and clusters, which appear to represent the

excretory and reproductive organs. ‘The nectosome or portion

of the axis which bears the swimming-apparatus terminates

in a large oval float or pneumatophore, whose anterior wall

contains a great deal of reddish pigment. In the Agalmide

the float is described as being very small in comparison with

the swimming-bells; but in this form it is proportionally

large, being “about three times lar ger than the largest

swimming-bell. The comparatively large size of the float

cannot altogether be attributed to contr action of the other parts

during preservation, as it is noticeable in a reugh sketch made

by Mr. Holt when the creature was still alive.

Behind the float the nectosome presents the appearance of

a narrow delicate cylinder, devoid of lateral structures, and

extending about two and a half times the length of the long

axis of the pneumatophore. It is quite straight throughout

all its length, and in it Mr. Holt figures several little bubbles

or globules, which are, however, not seen in the preserved

specimen. ‘The length of this stalk is comparatively great ;

but it is very contractile, and may have been fixed in its

extended state.

This narrow stalk passes somewhat suddenly into a thicker

portion of the axis, along which the swimming-bells (necto-

calyces, nectophores) are distributed, and which exhibits a

spiral twist. At the place where the narrower joins the

thicker portion of the nectosome is a small cluster of buds,

which represent young swimming-bells. In the specimen

may be seen three or four very small buds and then two rows

of four buds each, which are continuous with two rows of

functional sw imming- -bells. The buds increase in size as we

proceed distally along the axis, and so do the fully developed

nectocalyces, the distal ones being the largest.

The functional swimming-bells consist of a large bell-

shaped portion variously compressed and a oe pedicle by

which they are connected to the axis, They are six in

number, arranged in two rows of three. Behind the necto-

calyces is a portion of the nectosome devoid of structures, but

presenting several little knobs, which may represent the stalks

of nectocalyces whose bells have fallen off.

‘The nectosome passes into the siphosome or polyp-bearing

part of the axis, along which the protective, nutritive, excre-

Occurrence of Halistemma tn British Waters. 415

tory, and reproductive structures are distributed. It is long,

very extensible and contractile, and flexible. In the specimen

under consideration it ends abruptly, as if a portion of it were

wanting. The structures which it bears are crowded together

at the proximal end, but occur more sparsely as we proceed

distally.

‘The anterior part of the siphosome is covered with buds,

which are evidently young polypes or feeding individuals, and

then follow more fully matured polypes as we pass along the

axis. Of these polypes or feeding individuals there are two

incipient and nine fully developed, the former following

pretty closely on one another and the others at increased

intervals. he first distinct polyp exhibits a large basal

portion and a small oral portion, and at the base may be seen

the contracted tentacle. The full-grown polypes, in their

preserved condition, are all acorn-shaped, presenting a large

basal part, corresponding to the cup of the acorn, and then a

cone-shaped portion, somewhat elongated and terminating in

a shallow cone, in which the mouth is situated. Round the

basal portion the many-branched tentacle may be seen in a

highly contracted state. ‘The ninth or last polyp is repre-

sented only by its basal portion and coiled tentacle, the larger

part of it having been torn off.

The tentacles unfortunately were all in a contracted con-

dition, and this is to be regretted, as Heckel, following

Eschscholtz and Huxley, in his new arrangement of the

Siphonophora, employs the characteristic appearance of the

terminations of the branches of the tentacles tor the distinction

of genera. As far as I could make out, however, the tentacles

of the specimen exhibit the simplest form of termination, and

would therefore point to its belonging to the genus Huli-

stemma.

Along the internodes or portions of the axis between the

polypes numerous other structures are distributed. Some of

them resemble closed polypes, some little urns, and others

bunches of grapes, and these seemingly represent sensory,

excretory, and reproductive organs.

The closed polypes, called palpons by Heckel, are regarded

by him to be sensory in function. ‘The urns in which there

is a mouth or opening he considers to be excretory. The

cluster-like structures again are gonodendra, of which several

occur in each internode.

Bracts are figured by Mr. Holt in his drawing, although

very sparingly. In the preserved specimen I have not been

able to alight onone. hey are leaf-like structures, triangular

in form. ;

416 Occurrence of Halistemma in British Waters.

The specimen evidently belongs to the genus Halistemma,

but differs from all the torms of Halistemma and Agalmopsis

I have seen figured in the proportionally larger size of the

pneumatophore and the relatively greater length of the portion

of the nectosome between the pneumatophore and the necto-

calyces. The length of the specimen in its preserved condition

is 142 inch.

Another specimen evidently belonging to the same species

was obtained a few days later. It measured about 4 inch in

length and was in a very dilapidated condition. Indeed it

consisted only of the nectosome with its pneumatophore, but

stripped of the nectocalyces and a portion of the siphosome,

from which all the structures had been removed. It, however,

showed the same relatively large size of pneumatophore which

characterized the other specimen.

Note by Prof. M‘Intoss.

The occurrence of [/alistemma on the east coast of Britain

is of great interest ; indeed, the Siphonophores are there, as a

rule, conspicuous by their absence. Of the other Siphono-

phores Diphyes has very rarely been seen in good condition in

the inshore waters of Britain, perhaps the most. striking

instance being in Lochmaddy, North Uist, in 1865, where it

occurred in great beauty amongst the hordes of Salpe,

swimming actively through the water and avoiding the bottles

that were used in its capture. Amongst the Physophora

again Physalia is seen occasionally on the west coast of

England and the Outer Hebrides, very fine examples having

been procured off Southport in 1874. Veledla is common on

the western shores of North Uist, and also is found in con-

siderable numbers at various parts of the west coast of England

from the extreme south northward to Scottish waters. The

small size of the specimens described by Mr. Sloan would

alone have rendered them apt to be overlooked amidst the

varied contents of the tow-nets.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.

The accompanying figure is the reduction of a drawing made from the

preserved specimen with the aid of Abbe’s camera lucida. The objective

used was Zeiss’s a, and the eyepiece Zeiss’s no. 2.

a. Pneumatophore.

6. Young nectocalyces,

c. Functional nectocalyces.

d. Incipient sipbons or feeding polyps, with coiled tentacle at

hase.

e. Mature feeding polyps.

f. Contracted branches of coiled tentacle.

g. Palpons or sensory polypes and cystons or excretory polypes.

h, Gonodendra.

On a new Lizard from the Transvaal. 417

XLITI.—Description of a new Lizard of the Genus Zonurus

Srom the Transvaal. By G. A. BOULENGER.

Zonurus Jonesii.

Head once and one third as long as broad. Nasals scarcely

swollen, in contact with each other, pierced in the middle ;

fronto-nasal pentagonal, longer than broad, separating the

prefrontals, and forming a suture with the frontal; frontal

heptagonal ; interparietal enclosed between the four parietals ;

temporals in three longitudinal rows; no spines ; four supra-

oculars; three supraciliaries; a loreal, a preocular, and two

suboculars ; six lower labials and five large chin-shields on

each side; gular scales small, obtusely keeled, gradually in-

creasing in size posteriorly. Dorsal scales large, quadrangular,

rough, strongly keeled, in ten or twelve longitudinal and

twenty-one transverse series (from occiput to base of tail) ;

sides of neck with small keeled rhomboidal scales; lateral

scales much smaller than dorsals, rhomboidal, strongly keeled,

separated trom one another by granules. Ventrals smooth, in

twelve or fourteen longitudinal and twenty-six transverse

series. ‘Two enlarged posterior preeanal scales. Upper sur-

face of limbs with imbricate strongly keeled scales. Six

femoral pores on each side. Tail with whorls of large, rugose,

strongly keeled, spinose scales ; the keels strong even on the

subcaudal scales. Brown above, with a vertebral series of

paired black spots and a black lateral band; brownish white

inferiorly.

millim

Total length (end of tail injured)...... 118

ELGAR Cea catele oa cia ciie syeaaie siete fo gwcadty Ss 21

Width: ot head: itso 0 crc aid alo ace: sare 16

DO Uiyr reread etiin ars ses a ae kad te Saye mee 46

Horesdieibeiti. cn ele ciasts ele Stiee orate 22

Elen slimy Pytie searsien asi Saleetgiehtrele 32

A single male specimen was obtained by Mr. C. R. Jones

in the Murchison Range, Transvaal, and presented by him to

the British Museum. Curiously another new species was

discovered in the Transvaal only four years ago, and described

by Dr. Reichenow as Z. vittifer *.

* Zool. Anz. 1887, p. 372.

418 Mr. A. O. Walker on Pherusa fucicola (Leach).

XLIV.— On Pherusa fucicola (Leach).

By ALFRED O. WALKER.

THE confusion that has arisen about this species is so great

that it appears worth while to make an effort towards clearing

it up. It was first described by Leach in 1814 in the ‘ Edin-

burgh Encyclopedia,’ vol. vii., art. Crustaceology, and in the

Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xi. part 2, 1815, p. 360. In the latter

he describes the genus Pherusa as follows :—‘ Antenne

superiores seta nulla ad articuli quarti basin. Cauda superne

haud fasciculato-spinosa. Manus filiformes.” The only

species, P. fucicola, is described as follows :—“ P. testaceo-

cinerea aut griseo-cinerea rubro-varia. Habitat inter fucos in

Danmoniz australis mari rarius.” The definition of the

genus only differs from that of Amphithoé (as pointed out by

Stebbing in his invaluable ‘ Challenger’ Bibliography) in the

substitution of “ manus filiformes” for “ manus ovate.”

In the ‘Encyclopedia Britannica,’ 1816, Supp. pl. xxi.

Pherusa fucicola is figured. The first gnathopods are very

slender, while the second are much longer, the wrist and hand

together forming an elongated oval, of which the wrist

occupies more than one third the length. It cannot be said

that this figure agrees with Leach’s definition of the genus

(“manus filiformes ”’) or of the Subdivision II. in which he

places it, the definition of which is “Pedwm parta duo antica tn

utroque sexu monodactyla conformia.” Only one other

Amphipod is figured, viz. Melita palmata, Montagu. This

has no secondary appendage to the upper antenne and no

finger on the hand of the second gnathopod. These figures

therefore are of little or no scientific value.

Desmarest (‘ Considérations sur la Classe des Crustacées,’

p- 268, pl. xlv. fig. 10) translates Leach’s description and

gives a figure which appears to be an indifferent copy of that

in the Encycl. Brit., the hand of the second gnathopod being

again large and ovate.

Milne-Edwards (Hist. Nat. des Crustacées, 1840, vol. ii.

p- 32) says that Amphithoé fucicola, Leach, is distinguished

by the great inequality between the first two pair of feet, the

first pair being filiform and the second, though much thicker

(plus grosses”), being still slender (“ gréles”’) and elon-

gated. This description seems to be founded on the figure in

the Encycl. Brit. and not on Leach’s description. Milne-

Edwards does not appear to have seen the species.

In 1857 Costa (‘Amfipodi del Regno di Napoli,’ p. 209,

pl. iii. fig. 2) described Amphithoé micrura, adding that it

Mr. A. O. Walker on Pherusa fucicola (Leach). 419

seems ‘very near to Pherusa fucicola; but if the figure given

by the authors’’—he does not say what authors—“ is exact,

ours differs from it by the first two pair of feet being equally

small.” These had been previously described as “ filiform.”

He also says of the abdominal segments, “ furnished on the

back with a short and delicate spine near the base of the

fifth segment, and another on the posterior margin of the

sixth observable when highly magnified.”

In 1862 Spence Bate (‘Catalogue of the Specimens of

Amphipodous Crustacea in the British Museum,’ p. 145,

pl. xxvii. fig. 10 [not fig. 9, as stated both in text and plate])

describes P. fucicola, Leach. He had previously stated that

the genus Fherusa differs from Atylus only in having an entire

instead of a cleft telson. Te refers to this species Amphithoé

Jurinit, M.-Edw., and A. fucicola, Leach (Milne-Edwards,

Ann. des Sci. Nat. 1830, vol. xx. pp. 376, 377), notwith-

standing that this author makes these two species quite

distinct. Spence Bate also refers A. microura, Costa (v.

supra), to A. fuctcola, from which, however, it differs in the

antenne, the peduncles of both pair in Costa’s species being

very much longer in proportion to the flagella than in A.

Jucicola as described by Spence Bate, and in the last three

pleon-segments, which appear to be extremely short in A.

microura, While they are figured as somewhat long in Bate’s

figure.

We have therefore apparently here three distinct species

referred to Pherusa fuctcola, Leach, of which only one, A.

Jurinii, M.-Edw., seems at all to agree with Spence Bate’s

description and figure.

In 1862 Spence Bate and Westwood published part 6 of

the ‘ British Sessile-eyed Crustacea.’ At p. 252 they repeat

Bate’s statement that the “chief distinction between Pherusa

and Atylus” is the “entire central caudal plate” in the

former genus. At p. 255 they describe and figure P. fucicola,

Leach, ‘‘from the typical specimen of Dr. Leach in the

British Museum.” ‘They admit that it “differs from the

figure given in the ‘ Catalogue of Amphipoda in the British

Museum’ in a few details, the most important of which are

the length of the last pair of caudal appendages and the length

of the inferior antenne.’’ They omit to mention that the

telson, as figured by them, is deeply cleft, and that conse-

guently the typical species of Leach’s genus Pherusa cannot

belong to that genus as defined by Spence Bate and them-

selves.

By the courtesy of the authorities of the British Museum I

have been able to make as careful an examination of the

420 Mr. A. O. Walker on Pherusa fucicola (Leach).

specimens in that collection which are labelled Pherusa fuct-

cola, Leach, as it is possible to do without dissection. There

are three specimens in spirit labelled P. fuctcola, Leach, in

Spence Bate’s writing. These are evidently the species

described in the Brit. Mus. Cat. p. 145, as above mentioned,

and differ entirely from the same species as described by Bate

and Westwood in the ‘ Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust.’ In the only

specimen in which the antenne are perfect the lower are con-

siderably longer than the upper, though described in the

Catalogue as “scarcely as long as the upper.” This is not,

however, of much importance, as it depends on the length of

the flagellum, which varies much with age and sex in many

species.

There are also three dried specimens marked Pherusa fuci-

cola, Leach. ‘These are believed to be Leach’s original type

specimens. ‘They are described in the ‘ Catalogue of the

Crustacea in the British Museum’ by Adam White (1847)

as being from Col. Montagu’s collection.

This, as will be seen, is a matter of great importance. An

examination of these specimens (which are undoubtedly those

from which Bate and Westwood described their P. fucicola)

reveals the following facts :—

1. That Leach was in error when he stated that there was

no secondary appendage to the upper antenne (“ seta nulla ad

articuli quarti basin”) and that the same mistake was made

by Bate and Westwood.

There is such an appendage, but, being very slender and

lying close along the flagellum, it is easily overlooked.

2. That Bate and Westwood were in error in describing

the “ posterior pair of pleopoda” (uropoda) as ‘ having the

rami equal.” On the contrary, one of the rami is reduced to

a mere scale on the upperside of the other branch. It is

this that forms the distal portion of the apparent double

telson figured by these authors.

_—the one marked ‘‘ 7”? is the first and that marked “” is

the second.

The consequences of theseverrors are far-reaching, for, on

comparison with the Gammarella Normanni of the same

authors (Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. p. 333), it becomes evident

that this is the same species. But Stebbing has shown (Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist., July 1874) that G. Normanni is the

female of G. brevicaudata, M.-Edw., which has the second

gnathopods furnished with a very large ovate hand! And

here I may say that the Brit. Mus. type specimens agree with

Bate and Westwood’s and Stebbing’s descriptions of Gam ma-

Mr. A. O. Walker on Pherusa fucicola (Leach). 421

rella brevicaudata 2 to the smallest detail. ‘The solitary

species therefore on which Leach founded his genus

Pherusa disagrees in almost every particular both with his

definition of the genus and of the subdivision in which he

placed it!

Under these circumstances, and in accordance with no. 11

of Strickland’s Rules for Zoological Nomenclature, adopted

by a strong committee of the British Association in 1865, it

seems clear that Pherusa fucicola, Leach, should be discarded

from our lists. In this rule it is laid down that ‘ definition

is necessary beforea zoological term can acquire any authority,”

and that “ Definition properly implies a distinct exposition of

essential characters, and in all cases we conceive this to be

indispensable.” It is certain that Leach’s description of

Pherusa does not comply with the above conditions.

There appears, however, to be no reason why the genus

Pherusa as defined by Spence Bate in the Brit. Mus. Cat.,

and which, as we have seen, is entirely distinct from Pherusa

of Leach, should not retain its place under the name of the

former author.

Dismissing P. fucicola of Milne-Edwards and the figure of

Desmarest as of no value, being founded on the erroneous

figure in the ‘Encycl. Britannica,’ the synonymy of this species

will then stand as follows :—

Genus Puerrusa, Bate, 1862.

Pherusa Jurinit, M.-Kdwards.

Asmphithoé Jurinei, M.-Edwards, Ann. des Sciences Naturelles, 1830,

vol. xx. p. 376.

Amphitoé Jurimi, M.-Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crustacées, ili. p. 30,

pl. i. fig. 2 (1840).

Amphithoé norvegica, Rathke, Acta Academia Nat. Cur. Leopold. Carol.

1843, vol. xx. p. 84, pl. iv.

Paramphithoé norvegica, Bruzelius, Skand. Amphip. Gamm. p. 77

1859).

Bae. JSucicola, Bate, Brit. Mus. Cat. Amphipoda, p. 145, pl. xxvii.

fig. 10 (1362).

Calliope norvegica, Bate, Brit. Mus. Cat. Amph. p. 150.

Calliopius norvegicus, Boeck, Skand. og Arkt. Amphipoder, p. 348,

pl. xxii. fig. 6 (1876).

Pherusa fucicola, Carus, Prod. Faunze Mediterr. vol. i. p. 404 (1885).

It may be asked why I have not displaced Pherusa, Bate,

in favour of the older genus Paramphithoé, Bruzelius. {reply

that Pleustes, Bate, 1858, is still older, and, as amended by

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. vii. 29

422 Mr. A. O. Walker on Pherusa fucicola (Leach).

Boeck, would probably answer quite as well. But a complete

revision of the Pleustide, Atylide, &c. is much wanted, and

until this is done I prefer to disturb existing genera as little

as possible.

1 have very little doubt that Calliopius norvegicus, Boeck,

should be referred to the above species. Meinert (‘ Natur-

historisk idsskrift,’ 1877-8) and Zaddach (‘ Meerestauna

Preuss. Kiiste’) consider that C. norvegicus cannot be distin-

guished from C. leviusculus, Kréyer. In this I cannot agree

with them. The two species differ completely in the antenne,

the first and second gnathopods, and the form of the hinder

margin of the third pleon-segment. ‘The nodule or tooth on

the third joint of the peduncle of the upper antenne is only

found in the male.

The type specimen in the British Museum now stands as

follows :—

Genus GAMMARELLA, Bate, 1857.

Gammarella brevicaudata, M.-Kdwards.

[ Pherusa fucicola, Leach ? |]

Amphithoé micrura, Costa, Ll. c. (2 )

For other synonyms see Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1889, ser. 6,

vol. iv. p. 128.

It will be seen that Costa fell into the same error as Leach

and Bate and Westwood in overlooking the secondary appen-

dage of the upper antenne both in his Amphithoé micrura

and A. semicarinata.

I have to thank Dr. A. M. Norman, F.R.S8., and the Rev.

T. R. R. Stebbing for valuable suggestions, and Mr. R. I.

Pocock, of the British Museum, for his kind assistance in the

examination of the type specimens.

Colwyn Bay,

March 20, 1891.

On new Genera and Species of Pyralide. 423

XLV.—Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Pyralide

contained in the British- Museum Collection. By W.

Warren, M.A., F.E.S.

Subfamily Caersavern x.

CuryYSAUGE, Hiib.

Type C. divida, Hiib. Ex. Schm.

Chrysauge latifasciata.

Chrysauge bifasciata, Wik. 11. p. 368, var. b.

Resembles bifasctata, W1k., but all the black markings are

twice as broad.

Chrysauge catenulata, sp. n.

Resembles béfasciata, Wlk., but the two dark transverse

fascie of the fore wing are finer and the black border of the

hind wing is traversed by a more or less distinct, fine, chain-

like, yellow band, very conspicuous in the male, but restricted

in the female.

Four examples from 8. Paolo, another from British Guiana.

Curysopuina, Hiib.

Type C. auriscutalis, Hiib. Zutr. figs. 465, 466.

Chrysophila basilinealis, sp. n.

Resembles C. auriscutalis, Hiib.; distinguished by the

straight black bar which runs obliquely trom the base of the

fore wings below the costa to the inner margin before the anal

angle.

T'wo examples in the British-Museum collection, both from

Kspiritu Santo. The female is quite perfect; the male is

smaller and much faded, the deep orange tints of the femaie

being guite lost ; fortunately the pectinated antenne are left.

NacHaBA, Wlk.

Type N. congrualis, Wik. xix. p. 835.

Nachaba carbonalis, sp. n.

Fore wings bronzy brown-black, finely freckled with irides-

cent scales. Hind wings yellow, with all the margins blackish,

29*

424 Mr. W. Warren on new

the apex broadly so, and a greyish shade running up base-

wards from centre of hind margin; abdomen dark cinereous ;

head and thorax bronzy fuscous.

Expanse of wings, 20, ¢ 16 millim.

One female, two males, the former from Hspiritu Santo,

the latter from S. Paolo.

Easily distinguished by the black fore wings, which have

the apex bluntly rounded off.

Nachaba flavisparsalis, sp. n.

Fore wings reddish purple, brighter than in N. notata,

Wik.; a narrow yellow subbasal fascia, not reaching costa

and sloping slightly outwards from the inner margin; second

line curved, indicated only by two yellow blotches, one above

the inner margin near the anal angle, the other larger, sub-

costal. Hind wing as in N. notata, W1k., bright yellow, with

a blackish border, broadest at apex and thinning out before

the anal angle, with an orange shade running up towards

base from about the centre of the hind margin. Abdomen

cinereous ; head, palpi, antenne, and thorax reddish purple.

Expanse of wings 16 millim.

One male, from Espiritu Santo.

Resembles notata, but smaller.

Nachaba cinerascens, sp. n.

Fore wings glossy, mouse-coloured, with the two curved

cross lines faintly darker. Hind wing rather paler. Head,

thorax, abdomen, and fringes all concolorous.

Expanse of wings 18 millim.

One male, Espiritu Santo.

Dastira, Walker.

Type D. hippialis, Wik. xix. p. 917.

Dastira sublituralis, sp. n.

Fore wing dull purplish, slightly darker than D. hippialis ;

at the extreme base more reddish ; bounding the reddish basal

patch is a bright yellow vertical fascia, reaching from the

inner margin as far as the base of the costal swelling, and

edged outwardly with a fine dark brick-red line ; second line

very indistinct, running throughout parallel to the hind

margin, as in D. imitatrix, its upper part being reflexed to

near the middle of the costa instead of going straight to its

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 425

outer fourth as in D. hippialis. Hind wing like fore wing,

without the yellow fascia, and paler, more fuscous, towards

the base. Abdomen cinereous ; head and thorax purplish.

Expanse of wings 16 millim.

Like D. hippialis in colour and D. ¢mitatrix in markings.

One male from Espiritu Santo.

Dastira imitatriz, sp. n.

Wings coppery red, dusted thinly with coarse black scales.

Fore wing with an oblique yellow blotch running from the

inner margin nearly to the costa, before which the basal area

is purplish; the blotch is bounded externally by the fine

blackish first transverse line ; costal margin of the basal area

above the thickening blackish ; second line blackish, starting

at about two thirds of the costa, and running more or less

parallel to the hind margin, so forming a blunt curve out-

wards; fringes with a black, somewhat interrupted, basal

line, which is continued round the apex as far as the start of

the second line. Hind wing with one curved line. Abdo-

men reddish ochreous; head and thorax purplish, like the

basal area of the fore wings.

Iixpanse of wings 22 millim.

‘Two males, from Espiritu Santo.

Subfamily Prrazrprs.

TYSPANODES, gen. nov.

Like Tyspana, Moore, except in the labial palpi, which

are upcurved along the forehead, rising as high as the vertex,

whereas in 7¥yspana they are quite short.

Type T. nigrolinealis, Moore (Filodes), Proc. Zool. Soc.

Lond. 1867, p. 95.

Tyspanodes flaviventer, sp. n.

Fore wing white, with the extreme base yellowish; the

intervals between the veins marked with thick black lines;

in the cell are two subquadrate black spots and three more

irregularly shaped towards the base; fringes chequered,

black and white. Hind wing yellow, with broad black apex.

Legs black and white; head and thorax ochreous; abdomen

yellow, with black anal segment.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

One male, Darjiling.

426 Mr. W. Warren on new

Tyspanodes hypsalis, sp. n.

Fore wing as in 7. flaviventer ; hind wing blackish, with

centre only broadly whitish ochreous; abdomen whitish

ochreous; fringes glossy cinereous.

Expanse of wings 26-28 millim.

Two examples from North China. One of these bears a

label in Walker’s handwriting, “ hypsadis,” but the descrip-

tion, as far as I have been able to ascertain, was never

published.

OromenA, Moore.

Type Briarda relinquenda, Wik. xv. p. 1802.

Oromena commutanda, Warr.

In the Deser. Lep. Coll. Alk. i. p. 160, Mr. Moore

describes as relinguenda, W1k., a species which is certainly

not identical with Walker’s type of that insect, and which

must therefore be renamed. I propose for it the name commu-

ianda.

SPECTROTROTA, gen. nov.

Fore wings short, stumpy; costa curved at base, slightly

concave beyond middle; apex bluntly rectangular; hind

margin nearly vertical. Hind wings rounded.

¢. Fore wings with the cell-space inflated, appearing at

one third from the base as a small, oval, scaleless depression ;

near the base of the submedian is a large raised comb of hair-

like scales that projects slightly over the inner margin. Hind

wing also with a thick brush of scales rising from the base of

the abdominal margin ; labial palpi rising vertically in front

of face; the basal joint hairy and swollen; terminal joint

scarcely distinguishable from second, but ending in a loose

pencil of hairs; maxillary palpi, tongue, and ocelli wanting ;

antenne annulated, pubescent beneath ; head hairy ; patagia

slightly raised; anal segment of abdomen in male with a

hairy tuft.

Neuration peculiar ; median vein of fore wing, not very far

from the base, slightly deflected towards the inner margin ;

from the bend the first median nervule runs straight to the

hind margin parallel to the submedian, the second and third

and the lower radial starting at about equal distances from

one another; no discocellular; subcostal vein running quite

close to the costal, being curved upwards out of its usual

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 427

course ; the four subcostal nervules rising out of it; the upper

radial, which runs, as usual, straight between the hind margin

and the place where the discocellular should be, is then thick-

ened and becomes recurrent through the cell-space, curving

first downwards, so as nearly to touch the median at its point

of deflexion, then sharply upwards till it touches (or joins)

the subcostal, just before the bladdery hole. Hind wing like-

wise with cell open, but without any recurrent vein. ‘he

submedian in the fore wing and the centre branch of the three

independent veins on the hind wing raised and thickened at

the base, beneath the brush of hairs. Female with ordinary

neuration and without the tufts of scales.

Type Spectrotrota fimbrialis, Warr.

Spectrotrota fimbrialis, sp. n.

Fore wing ashy grey, dusted with darker grey and reddish

fuscous ; first line scarcely visible, crossing the wing before

the cell-patch, and followed beneath it by a dull fulvous

patch, beneath which arises the lappet of the inner margin,

which is grey mixed with fulvous ; second line pale, inwardiy

dark-edged, especially on the costa; starting from the costa

just beyond the middle, running obliquely outward as far as

the middle, then forming rather a strong indentation inwards

above the inner margin; this line is followed by a distinctly

darker, reddish-tinged, fuscous fascia, containing well-defined

dark streaks between the veins; base of fringes preceded by

a row of largish wedge-shaped blackish marks; fringes

pinkish grey, with an interrupted darker dividing-line. Hind

wing fuscous, paler, more ochreous towards base; tuft of

scales yellowish ochreous. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey,

mottled with darker; anal tuft ochreous; underside, both of

wings and abdomen, and legs grey, mottled with darker ;

labial palpi darker; antenne: annulated black and white.

Expanse of wings 16 millim.

Several examples from Australia.

MIMAGLOSSA, gen. nov.

Fore wing elongate; costa curved; apex rounded; hind

margin oblique, convex ; labial palpi upceurved in front of

face; the terminal joint remarkably long, pointed. Male

without antennal processes; with a slight swelling, as in

Balanotis, Meyr., on the costal margin of the fore wing, at

two thirds ; male smaller than female. Scaling smooth and

lossy. |

Type J. habitalis, Guen. (Glossina), Delt. et Pyr. p. 125.

428 Mr. W. Warren on new

Mimaglossa revulsa, sp. n.

Like a very large habditalis, but the ground-colour pale

reddish ochreous, the usual lines, which are shaped exactly

as in habitalis, indistinctly fuscous ; hind wing pale ochreous,

tinged with greyish only at apex and along the base of the

fringes; head and thorax reddish grey; abdomen greyish

ochreous.

Ixpanse of wings, ¢ 36 millim.

One female from Australia with the MS. name revulsa,

Wik., attached to it. The specimen is not in first-rate con-

dition ; perfect ones will probably show the lines and markings

clearer.

PARASARAMA, Warr.

Parasarama, Warr. Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1890, vi. p. 474.

Fore wings elongated, narrow at base; costa straight, only

curved slightly in the last third; apex blunt; hind margin

curved. Hind wings rounded, twice as broad as fore wings.

Antenne with basal joint swollen, filiform in female, slightly

pubescent in male; palpi upcurved in front of face, very

long; the second joint rising as high as or higher than the

vertex, in the female slender, in the male thickened; third

joint erect, shorter, aculeate and slender in female, fringed

with hair-like scales and thickened in male; tongue present ;

patagia long, partially raised ; abdomen stout and short in

both sexes; scaling coarse; fore wings in the male with

raised tufts of scales in the cell; hind wings semitransparent.

Type P. cuproviridalis, Moore (Locastra), Proc. Zool. Soc.

Lond. 1867, p. 67, 9.

The genus resembles Sarama, Moore, but is without the

antennal appendages in the male.

Parasarama (?) nigrescens, sp. n.

Fore wings ochreous, with a greenish tinge ; first line indi-

cated only by an obliquely-curved streak from the inner

margin and a black dot on the median vein; some grey scales

on the costa towards the middle, and two small tufts of raised

black scales below them in the cell; exterior line black,

indistinctly denticulated, two denticulations in the middle and

one above the inner margin being particularly conspicuous ;

marginal area and fringes dark fuscous, leaving only a narrow

pale shade beyond the exterior line. Hind wings fuscous,

darker towards the hind margin, with indistinct traces of a

Genera and Species of Pyralidx. 429

darker submarginal curved line. Head, face, palpi, and

thorax concolorous with base of the fore wings; abdomen

dark. Underside glossy ochreous, tinged with pink ; space

beyond second line in both wings dark fuscous.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

One female from Yesso.

PSEUDOLOCASTRA, gen. nov.

Fore wings three times as long as broad, narrow at base,

widening out towards hind margin ; costa straight till shortly

before apex, which is blunt; hind margin obliquely curved.

Hind wing rounded. Antenne filiform in male, slightly

pubescent in female; palpi of female as in Parasarama 6,

with terminal joint thickened, of male thickly clothed with a

mass of appressed scales, club-like, and recurved over the

head ; abdomen of female short, of male prolonged beyond

the hind wings, the anal segments thickened ; patagia pro-

minent; fore wings of male without raised scales; hind

wings of both sexes hairy towards inner margin.

Type P. inimica, Butler (Locastra), Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. 1879, 11. p. 448, 2.

ORTHOTRICHOPHORA, gen. nov.

Resembles Psewdolocastra, but smaller, and with the palpi

of the male in comparison greatly exaggerated, reaching as

far as the middle of the thorax ; distinguished at once by the

cell in the fore wings of the male being occupied by an erect

screen of dark hairs; middle tibie with a thick fringe of

hairs ; scaling finer and smoother, beneath glossy.

Type Orthotrichophora syrichtusalis, Walk. (Bertula), xvi.

p- 165.

PROBOSCIDOPHORA, gen. nov.

Fore wings with the costa in the female slightly, in the

male decidedly, shouldered near the base, faintly concave in

middle and a little curved before apex, which is blunt; hind

margin obliquely curved. Hind wings rounded. Antenne

of female simple, of male strongly ciliated, especially along

the basal half, and with a conspicuous distortion about the

middle; palpi of female upcurved in front of face, with ter-

minal joint aculeate, as in Parasarama ?, in male with the

second joint short, thickened, and slightly porrected upwards ;

the third joint very long, four times as long as second,

430 Mr. W. Warren on new

laterally flattened, and porrected forward and downwards,

resembling a stork’s beak: legs hairy; the tibie all with

tufts of hair. Fore wings of male with some flattened tufts of

hair in the disk. Underside with the costa thickened till

towards the apex and with a large subcostal pad of flat scales

near the base.

Type P. tritonalis, Walk. (Pyralis), xix. p. 906.

GONODISCUS, gen. nov.

Fore wings elongate; costa straight; apex blunt; hind

margin obliquely curved. Hind wings rounded, very broad.

Antenne (female) filiform, basal joint. swollen ; labial palpi

erect in front of face, terminal joint rising considerably above

vertex ; maxillary palpi distinct, erect, half as long as labial ;

tongue and ocelli present; scaling smooth and fine. Neura-

tion: fore wing with the cell elongate ; first median nervule

rising at four fifths, second just before end, third and lower

radial close together from the end; upper radial and last

subcostal nervule near together from upper end of cell; with-

out denuding, which is impossible in the case of the single

specimen, I cannot make out the position of the rest to state

them precisely. Hind wings with the discocellular much

bent, the upper third short and perpendicular, the lower por-

tion running obliquely outwards, three times as long as the

upper; median nervules as in fore wing; costal concave in

middle, with its upper nervule curved upwards towards the

apex, the lower one straight.

Type G. amplalis, Warr.

In the absence of the male the proper place of this species

and genus must remain uncertain.

Gonodiscus amplalis, sp. n.

Fore wings whitish grey, dusted with darker grey and

some dull tawny patches; an indistinct blackish fascia close

to the base; a distinct curved black fascia at one third, edged

with paler internally, space between it and the basal. fascia

more or less suffused with dull tawny; exterior line black,

dentated, curved outwards in its upper half, and followed by

a paler space; an indistinct dark cell-spot; space between

second and third lines palest, except on costa and inner

margin, which are greyer; in the submarginal field at the

anal angle i is an ill-defined tawny blotch ; fringes grey, like

the fore wings. Hind wings dull whitish, with the costa and

apex dull fuscous ; an indistinct curved central fascia. Head,

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 431

thorax, and abdomen grey. Underside dull cinereous, the

hind wings lighter.

Expanse of wings 40 millim.

One male from Coquimbo.

The following eight species belong to the group with

antennal appendages in the male, sometimes considered as a

distinct subfamily, Epipaschiine.

Stericta, Led.

Type Glossina divitalis, Guen. Delt. et Pyr. p. 124, pl. vi.

fig. 4.

Stericta cinerascens, sp. Nn.

Fore wings pinkish ochreous, almost wholly suffused with

dark fuscous and blackish scales; first line very indistinct,

only showing asa black patch on costa and inner margin;

beyond and below the costal patch is a black spot of raised

scales near the beginning of the cell; second line strongly

serrated, the serratures more conspicuous by the pale ochreous

serrated line that follows them; central area beyond and

below the black patch of scales less suffused with dark ; inner

and hind margin fuscous, the latter paler just in the centre,

with pale spots at the end of the veins; fringe cinereous,

chequered light and dark. Hind wings ochreous, with a

broad blackish border, which runs up iregularly along the

inner margin; fiinge dark, with pale basal line and apical

half paler. Head, thorax, and abdomen reddish ochreous,

irregularly dusted with fuscous, the head and thorax darkest ;

basal joint of abdomen with a spot of black scales. Underside

pale ochreous, with a broad blackish border in both wings; a

dark central spot and traces of the second line blackish in

both ; costa of the fore wing and first line on the costa

blackish.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Two females, one from Parramatta, the other doubtful.

Stericta papuensis, sp. n.

Fore wing a mixture of whitish, pink, and olive-green

scales; basal area paler, with a darker patch on the inner

margin ; first line diffusedly dark, nearly vertical, broader on

the costa, followed by a narrow paler space, which is again

followed by a narrow dark shade, beyond which can be

discerned a small dark spot in the cell and a larger dark

432 Mr. W. Warren on new

patch below it; second line strongly denticulate, followed by

a whitish similar line, the costal half of which is most

distinct ; then comes an olive shade, interrupted in the middle

by the white spots which follow the angle of the second line ;

subterminal shade pinky white; hind margin preceded by a

series of blunt, wedge-shaped, olive-green blotches, between

which the veins are pale; fringe shining white, chequered

with olive and pink. Hind wings whitish, with the veins

and broad border fuscous ; below the border there are traces

of a fuscous line. Head, thorax, and abdomen like the fore

wing, the darker specklings being found on the head and

thorax. Underside pinky fuscous, with the basal portion of

the hind wing and costal spots on the fore wing whitish.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

One female from New Guinea, bred.

Cocoon oval, flattish, hairy, pale reddish brown, containing

evidently an inner, more closely woven, oval chamber.

Stericta marmorea, sp. Nn.

Fore wings a mixture of dull greenish and pink; basal

one third rather darker green and grey along the costa, paler

at the base of the inner margin, with a reddish patch on the

same margin before the first transverse line ; from centre of

base a black horizontal line, not quite reaching the first

transverse line, and interrupted halfway by some raised

whitish scales ; first line at one third vertical, black, preceded

by a narrow and followed by a broader pale ochreous space,

the latter containing a series of raised scales; the line itself is

interrupted in the cell, the costal portion above it being

formed of two black spots superimposed; a blackish linear

cell-spot, preceded by raised pale scales; exterior line finer,

denticulate, forming rather a prominent angular projection in

the centre towards the hind margin, and followed throughout

by a narrow pale space ; the space between the two lines is

whitish along the costa and beyond the first line, dusted with

dark grey, but towards the second line broadly greenish,

tinged with pink ; hind margin likewise green and pink, with

two darker dashes beyond the cell; fringes pinkish grey,

narrowly darker at the end of each vein. Hind wings dull

pinky grey, more fuscous towards hind margin, with a curved

denticulate line towards the hind margin, edged with paler ;

a dark line before the base of the fringe, which is like that of

the fore wing. Head, thorax, and abdomen mottled green

and grey. Underside of fore wing cinereous, darker along

the disk, of hind wing dull ochreous, with the apex and

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 433

margin pinkish ; cell-spots and exterior line dark and distinct

in both wings.

One male from Hobart, expanding 40 millim.

HYPERBALANOTIS, gen. nov.

Fore wings with straight costa in the female, in the male

with the basal two thirds rather convex, and at two thirds

distorted in consequence of the neuration ; apex blunt; hind

margin obliquely curved. Hind wings rounded, not much

broader than fore wings. Antenne of female moniliform, of

male slightly pubescent; palpi in female erect in front of

face, terminal joint aculeate, in the male thicker and applied

to face ; antennal appendage of male large, club-like, reaching

middle of thorax.

Type H. uchatina, Butler (Glossina), Ill. Lep. Het. it.

p- 56, pl. xxxviii. fig. 10.

Hyperbalanotis olivacea, sp. n.

Fore wings yellowish olive, more or less suffused with dark

grey, and here and there with reddish tints ; first line blackish,

sinuous, but only distinct on the inner margin, its course

marked by a pale yellowish-olive band, unsuffused by grey ;

the basal area with a broad, dark-grey, diffuse band through

its centre; second line black, distinctly denticulate, forming

a distinct outward curve in the centre, and immediately fol-

lowed by a narrow yellowish-olive space; marginal space

partially filled up with dark grey ; median area with a diffuse

blackish band down the centre; a black linear cell-spot along

the inner margin, and in the neighbourhood of the anal angle

are some scattered reddish scales; fringes chequered olive

and dark grey, preceded by a series of black patches. Hind

wings dark fuscous; fringes as in fore wings. Head, thorax,

and abdomen dull olive, mottled with grey. Underside

ochreous, much suffused with grey towards the costa and hind

margin in both wings.

One male from Japan, expanding 26 millim.

DEUTEROLLYTA, Led.

Type D. conspicualis, Led. Wien. ent. Mon. vil. p. 359.

Deuterollyta variegata, sp. n.

Fore wings pale, variably suffused with a mixture of green

and pinkish scales ; an indistinct dark transverse band at one

434 Mr. W. Warren on new

third internally pale bordered ; an interrupted blackish streak

runs from the centre of the base as far as this first line, imme-

diately before which it forms a blackish patch ; exterior line

fine, blackish, curved outwards in the middle and neatly

denticulate throughout; a small dark cell-dot ; submarginal

area suffused with pinkish, which generally intrudes into the

outer half of the central area, where it is pretty definitely

outlined and divided from that; a row of black dashes before

the fringes, which are glossy and somewhat chequered ; some-

times, instead of the central area being greenish and the

marginal pink, the colours are reversed, and in other instances

the two colours are mixed up; the distinction of shaves is,

however, greatest in the males. Hind wings glossy whitish,

becoming fuscous towards the hind margin, where also the

veins are fuscous ; a faint darker submarginal line and central

dot. Head, palpi, antennal appendages, and thorax varie-

gated with pink and green, in correspondence to the prevailing

tint of the fore wings; abdomen pale grey. Underside dull

whitish, darker grey towards the costa and hind margin of

both wings, the fore wings shaded with reddish.

Expanse of wings, 2? 32 millim., ¢ 26 milli.

Five females, two males, from Rio Janeiro.

Homoura, Led.

Type H. nocturnalis, Led. Wien. ent. Mon. vii. p. 340.

Homura trisulcata, sp. n.

Fore wing dull pale green, varied with grey ; an indistinct

blackish transverse line near base, consisting of small separate

patches of slightly raised scales; exterior line nearer the hind

margin than usual, dark, acutely denticulate, and followed by

a paler shade ; in the cell-space are two oblique linear marks

of distinctly raised scales, and a third immediately below the

inner one; fringe green, preceded by a row of fine black

‘dashes; beyond the exterior line is an obscurely edged dark

costal blotch. Hind wings dull whitish, a little darkened

towards the apex and along the base of the fringe, with a

very indistinct curved submarginal line, which is obsolete ”

towards the inner margin. Head, thorax, and antennal

appendages, which as well as the patagia are very large, all

dull greenish ; abdomen greenish ochreous. Underside pale

ochreous, with the costa and apex of both wings tinged with

pink, and the exterior line marked towards the costa.

Three males from Rio Janeiro, expanding about 34 millim.

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 435

RGSELIODES, gen. nov.

Fore wings narrow, elongate; costa straight ; hind margin

obliquely curved; apex blunt; labial palpi (female) erect,

the second joint with long erect hairs, partially hiding the

terminal joint, which is aciculate and rises above the vertex;

tongue and ocelli present ; maxillary palpi invisible ; antennze

in female annulated, filiform, in male coarsely pectinated,

enlarged at the base, which also bears a dense erect tuft ;

near the base of the submedian between it and the interno-

median is a bladdery protuberance, and the underside of the

fore wing is beset with hairs; cell long, the end wedge-

shaped; first median nervule from the angle at the base of

the wedge; second, third, aud lower radial from the point ;

between the median and submedian is a strongly developed

independent surplus vein, which near the base stands out as

prominently as a true vein, as in Castnia; this vein reappears

in the hind wing.

Type &. ochreosticta.

Reseliodes ochreosticta, sp. n.

Fore wing whitish grey, dusted and suffused with darker

grey, especially throughout the basal and apical areas ; first

line very indistinct, blackish, running obliquely outward from

the costa to middle of wing and then vanishing; the dull

dark grey basal area contains a small bright yellow patch of

scales shortly before its outer margin in the middle; second

line denticulated, but only indicated by the darker points upon

the veins; central area paler, containing an oblique dark

dash over the discocellular; the second line is immediately

followed by a similar pale line ; submarginal area dark grey,

showing a row of blackish dashes before the fringes, which

are pale, with darker base. Hind wings dull whitish, with

the veins and border fuscous. Head, thorax, and abdomen

dark grey.

Eixpanse of wings 24 millim.

One male from Rio Janeiro.

Reeseliodes dissimilis, sp. n.

Fore wing pale pinkish grey, dusted with darker ; the basal

half ochreous or bone-colour, with the costa and veins dark

brown; a linear black dash im the middle is conspicuous ;

first line nearly in centre of wing and irregularly vertical is

indicated by dark partially erect scales and preceded on the

costa by a blackish blotch; end of cell marked by fulvous

436 Mr. W. Warren on new

scales, and scales of the same colour are mixed with those of

the first line towards the inner margin; second line black,

runs obliquely outwards to the middle, then, more serrated,

inwards, forming a slight angle externally before the anal

angle; an indistinct fulvous submarginal shade in the dark

grey subterminal area; fringes dark grey, with a bright pale

basal line. Hind wings ochreous, tinged with fuscous, which

increases towards the hind margin, where it forms a dark

fuscous shade ; fringe ochreous, chequered with darker spots.

Head, face, palpi, thorax, and base of abdomen pure bone-

coloured ; abdomen dusted with cinereous, becoming entirely

cinereous along the anal segments.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

One female from Rio Janeiro.

SyNAPHE, Hiib.

(Tretopteryx, Rag.)

Synaphe pertusalis, Hiib., var. vitreosa, Warr.

Differs from the type form (i.) in its much smaller size, 16

millim., and (ii.) in the greater breadth of the diaphanous

fascia in both wings. In the fore wings half the cell before

the dark cell-spot and the space immediately below it is also

diaphanous, whereas in the type form the cell-spot shows as

a dark projection from the outer edge of the dark basal two

thirds. In the hind wings the dark basal patch is much

reduced and the transparent fascia proportionally increased.

One male, one female, from Palestine, from Canon Tris-

tram’s collection.

LEPTOCTENISTA, gen. nov.

Fore wing with costa slightly convex throughout; apex

rectangular, blunt; hind margin vertical for two thirds, then

suddenly curved off; analangle rounded. Hind wings ample ;

scaling coarse and dense; labial palpi obliquely ascending

in front of face, laterally flattened ; second joint large, wide,

third short, from the middle of the top of second, rather

porrected; maxillary palpi and ocelli invisible; tongue

short; antenne (male) bristly, thickened at the basal joint,

pubescent beneath; each joint with a pair of fine pointed

bristles. Head and face hairy.

Type L. dubia, Warr.

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 437

Leptoctenista dubia, sp. n.

Fore wings ochreous, mottled throughout with dark grey ;

first line blackish, obscurely dentate, followed on costa by a

pale unsuffused oblique space, edged on the costa with

darker; a large diffuse black cell-spot, the costa above it

darker ; second line obscurely dentate, followed by a dentate

shade, which starts from the costa as a dark triangular patch ;

both the second line and this subterminal shade are finely

edged with paler; a row of black wedge-shaped spots before

the base of the fringes, which are brownish grey. Hind

wings dirty fuscous, with the basal third greyish ochreous

and a blackish cell-spot. Palpi, antenne, collar, and basal

segments of abdomen ochreous; head, thorax, and rest of

abdomen mottled with dark grey. Underside pale ochreous,

dusted with darker.

Expanse of wings 34 millim.

One male from Rio Janeiro.

STEMMATOPHORA, Guen.

Stemmatophora duplicata, sp. n.

Glea duplicata, Walker, MS.

Fore wings dull reddish fuscous, dusted with fine black

atoms ; first line indistinctly darker, sinuous, at one third ;

second line at five sixths, nearly parallel to hind margin,

denticulate, followed by a similarly dentate paler line; a faint

dark central spot ; costa dotted dark and light from centre to

second line. Hind wings pale ochreous, dusted with reddish

grey towards hind margin. Head, thorax, and antenne

reddish fuscous; abdomen ochreous. Underside pinkish,

with the outer line paler in both wings; costa dotted along

its whole length.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

One female from Hindostan.

I can find no record of the publication of this species under

Walker’s manuscript name. It seems to be allied to Stemma-

tophora denticulata, Swinh., from Burmah.

Stemmatophora albilineata, sp. n.

Fore wings dun-coloured; the basal area brown-black,

bounded by a vertical white line, which has a slight tooth

externally below the median vein; second line also white,

curved, approaching the first line opposite the tooth, and

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.6. Vol. vir. 30

438 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the

there forming a corresponding white projection; the sinus

filled internally with brown-black, which tint also prevails on

the costa beyond it; a dark central spot; veins towards the

hind margin paler, with black spots in the intervals; fringe

concolorous. Hind wings whitish basewards, thickly dusted

with fuscous along the inner margin, and with a denticulated,

dark, pale-edged band at two thirds, beyond which the border

is dark fuscous ; fringe as in fore wing. Head, thorax, and

abdomen ochreous, sprinkled with fuscous; palpi, anal seg-

ments of abdomen, and its sides brown-black; tufts of the

legs in male the same; anal tuft of male reddish brown.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

One male, one female, from Natal.

[To be continued. ]

XLVI.—On the Shoulder-girdle in Cretaceous Ornithosauria.

By Professor H. G. SEELEY, F'.R.S., &c., King’s College,

London.

In 1882* Professor Marsh published the remarkable discovery

that the American Cretaceous Ornithosaurs are characterized

by the anchylosis of the anterior thoracic vertebra into a

structure resembling a sacrum, to which the scapule are said

to articulate. No figure has been given of this singular con-

dition of the shoulder-girdle. But it appears to me probable

that the character is common to all the Cretaceous Ornitho-

cheiroidea, and isa distinctive condition of that ordinal group.

Sir Richard Owen in 1859 published in the ‘ Transactions

of the Paleontographical Society,’ pl. iv. figs. 6, 7, 8, figures

of a symmetrical bone from the Cambridge Greensand which

was interpreted as probably frontal. The discovery of a more

perfect specimen did not elucidate its nature; and in the

‘ Ornithosauria,’ 8vo, 1870, p. 88, I placed over my account

of it the twofold description ‘? Neural Arch of Sacral Ver-

tebra, ? Vomer,” remarking that there is no proof that it is a

skull-bone, but that if from the skull it might have been the

vomer. ‘Lhis specimen I drew in pl. xu. figs. 15, 16. I go

on to remark that ‘‘ A specimen collected by the Rev. T. G.

Bonney is preserved on the sacral side of a left os innomi-

natum with the keel downward. It appears to show a sutural

* “Wings of Pterodactyles,” Am, Journ, Sci., April 1882, p. 254.

Shoulder-girdle in Cretaceous Ornithosauria. 439

surface from which an anterior part has come away. And if

this specimen is compared with the neural arch of the sacral

vertebra (pl. x. figs. 8, 9) it will be found to correspond en-

tirely.”” The vertebra referred to is singular in the circum-

stance that the transverse process has a higher position

relatively to the neural canal than is usual, the infra-neural

articulation preserves the concavo-convex articulations, while

the neural spine shows a vertical suture with the arch next it.

The neural spine of this vertebra is not absolutely the same in

character with the bones already referred to. It is a remarkably

thick wedge, forming more than half the height of the vertebra.

Its sides are smooth, vertical, and flattened, with a defining

ridge above the transverse neural platform. I believe this

vertebra to be one of three which I suppose to have been anchy-

losed by their neural arches in Ornithochetrus, to form the

articulation for what is usually the free extremity of the

scapula. And it follows that the other specimens to which I

have referred are portions of separated neural arches of this

structure, in which three consecutive neural spines are blended

together.

This difference of condition from an ordinary pelvic sacrum

is exactly what might have been anticipated, for the ordinary

transverse processes evidently carried costal ribs, though they

are not shown in English specimens of dorsal vertebrae of

Ornithocheirus, and therefore the mechanical stimulus to ossi-

fication was necessarily absent from the infra-neural parts

of the vertebrae, which in the pelvic sacrum has blended the

vertebra together. All these bones are in the Woodwardian

Museum of the University of Cambridge.

If the interpretation of them which I offer is legitimate,

it is probable that the portion of the neural arch which

is impressed with the vertical, parallel, transversely ovate

facets, concave from front to back, for the scapular arti-

culation, is a distinct ossification imbedded in the neura-

pophyses, comparable to the neural spines of lower Vertebrates,

which have not usually a separate existence in the Ornitho-

saurian skeleton. It has every appearance of being a separate

bone, but it is manifest that the evidence of its relation to

the vertebre is imperfect. I have published figures of all

the materials, and offer a restoration of the scapular ossifi-

cation on which I have drawn the outline of the most

complete supra-neural bone which has been found separate

(fig. 1). My reason for including three vertebre is

based upon a comparison of my figures in the ‘ Ornitho-

sauria, pl. x. figs. 8,9, and pl. xu. fig. 17, with pl. xii.

figs. 15, 16, and the figure of 1859 already ST Owen’s

440 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the

Paleontographical Monograph. This seems to indicate

that two vertical sutures must have divided a mass like that

outlined on the restoration. I have no knowledge whether

Restoration of Pectoral Vertebree, showing Supra-neural Ossification

with Ovate Articulation.

this condition is paralleled by American specimens, for Prof.

Marsh (Am. Journ. Sci., April 1882) only mentions the

anchylosis of several vertebra in the pectoral region, A

similar condition is well known to characterize many birds, and

Professor Owen instances (‘ Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ vol. ii.

p- 16) the Flamingo and the Sparrow-Hawk as having the

second to the fifth dorsal vertebre consolidated into one

piece. But no bird has the scapula articulating with the

neural arch.

I have figured the scapula in Ornithochetrus and some

allied genera (‘ Ornithosauria,’ pl. 1. figs. 2-12, and ‘ Geological

Magazine,’ Jan. 188], pl. i. fig. 1). It is a short stout

bone which widens and thickens to what is usually the

free end, where it terminates in a broad, ovate, truncate,

flattened surface, which is smooth, vertically flat, and a little

convex in length. This extremity, which has every character

of an articular surface, exactly corresponds in form and size

with the impressions on the sides of the bone which I regard

as part of the neural arches of pectoral vertebra. The con-

clusion therefore seems to follow that the scapule extended

transversely outward, curving a little downward from the

neural spine which divided their extremities from each other.

Though this condition is dissimilar to anything seen among

birds, the scapule approximate dorsally in some mammals, as

do the supra-scapule: among lizards and amphibians. Since

the scapula and coracoid are anchylosed together in most

species of Ornithocheiroidea, an arch is thus made between the

vertebra and the sternum, which is almost as firm as the arch

Shoulder-girdle tn Cretaceous Ornithosauria. 441

of the pelvis, which no other fossil group of animals parallels.

I accordingly make a restoration of this structure of the

shoulder-girdle (fig. 2).

Scapuia

ical

pectoral vertebra

Sternum

Coracolé

2 NAT. SIZE

Restoration of the Shoulder-girdle in Ovnithochetrus.

Posterior aspect.

The only hypothetical element is the posterior transverse

expansion of the sternum, which is never preserved in Cam-

bridge-Greensand specimens. I have also completed the

transverse processes of the vertebra ; but no specimen shows

the form of the articulation for the rib or the length of

the process. In some species the coracoids may have been

relatively longer; but I believe this form of shoulder-

girdle is substantially the same in all the Cretaceous group.

It will be interesting if a similar structure is found in the

American species. :

I have long been aware of a very close affinity between

these fossils from Cretaceous Rocks of England and

America. The publication by Professor Marsh (Am. Journ.

Sci., May 1884) of figures of the skull of Pteranodon made

that affinity more manifest. Sir Richard Owen figured in

the ‘ Paleeontographical Monograph of Cretaceous Pterosauria,’

pl. iv. figs. 4, 5, a fragment deseribed as part of the proximal

442 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the

end of the metacarpal of the fifth or wing-finger. I regarded

this fossil as part of the premaxillary of a toothless Ptero-

dactyle, and in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for January 1871,

p- 35, remarked :—‘‘ A new genus appears to be constituted

by some (three) portions of jaws from the Cambridge Green-

sand. Unfortunately, the extremity is not preserved. They

have the ordinary dagger-shaped snout, but appear to be

entirely destitute of teeth. I provisionally name the genns

Ornithostoma.” It was only after this publication that any-

thing was heard of Pterodactyls in America, and not till 1876

that the toothless character of their jaws was known and the

name Pteranodon proposed.

Professor Marsh’s material is evidently incomparably

superior to that which was before me; but there is, so far as

J can discern, no evidence of generic difference between

Ornithostoma and Pteranodon. If any one will turn to the

figure of my type (Pal. Soc. 1859, pl. iv. figs. 4, 5) already

quoted, andcompare either the lateral aspect, fig. 4, or the palate,

fig. 5 (from which the matrix there shown is now removed),

with Prof. Marsh’s figures reproduced in the ‘ Geological

Magazine,’ August 1884, p. 347, the only difference found

will be that the American toothless Ornithosaur is twice the

size of that from the Cambridge Greensand. ‘There is perfect

correspondence between them in the dagger-shaped form of

the jaw, in the relation between the height of the jaw and

the breadth of the palate, in the flattened sides of the snout

and their convergence superiorly into a rounded ridge, in the

thin rounded margin to the jaw which represents the alveolar

border, and in the smooth palate formed by a single wide

concave channel. No paleontologist will fail to appreciate

the significance of these absolute coincidences of structure; and,

so far as they go, they seem to me to indicate that Pterano-

don is a synonym otf Ornithostoma. I record the British

species as O. Sedgwick.

There is some other evidence which points towards the

same conclusion. In the ‘Ornithosauria’ I figured the

quadrate bone and quadrato-jugal of Ornithochetrus (pl. x1.

figs. 13, 14, &c.). The form of the quadrato-jugal was

then unparalleled; but Prof, Marsh’s figures show substan-

tially the same type (doc. cit.) in the American toothless

Ornithosaur.

Further, Professor Marsh figures an extraordinary deve-

lopment of the occipital crest in this type, and the Orni-

thochetrus of the Cambridge Greensand gives evidence

of a crest having been worn away. Mr. J. F. Walker’s

specimen of natural mould of the Ornithosaurian brain

Shoulder-girdle in Cretaceous Ornithosauria. 443

(‘ Ornithosauria,’ pl. xi. figs. 10-12, and Journ. Linn. Soe.

vol. xiil. pl. xi.) was only laid bare after I had removed a

great thickness of open cellular investing bony tissue from

above it. The skull figured pl. xi. figs. 1, 2 of the ‘ Ornitho-

sauria’ shows traces of an eroded crest above the foramen

magnum, and superiorly the external tissue of the parietal

region is worn away ; but there is nothing to show how much

has been worn away. When, however, the form of the receding

neural arches of the atlas and axis is compared with the back

of the skull, the vertebra slope backward as though an occipi-

tal crest extended backward from the skull; buat it may not

have been so much developed as the nuchal bone in the

Cormorant.

In my theoretical restoration of the skull of Ornitho-

chetrus, given in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., January 1871,

pl. iil. fig. 8, there is no antorbital vacuity in the skull, and this

condition was found to characterize the American toothless

Ornithosaurs when Prof. Marsh figured the complete skull in

1884.

There is therefore, as it seems to me, a close correspondence

between the skulls of the American edentulous Cretaceous

Ornithosaurs from Kansas, and the dentigerous genera from

the Upper Greensand and other Cretaceous rocks of Europe in

all points which can be compared ; and this I take as evidence

that they are closely allied and belong to the same ordinal

group. Mr. E. 'T. Newton (Proc. Geol. Assoc. vol. x. no. 8,

p- 421) places Pteranodon and Nyctodacty/us in Prof. Marsh’s

Pteranodontia, while Ornithochetrus and Ornithostoma are

placed in a division of the Pterosauria. But if Pteranodon is

Ornithostoma, and if the skull of Ornithochevrus is in essential

points on the same plan as in the American genus, J fail to

see how Mr. Newton’s grouping can be sustained.

There is another point of identity between the American and

English types in the structure of the carpus. It was no easy

matter to determine the mutual relations of these bones in Cam-

bridge specimens, for the structure was unlike anything pre-

viously known. ‘They were described and figured in the ‘ Orni-

thosauria,’ their relations to each other were first figured in the

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., August 1870, in “ Remarks on

Dimorphodon,” and some further details were supplied in the

Linnean Society’s Journal, December 1876, pl. xi. The

carpus consists of a proximal carpal, a distal carpal, and a

lateral carpal, formed as in birds. It was this evideuce of

the structure of the hand which led me in 1869 to form the

genus Ornithocheirus for animals which had previously been

referred to the genus Péterodactylus. Professor Marsh finds

444 On the Shoulder-girdle in Cretaceous Ornithosauria.

the carpus to have the same structure in the toothless

Ornithosaurs from Kansas, and discussed it fully in April

1882 (Am. Journ. Sci.), though without mentioning memoirs

in which the structure had been figured, and from “which the

interpretation appears to be taken.

If, then, the resemblances in the bones which led Professor

Cope to refer the early discoveries of American Ornithosaurs

to Ornithochetrus have to be transferred to Ornithostoma, it

does not affect the organic identity of the type; and it is

by means of the excellent contributions to knowledge made

by Professor Marsh that I am able to establish the conclusion

that the dentigerous and edentulous Ornithosaurs of the Cre-

taceous rocks of Kurope and America belong to the same

subordinal group. I long ago pointed out (Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist., August 1870) how small is the classificational import-

ance to be attached to presence or absence of teeth in Ornitho-

saurs and in Birds; and while the discovery of Ichthyornis

by Prof. Marsh demonstrated that generalization among birds,

the discovery of these Ornithosaurs, which mainly differ in

their teeth, while they agree in the typical parts of the skeleton,

gives it a parallel justification among the Ornithosauria.

Whether the name Pteranodontide can be retained for a

family to include the genus Ornithostoma remains to be

established ; for it is not improbable that animals will be

found in which there is a partial development of teeth, and

that Ornithosauria will eventually parallel Cetacea in the

development and suppression of dentition.

I have used the name Ornithocheiroidea for the order

(Journ. Linn. Soc, vol. xiii, p. 96), and that name may be

found convenient as indicative of characters of skull, shoulder-

girdle, carpus, vertebra, and other bones in which the

Cretaceous modification of the group differs from the Ptero-

dactylia, which is chiefly characteristic of the Middle Secondary

rocks, though I believe not absolutely limited to them.

Professor Zittel (‘Handbuch der Paleontologie’) has referred

to my early proposal to name the fossil flying animals Saurornia

(Rep. Brit. Assoc., Bath, October 1864, Sections, p. 69, and

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. , February 1865). The new facts then

brought forward necessitated a new name for the subclass,

When I atterwards found that Prince C. L. Bonaparte,

adopting von Meyer’s view that the group formed an order,

proposed to name the order Ornithosaurii in 1838, I adopted

the name Ornithosauria, though it seemed a less suitable

name, and was originally given to only one division of the

animals comprised in Saurornia.

De Blainville had suggested Pterodactylia and J. J.

Prof. G. Baur on the Trionychian Genus Pelochelys. 415

Kaup had used Pterosaurii previously for the genus Ptero-

dactylus, not for the group as now known *. ‘The merit of

recognizing that order clearly rests with von Meyer, and

the suggestion of a name for it cannot be important unless

the name is suitable. Recognition of avian affinities in

the bones of Pterodactyles in 1864 proved the starting-

point of work among fossil reptiles which ended in the recog-

nition of similar avian characters in portions of skeletons of

other orders previously regarded as entirely reptilian. And

on that account the name Ornithosauria is convenient, as

expressing a new and truer point of view.

The Pterosauria of Owen and Zittel is not the Pterosaurii

of J. J. Kaup any more than the Ornithosauria of 1869 is

the Ornithosaurii of Fitzinger and Bonaparte; but while the

former name appears to me to perpetuate a fundamental

error, the latter is based on important truths of organic and

osteological structure, which are becoming generally recog-

nized. I proposed (Journ. Linn. Soc., Dec. 1876) to limit

de Blainville’s Pterodactylia to the Jurassic Pterodactyles as

an order comparable to the Ornithocheiroidea. And if the

name Pterosauria ‘were retained, it could only be as a substi-

tute for Pterodactylia, indicating the short-tailed animals with

long hind limbs, of which Pterodactylus is the type. And in

any case the name must be limited to the group for which it

was originally proposed, as in the classification given in the

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for March 1891.

XLVII.—Notes on the Trionychian Genus Pelochelys.

By G. Baur.

Dr. ALEXANDER SrrRavucu fF has lately described a new species

of Pelochelys from Futschau (China) under the name P, Polja-

kowtt. This species, which is doubtless distinct from the

type of Pelochelys Cantoris, Gray, is characterized by its

broad interorbital portion, which is equal to the postorbital

arch.

According to Boulenger the forms of Pelochelys from the

Philippines are identical with those of the continent (P. Can-

torts). I have lately examined, through the kindness of

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., August 1870.

+ Strauch, Dr. Alexander, “ Bemerkungen tiber die Schildkroten-

sammlung im zoologischen Museum der kaiserl. Akad. d. Wiss. St.

Petersb.,” St. Pétersbourg, 1890, Mém. Acad. Imp. Se. 7° série, tome

XXXVill. co. 2, pp. 118-120, pl. iv. ff. 1-3.

446 Prof. G. Baur on the Trionychian Genus Pelochelys.

Prof. Angelo Heilprin, a skull of Pelochelys from the Philip-

pines preserved in the Philadelphia Academy. This skull

is totally different from the skull of Pelochelys Cantoris,

Gray ; it resembles more that of P. Poljakowii, but it is also

different from this.

The skull in the Philadelphia Academy, no. 111 (W. W.

Wood), has the interorbital space larger than the diameter of

the orbit, the postorbital arch larger than the interorbital, and

the proboscis elongated as in P. Poljakowit. In general

shape it 1s nearest to the latter species, but it differs from it

by its broader postorbital arch and its parietals, which are

not so much expanded mesially.

The following table gives the measurements of the type of

Pelochelys Bibronii, Owen, in the Royal College of Surgeons,

London, kindly sent to me by Prof. Stewart, of P. Poljakowiti,

Strauch, taken from the figures, and of the Philadelphia

specimen.

P. Bibronti, P. Poljakowit, _ P. spec.

Owen. Strauch. (Philippines).

millim. millim. millim.

Preorbital arch (from nasal

opening to orbit) .... 7:5 9 10:5

Interorbital arch ........ it 14:5 16

Postorbiial arch.......... 14 14:5 17:5

Horizontal diam. of orbit.. ?* 12 12°5

The locality of the type of Pelochelys Bibronit, Owen, is

not known ; the type of Pelochelys Cantoris, Gray, is from

Penang. According to Boulenger P. Bibronii and P. Cantoris

are identical; but according to him also the forms from the

Philippines, which had been described as P. Cumingit, are

not different. ‘That the Philippines contain a species of Pelo-

chelys different from the P. Cantoris there can be no doubt ;

the only question now is whether the specimens in the British

Museum from the Philippines agree with the specimen in the

Philadelphia Academy. In this case the name P. Cumingit

has to be applied for this species. Pelochelys occurs also in

Borneo; and it would be interesting to know whether this

genus 1s represented by a peculiar species on this island, or

with which of the other forms it is identical.

Clark Uniy., Worcester, Mass.,

March 30, 1891.

* It appears from the figures published of P. Cantoris that the inter-

orbital space is smaller than the horizontal diameter of the orbit.

On the Genera Cyclostoma and Pomatias. A417

XLVIIT.—The Genera Cyclostoma and Pomatias, and on a

misapplied rule of Zoological Nomenclature. By the Rev.

Canon A. M. NorMAn.

ALARMED, on reading Mr. R. B. Newton’s paper in last

month’s ‘ Annals,’ at the prospect of having to give up the

titles of the above genera, so long familiar to me, and at that

of having to change the names of about one hundred and

twenty “species ” in my collection, I at once was led to look

into the matter in order to discover how it was that concholo-

gists for the last ninety years had been ignorant of what

they were about.

The result is* that it seems clear that Mr. Newton has

misapprehended the facts, and that no need exists for changing

the names Cyclostoma and Pomatias as now in use.

The year 1799 is not the same as 1891, and our ideas of

genera are very different from those then in vogue. In

the last century genera were very few, now we are groaning

under the weight of far too many. Has not Mr. Newton

fallen into the mistake of supposing that Lamarck formed

three genera named Cyclostoma, whereas he only formed

one, but employed that name with different applications ?

Again, Draparnaud established no new genus; he simply

excluded the marine shells which fell under the characters

of Lamarck’s Cyclostoma (which genus, as first defined

by Lamarck, was designed to include every genus to which

Mr. Newton refers in his paper), and restricted its use to

the round and entire-mouthed land and freshwater species.

Lamarck himself and his editor Deshayes shall testify to

facts out of the last edition of Lamarck, which I am led to

suppose Mr. Newton did not consult. It must be borne in

mind that in this and the previous edition species of Cyclo-

stoma, Lamarck, 1799, are distributed in the three genera

Scalaria, Delphinula, and Cyclostoma.

Under Scalarta Lamarck writes :—“ Les Scalaires, qu’on

nomme aussi vulgairement Scalata, sont des coquillages

marins trés distingués des Cyclostomes, non-seulement par la

habitation, et leur forme subterriculée &e.”

Under Delphinula he writes:—‘ Ces coquilles se rap-

prochent évidemment des Scalaires par leurs rapports. . .. .

Ces coquilles marines sont fort différentes, par leur épais-

seur, leur solidité, l’état de leur surface externe, des coquilles

terrestres que nous nommons Cyclostomes, quoique, de part

* Though I have not the opportunity of referring to the earlier, but

only to the last two editions of Lamarck.

448 Rev. Canon Norman on the

et d’autre, Jes bords de ouverture soient réunis circulaire-

ment.”

Thus, though Lamarck had at this time separated these

genera, he still saw fancied alliances, and therefore points out

differences.

Upon the whole matter Deshayes, in his observations under

Delphinula, writes :—“ Lamarck rassemblait en un seul genre,

sous le nom de Cyclostome, tous les coquilles 4 ouvertures

ronde et entiére. Depuis, Draparnaud réduisit aux seules

especes terrestres * le genre Cyclostome de Lamarck; et ce

savant zoologiste dans ses mémoirs sur les fossiles des envi-

rons de Paris, adoptant opinion de Draparnaud, proposa le

genre Delphinule pour les espéces marines de son ancien

genre Cyclostome.”

Next we come to the history of Pomatias. Hartmann,

wishing to divide the genus Cyclostoma—as understood in

1821—and at tle same time not wishing to change that well-

established name, very wisely employed the genus Pomatias,

R. Studer, for the section which he desired to separate and to

name. He was perfectly justified in doing this, because Studer

had included in his Pomatias two species, P. elegans” and

“ P. vartegatus, a new species; to this second species there-

fore and its allies Hartmann restricted the name Pomatias t ;

and the genus is by most authors properly referred to Studer

and not to Hartmann.

But to pass from a particular to a general subject, I espe-

cially desire to call attention to a rule of nomenclature only

too often altogether overlooked or most wrongly applied.

Rule 10 of the British Association ‘ Rules otf Zoological

Nomenclature ”’ runs thus :-—

““§. A name should be changed which has before been

proposed for some other genus in zoology or botany, or for

some other species in the same genus, when still retained for

such genus or species.”

The part of the rule which I wish to emphasize is contained

_ in the words which I have italicized. ‘The object of the rule

is that the same name should not be in use for two genera at

the same time. It follows that if an earlier name is obsolete,

say Cyclostoma, a subsequently described genus bearing the

same name may be employed.

* By “terrestres ” Deshayes means non-marine, for Draparnaud inclu-

ded the freshwater operculated univalves now referred to Bythinia, Palu-

dma, &c. under his Cyclostoma.

+ Westerlund, in his ‘ Fauna der in der paliarctischen Region leben-

den Binnenconchylien, makes Pomatias variegatus, Studer, a synonym of

Pomatias septemspiralis, Razoumoysky (1789), as previous writers had

done.

Genera Cyclostoma and Pomatias. 449

To apply this: granted, for the sake of argument, that all

which Mr. Newton has written is correct, still Cyclostoma is

the title of this very genus, because if the genus Oyclostoma,

Lamarck, is inadmissible, his genus being blotted out, the

next title given to the genus must be adopted, and that is

Cyclostoma, Draparnaud; so that we should simply have

Cyclostoma, Draparnaud, instead of Cyclostoma, Lamarck —

and indeed most authors write Cyclostoma, Drap.

It is desirable to give another and fuller instance illustrative

of the application of Rule 10, and I hope I may be excused if

that taken has reference to the genera named after myself,

inasmuch as these genera happen to furnish the fullest example

of the right and wrong applications of the rule—three right

and one wrong—which at this moment occurs to my mind.

There have been three genera, thus :—

1. Normania, G. S. Brady (Crustacea Ostracoda), 1865.

2. Normania, Bowerbank (Spongida}, 1868.

3. Normania, A. Boeck (Crustacea Amphipoda), 1870.

1. Brady’s genus was obsolete at the time of its publica-

tion, Prof. G. O. Sars having just before given the same form

another name.

2. When Bowerbank described his genus Normania—which

dates from 1868 (‘‘ Last Report Shetland Dredging,” Brit.

Assoc. Rep. 1868, p. 328), and not from 1874, the date of

Bowerbank’s Brit. Spongiade, vol. iii. p. 258, as a reference

to that work would lead the reader to suppose—he stated as

follows :— A genus Normania was established by Mr.G.5.

Brady in 1866 for a section of Crustacea Copepoda* (vide

Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. v. p. 382), but that title cannot be

adopted, as the Normania of Brady is identical with Lo.xo-

concha of G. O. Sars, which was founded a few months

previously (vide G. O. Sars, ‘ Oversigt af Norges Marine

Ostracoder,’ 1865, p. 61, and G. 8. Brady, Trans. Linn.

Soc. vol. xxvi. 1868, p. 432). But Professor Sollas, in his

“ Report on the Tetractinellida of the ‘Challenger,’ 1889,

after expressing his regret at being obliged to reject the name

Normania, Bowerbank, and substituting for it Pecdllastra,

n. n., writes:— True, Bowerbank remarks that Brady’s

genus Normania, which has precedence, cannot stand; but

this makes no difference, since according to convention, a

discarded name which has ceased to be used for one species,

* “Crustacea Copepoda’ is a mistake for “Crustacea Ostracoda.”

There is a genus in the former, Normanella, G,S, Brady, but that is a

different name and dates only from 1880,

450 On the Genera Cyclostoma and Pomatias,

or genus, cannot be applied to another, otherwise the door

would be opened to confusion.”” Now here Prof. Sollas has

laid down a rule of his own nowhere else to be found.

Bowerbank affords a right and Sollas an erroneous interpre-

tation of Rule 10; and [ notice that Schulze and Lendenfeld,

in a later paper, have recognized this and again restored

Bowerbank’s name *.

3. Normania, Boeck, is in use, having been just again em-

ployed by Prof. G. O. Sars in his beautiful new work on the

Crustacea Amphipodaof Norway. That name must bechanged.

There is little doubt that Sars fell into the error of retaining

it from referring to Bowerbank only or to ‘f Scudder,” who

erroneously gives the date of Normania, Bow., as 1875 instead

of 1868; and had the former date been correct, Boeck’s genus

would have had precedence of Bowerbank’s, but not of

Brady’s. This last, however, Sars knew to be only a

synonym of his own genus Lowoconcha.

Thus we see that Bowerbank, Schulze and Lendenfeld,

and G. O. Sars rightly apply, and that Sollas wrongly applies

the rule.

I will not cite the very many instances in which well-

established generic names have been of late wrongly, for a

time at least, supplanted, and useless generic names thus

added to our nomenclature. The fact is that ‘ Scudder’s

Nomenclator,’ instead of being of service to science, is in this

way frequently used to its detriment. Authors consult it to

see if a generic name has been previously used. If it has

been, many of them at once proceed to coin for the second or

later use a new generic title or supplant it by some other ;

whereas the later employment of the generic name ought to

have been retained if the earlier is not in use.

Inquiry should always be made as to whether the name

applied in previous instance or instances is tz use before the

later name is changed.

One word more. I have been surprised to find that many

of the younger naturalists are totally ignorant of the very

existence of the Association Rules. For the information of

those who may need it I may therefore state that they are to

be found in the British Association Reports of 1842, and as

last revised in the Report of 1865 (1866) ; and separate copies

of the Rules can be procured at the offices of the Association,

25 Albemarle Street. At least I believe that this is the

case. At the Newcastle-upon-Tyne meeting in 1889, at the

request of several young zoologists, as Vice-President of

* F. EF. Schulze and R. von Lendenfeld, ‘ Ueber die Bezeichnung der

Spongiennadeln,’ 1889, p. 31.

Mr. E. A. Smith on three new Species of Helix. 451

Section D, I brought the question before the Committee, and

it was thought desirable that the Rules should be reprinted,

and a committee for the purpose was appointed; but I was

subsequently informed that copies still remained for sale. If

applicants should fail to obtain them, and in that case think

it well to put themselves into communication with me, I will

take care that the matter shall be again brought forward in

Section D.

I have taken this opportunity as an addendum to my notes

on Mr. Newton’s communication to carry out an intention of

some standing to direct the attention of zoologists to what

is undoubtedly a common misapplication of a rule of nomen-

clature.

With respect to the word Botany in Rule 10 the attempt

has long been given up to exclude the use of a botanical

generic name from Zoology, or vice versd@, and the introductory

notes of the revised edition of the Rules (1865) intimate this.

‘This may be illustrated by a genus referred to in my notes in

last month’s (April) ‘Annals.’ The genus Linckia, Nardo,

was rejected by Forbes because of previous use in botany.

Under altered views in this matter it is now in use for another

section of the original genus of Nardo than that to which

Forbes applied the name Cribredla.

XLIX.— Descriptions of three new Species of Helix from

New Guinea. By Epcar A. SMITH.

1. Helix (Papuina) hero.

Testa rimata, depresse trochiformis, tenuicula, in medio acute cari-

nata, albida, superne lineis obliquis opacis lutescentibus subful-

guratis, interdumque aliis fuscis ornata, infra zonis concentricis

paucis fuscis et opaco-lutescentibus cincta; anfractus 44, supremi

convexiusculi, striis spiralibus confertis, lineisque incrementi

obliquis sculpti, ultimus minus convexus, similiter striatus, sed

antice minute rugosus, breviter descendens, pone medium labri

leviter depressus, ad peripheriam acute luteo carinatus, inferne

radiatim et concentrice subrugose striatus; apertura perobliqua,

subnasuta, intus colores externos aliquanto obscuros exhibens ;

peristoma album vel superne pallide lilaceum, margine superiore

leviter reflexo, in medio depresso, inferiore latius expanso, albo,

supra umbilicum dilatato, rimam fere obtegente.

Diam, maj. 28 millim., min. 22; alt. 163.

Var. Testa pallida, radiis zonisque fuscis haud ornata,

The apical whorls of this very pretty species and the region

452 Mr. E. A. Smith on three new Species of Helix.

around the umbilicus are opalescent white and devoid of the

oblique markings and bands. In the type the upper ter-

minations of the brownish, oblique, irregular stripes on the

body-whorl are almost of a reddish tint, and form as it were

a series of spots at the suture. The variety is of a uniform

opalescent or greenish-white colour, variegated above with

the radiating, somewhat zigzag, opaque, deep cream-coloured

markings, which on the lower surface assume the form of

zones and irregular spots or blotches. In form this species

bears some resemblance to 1. Tayloriana (Adams & Reeve).

2. Heli (Paputna) tanthe.

Testa depresse trochiformis, anguste rimata, ad peripheriam acute

earinata, omnino alba, striis incrementi obliquis tenuibus sculpta ;

anfractus 4, superiores convexiusculi, ultimus supra et infra

carinam Jeviter concavus, antice haud descendens; apertura

oblique subquadrata, ad carinam acuminata; peristoma superne

leviter reflexum, inferne latius expansum, margine columellari

late dilatato, umbilicum fere obtegeute ; spira breviter conica, ad

apicem obtusa.

Diam. maj. 253 millim., min. 21; alt. 133.

In form this species is very like H. hero, but more obtuse

at the apex, and the aperture is not quite so acuminate. It

differs also from that species in the absence of colour-markings

and spiral striz. ‘The last whorl also is a trifle narrower and

does not descend in front.

3. Helix (Papuina) erope.

Testa sublate umbilicata, depresse trochiformis, ad peripheriam

obtuse angulata, pallide vel albido-fuscescens, circa medium zona

angusta rufa cincta ; anfractus 5, convexiusculi, sublente accres-

centes, lineis incrementi tenuibus oblique striati, ultimus postice

carinatus, carina versus aperturam sensim evanescente, supra et

infra equaliter convexus, antice breviter descendens, circa medium

minute rugosus; apertura transversa, lunata, intus albida vel

dilute lilacea; peristoma album, dilatatum et reflexum, margine

columellari late expanso.

Diam, maj. 233 millim., min. 193; alt. 15,

This species somewhat resembles 1. aurora, Pfr. (Novitat.

Conch. vol. il. pl. liv. figs. 9-11), in form, but is a trifle

higher in proportion to the diameter. It also differs in being

a smaller form and in having a larger umbilicus. The young

of this species is evidently sharply keeled at the middle, but

in the adult shell the keel gradually disappears towards the

aperture.

On new Species of the Coleopierous Genus Oides. 453

Li.—Descriptions of new Species of the Coleopterous Clenus

Oides (Galerucide). By C. J. Ganan, M.A., British

Museum (Natural History).

In the course of arranging the species of Oédes in the British

Museum collection, some apparently new forms have come

under my notice. ‘These are described in the present paper.

One of them (O. ass¢mils) is exceptional with regard to the

characters of the epipleura of the elytra.

Chapuis, in his characterization of the genus, has not men-

tioned any sexual differences. I have noticed that in the

male the last ventral abdominal segment is emarginate or

notched on each side at the apex, and that the median lobe

thus cut off is usually bent inwards (or upwards). In the

female the apical margin of the last ventral segment is gene-

rally entire, but is sometimes feebly emarginate or sinuate in

the middle.

Oides bivittata, sp. n.

Ovata, testaceo-flava; capite supra longitudinaliter lineatim impresso,

inter oculos transversim impresso ; prothorace quam longiori plus

duplo latiori, sat dense punctulato, disco antice transversim de-

presso; elytris dense tenuiter punctulatis, singulis vitta lata

submarginali piceo-nigra, basi et apice angustiore ; antennis sub-

gracilibus, articulis tribus vel quatuor basalibus flavis, ceteris

fuscis, articulo tertio quarto equali.

Long. 8-93 mm.

Hab. Celebes ? (Baly Coll.), Aru Islands (Wallace).

This species is nearly allied to O. Clarkii, Jac. It may

be distinguished from the latter by the absence of a dark

sutural band from tlie elytra and by its having a single vitta

on each side. In those specimens of Clarkii that I have seen

the third joint of the antennz is rather shorter than the

fourth ; in the present species the third jot is quite equal

in length to the fourth. The species has a superficial resem-

blance to O. linteata, Blanch., to which it was referred by

Mr. Baly. It may be very easily distinguished from that

species by its much slenderer antenne.

Oides quadrivittata, sp. n.

Breviter ovata, flava; antennis (basi excepta) fuscis; elytris singulis

vittis duabus nigris—una submarginali, altera prope suturam

apicem non attingente; metasterno piceo; prothorace quam lon-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. vii. 31

454 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new

giori plus duplo latiori, sparsim obsoleteque punctulato, antico

leviter transversim depresso ; elytris tenuiter punctulatis,

Long. 7-74 mm.

Hab. Malay Archipelago: Kaiva, Gilolo (Wallace).

Head with a fine longitudinal, median, impressed line

above, with a transverse impression between the eyes. An-

tenne rather slender, with the first three or four joints

yellowish, the remaining joints dark brown. Prothorax more

than twice as broad as long, obsoletely punctulate, anterior

part of disk slightly transversely depressed. Scutellum

yellow. Elytra very finely and not very thickly punctulate,

each with two longitudinal black bands, of which one, sub-

marginal, extends from the base to the apex without quite

reaching to the suture behind; the other, close to and parallel

to the suture, stops short behind without joining the submar-

ginal vitta. Legs and underside of body yellowish. Meta-

sternum piceous.

This species may be placed near O. Clarkii, Jac., with

which it agrees in the structure of its head, thorax, and

antenna. It differs from that species by its shorter form and

by the position of the inner dark bands on the elytra, as well

as by the absence of a dark sutural band.

Odes tarsalis, sp. un.

Capite prothoraceque atro-cyaneis, nitidis; illo supra longitudinaliter

suleato; hoe obsolete punctulato, quam longiori minus duplo

latiori ; scutello triangulari, nigro, nitido, postice acuto; elytris

dense punctatis, opacis, viridibus, margine externa angustim

violaceis, epipleuris brevibus, concavis, marginem externam

approximatis ; corpore subtus, pedibus antennisque nigris, his

articulis a tertio ad decimum subzequalibus,

Long. 12 mm,

Hab. Mombas ?

Head and prothorax bluish black, glossy, obsoletely pune-

tulate. Head with a longitudinal median impressed line or

groove above. Pronotum less than twice as: broad as its

median length, its sides slightly diverging from the base to

the anterior third, thence converging; the anterior angles

projecting and somewhat obtuse. Klytra thickly but not

strongly punctured, dull dark green, with the outer margins

tinted with violet ; epipleura short and concave, close to the

outer edge of the elytra. Body underneath, legs, and

antenne black, the latter rather longer than half the body,

with the joints from the third to the tenth subequal. First

Species of the Coleopterous Genus Oides. 455

joint of all the tarsi as long as the two succeeding joints taken

together.

The single male specimen, from the late Mr. Baly’s col-

lection, is ticketed “ Momeba.”” As there appears to be no

such locality, I can only conjecture that Mombas is the place

meant. I have little doubt that the species is an African

one. It agrees with OQ. costata, Baly, in the rather elongated

and dilated first joint of the tarsus, although in many other

respects it is very distinct from that species.

Otdes assimilis, sp. n.

Ferruginea vel lurido-testacea ; antennis (articulis tribus basalibus

exceptis), palpis pedibusque et corpore subtus fusco-nigris; pro-

thorace opaco, sparsim punctulato, quam longiori duplo latiori ;

elytris subopacis, dense punctatis, epipleuris concayvis, fere ad

apicem extensis, ab margine externa haud distantibus,

Long. 13-17 mm.

Hab. Old Calabar.

Reddish brown or dull testaceous, with the antenne (the

first three joints excepted), the palpi, the legs, and the under-

side of the body brownish black. Head with a very faint

median longitudinal impressed line above, and with a trans-

verse Impression between the eyes. Antenne about half as

long as the body in the male, somewhat shorter in the female,

with the fourth joint slightly longer than the third or any of

the joints which succeed it. Pronotum dull, sparsely punc-

tulate, about twice as broad as its length in the middle, its

basal margin slightly convex, its anterior margin strongly

enough concave, its sides somewhat rounded. LElytra thickly

and rather feebly punctured, their epipleura concave, extending

almost to the apex, placed close to the margin, scarcely per-

ceptibly widened just opposite the middle of the metathoracie

episterna.

This species is somewhat larger and more elongated than

O. ferruginea, Fabr. It differs further from this species by

the closer punctuation of its elytra, by the greater approxima-

tion of the external margin to the epipleura of the elytra, and

by the greater relative length of the fourth joint of the

antenne. In ferruginea the third joint of the antenne is

perceptibly longer than the fourth or any of the succeeding

joints, and the epipleura of the elytra, while being relatively

almost as long as in the present species, are much further

back trom the external margin. In both species a very faint

mark, darker than the ground-colour and resembling a broad

Mi, may be noticed on the pronotum. ae

456 Mr C. J. Gahan on new

Oides humeralis, sp. n.

Rufo-ferruginea, antennis, palpis, pedibus, metasterno et medio

abdominis nigris ; prothorace quam longiori duplo latiori, sparsim

et minute punctulato ; elytris dense punctatis, humeris tuberculi-

formis, epipleuris concavis, pone medium eyvanescentibus, ab

margine externa haud distantibus.

Long. 14 mm.

Hab. West Africa, Cameroons.

Ferruginous red; with the antenne, palpi, legs, meta-

sternum, and all but the sides and apex of the abdomen

black. Head with a lozenge-shaped depression between the

eyes and with a very fine median, longitudinal, impressed

line behind. Pronotum about twice as broad as its median

leneth, feebly and sparsely punctulate, its anterior margin

strongly concave, its posterior slightly convex; its sides

somewhat rounded, gradually diverging from the base to

about the anterior third, thence converging; its anterior

angles somewhat acute. Scutellum smooth, glossy, rounded

behind. Elytra thickly punctured, with an oblique groove

or depression just above each shoulder, and giving to these

the appearance of obtuse rounded humps or tubercles; epi-

pleura concave, placed close to the margin of the elytra, very

slightly expanded just opposite the middle of the metathoracie

episterna, from thence gradually narrowed, and disappearing

beyond the middle.

Antenne (@) rather longer than half the body, with the

third and following joints subequal.

This species somewhat closely resembles O. ferruginea,

Fabr., and the preceding species, but is easily to be distin-

guished by the prominent shoulders of the elytra and by the

character of the elytral epipleura, as well as by minor differ-

ences in structure and colour.

Oides semipunctata, Duviv., var.

Adorium puncticollis, Baly, MS.

A typis differt postpectore pedibusque totis nigris.

Hab. Laos.

_ In typical North-indian specimens of O. semdpunctata,

Duviv., the legs are testaceous yellow, with only the tarsi

and the extremities of the tibie black; the metasternum is

black, the sides of the hind breast testaceous yellow, slightly

infuscate. In the present variety the legs and the hind

breast are entirely black. In other respects the variety

agrees with M. Duvivier’s description of the typical form.

Species of the Coleopterous Genus Oides. 457

Oides pectoralis, Clark.

This species appears to have a tolerably wide range.

There are specimens in the British Museum from the

following localities :—Sumatra, Malacca ( Wallace), Tringano,

Siam, Assam.

Oides nigripes, Jac. (nec Oliv.), described in the ‘ Ento-

mologist,’ 1891 (April), Supplement, p. 34, appears to me to

be identical with the present species.

Oides maculosa, sp. n.

Ovata, flavo-testacea; scutello, maculis duabus prothoracis et

maculis septem singuli elytri nigris; corpore subtus (maculis

duabus metasterni et maculis decem abdominis nigris exceptis),

pedibus et antennis, flavo-testaceis; prothorace quam longiori

plus duplo latiori, minute sat sparsim punctulato ; elytris minute

punctulatis, epipleuris brevibus, concayis, ab margine externa

haud distantibus.

Long. 12-17 mm.

Hab, North India, Silhet.

Head yellowish, with a transverse impression between the

eyes. Antenne yellowish, scarcely as long as half the body ;

third and fourth joints subequal. Pronotum more than twice

as broad as long, very finely and rather sparsely punctulate,

yellowish, with two black spots—one on each side—near the

base; anterior margin strongly concave, posterior slightly

convex, sides rounded, Scutellum polished, black, rounded

behind. Elytra minutely and not very thickly punctured,

yellowish, each with seven black spots, of which six are in

the order 2, 2, 2, the seventh placed just in front of the

interval between the two posterior spots; epipleura short and

concave, slightly expanded just opposite the middle of the

metathoracic episterna, and from thence abruptly cut away

behind. A spot on each side of the metasternum and a row

of five spots on each side of the abdomen black; the rest of

the underside of the body and the legs yellowish testaceous.

Oides innocua, sp. 1.

Adorium mnocuum, Baly, MS.

Albo-testacea, late ovata; antennis articulis duobus vel tribus

ultimis nigris ; capite supra inter oculos subdepresso ; prothorace

quam longiori plus duplo latiori, impunctato, nitido, margine

antica concava, lateribus rotundatis, angulis anticis subrotun-

datis; scutello triangulari, postice acuto; elytris minutissime

458 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new

punctulatis, nitidis; humeris prominulis, nonnihil tuberculi-

formis; epipleuris brevibus, concavis, ab margine externa modice

distantibus; corpore subtus flavo, metasterno nigro.

Long. 10-11 mm.

Hab. India.

The characters of the shoulders and the epipleura of the

elytra will separate this from the somewhat similarly shaped

and coloured species, such as O. tarsata, Baly, O. sordida,

Baly, and O. cndica, Baly. In the present species there is a

very slight oblique depression above each of the shoulders,

so that the latter appear like tubercles. The epipleura of

the elytra are moderately distant from the external margin,

they are somewhat expanded just about opposite the middle

of the metathoracic episterna, and are then abruptly cut away

behind. The species may further be distinguished by its

having the whole of the underside of the body, the meta-

sternum excepted, testaceous yellow. The legs are similarly

coloured, with the underside of the third joint of the tarsi

black.

It is probable that in a large series of the species some of

the specimens would be seen to have black spots on the abdo-

men. ‘There are very slight indications of such in the two

specimens before me.

Oides coccinelloides, sp. n.

Subhemispheerica, flavo-testacea, maculis duabus prothoracis et

maculis duodecim elytrorum nigris ; corpore subtus pedibusque

flavis, postpectore et maculis decem abdominis nigris; elytris valde

ampliatis, epipleuris ab margine externa distantibus; antennis

brevibus, flavis, articulis tribus vel quatuor ultimis fuscis.

Long. 10-13 mm.

Hab. North India, Sikkim (Dr. [Zooker).

Yellowish testaceous. Head with a transverse impression

between the eyes. Pronotum a little more than twice as

broad as its median length; anterior margin strongly con-

cave, basal margin feebly convex, sides rounded, with the

anterior angles acute; surface almost impunctate, with a

longitudinally ovate spot on each side near the base. Elytra

nitid, almost impunctate, each with six black spots in the

order 2, 2, 2, with the outermost spot of each of the two

anterior pairs considerably elongated in the transverse direc-

tion, so as to form a sort of band. Sides of the elytra ex-

tending downwards to a considerable extent beyond their

epipleura, so that the latter are seen as two ridges—one on

the inner side of each elytron at a long distance from the

Species of the Coleopterous Genus Oides. 459

external margin. The hind breast, part of the mid breast,

and a row of five spots on each side of the abdomen black :

the legs and the remainder of the underside yellowish.

This species varies as to the size of the spots on the elytra.

Tn one of three specimens before me the innermost spot of the

middle pair is almost entirely obliterated, while the outer

elongated spot is broken up into two. The sides of the elytra

in this species attain a greater lateral extension than in any

species of the genus at present known to me. In this respect

it is most nearly approached by O. maculata, Oliv.

Oides ovatipennis, sp. n.

Capite testaceo, supra (medio excepto) nigro, sparsim punctulato ;

prothorace quam longiori duplo latiori, sparsim punctulato, testa-

ceo, maculis duabus nigris; scutello lato, nitido, vitreo-testacee,

postice rotundato ; elytris subovatis, basi angustioribus, minute

sat dense punctulatis, nigris, sutura et marginibus angustim testa-

ceo-flavis, apicibus singulatim rotundatis; corpore subtus infus-

cato, prosterno, mesosterno et apice abdominis testaceis ; femori-

bus et basibus tibiarum testaceis.

Long. 9, lat. ad hum, 33 mm.

Hab. New South Wales.

Head and prothorax testaceous, finely punctulate, the

former black above, with a small testaceous spot on the middle

of the occiput. The prothorax about twice as broad as long,

sides diverging from the base to about the anterior third,

thence slightly converging to the apex; anterior margin very

feebly concave, almost directly transverse ; upper surface with

two irregular black spots, one on each side. Scutellum

broad, triangular, rounded behind. Elytra very finely and

rather thickly punctured; black, each almost completely

surrounded by a narrow testaceous yellow border; epipleura

slightly concave, closely approximated to the external mar-

gin, gradually cut away behind without reaching to the

middle. Body underneath brownish black, with the pro- and

mesosterna and the tip of the abdomen testaceous. Iemora

and bases of the tibie testaceous, rest of the legs brownish

black. ‘The first two joints of the antenne testaceous (the

remaining joints are wanting).

This species may be recognized by the form of the elytra,

which is somewhat ovate, narrower at the base than towards

the extremity. The apices are singly instead of conjointly

rounded.

460. On two new Species of Sandwich-Island Birds.

Oides maculata, Oliv.

Oides subhemispherica, Guér.

Oides indica, Baly.

Judging from the description and figure given by Olivier

and from the description given by Guérin, the two species

indicated above are, I think, identical with Baly’s Oides

indica, the type of which is before me. I am unable to find

any definite characters by which to separate specimens from

Java from those coming from other localities, such as ‘T'rin-

gano, Siam, Burmah, and Assam.

L1.—Descriptions of two new Species of Sandwich-Island —

Birds. By Scorr B. Wi1son, F.Z.8.

Himatione mana, sp. n.

Male, Head ashy olive, shading into dull olive-green on

the back; beneath dull greenish buff, except the chin and

throat, which are whitish; wings and tail brown, edged

outwardly with olive-green.

Female. Duller on the upper parts, while beneath the chin

and throat are nearly white, the rest of the underparts more

buff than in the male.

Dimensions. Votal length 4:45 inches, wing 2°50, culmen

“45, tarsus *70, tail 1°40,

Hab. Hawaii.

Obs. The bill is nearly straight, being almost similar to

that of Oreomyzu, while the plumage of the underparts,

especially of the temale, bears some resemblance to that

species. It has not, however, the rounded wing and very short

tail of Oreomyza,

Pheornis lanaiensts, sp. n.

This species closely resembles Ph. obscura and Ph. myia-

destina, but is smaller in dimensions than either; while the

bill is distinctly intermediate in size between those two species.

The outer pair of tail-feathers only have very slight white

markings at the tip, but the abdomen and under tail-coverts

are nearly pure white.

The length of the wing from the carpal joint is only 3°65,

as against 4 of Ph. obscura.

Hab. Janai.

Obs. The species found on Molokai seems to be identical

with the bird from Lanai here described.

On a new Genus of North-American Moths. 461

LII.—Description of a new Genus for the reception of the

North-American Moths hitherto referred to Telesilla of

Herrich-Schiffer. By A. G. Butuer, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &.

Pracopes crivErrora of Guenée, the type of the proposed new

genus, was associated by its describer with the European P.

amethystina; but as the name Placodes had been previously

used in Coleoptera, Herrich-Schiffer, in the Index to his

‘ Schmetterlinge von Europa,’ proposed to substitute for it the

generic name Te/esilla (subsequently duplicated in the class

Aves). ‘The date of the publication of this name was 1856.

In 1857 Lederer, not having noticed Herrich-Schiffer’s

action, proposed for the same genus the new denomination of

Eucarta; he, however, incorrectly stated that Déastema,

Guen., was only distinguishable from it by the want of tufts

on the abdomen, which was insufficient for generic separation :

had this been the case the name Diastema would have neces-

sarily superseded both Telesil/la and Hucarta; but Herrich-

Schiffer, who examined two males, states that D. virgo differs

so much in character from 7. amethystina that it cannot stand

in the same genus. In addition to the absence of the tufted

dorsal crest of the abdomen (which was the only difference

discovered by Lederer) he says that the margin of the fore

wings is strongly sinuous and quite straight-lined, which

seems a somewhat contradictory statement, but the hind wings

are deeply indeuted at vein 5. Antenne extremely shortly

ciliated, every joint with two somewhat longer bristles.

From this I should judge that the ciliation of the antennee

was much more marked than in Z. amethystina, in which,

excepting when seen through a lens and ina good light, they

appear to be simple. I therefore retain both genera.

As T. amethystina does not appear to be found in North

America, although common to Europe and Japan, it is not

surprising that Mr. Grote and others should have followed

M. Guenée in associating the Placodes cinereola of that author

with 7. amethystina; but when I had the two insects before

me, in the course of my rearrangement of the Noctuztes, I was

so struck by their different appearance and the totally dis-

similar character of their markings, that I felt convinced that

they could not be congeneric; I therefore asked my colleague

Mr. Waterhouse to prepare the wings of duplicates of the

two forms for comparison by clearing them of their scales,

and the result was that I proved them to belong to entirely

distinct though allied genera. ‘I'he most important differences

nevertheless are not in the wings but in the legs.

462 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Lycodon atropurpureus

OGDOCONTA, gen. nov.

Differs from Te/es¢lla in its shorter primaries, with costal

margin more decidedly arched towards apex, the subcostal

furca, formed by the third and fourth branches, considerably

longer; the rudiment of the discocellular veinlet of secon-

daries almost entirely obliterated ; middle tibia decidedly

shorter instead of longer than the femur, the interior spur

longer, tarsus much more slender and longer; posterior legs

longer and with longer tibial spurs ; labial palpi with slightly

longer terminal joint ; abdomen less strongly tufted. ‘Type

P. cinereola.

The generic name is suggested by the markings on the

primaries of O. cinereola.

The Japanese “ Miana”’ segregata, Butler (Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. i. p. 85, arid Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. 11.

p. 25, pl. xxix. fig. 5), is a Telesilla.

I have been unable to identify Bremer’s Placodes fusco-

maculata from North China; it may be not even allied to

Telesilla.

LITI.—WNote on Lycodon atropurpureus, Cantor, and

Bufo stomaticus, Liitken. By G. A. BOULENGER.

Proressor LUTKEN has very kindly sent me for examination

examples of a Lycodon and of a toad from India preserved in

the Zoological Museum of Copenhagen, and which were

obtained by the late Mr. G. Westermann, the discoverer of

one of the most remarkable of Indian snakes, Hlachistodon

Westermann?, Reinh. ‘The exact locality where these speci-

mens were procured is not known, but they are believed to

be from Assam; they are perhaps from Bengal, like the

Elachistodon. "he Lycodon had beeu provisionally named

by Prof. Liitken many years ago L. subfuscus, Cantor; and it

is indeed very probable, from the number of ventral and

caudal shields, that this determination is correct. On the

other hand, it is equally probable that it represents the Z.

atropurpureus of the same author, and I have described it

below under that name. ‘The toads were described by

Prof. Liitken himself as Bufo stomaticus in 1862; but as the

locality whence they were procured was not indicated in the

original description, no mention of that species is made in my

‘Reptiles of India.’ ufo stomaticus is, however, a distinct

species, allied to B. Andersonti, from which it differs in the

absence of a tarsal fold.

and Bufo stomaticus. 463

My best thanks are due to Professor Liitken for enabling

me to examine and describe these interesting specimens.

Lycodon atropurpureus, Cantor.

Snout much depressed, with swollen lips, subspatulate ;

eye moderate. ostral twice as broad as deep, scarcely

visible from above; internasals as long as broad, half as

long as the prefrontals; frontal once and two thirds as

long as broad, as long as its distance from the end of the

snout, shorter than the parietals; no loreal, prefrontal in

contact with the second and third labials; one preocular,

not in contact with the frontal; two postoculars; temporals

small, scale-like, 8+4; nine upper labials, fourth and fitth

entering the eye; five lower labials in contact with the

anterior chin-shields, which are longer than the posterior.

Scales smooth, in seventeen rows. Ventrals 235, strongly

angulate laterally; anal entire; subcaudals 83, in two rows.

Pale brown above and below (bleached ?), each scale with a few

yellowish dark-edged dots; upper lip brown, with yellowish

dots; a band of yellowish vermiculations along each side of

the head, from the nostril to the nape, passing through the

eye; belly with yellowish dots and a few square blotches of

yellowish, wide apart, and each involving five or six ventrals.

Total length 940 millim. ; tail 170.

A single female specimen, in the Copenhagen Museum.

Bufo stomaticus, Liitken.

Crown without bony ridges; snout short, blunt, with strong

canthus rostralis and concave loreal region ; interorbital space

flat or slightly concave, a little broader than the upper

eyelid; tympanum very distinct, vertically oval, its greatest

diameter about two thirds that of the eye. First finger longer

than second; toes three-fourths webbed, with single subarti-

cular tubercles; two rather strong metatarsal tubercles; no

tarsal fold. The tarso-metatarsal articulation reaches the

eye. Upper parts rough, with irregular warts; parotoids

large and flat, nearly as long as their distance from the end

of the snout, reniform. Brown above, spotted or marbled

with darker, uniform dirty white below. Male with a sub-

gular vocal sac and black nuptial asperities on the two inner

fingers.

From snout to vent 63 millim.

Five specimens were submitted to me by Prof. Liitken :—

Adult male and female (the types), believed to be from

Assam ; two young from Calcutta; and one young from the

Hughly.

464 Miscellaneous.

MISCELLANEOUS.

“Goldfussia,” “Comaster,” and “Comatulide.”

Canon A. M. Norman (‘ Annals,’ ser. 6, vol. vii. p. 387) has

proposed the name G'oldfussia for a crinoid described by Goldfuss

under the title ““Comatula multiradiata, Lam.” It is a pity that

even so eminent a naturalist as Canon Norman should propose a

new generic name for a specimen that he has never seen (and never

will see, for it appears to have been destroyed), of which the sole

description is regarded by the best authorities as unreliable, and the

very existence of which Canon Norman himself appears to doubt.

This publication of names without diagnoses rarely advances science,

and, apart from its inconvenience, is unfair to those on whom the

real labour of description subsequently falls. And why do these

name-givers that shirk sponsorial responsibility always bury their

new names in miscellaneous and controversial writings, or even in

footnotes to papers on alien subjects? Their reward is obloquy if

not oblivion.

As to “Goldfussia,” no more need be said, for it has fortunately

come into the world stillborn. Recognizing a familiar sound, I

applied to my colleague Mr. R. Bullen Newton, who informed me

that this name was in 1843 proposed by F. de Castelnau for a

Lamellibranch genus *.

It may be worth pointing out that Goldfuss did not use the name

Comaster in the ‘ Petrifacta Germaniz,’ but employed it first in his

“‘ Beitriige zur Petrefactenkunde,” Nova Acta Acad. Leop.-Carol.

Nat. Cur. xix. pt. 1, p. 3 9, Breslau, 1839. The date of Comaster,

Ag., is usually quoted as 1835; but the original cover of Mém. Soc.

Sci. Nat. Neuchatel, tome i., which contains the “ Prodrome,” bears

date 1836. The priority of the name Comaster to Actinometra is no

new discovery; but the diagnosis given by Agassiz was worthless,

while Canon Norman has not told us what we are to understand by

“Comatula multiradiata, Lamarck.”

When the time arrives for splitting up the assemblage of genera

at present lumped together as Comatulide, the name Antedonide

should certainly be applied to that family in which Antedon is

placed. But while such different forms as Thaumatocrinus, Atele-

erinus, and Promachocrinus swell the motley crowd, the name

Comatulide seems, from its very want of meaning, the best adapted

to embrace them. F, A. Baruer.

April 5, 1891.

* ‘Essai sur le Systéme silurien de fl’Amérique septentrionale.’ 4to,

Paris and Strasbourg, 1843. Goldfussia proposed for Cardium? nauti-

loides, sp. n., p. 48, pl. xv. figs. 5, 6.

Miscellaneous. 465

A Note on Canon Norman’s Remarks. By F, Jurrrny Bett.

I am glad I have succeeded in “ drawing” Canon Norman, as I

have the highest respect for his views on questions of natural

history.

If I did not make myself clear to his acute intelligence I fear I

must be very generally misunderstood. I have, then, to say that

my references to Forbes’s robbery were intended to be sportive ; I

very deeply regret that they should have seemed to be offensive. I

need not say that there was no intention to offend the living or

reflect on the dead.

Although I have the honour of numbering Dr. Sutherland among

my correspondents, his reputation as a collector is not as extensive

as I hoped it was; at the same time I could hardly have implied

more distinctly than I did that his collection of Echinoderms was

made on the east coast of Ross-shire—as a matter of fact in Cro-

marty Firth.

It is a little cruel that I should be charged with an implication

that I did not mean, and that one that seems clear enough should

have been missed. But I know Canon Norman is a busy man, and

T own that one should write—if one can—so that he who runs may

read.

I am glad Dr. Norman has taken the fence of Goniaster; there

was an ugly take-off, owing to the way in which Messrs. Perrier and

Sladen had broken up the ground, and I feared a deepish ditch on

the other side ; and I congratulate myself that by doing other things

first Dr. Norman has come up and shown me the way over a very

nasty place.

Anseropoda having asserted its priority, I for one am quite

willing to let it le beneath the mud with which Canon Norman

has bespattered it. Succeeding synonymists are requested to note

its place and mode of burial.

Just to complete what may be said about the matter, [ may, how-

ever, add that the students of Echinoderms have not been quite as

sharp as the ornithologists, who found out in 1879 (see Mr. H. T.

Wharton’s paper in the ‘ Ibis’ for that year, p. 456) that Merrem

meant his genus to be called Ortalis, and not Ortalida. Ansero-

poda is clearly in the accusative singular; Anseropus modified to

Anseripes would have made a passable name, but we need not

displace Palmipes to make way for it.

As to the date of Lophaster furcifer, I will only remark that Iam

astonished at Dr. Norman citing the “author’s own statement of

date ;” if there is one man who is not to be trusted as to the date

of a name my experience tells me it is the author of it.

If Dr. Norman will, when he has a moment to spare—it won’t

take more—turn up M. Perrier’s descriptions of the species of

Marginaster, he will see that the plea he makes is not an answer to

the charge. I need not trouble the readers of the ‘ Annals’ with

the details.

466 Miscellaneous.

On the Heart of Dentalium. By Dr. L. Pare, Marburg.

In “ Bemerkungen zur Organisation der Dentalien” (Zool. Anz.

1888), published rather more than two years ago*, I adopted the

view expressed by Lacaze-Duthiers in his classical treatise ou the

Scaphopods, that these peculiar Mollusks do not possess a heart, but

that the blood is driven along in the lacune by the contractions of

the musculature of the body-wall only. Subsequent investigations

have shown me that this assertion does not correspond with facts,

but that a heart, albeit a rudimentary one, is actually present, lying

in a special pericardium. ‘The possible existence of the latter has

already been suggested by the above-mentioned French anatomist.

It is well known that the largest of all the blood-spaces, the so-

called sinus abdominalis, runs along the median line of the ventral

side of the body. At the anterior end of this, a little behind the

anal opening, there is a hemispherical projection of the body-wall

into the pallial chamber. This protuberance, which is marked p

by Lacaze-Duthiers in plate ii. fig. 2 of his paper (‘ Annales d. Sc.

nat. Zoologie, sér. 4, t. vii. 1857), is produced by the completely

closed pericardial sac, the ventral wall of which unites intimately

with the integument, while the dorsal wall is applied to the

stomach and the two nephridial sacs. Since Lacaze-Duthiers natu-

rally did not succeed in filling the pericardium with colouring-

matter by injection from the abdominal sinus, he remarks with

justice :—‘‘ It therefore seems to me reasonable to admit that this

sac is closed, and that it perhaps represents a rudiment of a peri-

toneal, pericardial, or some sort of serous cavity.’ Now in this

chamber there lies the heart, in the shape of a rounded thin-walled

pouch, which is not further divided into auricle and ventricles.

The degenerate condition of the heart is expressed in this simplicity

of structure and in the entire absence of vessels provided with

special walls and of reno-pericardial openings. ‘The heart is

nothing more than a sac-shaped invagination of a portion of the

dorsal pericardial wall into the lumen of the pericardium. The

blood-corpuscles find their way into it, since they pass from the

abdominal sinus into narrow fissures which lie between the stomach

and the dorsal wall of the pericardium, and which are due to the

fact that the two latter are united together only in places. From

these fissures they fall into the heart itself, when the invagination

takes place. When the heart contracts they are driven into similar

fissures which are situated between the dorsal wall of the pericar-

dium and the nephridia, and so find their way into the perianal

sinus. Into histological details I will not at present enter; I may

only remark that the histological structure is the same in the peri-

cardium as in the wall of the heart itself, and that there exist in

both numerous muscular fibres lying parallel with one another and

arranged in rings. Nevertheless the contractions appear only (or at

* The present paper was sent in Feb, 5, 1890,

Miscellaneous. 467

least chiefly) to take place in the heart: on this point fresh obser-

vations on living animals, which [ have not at the present moment

at my disposal, are much to be desired.—Zoologischer Anzeiger,

xiv. Jahrg., no. 357, Feb. 23, 1891, pp. 78-80.

The Function of the Gemmiform Pedicellarice of Sea-Urchins.

By M. Henri Provo.

Since the pedicellariz of Sea-Urchins were described by O. F.

Miiller the nature and functions of these singular organs have been

explained in very different ways. In a paper on certain Echinoids

from our own coasts * I asked myself what the réle of the pedicel-

lari was; and not being able at the moment to make a statement

based upon definite observation, I had to content myself with the

only probable hypothesis, and consider the pedicellarie to be organs

of defence. To-day I have the honour of submitting to the Academy

an observation made in the aquarium of the Arago laboratory, which

may easily be repeated.

The pedicellariz of the Echinide were long ago divided into three

classes, viz. the ophicephalic, the tridactyle, and the gemméform.

In the present notice we have to concern ourselves with the last of

the three only, that is to say with those which exhibit jaws, each

provided with a muscular and glandular pouch, the secretion of

which issues at the tip, whichis terminated by a sort of poison-claw.

The head of the gemmiform pedicellarize of Strongylocentrotus lividus

is directly attached to a calcareous stalk articulated to the test ; it

is capable of movement on the extremity of this stalk, but it cannot

bend down to its base, so that an animal of small size which could

glide to the foot of the pedicellaria would be sheltered from its

attacks. The gemmiform pedicellaria cannot stoop to seize its

enemy, and is therefore at a disadvantage in protecting the test.

Moreover these pedicellarize, which in Strongylocentrotus lividus have

a length of 1 centimetre, are scattered through a forest of spines, a

very large number of which are as much as 3 to 4centim. long. If,

therefore, a large animal approach the Sea-Urchin to attack it, it

would seem that this animal would be protected by the spines

themselves against the bites of the pedicellarie. In short the active

zone of these organs, which lies above the test and below the tips of

the spines, appears to us, @ priori, badly placed, and the ensemble of

the facts is well calculated to make us pause ere we consider the

gemmiform pedicellariz to be weapons cf much effect, notwith-

standing their glands and poison-claws. But the difficulty com-

pletely disappears when we observe the way in which the Sea-Urchin

defends itself by the aid of its gemmiform pedicellarie.

If in a tub containing one or several specimens of Asterias

glacialis, previously kept without food for a considerable period, we

place a Strongylocentrotus lividus *, we shall not have long to wait

* ¢ Archives de Zoologie expérimentale,’ 1887.

+ The experiment here described I have repeated with Spherechinus

granularis, with identically the same results.

468 Miscellaneous.

before we see it attacked by the Starfishes. As soon as the Urchin

feels the contact of the ambulacral tentacles of the Starfish attempt-

ing to seize it, it quickly lowers the spines of the region menaced.

These spines take up a slanting radial position round the centre of-

the attack, and they are so completely inclined that the majority

of them become almost tangents to the test. By thus lowering its

spines the Urchin unmasks its gemmiform pedicellariz, which we

now observe extended towards the arm of the Starfish, and presenting

to it their widely open jaws. The Asterias continues the attack ;

but as soon as one of its sucker-feet touches the head of a pedicel-

laria, it is immediately bitten, and we can but conclude that the

pain occasioned by the bite is very keen, for the arm of the starfish

is precipitately withdrawn. In retracting, the sucker-foot which

has been bitten always carries away the pedicellaria fixed in the

wound.

Sometimes the first bites suffice to repulse the Asterias; but on

other occasions the latter continues the attack, and then it becomes

a really interesting sight to watch the Urchin unmasking its pedi-

cellariz at all the points of attack, and, if I may be permitted to use

the expression, thus following the movements of its enemy by showing

its teeth. In a first encounter the advantage always rests with the

Urchin, and the Asterias retires riddled with wounds; but since

each pedicellaria only serves a single time in the defence of the Sea~

Urchin, since it leaves its jaws in the wound, the Urchin by degrees

exhausts its means of defence. If therefore we leave a Sea-Urchin

in a tub with several Starfishes, and the latter continue the assault,

the Urchin succumbs to its fate; but the issue of the combat is for

us a matter of secondary moment. The manner in which the Urchin

unmasks its weapons, which are ordinarily concealed and protected

by the spines, appears to me, on the other hand, particularly worthy

of attention.

As soon as the Urchin is apprised, by means of its peripheral

neryous system, of the danger which menaces it, it communicates to

its spines a movement which has nothing in common with the cus-

tomary movements of these organs, and the sole object of which is to

bring the jaws of its gemmiform pedicellariz to bear on the enemy.

It is interesting to note that this movement of the spines is precisely

the opposite of that which takes place if we wound the surface of the

test with the point of a needle for instance. In this case spines and

pedicellarie incline towards the wounded spot. On the contrary,

when the Urchin assumes a defensive position it withdraws the spines

from the point menaced, at the same time directing towards its

enemy its pedicellariz, which are thus unmasked and the jaws of

which are ready to bite. In this case it is not a local pain, but a

more complex sensation which we cannot analyze, which provokes

a combination of movements undeniably interesting in a creature so

low in the scale——Archives de Zoologie expérimentale et générale,

sér. 2, t. viii, Année 1890, no. 4, pp. xlii-xliv (Comptes Rendus,

exi. (1890), pp. 62-64).

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES.]

No. 42. JUNE 1891.

LIV.—Asterias rubens and the British Species allied thereto.

By Prof. F. JErrrey Brew, M.A., Sec. R.M.S.

[Plates XIV. & XV.]

THE definition of Starfishes in terms which shall, on the one

hand, be intelligible because brief, and on the other accurate

because complete, is perhaps as difficult an undertaking as any

in systematic zoology. In some cases the amount of variation

is so extraordinary that it is necessary to preface any defini-

tions which one may be so presumptuous as to offer with some

words of explanation. Asterias rubens is a case in point ; it

is, indeed, a subject which has already been treated of by many

writers, and I will therefore be as concise as I know how.

The reader may be assured that what is here put before him,

even if it appear to him prolix, is but a summary of facts

slowly acquired and long looked at from various points of

view.

I shall, I am afraid, be found to differ from the conclusions

on different points to which Canon Norman on the one hand

or Mr. Sladen on the other have or would have arrived ; but

the discrimination of species is after all a matter of individual

judgment—or the lack of it.

It will be remembered that a number of naturalists have

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. vii. 32

470 Prof. F. J. Bell on Asterias rubens and the

distinguished the “ violet crossfish’? from the ‘common

crossfish ;’’ some have asserted that they live together, others

that they are found apart; some, more exact, have stated |

where they have found them living together and where they

have found them apart ; authors have varied in the extent to

which they believed them to be allied, from Miiller and

Troschel, who on p. 11 of their famous ‘System der Aste-

riden,’ regarded them as distinct, and on p. 126 in the

“‘ Nachtriige”’ to the same work regarded them as “ eins und

dasselbe,” to the latest reformator systematis, who cannot

bring himself to put them in the same subgeneric division of

“ Asterias.”

The differences of opinion which have existed will be easily

understood by one who will take either a named or an un-

named set of some dozen specimens from almost any locality,

so great are the variations of spinulation that may be detected.

Forbes distinguished the two, and gave figures to show the

differences in the form of their ambulacra (Brit. Starf. p. 99) ;

and the just weight of his authority has caused students of the

British fauna to keep the two forms apart.

Without entering into full historical details on this point,

there are some more recent authorities whose views must be

noticed and discussed.

In a very valuable paper published in this Journal in 1865

the Rev. Dr. Norman writes *:—“ The species of Asterias,

both British and foreign, allied to A. rubens are extremely

difficult. We are unable to make up our minds whether we

have only one very variable form or many species. We have

described the two species distinguished by Forbes, A. violacea

and A. hispida, but for the present feel compelled to reserve

giving a positive opinion with respect to the value of their

distinctive characters. . . . . We have other closely allied

forms in our seas, which scarcely fall under the description

of any species here described.”’

Prof. Perrier in 1875 wrote t :—‘ Ainsi l’examen de tous

ces échantillons témoigne simplement du polymorphisme et

de la grande extension géographique de |’ Astertas rubens ;

mais les types divers que l’on peut observer et qu’on serait

Vabord tenté de separer sont unis par tant de formes inter-

médiaires, qu’il devient bientdt impossible, quand on a beau-

coup @individus sous la main, d’établir aucune division

tranchée. Je ne saurais done jusqw’ici admettre |’ Astertas

violacea comme espéce distincte.”’

* Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. xv. 1865, p. 129,

T Arch, Zool. gén, et expér. iy. p. 314,

British Species allied thereto. 471

Very careful attention was paid to this question by the

late Mr. George Hodge, and by the kindness of the authorities

_of the Museum of the Natural History Society at Newcastle-

upon-T'yne I have been enabled to inspect for myself the

specimens on which he founded his conclusions. ‘The most

important point is that he and Canon Norman agree generally

as to what they call A. violacea, as I am able to testify from

specimens which Dr. Norman has kindly lent me.

Under the head of Asterias rubens Mr. Hodge (Trans.

North. & Durham. iv. (1872) p. 137) writes :—

“ This and the following species are united by some authors:

I think, however, we have sufficient grounds for separating

them, their habitat and the form and character of the spines

being quite distinct. ‘The genus is altogether a puzzling one,

and one in which it is very difficult to set up distinctive

characters by which readily to distinguish one species from

another, excepting in those examples which there is no

mistaking. A. rubens runs off into several variations; but

whether they are really distinct species or mere varieties it is

difficult to decide.

““T may, however, state I have three strongly marked

varieties, in addition to what I take to be the typical form,

V1Z. :—

“1, Astertas rubens, var. hispida.—A small, squat, neat

form, of which I have specimens dredged in deep water off

Northumberland and Durham. They appear mature indi-

viduals, although they are only about halt an inch across.

“2. A. rubens, var. attenuata.—A_ slender smooth form,

sparingly furnished with spines, very distinct in character,

obtained by dredging in Berwick Bay, 30 to 45 fathoms.

“3, A. rubens, var. gigantea.—A very large coarse species,

oceasionally brought in by the fishing-lines trom deep water.

It sometimes attains the enormous size of 14 inches, Mr. G.S.

Brady having a specimen of this size. ‘Those that I have

obtained are two to three inches smaller. It is thickly beset

with spines; the pedicellarie are very numerous. In sub-

stance it is rather ‘flabby,’ and unless care is used when

handling it in a living state, its rays are liable to break off at

their junction with the disc; at this part the rays are rather

restricted.”

Ou this it may be remarked that a naturalist who has easy

access to fresh specimens of what has been called A. hispida

would be doing a service if he would determine whether these

small squat forms do contain mature ova and spermatozoa.

I have myself been constantly on the look out for larger

specimens which might be supposed to be bares ot A.

472 Prof. F. J. Bell on Asterias rubens and the

hispida, and have only once seen a specimen which I felt

inclined to regard as such.

Among the many interesting specimens of Asterida which

the British Museum owes to Mr. John Murray’s dredgings

on the west coast of Scotland there is one remarkable form

which justifies the acceptation of Mr. Hodge’s variety attenu-

ata, and I am inclined to think the abnormal ‘ Knight

Errant’ specimen referred to by Mr. Sladen on p. 573 of his

‘Challenger’ Report might be placed in the same category.

Starfishes grow to such considerable size that there does

not appear to be any justification for the “ var. gigantea.”

With regard to A. violacea Mr. Hodge says :—

«¢ A very common species with us, so far as I know. On

the Durham coast it is only found between tide-marks, whilst

the former species (A. rubens) is seldom if ever taken under

similar conditions. It is readily distinguished from the pre-

ceding by the bluntness of its spines, especially on the dorsal

aspect, where they are mostly rounded at their summits, or in

some cases one would almost say ‘truncate.’ In A. rubens

the spines are (I believe) invariably pointed. Other distinct

characters are apparent on examining specimens of each side

by side ; the general appearance of each is quite distinct, as

is their habitat. Here (Seaham) I have never to my know-

ledge taken this species at sea, neither have I obtained A.

rubens living within tide-marks.”’

If you take a few selected specimens you may show the

justice of Mr. Hodge’s view, but if you take such a series as

he himself got together for the Newcastle Museum you can

show that his rules are not always true and that there are

intermediate stages to be found.

A word of warning may be uttered as to the word “ viola-

cea;”’ some violet-coloured specimens from Kenmare River

which Prof. Haddon was kind enough to send me to assist

in this investigation are all forms (and a wonderful variety

too) of A. rubens. Of specimens with a violet colour I shall

have something more to say soon. Here it need only be

remarked that Messrs. Koren and Danielssen * are not doing

justice to the observations of English naturalists at any rate

when they say of A. rubens that “it is met with in two

varieties of colour, from which there has at different times

and by different writers been formed two species, viz. Asterias

rubens and A. violacea.”

The next authors whom we need cite are Messrs. Leslie

and Herdman, who in 1881 published t a very useful list

* ‘Norske Nordhavs Exp., Asteroidea,’ p. 24.

t Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. vi. (1880-81), pp. 90 and 91.

British Species allied thereto. 473

of the Invertebrata of the Firth of Forth. They say of A.

violacea that they “ have often obtained this species or variety

in the Firth, and have always been inclined to regard it as a

mere variety of the widely distributed and polymorphic

Asterias rubens. At present, however, we have followed

Mr. Norman and Professor Perrier in giving it the rank of a

separate species.”

The only foreign writer who in recent years has discussed

the characters of A. violacea with a good faunistic knowledge

is, I think, M. Fischer *, who writes under A. violacea :—

“Hab. Avec l’espéce précédente [i. e. A. rubens, which is

found on ‘ toutes les cdtes de sud-ouest de la France ’’], dont

elle n’est peut-étre qu’une variété, ainsi que le supposent

Miiller et Troschel; néanmoins, sa coloration est constante,

ses tubercules sont plus petits, ses bras plus étroits, sa con-

sistance moins charnue,” &c. But it cannot, I fear, be said

that this is a very satisfactory statement of the specific points.

The very latest mention of Asterdas violacea which I know

is to be found in Mr. Hoyle’s paper on the fauna of the

Clyde, for which I am, I believe, responsible ¢. The speci-

mens which I was led to suppose to be A. violacea belong, I

am now inclined to think, to a distinct species, which I pro-

pose to describe immediately.

I was at first in considerable difficulties as to what various

authors meant by A. violacea. The British Museum collec-

tion contains but few specimens of A. violacea determined

to be such; there is one specimen, connected with which is

a label in the handwriting of Prof. EK. Forbes, which, if it

be not A. rubens, is certainly one of the numberless varieties

to which reference has just been made. ‘The specimen from

Plymouth Sound which, in his ‘ Catalogue of British Radiata,’

Dr. Gray refers to A. violacea, is, if I may use the word,

certainly A. rubens{. There is a specimen about which

it is very difficult to speak certainly—Dr. Gray registered

it as A. violacea and labelled it A. rubens. And, lastly,

there is an example from the Faroe Islands determined

probably by Dr. Liitken, which may be safely said to be A.

rubens, though it is named A. violacea.

Not one of these specimens therefore would justify the

student in asserting that .A. vdolacea is to be distinguished

* Act. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, xxvii. (1869), p. 365,

+ I must beg, however, to add that I do not accept any responsibility

for the “distribution ” assigned to this “species” and to “A. rubens,”

though I am far from saying that it is not correct.

{ I may confirm this by a saying of Prof. Stewart that A. violacea is

not found at Plymouth.

474 Prof. F. J. Bell on Asterias rubens and the

from <A. rubens. But these specimens of Mr. Murray’s to

which I refer were of a violet colour and had tapering ambu-

lacra, and I determined them therefore to be A. violacea.

As the collection increased, and I may say that the British

Museum collection of British Asterias is now very extensive,

my suspicions were aroused by the fact that from no locality

other than West Scotland did Mr. Murray’s species appear,

and many skilled naturalists to whom I showed it declared

that they had never seen it before.

Certainty as to what could really be meant by others when

they used the term A. violacea was only attained when I had

the loan of Canon Norman’s specimens and of those collected

by Mr. Hodge and preserved in the Newcastle Museum *.

When I did so I found that Mr. Hodge’s rules do not stand

when a large series is taken. Similarly I found that the

examination of a large series of starfishes, kindly sent me

from the classical Cullercoats by Mr. Richard Howse, revealed

the fact that “A. rubens” and “A. violacea” might be

brought up from one spot by one dredge.

It will be noticed that Mr. Hodge’s “ varieties”? come

from different localities; I propose to show that very diffe-

rent forms can be taken from one and the same spot. But

first we must see what variations there are. Glibly as many

of us talk about variation, the figures on Plate XIV. will

probably be a revelation to some; these direct attention only

to the differences in spinulation, and that appears to be not

only the most instructive but also the most important

character.

Firstly, and in a general way, it will be observed that there

are clearly two types of spines, one flat-headed or blunt, the

other sharp at the tip; so, again, the spines may be compara-

tively few or closely packed, or they may be coarse and strong

or fine and delicate (Pl. XIV.).

These facts are so well brought out in the Plate drawn by

Mr. Highley that it would be surplusage to dilate upon

them.

Now as to the distribution of these various forms, we have

the coarsely spined form shown in fig. 8 only from the

Shetland Islands; but the spines may be stouter and less

sharp than or not so rough and numerous as in the specimen

figured in other specimens from the same place, and on the

other hand there is a very rough and strongly spined form

from 55 fathoms (south-west of Ireland). There is such a

* To the authorities of which I desire to express my thanks for their

kindness.

British Species allied thereto. 475

noticeable reduction of the spines in the specimen from

Plymouth (fig. 6) that one might be inclined to suppose that

spinulation becomes less coarse and more scanty in more

southern latitudes, were it not that specimens equally poor in

spines can be taken off the west coast of Scotland ; a speci-

men from Kenmare River is more like that figured from

Plymouth than like that shown in fig. 8, which came from

the south-west coast of Ireland. Forms with as blunt spines

as those from the Seaham specimen (fig. 4) may be taken

from the Shetland waters, and such spines may be loosely or

closely packed. The specimen (fig. 5) from Cullercoats

could be duplicated from St. Andrews. Enough perhaps has

been said on the subject of spinulation.

The general appearance of a starfish is, of course, largely

affected by the relations of the radius of the disk (7) to the

length of the arm (R). Specimens from Kilbrennan Sound

show R=6°5 7, R=6r, R=457; from Cullercoats we get

R=5 r or R=4 7; two specimens from Plymouth give R=

5:5 r and R=4 7; so here again there is variation without

any apparent relation to locality.

Yet, again, the breadth of the arms at the base affects the

habit or general contour of the spines, and this too is lable

to considerable variation.

Forbes laid particular stress on the form of the ambulacra ;

but it will be found that the pyriform lanceolate shape is often

associated with a sharp spinulation, and not with the blunter

form which is characteristic of ‘4A. violacea.”

Some noticeable variations in length and breadth may be

seen in the table which follows :—

Greatest breadth of arms

R. r. near base.

millim millim millim

210 30 50

178 28 387°5

160 SL: 82

150 23 35

99 16 22

76 16 22

62 10 15

48 12 19

40 9 11

33 7 85

I am brought therefore to the conclusion that Asterias

rubens and <A. violacea are not to be distinguished, and I

offer the following diagnosis :—

476 Prof. F. J. Bell on Asterias rubens and the

R=7rto4y”.

Arms generally five, rather stout, rounded, tapering very

gradually, but not very narrow even at tip *, sometimes quite

broad there. Dorsal surface covered with spines, subequal,

generally of moderate size, closely packed, moderately nume-

rous or sparse, in form they are pointed or more or less or

quite blunt at their tips; a single, often prominent, row,

which is either nearly straight or slightly zigzag, and then

appearing at times to be double, runs along the middle of the

back of each arm. Ambulacra wide, bordered by one or two

rows of spines, when the inner is the thinner. A rather well-

marked groove separates the outer adambulacral row from the

next, which with another forms a pretty regular series along

either side of the lower surface of each arm; the outer of

these has groups of two or three spines set a little obliquely

to the long axis of the arm. Further out there is a wide

groove, and at the infero-lateral edge of the arm there is an

irregularly double row of spines, which are often the strongest

and best-developed of any on the body ; sometimes, however,

the ventral spines are as strong or stronger. Madreporite

rather coarsely striate. A circlet of minor pedicellariz at the

base of the spines; major pedicellaria t scattered over the

* Except in A. rubens, var. attenuata.

+ I greatly regret to find that, by using them in his ‘ Challenger’

Report, Mr. Sladen has given to Dr. Herapath’s names a vogue which

they do not deserve. The distinction between “ scissors” and “ shears ”

drawn by Mr. Sladen (Journ, Linn. Soc. xiv. (1879) p. 483, footnote) is

not recognized either by lexicographers or by less learned persons, as the

accompanying citations from the ‘Imperial Dictionary’ will show. If

the connotation could be reversed and the term forcipiform be applied to

the “ pedicellaires droits ” of Perrier and the forficiform to the ‘ pedicel-

laires croisés ” there would be a closer resemblance between the name

and the thing named. But such a course is impossible now, and we must,

I am afraid, be content with the much less expressive terms “ major” and

“ minor.”

‘Forceps. A general name used for a two-bladed instrument on the

principle of pincers or tongs, used for seizing and holding and for extract-

ing objects which it would be impracticable thus to treat with the fingers.

““Scessors. A cutting instrument resembling shears, but smaller, con-

sisting of two cutting blades movable on a pin in the centre, by which

they are fastened, and which cut from opposite sides against an object

placed between them.

“Shears. An instrument consisting of two movable blades with bevel

edges, used for cutting cloth and other substances by interception between

the two blades. Shears differ from scissors chiefly in being larger, and

they vary in form according to the different operations they are called

upon to perform, The shears used by farriers, sheep-shearers, weavers,

&e. are made of a single piece of steel, bent round till the blades meet,

which open by themselves by the elasticity of the metal.”

British Species allied thereto. 477

arms, varying somewhat in the number to which they are

developed.

Colour. Red, orange, or purple.

Distribution. Eastern side of North Atlantic (Senegal to

Finmark); Japanese Seas. Presence in Arctic Ocean

uncertain, in Mediterranean very doubtful.

A, rubens, var. attenuata.

A, rubens, var. attenuata, Hodge, Trans. Northumb. and Durham, iv.

(1872), p. 137.

Varieties with very slender arms and rare spines are some-

times so well marked that, as I have already indicated, I am

inclined to thnk we may mark the variation by a name.

Mr. Murray dredged such a specimen off Tobermory, Mull

(30 fath.), and one of the ‘ Knight Errant’ forms dredged off

North Rona and described by Mr. Sladen may be put in the

same category.

R= WOS:-jocs7— Loses.

Breadth of arm at base 14; 15.

Miiller and Troschel accepted the statements of Lamarck

and Risso as to the presence of A. rubens in the Mediterra-

nean; Prof. Perrier in 1875 spoke of it as ‘ provenant de

toutes les mers de l’Hurope,” and in 1884 Messrs. Koren and

Danielssen practically say the same thing; but in 1878

Perrier wrote that it “ne parait pas pénétrer dans notre grande

mer intérieure ;”’ it is not given by Professors Sars or Ludwig

in their reports on the marine fauna of the Mediterranean,

and Carus accepts Perrier’s later view.

With regard to the presence of A. vubens in the Japanese

Seas it is customary (cf. Perrier or Koren and Danielssen) to

make Dr. v. Martens responsible for the statement that the

species is found there; but v. Martens refers to specimens

from Japan seen and recorded by Miiller and 'Troschel.

Perrier adds, ‘ Jusqu’ici aucun autre fait n’est venu confirmer

cette affirmation.” Almost contemporaneously, however, Mr.

Sladen recorded A. rubens, var. migratum, from the Korean

Straits *.

The question arises therefore as to the circumpolar distri-

bution of the species ; Wagner and Jarzynsky report it from

the White Sea, but it is not to be found in Levinsen’s list of

Echinoderms from the Kara Sea; Sabine reports it from

Davis Strait, but Duncan and Sladen do not give it among

the Greenland Echinoderms. On this point it seems to be

* T cannot find any reference to this form in Mr. Sladen’s ‘ Challenger ’

Report. ;

478 Prof. F. J. Bell on Asterias rubens and the

necessary to reserve our judgment. It is, however, clear

that on the Atlantic shores of Northern Paleogza A. rubens

is widely distributed.

On the western shores of Scotland there is a form present

which, so far as I know, is confined to that area of the Clyde.

Mr. Sladen is the only naturalist I know of who has speci-

mens other than those collected by Mr. John Murray, and

although Prof. Haddon thinks he has taken it off the south-

west coast of Ireland, the specimens he has beenso kind as to

let me see appear to be merely A. rubens. em

This form I propose to call Asterias Murray?, as an indica-

tion of the sense of gratitude I feel to Dr. John Murray for

the valuable collections made by him off the west coast of

Scotland and presented to the British Museum.

Asterias Murrayt. (Pl. XV.)

R=7r.

Arms and disk flattened, the shallow sides nearly vertical,

disk small. Arms slender, with somewhat constricted bases.

Ambulacra wide, feebly constricted at base, but otherwise

tapering regularly ; the ordinary arrangement of the adam-

bulacral spines is the alternate disposal of one and two on

successive plates. On the outer side of the shallow groove

that bounds the spines is an irregular set of spines, which,

where most orderly, are arranged in two longitudinal rows;

sometimes they are grouped in threes and the set is placed

transversely to the long axis. The side of the arms is bare

of spines; along its upper edge is a single row of spines;

this never seems to be doubled. At first sight a large speci-

men may seem to have no other spines on its dorsal surface

but a faintly indicated row along the middle line, and neither

optical nor tactile examination will reveal many more, save

just a few on and about the disk. The whole surface will,

however, be found to be densely covered with pedicellariz ;

on smaller specimens there are a larger number of small spines

on the arms, but they are never numerous. Madreporite

large, distinct, quite close to margin of disk.

Colour. Violet or greyish white, darker when dried, lighter

when preserved in spirit.

Hab. West coast of Scotland (Upper Loch Fyne, 65 fath. ;

Loch Goil, 45 fath.; mouth of Kilbrennan Sound, 22 fath.).

Rul73 > OF sor 245 14;

It is very interesting to observe that in comparatively

young specimens the general appearance is very much more

that of A. rubens than is the case with the adult. ‘The arms

British Species allied thereto. 479

are a little swollen and puffed near the base and the reduction

of the dorsal spines is not so marked. It is very probable

that this, if a “new species,” is one not only in the corre-

sponding French sense of “ inedit,” but even in the evolu-

tionary sense of the word.

We appear to be justified in regarding this species as

distinct on account of the constancy of its slate-grey or violet

colour, its flat arms, more slender than in A. rubens (except

the variety attenuata, in which the rounded arm-form of A.

rubens is retained), its loss of dorsal spines, and its limited

geographical range.

IT am not acquainted with any additions that have been

made to our knowledge of the characters of A. hispida since

1881, when I published (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.) what infor-

mation and criticism I could get together on the species.

It was then found that R may be no more than twice 7,

that the adambulacral spinulation is constantly monacanthid,

and that the major pedicellariz are absent. The combination

of these three characters may well be regarded as diagnostic

of a species, and such forms as present it may be called A.

hispida. |

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,

PLATE XIV.

Figures to illustrate some of the variations in spinulation seen on the

back of Asterias rubens.

Fig. 1. Spines rather blunt, thickly scattered over the whole surface.

From Aberdeen.

Fig. 2. Spines blunt, with flat or rounded, not sharp tips, not at all unlike

fig. 4. From Tenby, low water.

Fig. 3. Blunt spines, more reduced than in fig. 2. South-west Ireland.

Fig. 4. A specimen sent by Dr. Norman as an example of A. violacea;

compare with fig. 2, From Seaham.

Fig. 5. Spines more reduced than in fig. 3, but of the same type. From

Cullercoats.

Fig. 6. Spines larger than in fig, 5, but rarer, sharp at their tips. From

Plymouth.

Fig. 7. Spines much sharper, rather stronger and rather less numerous

than in an ordinary A. rubens. From Aberdeen.

Fig. 8. Of the same character as fig. 7, but more pronounced; spines a

good deal stronger than usual. From Shetland.

Fig. 9. A very finely developed specimen from Kilbrennan Sound.

All of the natural size,

PLATE XV.

Fig. 1. Asterras Murrayt, natural size. Figure to show the general habit

of this starfish, its flat arms constricted at their base, and the

rare scattered spines.

Fig. 2. Part of upper surface of arm, natural size.

Fig. 3. Part of lower surface of arm, natural size.

480 Mr. F. A. Bather on some

LV.—Some Alleged Cases of Misrepresentation.

By F. A. BATHER.

Messrs. C. WACHSMUTH AND F. Sprincer have recently

published an important theoretical paper * in which they do

me the honour to discuss at length certain arguments con-

cerning the anal plates of the Fistulate Crinoids that I

advanced in this Magazine T a year ago. In this new paper

they put forward views so different to those which they appear

to have hitherto held concerning the homologies of various

plates in the Crinoid calyx, that to reconsider the anal plates

alone would no longer be possible, while a scientific treatment

of the question would involve one in a very lengthy and far-

reaching discussion. ‘This discussion, the inevitableness of

which I foresaw when writing the paper referred to, though I

hardly guessed the turn it would take, is better deferred until

the description of the Swedish and British Fistulata has been

accomplished with some attempt at accuracy. By that time

it is quite possible that my American friends may have again

changed their front, while I shall certainly be surprised if

my own ideas have not undergone some modification. For

the present I wish merely to defend myself against certain

accusations which, though they have no connexion with the

truth or falsity of any theory, could not fail, if left un-

answered, to damage my scientific reputation in the eyes of

those who have not time to go fully into the subject.

On p. 325 of my paper on the classification of the Inadunata

Fistulata, after giving an abstract of the controversy regarding

the anal plate, I said: “The history of this controversy is

curiously full of misunderstandings and misrepresentations.

I hope that I have made no such mistakes: I have done my

best to avoid them.”’ Knowing the great pains that I took in

the matter, I the more deeply regret to learn that, in the opinion

of Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer, my references to their

writings were ‘inaccurate’? and my representations of their

views “astonishing,” “faulty,” and “ridiculous.” I am

sorry, but not altogether surprised, and I console myself with

* “On the Perisomic Plates of the Crinoids,’”’ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.

Philadelphia, vol. for 1890, Part Ill. pp. 345-392. Published Feb.

1891. This paper is reviewed in the May number of the ‘Geological

Magazine,’ 1891.

+ “British Fossil Crinoids—II. The Classification of the Inadunata

Fistulata,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. [6] v. pp. 310-834 and 373-486,

April and May, 1890.

Alleged Cases of Misrepresentation. 481

the thought that I am not the only person who has failed to

grasp the meaning of these learned rather than lucid writers.

At the same time, on carefully comparing my account with

their writings in the light of their recent criticism, I must

confess, at the risk of exposing my dulness, that I cannot see

very much to alter. I quite understand that the present

ideas of Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer are by no means

those which I have attributed to them; but the question is

not what they think, or even what they thought (or think

they thought), but what they said, and what could be logically

inferred from their statements. Let us then take their objec-

tions in order.

On p. 322 of my paper I gave certain extracts from their

paper “On Hybocrinus, Hoplocrinus and Baerocrinus” *,

and I said, “‘ In this paper then the authors consider the

‘azygos’ plate to be an independent morphological element

of the dorsal cup, not a moditied radial.” On this Messrs.

Wachsmuth and Springer remark (p. 389) “ We know of no

passage in that paper from which Bather would be entitled to

draw any such inferences. . . he should have quoted the

exact language, and give [sic] the page where it occurs.”

Let it be noted that my statement was introduced as an

inference from various passages, and that I did quote the

exact language of those passages so far as seemed necessary.

Now, however, I will quote more fully from their paper on

Hlybocrinus &e., giving the page, and will, for the benefit of

Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer, indicate the various stages

of my argument.

P. 376, footnote. ‘ In Revision I, pp. 65-75, we considered

the combined right posterior radial and the azygous plate in

Dendrocrinus, which in their position and _ proportions

resemble the right posterior radial in Cyathocrinus, to be a

compound radial. At that time we thought that the second,

the so-called azygous plate, in Dendrocrinus, Homocrinus,

and in the Cyathocrinides generally, was a modified radial,

and also that the anal tube, possibly, had been developed from

an arm. Upon these points we were evidently in error.”

Conclusion. Wachsmuth and Springer think that the

“azygous” plate in the Cyathocrinide is neither a modified

radial nor part of a compound radial.

What then is it ?

P. 368, lines 8-12. “. . . we hope to prove further on

that the plates which constitute the azygous side, both special

* Amer. Journ. Sci. [3] xxvi. pp, 365-377, Newhaven, Noy. 1883.

482 Mr. F. A. Bather on some

anal plates and adjoining radial, had a common origin in all

these genera, and were gradually evolved from a simple

azygous plate.”

Conclusion. (a) Wachsmuth and Springer think that an

azygos plate existed in the dorsal cup of the Fistulata (to

which group the context shows they are referring) before

either the special anal [x] or the right posterior radial.

(8) Wachsmuth and Springer think that from this azygos

plate both the special anal [#] and the right posterior radial

were derived.

But is this azygos plate homologous with the azygos

plate of Dendrocrinus and the Cyathocrinidz generally ?

P. 375. Figures 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, representing “ the

arrangement of the plates of the azygous side in” Baero-

crinus, LHoplocrinus, HHybocrinus, Locrinus, Dendrocrinus,

Homocrinus, Poteriocrinus, and Hupachycrinus. In each of

these occurs a plate marked a. ‘‘ a, azygous plate.”

Conclusion: Wachsmuth and Springer consider that the

azygos plate of Baerocrinus is homologous with that of other

Fistulata.

P. 374, last par., continued on p. 375. This paragraph,

which is really too long to quote in full, explains how the

“ large undivided azygous plate” of Baerocrinus “was gradu-

ally absorbed by the radial,” 7. e. right posterior radial, which

in Baerocrinus itself ‘is not developed.” This produces

Hoplocrinus. In Hybocrinus the radial “has absorbed a

greater portion,” and “ the upper left corner of the azygous

plate has become divided off into a special anal plate.”

Conclusion. (a) The azygos plate of Baerocrinus ts the

“‘ simple azygous plate” of p. 368, from which the special

anal and the right posterior radial were gradually evolved.

(8) Wachsmuth and Springer take Baerocrinus as the

ancestral form, primitive in regard to its posterior side.

Summary of Wachsmuth and Springer’s views.—There is in

the Fistulata a plate not radial in origin, azygos in position,

more conspicuous in the earlier forms; a plate that exists

when even the radials are not fully developed, and from

which another anal plate and a radial are evolved. So far

then as the Fistulata are concerned this ‘‘ azygos” plate is

a primitive, independent morphological element of the dorsal

cup.

This is the rational conclusion of a perfectly consistent

hypothesis. But it is a conclusion which, when pointed out,

does more than anything else to show the worthlessness of

the assumptions on which it is based. Messrs. Wachsmuth

and Springer are now as much astonished at it as I was, and

Alleged Cases of Misrepresentation. 483

] am fully prepared to admit that they meant nothing of the

kind; but language, not thought-transference, is the only

recognized medium of scientific communication.

To return to my paper. On p. 324, in summing up the

position which Wachsmuth and Springer held in 1886, I

said: “ (1) Azygos plate (Az) a primitive element of dorsal

cup.” On this they say (p. 890) “ A careful examination of

both sections of Pt. III of the Revision, will show nothing

to justify Bather in assuming that we regarded the Azygos as

a ‘primitive element.’ We only stated on p. 11: ‘ the lower

segments (of the compound radials) are probably embryonic

plates, which were resorbed by the upper segments.’ ”’

My meaning was quite clearly explained on p. 323. In

their own words [Revision III. (p. 12), Proc. 1885, p. 234]

“the azygous piece may represent the lower segment of the

posterior radial ;” but [ Rev. III. (p. 11), Proc. 1885, p. 233]

“the lower segments are probably embryonal plates.” For

the rest they repeat in 1885-6 what they said in 1883, adding

[ Pag. cit., footnote] ‘ For further information on Baerocrinus

and the gradual resorption of the azygous and anal plate in

the Inadunata generally, we direct attention to our paper on

Hybocrinus, Hoplocrinus and Baerocrinus.”

Now a structure that is “embryonal” or (as they now

prefer to quote) ‘‘embryonic”’ is usually regarded as primitive

or ancestral. Certainly it is so regarded when there is nothing

said to the contrary, and when it is more highly developed

the earlier the form. It was therefore natural to suppose that

Wachsmuth and Springer regarded the Azygos plate as an

ancestral or primitive structure ; and when [ found that on

the question of the evolution they still stood by their previous

paper, I had no hesitation in stating this conclusion.

It really seems to me, now that I read Messrs. Wachsmuth

and Springer’s protest, that they must attach to the word

“ primitive ”’ some sense with which I am not yet acquainted,

Next I said (p. 324) :—‘ (2) Anal (x) and right poster-

ior radial derived from azygos plate.” This Messrs.

Wachsmuth and Springer (p. 390) regard as “ equally inac-

curate.” But if I had said ‘ derived from the undivided

Azygos in Baerocrinus’’ | should have expressed their views.

Since, however, the “‘ azygos ” of Baerocrinus is admittedly

homologous with the azygos plate of other Fistulata, I fail

to see where the difference comes in.

In 1886 Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer wrote as follows

484 Mr. F. A. Bather on some

[Rev. III. (p. 196), Proc. 1886, p. 120]: “it is probable

that one of the non-armbearing so-called radials [in Baero-

crinus| represents an azygous plate, such as we find in most

of the /stulata, that the right posterior radial and the anal

plate were as yet undeveloped, and that Baerocrinus had but

four radials. ‘This interpretation of the plates, it seems to

us, is corroborated by the gradual disappearance of the

azygous plate among allied forms in paleontological times,

and by the contemporary increase in the dimensions of the

right posterior radial and the anal plate. ‘The two latter

pieces were absorbed from the azygous plate: at first the

posterior radial, which in Hoplocrinus took the right upper

corner, the left side remaining intact; afterwards in Hybo-

ertnus the anal piece, which absorbed the left corner of the

plate also.” This seems quite clear; the azygos plate is

absorbed in Hoplocrinus and Hybocrinus.

But the footnote on the same page is even clearer. The

anal of Antedon and the azygos of Laerocrinus ‘ both agree

. . « . in being absorbed by other plates; the azygous plate

paleontologically by the right posterior radial and anal plate,

the other in the growing animal over the whole surface.”

Now this means that in the evolution of the Fistulata the

plate in the successive genera homologous with the azygos

of Baerocrinus was gradually absorbed by the radial and

anal.

But why mention Baerocrinus at all?

On p. 40 of Revision III. (Proc. 1885, p. 262) Wachsmuth

and Springer say ‘In our chapter on the radials we have

already alluded to the azygous piece, and expressed our con-

viction that its gradual resorption gave origin, not only to

the right posterior radial, but also to the anal plate.” Why,

let me ask Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer, did they omit

all reference to Baerocrinus in this passage? Presumably

because this perpetual insertion of the name Baerocrinus

would make nonsense ; for they cannot mean to say that the

anal of the Carboniferous Scaphiocrinus towensis has absorbed

part of the azygos of the Ordovician Baerocrinus Ungernit.

‘When did it cross the Atlantic to collect fossils in the Brand-

schiefer of Erras ?

Again I said (p. 324) : “ (8) Anal of Antedon not homolo-

gous with any plate of the Fistulata but an embryonic inter-

radial.” This statement of their views is they say (p. 390)

“more faulty yet. ‘To agree with Pt. III of the Revision

it should be amended as follows: Anal plate of Antedon

Alleged Cases of Misrepresentation. 485

larva homologous with plate # of the Fistulata, and interradial

in position.”

Tam willing to admit that their present statement is quite

consistent with Part III. of the Revision, and had they chosen

to say as much in that work I should not have been led astray

by the following considerations.

In their paper on Hybocrinus, Hoplocrinus and Baero-

erinus, p. 3877, they said “the ‘anal’ plate of the young

Antedon is evidently not the homologue of the plate in the

Cyathocrinidee which we have designated as the ‘special’

anal plate, but... . it is the equivalent of the undivided

azygous plate in Baerocrinus and Hoplocrinus.” On this

they subsequently remarked [Revision ILI. (p. 196), footnote ;

Proc. 1886, p. 120] “ In making this statement we had over-

looked the fact that the latter plate* is simply an interradial

with special function, while the azygous plate in Baero-

er¢nus 18 as much radial as interradial.”” If they had meant

what now they say they meant, they should have taken this

opportunity of stating that they then considered the anal

plate of Antedon to be homologous with the special anal of

the Cyathocrinide. That certainly was not what I inferred

from the above-quoted footnote: for, I argued, if the azygos

of Baerocrinus is as much radial as interradial, so also is the

special anal plate that was once a part of it; but the anal of

Antedon is simply an interradial, therefore it cannot be homo-

logous with the special anal of the Cyathocrinide.

In an earlier part of Revision ILI. (p. 39) published in 1885

(Proc. p. 261) they had laid some emphasis on the distinction

between “ interradials ” and “ the one true anal plate,” and,

although it is quite true that they compared the various

positions assumed during growth by the anal of Antedon with

the positions occupied in the evolutionary series by the anal

plate of the Fistulata, still they never definitely stated the

homology.

Even the sentence which they now (p. 390) quote from

Rev. III. p. 40, that “at last in Cyathocrinus the latter plate

[Azygos] was entirely removed, and the anal plate took the

position of that in the larva of Antedon,” does not necessarily

imply homology ; had they said “the anal plate took the

position that it occupies in the larva of Antedon,” this would

have shown that they considered the two plates homologous.

I, reading the sentence in the light of their subsequent foot-

note, naturally supposed that the ambiguity of its wording

was intentional.

* Anal of Antedon larva.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6, Vol. vii. 33

486 Mr. F. A. Bather on some

I have already alluded * to my omission on p. 323 of the

words ‘fin Baerocrinus’”’ from their statement that the Azygos

plate is as much radial as interradial, but Messrs. Wachsmuth

and Springer will not accept my explanation. ‘They now say

(p. 890), “‘ We stated correctly that the ‘ Azygos of Baero-

crinus is neither radial nor interradial’ for it rests between

two radials and alternates with the basals; but to say the

same thing of Homocrinus, Dendrocrinus, etc. would be

ridiculous.”

Whether correctly or no, Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer

never did use the words which they have here put between

inverted commas, but they used the same words as I used,

although I did not put them between commas. It is odd, by

the way, that they should misquote themselves three times on

one page.

They were (in 1886) contrasting the anal of Antedon with

the azygos of Baerocrinus; the former they said was simply

an interradial, the Jatter as much radial as interradial.

Remembering that only three years before they had dropped

the radial origin of this azygos plate, they now wished to

correct themselves ; consequently the important point in the

1886 statement seemed to be the partly radial position of the

azygos plate in Baerocrinus. But they continued to speak

about the paleontological history of that plate, calling it

merely the azygos plate. In this latter half of the para-

graph, as I have pointed out, they extended the term to all

Fistulata. I naturally supposed that if there were any

importance in this partly radial position of the azygos in

Baerocrinus, it lay in the fact that the azygos as a morpho-

logical entity was partly radial in position. That I was right

in my supposition is proved by various passages in the present

paper, where they lay stress on the fact that the azygos plate

invariably alternates with the basals.

As to the point that it would be ridiculous to say the same

thing of Homocrinus and Dendrocrinus, I reply that it is

_ ridiculous to say that this plate is interradial in Baerocrinus ;

it is only interradial in the same sense as that in which any

radial may be said so to be. If, however, it could ever be

correctly called interradial, so could the azygos plates of

Hoplocrinus and LHybocrinus, and where exactly the line

should be drawn I do not see.

I therefore maintain that I was justified, when summarizing,

in the omission of special reference to Baerocrinus.

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. [6] v. p. 486,

Alleged Cases of Misrepresentation. 487.

I hope that I have now successfully defended myself

against the charges of misrepresentation, though I may not be

acquitted of obtuseness. ‘There still remain, however, a few

points in the body of Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer’s

paper to which I must regretfully take some exception.

On p. 377 they say of me “ He agrees with us and Car-

penter that the radial anal plate, the so-called azygous piece,

constitutes primarily the lower portion of the right posterior

radial, which in the earlier forms occupies a position imme-

diately below the radial.” This represents with perfect

accuracy the view given in my paper; it represents I believe

the view of Dr. Carpenter; it may, for all any one can tell,

represent the present view of Messrs. Wachsmuth and

Springer ;—but I deny that it represents their views of

1883-5-6, which were the last that had appeared when I

published. According to those views the earlier forms were

Baerocrinus, Hoplocrinus, and Hybocrinus; but in Baero-

crinus there was, they said, no right posterior radial at all;

while in the other two the radianal is certainly not imme-

diately below the radial. This difference was all-important

from my point of view, and if Messrs. Wachsmuth and

Springer now agree with me I am glad to hear it, but they

have come to the opinion of Carpenter and myself, not I to

theirs.

On p. 380 they say “‘ Mr. Bather assumes, as before stated,

that the anal plate, the plate z, is derived primitively from a

brachial &c.” I should not venture to assume anything so

important ; my conclusion was arrived at after eleven pages

of discussion and argument. ‘The essential part of my con-

clusion was that the plate x passed down into the dorsal cup

from above ; the idea that it was derived from a brachial and

the name “ Brachianal’’ followed as corollaries, but nothing

depended on them in the subsequent discussion as to Phylo-

geny and Classification.

On p. 381 Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer say “ We

must also protest against his statement on p. 324. There, in

summarizing our position on the anal question, he says under

Locrinus: ‘ Radial growing larger at expense of Azygos, and

here has absorbed x;’ while the fact is we have always held,

and have said so, that this plate « was unrepresented in

Locrinus and was as yet undeveloped” *. In reply to this I

need only refer Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer to their

own paper on ‘‘/ybocrinus, Hoplocrinus, &c.,”’ p. 370, second

paragraph, line 15. Here, on the subject of Jocrinus, they

* The italics are Wachsmuth and Springer’s, zot mine,

33*

488 On some Alleged Cases of Misrepresentation.

write: “ We admit that the so-called postero-lateral radial

(fig. 4a) is not articulated to the bifurcating plates [szc] but

united with it by suture; we insist, however, that the latter

cannot be an azygous plate, as suggested by Carpenter, —nor

is it a brachial—but that it is the equivalent of the combined

small radial, and small anal plate in Hybocrinus.” Again,

op. cit. p. 376, first paragraph, “In Jocrinus .. . we suggest

that possibly the radial may embrace an undivided anal

piece.” Whether they suggested or whether they insisted is

immaterial; but if they did not mean that the anal # was

represented in the right posterior radial, what that can be

expressed by language did they mean ?

On p. 383 they say ‘‘ We cannot understand how Bather

on p. 330 of his paper could conclude from the structure of

Ectenocrinus, which he has regarded as one of the most ‘ primi-

tive forms,’ that _# ‘ originated as a plate morphologically

corresponding to an ordinary brachial.’’’ Now ctenocrinus

is not mentioned on p. 330 of my paper; the genera adduced

are Locrinus and Merocrinus and, in a less degree, Hetero-

erinus. On p. 379 of the same paper it is argued that

Locrinus and Merocrinus are more ancestral than Heterocrinus,

and Heterocrinus than Ectenocrinus. ‘‘ Comment,” says the

critic, ‘is needless ! ”’

On pp. 384-5 they criticise my expression “ the shifting of

the radianal,” and I agree with their criticism; but they

might have alluded to the fact that on p. 78 of Revision I.

(Proc. 1879, p. 301) it is stated that in Homocrinus “ the

lower portion of the compound plate is pushed slightly to the

rear,” and that on p. 40 of Revision III. (Proc. 1885, p. 262)

is written “In Potertocrinus, EKupachycrinus and Zeacrinus

the azygous plate is... . completely pushed out of the radial

position which it had previously occupied.” But no doubt

they did not mean this when they wrote it.

On pp. 883 and 386 they ascribe to me some “ theory ”

that “the ventral sac represented a modified arm.” So far

as | am aware, the only people that have ever held this theory

have been Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer themselves ; and

of it I said (p. 831) ‘this view is as unnecessary as it is

untenable.”

In conclusion, I trust that no readers of this defence will

suppose that the theories of Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer

are in the smallest degree invalidated by it. It is just

because human nature is so apt to ‘substitute personality for

abstract truth, and to be prejudiced by quite unessential but

distracting details, that I have thought it advisable to treat

these disturbing questions apart from the real discussion.

On Insect-Larva eating Rust on Wheat and Flax. 489

When time is ripe for that, I venture to hope that it will not

be necessary for my very friendly antagonists to lay so much

stress upon misrepresentation.

LVI.—Insect-Larva (Cecidomyia, sp.) eating Rust on Wheat

and Flax. By N. A. Coss and A. SrpNeY OLLIFF *,

ON many specimens of rusted wheat received from various

parts of New South Wales we have noticed an orange-coloured

larva. Our attention was first called particularly to these

larve by the fact that they were invariably more common on

the rusted plants. ‘The orange colour of the larger of these

larve would naturally suggest at once some connexion

between them and the rust, which is also orange-coloured.

This, in fact, had already been the case, one farmer averring

most positively that these larvee were the cause of the rust.

This conclusion, founded on colour resemblance alone, could

have little, in fact almost no weight, and we were inclined to

regard the colour as deceptive, like the red coloration on fence-

rails, and felt ourselves fortified in that position by the know-

ledge that these larvae were probably Cecidomyia larve and

would very likely be found to live on the juices of the wheat-

plant. Later, however, specimens of rusted linseed were

received, and on these also the same orange-coloured larvae

were found. We say the same, because on placing them

side by side with larvee from rusted wheat we could detect no

difference. If these larvee fed on the juices of plants, it was

somewhat remarkable that the same species should be found

on such different plants as wheat and flax. On the other

hand, both these plants, though widely different from each

other, were attacked by a rust in its Uredo-stage, and the

Uredospores of the rust were very similar. This fact led to

the suspicion that the rust-spores might be the food of the

larvee and to the following experiment. A moist chamber

was partly filled with water, and in the midst of the water a

piece of lead was so arranged as to form a miniature island

about one fourth of an inch across. <A fresh cutting was then

taken from a wheat-leaf in such a manner as to include on its

surface a single Uredo sorus. This cutting, one eighth of an

inch wide and one quarter of an inch long, was placed on the

miniature island together with three larvee of the Cecidomyia.

The larves were taken from a rusted linseed plant, and pains

* From an advance proof, communicated by the Authors, from the

‘ Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales,’ vol. ii. part 2. By authority.

Sydney, 1891.

490 Messrs. N. A. Cobb and A. S. Olliff on

was taken to place them on the lead and not on the wheat-

cutting. Finally a glass cover was laid over the chamber, to

prevent evaporation, and thus keep the wheat-cutting from

withering. The object of the experiment was to ascertain

-how these little larva would behave towards the wheat-

cutting and the rust-pustule on it. After about an hour,

during which time no note was taken of the movements of

the larve, the chamber and contents were placed under the

microscope, when all the larves were found at the rust-

pustule, and one of them was unmistakably feeding. The

larva took one spore after another, and made very short work

of each. It remained uncertain whether other food was

taken, but it seemed very improbable. The operations were

distinctly seen.

These interesting facts give rise to the following deduc-

tions:—In the first place it could hardly have been acci-

dental that all three of the larve after one hour had found

their way to the single accessible rust-pustule, which could

not have been above half a millimetre in diameter. Their

arrangement (one on top of another) was exactly that common

to greedily feeding animals. It is therefore probable that

the two larvee which were not observed to actively feed had

already satisfied their hunger.

Secondly, it is established that these larvee will, at least

under some circumstances, feed on the rust-fungus, apparently

in preference to perfectly fresh tissues of the wheat-leaf.

Again, it must be borne in mind that the larvee experimented

with were taken from a rusted linseed plant. This goes to

show that it is the rust that is sought rather than the juices

of any particular plant.

Of course these experiments should be repeated and

extended ; but no opportunity has occurred to us for this, and

it is not likely that they can be repeated until next season.

We shall endeavour to breed these larvee, so as to obtain

the perfect insect. Observations will be made on its habits,

~ with the object of ascertaining more exactly the relations of

the insect to rust. If it is found to live exclusively on the

rust-fungus, then, so far at least, it is beneficial to the wheat-

grower. If, however, it should be found in its wanderings to

carry the rust-spores about on the surface of its body, and

thus distribute the fungus, it would in that respect be harmful.

We have no evidence of this, their bodies having been in all

cases found clean and free from adhering spores ; however,

not very much attention has yet been given to this latter

matter.

An idea has occurred to us almost purely speculative, but

Insect-Larva eating Rust on Wheat and Flax. 491

which we give for what it is worth. It is well known that

the Hessian fly, which also belongs to the genus Cecidomyia,

is the worst enemy to the wheat-crop in the United States,

while rust does much less damage there than in Australia.

In this country the reverse is true; rust is the great evil,

while the Hessian fly is at present unknown *. Have these

facts any relation to each other? Taken in the light of the

above observations on a species of Cecidomyza feeding on rust,

it may not seem too fine-spun a speculation if we suggest

that there may be a connexion. Let us suppose the larvee of

the Hessian fly to prefer rust as food if available, but to fall

back on the juices of the wheat-plant when the rust gives

out. This might account for the comparative rarity of rust

where the Hessian fly is abundant, which is the case in

America. All this is from the mountain-top of speculation.

If, however, it should lead to an excursion into the valley of

observation and experiment, some good may come of it.

Not that we would suggest the introduction of the Hessian

fly for the sake of getting rid of the rust, even if the above

suggestion should turn out to be well founded. We would,

however, call attention to the need of further observations on

the relations between fungi on the one hand and insects and

mites on the other. It has already often been noticed that

certain fungi are commonly accompanied by certain insects

and mites. What, if any, is the relationship in these cases ?

It remains to describe these larve in such terms as to

make them recognizable to other observers. In this we are

aided by the four accompanying illustrations.

The larva undoubtedly belongs to the family Cecidomyide,

and in many respects, if the published figures are to be

trusted, it comes very close to the larva of the true Hessian

fly (Cecidomyia destructor, Say). It is composed of twelve

segments, exclusive of the head and the so-called “ supple-

mentary segment,” and possesses the characteristic two-jointed

antenne as well as the curious thoracic appendage called the

“ breast-bone”’ or ‘ anchor-process.”’ ‘The head is retractile

and is capable of being withdrawn within the first thoracic

segment ; and in every other structural detail it coincides with

what we knowof the larve of the genus Cecidomyia. Anexam-

ination of these specimens clearly shows that the “‘ supplemen-

tary segment ’”’ pertains to the head and not to the thorax.

No further proof of this assertion is required than the state-

ment that the eye-spots are situated in this additional somite.

In the illustration the eye-spots appear to be within the ante-

* The pest has, however, been recorded from the Wellington district,

New Zealand, where it is said to have caused much damage.

492 Messrs. N. A. Cobb and A. S. Olliff on

rior margin of the first thoracic segment; but this is not

really the case. The appearance is deceptive, and is merely

due to the fact that the ‘supplementary segment,” or, more

correctly, the hinder division of the head, is partly withdrawn

into the first thoracic segment. Our larva has the protrusile

labium which is common to all the species of the family,

and the anal segment of the body is provided with a retrac-

tile organ, which probably assists the larva in locomotion.

We did not observe that this particular larva possessed the

power of jumping, as some of ifs allies are said to do. When

young the specimens were dull white in colour, but afterwards

they turned to a bright orange-yellow. In the latter state

they measured 1? millimetres; but perhaps they were scarcely

full-grown.

In explaining, more particular reference is made to the side or

profile view (fig.1). This

figure shows the head and

part of the thorax of a Fig. 1.

young larva. The tho-

racic rings bear rows of

bristles, so that the be-

ginning of the thorax is

readily made out. In

the illustration the head

is not fully extended;

therefore the eyes, two

collections of dark-

coloured granules just in

front of the brain, appear

as if situated in the first

segment of the thorax.

The downward-pointing

nozzle is seen in front, Head and Prothorax of young Cecidomyia

and on the forehead above Larva (profile).

it two finger-shaped spovea single rust-spore proportionately

feelers or antenne. The enlarged.

jaw -muscles, — situated

inside the forehead

just behind the antenna, are attached to the mouth-parts

below and to the wall of the head above. The most con-

spicuous feature of the head, however, is a pair of dark-

coloured three-pronged pieces of horn (of which only the

nearer one is shown in the large profile view), so arranged as

to form a supporting framework for the attachment of muscles,

one prong extending forwards to near the mouth-parts,

another extending backward and thinning out in the region of

Insect-Larva eating Rust on Wheat and Flax. 493

the eyes, and a short third passing upward and inward and

articulating with a long slender piece of horn whose front

attachment is near that of the

jaw-muscles on the forehead. Fig. 2.

This framework, by its

strength and elasticity, pre-

serves the form of the head

and serves at the same time

for the attachment of muscles

mostly retractive. Thus the

free ends of the hindmost

prongs serve for the attach- x20

ment of at least three pairs Breast-bone or Anchor Process.

of muscles :—(1) fan-shaped

muscles, passing downward and serving to lift the head; (2)

narrow muscles, passing forward and serving to retract the

front portion of the head; (3) narrow muscles, passing back-

ward and aiding to retract the whole head, an operation in

which they are assisted by muscles attached anteriorly to the

short prongs of the framework and posteriorly to the upper

part of the body-wall of the thorax.

The most striking feature in the thorax is the peculiar

“breast-bone”’ (fig. 2) found 7

ig. 3.

on the lower part. Seen from

the side this organ seems to be

of nearly uniform size through-

out and to be forked in front.

Seen from below, however,

it is found to be wider in front,

where it ends in a distinct and

somewhat heart-shaped head.

This breast-bone stiffens the

thorax, and very likely serves

other purposes. Fig. 1 also j

shows the anterior thoracic Head, showing Mouth-parts.

; (Dorsal and ventral views.)

stoma; the oval above and to

the right shows the relative size of a rust-spore (Puccinia

rubigo-vera).

Department of Agriculture,

Sydney, N.S. W.

Note.—Since the above was written we have seen larve on

plum-leaves feeding on the spores of Puccinia prunt, and

others on the rusted leaves of Bidens pilosus, which appear

upon careful microscopical examination to be identical with

those here described.

494 Mr. W. Warren on new

LVII.—Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Pyralide

contained in the British-Museum Collection. By W.

Warren, M.A., F.E.S.

[Continued from p. 458. ]

Uera, WIk.

Type U. parallela, Wik. xxvii. p. 188.

Ugra angustipennis, sp. n.

Fore wings very long and narrow, of nearly the same width

throughout, sandy rufous, rather brownish along the costa,

with two pale fascia, one curved near the base, the other

starting from the costa at three fourths and bowed outwards,

reaching the inner margin just before the anal angle ; fringe

slightly paler, with a darker middle line. Hind wings dull

ochreous white, without markings, the base of the fringes

alone darker. Head and thorax concolorous; abdomen

absent ; palpi long, dark reddish brown. Underside of fore

wings dull reddish grey, of hind wings as above, but with

the costa reddish.

Expanse of wings 20 millim.

One female in the Grote collection, from Colorado, unnamed.

BLEPHAROCERUS, Blanch.

Type B. rosellus, Blanch., Gay’s Chili, vii. p. 102, pl. vii.

fig. 12.

Blepharocerus (?) cinerosus, sp. n.

Fore wing ochreous grey, dusted with dark fuscous ; first

line dull ochreous, curved, second sinuous, forming a large

outer and a small inward curve near the inner margin ; the

dark fuscous scales more thickly collected on either side of

the lines, especially beyond the second line, where the lower

part of the hind-marginal space is conspicuously darker ;

base of fringes also darker. Hind wing the same, but without

the darker masses of shading, and with a very faint trace of

a paler line. Head and thorax ochreous grey ; abdomen and

underside fuscous and grey.

Expanse of wings, 9 24 millim.

The costa at the base is rather abruptly bulged and slightly

concave in middle.

One female from Chili.

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 495

Blepharocerus sabulosus, sp. n.

Fore wing sandy ochreous, dusted with darker, with the

two transverse lines just visibly paler, curved and slightly

angulated at one third from the inner margin, rather darker

on the extreme costa; base of fringes, which are concolorous

with ground-colour of wings, preceded by a row of dark

indistinct dots. Hind wing like the fore wing, but dusted

with fuscous; base of fringes more continuously darker.

Head, thorax, and abdomen, underside and legs, all ochreous,

dusted with darker, but fore tibie and tarsi darker, with

segments only lighter.

Expanse of wings, ? 22 millim.

One female from Chili.

CONDYLOLOMIA, Grote.

Type C. participialis, Gr. Bull. Buff. Soc. N. Sc. i. p. 176,

pl. v. fig. 45.

Condylolomia dubia, sp. n.

Closely allied to C. participialis, Gr., from North America,

but with the front wings narrower, costa straighter, more

pronounced apex, and obliquer and straighter hind margin :

fore wings redder, only pale at the base of the inner margin,

with two indistinct darker fascie, the first basal oblique,

fading away in the middle of the wing, the second oblique,

sinuous and recurved towards the costa; fringe reddish

brown. Hind wings grey, paler than in C. participialis.

One female from Rio Janeiro, of the same size as C. parti-

cipialis. In that species, of which only three males are in

the British-Museum Collection, there is no trace of a basal

fascia, and the second is represented by a pale upright curve,

internally darker edged.

PyrRacis, Linn.

Type P. farinalis, Linn.

The species of Treitschke’s genus Asopia, as given by

Lederer, follow two type forms:—(i) those with the labial

palpi simply upeurved in front of the forehead and concave

to it, the terminal joint being pointed and continuing the

curve; (2) those with the labial palpi at first ascending, but

with the third joint thrown forwards, and so breaking the

continuity of the curve. For the one I retain the Linnean

term Pyralis, and for the other adopt Hiibner’s generic name

EHypsopyqia.

496 Mr. W. Warren on new

Pyralis albiguttata, sp. n.

Ground-colour purplish chestnut, rather glossy. Fore

wing with the transverse lines white, the first narrow, vertical,

nearly straight, at one third, very slightly swollen at the

costa; the second rises as a white oval spot on the costa, is

interrupted in midwing, and reappears towards the anal angle

as a narrow, curving, white streak; costa between the two

lines spotted light and dark. Hind wing with two curved

whitish lines, which are nearer to each other on the inner

margin than on the costa: fringes of both wings concolorous,

with a broad dark basal line. Face, palpi, front of thorax,

and base of antenne pale ochreous; thorax and abdomen

purplish. Underside purplish fuscous, with all the pale

markings showing through.

Expanse of wings 16 millim.

One male from Wada-togd, Japan.

Akin to P. lienigialis, Zell.

Pyralis albilautalis, sp. n.

Fore wing: ground-colour brownish grey, more or less

sprinkled with white, especially towards the costa, between

the two transverse lines, the basal and marginal areas being

dark fuscous, untinged with white, the latter with a slight

violet tint before the apex; the two transverse lines distinctly

white, the first regularly curved outwardly, the second

forming a deep sinus outwardly in the middle of the wing; a

row of dark spots at the base of the fringes, which are white ;

a dark discal spot of varying intensity. Hind wing also

brownish grey, but with less of the brown; a curved dark

fuscous central band, bulging outwards in the middle, dis-

tinctly edged with two white lines; the space between the

outer line and the hind margin more or less clear white,

except at the apex and anal angle, which are darker fuscous ;

fringes white. Head and thorax cinereous; first two seg-

ments of abdomen dark, the rest reddish. Underside darker,

reddish fuscous, with the second line only distinct.

A small species, about the same size or even less than P.

domesticalis and P. perversalis, easily recognized by the white

dusting. It may be akin to Zeller’s cesalis, also from South

Africa, but in that species the transverse lines are said to

resolve themselves into white spots.

Three specimens from Natal.

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 497

Pyralis oleagina, sp. n.

Fore wings glossy dull ochreous, suffused with greyish,

darker along the costa, with two slightly paler ochreous trans-

verse lines, the inner edged externally, the outer internally

with darker; the first at one third is slightly bent outwards

in the middle ; the second from two thirds is nearly straight

to the inner margin before the anal angle, with a slight

unevenness near the middle; a round black discal spot; costa

between the lines indistinctly dotted with fuscous and

ochreous; a row of fine black lines before the base of the

fringes, which are dull rosy. Hind wings like the fore

wings. Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous with wings.

Underside brighter, not glossy; of the fore wing pinkish

yellow, of the hind wing clear yellow, in both sprinkled with

grey or blackish atoms, each with a central black dot and the

outer line pinkish.

Expanse of wings 16 millim.

One female from Natal.

Distinguished by the dull greasy appearance and the

roundedness of the costa, apex, and hind margin.

Pyralis tabidalis, sp. n.

Fore wing dark mouse-colour, in certain cases strongly

flushed with reddish; the two lines paler, ochreous, first at

about one third outwardly curved, the second at three fourths

nearly straight, with only a slight flexion below the costa ;

centre of costa pale-spotted ; central spot dark; central field

slightly paler than basal and marginal; fringe pale, with a

darker basal line. Hind wings like fore wings, but with the

dark and lighter spaces reversed, the central band, which is

much narrower, being the darker.

Expanse of wings, ? 24, g¢ 20 millim.

Three females and one male from Callao.

Pyralis monostechalis, sp. n.

Fore wings dull blackish brown, the costa spotted with

pale ; a single central, slender, slightly undulating, whitish,

transverse line, and traces of a fainter sinuous curved one

before the hind margin. Hind wings without any markings.

Thorax, abdomen, and underside of both wings concolorous ;

face and palpi dull yellowish.

Expanse of wings 16 millim.

Three examples, all females, from Dharmsala; from the

Hocking collection.

498 Mr. W. Warren on new

E.UTRICHODES, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa slightly curved, apex blunt, hind

margin obliquely curved. Hind wings long and narrowed,

with round hind margin. 'Tongue developed; palpi upright

in front of face, considerably above the head ; terminal joint

slender, pointed; antenne (female) filiform. Hind wings

with the imner margin armed with erect tufts of black scales ;

fringes very long, spatulate at their extremities.

Type #. ravolalis, Wik. (Pyralis).

HYPANCHYLA, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa shouldered at base and hollowed

out along the middle third, between the origin of the two

transverse lines; apex bluntly rounded; hind margin

obliquely curved, with a slight elbow in the middle. Hind

wings bluntly triangular, the hind margin nearly straight,

the apical and inner angle somewhat produced. Antenne

in male finely ciliated, the basal joint enlarged ; palpi rather

thickly scaled, upeurved in front of face; second joint hairy

beneath ; terminal joint quite short; tongue well developed ;

neuration apparently normal, the costal vein running rather

remote from the costa and being very slightly deflexed beneath

the central hollow.

Type H. maricalis, Wlk. (Pyralis).

A development of Pyralis, Linn., and related to Scenedra,

Meyr., and Hutrichodes, Warr.

ARTA, Grote.

Type A. statalis, Gr. Bull. Buff. Soc. N. Sc. ii. p. 280.

Arta rubricalis, sp. n.

Fore wings brick-red, with two pale transverse lines, the

first basal, oblique, parallel to hind margin, externally edged

with darker, especially on the inner margin; second line

curved, with a slight indentation above the inner margin,

twice as near the first line on the costa as on the inner mar-

gin, the space between them slightly darker than the rest of

the wing; fringe reddish, with a basal row of small distinct

black dashes. Hind wings and fringes glossy, whitish.

Head and thorax reddish; abdomen greyer and _ paler.

Underside pale ochreous, with the costa in both wings bright

reddish dusted with yellow.

Genera and Species of Pyralidee. 499

Two females from S. Paolo, the same size as the two

North-American species statal’s and olivalis, Grote.

Hypsopyeta, Hiib.

Type Hypsopygia glaucinalis, Linn. (Pyralis).

Hypsopygia sericea, sp. n.

Fore wing pale fuscous, glossy, rather transparent; the

costa reddish brown to the apex, dotted between the two

transverse lines with yellowish; these likewise are reddish

brown, the first slightly curved outwards, the second straight,

followed immediately by a paler space, which scarcely forms

a pale line; a red-brown cellular dot; fringes unicolorous,

with a very fine basal line. Hind wing paler, silky grey,

with both lines reproduced, grey-brown, nearly meeting on

the inner margin. Abdomen concolorous with hind wing,

head and thorax with fore wing; antenne with very fine

long ciliations; tegule prolonged. Underside of body

reddish fuscous: underside of wings darker than upper ;

with the outer line distinct in both, followed by a paler space.

One male, Darjiling.

Resembles glaucinalis in size, but smoother and more silky.

Hypsopygia japonica, sp. n.

Akin to Hypsopygia placens, Butler, also from Japan, but of

quite a different colour; whereas that species is bright pale

pink, with the markings and fringes bright yellow, the present

species is dull pinkish cinereous, so much suffused with grey

as almost to lose all the pink tinge; the two curved lines

just paler, much nearer to one another on both wings, and

with the intermediate space darker ; fiinges dull yellow, with

the basal line and extreme hind margin dull reddish; head,

thorax, and abdomen concolorous. Underside dull grey,

with a reddish tint ; the costal dots and base of the fascize

showing paler. Hind wing with a single central curved

dark line, edged externally with paler.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

One male from Japan.

GALASA, Walker.

Type G@. rubidana, Wik. xxxv. p. 1802.

500 Mr. W. Warren on new Pyralide.

Galasa major, sp. 0.

Resembles G. rubidana, Walk., but a third as large again,

the costal concavity much slighter, the colour there not white,

but grey; ground-colour not so deep a red; the two trans-

verse lines not so distinctly marked, the space between them

on the costa grey ; a distinct black dot beyond the first line.

Hind wings dull ochreous whitish, with the apical margin

fuscous and fringes again paler; a small black dot near the

base. Head and thorax reddish ; abdomen dark grey. Under-

side of fore wings and apex of hind wings reddish, hind wing

whitish, with the costa grey ; origin of both fasciz plainly

indicated on the costa of both wings.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

One female from Columbia, in the Zeller collection.

HOLOPERAS, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa very strongly curved from base to

apex, which is blunt ; hind margin obliquely curved. Hind

wings rounded, broader than fore wings. Antenne in female

moniliform ; labial palpi porrected ; tongue present ; middle

and hind tibie friged with tufts of hair.

Type Holoperas innotata, Warr.

The genus is akin to Galasa, Walk., but differs mainly in

having the costa strongly convex, while in Galasa it is very

visibly concave.

Holoperas innotata, sp. n.

Fore wings dull reddish grey, with darker dusting ; faint

traces of two transverse paler fasci at one third and two

thirds. Hind wing dark grey. Head, thorax, and _ palpi

reddish grey; abdomen simply dark grey, like the hind

wings. Underside dull dark grey, the hind wings, except on

costa, lighter ; tufts of the tibia blackish.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

One female from Columbia, in the Zeller collection.

ULIOSOMA, gen. nov.

Characterized at once by the abdomen of the male, which

bears on each side a twisted tuft of yellowish hairs, rising

from its base and extending beyond the tip of the abdomen

itself. Fore wing short and broad, sharply convex close to

the base and slightly concave in the middle; apex bluntly

rounded ; hind margin nearly vertical ; labial palpi porrect,

On the Galapagos Lizards of the Genus Tropidurus. 501

drooping, comparatively large ; tongue, ocelli, and maxillary

palpi invisible ; forehead with a projecting fringe of hairy

scales; antenne broken; hind tibiz with a broad expanding

tuft of hairs in the middle.

Type Lsopteryx discoloralis, Wik. xxxiy. p. 1315.

[To be continued. |

LVIII.— On the Galapagos Lizards of the Genus Tropidurus.

By G. A. BouLENGER.

I HAVE lately reexamined the specimens of Zropidurus

brought home by Darwin and Commander Cookson, with the

view of testing the value of the supposed new species from

the Galapagos Islands recently described by Cope* and by

Baur ft. The specimens known from the Galapagos Islands

were referred by Steindachner and myself to two species, 7.

Grayt, Bell, and 7. pacificus, Stdr., the form with two light

dorsal stripes described by Peters in 1871, from Chatham

Island, as Craniopeltis bivittata being regarded as a variety

ot 7. Gray?. Itis this very form which has been redescribed,

from the same island, by Cope under the name of Tropi-

durus lemniscatus, sp. n., without any reference whatever to

Peters’s description. What is almost worse is Baur’s bold

statement, “ Ueber Troptdurus (Craniopeltis) livittatus (sic),

Peters, dessen Fundort unbekannt ist}, kann ich kein Urteil

abgeben.” Is it too much to expect from herpetologists

in America that they will look up the literature, and

avoid quoting, as if seen by them, works to which they

have not referred, as is evidently the case with Dr. Baur?

I should also like to know where the latter gentleman

has found 7. pacificus quoted by me from Albemarle.

I do not believe in most of the characters set forward

by Baur to distinguish different species in the different

islands ; his statements are to a great extent contradicted by

the typical specimens themselves, as when he says that the

striped form, from Chatham Island, has 55-61 scales round

the middle of the body, and that the specimens with 65 scales

* Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xii. p. 145 (1889).

+ Biol. Centralbl. x. p. 475 (1890),

{ Peters states in his original description, “ Das einzige mir vyorlie-

gende Exemplar . . . . stammtvon der Galapagosinsel Chatham” (MB,

Berl. Ac. 1871, p. 645.)

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. vii. 34

502 On the Galapagos Lizards of the Genus Tropidurus.

mentioned by me will prove to belong to the Charles-Island

form, which has no stripes, whereas as a matter of fact it is

precisely our unique adult striped individual (7. divittatus=

lemniscatus) which has the 65 scales. Here again we see

that Baur has omitted to refer to Bell’s original description

in the ‘ Zoology of the ‘ Beagle,’’ where 7. Gray? is figured

in a perfectly recognizable manner; otherwise he would not

have been embarassed to guess whether the name Gray? was

made to apply to the striped form rather than to the spotted

one. And finally, whilst I trust nobody will contest the

accuracy of the localities given by Commander Cookson,

accompanied by dated labels, the specimens from Abingdon

Island agree perfectly with Bell’s 7. Gray? and Steindach-

ner’s 7’. pacificus, forms held by Dr. Baur to be restricted to

Charles and Bindloe respectively.

As the striped form, 7. devittatus (T. Gray?, spec. b, of my

‘Catalogue’), appears to be distinguished constantly, apart

from the coloration, by its larger scales on the sides of the

neck and by the upper head-scales being more broken up, I

think it best to restore it to the rank of a species distinct

from 7. Grayt. But I feel justified in rejecting all Baur’s

new species as based on mere slight varieties of 7. Grayi

and 7’. pacificus, as will appear from the following synonymy ;

I also give the number of scales round the middle of the

body in the various specimens preserved in the British

Museum.

1. Tropidurus Grayt.

Leiocephalus Grayi, part., Bell, Zool. ‘ Beagle. Rept. p. 24, pl. xiii.

fig. 1 (1842).

Tropidurus Gray, part., Steindachner, Festschr. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1876, p. 310, pl. 11. fig. 1; Bouleng. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 172 (1885).

Tropidurus albemarlensis, indefatigabilis, delanonis, duncanensis, Baur,

Biol. Centralbl. x. 1890, p. 478.

1. Darwin’s specimen, the type figured by Bell. No doubt

from Charles Island. ¢. Sc. 63.

2. Darwin’s specimen, probably from the same locality.

gs we. Go.

Ditto. G7 Se. ok

Ditto. = Go. secaoo:

Ditto. e .. 1SCGle

Albemarle, Commander Cookson. @. Se. 57.

Abingdon, Commander Cookson. ¢. Se. 59.

pa ptt

Prof. W. Preyer on Anabiosis. 503

2. Tropidurus bivittatus.

Leiocephalus Grayi, part., Bell, 1. ¢.

Craniopeltis bivittata, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1871, p. 645.

Tropidurus Grayi, part., Steind. l. c.; Bouleng. J. e.

Tropidurus lemniscatus, Cope, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. xii. p. 145 (1889) ;

Baur, lc.

1. Darwin’s specimen, probably from Chatham Island.

3&. Se. 65.

2. Ditto. Young. Se. 57.

3. Tropidurus pacificus.

Tropidurus pacificus, Steind. 1. c. p. 318, pl. ii. figs. 2 and 3; Bouleng,

I. e. p. 173.

Tropidurus abingdonii, Baur, 7. ec.

1. Abingdon Island, Commander Cookson. ¢. Se. 91.

2. ition i dis i Se. 9D:

LIX.—On Anabdiosis. By Prof. W. Preyer, of Berlin *.

THE fact of anabiosis, 7. e. the revivification of perfectly

lifeless organisms and their parts, the condition of which

differs from ordinary apparent death in the total suspension

of the whole of the vital processes, was experimentally esta-

blished by me more than twenty-five years ago; and since

that time I have substantiated it in my lectures and various

papers, and have also drawn attention to its great theoretical

importance f. I attach especial weight to the proof which I

have furnished of the difference between the two antitheses of

life, namely :—

i. Lifeless and capable of living=anabiotic.

il. Lifeless and incapable of living =dead.

* Translated from the ‘ Biologisches Centralblatt,’ Bd. xi. no, 1, Feb. 1,

1891, pp. 1-5.

+ ‘Der Kampf um das Dasein,’ Bonn, 1869 (pp. 10, 39) ; ‘ Die Erforsch-

ung des Lebens, Jena, 1873 (and ‘Tageblatt der 45, Versammlung

deutscher Naturforscher und Aertze, Leipzig, 1872, p. 47); ‘Natur-

wissenschaftliche Thatsachen u. Probleme,’ Berlin, 1880; ‘ Der Hypno-

tismus,’ Berlin, 1882 (p. 282); ‘Elemente der allgemeinen Physiologie,’

Leipzig, 1885. Cf. “ Ueber den Lebensbegriff” in the journal ‘ Kosmos’

(i. Jahrg. ii. Bd. p. 218, Leipzig, 1878), and “ Die Wiederbelebung toten-

starrer Muskeln” (Amtl. Bericht iiber die 39. Versammlung deutscher

Naturforscher und Aertze in Giessen, 1864, and ‘ Recueil des travaux de

la Société médicale allemande,’ Paris, 1865). .

o4*

504 Prof. W. Preyer on Anabiosis.

Now, inasmuch as the facts on which this important differ-

ence is based have recently been called in question, not so

much for spores and vegetable and animal ova as for adult

organisms, I will adduce a few proofs of anabiosis in animals

which are calculated to avert a possible relapse into the old

heresy of the ‘eternal vortex of living matter” and of the

so-called “ vital force.” They depend upon the acknowledged

fact that animal life is impossible without water in the state

of fluid drops.

I. The Revivification of Hard-frozen Animals.

I have often arranged and performed the following experi-

ment. A number of similar frogs, which have adapted them-

selves in winter to a temperature slightly above freezing-

point, are allowed to become frozen hard in snow or air at

several degrees below zero C. We convince ourselves that

the heart of one of the animals is frozen solid, and that the

blood is no longer in a fluid state, and we then allow the rest

of the frogs, which have been frozen under the same con-

ditions as the creature we have examined, to thaw with the

utmost slowness. We find that they completely recover,

provided that the internal temperature has in no case sunk

below —2°5 C., notwithstanding the fact that during their

apparent lifelessness, lasting for several hours, no metabolism,

no circulation or breathing, no movement of the muscles, in

short no vital process whatsoever, was able to take place.

The frozen heart too, which we removed from the frog,

commences to beat again by itself after thawing in the air, as

was likewise observed by Horvath *. A single extremity of

a frog after being frozen stiff will regain its functional

power provided both the freezing and subsequent thawing are

effected very gradually, as has been proved by my own

experiments and those carried out by Heinzmann under my

guidance f.

Sir John Franklin, the arctic voyager (1820), in writing

of frogs, states that they were often found frozen hard, and

were revived by warmth. Duméril (1852) achieved the same

result by experiments. Richardson, the surgeon of Franklin’s

expedition, saw fish, on being taken out of the nets at Fort

Enterprise in winter, become converted in a short time into

solid lumps of ice, so that they were easily split up with a

hatchet and the entrails could be removed in a lump. If,

* ¢Centralblatt fiir die medizinischen Wissenschaften,’ 1873, p. 54.

+ Pliiger’s ‘ Archiv f. d. gesammte Physiologie’ (Bonn, 1872), vi. Bd.

p. 285.

Prof. W. Preyer on Anabiosis. 505

however, ‘in this completely hard frozen condition they

were thawed at the fire, they returned to life again,” even

after thirty-six hours.

Apart from all statements of others, my experiments alone

prove the fact that a frog either deprived of its brain or

uninjured, after the whole of its vital processes have been

completely suspended owing to the formation of ice in its

juices, can go on living after thawing as if nothing had

happened. It has not yet been determined how long the total

suspension of all vital processes at an internal temperature of,

say, —1° C. may continue without the potential life being

destroyed. With regard to plants, it was demonstrated by

Julius Sachs (1865) that many can survive freezing, while

Prilleux showed that water may solidify in the interior of

plants without the destruction of tissues at a temperature of

—2° to —3° C. On the other hand, we do not possess many

observations on pelagic animals. ‘The partial destruction of

tissue by ice-crystals, observed by Romanes (1877) in a

number of Medusee which were frozen hard through and

through did not prevent anabiosis on thawing ; but precisely

on account of this destruction of tissue the rhythm of the

contractions was not the same as before. It is highly

probable that in Amphibia also the structure of the contractile

substance, of the protoplasm in the muscle-fibres, is perma-

nently injured if the lowering of temperature is carried too

far ; 1t was doubtless in consequence of this that the subjects

of my experiments, when the internal temperature had sunk

below —2°5 C., did not recover on being thawed, while this

internal temperature itself was fatal to many. But already

before this the continuity of all parts of the body was severed

by the formation of ice, and consequently the possibility of

metabolism was excluded as completely as if the animal had

been petrified. This therefore is the crucial test, and not the

attainment of the lowest possible temperature and the utmost

degree of hardness, which entails the destruction of tissues.

Thus much we learn from microscopical examination at the

temperature which admits of the detection of ice between

the plastic elements of the body.

II. The Revivification of Desiccated Animals.

If we allow Tardigrades (Macrobiotus, Echiniscus) or

Rotifers to dry up in complete isolation on a slide (tracing a

little ring round the body, which is now shrunken past

recognition, to facilitate its speedy rediscovery in case the

slide is not allowed to remain upon the stage of the micro-

506 Prof. W. Preyer on Anabiosis.

scope), and keep the preparation over chloride of lime, we can

revive the animals after a long interval either by sprinkling

them with distilled water or by breathing upon them, notwith-

standing the fact that no metabolism has taken place in the

meantime. Jor we observe the same fragments of food in

the transparent stomach on the resumption of motion as at its

cessation *, Davaine allowed Rotifers to remain in a vacuum

for five days, and still was able to revive them. Doyére

allowed some dried specimens to remain in a “ vacuum’? for

four weeks, and saw many revive on being moistened in the

air. All the same the supposed vacuum must still have con-

tained air, for I have found that dried Rotifers, in the perfect

vacuum produced by Geissler’s mercurial air-pump over

sulphuric acid, resisted all attempts at resuscitation long before

the expiration of the fourth week. They are no longer so

shrivelled as they were when they were dried, clearly because,

owing to the suspension of barometric pressure, the vestiges

of air between the wrinkles expand, so that the surface

becomes more or less smooth and brittle. The animals perish

utterly. In the open they could adapt themselves to lack of

food and water, to cold and heat, but lack of air was fatal.

On the other hand, the anabiosis of Macrobioti and Rotifera,

and especially of certain Amcebx and the lifeless Anguillu-

line united together by a viscid mass within a grain of wheat,

has been proved by the fact that they have been kept for a

long time in closed glasses in a dry state and at a low tempe-

rature without forfeiting their vitality. I have subjected

dried Rotifers to a very low temperature and then raised

them to 80°, Doyére to 153°, without destroying the whole

of them.

Out of the large number of earlier observations which I

have collected the following in particular, concerning the

resuscitation of Anguilluline, Rotifers, and Artiscoids (bear-

animalcules or Macrobioti), are of interest partly historic,

partly actual.

Anguillulinee remain cemented together in the dried grain

of wheat, perfectly motionless yet capable of life, over two

years (Needham, 1743), for days, months, years (Buffon,

1748), five years (Trembley, 1750), four years (H. Baker,

1754), half a year (Ginanni, 1759), twenty-seven years (H.

Baker and Needham, 1771), for years (Roffredi, 1775), six

years (I, Bauer, 1823), in the weaver’s thistle eight months

(J. Kiihn, 1858).

* Greeff, in M. Schultze’s ‘ Archiv fiir mikrosk. Anatomie, i, p. 122

(1865), ii. pp. 122, 320 (1866).

On new Scarabeeide in the British Museum. 507

Rotifers and Macrobioti, after being perfectly lifeless, have

been revived after five months (Leeuwenhoek, 1719), two

years and a half (Fontana, 1769), days (Spallanzani, 1777),

several years (C. A. S. Schultze, 1834, and Creplin, 1837),

six months (C. A. 8. Schultze, 1838), three years (the same

author, 1840), many years (the same, 1861), hours (Greeff,

1865), days, weeks, months, and years (Preyer, 1864-1889).

Whoever thoroughly examines the shrivelled Rotifers and

Arctiscoids as they lie in the drying-oven, and notes how, on

the evaporation of the water emitted by them at the moment

of drying, after being completely isolated on a slip of glass

they become motionless, and, exhibiting no change whatever

for whole days and months, first swell up on being moistened

and then begin to move, will arrive at the conviction that

there is in this case no possibility of a vita minima, a mini-

mum of physiological metabolism, since water is wanting.

It is excluded as certainly as in the case of the frozen frog’s

heart. There remains only a potential life, which, through

the emancipating process of anabiosis, is transformed into

kinetic or actual life. The interruption of this latter through

freezing and drying occurs in an enormous number of cases

in nature, probably favoured in the case of many organisms

(e. g. on the bark of trees) by a specific adaptation, and con-

firmed by heredity as being a highly advantageous property.

The pause in the life of the individual comes to an end either

through death in consequence of irreparable injury to the

lifeless organism or through natural anabiosis, as, for instance,

in the soil when it thaws in spring, or in ‘the dust of the

gutter of the roof when rain falls after a drought in summer,

and so on. The organic machine therefore does not perish

every time it stands quite still any more than the clock

breaks down every time the pendulum ceases to swing.

The frozen and desiccated animals, destitute of all trace of

circulation, are not dead, but merely do not live until enabled

to do so by anabiosis.

Berlin,

Dec, 4, 1890.

LX.—WNew Scarabeeide in the British Museum: a Fifth

Contribution. By CHARLES O. WATERHOUSE.

Since my last contribution I have been determining the

species ot Sieliocopris, Catharsius, and Copris. This is a

difficult task at any time, and is rendered ten times more so

by entomologists who have attempted to found species on

508 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new

single female examples. As, however, I have exercised

great care, I trust I shall not be found to have redescribed

any characterized species among the following.

Heliocopris Huntert, sp. n.

Nigro-piceus; capite ruguloso, cornubus tribus fere squalibus

erectis instructo ; thorace brevi, sat fortiter reticulato-ruguloso,

antice declivi, pone oculos profunde exciso, parte elevata disci in

cornu longo horizontali acuminato producta, cornu ad apicem

plus minusve exciso, angulis anticis acutis prominulis levibus ;

elytris nitidis, leviter striatis, striis dorsalibus parce punctulatis,

interstitiis planis, parce subtiliter punctulatis, basi quinque-tuber-

culatis.

Long. 17-20 lin.

Hab. KK. Africa, Masai (C. V. Hunter and F. J. Jackson,

Eisqrs.).

Allied to H. neptunus, Bohem., but with the armature of

the head and thorax quite different. The head is rather

large, with three erect acuminate horns, one central and two

lateral. A small-developed example has the middle horn

shorter and more obtuse, and the lateral ones are only indi-

cated by a slight swelling on the margin. The thorax with

a single porrect discoidal horn, somewhat as in H. hamifer,

Harold, but without the angular enlargement beneath, the

apex nearly always notched. ‘The space above the anterior

angles is impressed and shining, and the margin behind each

eye has a deep, almost circular emargination, leaving the

projecting angle of the head behind the eye visible. The

anterior angles are very acute and porrect, beset with reddish-

brown hair. The elytra have five tubercles at the base, one

on each of the second, fourth, and fifth interstices and two on

the third; there is sometimes a trace of one on the sutural

interstice.

| Heliocopris operosus, sp. n.

Piceus

3. Capite ruguloso, sat rotundato, medio cornubus duobus

erectis acuminatis perparum divergentibus instructo, clypeo antice

medio triangulariter paullo emarginato et utrinque leviter

sinuato ; thorace brevi, confertim granulato, antice verticali magis

rugoso utrinque impresso, impressione levi, parte elevata trian-

gulari utrinque leviter bisinuata, medio obtuse producta, ad api-

cem vix emarginata, lateribus pone angulos anticos sinuatis;

elytris nitidis, leviter striatis, striis parce obsolete punctulatis,

interstitiis parce sat distincte punctulatis, basi trituberculatis.

Scarabaeidae in the British Museum. 509

Q. Capite paullo angustiori, vertice carina elevata (angulis denti-

formibus) instructo ; thorace antice carina leviter flexuosa, lateri-

bus pone angulos anticos minus sinuatis crenulatis; elytris basi

sine tuberculis.

Long. 17 lin.

Hab. Africa (Burchell).

Allied to H. atropos, Bohem. The head has a distinct but

not very deep triangular emargination in the middle of the

front margin. The male has the two erect horns placed at

the middle, wide apart. ‘The female has a strong carina more

on the vertex. The male has the sides of the thorax rather

strongly emarginate before the anterior angles, which are

nearly right angles; the raised dorsal part is in outline

nearly an equilateral triangle. ‘The thorax of the female has

the anterior carina slightly arched forwards in the middle and

then gently sinuate on each side, the sinuosity about equal in

extent to the part that is arched forwards. ‘The male has

three tubercles at the base of the elytra, two on the fourth

interstice and one on the fifth ; there is also a trace of another

on the third interstice.

Catharsius Jacksont, sp. n.

Niger, nitidissimus; capite lato, leviter ruguloso, vertice levi,

postice cornu longo, gracili, acuminato, recto, instructo, margine

antico medio sat late triangulariter emarginato, utrinque levissime

sinuato ; thorace confertim subtiliter granuloso, antice fere verti-

cali subtiliter punctulato, medio levi, cornubus quatuor crassis

acuminatis, parte elevata subtilissime coriacea et subtiliter sat

crebre punctulata, linea mediana leviter impressa ; elytris leviter

striatis, striis fere levibus, interstitiis fere planis, subtilissime sat

crebre punctulatis ; pygidio sat crebre punctulato.

Long. 11 lin.

Hab. EK. Africa, Masai (f. J. Jackson, Esq.).

Of all the species of Catharsius known to me this is the

most like the true Copris of the dunaris group, and is parti-

cularly like the Japanese C. pecuartus, Lewis. Compared

with C. lunartis the head is larger and the anterior emar-

gination wider; the horn is erect and slender. The thorax

has the four horns approximately equal, the lateral ones as

in C. lunaris, the middle pair more conical, acute, separated

from each other by a nearly equilateral-triangular space ; the

sides are arcuately rounded, the anterior angles a little greater

than right angles. The elytra are short, the strie very

lightly impressed, the eighth with the usual carina only at

the base for about two lines in length. The posterior tibia

have the two carine well marked.

510 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new

Catharsius Anderseni, sp. n.

Oblongus, convexus, nigro-piceus, sat nitidus ; capite lato, semi-

circulari, confertim rugoso, antice medio emarginatione parva,

vertice tuberculo minuto nitido; thorace convexo, quali, disco

sat fortiter sat crebre punctato, lateribus granuloso-rugosis, puncto

laterali vix conspicuo ; elytris nitidis, fortiter striatis, interstitiis

convexis sat crebre sat fortiter punctatis, carina laterali usque ad

medium continuata; tiblis anticis tridentatis.

Long. 63 lin.

Hab. Lake Nyassa (Andersen).

Allied to C. enermis, F’., or C. latifrons, Harold, but very

different from both on account of its strongly sculptured head

and thorax and convex, punctured interstices to the elytra.

The thorax has no trace of impressed median line; the disk

is shining, with rather strong punctures, which are slightly

separated from each other at the posterior part, but have a

tendency to unite transversely in the front part; at the

extreme base and at the sides the surface is rather coarsely

rugose ; the sides are nearly parallel at their middle, very

obliquely turned in in front, but forming a rather more distinct

angle than in either of the above-mentioned species. The

elytra have the strize deeply impressed, with very faint indica-

tion of crenulation; the interstices are very convex, strongly

punctured (compared with its allies), the punctures slightly

separated from each other. The posterior tibie are rather

more abruptly enlarged at their apex than in C. cnermis, the

upper carina is scarcely indicated.

Catharstus opacus, sp. n.

Rotundato-ovalis, convexus, niger, opacus; capite rugoso, antice

triangulariter emarginato, et utrinque levissime sinuato ; thorace

creberrime granulato-asperato, lateribus medio subrectis ; elytris

postice bene rotundatis, tenuiter nitido-striatis, striis parce punc-

tulatis, interstitiis planis, subtilissime coriaceis opacis, subtilissime

obsolete punctulatis, carina laterali sat valida, usque ad callum

apicalem continuata; tibiis anticis tridentatis, posticis apicem

versus gradatim latioribus ; corpore subtus nitido.

g. Capite vertice cornu brevi conico ; thoracis disco paullo bigib-

boso, antice declivi.

@. Capite tuberculo minuto; thorace «quali.

Long. 6—63 lin.

Hab. Lake Ngami (Andersen).

This species is very close to C. peleus, Ol., and represents

that species in South-east Africa. The head has the anterior

Scarabeeidee in the British Museum. 511

emargination less deep, and consequently the two triangular

teeth are less prominent. The elytra in C. peleus are dull,

but when examined by a magnifying-glass numerous minute

shining spots may be seen; and as these are absent in C.

opacus the elytra are still more dull and are opaque even at

the suture near the scutellum ; the interstices are perfectly

flat, which they scarcely are in C. peleus, especially at the

sides.

Possibly the male I have described may not be fully deve-

loped, and in that case the cephalic horn might be more like

that in C. peleus.

A small male has only a light impression in the front of

the thorax. ‘The female has no trace of impression.

Copris megaceratoides, sp. n.

Griseo-niger, parum nitidus ; capite fortiter crebre punctato, antice

late leviter emarginato, vertice cornu crasso, acuminato, cur-

vato ; thorace fortiter crebre punctato; elytris tenuiter striatis,

striis distincte punctatis, interstitiis planis, sat nitidis, sat crebre

sat fortiter punctatis; tibiis anticis quadridentatis, dente supe-

riori parvo, tibiis posticis sat longe tridigitatis.

g. Capitis cornu magno, compresso, fortiter punctato, pone medium

subito recurvo, basi bidenticulato, ad apicem subtus denticulato ;

thorace disco bene elevato, utrinque late leviter impresso, parte

elevata in cornubus duobus acuminatis distantibus antice curvatis

partita, margine antico medio tuberculis duobus instructo, angulis

anticis sat porrectis acutis.

Long. 10 lin.

3, var. minor. Capitis cornu breviori, curvato, acuminato ; thorace

disco minus eleyato, utrinque late impresso, parte elevata sub-

planata, subquadrata, antice emarginata, angulis obtusis, lateribus

cariniformibus, antice declivi carinis duabus acutis instructa,

prope angulos anticos dente triangulari elevato instructo.

Long. 9 lin.

Hab. Senegambia.

I have given the above name to this species on account of

the resemblance in general form of the cephalic and thoracie

horns to those of Megaceras chorineus in the Dynastide.

The thorax has an angle projecting forward rather beyond

the posterior lateral angle of the head; the sides are some-

what straight anteriorly, and near the front angle there is an

acute ridge, which in the smaller male is developed into a

triangular tooth. In the large male there are two approxi-

mate acute tubercles close to the front margin; in the smaller

male these are much reduced and are connected by two strong

ridges with the elevated tubercles on the disk.

This species is nearly allied to C. ochus, Mots.

512 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new

Copris globulipennis, sp. n.

Niger, convexus ; capite rugoso, antice medio inciso ; elytris bene

convexis, rotundatis, subtilissime striatis, interstitiis planis vel

fere planis, sat crebre punctatis.

6. Capite antice incisura parva, vertice cornu longo ad apicem

leviter curvato, antice sublevi, postice rugoso obtuse serrulato ;

thorace bene convexo, antice declivi fortiter granulato utrinque

fossa magna sublevi, fossa externe dente magno triangulari limi-

tata, disco postice elevato, convexo, obsolete punctato, basi linea-

que mediana impressa fortiter punctatis, parte elevata antice

obtuse quadridentata, dentibus duobus medianis magis approxi-

matis; elytris subopacis obscure punctatis, striis 1-2 apice for-

titer impressis.

inciso, obtuse bidentato, vertice tuberculo parvo emarginato

instructo, postice fere levi; thorace minus conyexo, antice

et ad latera crebre asperato-punctato, disco postice sat crebre

obsoletius punctato, linea mediana fortiter punctata, antice carina

obtusa curyata; elytris paullo longioribus, nitidis, evidenter

punctatis, sutura ad apicem rugosa striis 1*-4™ apice fortiter im-

pressis.

Long. 9 lin.

Hab, Cape of Good Hope.

This very distinct species may be placed near the preceding,

but it is very unlike any known to me. I believe it is well

known in collections under the name which I have retained

for it.

Copris sodalis, Walker.

The type of this species is a small female from Ceylon.

The only specimen in the Museum Collection agreeing with

it is from Cachar. It is very near C. sulcicollis, Lansb., and

has the same deeply impressed striz to the elytra and strongly

punctured pygidium, but differs in having the whole of the

disk of the thorax and the sides nearly to the middle almost

impunctate. It differs from the female example of C. sarpe-

don, Har., in having the sides of the thorax rather more

rounded anteriorly and in the punctuation.

Copris sinicus, Hope.

I think this can scarcely be separated from C. sulcicollis,

Lansb. ‘The typical specimen, however, has only the outer

tubercles on the disk of the thorax, the middle pair being

merely indicated by a slight swelling.

Scarabeeidess in the British Museum. 513

Copris capensis, sp. n.

Statura C. lunarvis, niger, nitidus; capite crebre rugoso, postice

leevi, margine antico sat profunde inciso; elytris tenuiter striatis,

interstitiis parum convexis ; pygidio fortiter sat crebre punctato.

¢d. Capitis cornu longo acuminato fere recto, postice prope basin

dentibus duobus parvis armato; thorace antice declivi, lobo

mediano supra subtilissime parce punctulato, antice late triangu-

lariter emarginato (vel recte truncato) angulis acutiusculis, parte

declivi crebre fortiter punctata angulis solum levibus, dente late-

rali valido compresso acuto.

Q. Capitis cornu brevi sat acuminato, apice in tuberculis parvis

terminanti; thorace rugoso, disco postice levi, antice abrupte

declivi.

Long. 103-114 lin.

Hab. South Africa (Dr. A. Smith).

Apparently a common species and in many collections

under the above name, but I am unable to find it described,

It much resembles C. dunaris, but is larger; the head has a

similar incision in front, the posterior projecting angles are a

little less acute; the elytra have the strie rather finer and the

interstices generally less convex. The male has the horn on

the head similar, perhaps a little more compressed laterally,

the two small tubercles appear a little more removed from

the base. The thorax is similar, except that the anterior

lateral angles are less obtuse ; the smooth cavity on each side

of the disk is very deep and in the fully developed male

reaches almost to the base; the median impressed line is almost

obsolete ; the lateral tooth is somewhat similar to that in C.

lunaris, but is larger and more directed forwards and outwards,

but not so much as in C. anceus; the sides are rather strongly

punctured, the punctuation extending a little on to the raised

disk ; the largest male has the front angles smooth.

The female is rather less convex; the thorax is strongly

rugose at the sides, with all the posterior part of the disk

smooth, the anterior declivity (which is not separated by any

distinct ridge) is transversely rugulose.

A small female (7+ lines long) apparently referable to this

species has no declivity in front; this and one of the larger

females have the elytra somewhat castaneous.

Copris lunariotdes, sp. 2.

Oblongus, minus convexus, sat parallelus, niger, nitidus; capite

maximo, antice acute inciso, ruguloso, postice levi; elytris leviter

striatis, striis fere leevyibus, interstitiis parum convexis ; pygidio

impunctato.

514. Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new

3g. Capitis cornu compresso, acuminato, leviter curvato, antice

punctulato, postice rugoso ; thorace antice truncato, parte mediana

levi antice paullo angustata, ad apicem emarginata quadrituber-

culata, antice levi, utrinque late excavato, crebre asperato, dente

laterali valido compresso, triangulari.

3, var. minor ? Thoracis lobo mediano antice crebre granulato.

@. Capitis cornu sat elevato, transversim compresso, ad apicem

paullo latiori et emarginato; thorace dimidio anteriori rugoso,

basi levi, lobo mediano obtuso antice a carina limitato, dente

laterali minus elevato.

Long. 10-13 lin.

Hab. Abyssinia, Nyanza; Masai (/ J. Jackson, Esq.) ;

8. Africa (Dr. A. Smith).

This is a common species, known, I believe, under the

above name, and also confounded with capensis. It is a

flatter insect than C. dunarts and more parallel, the parallel

appearance being partly due to the great width of the head.

The thorax is rather parallel-sided. The large male has the

thorax almost without punctuation except the deep cavity on

each side of the disk and in the lateral fovea; the median

lobe is emarginate in front, with its angles obtusely dentiform

and with a very small tooth slightly removed from the angle ;

the anterior surface of this lobe is smooth and shining, and it

has on each side three or four minute tubercles.

In the smaller males the thorax has the median lobe trun-

cate in front, with four small tubercles, the middle pair a

little nearer to each other than to the lateral ones ; the ante-

rior upper margin is punctured, and the anterior declivity, as

well as the cavities and anterior angles, are closely and

rather coarsely rugose. The pygidium is smooth or almost so.

It is possible that the specimens which I have described as

the large and smaller males may be referable to distinct

species. The difference in the sculpture of the anterior

declivity of the thorax may be a specific character.

Copris Morgani, sp. n.

Statura omnino C. lunaris at minor: niger, magis convexus, niti-

dus ; elytris fortiter crenato-striatis, interstitiis bene convexis,

leyibus, stria octava pone medium abbreviata.

Long. 8 lin.

Hab. Sierra Leone (Rev. D. F. Morgan and James Fox-

croft).

This species may be placed near C. orton and C. amyntor.

It is decidedly more convex than C. lunaris, ‘The head is

relatively narrower, more obliquely narrowed behind the

Scarabeidee in the British Museum. 515

cheek, so that the projecting lateral angle is aright angle ; in

front there is a very slight triangular emargination, not an

incision. Rather finely rugose, with the vertex smooth.

3S. Head with the horn as in C. lunaris, but smooth in

front. Thorax as in C. lunaris, but more convex, obliquely

narrowed in front before the anterior truncature, which is

consequently narrower than in dunaris, The disk is smooth,

with a strongly impressed punctured median line, with a few

fine punctures by the middle pair of tubercles; the raised

part has four tubercles in front and is relatively shorter and

broader than in lunaris; the middle pair of tubercles are

close together and in the smaller males entirely disappear, so

that there is a simple truncate median lobe ;. the sublateral

tubercles are relatively less developed than in /unaris and

are a little less forward; the anterior declivity is smooth, or

with a few punctures in the minor variety ; the obtuse carinz

limiting the declivity converge below; the deep cavity on

each side is moderately punctured, the anterior angles strongly

punctured, the sides are moderately distinctly punctured, and

in one specimen are rather strongly punctured.

?. Head with a short trapezoidal horn, emarginate at its

apex. Thorax strongly punctured in front and at the sides,

the posterior part of the disk smooth; with an obtuse curved,

carina in front ; the very transverse anterior declivity smooth.

The strie of the elytra are not only unusually deep, but

the oval punctures in them are rather strong, and crowded

together so as to form a perfect chain.

Copris Harrist, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovalis, convexus, nigro-piceus, nitidus; capite confertim

punctato; elytris leviter crenato-striatis, interstitiis subtilissime

punctulatis ; pygidio evidenter punctato.

3g. Capite cornu longo sat acuminato parum curvato rugoso, basi

postice bidenticulato armato; thorace antice utrinque profunde

impresso, lobo mediano quadridenticulato, dente laterali com-

presso.

@. Capite cornu breyi compresso ad apicem emarginato ; thorace

antice carina nitida vix elevata, parte declivi crebre sat fortiter

punctata.

Long. 8-84 lin.

Hiab. Abyssinia, Shoa (Sir W. C. Harris).

This species has the form and appearance of C. lunaris.

The head has a rather wide and not deep triangular emar-

gination in front, with a slight sinuosity on each side. The

elytra are as in C. dunaris, but the punctures in the striz are

perhaps a trifle more distinct, but not so strong as in C, orion.

516 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new

The male has the horn on the head as in C. lunaris, but

is more slender, and the apex itself is not so sharp. The

thorax is as in C. lunarts, but the median dorsal line is less

marked ; the median lobe is truncate in front, with four

nearly equal and equidistant tubercles; in the fully deve-

loped male this lobe is a trifle broader in front than poste-

riorly, its anterior vertical surface is densely and coarsely

punctured, even slightly rugose; the deep impressions on

each side of the lobe are rather strongly punctured ; the sub-

lateral tooth does not turn outwards so much as in C. lunaris,

and in the fully developed males its upper edge is bisinuate,

so that a second obtuse tooth is formed; the middle of the

disk is almost smooth or with a few very fine punctures, but

the sides of the middle lobe are distinctly punctured, and the

front margin of the lobe and the base of the thorax (behind

the impression) are still more distinctly punctured, the punc-

tures being moderately close together; at the sides of the

thorax the punctuation is rather strong and very close.

The female is like the female of C. dunaris, but the thorax

is less convex, the median line is less impressed, and there is

less anterior declivity. The horn on the head is similar, The

thorax has the sculpture very similar, but not qguzte so strong,

and is distinctly less rugose near the anterior ridge ; there is

little or no smooth space at the posterior part of the disk ;

the anterior declivity is very closely and rather strongly punc-

tured, with a tendency to be rugose.

Copris orion, Kl., and C. amyntor, KI.

There is some uncertainty in the identification of these

species. In Erman’s ‘ Reise,’ Atlas, p. 34, C. orton is stated

to be the insect known in Kcklon’s list as C. caffra and C.

brevicornis ; it is distinguished from C. lunaris by its small

size and “ ferner ist das Halsschild, welches bei C. lunarts

fast glatt zu sein pflegt, hier deutlich und grob punctirt.

Die Streifen auf den Deckschilden sind tiefer eingegraben,

und die Zwischenriiume mehr oder weniger deutlich punctirt.”

In the Latin diagnosis the expression “ interstitiis obsolete

punctatis”’ is used.

C. orton of Boheman is certainly the insect known to me

by that name, having the head almost entirely smooth, with

the elytra so smooth that it is only with a strong magnifying-

power that the punctures can be seen.

It is just possible therefore that C. orion, Bohem., from

South Africa, may be distinct from C. orton, Klug, from

Senegal.

Elytra

stria

Elytra

rately deeply:

Scarabeeidee in the British Museum. 517

_ C. amyntor, Kl. (Peters’s ‘ Reise n. Mossambique,’ p. 242),

is from Sena:—‘ Am ihnlichsten ist diese der C. caffra,

deren v. Winthem in einem Verzeichniss caffrischer Insecten

erwihnt. Sie bildet den Uebergang zu der um eine Linie

kleineren C. orton, Dej., von Senegal. Von beiden Arten ist

sie unterschieden durch den oben nicht glatten, sonst durch

Punkte und Runzeln uneben Kopf mit dem darauf sitzenden,

an der hinteren Seite flachen, héckerigen, vor der Mitte

deutlich zweigezahnten Horn und dem in beiden Geschlech-

tern starken und dichten fast iiberall punctirten Halsschild.”

It appears to me from these extracts that C. orton, K1., is

more strongly punctured than C. lunaris, which is scarcely

the case with C. orton, Boheman; and C. amyntor, K1., 1s

still more strongly punctured, and moreover has the head

rugose. The species which I have identified as C. amyntor

we have received from South Africa and Nyassa. From

description I should think it possible that C. obesa, Bohem.,

is the female of this species.

The following notes may be of service in determining the

species of this group :—

(Middle lobe of thorax | Head smooth ........ orion, Bohem,

Pe eee. Head coarsely punc-

| 6 : MATEUS, 2) 5 Pata Far amyntor, Kl,

deeply ;

ted, ‘ ( Lateral tooth of thorax

| simple; clypeus

‘ Middle lobe of thorax | widely triangularly

{ quadridenticulate. “\ emarginate........ Morgani, sp. n.

Lateral tooth of thorax

dowblaseis ec cs ae sp.

( Middle lobe of thorax

quadridenticulate,

| simple; clypeus with

mode- ; :

J but with the middle ;

narrow _ triangular

Lateral tooth of thorax

emargination ; ante-

] ar y =| .

striated. ) ae d poneely ese: rior surface of median

Hg er PP ° thoracic lobe finely

= ee (* “punctured: (2210. modesta, B.

( Middle lobe of thorax

with anterior surface

coarsely punctured ; -

Elytra lightly | Middle lobe of thorax } 4, /ter™ ‘0 oN cette ae

striated, quadridenticulate. } th anterior surface

rather finely punc-

tured; lateral tooth

lee READS Scie naer ae confusa, B.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Sev. 6. Vol. vil. 35

518 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new

C. orphanus, Guérin, which is allied to these, is smaller

and narrower and has the middle lobe of the thorax triden-

tate. We have received it from Kilima-njaro, and it seems

to me very probable that C. evanida, KI., from Sena, is

referable to this species.

Copris gracilis, sp. n.

Convexus, piceus, parum nitidus; capite ruguloso, postice levi;

thorace creberrime evidenter punctulato; elytris obscure casta-

neis, nitidis, crenato-striatis, interstitiis leviter convexis, subtilis-

sime parce punctulatis ; pygidio evidenter sat crebre punctato.

6. Capite cornu acuminato, sat longo, leviter curvato, basi bidenticu-

lato armato ; thorace antice abrupte declivi, parte declivi utrinque

leviter impressa.

Q. Capite tuberculo parvo ad apicem impresso; thorace equali.

Long. 5-54 lin.

Hab. Catftraria.

Resembles C. sinon, F., but is less dull and differently

sculptured. The head is similar, but is rather more rugulose

in front. The thorax is moderately strongly punctured all

over, the punctures being separated from each other by nearly

the diameter of a puncture; the anterior declivous part is also

punctured, but the punctures are a little finer and are very

delicate at the upper part of the middle portion ; the impres-

sions on each side of the front part are less deep than in C.

sinon and are punctured ; the middle discoidal lobe is similar

to that in C. stron, but is much less prominent; there is a

lightly impressed median line. The elytra are more shining

than in C. stnon, with the striz deeper and the interstices

gently convex.

Copris puncticollis, Bohem. (according to a specimen

kindly sent from Stockholm by Prof. Aurivillius for com-

parison), is very near CO, gracilis, but is a little shorter and

rather less parallel, and is at once distinguished by the

coarser punctuation of the thorax, the punctures being

_ crowded together.

Copris diversus, sp. n.

Convexus, piccus, nitidus; capite antice subtilissime punctulato,

postice sat fortiter punctato, margine medio late leviter emar-

ginato; thorace punctato, postice levi, antice leviter declivi;

elytris fortiter striatis, striis fortiter punctatis, interstitiis con-

vexis, subtilissime parce punctulatis fere levibus ; pygidio fortiter

crebre punctato.

3. Capite cornu parvo acuminato.

@. Capite lamina parva ad apicem subtruncata.

Long. 6 lin.

Scarabeeidee in the British Museum. 519

Hab. Madagascar, Nossi-Bee.

This species has very much the appearance of C. minutus,

Drury, but the head has a very bread but not deep emar-

gination.

The male has the head shining, almost imperceptibly

punctured, the posterior margin and the side-pieces (behind

the oblique line) strongly punctured. The horn is thick at

its base, moderately acuminate, gently curved. The thorax

is almost imperceptibly punctured, and appears smooth,

except a space on each side of the fore part of the disk and

the anterior angles, the punctures in these places being

rather strong, those on the disk not very close together; there

is a strongly impressed punctured median line, extending to

the middle of the disk ; the anterior declivity is very slight

and has a few small punctures on its anterior surface. The

elytra have the striae deeply impressed and strongly and

moderately closely punctured, but not nearly so much as in

C. minutus ; the interstices are moderately convex.

The female has the surface of the head a little less shining.

The horn has the form of a subquadrate lamina, a little

Jonger than broad, slightly curved, the lower part swollen in

front. The thorax has the punctured spaces a little larger

and more extended, meeting across the front part of the disk

and coming nearer to the base.

Copris Nevinsont, sp. n.

Oblongus, piceus, nitidus ; capite levi; elytris minus nitidis, leviter

striatis, striis distincte punctatis, interstitiis perparum convexis,

subtiliter laxe punctulatis ; pygidio sat fortiter punctato.

3. Capite antice late leviter emarginato, vertice cornu longo, eur-

vato, acuminato, levi; thorace disco excavato utrinque in cornu

compresso levi triangulari ad apicem acuminato incurvato, antice

ad basin tuberculo minuto munito, ducto, excavatione sat crebre

fortiter asperato-punctata, lateribus ante angulos anticos fortiter

excisis.

g, var. minor. Thorace disco crebrius fere ocellato-punctato, cornu-

bus minus elevatis ; lateribus ante angulos anticos leviter sinuatis.

9. Capite antice haud sinuato, medio carina brevi obtusa vix

elevata, vertice tuberculo vix elevato; thorace parum convexo,

disco fere levi, linea mediana impressa sat fortiter punctata,

lateribus sat crebre punctulatis, marginibus ante angulos anticos

leviter sinuatis ; elytris fere impunctatis.

Long. 83-93 lin.

Hab. Siam (J. C. Bowring, Esq.), Cochin China.

This species is closely allied to C. fidéws, but is shining

and rather less convex. I have described the large male

from Mr. B. Nevinson’s collection. Some examples have the

35*

520 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new

elytra brown. I have seen this species bearing the name

C'. malaccensis, but believe it to be undescribed. |

Copris signatus, Walker.

This appears to be a common Ceylonese species, easily

recognized by the two erect horns on the margin of the head:

and by the T'-formed horn on the vertex.

It is redescribed by Harold under the name of Catharsius

coronatus (MT. Miinchen ent. Verein, i. p. 98). It is

allied to Copris punctulatus, Wiedem.

Copris Davisoni, sp. n.

Statura C. punctulati, piceus, subopacns ; capite levi, vertice angu-

lisque posticis punctulatis ; thorace creberrime punctato; elytris

striatis, striis sat fortiter punctatis, interstitiis modice convexis,

distincte punctatis.

3. Capite antice sicut truneato, margine medio cornu erecto, acu-

minato, ad apicem paullo curvato, fronte medio cornu erecto

parallelo ad apicem binodoso,

3, var. minor. Capitis cornu anteriori minori ad basin antice

utrinque dente porrecto instructo,

9. Capite antice obtuse bidentato, fronte medio tuberculo conico ad

apicem subbinodoso,

Long. 6-64 lin.

Hab. Malabar, Nilgiris (W. Davison, Esq.).

Very near to C. signatus, Walker, but a little narrower.

The male is at once distinguished by the singular arma-

ture of the head. The thorax is not quite so coarsely punc-

tured as in C. signatus, and in the larger male the punctures

have a tendency to run together in a haere thier direction.

In the large male there is a slight indication of a double

swelling at the anterior part of the disk. The elytra have

the striz very distinct, the punctures moderately strong and

somewhat separated ; in the larger males they encroach more

on the interstices and appear like pairs of punctures (one on

each side of the stria) united on the stria; the interstices are

moderately convex, very distinctly punctured, the punctures

separated from each other by about two diameters of a

puncture,

The female differs from the female of C. signatus in being

a trifle narrower, with rather more finely punctured thorax ;

the head with the two anterior teeth a little narrower and

separated by a narrower triangular space ; the frontal tubercle

having a tendency to be bimodose at the apex.

I have seen this species bearing the manuscript name C.

rhinocerus.

Scarabeeides tn the British Museum. 521

Copris eacisus, sp. Nn.

Oblongus, parum convexus, sat nitidus, piceus; capite antice levi,

postice subtiliter sat crebre punctulato, vertice transversim leviter

impresso ; thorace paullo convexo, sat crebre evidenter punctato,

basi medio leviter impresso ; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis

sat convexis, subtiliter distincte punctatis ; pygidio crebre punc-

tato.

3d. Capite medio tuberculo parvo perparum elevato, clypeo utrinque

profunde inciso, parte anteriori in medio recta, utrinque in cornu

sat acuminato producta.

. Magis nitidus ; capite medio transversim paullo elevato, tuber-

culo parvo conico ad apicem truncato, clypeo margine medio

obtuse bidentato, dentibus sat distantibus.

Long. 54 lin.

fab, N. India.

This is allied to C. stgnatus, Walker, but is more convex.

The male has a deep incision on each side of the front part of

the head, thus leaving a slightly acuminate horn-like process

in front ; these horns are slightly obliquely directed forwards,

and are separated by a somewhat wide space. ‘The thorax is

more convex than in allied species ; it is rather closely punc-

tured, and the punctures are small, especially at the front

part of the disk; there is a slight impression in the middle

of the base, continued forwards by some larger punctures.

The elytra has the striae very distinct, with distinct trans-

verse punctures, which are not crowded together; the inter-

stices are slightly dull, gently convex, very finely punctured,

the punctures not very close together.

The female is altogether more shining than the male. The

head has the usual two obtuse teeth in front, but they are

more porrect than in the allied species and are separated by a

more semicircular space. ‘The thorax has the punctuation

similar, but a trifle less fine. he elytra are shining and

the punctures on the interstices are very distinct and less fine.

Copris Andrewest, sp. n.

Statura omnino precedenti, niger, opacus; capite crebre subtiliter

punctulato, margine antico solum levi medio in lobo obtuso pro-

ducto; thorace confertim sat fortiter punctato; elytris fortiter

striatis, striis sat fortiter punctatis, interstitiis bene convexis,

impunctatis vel obsoletissime parce punctulatis ; pygidio fortiter

’ punctato.

3. Capite medio carina brevi, postice tuberculo minuto.

2?. Capite medio convexo, postice tuberculo vix elevato.

Long. 67 lin.

522 Mr. R. B. Newton on the

Hab. India, Belgaum (H. E. Andrewes, Esq.).

This species is closely allied to the preceding, but is black

and differently sculptured and with more convex interstices

to the elytra. The head has a small projecting lobe in the

middle of the front margin, with a slight sinuosity in the

margin on each side of its base. The thorax is rather

strongly punctured, the punctures separated from each other

by about half the diameter of a puncture. The elytra have

the striz more impressed than in the foregoing species, the

punctures encroaching considerably on the interstices; the

interstices very convex, almost impunctate.

The male has on the middle of the head a very short

transverse ridge, about twice as broad as high, the angles of

which are slightly swollen; behind this there is a very slight

scarcely raised tubercle.

The female (or undeveloped male ?) has the middle of the

head slightly convex, and posteriorly there is a very slight

tubercle.

[To be continued. |

LXI.—Reply to the Rev. Canon Norman’s Views respecting

the proposed rejection of Cyclostoma, with Remarks on

No. 10 Rule of the “Stricklandian Code.” By R. BULLEN

Newton, F.G.S., British Museum (Natural History).

THE abandonment of a familiar name like Cyclostoma, pro-

posed by me in last April’s number of the ‘ Annals,’ is a

matter for considerable regret, though I fear many others

equally well known must soon share the same fate and be

relegated to the regions of synonyiny if we would attain to

a proper degree of accuracy in our conchological nomen-

clature.

Certain objections have been raised in the May number of

‘the ‘Annals’ to my proposals on this subject by the Rev.

Canon Norman which, on being analyzed, betray an amount

of prejudice that, emanating from so distinguished an

observer, is indeed to be deplored. He charges me with

having ‘misapprehended the facts, and that no need exists

for changing the names Cyclostoma and Pomatias as now in

use.” ‘Io defend my position it will be necessary to reca-

pitulate some of the details connected with the genera and

types involved, and for this purpose I shall place them in

chronological order, as follows :—

proposed rejection of Cyclostoma. 523

(1) Pomartas, B. Studer, 1789 (= Nerita elegans, Miiller).

(2) Scata (Klein, 1753), G. Humphrey, 1797 (= Turbo

scalarts, Linn.).

(3) CycLostoma, Lamarck, 1799 (= Turbo scalaris, Linn.).

(4) Cyctostoma, Draparnaud, 1801 (= Nerita elegans,

Miller).

(5) Cyctostoma, Lamarck, 1801 (= Turbo delphinus, Linn.).

(6) Scavarta, Lamarck, 1801 (= Turbo scalaris, Linn.).

(7) DeLpHINULA, Lamarck, 1804 (= Turbo delphinus,

Linn.).

(8) Pomarias, Hartmann, 1821 (= Cye’ostoma patulum,

Drap.).

Every naturalist on viewing this list of eight genera

and their types would readily admit the very urgent import-

ance for their final revision. Beginning with Studer’s

Pomatias of 1789, we find that its type was transferred by

Draparnaud to his Cyclostoma of 1801. There is, then, no

alternative, in the exercise of the just law of priority, but to

accept this Studerian name to the exclusion of the other.

The next genus, Scala, truly a Kleinian name, and conse-

quently pre-Linnean, but which was used by G. Humphrey

in 1797, just two years before the establishment of Lamarck’s

first Cyclostoma, is recommended for adoption not only on

the ground of priority, but as being a means of escaping

from the difficulties connected with the genera Scalarta and

Cyclostoma, the types of which are identical with that of

Scala.

Prof. W. H. Dall, of Washington, has just favoured me

with a reference to his valuable report on the ‘ Blake’ Mol-

lusca *, in which, after a full discussion on every aspect of

this question, he had no hesitation in deciding in favour of

the retention of Scala. It is to be hoped that before long we

shall hear that M. de Boury, the chief authority on the

Scalide, will see the necessity for adopting the same, more

especially as he employs the family name of Scalide for his

group, and not Scalaride.

Lamarck cancelled one of the mistakes of his previous

work when, in 1804, he established his genus Delphinula

* “ Report on the Mollusca dredged by the U.S. Coast-Survey Steamer

‘Blake,’ ”’ Gasteropoda and Scaphopoda, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard

Coll. 1889, vol. xviii. p. 299.

524 Mr. R. B. Newton on the

and attached as its type the Turbo delphinus of Linneus,

which had hitherto been identified with his Cyclostoma of

1801. In 1821 Hartmann introduced Pomatias in a totally

different sense to that founded by Studer in 1789; hence it

is apparent that a change in this name being necessary, and

there being no available synonym to receive it, Hartmannia,

recently proposed by me, must now be recognized.

Attention has lately been drawn to the fact in a contem-

porary journal * that this generic name had been utilized

in botany, which, however, does not ‘militate against its use

in a zoological sense, as, according to the corrections made in

1865 in the British Association Rules, the subjects must be

kept entirely distinct. Thus by the operation of the law of

priority I have been enabled to reduce these eight genera to

the number of four, which will henceforth stand as follows :—

Pomatias, Scala, Delphinula, and Hartmannia. I am quite

aware of the subsequent work done by Lamarck on his genera

Scalaria, Delphinula, and Cyclostoma, as well as that of

Deshayes on Delphinula, quotations from which are given in

the Rev. Canon Norman’s criticism; but we can only treat

these genera from the dates on which they were separately

founded, as no attempts were made in Lamarck’s later re-

searches to furnish a practical revision of the types of his

earlier genera, except in the case of Delphinula, which he

made perfectly definite for all time. Nothing could be clearer

than the history of Pumatias, 1789; its distinct diagnosis

and association with so well known a type leaves no loophole

for hesitation as to what it included. ‘The second species

referred to under this genus was P. vardegatus, a mere list or

manuscript name without description of any kind. Not

until 18207 do we hear of it again, when we tind that

Studer himself included it as asynonym of Cyclostoma macu-

latum, Drap., which species he and subsequent authors have

shown to be the same as Helix septemspiralist of Razou-

mowsky, 1789 §. ‘This species, then, belongs to Pomatias as

diagnosed by Hartmann, but which, differing from Studer’s

of 1789, now becomes LHartmannia.

Canon Norman makes some critical observations on the

tenth Nomenclature Rule of the British Association which

deserve close attention. The rule stands thus:—‘‘ A name

* ‘British Naturalist,’ May 1891, p. 100.

+ § Verzeichniss,’ 1820, p. 22.

{ Quoted wrongly by Canon Norman in his footnote, p. 448, as Poma-

tias septemspiralis,

§ Hist. Nat. Jorat, 1789, vol. i. p. 278.

proposed rejection of Cyclostoma. 525

should be changed which has before been proposed for some

other genus in zoology or botany, or for some other species

in the same genus, when still retained for such genus or

species.” He advocates the application of the latter part of

this rule to the genera under consideration. He argues

that if the first Cyclostoma is inadmissible, we must accept

the second, though I have distinctly proved it to be the

equivalent of Studer’s genus of 1789. I beg therefore to

differ materially from the Rev. Canon when he intimates

that I have misapplied a rule of nomenclature in rejecting

Cyclostoma, as I hold that I have not violated it in any one

particular.

He appears to be only anxious to demonstrate that we

should follow the opinion most generally received by con-

chologists on this subject, instead of thinking it a matter for

congratulation that the discovery of the Studerian genus now

relieves us from the difficulties that have surrounded Cyclo-

stoma for upwards of ninety years.

In considering the latter part of this tenth rule, however, I

can imagine grave difficulties arising in its application, and I

beg to enter a very strong protest against it.

There will always be a variety of opinions as to whether

an earlier name is obsolete or not. Rather than have this

hesitation in the matter let us erase this clause from our statute-

book and adopt the law of priority, without the particular limit

specified, asa ‘fundamental’ maxim. If reference is made

to the American * view on this subject we find no such restric-

tion in force. Canon xxxili. reads:—“ A generic name is to be

changed which has been previously used tor some other genus

in the same kingdom.” Again, Canon xiv. contains, ‘‘ The

adoption of a ‘ Statute of Limitation’ in modification of the

lew priorttatis 1s impracticable and inadmissible.” ‘Turning

to continental views, we find it stated in Dr. R. Blanchard’s F

report, article xii., “ Tout nom générique déja employé dans

le méme Régne devra étre rejeté.” A number of other

instances could be quoted where we fail to discover the

irksome limit implied in our English rule in the exercise of

this law of priority. Suppose for a moment we consider

Rule 10 in its application to the example given us by Canon

Norman, viz. the genus Normania. ‘Thrice has ‘this name

been applied. The first is rendered a synonym, because

* ¢The Code of Nomenclature and Check-List of North-American

Birds, being the Report of the Committee of the Union of Classification

and Nomenclature.’ 8vo, New York, 1886.

t+ ‘De la Nomenclature des Etres Organisés. Rapport présenté au

Congrés International de Zoologie,’ 8yo, Paris, 1889.

526 On the proposed rejection of Cyclostoma.

Loxoconcha was previously used for the same organism.

Bowerbank, a little later, applying Rule 10, introduces it again

for another group. ‘The third occasion cited of its use is not

of course difficult to cope with, as it takes its place without

any comment in synonymy. Now I ask, if the second

Normania were allowed to stand, what wonld be the effect

if some day the name of Loxoconcha should prove to be pre-

occupied ? For it must be remembered that our ordinary

channels of information for ascertaining such a point are not

yet complete. We have by no means exhausted the litera-

ture. Numerous works are gradually coming to light which

have hitherto escaped such skilful compilers as Agassiz,

Marshall, and Scudder. No doubt to guard against such a

contingency as I have hinted at Professor Sollas wisely

altered the second Normania to Pecillastra. However

grievous such an alteration as this must be to the great

naturalist referred to in the name, and while we must admit

that Canon Norman’s deduction from the latter part of Rule

10 seems to have been neglected by Prof. Sollas in making

this change, yet it was brought about in accordance with the

views held almost universally in other countries, and should

consequently be admitted. I therefore maintain that to prevent

confusion in the future Prof. Sollas’s genus should stand, and

that Normania should be allowed to repose quietly in

synonymy until the time comes when it may be called forth

to take the place of Loxoconcha.

I venture to ask Canon Norman if, in the compilation

of his “ Revision of British Mollusca,” published in the

‘Annals’ for 1890, where he places under review some

seventy or eighty genera and subgenera, he is aware that

about a dozen of them are preoccupied names, and whether

they remain so in his desire to carry out strictly to the letter

his interpretation of the latter portion of Rule 10?

There is a great work to be done in our conchological

nomenclature ; and although much has been effected by con-

tinental authors, there still remains a considerable field for

action. But if we are to be limited in our adoption of

the law of priority we shall have endless confusion and

unsatistactory results. I consider that the importance of

this matter deserves attention from the British Association at

their next meeting, to settle whether zoological science would

not be considerably advanced by the rescinding of the latter

part of Rule 10 of the Stricklandian Code, the words of

which are ‘‘ when still retained for such genus or species.”

I am indebted to my colleagues Messrs. EK. A. Smith and

G. A. Boulenger for some usetul suggestions in the prepara-

Mr. O. Thomas on three new Bats. 527

tion of this paper—the former for advice on the conchological

aspect of the question, and the latter for having supplied me

with references to the literature on the subject of the nomen-

clature laws.

LXI1.— Descriptions of Three new Bats in the British

Museum Collection. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Hipposiderus Pratti, sp. n.

Allied and but little inferior in size to H. armiger.

Frontal sac present (in the female, therefore certainly large

in the as yet unknown male) ; the fleshy prominences on each

side of the sac still more developed than in that species, and

forming a sort of supplementary nose-leaf more than 3

millim. high, running right across the muzzle, and only inter-

rupted in the centre where the opening of the frontal gland

is placed. (In the male there is no doubt a still further

development of this remarkable structure.) ‘Terminal erect

part of the true nose-leaf high in the centre and sloping down

rapidly on the sides, its upper edge therefore far more convex

than in the other species of the genus; its outer edges not

continuous with the horseshoe ; its front surface with a single

central vertical ridge. Front edge of horseshoe sharply and

distinctly notched in the centre. ‘lwo supplementary leaflets

present on each side of the muzzle.

Ears as in H. armiger. Wing-membrane attached to the

ankles. Last caudal vertebra free of the interfemoral mem-

brane.

Colour of the fur (in alcohol) apparently dull smoky grey

above and below.

Dimensions of the type, an adult female in alcohol :—

Head and body 90 millim.; tail 56; head 33; ear, above

crown, 24; forearm 83 (=3:25 inches) ; lower leg 35; hind

foot, including claws, 21.

Hab, Kia-ting-fu*, Western Sze-chuen, China. Col-

lected by A. KE. Pratt, Esq.

* Found in the artificial caves made by the ancient inhabitants of the

district. In the very same cave as this specimen Mr. Pratt obtained a

male of what appears to be H. armiger, unless the male of H. Pratti is

like H. armiger while the female is quite different. This, while possible,

is very unlikely. Fortunately both sexes are known not only of the true

H. armiger but also of the Chinese H. Swinhoet, Peters, ordinarily con-

sidered to be synonymous with it, and therefore there can be no question

as to the specific distinctness of the new form,

528 Mr. O. Thomas on three new Bats.

This fine species is readily distinguished from its nearest

allies, H. armiger and H, leptophyllus, by the very different

shape of the terminal nose-leaf, by the great development of

the prominences on each side of the frontal sac, and by its

lesser number of supplementary leaflets. In size it is note-

worthy as being only exceeded by three members of the large

genus LTipposiderus, and it is in fact one of the largest

insectivorous bats that have been described for many years.

Vesperugo (Vesperus) Moloneyt, sp. n.

Vesperus with the tragus extraordinarily short, with the

outer upper incisors nearly as long as the inner, and with the

anterior lower premolar minute.

Size of body medium, but the extremities so short that

the forearm-length makes the species appear to be among the

smallest of the genus. Tlead very broad and flat, much as in

Nycticejus ** or in V. pachypus; facial glands swollen, but

not raised vertically above the level of the centre of the

muzzle. ars very short, their edges evenly continuous, not

emarginate externally either above or opposite the base of

the tragus ; the small keel usually present just behind the

base of their inner margin nearly or quite

obsolete. Tragus (see figure) extraordinarily

small, quite unlike that of any other member

of the group, tts height, measured along its

inner edge, less than half its breadth, its upper

and its outer margins rounded ; its outer base Left Tragus of Ves-

without any projection. Anterior extremi- perugo Moloneyi, 3.

ties much reduced throughout, especially

distally ; the forearm but little more than half of the combined

lengthsof the head and body, the thumb very short, the two pha-

langes of the middle finger together only about half the length

of the short forearm, and those of the fifth finger less than a

fifth of it; finally the usual distal cartilaginous extension of

the third finger is nearly obsolete. Hind legs unusually

thick and muscular. Calcar feeble, post-calcareal lobule

absent. Extreme tip of tail only free from membrane.

Fur short, uniformly very dark brown or black above and

beneath.

Upper inner incisors long, their tips bicuspid; outer ones

* When showing (Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) ix. p. 88, 1890) that the

American Nycticejus humeralis could not be separated generically from

the Old-World Scotophilus, I did not notice that the name Nycticejus

(1819) was anterior in date to Scotophilus (1822). My. Blanford has

since pointed this out to me; and it is evident that the former name

must be used for all the species hitherto called Scotophilus.

Mr. O. Thomas on three new Bats. 529

cylindrical, unicuspid, not reaching quite to the level of the

outer cusps of the inner incisors. Upper premolars very close

to and but little shorter than the canines. Lower incisors

tricuspid, overlapping. Anterior lower premolar very small,

searcely exceeding in height the cingulum of the large pos-

terlor one.

Dimensions of the type, a male preserved in spirit :—

Head and body 50 millim. ; head, length 16, breadth across

muzzle 11; ear, length from base of inner edge 9, length

from base of outer 11°5; tragus, length of inner margin 1:0,

length of outer margin 3°8, breadth above 1:9, height of base

3:2. Forearm 29 (=1:'15 inch) ; thumb, including claw, 5:5 ;

third finger, metacarpal 29, first phalanx 8°5, second phalanx

7°8; lower leg 11; hind foot, including claws, 8:2; tail 30.

Hab. Lagos, West Africa. One specimen, collected and

presented by Sir Alfred Moloney.

This most remarkable species is distinguished by its pro-

portionally large body and head and the reduction in length

of all its extremities, including in this term the ears, tragus,

wings, legs, and tail. This reduction, combined with the

markedly more muscular condition of the legs, no doubt indi-

cates a less exclusively aerial manner of life ; and we may be

prepared to find when its habits are known that it seeks for

its prey creeping about either the trunks and branches of trees

or the rocks of cliffs and caves, rather than flying about in

the open.

Stenoderma Nichollsi, sp. n.

Most closely allied to Stenoderma rufum*, Geoff., with which

it agrees in the number of its molars (3) and in the long

parallel-sided palatal emargination. It differs, however, in

the absence of the remarkable frontal ridges and concavity

characteristic of that species and in the very dissimilar pro-

portions of the upper molars.

Comparing the teeth with Peters’s beautiful figures, the

inner upper incisors are shorter and with more of a tendency

to the bicuspidate form found in S. achradophilum, Gosse,

and figured by Dobson}; the canines and premolars are

similar, but the molars are again, while agreeing in number

with those of S. rwfum, more similar in shape to those of 8.

achradophilum ; thus “1 is far broader than in S. rufum, and

extends inwards by nearly half its breadth beyond the level

* see and teeth figured by Peters, MB. Ak, Berl. 1876, p. 434, pl.i.

figs. 1-7. -

“+ Cat. Chir. B. M. pl. xxviii. fig. 2.

530 = Mr. R. I. Pocock on Pherusa fucicola, Leach.

of the last premolar, and ™-? is equally broad. On the other

hand, these two molars are not so compressed antero-poste-

riorly as in 8. achradophilum, and the internal gap between

them is broader. Finally, “3 is far smaller than in S. rufum,

not exceeding in transverse section one of the small outer

incisors. Lower teeth as in S. achradophilum, except for

their rather greater size.

Palatal emargination narrow, parallel-sided, extending for-

wards to the level of the middle of ™1.

External characters very much as in S. achradophilum,

except that the colour is darker and more uniform, the head

being dull brown, like the rest of the body.

Dimensions of the type, an adult female in spirit :—

Head and body 58 millim.; ear, above crown, 12; fore-

arm 46 (=1°8 inch) ; lower leg 15.

Teeth: distance from front of canine to back of ™? 7:0

millim. ; palatal breadth, outside ™19-5, inside ™1 3:9.

Hab. Island of Dominica, West Indies. Collected, under

the auspices of the West-Indian Exploration Committee, by

Dr. H. A. A. Nicholls, in whose honour I have much pleasure

in naming the species.

S. Nichollst is interesting as being the first of the rare

genus Stenoderma found in the Lesser Antilles, S. achrado-

phyllum being, so far as is yet known, a native only of

Jamaica and Cuba, while S. falcatum is peculiar to the latter

island. ‘The habitat of S. rufum is unknown.

LXIII.—On Pherusa fucicola, Leach, and the Law of

Priority. By R. I. Pocock.

THERE are few zoological systematists who can say with Mr.

Walker that they have destroyed more species than they have

made. For this all carcinologists must be grateful; but

most of them will, I think, feel regret at his decision in the

ease of Pherusa fucicola, as set forth in the last number

of the ‘Annals.’ It seems to me that the position he has

taken up is on any grounds absolutely untenable; and since

he has courteously mentioned my name in connexion with

his investigation (although the entire credit of the matter is

due to him), it is possible that I may be suspected by some

of agreeing with his views on the point. I consequently

take this opportunity of repudiating once and for all on my

own behalf such a system of nomenclature as that which he

adopts, and of attempting briefly to show in what, to my

mind, the faults of it mainly consist.

Mr. R. I. Pocock on Pherusa fucicola, Leach. 531

Omitting most of the synonyms, which for my present

purpose are of no importance, the history of the genus and

species may be briefly told as follows :—

It was first described in 1814* by Leach in the appendix

to the article “‘ Crustaceology”” of the Edinb. Encycl., and

subsequently, but not in the same terms, in the Trans. Linn.

Soe. for the following year.

In 1830, in the Ann. Sci. Nat., Milne-Edwards described

two species of Amphipoda—one named Amphithoé Jurinei

and the other Gammarus (now Gammarella) brevicaudatus (a)

—this last being, as Mr. Walker has shown, Leach’s Ph.

Sucicola.

In 1862, in the Cat. Amphipoda of the Brit. Mus., Spence

Bate wrongly described as Ph. fucicola, Leach, a species

identical with Amphithoé Jurinei, M.-Edw., giving Amphi-

thoé Jurinet, M.-Kdw., as a synonym of it. In the same

volume he also redescribed Gammarella brevicaudata, but of

course without discovering that it was Leach’s Ph. fucicola.

In 1863 f, in vol. i. of the Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust., Bate,

in conjunction with Westwood, again describes P. fucicola ;

but on this occasion he characterizes, although not accurately,

the right species, and gives a figure, although an inaccurate

one, of Leach’s type specimen. He does not discover, how-

ever, that his Ph. fucicola of 1863 is different from his Ph.

Sucicola of 1862.

To these errors committed by Spence Bate may be traced

the synonymical labyrinth through which Mr. Walker has

so skilfully and carefully brought us. But after trustfully

following him so far, I sincerely regret that at this point we

must part company. He prefers to follow a by-path which I

am convinced will ultimately involve him and his followers

in a maze, if possible, greater than that from which he has

just escaped ; while 1 am compelled to keep to the road along

which the law of priority points—a law which is to me as a

law of the Medes and Persians. Fortunately, owing to Mr.

Walker’s safe guidance, the road ahead is perfectly obvious,

and leads inevitably to the following conclusions :—(1) That

Pherusa fucicola of Leach, 1814, and of Bate, 1863, must

* Without going into the matter, I follow Mr. Stebbing in his opinion

as to the date of this work.

+ This is the date that the Museum copy of this work bears. I here

use the dates to designate the different works, irrespective of the dates of

publication of the separate parts of the ‘Sessile-eyed Crustacea.’

} I am thus particular with the date because of the possibility of its

ever being suggested that the P. fucicola of the Linn. Trans, (1815) may

be different from the one described in the Encycl. of 1814. Sucha

suggestion, it seems to me, would not be altogether unreasonable, for the

532 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Pherusa fucicola, Leach.

stand as a genus and species of which Gammarella brevi-

caudata, Normanni, &c. are synonyms; (2) that Amphithoé

Jurinet must be the name for the species which Bate in 1862

described as P. fucicola.

Having thus extricated ourselves, let us turn back for a

moment and follow Mr. Walker along his path. His choice

of it has evidently been taken in the hopes that it will enable

him to circumvent the ruinous edifice of synonymy which

blocks the way on the highroad; perhaps, too, he has been

influenced by the thought that he will thus shift the respon-

sibility of pulling it down upon some one with less regard

for his own head than he has himself.

So much for his reasons: now for his excuse.

It sometimes happens that an author will, for the sake of

peace and quietness, abstain from upsetting a recognized

system of names, although he knows it to be rotten to the

core, excusing himself on the trumpery plea that the correct

name for an object is the name that has been most often

used for it or that by which it is most commonly known *.

But, to do Mr. Walker justice, he shelters himself

under no such flimsy a covering as this. He boldly meets

on their own ground those who attack him with the law

of priority, brandishing in their faces another rule of the

British Association. This rule, as he has told us, is in sub-

stance this:—No name can acquire authority until it be

defined, definition being the distinct exposition of essential

characters.

But what on earth does this mean? It is a thousand

pities that the compilers of the rule did not give a distinct

exposition of the meaning of the word essential. Lssential

for whom? and for what time? For Linneus? for Mr.

Walker ? or for the zoologist of a hundred years hence? A

knowledge of what is essential is purely a matter of expe-

rience. ‘Therefore what is essential to-day may be absolutely

inessential to-morrow ; and consequently, in accordance with

the rule, the names that are given in the nineteenth century

may all have to be abolished in the twentieth, just as those

who adopt and revere the rule (which I do not) must rechristen

almost every species constituted by Linneus. For it is

scarcely an exaggeration to say that he who adopts a Linnzan

name tacitly ignores the rule.

1814 description applies to the types and the 1815 one does not. At all

events, I should be sorry for it to fall to my lot to refute such a belief.

* In that case a schoolboy should be designated in the roll-call by his

nickname,

Mr. R. I. Pocock on Pherusa fucicola, Leach. 533

Clearly, then, in its literal sense the rule must mean that

the description should be so exact as to differentiate the

species from all others previously known and from all that

will be brought to light in the future. But for all practical

purposes this is impossible. All that those who hold to it

can expect is that an author should point out such characters

as are believed in his day to be essential. This I believe to

be a legitimate, nay, the only possible practical rendering of

the rule; and in accordance with this interpretation of it I

maintain that Leach described P. fucicola.

This last assertion, however, requires justification because

it is diametrically opposed to what Mr. Walker, who should

know far better than I, says on the subject.

This author writes as follows (p. 421) :—‘ The solitary

species therefore on which Leach founded his genus

Pherusa disagrees in almost every particular both with his

definition of the genus and of the subdivision in which he

placed it!” This statement is substantially true of the

description published in the ‘ Linnean Transactions’ for

1815; but it is not true of the original description which

appeared a year earlier in the appendix to the article “ Crus-

taceology ” of the Edinb. Encycl.

If we turn to this description we find the genus and species

characterized (allowing for the sake of brevity that the class

and tribal names symbolize certain characters) as follows :—

It is a Gasterurous (Hedriophthalmatous), Malacostracous

Crustacean belonging to the tribe Gammarides and to the

family Gammaride. This family and its genera are dia-

gnosed in the following fashion :—

Fam. GAMMARID&.

Last joint of antennze composed of several minute articulations ; upper

pair longest, four-jointed ; under ones five-jointed.

a. Second pair of feet larger than first, with a

Compressed: Ham ssc sti se nn ss Mehta, Mera.

b. Four anterior feet nearly equal in size and

form, with ovate NANdS) «005.2 sees. sos Gammarus, Amphithoé.

c. Four anterior feet with a filiform hand.,.... Pherusa.

To this, the first published description, we must in all

fairness appeal; and this description is true of the specimens

of Pherusa that Leach had *. Moreover, it enabled Leach

* T will not go so far as to assert that I should have described the

hands as filiform, although as compared with the hands of, e. g., Leach’s

Mera their shape may well be expressed by the words. It is enough

for all purposes that the statement is relatively true.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, vii. 36

534 Miscellaneous.

to recognize his specimens of the genus from his specimens of

all other genera; or, in other words, it contains a distinct

exposition of the essential characters. What more could be

expected of him? Is the name that he proposed to be dis-

carded (1) because his definition of it does not enable Mr.

Walker to select the species from a collection of all the

Amphipoda known at the present time to occur on the

British coasts? or (2) because it has since been found that

the male, which was unknown to Leach, has hands of a diffe-

rent shape from the female ?

These it seems to me are the only two props that Mr.

Walker has to support him; and I fear he will find it

exceedingly difficult to maintain his balance on a two-legged

stool of this description. But I trust he will abandon the

attempt. It seems to me that he must admit that, im accord-

ance with a legitimate and practical mterpretation of an

ambiguous rule, the genus may still stand as Leach’s, for it

can only be overthrown by an impractical rendering of it.

But to take the name from Leach and give it to Bate, as

Mr. Walker proposes, is to add insult to mjury by punishing

the innocent to reward the guilty. Fortunately, on any

plea, the transference is inadmissible, for Oken and Rafinesque

have put in a prior claim for it.

But Leach’s claims are incontestable; and those who swear

by the law of priority, which ultimately must prevail, will

say fiat justitia, ruat celum—give Leach the credit of the

name, no matter to what temporary condition of chaos the

synonymy of the group be thereby brought.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Description of a new Species of Tristomum from Histiophorus brevi-

rostris. by F. Jerrrey Brett.

Amone the specimens in the collection of the late Mr. F. Day are

some labelled as ‘ Parasites from MHistrophorus (sic) brevirostris,

Madras.” These are all examples of a species of T’ristomem which

is clearly allied to but is quite distinct from 7’. coccineum. The

characters of the latter species have been so clearly stated by Dr.

Taschenberg * that it is an easy matter to distinguish the new

species, Which may be called T'ristomuwm histiophori. With a close

resemblance to 7’, coccineum, it is distinguished by the absence of

* Abh, der naturf., Ges, zu Halle, xiv, Heft 3.

Miscellaneous. 53:

parallel rows of chitinons corpuscles and by the fact that the poste-

rior sucker projects by about one third of its diameter beyond the

margin of the body.

Breadth 12; length Gace suckers) 15 millim.

”? 11-5 ” ” ” 14 ”

” 16 ” ” 10°5 9

As T’. coccineum has been taken from the gills of Xiphias gladius,

it is interesting to observe that an allied form is taken from an

allied fish.

Note on the Authors of the Specific Names in John White's * Journal

of « Voyage to New South Wales, 1790.

The descriptions and names of animals discovered by John White

have usually been attributed by later writers to the discoverer. If,

however, we closely examine the beok this is found not to be the

case.

In the Advertisement (sig. 42) the editor returns his grateful

thanks te Dr. Smith, Dr. Shaw, and John Hunter, whose abilities

and communications have enabled him tosurmount those difficulties

that necessarily attended the description of so great a variety of

animals,

With regard to the plants, the fact that they were described by

J. EH. Smith seems doubtful if we read the sentence on p. 221; but

Mr. Carruthers kindly informs me that the evidence of Robert

Brown on this point is indisputable (Prod. Flor. N. Holland, 1810,

p. 382). Mr. Carruthers also suggests that the authors probably

Sei their MS. descriptions to the editor (? unknown), who worked

them into his editerial text without individual acknowledgment.

With regard to the animals, George Shaw, in his ‘General

Zoology,’ expressly stated that he himself described the follewing

species for the first time in White’s ‘ Journal’ :—WMotacilla australis,

Lacerta scincoides, L. muricata*, L. teniolata, L. platura, Falco albus,

Corvus graculinus, Cottus australis; and as these occur here and

there among other species, we may reasonably assume the following

to he by the same author :—Fulica alba, Caprimulqus cristatus,

Rana exrulea, Procellaria fuliginosa, Lacerta varia, ChetoJon arma-

tus, Mo rcilla superba, M. pusilla, Psittacus pusillus, P. discolor,

Labrus cyprinaceus, Lophius dubius, Sparus compressus, Mullus

fasciatus, Balistes granulatus, Atherina australis; for on p. 269 we

are told that John Hunter described the animals { Mammals] which

follow, and to these no specific names have been given.

C. Davres SHERBORN

Natural-History Museum, (Index gen. et spec. anim.).

Cromwell Road, 8.W.

* ‘General Zoology,’ Amphibia, vol. iii. pt. 1, 1802, p. 211; only one

reference is given here, as sufficient to prove the case.

536

INDEX to VOL.

VII.

ACANTHEPHYRA, new species of,

195.

Acreea, new species of, 124,

Actinostroma, remarks on species of,

316.

Agrosaurus Macgillivrayi, on, 305.

Alcock, A., on deep-sea dredging in

the Bay of Bengal and the Lacca-

dive Sea, 1, 186, 258.

Amalia, on the Pirainea section of,

328.

Amazilia, new species of, 376.

Amesia, new species of, 142.

Amussium, new species of, 18.

Anabiosis, on, 505.

Anamathia, new species of, 260.

Annelida, new, 92, 36,

Arachnida, new, 80.

Arta, new species of, 498.

Arthrorhabdus, characters of the new

genus, 221.

Astacus fluviatilis,

specimen of, 256,

Asterias, new species of, 478.

rubens, remarks on, 469.

Aulastomatomorpha — phospherops,

ficure of, 10.

Bather, F. A., on Thenarocrinus

gracilis and T. callipygus, 35; on

the cenus Botryoerinus, 389 ; on

“ Goldfussia,” “ Qomaster,” and

“ Comatulide,’ 464; on some

alleged cases of misrepresentation,

450.

Bathynectes, on the genus, 272, 387.

Batrachia, new, 279.

Baur, Prof. G., on the genus Pelo-

chelys, 445.

Beddard, F. E., on the structure of

the Oligocheta, 88.

Bell, Prof. J., on the nomenclature of

some British Starfishes, 233, 465 ;

on Asterias rubens and the B ritish

species allied thereto, 469; on

a new species of Tristomum, 534,

Benham, Dr. W. B., ona couple of

abnormalities, 256.

Birds, new, 68, 374, 460.

Blepharocerus, new species of, 494,

Books, new :—Stevenson and South-

well’s Birds of Norfolk, 231;

on an abnormal

Cole’s Aids in Practical Geology,

378 ; Cowan’s Honey-Bee, 380.

Botryocrinus, on the genus, 389 ;

new species of, 394.

Boulenger, G. A., on new Reptiles

and Batrachians, 279; on the

occurrence of Pelochelys in China,

283; on the herpetological fauna

of Kina Baloo, 341; on a new

species of Zonurus, 417; on Lyco-

don atropurpureus and Buto sto-

maticus, 462; on the Galapagos

lizards of the genus Tropidurus,

501.

Brady, Henry

notice of, 301.

Bufo, new species of, 282.

stomaticus, note on, 462.

Butler, A. G., on Lepidoptera from

Central Africa, 40; on the evolu-

tion of the bristles, spines, and

tubercles of certain caterpillars,

147; on a new genus of North-

American moths, 461.

Calamaria, new species of, 279.

Calvertius, characters of the

genus, 151,

Caryophyllia, new species of, 6.

Caterpillars, on the evolution of the

bristles, spines, and tubercles of

certain, 147.

Catharsius, new species of, 503.

Cecidomyia, on a larva of, eating

rust on wheat, 489.

Centipedes, on phosphorescent, 152.

Cervicapra, new species of, 304.

Chalcosiidze, new species of, 140.

Chatamla, new species of, 142.

Chrysauge, new species of, 423.

Chrys sophila, new species of, 425,

Cobb, N. A., on an_ insect-larva

eating rust on wheat and flax,

489.

Cockerell, T. D. A., notes on slugs,

97, 302, 328.

Goladenin: new species of, 183.

Coleoptera, new, 19, 47, 128, 150,

348, 453, 507.

Coluber, new species of, 280.

Comaster, on the name, 464,

Condylolomia, new species of, 495,

Bowman, obituary

new

INDEX.

Copris, new species of, 511.

Cormocephalus, new species of, 68.

Crepidula, new species of, 17.

Crinoidea, on some recent, 582; on

British fossil, 389, 480.

Crustacea, new, 118, 187, 258.

Cunningham, J. T., on some dis-

puted points in Teleostean embry-

ology, 205.

Cyanorhamphus, new species of, 68.

Cyclopides, new species of, 127.

Cyclostoma, on the generic name,

345, 447, 522.

Dastira, new species of, 424.

Dentalium, on the heart of, 466,

Deudorix, new species of, 126.

Deuterollyta, new species of, 433.

Dialeges, new species of, 23.

Dinosaurian remains, on certain, 299.

Draco, new species of, 279.

Dredging, on deep-sea, 1, 186, 258.

Drepana arcuata, on the life-history

of, 147.

Druce, H., on new Chalcosiide, 140.

Druce, H. H., on new Lycenidee, 364,

Dymasius, note on the venus, 22.

Echinide, on the funetion of the

gemmiform pedicellarize of the,

467.

Echinoplax, new species of, 259.

Elasmonotus, new species of, 201.

Elydnus, note on the genus, 23. _

Embryology, on some disputed points

in Teleostean, 203.

‘ncephaloides, characters of the new

genus, 259.

Eozoon, on the Tudor specimen of,

381.

Ephyrina, new species of, 194.

Epyrgis, new species of, 142.

{riocnemis, new species of, 378.

Ethmophorus, characters of the new

genus, 58.

Eurylithobius Slateri, note on, 53.

EKusemia, new species of, 50,

Eutrichodes, characters of the new

oenus, 498.

Flax, on an insect-larva eating rust

on, 489.

Flustra, new species of, 286.

Francolinus Hildebrandti, observa-

tions on, 144.

Gahan, C. J., on Longicorn Coleo-

ptera of the group Cerambycinz,

19; on new species of Oides, 453,

Galacantha, new species of, 200.

Galasa, new species of, 500.

537

Gazagnaire, M., on phosphorescent

Centipedes, 152.

Geological Society, proceedings of

the, 299, 381.

Girasia, new species of, 106.

Girpa, new species of, 155,

Glyphocrangon, new species of, 191.

Gnathophausia, new species of, 187.

Goldfussia, on the name, 464.

Gonodiscus, characters of the new

genus, 450,

Gregory, J. W., on the Tudor speci-

men of Eozoon, 581.

Hadra, new species of, 137.

Halistemma, on the occurrence of, in

British waters, 413.

Hampson, G. F., on East-African

Lepidoptera, 179.

Heliangelus, new species of, 376.

Helicarionin, synoptic table of the

genera of, 98.

Helicina, new species of, 138.

Heliocopris, new species of, 503.

Helotrypha, new species of, 376,

Helix, new species of, 137, 451.

Hemipenzeus, new species of, 189.

Henucha, new species of, 184.

Heterostoma, new species of, 55,

Himatione, new species of, 460,

Hincks, Rev. T., on the marine

Polyzoa, 285.

Hipposiderus, new species of, 527.

Holoperas, characters of the new

genus, 500,

Homura, new species of, 434.

Hoplophorus, new species of, 194.

Hydrablabes, characters of the new

genus, 545,

Hypanchyla, characters of the new

genus, 498.

Hyperbalanotis, characters of the

new genus, 435.

Hypokopelates, characters of the

new genus, 564,

Hypolimnas, new species of, 125,

Hypomyrina, characters of the new

genus, 564,

Hypsophrys, characters of the new

genus, 269,

Hyp-opygia, new species of, 49).

Ibycus, new species of, 107.

Imbrius, new species of, 21.

Kina Baloo, on the herpetological

fauna of, 341.

Kopelates, characters of the new

genus, 564.

Kiukenthal, Dr. W., on the adap-

038 rN

tation of Mammals to aquatic life,

155.

Lachnopterus, new species of, 24.

Lepidoptera, new. 40, 122, 130, 140,

179, 364, 423, 494.

Lepralia, new species of, 296,

Leptoctenista, characters of the new

genus, 436,

Lepton squamosum a commensal,

276, 387.

Leptyphantes, remarks on species of,

10.

Libythea, new species of, 126.

Limacella, on the genus, 502.

Linyphini, synoptic table of the

genera of, 70.

Lithobins, on a

British, 367.

Lumbricus herculeus, on an abnormal

specimen of, 257.

Lycodon atropurpureus, note on, 462.

Lydekker, R., on a new species of

Trionyx, 299; on Ornithosaurian

and Dinosaurian remains, 299 ; on

a Labyrinthodont skull from the

Kilkenny Coal-measures, 581.

M‘Intosh, Prof., on the occurrence of

Halistemma in British waters, 416.

Mammals, on the adaptation of, to

aquatic life, 155; new, 305, 527.

Membranipora, new species of, 289.

Microneta, remarks on species of, 82.

Milleria, new species of, 145.

Mimaglossa, characters of the new

genus, 427,

Modiola, new species of, 19,

Mollusca, new, 15, 101, 135, 328, 451.

Monops nigra, remarks on, 54.

Mucronella, new species of, 297.

Munidopsis, new species of, 200.

Mycalesis, new subgenus of, 179,

Mylothris, new species of, 124.

Myxosporidia, on the spores of, 304.

Nachaba, new species of, 425.

Nectopanope, characters of the new

genus, 261.

Neocerambyx, new species of, 20.

Newton, R. B., on the generic name

Cyclostoma, 345, 522.

Nicholson, Prof. H. A., on new or

imperfectly-known species of Stro-

matoporoids, 309.

Norman, Rey. Canon A. M., on the

marine Crustacea Ostracoda of

Norway, 108 ; on the genus Bathy-

nectes, 272; on Leptonsquamosum,

276, 387 ; on the nomenclature of

long-forgotten

ID BOS

British Starfishes and on some

recent Crinoidea, 382; on the

genera Cyclostoma and Pomatias,

447,

Nyctinomus, new species of, 30.3.

Ogdoconta, characters of the new

genus, 462.

Ogilvie-Grant, W. R., on Franeo-

linus Hildebrandti and Pternistes

Humboldti, 144.

Oides, new species of, 455.

Oligochzeta, on the structure of the,

88.

Olliff, A. 8., on an insect-larva eating

rust on wheat and flax, 489.

Ontherus, new species of, 356.

Onthocharis, new species of, 350.

Oreopyra, new species of, 377,

Ornithosauria, on the pelvis of, 237 ;

on the shoulder-girdle in, 452.

Ornithosaurian remains, on certain,

299,

Ornithostoma, new species of, 442.

Orthotrichophora, characters of the

new genus, 429,

Ostracoda of Norway, ou the marine,

108.

Otomys, new species of, 504.

Otroeda, new species of, 154.

Oxypleurodon, new species of, 261.

Pachydissus, observations on the

genus, 24; new species of, 27.

Pallas’s Icones Insect. p. Ross. Sibir.

and Noy. spec. Quadr, Glirium, on

the dites of the parts of, 256.

Panyehlora, new species of, 375.

Papilio, new species of, 122, 182.

Papuina, new species of, 451.

Paracryptops, characters of the new

genus, 227.

Paradoxostoma, new species of, 118.

Parapasiphaé, new species of, 155,

Parasarama, new species of, 428.

Parilia, characters of the new genus,

264.

Paromola, characters of the new

genus, 267.

Paromolopsis, characters of the new

genus, 268,

Pedicellariz, on the function of the

gemmiform, 467.

Pelochelys, on the occurrence of, in

China, 283; remarks on the genus,

445,

Pentacheles, new species of, 199,

Phieoleema, new species of, 377,

Phieornis, new species of, 460,

INDEX.

Phaneus, new species of, 128.

Pherusa fucicola, remarks on, 418,

530.

Phoberus czecus, new variety of, 197.

Phreodrilus, characters of the new

genus, 92.

Pickard Cambridge, Rev. F. O., on

some obscure British spiders, 69,

Pieris, new species of, 125.

Pilodeudorix, characters of the new

genus, 366,

Pilsbry, H. A., on the genus Teben-

nophorus, 184.

Pinotus, new species of, 559.

Pithopus, new species of, 225.

Plate, Dr. L.., on the heart of Den-

talium, 4€6.

Pocock, R. 1., on the synonymy of

some species of Scolopendride,

with descriptions of new genera

and species, 51, 221; on a long-

forgotten British Lithobius, 367 ;

on Pherusa fucicola, 530.

Polyerata, new species of, 577.

Polyzoa, on the marine, 285,

Pomatias, on the generic name, 345,

447, 522.

Pompelon, new species of, 141.

Pontodrilus, new species of, 96.

Preyer, Prof. W., on anabiosis, 503,

Proboscidophora, characters of the

new genus, 429.

Prouho, H., on the sense of smell in

starfish, 306; on the function of

the gemmiform pedicellaria,

467.

Pseudocryptops, characters of the

new genus, 225,

Pseudolocastra, characters of the

new genus, 429,

Pternistes Humboldti, remarks on,

145.

Pugettia, new species of, 260.

Pyralidee, new genera and species of,

423, 494.

Pyralis, new species of, 496.

Randallia, new species of, 266,

Reptilia, new, 279, 541, 417.

Rhacophorus, new species of, 282.

Rhizomys, new species of, 504.

Rhizotrochus, new species of, 5,

Rhombocephalus, note on the genus,

53.

Rhysida, new species of, 60.

Rhytidodera, new species of, 34,

Robertson, D., on Trochammina

Bradyi, 338,

039

Roeseliodes, characters of the new

genus, 455,

Remaleosoma, new species of, 130,

Rostellaria delicatula, note on, 16.

Rust on wheat and flax, on an

insect-larva eating, 489,

Salvadori, Prof. T., on

Parrots, 68,

Salvin, O., on new Upupe and Tro-

chili, 374.

Saurodesmus Robertsoni, on, 300.

Scalaria, new species of, 139.

Scarabieidee, new, 123, 348, 507.

Seatonomus, new species of, 350.

Schizoporella, new species of, 239.

Scolopendra, new species of, 62.

Gervaisiana and Scopoliana,

on the synonymy of, 51.

Scolopendride, new genera

species of, 221.

Scoptelus, new species of, 375.

Seeley, Prof. H. G., on the Ornitho-

saurian pelvis, 237; on Agro-

saurus Macgillivrayi, and on Sauro-

desmus Robertsoni, 300; on the

shoulder-girdle in Cretaceous

Ornithosauria, 488.

Sergestes, new species of, 190,

Sharp, D., on a new genus and

species of Rhynchophorous Coleo-

ptera, 150.

Sharpe, Miss EK, M., on new Lepido-

ptera, 130.

Sherborn, C. D., on the dates of the

parts of Pallas’s Icones Insect. p.

Ross. Sibir. and Nov. spec. Quadr.

Glirium, 236; on the authors of

the specific names in John White’s

Journal of a Voyage to New South

Wales, 535,

Sloan, Rey. A. D., on the occurrence

of Halistemma in British waters,

413.

Slugs, notes on, 97, 302, 328.

Smith, EK. A., on some shells in the

British Museum, 185; on new

species of Helix, 451.

Smith, H. G., on new butterflies, 122.

Solenocera, new species of, 188,

Spectrotrota, characters of the new

genus, 426,

Sphenomerus, characters of the new

genus, 265.

Squilla, new species of, 271.

Starfishes, on the sense of smell in,

306; on the nomenclature of some

British, 235, 382, 466,

two new

and

540

stemmatophora, new species of,

437.

Stenoderma, new species of, 529.

Stephanotrochus, new species of, 7.

Stericta, new species of, 451.

Stromatoporoids, on new or imper-

fectly-known species of, 309.

Sycotypus, new species of, 15.

Synaphe pertusalis, new variety of,

456,

Syringostroma, remarks on species of,

324.

Tagiades, new species of, 127.

Tebennophorus, notes on the genus,

184,

Teleostean embryology, on some dis-

puted points in, 205.

Telesilla, on a new genus for the

reception of moths hitherto re-

ferred to, 461. ?

Teracolus, new species of, 47,

‘Terina, new species of, 183.

Thaleropis, new species of, 125.

Thélohan, P., on the spores of Myxo-

sporidia, 304.

Thenarocrinus, new species of, 36,

Thomas, O., on four new mammals,

303 ; on three new bats, 527.

Tmeticus, new species of, 80.

Trionyx, on a new species of, from

the Miocene of Malta, 299.

Tristomum, new species of, 534.

LN 1: 3S.

Trochammina Bradyi, 388.

Tropidonotus, new species of, 281.

Tropidurus, on the Galapagos lizards

ot the genus, 501.

Trypanophora, new species of, 140.

Tyspanodes, characters of the new

genus, 425,

Uera, new species of, 494.

Uliosoma, characters of the new ge-

nus, 500.

Upupa, new species of, 374.

Urochieta, on the zone of growth in,

95.

Urocyclus, new species of, 101.

Uroxis, new species of, 343.

Vesperugo, new species of, 528,

Walker, A. O., on Pherusa fucicola,

418,

Warren, W., on new Pyralide, 423,

494,

Waterhouse, C. O., on new Scara-

beeidee, 128, 348, 507.

Wheat, on an insect-larva eating

rust on, 489.

Wilson, 5. B., on two new birds,

460,

Wood-Mason, Prof. J., on deep-sea

dredging in the Bay of Bengal and

Laccadive Sea, 1, 186, 258.

Xoanodera, new species of, 52.

Zonurus, new species of, 417.

END OF THE SEVENTH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY

TAYLOR

AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,